Product

Rotanta460

ROTANTA 460 | 460R – Benchtop Centrifuges

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]Rotanta460[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Data Sheet" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-chevron-circle-right" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.hettichlab.com%2Fdownloadcenter%2FProducts%2FDatasheets%2FROTANTA460-460R_EN.pdf|title:Data%20Sheet%20-%20HETTICH%20ROTANTA%20460-460R|target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

BENCHTOP CENTRIFUGES ROTANTA 460 | 460R

SUPERIOR BENCHTOP FOR MULTI-PURPOSE USE[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]This powerful unit is capable of virtually any application you choose. It is able to spin high sample volumes of blood tubes, conical tubes, plates and bottles. Speciality buckets are able to accommodate 450 ml blood bags. This unit is available with refrigeration and a temperature range from -20 °C to +40 °C (ROTANTA 460 R). HIGHLIGHTS - RPM: 50 - 15,000 min -1, adjustable in increments of 10 - RCF: 50 - 24,400, adjustable in increments of 1 - max. Capacity: 4 x 1,000 ml - choice of 8 rotors - Medical Device according to directive 93/42/EC - 28 individual acceleration and deceleration stages - easy operation with keypad and control knob - 98 program memories for more individuality - model 460 R coolable from -20 to +40 °C with pre-cooling function FEATURES - metal housing and lid - viewing port in the lid - powered one-hand lid lock - lid dropping protection - emergency lid lock release - stainless steel chamber - automatic rotor recognition - brushless drive - error display - display in °C and °F possible - imbalance monitoring and switch-off - backlit panel with actual values of all parameters - auditory message after completion of the centrifugation run[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL DATA
ROTANTA 460 non-refrigerated ROTANTA 460R refrigerated
Order No. 5650 5660
voltage 220-240V 1 ~
frequency 50-60 Hz  50Hz
consumption 1,000 VA 1,800 VA
emission, immunity EN / IEC 61326-1, class B
max. capacity 4 x 1,000ml
max. RPM 15,000 min-1
max. RCF 24,400
running time 1-99h: 59min: 59s, continuous run, short cycle mode
dimensions (WxDxH) 554x706x456mm 770x706x456mm
weight approx. 101kg approx. 141kg
noise level <=46dB(A) with rotor 4474 <=58dB(A) with rotor 4474
temperature control, infinitely variable from -20 to +40°C
   [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

RotolavitII

ROTOLAVIT II – Cell Wash Centrifuge

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]RotolavitII[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Data Sheet" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-chevron-circle-right" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.hettichlab.com%2Fdownloadcenter%2FProducts%2FDatasheets%2FROTOLAVITII_EN.pdf|title:Data%20Sheet%20-%20HETTICH%20ROTOLAVIT%20II|target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

CELL WASH CENTRIFUGE ROTOLAVIT II

USER FRIENDLY SEROLOGY SOLUTIONS[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]The ROTOLAVIT II cell washing system facilitates routine tasks in transfusion centre laboratories. It was developed for crossmatching, as well as antibody search and differentiation, and for cell washing in TB tests. Its modern touch screen enables the simple and rapid input of up to 24 different programs. The centrifuge has a small footprint and delivers reliable results at low costs for consumables. HIGHLIGHTS - max. RPM: 3,500 min -1 - max. RCF: 1,438 - max. Capacity: 24 x 5 ml - automatic cell washing system for serological testing - choice of 2 rotors 12-place or 24-place - IVDR-conform according to regulation (EU) 2017/746 - maximum noise level of ≤ 49 dB (A) - easy operation with intuitiv touch screen - 24 program memories for more individuality - 7 pre-installed application programs FEATURES - metal housing and lid - viewing port in the lid - one-hand lid lock - lid dropping protection - emergency lid lock release - brushless drive - error display - imbalance switch-off - color touch screen with actual values of all parameters - auditory message after completion of the centrifugation run[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL DATA
ROTOLAVIT II
Order No. 1008-00
voltage 100-240V 1 ~
frequency 50-60 Hz
consumption 144 VA
emission, immunity EN / IEC 61326-3-2 / FCC CFR47 part 15, ed 2015-04-21 (e-CFR) class B
max. capacity 24 standard tubes (10 x 75 mm or 12 x 75 mm)
max. RPM 3,500 min-1
max. RCF 1,438
radius (both rotors) 105 mm
dimensions (WxDxH) 330 x 480 x 280mm
weight approx. 24.5kg
noise level <=49 dB(A)
 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Universal320

UNIVERSAL 320 | 320R – Benchtop Centrifuges

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]Universal320[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Data Sheet" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-chevron-circle-right" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.hettichlab.com%2Fdownloadcenter%2FProducts%2FDatasheets%2FUNIVERSAL320-320R_EN.pdf|title:Data%20Sheet%20-%20HETTICH%20UNIVERSAL%20320-320R|target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

BENCHTOP CENTRIFUGES UNIVERSAL 320 | 320R

A UNIVERSAL CHOICE[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]The UNIVERSAL 320 is a compact, versatile and indispensable general purpose centrifuge. Excellent performance and a comprehensive range of accessories enable the UNIVERSAL 320 to carry out virtually any centrifuging tasks including plates, blood tubes, cell culture, microliter and cytology. This unit is available with refrigeration and a temperature range from -20 °C to +40 °C (UNIVERSAL 320 R). HIGHLIGHTS - RPM: 500 - 16,000 min -1, adjustable in increments of 10 - max. RCF: 24,900 - max. capacity: 4 x 200 ml / 6 x 94 ml - the universal choice among the benchtop centrifuges - choice of 18 rotors - IVDR-conform according to regulation (EU) 2017/746 - noise level of 48 dB(A) with angle rotor 1611 - impulse button for short centrifugation - easy operation with keypad and control knob - impulse key for short cycle mode - 9 program memories - 9 individual acceleration and 10 deceleration stages - model 320 R coolable from -20 to +40 °C with pre-cooling function FEATURES - metal housing and lid - viewing port in the lid - powered lid lock - lid dropping protection - emergency lid lock release - stainless steel chamber - automatic rotor recognition - brushless drive - error display - imbalance switch-off - backlit panel with actual values of all parameters - auditory message after completion of the centrifugation run [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL DATA
UNIVERSAL 320 non-refrigerated UNIVERSAL 320R refrigerated
Order No. 1401 1406
voltage 200-240V 1 ~
frequency 50-60 Hz  50-60 Hz
consumption 400 VA 800 VA
emission, immunity EN / IEC 61326-1, class B
max. capacity 4 x 200ml / 6 x 94ml
max. RPM 16,000 min-1
max. RCF 24,900
running time 1sec-99 min:59s, continuous run, short cycle mode (impulse button)
dimensions (WxDxH) 401x529x346mm 407x698x346mm
weight approx. 31kg approx. 52kg
noise level <=48dB(A) with rotor 1611 <=50dB(A) with rotor 1611
temperature control, infinitely variable from -20 to +40°C
   [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

RotoFix32A

ROTOFIX 32A – Benchtop Centrifuge

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]RotoFix32A[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Data Sheet" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-chevron-circle-right" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.hettichlab.com%2Fdownloadcenter%2FProducts%2FDatasheets%2FROTOFIX32A_EN.pdf|title:Data%20Sheet%20-%20HETTICH%20ROTOFIX%2032A|target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

BENCHTOP CENTRIFUGE ROTOFIX 32A

RUGGED AND INDISPENSABLE[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]For decades, the ROTOFIX 32 A has set the standard in daily lab routine thanks to its versatility and solid construction. The benchtop centrifuge spins sample volumes up to 6 x 94 ml, 40 blood collection tubes or 8 x 50 ml conical tubes with a simple user interface. Hettich’s cytology rotors are compatible with most existing funnel/slide systems and have bio-containment lids. HIGHLIGHTS - RPM: 500 - 6,000 min -1, adjustable in increments of 100 - max. RCF: 4,226 - max. capacity: 4 x 100 ml / 6 x 94 ml - choice of 9 rotors - easy operation with keypad - 2 individual deceleration stages - IVDR-conform according to regulation (EU) 2017/746 FEATURES - metal housing and lid - viewing port in the lid - one-hand lid lock - lid dropping protection - emergency lid lock release - stainless steel chamber - automatic rotor recognition - brushless drive - error display - imbalance monitoring and switch-off - control panel with actual values of all parameters - auditory message after completion of the centrifugation run[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL DATA
ROTOFIX 32A
Order No. 1206
voltage 208-240V 1 ~
frequency 50-60 Hz
consumption 300 VA
emission, immunity EN / IEC 61326-1, class B
max. capacity 4 x 100ml / 6 x 94ml
max. RPM 6,000 min-1
max. RCF 4,226
running time 1-99 min, continuous run, short cycle mode (impulse button)
dimensions (WxDxH) 366x430x257mm
weight approx. 23kg
noise level 52 dB(A) with rotor 1628
 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MIKRO 200

MIKRO 200 | 200R – Microlite Centrifuges

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]MIKRO 200[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Data Sheet" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-chevron-circle-right" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.hettichlab.com%2Fdownloadcenter%2FProducts%2FDatasheets%2FMIKRO200-200R_EN.pdf|title:Data%20Sheet%20-%20HETTICH%20MIKRO%20200-200R|target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

MICROLITRE CENTRIFUGES MIKRO 200 | 200R

FASTER RESULTS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]The MIKRO 200 are amongst the highest-speed microliter centrifuges in their class. Rotors are designed to spin microliter and PCR tubes. MIKRO 200 achieves a maximum RCF of 21,382 with up to 30 tubes, enabling rapid processing of samples and optimal separation, at low noise levels of 54dB(A). This unit is available with refrigeration and a temperature range from -10 °C to +40 °C (MIKRO 200 R). HIGHLIGHTS - RPM: 500 - 15,000 min -1, adjustable in increments of 10 - max. RCF: 21,382 - max. capacity: 30 x 2.0 ml - Choice of 4 rotors - IVDR-conform according to regulation (EU) 2017/746 - impulse key for short cycle mode - easy operation with keypad and control knob - 4 program memories for more individuality - 9 individual acceleration and deceleration stages - model 200 R coolable from -20 to +40 °C with pre-cooling function FEATURES - metal housing and lid - viewing port in the lid - powered one-hand lid lock - lid dropping protection - emergency lid lock release - stainless steel chamber - automatic rotor recognition - brushless drive - error display - display in °C and °F possible - imbalance switch-off - backlit panel with actual values of all parameters - audio message after completion of the centrifugation run[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL DATA
MIKRO 200 non-refrigerated MIKRO 200R refrigerated
Order No. 2400 2405
voltage 200-240V 1 ~
frequency 50-60 Hz 50 Hz
consumption 240 VA 450 VA
emission, immunity EN / IEC 61326-1, class B
max. capacity 30 x 1.5 / 2.0ml
max. RPM 15,000 min-1
max. RCF 21,382
running time 1-99 min:59s, continuous run, short cycle mode (impulse button)
dimensions (WxDxH) 275x344x260mm 281x553x260mm
weight approx. 11.5kg approx. 28kg
noise level <=58dB(A) <=51dB(A)
temperature control, infinitely variable from -10 to +40°C
   [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MIKRO 185

MIKRO 185 – Microlite Centrifuge

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]MIKRO 185[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Data Sheet" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-chevron-circle-right" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.hettichlab.com%2Fdownloadcenter%2FProducts%2FDatasheets%2FMIKRO185_EN.pdf|title:Data%20Sheet%20-%20HETTICH%20MIKRO%20185|target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

MICROLITRE CENTRIFUGE MIKRO 185

SMALL FOOTPRINT WITH UNMATCHED CAPACITY[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]The MIKRO 185 accommodates 12, 18 or 24 samples and is suitable for a wide range of tasks, thanks to a maximum RCF of 18,845 and a choice of four rotors. Spin column kits (minipreps) can also be used thanks to the special design of the 1213-A rotor. HIGHLIGHTS - RPM: 200 - 14,000 min -1, adjustable up to 10,000 RPM in increments of 10, above in increments of 100 - max. RCF: 18,845 - max. capacity: 24 x 2.0 ml - compact, high-performance microlitre centrifuge - choice of 4 rotors - IVDR-conform according to regulation (EU) 2017/746 - noise level of ≤ 54 dB (A) with rotor 1252-A - impulse button for short centrifugation - easy operation with keypad FEATURES - plastic housing - metal lid - viewing port in the lid - one-hand lid lock - lid dropping protection - emergency lid lock release - light alloy chamber - brushless drive - error display - imbalance monitoring and switch-off - backlit panel with actual values of all parameters - 3 adjustable messages after completion of the centrifugation run (audio + visual)[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL DATA
MKIRO 185
Order No. 1203
voltage 200-240V 1
frequency 50-60Hz
consumption 330 VA
emission, immunity EN/IEC 61326-1, class B
max.capacity 24 x 1.5ml / 2.0ml
max. RPM 14,000 min-1
max. RCF 18,845
running time 1 - 99 min: 59 s, continuous run, short cycle mode (impulse button)
dimensions (WxDxH) 261 x 353 x 228mm
weight approx. 11 kg
noise level <= 54 dB (A) with rotor 1252-A
 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

SmartDrop Nano Spectrophotometers

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" shape="square" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Faccuris-usa.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2022%2F08%2FNS1000-Series-Literature.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text] The Accuris SmartDrop™ series of nano spectrophotometers provides quick and easy quantification of small samples. Utilizing a small sample volume eliminates the need for dilutions, providing more accurate results. A full color, 7” touchscreen with icon-driven menus and preprogrammed protocols gets users up and running quickly. No external computer is required. Each unit features a quartz pedestal onto which a drop of sample is placed. The arm is lowered and the drop is stretched into a liquid column of specificed length for spectral analysis. DNA, RNA and protein concentrations and purity numbers are displayed in a matter of seconds. The resulting data can be printed, saved in the SmartDrop’s onboard memory or exported via USB as an Excel file. All SmartDrop models include an integrated printer. For OD600 readings, each model includes a cuvette port and two optical glass cuvettes. Three SmartDrop models are available to meet a range of applications and budgets.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Microvolume Analysis of DNA, RNA and Proteins

  • Quick and accurate results from a sample droplet
  • Touch screen control panel, no PC or software required
  • Built-in printer and cuvette port for OD600 readings
  • XF model includes fluorometer for sensitive DNA quantification
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]      [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_separator color="white"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

SmartDrop L

  • Ideal for basic DNA/RNA/protein quantification and purity
  • Affordable LED and silicon detector technology
  • Fixed 0.5mm path length, detect up to 2500ng/µl of dsDNA
SmartDrop L is the affordable choice for laboratories needing to determine nucleic acid and protein concentrations and purity of samples. The LED light source and silicon photocell sensor provide readings at 260 and 280nm. Samples from 1.0 to 2.0µl are loaded directly on the pedestal. Results are provided in about 5 seconds. The software automatically calculates and displays 260/280 ratios.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

SmartDrop X

  • Full-spectrum absorbance scans from 200 to 800nm
  • Quickly calculates and displays 260/280 and 260/230 ratios
  • Long-life Xenon lamp with precision monochromator
  • Auto-ranging path lengths of 0.2mm and 1.0mm
  • Detect up to 4,500 ng/µl of dsDNA without dilution
A full spectrum UV-Vis spectrophotometer, SmartDrop X requires 0.5 to 2.0µl of sample. In addition to nucleic acid and protein calculations, the software has preset programs for BCA, Bradford and Lowry assays. A full spectrum analysis can be performed in about 6 seconds, aiding in the identification of unknowns. Up to 5 specific points on the spectrum can be selected for colorimetric readings output. The long life Xenon lamp source requires no warm up and is paried with a highly sensitive CCD detector. To provide the most accurate results, the SmartDrop X utilizes 2 path lengths.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

SmartDrop XF – Spectrophotometer + Fluorometer

  • Full-spectrum absorbance scanning and calculations of 260/280 and 260/230 ratios
  • Long-life Xenon lamp with precision monochromator
  • Auto-ranging path lengths of 0.05mm, 0.2mm and 1.0mm
  • Detect up to 15,000ng/µl of dsDNA without dilution
  • Integrated fluorometer for sensitive quantitation of low concentration nucleic acids
This top of the line spectrophotometer can perform not only UV-Vis readings in the range of 200-800nm but also fluorescence readings. Like the SmartDrop X, the SmartDrop XF features predefined programs for nucleic acids, proteins, and various colorimetric assays. The patented, motorized system gently stretches the sample column and allows for three different path lengths, providing accurate readings of samples from 0.5 to 2.0µl without dilution. The integrated fluorometer yields more accurate, sensitive and selective quantitation of nucleic acids. The blue light channel (460nm) is useful for detection of dyes such as PicoGreen and RiboGreen as well as GFP and fluorescein. UV, green and red channel models are available upon request.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Accuris DNA Quantification Kits

Accuris DNA Quantification Kits are designed for accurate fluorescent quantification of dsDNA using an instrument such as the Qubit™, SmartDrop™ XF, or Accuris™ Fluorometer. The reagents are highly selective for double-stranded DNA (dsDNA), so quantification results will not be skewed by single-stranded DNA (ssDNA), RNA, protein, or nucleotides in a sample.  Included with each kit are a concentrated fluorescent assay reagent, dilution buffer, and ready-to-use DNA standards.  The assay reagent is diluted using the buffer provided, sample is added (1 µL to 20 µL), and the concentration can be determined using an appropriate fluorometer instrument that utilizes blue excitation and measures green fluorescence. High Sensitivity dsDNA Assay Kit The Accuris High Sensitivity Kit provides an accurate method for quantitation of dsDNA samples of low concentration.  Depending on sample volume, the assay kit is designed to be accurate for initial DNA sample concentrations of 0.005–120 ng/µl, providing a detection range of 0.1–120 ng. Broad Range dsDNA Assay Kit The Accuris Broad Range Kit provides an accurate method for quantitation of dsDNA in samples that have a wide concentration range starting at 0.2 ng/µL . Depending on sample volume, the assay kit is designed to be accurate for initial DNA sample concentrations of 0.2 to 2,000 ng/µL, providing a detection range of 4−2,000 ng.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_separator][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Model SmartDrop L (NS1000) SmartDrop X (NS1010) SmartDrop XF (NS1020)
Display 7-inch touch screen 7-inch touch screen 7-inch touch screen
Minimum sample size 1.0µl – 2.0µl 0.5µl – 2.0µl 0.5µl – 2.0µl
Path length 0.5mm 0.2mm, 1.0mm 0.05mm, 0.2mm, 1.0mm
Light source UV LED Xenon Flash Lamp Xenon Flash Lamp
Detector UV Silicon Photocell 2048 Element Linear Silicon CCD Array 2048 Element Linear Silicon CCD Array
Wavelength 260, 280, & 600nm 200 – 800nm (1nm steps) 200 – 800nm (1nm steps)
Absorbance range 0.2 – 50 A (10mm equivalent) 0.04 – 90 A (10mm equivalent) 0.04 – 300 A (10mm equivalent)
Absorbance precision 0.005 A 0.003 A 0.003 A
Lower limit of detection dsDNA: 10ng/µl dsDNA: 2ng/µl; BSA: 0.1mg/ml dsDNA: 2ng/µl ; BSA: 0.1mg/ml
Upper limit of detection dsDNA: 2,500ng/µl dsDNA: 4,500ng/µl; BSA: 135mg/ml dsDNA: 15,000ng/µl; BSA: 360mg/ml
Detection time < 6 seconds < 5 seconds < 6 seconds
Communication ports USB for data export USB for data export USB for data export
Voltage input DC 24V, 2A DC 24V, 2A DC 24V, 2A
Power 25W 25W 25W
Dimensions (WxDxH) 20.8 x 8.0 x 18.6 cm / 8.2 x 11.0 x 7.3 in. 20.8 x 8.0 x 18.6 cm / 8.2 x 11.0 x 7.3 in. 20.8 x 8.0 x 18.6 cm / 8.2 x 11.0 x 7.3 in.
Weight 3.6 kg / 7.9 lbs 2.8 kg / 6.2 lbs 3.6 kg / 7.9 lbs
Cuvette OD600 detection
Absorbance range 0.0 – 4.0 A 0.0 – 4.0 A 0.0 – 4.0 A
Absorbance stability [0,3) ≤ 0.5%, [3,4) ≤ 2% [0,3) ≤ 0.5%, [3,4) ≤ 2% [0,3) ≤ 0.5%, [3,4) ≤ 2%
Absorbance repeatibility [0,3) ≤ 0.5%, [3,4) ≤ 2% [0,3) ≤ 0.5%, [3,4) ≤ 2% [0,3) ≤ 0.5%, [3,4) ≤ 2%
Absorbance precision [0,2) ≤ 0.005 A, [2,3) ≤ 1%, [3,4) ≤ 2% [0,2) ≤ 0.005 A, [2,3) ≤ 1%, [3,4) ≤ 2% [0,2) ≤ 0.005 A, [2,3) ≤ 1%, [3,4) ≤ 2%
Fluorescence detection
Excitation/Emission N/A N/A 460 ± 20nm / 525-570nm
Sensitivity N/A N/A dsDNA: 0.5pg/µl
Linearity N/A N/A R² ≥ 0.995
Repeatibility N/A N/A ≤ 1.5%
Stability N/A N/A ≤ 1.5%
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_separator color="white"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]       Ordering information:
Cat No. Description
NS1000 SmartDrop™ L Nano Spectrophotometer
NS1010 SmartDrop™ X Nano Spectrophotometer
NS1020 SmartDrop™ XF Nano Spectrophotometer
NS1020-HS-100 High Sensitivity DNA Quantification Kit, 100 assays
NS1020-BR-100 Broad Range dsDNA Quantification Kit, 100 assays
NS1020-T 0.5mL Fluorescence Detection Tubes, pack of 250
NS1000-C Additional Standard-Size Cuvettes, pack of 2
NS1000-PA Extra paper roll for SmartDrop internal printer, Pk 3
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Multitherm Shaker Touch

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text] Like the popular MultiTherm, the MultiTherm Touch features a broad temperature range to meet applications from denaturation of DNA to keeping samples cold (4°C) at the end of a protocol. An expanded speed range (to 3,000rpm), full-color touch screen, greater flexibility in programming and heated lid option set this new unit apart. All operating parameters are easily entered and viewed on the large, full color, touch screen. Fifty programs can be stored, each including up to 5 steps. Programming features such as adjustable ramp rates, interval and directional mixing and preheat options can be set. A “short” button allows for immediate mixing at maximum speed. Fifteen block choices accommodate samples from 0.2ml to 50ml as well as a variety of plates. Blocks are quickly and easily interchanged without the use of tools and are automatically recognized by the software. Insulation protects the users from hot surfaces and helps to maintain block temperature. Condensation can have negative effects on delicate samples and reactions by changing the concentration of reactants. The heated lid option, available for use with tubes up to 5ml and microplates, protects samples by warming the air in the tube and preventing condensation. Easy to use and reliable in operation, the MultiTherm Touch is covered by a 1 year warranty. Blocks and heated lid are sold separately.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

  • Large touch screen for simple and easy programming and viewing of status
  • Advanced programming features include adjustable ramp rates, preheat and clockwise/counterclockwise mixing
  • Multiple block options for plates and tubes up to 50ml
  • Broad temperature and speed range to meet a variety of applications
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Display: 4.3 inch color touch screen with graphical interface
Speed: 200 to 3000 rpm (block dependent)
Orbit: 3mm
Temp. Range: Ambient -20 to 105°C
Temperature Uniformity: ±0.5°C
Timer: 1s-99h:59m:59s or continuous
Program Memory: 50 programs
Steps/Program: 5 steps/program
Programming Features: Adjustable ramp rate, mix mode, mix start, power failure restart, and heated lid temp
Additional Features: Quick button, pause, import/export data and programs, automatic block recognition
Dimensions: (w x d x h) 6.3 x 12.6 x 8.7 in. / 16 x 32 x 22 cm
Weight: 22 lbs/10kg
Electrical: 110 to 240V 50-60Hz
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_separator color="white"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
H5100-HCT MultiTherm Touch, Heating/Cooling Vortexer, blocks sold separately
H5100-HL Heated lid for above
Available blocks (max speed)
H5100-05 24 x 0.5ml (2,000rpm)
H5100-15 35 x 1.5ml (2,000rpm)
H5100-20 35 x 2ml (2,000rpm)
H5100-CMB 15 x 0.5ml and 20 x 1.5ml (2,000rpm)
H5100-5MT 8 x 5ml (1,000rpm)
H5100-12 24 x 12mm dia. tube (2,000rpm)
H5100-2CR 24 x 1.5/2ml cryovials (2,000rpm)
H5100-150 8 x 15ml (1,000rpm)
H5100-500 4 x 50ml (1,000rpm)
H5100-MP Standard microplate (3,000rpm)
More blocks are available …
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

BEADBLASTER 24 MICROTUBE HOMOGENIZER

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="6197,6199,6196,6198" img_size="250x250" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]The BeadBlaster™ 24 completely lyses, grinds and homogenizes a broad variety of biological samples. Even the most difficult and resistant samples are fully homogenized, often in 35 seconds or less. The stainless steel tube carrier subjects up to 24 samples to an optimized, high speed, 3D motion, producing high energy impacts between the samples and micro-beads to release cellular contents. After homogenization, samples can be centrifuged and the supernatant collected for further processing. Operating parameters for the BeadBlaster 24 are set and displayed digitally. To protect fragile, heat sensitive samples, the unit can be programmed to operate in shortened consecutive cycles with a rest period in between. Up to 50 such programs can be stored in memory and recalled for future use. A transparent lid allows for visualization of samples, and features a mechanical lid lock that prevents opening the lid when the BeadBlaster is in operation. A brushless motor reduces motor noise and provides maintenance free operation. Benchmark offers an assortment of prefilled tube kits for a variety of sample types. The popular Triple-Pure™ kits include acid washed, heat treated, zirconium beads. The beads are tested to be free of nucleases, making them ideal for molecular biology applications. A convenient starter kit (D1032-SK) is available to accommodate a broad range of sample types and optimize applications.

  • Fast, efficient homogenization in about 35 seconds
  • For all sample types, from soft tissue to bone
  • Mix up to 24 tubes simultaneously
  • Sealed 2.0ml tubes – eliminates cross contamination
  • Full range of beads in prefilled tubes and bulk available
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Specification: 
Speed Range 4.0-7.0 m/s (in 0.05 m/s increments)
Capacity 24 x 2.0ml
Cycle Time 1 to 90 sec. (up to 90 sec.)
Pause between cycles 0 to 2 min. (1 sec. increments)
Max. cycles per program 10
Program Memory up to 50
Accel./Decel Time <2 sec. / <2 sec.
Noise Level <68db
Dimensions 11 x 14.2 x 15.2 in. / 28 x 36 s 38.5 cm
Weight 55 lbs / 25 kg
Electrical 100 to 240V 50-60 Hz
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
D2400-E BeadBlaster 24 place Microtube Homogenizer
D2400-R5 Optional tube holder for 12x5ml tubes
Pre-filled Tube Kits:
D1031-01 Standard glass beads, dia. 0.1mm, 50pk
D1031-05 Standard glass beads, dia. 0.5mm, 50pk
D1031-10 Standard glass beads, dia. 1.0mm, 50pk
D1032-01 Triple-Pure, High Impact zirconium beads, dia. 0.1mm, 50pk
D1032-05 Triple-Pure, High Impact zirconium beads, dia. 0.5mm, 50pk
D1032-10 Triple-Pure, High Impact zirconium beads, dia. 1.0mm, 50pk
D1032-15 Triple-Pure, High Impact zirconium beads, dia. 1.5mm, 50pk
D1032-30 Triple-Pure, High Impact zirconium beads, dia. 3.0mm, 50pk
D1032-SK Starter Kit, 10 each of dia. 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 & 3.0 Triple-Pure Zirconium
D1033-28 Stainless Steel Beads, dia. 2.8mm, 50pk (acid washed)
D1031-T20 Empty Tubes (2.0ml), pk/1000
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Omnia XS Touch Blueline (Compact+Touch)

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Omnia xs touch Blueline Pure and Ultra water systems Space-saving. Flexible. Intuitive. Resource-saving.

Work space in laboratories must be used efficiently. The Omnia xs system frees up space on the lab bench and makes work more efficient. Despite the extremely compact design in xs format, the system is exemplary in its resource-saving and completely autonomous operation. Accessories such as a leakage sensor, pressure reducer, and pre-treatment cartridges are already integrated in the compact housing. This saves space in the laboratory and also ensures exceptional operational and work safety.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

The Omnia Optifill touch dispenser

Intuitive. Convenient. Flexible.

The Omnia xs touch series is extremely convenient to use. All devices are fitted with the OptiFill touch OneHandOperation-Dispenser with intuitive control- and monitoring unit. One-handed operation, removable, rotatable and swiveling with flexible connection for easy water dispensing into any type of container.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/Vjrbmg_8D00" align="center" title="Stakpure Omnia xs Touch Blueline"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator color="custom" style="dashed" accent_color="#9e9e9e"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.stakpure.de%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F22.06.21_stp_Pros_Omnia_xs_touch_EN_Final-min.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

OmniaPure xs touch Blueline

The specialist. For H2O pure type I.

When your need is for highest quality pure water that fulfils the demands of analytical and life science laboratory requirements, then one of these OmniaPure systems will be the right choice for you. The incorporated pre-treatment constantly ensures the reliability of your experimental results and reduces running costs. Features • OptiFill touch dispenser is standard • Spent filters are simply and quickly exchanged • Leakage sensor is standard • Integrated pressure reducer is standard • Resource-saving filter volume • Very space saving • Ready-to-use, including filter cartridges[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Model no. System type Typical applications
18100004 OmniaPure xs UV-TOC (standard dispenser) Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis
18100014 OmniaPure-W xs UV-TOC (wall dispenser) Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis
18100024 OmniaPure-T xs UV-TOC (bench dispenser) Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis
18100005 OmniaPure xs UV-TOC/UF (standard dispenser) Life science and microbiology, cell culture media
18100015 OmniaPure-W xs UV-TOC/UF (wall dispenser) Life science and microbiology, cell culture media
18100025 OmniaPure-T xs UV-TOC/UF (bench dispenser) Life science and microbiology, cell culture media
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Specifications  OmniaPure xs touch UV-TOC OmniaPure xs touch UV-TOC/UF
Ultrapure water values type I
Conductivity at 25 °C [μS/cm] 0.055 0.055
Resistance at 25 °C [MΩ x cm] 18.2 18.2
TOC-value* [ppb] <2 <5
TOC monitor yes yes
Dispensing performance [l/min.] up to 2 up to 2
Individually adjustable dispensing volume [liters] 0.05 up to 25 0.05 up to 25
Particles** > 0.2 μm [1/ml] <1 <1
Bacteria** [KBE/ml] <0.01 <0.01
Pyrogens (Endotoxins)*** [EU/ml] - <0.001
RNase*** [pg/ml] - <1
DNase*** [pg/ml] - <5
Proteases*** [μg/ml] - <0.15
* The values given are typical and may vary depending on the quality of the feed water ** With sterile filter capsule 0.2 μm or bio filter capsule *** With ultrafilter/bio filter capsule[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator color="custom" style="dashed" accent_color="#9e9e9e"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.stakpure.de%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F22.06.21_stp_Pros_Omnia_xs_touch_EN_Final-min.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

OmniaTap xs touch Blueline

The Allrounder. For H2O pure types I+II .

OmniaTap xs touch is the ideal system when both pure water and ultrapure water are required, but in relatively small amounts. The ability to provide both types from a single system results from the combination of ultramodern purification technologies. These also make it possible to connect the system directly to tap water. A press on the dispenser button activates dispensing of ultrapure water type I via the digital dispenser control. The recirculation of the pure water held in the installed 7 litre tank keeps it permanently at type II quality. The pure water tank provides a second outlet for feeding downstream end users. Features • OptiFill touch dispenser is standard • Spent filters are simply and quickly exchanged • Leakage sensor is standard • Integrated pressure reducer is standard • Precise volume control • Ready-to-use, including filter cartridges[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Flow Chart [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Model no. System type Typical applications
18110084 OmniaTap xs 8 UV-TOC (standard dispenser) Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis
18111084 OmniaTap-W xs 8 UV-TOC (wall dispenser) Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis
18112084 OmniaTap-T xs 8 UV-TOC (bench dispenser) Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis
18110085 OmniaTap xs 8 UV-TOC/UF (standard dispenser) Life science and microbiology, cell culture media
18111085 OmniaTap-W xs 8 UV-TOC/UF (wall dispenser) Life science and microbiology, cell culture media
18112085 OmniaTap-T xs 8 UV-TOC/UF (bench dispenser) Life science and microbiology, cell culture media
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Specifications OmniaTap xs touch 8 UV-TOC OmniaTap xs touch 8 UV-TOC/UF
Ultrapure water values type II
Pure water performance at 15 °C [l/h] 8 8
Conductivity at 25 °C [μS/cm] 0.067 up to 0.1 0.067 up to 0.1
Resistance at 25 °C [MΩ x cm] 15 up to 10 15 up to 10
Ultrapure water values type I
Conductivity at 25 °C [μS/cm] 0.055 0.055
Resistance at 25 °C [MΩ x cm] 18.2 18.2
TOC-value* [ppb] < 2 < 5
TOC monitor yes yes
Dispensing performance [l/min.] up to 2  up to 2
Individually adjustable dispensing volume [liters]  0.05 up to 25 0.05 up to 25
Particles** > 0.2 μm [1/ml] < 1 < 1
Bacteria** [KBE/ml] < 0.01 < 0.01
Pyrogens (Endotoxins)*** [EU/ml] < 0.001
RNase*** [pg/ml] < 1
DNase*** [pg/ml] <5
Proteases*** [μg/ml] < 0.15
* The values given are typical and may vary depending on the quality of the feed water ** With sterile filter capsule 0.2 μm or bio filter capsule *** With ultrafilter/bio filter capsule[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Omnia XS Basic (Compact)

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.stakpure.de%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2Fstakpure_Omnia_xs_basic_EN.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

OmniaPure XS Basic

The specialist. For H2O pure type I .

When your need is for highest quality pure water that fulfils the demands of analytical and life science laboratory requirements, then one of these OmniaPure systems will be the right choice for you. The incorporated pre-treatment constantly ensures the reliability of your experimental results and reduces running costs.

Features

• OptiFill basic dispenser is standard • Spent filters are simply and quickly exchanged • Leakage sensor is standard • Integrated pressure reducer is standard • Very space saving • Ready-to-use, including filter cartridges[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

One hand operation

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Easy water dispensing

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Flexible on a work surface

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Flow Chart [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Model no. System type Typical applications
18000004 OmniaPure xs basic AAS, IC, ICP, buffers and media preparation
18000005 OmniaPure xs basic UV Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Specifications OmniaPure xs basic OmniaPure xs basic UV
Ultrapure water values type I
Conductivity at 25 °C [μS/cm] 0.055 0.055
Resistance at 25 °C [MΩ x cm] 18.2 18.2
TOC-value* [ppb] <5 <2
Dispensing performance [l/min.] up to 2 up to 2
Dispensing preset volumes optional optional
Particles** > 0.2 μm [1/ml] <1 <1
Bacteria** [KBE/ml] <0.01 <0.01
* The values given are typical and may vary depending on the quality of the feed water ** With sterile filter capsule 0.2 μm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator color="custom" style="dashed" accent_color="#9e9e9e"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="peacoc" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.stakpure.de%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2Fstakpure_Omnia_xs_basic_EN.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

OmniaTap XS Basic

The Allrounder. For H2O pure types I+II .

OmniaTap xs basic is the ideal system when both pure water and ultrapure water are required, but in relatively small amounts. The ability to provide both types from a single system results from the combination of ultramodern purification technologies. These also make it possible to connect the system directly to tap water. A press on the dispenser button activates dispensing of ultrapure water type I via the digital dispenser control. The recirculation of the pure water held in the installed 7 litre tank keeps it permanently at type II quality. The pure water tank provides a second optional outlet for feeding downstream end users.

Features

• OptiFill basic dispenser is standard • Spent filters are simply and quickly exchanged • Leakage sensor is standard • Ready-to-use, including filter cartridges[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

One hand operation

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Easy water dispensing

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Flexible on a work surface

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Flow Chart [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Model no. System type Typical applications
18110051 OmniaTap xs basic 5 AAS, IC, ICP, buffers and media preparation
18110052 OmniaTap xs basic 5 UV Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC-analysis
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Specifications OmniaTap xs basic 5 OmniaTap xs basic 5 UV
Ultrapure water values type II
Pure water performance at 15 °C [l/h] 5 5
Conductivity at 25 °C [μS/cm] 0.067 up to 0.1 0.067 up to 0.1
Resistance at 25 °C [MΩ x cm] 15 up to 10 15 up to 10
Ultrapure water values type I
Conductivity at 25 °C [μS/cm] 0.055 0.055
Resistance at 25 °C [MΩ x cm] 18.2 18.2
TOC-value* [ppb] <5 <2
Dispensing performance [l/min.] up to 2 up to 2
Dispensing preset volumes optional optional
Particles** > 0.2 μm [1/ml] <1 <1
Bacteria** [KBE/ml] <0.01 <0.01
* The values given are typical and may vary depending on the quality of the feed water ** With sterile filter capsule 0.2 μm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

“Anaerobic Chamber”

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

"Anaerobic Chamber"855-Series

The 855-AC (Anaerobic Chamber) has been designed for manually controlling your atmosphere when working with Oxygen sensitive materials. It is perfect for working in situations requiring low levels of Oxygen during critical isolation of the operator or your research materials. Any inert gas may be used. Its main advantage is minimizing the risk of Oxygen entry into the main working chamber. If trace amounts of Oxygen happen to enter the main chamber, the Catalyst Heater reduces it to water vapor. The drying train can then be activated to remove any excess water vapor. The 855-AC is offered as a complete system ready to use. There are no other components required. All you need to add are your work samples and gas of choice. This glove box has a capacity of 348 culture plates when using our suspended shelf accessory. Please refer to the Accessories Section (800-SHELF-1). The Basic Chemical Reaction. The internal atmosphere is drawn off the floor of the glove box and is pushed up through the heating elements and the warm Palladium (Pd) pellets. The Hydrogen in the special gas mixture then reacts with trace amounts of Oxygen to create water vapor. The excess water vapor is then absorbed by the Molecular Sieve™ in the three drying train canisters. The canisters are re-chargeable. Common anaerobic chamber applications: - Chemistry - Stem Cell ResearchMicrobiologyClostridium difficileCancer Cell ResearchAnaerobic Research - Life ScienceClinical[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Standard Features of the "Anaerobic Chamber":
  • Standard 24 month warranty (not gloves or consumables.)
  • No installation.  Comes ready to use.
  • Over 50 years of anaerobic chamber manufacturing.
  • Completely sealed design requires lower gas consumptions, lower operating costs.
  •  Formed one-piece clear plastic top section with “Easy Clean” corners.
  •  Matched Die-Molded white thermoset bottom with “EasyClean” corners.
  • Two vacuum diaphragm pumps, one each for the drying train and the transfer chamber (purging).
  • Drying train includes three (3) clear plastic canisters filled with Molecular Sieve.
  •  All controls are illuminated.
  • “Bright Light” system (40,000 hour lamp guarantee).
  •  White ambidextrous Hypalon gloves.
  • All clamps are adjustable to compensate for wear.
  • Adjustable vacuum gauge on transfer chamber.
  • Four (4) ground key-cock valves for purging.
  • Transfer chamber is 12” (305mm) long x 11” (280mm) I.D.
  • Electrical outlet (socket) strip (UL, CSA, & CE).
  • Self sealing quick disconnects allow changing of the drying train without disturbing the internal atmosphere.
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

855-AC

Inside Dimensions
41" w x 28" d x 26" h
1,040mm x 710mm x 660mm h
Outside Dimensions (includes transfer chamber 12" long)
55" w x 35" dep x 38" h
1,400mm x 890mm x 970mm
Volume:
17.3 Cubic Feet
489 Liters
Appx. Ship Weight
450 Pounds
205 Kilos
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

855-ACB

Inside Dimensions
60" w x 38" d x 31" h
1,520mm x 960mm x 790mm h
Outside Dimensions (includes transfer chamber 12" long)
76" w x 47" d x 42" h
1,930mm x 1,190mm x 1,070mm
Volume:
40.9 Cubic Feet
1,157 Liters
Appx. Ship Weight
685 Pounds
311 Kilos
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Our #855-ACB contains all the features of our single operator unit, but it has more capacity. It is ideal for two or more operators working together up to a maximum of four (4) people. Two people each side. NOTE: The maximum working pressure is 6” of WC. What’s included with the glove box:
  •  Two (2) pairs of white ambidextrous Hypalon gloves.
  •  Two (2) vacuum pressure pumps. One each for the drying train and the transfer chamber purging cycle.
  •  Two (2) Catalyst Heaters and four (4) Palladium canisters.
  •  Manual controls for purging, lights, and drying train operation.
  •  A “Bright Light” illumination system with a 40,000 hour lamp guarantee.
  •  Hospital grade multiple electric outlet (socket) strip.
  •  Optically clear plastic top and bottom sections with “Easy Clean” corners.
  •  Transfer chamber size 12” long X 11” I.D. (305mm X 280 mm I.D).
  • Two year (24 month) standard warranty (Not gloves or consumables).
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

“University” Glove Box

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

"University" Glove Box 810-Series

Completely sealed glove box for basic isolation and/or containment!

The 810-SG Series by PLAS-LABS are constructed of an optically clear material, developed for isolation and / or containment. All units feature a high visibility of the interior, cleanliness, safety, complete containment, portability and a draft-free atmosphere. The installed purging valves are ideal for lowering oxygen and humidity levels.  Transfer chamber AND flat access door included to easily introduce larger equipment into the glove box. [/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/6VlTjWz3CvU" title="``Compact`` Glove Box"][vc_column_text]Standard Features of the "University" Glove Box:
  • Completely sealed glove box requires less gas. Lower operational expenses.
  • Transfer chamber with purging valves and vacuum gauge.
  •  Flat side access door for easily introducing larger equipment.
  •  Four (4) key cock valves for purging.
  • Hospital grade outlet strip.
  • Pressure relief valve with small HEPA canister.
  • Standar twenty-four (24) month warranty. (Not on consumables).
  • White ambidextrous gloves.
  • Flat side access door for introducing larger equipment into the glove box.
  • Four (4) standard sizes available.  Customization is also available.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

810-SG10

Inside Dimensions:
28"w x 23"d x 29"h
710mm x 580mm x 740mm h
Outside Dimensions (Includes transfer chamber 12" long)
43"w x 24"d x 31"h
1,100mm x 610mm x 790mm h
Access Door Opening:
15.5" x 22"h
400mm x 560mm
Number of gloves:
Two (2)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

810-SG20

Inside Dimensions:
35"w x 29"d x 30"h
890mm x 740mm x 760mm h
Outside Dimensions (Includes transfer chamber 12" long)
49"w x 30"d x 31"h
1,250mm x 760mm x 790mm h
Access Door Opening:
21.5" x 22"h
546mm x 560mm
Number of gloves:
Two (2)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

810-SG30

Inside Dimensions:
48"w x 29"d x 32"h
1,220mm x 740mm x 810mm h
Outside Dimensions (Includes transfer chamber 12" long)
63"w x 31"d x 35"h
1,600mm x 790mm x 860mm h
Access Door Opening:
21.5" x 24"h
546mm x 610mm
Number of gloves:
Three (3)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

810-SG40

Inside Dimensions:
60"w x 29"d x 32"h
1,524mm x 740mm x 810mm h
Outside Dimensions (Includes transfer chamber 12" long)
76"w x 32"d x 35"h
1,930mm x 812mm x 890mm h
Access Door Opening:
21.5" x 24"h
546mm x 610mm
Number of gloves:
Four (4)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

“La Petite” Glove Box

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

"La Petite" Glove Box 815-Series

PLAS-LABS,INC.® is proud to offer a new concept in small glove boxes. The #815-PGB “Petite Glove Box” is comprised of essentially two (2) components. The top and bottom sections are sealed using a revolutionary new gel system commonly used in the clean room industry for sealing HEPA filters. The La Petite is only two-thirds the size of our #818-GB Basic Glove Box. It has been designed to be ergonomically correct for the average person. Careful attention to research requirements and our over forty-five (45) years of experience helped make this glove box very user friendly and inexpensive. Standard Features of the "La Petite" Glove Box:
  • Lightweight and easy to move from lab to lab.
  • Optically clear, one piece formed top is unbreakable.
  • Bright white one piece bottom formed out of high temperature Noryl™ and has “easy clean” corners.
  • Large access door (12” inch Ø [305 mm] opening).
  • Vacuum gauge on transfer chamber.
  • All stainless steel clamps are adjustable and have security locking capabilities.
  • White leveling tray for transferring liquids.
  • Modern, Gel Sealant (Refer to Gel data below).
  • Large, interior Rh gauge.
  • Four (4) ground key cock valves for purging and gas entry.
  • Hospital grade multiple electrical outlet (socket) strip.
  • Latex gloves 7”Ø (175 mm). Neoprene or HypalonTM also available (Special order).
  • Transparent and vacuum capable transfer chamber size 10”long (254 mm) x 9.75”I.D (245 mm).
  • Standard twenty-four (24) month warranty (Not gloves).
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Inside Dimensions: 31.5” w x 25.5” d x 21.5” h
800mm x 650 mm x 545 mm
Outside Dimensions (includes 12" long transfer chamber):  49” w x 29” d x 22” h
1,245 mm x 740 mm x 558 mm
Approximate Volume: 9.5 Cubic Ft. 269 Liters
225 Pounds 103 Kilos
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

“Basic” Glove Box

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

"Basic" Glove Box 818-Series

Our catalog #818-Series style glove boxes are designed to be just what they are named, “Basic.” This is a simple enclosure that can be used for general isolation or containment work. They are very useful for isolating sensitive research materials from a hostile exterior environment. These units are engineered to fit general laboratory research situations. They can be easily modified for specific research projects. These are “starter” glove boxes upon which many accessories can be attached allowing for specific research projects. These units are compact, portable, light weight, and can easily be moved from lab to lab. Standard Features of the "Basic" Glove Box:
  • Optically clear, one piece acrylic top.
  • Matched die molded thermoset, bright white bottom (818-GB only).
  • Coved, easy to clean corners with no hidden dark spots.
  • Double layered, closed cellular neoprene gasketing system.
  • Ambidextrous, white Hypalon gloves for superior chemical and U.V. resistance.
  • Adjustable vacuum gauge on transfer chamber. Four ground key cock valves for purging.
  • White leveling tray for transferring liquids through the transfer chamber.
  • Stainless steel "0" rings for gloves.
  • Transparent transfer chamber 12" long by 11" diameter (l.D.).
  • Standard warranty (12 months).
  • All clamps fully adjustable to compensate for wear.
  • Hospital grade multiple electrical outlet strip U.L.-C.S.A. approved 110-120 volt U.S.A. (220-240 volt export).
  • Optional vacuum pump.  800-PUMP
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]Specifications:

818-GB

Inside Dimensions: 41"w x 28"d x 26"h
104cm x 71cm x 66cm
Outside Dimensions:  
(Includes transfer chamber 12" long (30.5cm) ) 55"w x 35"d x 27"h
140cm x 89cm x 68.5cm
Volume:
17.3ft 489L
Appx. Ship Weight:
225 lbs.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]Specifications:

818-GBB

Inside Dimensions: 60"w x 38"d x 31"h
152cm x 96.5cm x 79cm
Outside Dimensions:  
(Includes transfer chamber 12" long (30.5cm) ) 76"w x 47"d x 32"h
193cm x 119cm 81cm
Volume: 40.9ft 1157L Appx. Ship Weight: 250 pounds[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

WS 8210 – WERKSTAR

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

WERKSITZ WERKSTAR

SWIVEL CHAIR WITH GLIDES

with PUR integral foam backrest and seat

WS 8210

  • PUR integral foam backrest and seat
  • Height adjustment with safety gas spring
  • Polished diecast aluminium five-star base with glides
  • Also available as conductive version
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

General

Seat and backrest PU integral foam
Five-star base xx10 Ø 690mm Diecast aluminium
Column xx10 Steel, chrome
Backrest bow Diecast aluminium
Total height 1020-1225mm

Material thickness

Seat 40mm
Backrest 30/55mm

Weight 17.00kg

Load capacity Up to 120kg

Adjustment options

Seat height 485 - 630mm
Seat tilt 0° to +5°
Seat lock Infinitely variable
Backrest tilt 0° to -20°

Details

Seat width 465mm
Seat depth 460mm
Backrest height 500mm
Backrest width top / bottom 210/400mm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Laminar Flow Cabinets

Provides product protection from airborne particulates and cross-contamination. Available with horizontal or vertical laminar flow, provide a HEPA-filtered environment. It is suitable when the specimen is potentially dangerous if compared to others are treated, or for DNA, RNA and PCR tests.
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Product Brochure" style="flat" shape="square" color="sky" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2022%2F03%2FCHC-Laminar-Flow-Cabinet.pdf|title:CHC%20Laminar%20Flow%20Cabinets|target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Ultra Torque 1850

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]   [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Model BDC1850 Ultra Torque Overhead Stirrer

Power to mix high viscous/high volume batches in lab or pilot plant applications. Caframo’s Ultra Torque offers the greatest torque capabilities available in a bench top stirrer. The unique two speed transmission transfers the motor’s power to the chuck with 95% efficiency. Rugged construction including a brushless DC motor, TENV metal housing and clear chemical resistant chuck guard make the Ultra Torque the perfect match for the toughest environments. Key Specifications: Speed Range rpm: 12 - 1800 rpm Max Torque: 565 Ncm Max Viscosity: 90,000 cP Output Power: 1/5 hp, 150 watts Max Volume: 80 litres[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Product Datasheet" style="flat" shape="square" color="chino" size="sm" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2022%2F02%2FCaframo-1850-Datasheet.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Universal BDC3030

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]   [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Model BDC3030 Universal Overhead Stirrer

Accomodate changing application needs with power and control offered in Caframo’s Universal significant torque and speed capabilities. A great fit for viscous mixing at higher speeds. High performance brushless DC motor provides maintenance free operation. Track a change in viscosity throughout the mixing process with the unique torque zero feature. The Universal offers versatile features for success in a range of applications. Key Specifications: Speed Range: 20 - 3000 rpm Max Torque: 339 Ncm Max Viscosity: 50,000 cP Output Power: 1/5 hp, 150 watts Max Volume: 60 litres[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Product Datasheet" style="flat" shape="square" color="chino" size="sm" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2022%2F02%2FCaframo-3030-Datasheet.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Ultra Speed BDC6015

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Model BDC6015 Ultra Speed Overhead Stirrer

Create accurate repeatable results through high speed mixing and precision with Caframo’s Ultra Speed. Maintain consistent set speeds up to 6000 rpm under changing viscosities with digital display and control. Depend on the quiet, high efficiency brushless DC motor. Benefit from the Ultra Speed’s built in safety features including a clear chemical resistant chuck guard and overload protection. Key Specifications: Speed Range: 40 - 6000 rpm Max Torque: 170 Ncm Max Viscosity: 20,000 cP Output Power: 1/5 hp, 150 watts Max Volume: 25 litres [/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Product Datasheet" style="flat" shape="square" color="chino" size="sm" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2022%2F02%2FCaframo-6015-Datasheet.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Compact Digital BDC2002

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Model BDC2002 Compact Digital Overhead Stirrer

The 2002 maximizes productivity fitting into any area of the laboratory including a fume hood or enclosed workstation, giving accurate, repeatable results. The unique push button Stirlight™ allows solutions to be seen clearly. Like other Caframo stirrers, the CompactDigital™ is powered by a brushless DC motor to stir larger batches longer at higher speeds. The belt driven transmission is smooth and quiet offering high power efficiency. The four button touch control (power on/off, speed increase, speed decrease, light on/off) is easy to use. Key Specifications: Speed Range: 40 - 2000 rpm Max Torque: 70 Ncm Max Viscosity: 15,000 cP Output Power: 1/18 hp, 40 watts Max Volume:  25 litres[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Product Datasheet" style="flat" shape="square" color="chino" size="sm" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2022%2F02%2FCaframo-2002-Datasheet.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MKUv 1610 (Solid Door)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Pharmacy Refrigerator for medicine and vaccine storage

Pharmaceutical storage: DIN 58345 All Liebherr medical storage appliances comply with the DIN standard “Fridges for drugs DIN 58345”. DIN 58345 currently reflects the latest technological advances and establishes precisely formulated requirements in relation to pharmaceutical refrigerators. This guarantees that the appliances are particularly suitable for medicine storage and that they offer the highest standard for conscientious users. DIN 58345 includes the following basic requirements: ‧ Maintenance of an operating temperature from +2C to +8C ‧ Can be used in ambient temperatures from +10C to +35C ‧ Noise emission less than 60 dB(A) ‧ Visual and audible warning installation for high and low temperature alarms ‧ Preparation of operating temperature recording ‧ Visual and audible power failure alarm for at least 12h ‧ Safety thermostat to avoid temperatures below +2C ‧ Mechanical resistance of internal fittings at least 100 kg/m ‧ Lockable door Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-stop" add_icon="true" title="MKUv 1610 (Solid door)" tab_id="mkuv1610"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

MKUv 1610 MediLine (Solid door)

General product information

Product group output channels Pharmacy refrigerator with Comfort controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption per year 273.00 kWh/a
Noise level 47 dB
Net capacity, total 109 l
Gross capacity, total 142 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.0 A
Refrigerator compartment 142 l
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 82 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation 40 - 40 mm
Weight (with packaging) 42.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 39.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Temperature range +5°C (fixed)
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for min. 12h
Maximum fluctuation 4.6 °C
Gradient 4.3 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MKUv 1613 (Glass Door)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Pharmacy Refrigerator for medicine and vaccine storage

Pharmaceutical storage: DIN 58345 All Liebherr medical storage appliances comply with the DIN standard “Fridges for drugs DIN 58345”. DIN 58345 currently reflects the latest technological advances and establishes precisely formulated requirements in relation to pharmaceutical refrigerators. This guarantees that the appliances are particularly suitable for medicine storage and that they offer the highest standard for conscientious users. DIN 58345 includes the following basic requirements: ‧ Maintenance of an operating temperature from +2C to +8C ‧ Can be used in ambient temperatures from +10C to +35C ‧ Noise emission less than 60 dB(A) ‧ Visual and audible warning installation for high and low temperature alarms ‧ Preparation of operating temperature recording ‧ Visual and audible power failure alarm for at least 12h ‧ Safety thermostat to avoid temperatures below +2C ‧ Mechanical resistance of internal fittings at least 100 kg/m ‧ Lockable door Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square-o" add_icon="true" title="MKUv 1613 (Glass door)" tab_id="mkuv1613"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

MKUv 1613 MediLine (Glass door)

General product information

Product group output channels Pharmacy refrigerator with Comfort controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption per year 369.00 kWh/a
Noise level 47 dB
Net capacity, total 109 l
Gross capacity, total 152 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.5 A
Refrigerator compartment 152 l
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 82 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation 40 - 40 mm
Weight (with packaging) 48.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 45.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Temperature range +5°C (fixed)
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for min. 12h
Maximum fluctuation 4.9 °C
Gradient 5.1 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Insulated glass
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MKv 3910 (Solid Door)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Pharmacy Refrigerator for medicine and vaccine storage

Pharmaceutical storage: DIN 58345 All Liebherr medical storage appliances comply with the DIN standard “Fridges for drugs DIN 58345”. DIN 58345 currently reflects the latest technological advances and establishes precisely formulated requirements in relation to pharmaceutical refrigerators. This guarantees that the appliances are particularly suitable for medicine storage and that they offer the highest standard for conscientious users. DIN 58345 includes the following basic requirements: ‧ Maintenance of an operating temperature from +2C to +8C ‧ Can be used in ambient temperatures from +10C to +35C ‧ Noise emission less than 60 dB(A) ‧ Visual and audible warning installation for high and low temperature alarms ‧ Preparation of operating temperature recording ‧ Visual and audible power failure alarm for at least 12h ‧ Safety thermostat to avoid temperatures below +2C ‧ Mechanical resistance of internal fittings at least 100 kg/m ‧ Lockable door Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-stop" add_icon="true" title="MKv 3910 (Solid door)" tab_id="mkv3910"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

MKv 3910 MediLine (Solid door)

General product information

Product group output channels Pharmacy refrigerator with Comfort controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption per year 309.00 kWh/a
Noise level 48 dB
Net capacity, total 280 l
Gross capacity, total 361 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.5 A
Refrigerator compartment 361 l
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 184 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation 40 - 40 mm
Weight (with packaging) 73.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 67.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Temperature range +5°C (fixed)
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for min. 12h
Maximum fluctuation 3.6 °C
Gradient 4.1 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MKv 3913 (Glass Door)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Pharmacy Refrigerator for medicine and vaccine storage

Pharmaceutical storage: DIN 58345 All Liebherr medical storage appliances comply with the DIN standard “Fridges for drugs DIN 58345”. DIN 58345 currently reflects the latest technological advances and establishes precisely formulated requirements in relation to pharmaceutical refrigerators. This guarantees that the appliances are particularly suitable for medicine storage and that they offer the highest standard for conscientious users. DIN 58345 includes the following basic requirements: ‧ Maintenance of an operating temperature from +2C to +8C ‧ Can be used in ambient temperatures from +10C to +35C ‧ Noise emission less than 60 dB(A) ‧ Visual and audible warning installation for high and low temperature alarms ‧ Preparation of operating temperature recording ‧ Visual and audible power failure alarm for at least 12h ‧ Safety thermostat to avoid temperatures below +2C ‧ Mechanical resistance of internal fittings at least 100 kg/m ‧ Lockable door Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square-o" add_icon="true" title="MKv 3913 (Glass door)" tab_id="mkv3913"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

MKv 3913 MediLine (Glass door)

General product information

Product group output channels Pharmacy refrigerator with Comfort controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption per year 480.00 kWh/a
Noise level 48 dB
Net capacity, total 278 l
Gross capacity, total 386 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.5 A
Refrigerator compartment 386 l
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 184 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation 40 - 40 mm
Weight (with packaging) 91.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 85.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Temperature range +5°C (fixed)
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for min. 12h
Maximum fluctuation 3.9 °C
Gradient 6.1 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Insulated glass
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Laboratory Freezer with electronic control

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Laboratory Freezer with electronic control

Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored. Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3 All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LGv 5010 (478 Litres)" tab_id="lgv5010"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGv 5010 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab freezer with comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 3.410 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 1,245 kWh/a
Noise level 55 dB
Net capacity, total 337 l
Freezer compartment 337 l
Refrigerant R 290
Cooling system, freezer compartment dynamic
Defrosting freezer compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 3.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 184.4 / 75.1 / 75.0 cm
Insulation 70 - 70 mm
Weight (with packaging) 124.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 114.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Adjustable temperature range -9 °C to -35 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm when mains power returns
Maximum fluctuation 4.9°C
Gradient 5.8 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear
Water drain
Drawers in freezer compartment 8
Baskets in freezer compartment 2
Shelf material Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 60 kg
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Spark-free Freezer with electronic control

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Laboratory Freezer with electronic control and spark-free interior

Explosion protection: ATEX 95
The Atex 95 certification confirms that Liebherr laboratory fridges and freezers with explosion protection are appropriate for the storage of explosive and highly flammable materials within the meaning of EU Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX).

Alarm test function
This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.

Efficient refrigeration system
Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced.

Temperature alarm
The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored.

Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3
All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LGex 3410 (310 Litres)" tab_id="lgex3410"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGex 3410 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab freezer with Comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 1.309 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 478 kWh/a
Noise level 45 dB
Net capacity, total 284 l
Freezer compartment 284 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, freezer compartment static
Defrosting freezer compartment manual
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.5 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 184 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation 77 - 65 mm
Weight (with packaging) 91.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 86.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Temperature range refrigerator compartment -9 °C to -30 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm when mains power returns
Maximum fluctuation 4.2 °C
Gradient 6.9 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Water drain
Drawers in freezer compartment 8
Storage shelves freezer compartment 8
Shelf material Evaporator plates
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment 24 kg
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LGUex 1500 (139 Litres)" tab_id="lguex1500"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGUex 1500 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab freezer with Comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 0.803 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 294 kWh/a
Noise level 45 dB
Net capacity, total 129 l
Freezer compartment 129 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, freezer compartment static
Defrosting freezer compartment manual
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 82 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation 55 - 55 mm
Weight (with packaging) 45.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 42.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Temperature range refrigerator compartment -9 °C to -26 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm when mains power returns
Maximum fluctuation 3.3 °C
Gradient 6.6 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Water drain
Drawers in freezer compartment 3
Baskets in freezer compartment 1
Shelf material Evaporator plates
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment 24 kg
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heavy-duty Freezer (597 Litres)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Heavy-duty Freezer for Research and Laboratory

Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored. Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3 All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-stop" add_icon="true" title="LGPv 6520 (597 Litres) " tab_id="lgpv6520"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGPv 6520 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab Freezer with profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 3.743 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 1,367 kWh/a
Noise level 60 dB
Net capacity, total 430 l
Freezer compartment 430 l
Refrigerant R 290
Cooling system, freezer compartment dynamic
Defrosting freezer compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 4.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 216.0 / 70.0 / 83.0 cm
Insulation 83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging) 158.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 133.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Adjustable temperature range -9 °C to -35 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation 3.6 °C
Gradient 2.9 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear
Water drain
Drawers in freezer compartment 0
Storage shelves freezer compartment 4
Shelf material Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment 60 kg
 of which height-adjustable 4
Door design SwingLine design
Handle Handle moulding
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heavy-duty Freezer (596 Litres, 2 doors)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Heavy-duty Freezer for Research and Laboratory

Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored. Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3 All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-pause" add_icon="true" title="LGPv 6527 (596 Litres) (1 compartment with 2 doors)" tab_id="lgpv6527"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGPv 6527 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab Freezer with profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 5.529 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 2,019 kWh/a
Noise level 60 dB
Net capacity, total 429 l
Freezer compartment 429 l
Refrigerant R 290
Cooling system, freezer compartment dynamic
Defrosting freezer compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 4.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 216.0 / 70.0 / 83.0 cm
Insulation 83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging) 162.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 136.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Adjustable temperature range -9 °C to -35 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation 3.6 °C
Gradient 2.9 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear
Water drain
Drawers in freezer compartment 0
Storage shelves freezer compartment 4
Shelf material Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment 60 kg
 of which height-adjustable 4
Door design SwingLine design
Handle Handle moulding
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heavy-duty Freezer (856 Litres)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Heavy-duty Freezer for Research and Laboratory

Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored. Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3 All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LGPv 8420 (856 Litres)" tab_id="lgpv8420"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGPv 8420 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab Freezer with profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 4.762 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 1,739 kWh/a
Noise level 60 dB
Net capacity, total 629 l
Freezer compartment 629 l
Refrigerant R 290
Cooling system, freezer compartment dynamic
Defrosting freezer compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 4.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 216.0 / 79.0 / 98.0 cm
Insulation 83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging) 183.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 151.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Adjustable temperature range -9 °C to -35 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation 5.7 °C
Gradient 4.5 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear
Water drain
Drawers in freezer compartment 0
Storage shelves freezer compartment 4
Shelf material Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment 60 kg
 of which height-adjustable 4
Door design SwingLine design
Handle Handle moulding
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heavy-duty freezer (1361 Litres)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Heavy-duty Freezer for Research and Laboratory

Alarm test function
This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.

Forced air cooling
Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior.

Efficient refrigeration system
Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced.

Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover
The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance.

Temperature alarm
The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored.

Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3
All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-pause" add_icon="true" title="LGPv 1420 (1361 Litres)" tab_id="lgpv1420"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGPv 1420 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab Freezer with profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 7.271 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 2,654 kWh/a
Noise level 60 dB
Net capacity, total 980 l
Freezer compartment 980 l
Refrigerant R 290
Cooling system, freezer compartment dynamic
Defrosting freezer compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 4.5 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 216.0 / 143.0 / 83.0 cm
Insulation 83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging) 253.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 207.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Adjustable temperature range -9 °C to -26 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation 6.7 °C
Gradient 4.3 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Left or right
Material of interior containers Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors Castors with arrestor at the front, castors at the rear
Water drain
Drawers in freezer compartment 0
Storage shelves freezer compartment 8
Shelf material Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment 60 kg
 of which height-adjustable 8
Door design SwingLine design
Handle Handle moulding

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Laboratory Refrigerator with electronic control

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Laboratory Refrigerator with electronic control

Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKv 5710 (583 Litres)" tab_id="lkv5710"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKv 5710 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 1.200 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 438 kWh/a
Noise level 52 dB
Net capacity, total 540 l
Refrigerator compartment 540 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.5 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 184.4 / 75.1 / 75.0 cm
Insulation 40 - 40 mm
Weight (with packaging) 100.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 91.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment +3 °C to +16 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm when mains power returns
Maximum fluctuation 3.1°C
Gradient 3.8 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 6
of which height-adjustable 5
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 60 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKv 3910 (361 Litres)" tab_id="lkv3910"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKv 3910 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 0.846 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 309 kWh/a
Noise level 48 dB
Net capacity, total 333 l
Refrigerator compartment 333 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.5 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 184 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation 40 - 40 mm
Weight (with packaging) 70.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 65.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment +3 °C to +16 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm when mains power returns
Maximum fluctuation 3.6 °C
Gradient 4.1 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 6
of which height-adjustable 5
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 45 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square-o" add_icon="true" title="LKv 3913 (386 Litres)" tab_id="lkv3913"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKv 3913 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 1.315 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 480 kWh/a
Noise level 48 dB
Net capacity, total 332 l
Refrigerator compartment 332 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.5 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 184 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation 40 - 40 mm
Weight (with packaging) 88.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 82.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment +3 °C to +16 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm when mains power returns
Maximum fluctuation 4.7 °C
Gradient 5.6 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Insulated glass
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 6
of which height-adjustable 5
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 45 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKUv 1610 (142 Litres)" tab_id="lkuv1610"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKUv 1610 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 0.747 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 273 kWh/a
Noise level 47 dB
Net capacity, total 133 l
Refrigerator compartment 133 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 82 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation 40 - 40 mm
Weight (with packaging) 40.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 37.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment +3 °C to +16 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm when mains power returns
Maximum fluctuation 4.6 °C
Gradient 4.3 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 4
of which height-adjustable 3
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 45 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square-o" add_icon="true" title="LKUv 1613 (152 Litres)" tab_id="lkuv1613"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKUv 1613 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 1.010 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 369 kWh/a
Noise level 47 dB
Net capacity, total 132 l
Refrigerator compartment 132 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 82 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation 40 - 40 mm
Weight (with packaging) 45.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 43.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment +3 °C to +16 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm when mains power returns
Maximum fluctuation 4.9 °C
Gradient 5.1 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Insulated glass
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 4
of which height-adjustable 3
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 45 kg
Illumination cooling compartment Separate connection, LED light
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Spark-free Refrigerator with analogue control

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Laboratory Refrigerator with analogue control and spark-free interior

Explosion protection: ATEX 95 The Atex 95 certification confirms that Liebherr laboratory fridges and freezers with explosion protection are appropriate for the storage of explosive and highly flammable materials within the meaning of EU Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX). Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3 All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors. Environmentally friendly refrigerants Refrigerants R600a and R290 are environmentally friendly – they have a minimal greenhouse effect and no ozone depletion potential – and therefore, they have almost completely replaced those previously used (R134a and R404a). All Liebherr impulse sales chest freezers use R600a or R290 as refrigerants and offer outstanding energy efficiency, which improves their CO2 footprint and promotes sustainability.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKexv 5400 (554 Litres)" tab_id="lkexv5400"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKexv 5400 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with mechanical control system
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 0.983 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 359 kWh/a
Noise level 48 dB
Net capacity, total 520 l
Refrigerator compartment 520 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.5 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 164 / 75.0 / 72.9 cm
Insulation 50 - 50 mm
Weight (with packaging) 84.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 77.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Mechanic control system
Control unit Drehregler
Temperature range refrigerator compartment +1 °C to +15 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm
Maximum fluctuation 5.8 °C
Gradient 6.9 °C
SmartMonitoring
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 6
of which height-adjustable 5
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Glass
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 40 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKexv 3600 (333 Litres)" tab_id="lkexv3600"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKexv 3600 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with mechanical control system
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 0.947 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 346 kWh/a
Noise level 48 dB
Net capacity, total 307 l
Refrigerator compartment 307 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.5 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 164.1 / 60.0 / 61.0 cm
Insulation 32 - 52 mm
Weight (with packaging) 64.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 59.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Mechanic control system
Control unit Drehregler
Temperature range refrigerator compartment +1 °C to +15 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm
Maximum fluctuation 3.0 °C
Gradient 4.8 °C
SmartMonitoring
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 6
of which height-adjustable 5
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Glass
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 40 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKexv 2600 (240 Litres)" tab_id="lkexv2600"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKexv 2600 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with mechanical control system
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 0.786 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 287 kWh/a
Noise level 48 dB
Net capacity, total 221 l
Refrigerator compartment 221 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 125 / 60.0 / 61.0 cm
Insulation 32 - 52 mm
Weight (with packaging) 53.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 49.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Mechanic control system
Control unit Drehregler
Temperature range refrigerator compartment +1 °C to +15 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm
Maximum fluctuation 5.5 °C
Gradient 6.4 °C
SmartMonitoring
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 5
of which height-adjustable 4
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Glass
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 40 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKexv 1800 (180 Litres)" tab_id="lkexv1800"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKexv 1800 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with mechanical control system
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 0.898 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 328 kWh/a
Noise level 47 dB
Net capacity, total 160 l
Refrigerator compartment 160 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 86.0 / 60.0 / 60.0 cm
Weight (with packaging) 41.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 38.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Mechanic control system
Control unit Drehregler
Temperature range refrigerator compartment +1 °C to +15 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm
Maximum fluctuation 7.4 °C
Gradient 10.2 °C
SmartMonitoring
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 4
of which height-adjustable 3
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Glass
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 40 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Spark-free Refrigerator with electronic control

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Laboratory Refrigerator with electronic control and spark-free interior

Explosion protection: ATEX 95 The Atex 95 certification confirms that Liebherr laboratory fridges and freezers with explosion protection are appropriate for the storage of explosive and highly flammable materials within the meaning of EU Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX). Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKexv 3910 (360 Litres)" tab_id="lkexv3910"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKexv 3910 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with Comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 0.865 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 316 kWh/a
Noise level 48 dB
Net capacity, total 344 l
Refrigerator compartment 344 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.5 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 184 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation 40 - 40 mm
Weight (with packaging) 74.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 68.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment +3 °C to +16 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm when mains power returns
Maximum fluctuation 5.1 °C
Gradient 5.5 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 6
of which height-adjustable 5
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Glass
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 40 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKUexv 1610 (141 Litres)" tab_id="lkuexv1610"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKUexv 1610 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with Comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 0.863 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 315 kWh/a
Noise level 47 dB
Net capacity, total 130 l
Refrigerator compartment 130 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 82 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation 40 - 40 mm
Weight (with packaging) 41.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 38.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment +3 °C to +16 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm when mains power returns
Maximum fluctuation 4.8 °C
Gradient 3.9 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 4
of which height-adjustable 3
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Glass
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 40 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Spark-free Fridge-Freezer combination

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Laboratory fridge-freezer with electronic control and spark-free interior

Explosion protection: ATEX 95 The Atex 95 certification confirms that Liebherr laboratory fridges and freezers with explosion protection are appropriate for the storage of explosive and highly flammable materials within the meaning of EU Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX). Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-pause" add_icon="true" title="LCexv 4010 (2-doors, 2-chambers)" tab_id="lcexv4010"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LCexv 4010 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab combination with Comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 1.800 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 657 kWh/a
Noise level 52 dB
Net capacity, total 345 l
Refrigerator compartment 240 l
Freezer compartment 105 l
Refrigerant R 600a
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Cooling system, freezer compartment static
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Defrosting freezer compartment manual
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 1.5 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 200.3 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation 70 - 70 mm
Weight (with packaging) 92.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 87.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment +3 °C to +16 °C
Temperature setting range freezing -9°C to -30°C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm when mains power returns
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Freezer compartment
No. of drawers in freezer compartment 3
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Plastic white
Type of castors
Storage shelves in freezer compartment 0
Material adjustable shelves freezer compartment Glass
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment 24 kg
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 5
of which height-adjustable 4
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Glass
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 40 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design HardLine
Handle Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heavy-duty Refrigerator 856L

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Heavy-duty Fridges for Research and Laboratory

Alarm test function
This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test.

Digital temperature display
The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance.

Forced air cooling
Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior.

Efficient refrigeration system
Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced.

Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover
The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKPv 8420 (Solid Door)" tab_id="lkpv8420"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKPv 8420 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 1.650 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 603 kWh/a
Noise level 58 dB
Net capacity, total 629 l
Refrigerator compartment 629 l
Refrigerant R 290
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 2.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 216.0 / 79.0 / 98.0 cm
Insulation 83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging) 175.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 145.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment -2 °C to +16 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation 1.8 °C
Gradient 2.1 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 4
of which height-adjustable 4
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 60 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design SwingLine design
Handle Handle moulding

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heavy-duty Refrigerator 597L

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Heavy-duty Fridges for Research and Laboratory

Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKPv 6520 (Solid Door)" tab_id="lkpv6520"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKPv 6520 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 1.361 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 497 kWh/a
Noise level 58 dB
Net capacity, total 430 l
Refrigerator compartment 430 l
Refrigerant R 290
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 2.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 216.0 / 70.0 / 83.0 cm
Insulation 83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging) 152.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 126.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment -2 °C to +16 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation 1.0 °C
Gradient 1.8 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 5
of which height-adjustable 4
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 60 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design SwingLine design
Handle Handle moulding
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square-o" add_icon="true" title="LKPv 6523 (Glass Door)" tab_id="lkpv6523"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKPv 6523 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 1.563 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 571 kWh/a
Noise level 58 dB
Net capacity, total 430 l
Refrigerator compartment 430 l
Refrigerant R 290
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 2.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 216.0 / 70.0 / 83.0 cm
Insulation 83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging) 163.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 136.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment 0 °C to +16 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation 1.6 °C
Gradient 2.0 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Insulated glass
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 4
of which height-adjustable 4
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 60 kg
Illumination cooling compartment Separate connection, LED light
Door design SwingLine design
Handle Handle moulding
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-pause" add_icon="true" title="LKPv 6527 (1 compartment w/ 2 doors)" tab_id="lkpv6527"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKPv 6527 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 1.883 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 688 kWh/a
Noise level 58 dB
Net capacity, total 429 l
Refrigerator compartment 429 l
Refrigerant R 290
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 2.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 216.0 / 70.0 / 83.0 cm
Insulation 83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging) 155.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 129.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment -2 °C to +16 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation 1.0 °C
Gradient 1.8 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel (1 compartment with 2 doors)
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Right replaceable
Material of interior containers Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 5
of which height-adjustable 4
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 60 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design SwingLine design
Handle Handle moulding
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heavy-duty Refrigerator 1361L

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Heavy-duty Fridges for Research and Laboratory

Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LKPv 1420 (Solid Door)" tab_id="lkpv1420"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKPv 1420 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with Profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 1.956 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 714 kWh/a
Noise level 58 dB
Net capacity, total 980 l
Refrigerator compartment 980 l
Refrigerant R 290
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 2.5 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 216.0 / 143.0 / 83.0 cm
Insulation 83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging) 247.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 201.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment -2 °C to +16 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation 2.9 °C
Gradient 3.6 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Steel
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Left or right
Material of interior containers Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors Castors with arrestor at the front, castors at the rear
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 8
of which height-adjustable 8
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 60 kg
Illumination cooling compartment
Door design SwingLine design
Handle Handle moulding
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square-o" add_icon="true" title="LKPv 1423 (Glass Door)" tab_id="lkpv1423"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LKPv 1423 MediLine

General product information

Product group output channels Lab refrigerator with profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h 2.245 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year 820 kWh/a
Noise level 58 dB
Net capacity, total 980 l
Refrigerator compartment 980 l
Refrigerant R 290
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment dynamic
Defrosting cooling compartment automatic
Voltage 220-240 V ~
Frequency 50 Hz
Connection rating 3.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D) 216.0 / 143.0 / 83.0 cm
Insulation 83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging) 266.00 kg
Weight (without packaging) 221.00 kg
Control and functions
Control Electronic control system
Control unit Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment 0 °C to +16 °C
Temperature display external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal optical and acoustical
potential-free contact
Power failure alarm immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation 3.9 °C
Gradient 3.8 °C
SmartMonitoring retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material steel
Colour white
Door/Cover material Insulated glass
Lock fitted
Self-closing door
Door hinges Left or right
Material of interior containers Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors Castors with arrestor at the front, castors at the rear
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment 8
of which height-adjustable 8
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment 60 kg
Illumination cooling compartment Separate connection, LED light
Door design SwingLine design
Handle Handle moulding
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

No.3 Fitment Surgical Blades

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_btn title="Download Catalogue" style="flat" color="info" align="right" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-file" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2021%2F02%2FSwann-Morton_all.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]

No.3 Blades

Fits handles 3, 3L, 3 Graduated, 5, 7, 9. All the popular sizes are available in both a Carbon or Stainless steel sterile pack of 100 blades.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

No.4 Fitment Surgical Blades

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_btn title="Download Catalogue" style="flat" color="info" align="right" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-file" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2021%2F02%2FSwann-Morton_all.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]

No.4 Blades

Fits handles 4, 4L, 4 Graduated & 6. All the popular sizes are available in both a Carbon or Stainless steel sterile pack of 100 blades.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MAGIO Laboratory Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

MAGIO laboratory circulators

With the new MAGIO series, JULABO is expanding its product portfolio of high-end bridge mounted circulators, refrigerated and heating circulators – naturally all in the usual premium quality. The circulators operate in a working temperature range from -50 °C to +300 °C and with a heating capacity of up to 3 kW. Excellent heating/cooling performance guarantees very short heat-up and cool-down times.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Powerful pump

With an extremely powerful pressure/suction pump with performance values up to 31 l/min or 0.92 bar (pressure) and -0.4 bar (suction), the MAGIO series offers the strongest pump in its class and is therefore perfectly suited for challenging external temperature tasks. To ensure maximum resistance against chemical substances, all wetted parts are made from stainless steel.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Modern touch display

The high resolution, modern TFT touch display has a multi-lingual user interface and shows all important information at a glance. Three large, predefined main screens clearly display data and graphics with various application priorities. All display functions are easy to operate with a fingertip.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

External temperature control

MAGIO refrigerated circulators are perfect for external temperature tasks thanks to their powerful pumps and wide temperature range. Extensive accessories and excellent dynamics mean that the MAGIO circulators can be modularly and individually adapted to the most challenging applications.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Simple data exchange

Modern interfaces make easy remote control and practical data management possible as well as allowing integration into process structures. All MAGIO units come with integrated Pt100 connection, USB interface, RS232 and Ethernet. Analog interfaces are optionally available as accessories.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

MAGIO MS Refrigerated / Heating circulator

with extremely powerful pressure/suction pump and intuitive touch display

As with all circulators from the MAGIO range, the refrigerated circulators stand out thanks to their premium quality, high performance and intuitive operation. The devices offer extra strong pressure and suction pumps, thus fulfilling the highest demands for temperature control of external applications. Whether in basic research, material testing or technical systems – the MAGIO refrigerated circulators offer high-tech solutions for high customer requirements.
Model MAGIO MS-600F MAGIO MS-601F MAGIO MS-900F MAGIO MS-1000F
Order No. 9 032 704 9 032 705 9 032 706 9 032 707
Working temperature range (°C) -35 ... +200.0 -35 ... +200.0 -38 ... +200.0 -50 ... +200.0
Temperature stability (°C) +/-0.01 +/-0.01 +/-0.01 +/-0.01
Cooling capacity (kW) 0.6 0.6 0.9 1
Heating capacity (kW) 2 2 2 2
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) 16 ... 31 16 ... 31 16 ... 31 16 ... 31
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) 0.24 ... 0.92 0.24 ... 0.92 0.24 ... 0.92 0.24 ... 0.92
Model MAGIO MS-310F
Order No. 9 032 713
Working temperature range (°C) -30.0 ... +200.0
Temperature stability (°C) +/-0.01
Cooling capacity (kW) 0.33
Heating capacity (kW) 2
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) 16 ... 31
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) 0.24 ... 0.92
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

MAGIO MS and MX Bridge Mounted Circulators

with extremely powerful pump and intuitive touch display

MAGIO bridge mounted circulators combine high temperature control performance with maximum flexibility. The adjustable bridge means that the circulators can be used with bath tanks up to a filling volume of 100 liters.
Model MAGIO MS-Z MAGIO MX-Z
Order No. 9 032 201 9 033 201
Working temperature range (°C) +20.0 ... +300.0 +20.0 ... +300.0
Temperature stability (°C) +/-0.01 +/-0.01
Heating capacity (kW) 2 3
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) 16 ... 31 16 ... 31
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) 0.24 ... 0.92 0.24 ... 0.92
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

MAGIO MS / MX Heating Circulators

with extremely powerful pumps, intuitive touchscreen displays

Like all circulators in the MAGIO range, the heating circulators are characterised by premium quality and high performance combined with intuitive usability. The devices offer extra powerful pressure and suction pumps to meet the most challenging demands for temperature control of external applications. Samples can also be temperature controlled in the internal bath of the high-quality, insulated and closed bath tank.
Model MAGIO MS-BC4 MAGIO MX-BC6 MAGIO MX-BC12 MAGIO MX-BC26
Order No. 9 032 504 9 033 506 9 033 512 9 033 526
Working temperature range (°C) +20.0 ... +300.0 +20.0 ... +300.0 +20.0 ... +300.0 +20.0 ... +300.0
Temperature stability (°C) +/-0.01 +/-0.01 +/-0.01 +/-0.01
Heating capacity (kW) 2 3 3 3
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) 16 ... 31 16 ... 31 16 ... 31 16 ... 31
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) 0.24 ... 0.92 0.24 ... 0.92 0.24 ... 0.92 0.24 ... 0.92
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Sterile Disposable Surgical Scalpels

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Description Swann-Morton sterile disposable scalpels, sealed individually in trays and boxed in units of 10, are fitted with the following blades: 6, 9, 10, 10A, 11, E/11, 11P, 12, 12D, 14, 15, 15A, 15C, 15T, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 22A, 23, 24 and 36. The scalpel carries a graduated measure on the reverse of the handle (for indication only) to mirror our range of metal stainless handles and is marked with the CE symbol which previously only appeared on the outer product packaging. The sterile scalpels are individually packaged into a transparent thermos-formed tray providing improved product visibility and developed to assist in safe passing techniques. When peeling the packet the seal changes colour thus indicating if the integrity of the packet has been breached and assuring the user of sterility up to the point of usage. Disposable Scalpels are seen as a convenient alternative to the traditional blade fitted to a metal handle yet do not offer the same feel and lateral stability when incising hence why they tend to be used for minor procedures outside of the main operating theatre and on the Hospital wards. They can also be seen in the Accident and Emergency department (Emergency Room) where time may be of the essence especially when treating serious trauma victims. Disposable Scalpels increasingly appear as an essential component of procedure trays and custom packs as well as within GP practice and specialised community based surgery centres as more minor procedures are completed within the non-acute homecare market and away from the main hospitals.[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download Catalogue" style="flat" color="info" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-file" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2021%2F02%2FSwann-Morton-Disposal-Scalpel.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Premium Stackable Shaking Incubator

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

ZWYR-D2402

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

ZWYR-D2401 with P5010-50

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

ZWYR-D2403 with P5017

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

ZWYR-D2401 with P5010-35

[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download Brochure" style="flat" shape="square" color="chino" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.labwit.com.au%2Ffiles%2FPremium%2520Stackable%2520Shaking%2520Incubators%2520V2020.1.0.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] This ZWYR-D Series shaking incubators can be stacked up to three units high, providing laboratory professionals tripled culture capacity, while still only occupying the same “footprint” of a single shaker. All models feature an insulated, fold-down door with double-layer glass window for high visibility. On all refrigerating models, microprocessor controller provides unmatched versatility by enable users to create personalized program (with up to 9 segments, with cycling) to automate changes to function parameters. Features: Stackable up to three units for maximum space savings. 5.6'' LCD 640x480 touch screen panel clearly indicates all parameters in one page display and enables all complicated program settings intuitively just with finger tips. Wide-view fold-down door with door handle, and ergonomic sliding-out shaking platform provide convenient access to your experiment products. Fold-up door option (#P5017) available for ZWYR-D2403 for easy loading on the top unit. Direct beltless driving system is both durable and economical, maintenance free, allows extended speed ranges from 30 to 300 RPM, ±1 RPM with minimized vibration, even when shakers are stacked of three high. The shaking diameter can be changed from 1-50mm for optimum oxygenation and nutrient mixing and agitation in from small to large flasks. The top of the casing can be further used as a work area for locating small items of lab equipment etc. The incubator casing is made of heavy-gauge cold-rolled steel; together with high graded #304 stainless steel inner chambers with coved corners make it easy to clean with mild detergent. Chamber is tall enough to hold 2L Erlenmeyer flasks. The ceiling of the unit can be upgraded and fitted with LED lighting kit for cultivation of phototrophic organisms. Mono cool white, or Red & Blue dual light colors are possible and the intensity of each color can be independently controlled and programmed to simulate day/night cycles, perfect for plant cell culture. Robust brushless DC motor enables shaking motion quiet and smooth, even when unit is operating at top speed with maximum workload. Non-volatile memory saves settings during a power outage and automatically restarts the unit after power is restored. For data recording, the units are equipped with a built-in thermo printer as standard, so that operators could check how the performance parameters vary according to specified process without having to be on site. Internal UV light as standard provides proactive contamination control when needed. Predrilled platform as standard configuration, flask clamps excluded. Plain tray available for use with sticky mats (max. 8 pcs per ZYWR-D2401 unit) For a comfortable working height, the base stands are available in 35cm cabinet base stand (#P5010-35); 50cm Frame base stand (#P5010-50)[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]ZWYR-D2401 Premium single stack orbital shaking incubator
  • Single unit of 190L, shaking tray 800x430mm
  • All premium features apply
  • Full temperature control with cooling for 4-60ºC operation
  • Orbital movement with shaking diameter of 1-50mm stepless adjustable
  • Fold-down front door and sliding tray designed for easy operation
  • UV light reduces the air burden, keeping the chamber contamination free.
  • *H35cm & H50cm base option available
. ZWYR-D2402 Premium double stack orbital shaking incubator
  • Doubled volume, 190Lx2, Shaking tray 800X430mm
  • All premium features apply
  • Full temperature control with cooling for 4-60ºC operation
  • Orbital movement with shaking diameter of 1-50mm stepless adjustable
  • Fold-down front door and sliding tray designed for easy operation
  • UV light reduces the air burden, keeping the chamber contamination free.
. ZWYR-D2403 Premium triple stack orbital shaking incubator
  • Tripled volume, 190Lx3, Shaking tray 800X430mm
  • All premium features apply
  • Full temperature control with cooling for 4-60ºC operation
  • Orbital movement with shaking diameter of 1-50mm stepless adjustable
  • Fold-down front door and sliding tray designed for easy operation.
  • Fold-up door option (#P5017) available for ZWYR-D2403 for easy loading on the top unit.
  • UV light reduces the air burden, keeping the chamber contamination free.
.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Flask (ml) 50ml 100ml 250ml 500ml 750ml 1000ml 2000ml P8010 P8012
ZWYR-D2401 91 50 38 26 15 15 8 8 19
ZWYR-D2402 180 100 76 52 30 30 16 16 38
ZWYR-D2403 270 150 114 78 45 45 24 24 57
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Model ZWYR-D2401 ZWYR-D2402 ZWYR-D2403
Control P.I.D. Microprocessor
Control Mode Fix Value or Program (up to 9 Segments)
Control Panel LCD Touch Screen
Air Convection Forced
Shaking Mode Orbit
Volume/Compartment (L) 190
Ambient Temperature(ºC) Oct-35
Shaking Speed (rpm) 30-300
Stroke (mm) Ø1-50 Stepless Adjustable
Temperature Range (ºC) Apr-60
Temperature Accuracy (ºC) 0.1
Temperature Uniformity (ºC) ±0.5ºC@37℃
Timer 1 to 9999 mins
Tray (mm) (WxD) 800×430
Tray Included 1 2 3
Inner Dimensions (mm) (WxDxH) 920x532x395
Exterior Dimensions (mm) (Wx Dx H) 1300x930x735 1300x930x1315 1300x930x1895
Net/Gross Weight (kg) 250/290 430/500 630/730
Power (W) 1200 2400 3600
Electricity 220-240V 50/60Hz
Approval CE, ISO
Security Over-temperature Protection, Compressor Overload Protection, Electrical Leakage Protection
Additional Built-in Printer, RS485 Interface (Option), LED Lighting Control Kit (Option), Base Stand(Option)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

BROEN three valve water fitting

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text] S P E C I F I CATIONS Handle: Plastic, with media indication according to EN13792 Spout: Full swivel action Hose nozzle: Fixed plastic (can be unscrewed by hand from angle valves, thread: male G3/8) Headwork: Rubber (wrist action lever: ceramic) Opening/closing function: 2 x 360° (wrist action lever: 90°) Temperature range: 0-65°C Max. working pressure: 10 bar / 147 psi Test pressure: 1 x working pressure Weight: 3 kg MATERIALS WITH MEDIA CONTACT Metals: Brass Plastics: PP, SPX (hose) Sealing: EPDM Lubricant: Silicone based Ceramics: Al2O3 96% (wrist action lever only) Solder: DIN L-Ag55:Sn ORDERING INFORMATION For standard configuration please refer to the item numbers below. Other options: - aerator - removable plastic hose nozzle - integrated non-return valve - alternative hose inlet connection / without a hose - other inlet options (type, length) - national approvals - WPH (Water Potable Hot) - WNH (Water Non-Potable Hot)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Ordering Information

Model: Plastic Handle
Media S = 150mm
Potable water, cold 2533 094 1001-52B
Non-potable water, cold 2533 094 1007-52B
[/vc_column_text][vc_separator color="white"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
 Model: Wrist Action Lever
Media S = 150mm
Potable water, cold 2533 096 1001-52B
Non-potable water, cold 2533 096 1007-52B
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

BROEN two handle one hole mixer with swivel spout

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text] S P E C I F I CATIONS Handle: Plastic, with media indication according to EN13792 Spout: Full swivel action Hose nozzle: Fixed plastic (can be unscrewed by hand, thread: male G3/8) Headwork: Rubber (wrist action lever: ceramic) Opening/closing function: 2 x 360° (wrist action lever: 90°) Temperature range: 0-65°C Max. working pressure: 10 bar / 147 psi Test pressure: 1 x working pressure Weight: 1.8 kg MATERIALS WITH MEDIA CONTACT Metals: Brass Plastics: PP, SPX (hose) Sealing: EPDM Lubricant: Silicone based Ceramics: Al2O3 96% (wrist action lever only) ORDERING INFORMATION For standard configuration please refer to the item numbers below. Other options: - aerator - removable plastic hose nozzle - integrated non-return valve - fixed spout - alternative hose inlet connection / without a hose - OD 10mm Cu pipes - other inlet options - national approvals[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Ordering Information

Model: Plastic Handle  
Media S = 150mm S = 200mm S = 250mm S = 300mm
Potable water, cold/hot 2536 039 1039-52B 2536 045 1039-52B 2536 046 1039-52B 2536 047 1039-52B
Non-potable water, cold/hot 2536 039 1040-52B 2536 045 1040-52B 2536 046 1040-52B 2536 047 1040-52B
[/vc_column_text][vc_separator color="white"][vc_column_text]
Model: Wrist Action Lever
Media S = 150mm S = 200mm S = 250mm S = 300mm
Potable water, cold/hot 2536 041 11039-52B 2536 048 11039-52B 2536 049 11039-52B 2536 050 11039-52B
Non-potable water, cold/hot 2536 041 11040-52B 2536 048 11040-52B 2536 049 11040-52B 2536 050 11040-52B
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

BROEN water fitting with swivel spout

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text] S P E C I F I CATIONS Handle: Plastic, with media indication according to EN13792 Spout: Full swivel action Hose nozzle: Fixed plastic (can be unscrewed by hand, thread: male G3/8) Headwork: Rubber (wrist action lever: ceramic) Opening/closing function: 2 x 360° (wrist action lever: 90°) Temperature range: 0-65°C Max. working pressure: 10 bar / 147 psi Test pressure: 1 x working pressure Weight: 1.4 kg MATERIALS WITH MEDIA CONTACT Metals: Brass Plastics: PP, SPX (hose) Sealing: EPDM Lubricant: Silicone based Ceramics: Al2O3 96% (wrist action lever only) ORDERING INFORMATION For standard configuration please refer to the item numbers below. Other options: - aerator - removable plastic hose nozzle - integrated non-return valve - fixed spout (rear, left or right) - alternative hose inlet connection / without a hose - other inlet options (type, length) - national approvals - WPH (Water Potable Hot) - WNH (Water Non-Potable Hot)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Ordering Information

Model: Plastic Handle  
Media S = 150mm S = 200mm S = 250mm S = 300mm
Potable water, cold 2534 008 1001-52B 2534 084 1001-52B 2534 085 1001-52B 2534 086 1001-52B
Non-potable water, cold 2534 008 1007-52B 2534 084 1007-52B 2534 085 1007-52B 2534 086 1007-52B
[/vc_column_text][vc_separator color="white"][vc_column_text]
Model: Wrist Action Lever
Media S = 150mm S = 200mm S = 250mm S = 300mm
Potable water, cold 2534 087 1001-52B 2534 088 1001-52B 2534 089 1001-52B 2534 083 1001-52B
Non-potable water, cold 2534 087 1007-52B 2534 088 1007-52B 2534 089 1007-52B 2534 083 1007-52B
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

WS 1220 E – CLASSIC

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

WERKSITZ CLASSIC SWIVEL CHAIR WITH CASTORS with PUR integral foam backrest and seat

WS 1220E

  • PUR integral foam backrest and seat
  • Height adjustment with safety gas spring
  • Polished diecast aluminium five-star base, with five star base with castors
* Accessories[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

General

Seat and backrest PU integral foam
Five-star base xx20 Ø 655mm with dual castors ( Ø 65mm ) Diecast aluminium unloaded braked - loaded unbraked
Column xx20 Safety gas spring, Steel, chrome
Backrest frame High-precision steel pipe Ø 26 x 1.5mm
Total height 745 - 1020mm

Material thickness

Seat 35mm
Backrest 35mm

Weight 11.30kg

Load capacity Up to 120kg

Adjustment options

Seat height 460 - 640mm
Seat tilt -4° to +10°
Seat lock Infinitely variable
Backrest tilt -10° to +8°

Details

Seat width back/front 460mm
Seat depth 436mm
Backrest height 300mm
Backrest width top / bottom 420mm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

WS 2211 – ECONOLINE

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

WERKSITZ ECONOLINE SWIVEL CHAIR High chair with PUR integral foam backrest and seat

WS 2211 

  • High chair
  • PUR integral foam backrest and seat
  • Height adjustment with safety gas spring
  • Foot ring*
  • Plastic five-star base with glides
* Accessories

Economical

ECONOLINE is a chair concept developed according to the industry standard. It promotes a healthy, ergonomic sitting posture even under the toughest work conditions.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

General

Seat and backrest PU integral foam
Five-star base xx11 Ø 660mm Diecast plastic
Column xx11 Steel, chrome
Backrest frame Precision steel pipe Ø 40 x 2.0mm
Total height 1035 - 1320mm

Material thickness

Seat 35mm
Backrest 35mm

Weight kg

Load capacity Up to 120kg

Adjustment options

Seat height 650 - 860mm
Seat tilt -4° to +6°
Seat lock Infinitely variable
Backrest tilt -18° to +10°

Details

Seat width 443mm
Seat depth 420mm
Backrest height 300mm
Backrest width 420mm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

WS 4011 – CLASSIC

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

WERKSITZ CLASSIC STANDING SUPPORT

WS 4011

  • PUR integral foam seat
  • Standing support-seat support
  • Height adjustment with safety gas spring
  • Polished diecast aluminium five-star base with glides
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

General

Seat PU integral foam
Five star base xx10 Ø610mm •with glides Diecast aluminium  
Column xx4010 Safety gas spring, chrome-plated
Total height 700 to 910mm

Material thickness

Seat 30mm

Weight 8.30kg

Load capacity Up to 120kg

Adjustment options

Seat height 620 to 830mm
Seat tilt +2° to +28°
Seat lock continuous

Details

Seat width 360mm
Seat depth 310mm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

WS 4021 – CLASSIC

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

WERKSITZ CLASSIC SWIVEL STOOL WITH CASTORS

WS 4021

  • PUR integral foam seat
  • Standing support-seat support
  • Height adjustment with safety gas spring
  • Polished diecast aluminium five-star base with dual castors
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

General

Seat PU integral foam
Foot Cross xx10 Ø610mm •with double rollers (Ø 65mm) Diecast aluminium •unloaded braked - loaded unbraked
Column xx4010 Safety gas spring, chrome-plated
Total height 565 to 710mm

Material thickness

Seat 30mm

Weight 10.20kg

Load capacity Up to 120kg

Adjustment options

Seat height 485 to 630mm
Seat tilt +2° to +28°
Seat lock continuous

Details

Seat width 360mm
Seat depth 310mm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

WS 8220 – WERKSTAR

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

WERKSITZ WERKSTAR SWIVEL CHAIR WITH CASTORS with PUR integral foam backrest and seat

WS 8210

  • PUR integral foam backrest and seat
  • Height adjustment with safety gas spring
  • Polished diecast aluminium five-star base with castors
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

General

Seat and backrest PU integral foam seat and backrest
Five-star base xx20 Ø 690mm Diecast aluminium
Column xx20 Steel, chrome
Backrest bow Diecast aluminium
Total height 1030 - 1235mm

Material thickness

Seat 40mm
Backrest 30/55mm

Weight 17.50kg

Load capacity Up to 120kg

Adjustment options

Seat height 495 - 640mm
Seat tilt 0° to +5°
Seat lock Infinitely variable
Backrest tilt 0° to -20°

Details

Seat width 465mm
Seat depth 460mm
Backrest height 500mm
Backrest width top / bottom 210/400mm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

WS 9220 – KLIMASTAR

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

WERKSITZ KLIMASTAR SWIVEL CHAIR WITH CASTORS with PUR integral foam cushions

WS 9220 black (RAL 9005)

  • PUR integral foam backrest and seat
  • Chrome-plated armrests* with PUR integral foam covers
  • Chrome-plated cover tube*
  • Height adjustment with safety gas spring
  • Polished diecast aluminium five-star base with load-dependent braking castors
* Accessories[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

General

Seat and backrest PU integral foam seat and backrest
Five-star base xx11 Ø 713mm Diecast aluminium
Column xx11 Steel, chrome
Backrest frame Precision steel pipe Ø 20 x 2.0mm
Total height 930 - 1215mm

Material thickness

Seat 50mm
Backrest 50mm

Weight 11.65kg

Load capacity Up to 120kg

Adjustment options

Seat height 450 - 620mm
Seat tilt –8° to +1°
Seat lock Infinitely variable
Backrest tilt -18° to +11°

Details

Seat width 470mm
Seat depth 457mm
Backrest height 433mm
Backrest width bottom 400mm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Auto Dry ED series (20~50%RH)

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

[Humidity Control: 20~50%RH]

Totech Auto Dry ED series is engineered for long-term storage of 20%~50%RH. The circulation of air in the cabinet is regulated by an internal fan. Hygrometer is battery operated.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Features:
  • Modular design: Totech Auto Dry is modularly designed dry cabinet. The main modules include dry unit, shelves, castors, hygrometer. All of the modules can be replaced easily. Totech dry cabinet can be used as long as the cabinet structure is in good condition. Most of our customers can use the Totech dry cabinets for more than 10 years without any problem.
  • Dry units: ≤20%RH, made in Japan.
  • ED-138 works automatically and continuously, and it is “plug and play” cabinet. Humidity is shown on hygrometer.
  Dehumidification Principle:
  1. Totech Super Dry relies on dry units to control humidity levels, and the dry unit will be recycled every several hours to discharge the moisture absorbed through shutter to outside the cabinet. After recycling, the shutters will close and moisture inside dry cabinet will once again be absorbed by refreshed drying agent.
  2. This dehumidification cycle will continue until the set humidity value is achieved. Once the humidity level exceeds the setting level, this dehumidification cycle will start again.
  Applications:
  • Micro-films and positive/negative films.
  • Antiques and ancient documents.
  • Electronic devices, PCBs and IC packages before removing from moisture barrier bags.
  • Powered medicines.
  • Micro-lens and microscope lens, etc.
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Model ASD-1006 ED-508 ED-268 ED-138
External WxHxD(cm) 120x184x69 88x90x76 88x90x40 44x90x40
Internal WxHxD(cm) 119x156x62 87x84x70 87x84x34 42x84x29
Capacity(L) 1160 510 252 121
Weight(kg) 155 58 33 21
Power Consumption 12.6W/h 6.3W/h 6.3W/h 1.9W/h
Voltage AC220V, 50/60Hz
Material Steel body with gray painting
Steel Shelves 5 pcs 3 pcs
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Super Dry 20 series (20~50%RH)

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

[Humidity Control: 20~50%RH]

SUPER DRY 20 series is engineered for long-term storage of 20%~50%RH. The circulation of air in the cabinet is regulated by an internal fan. Hygrometer is battery operated.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Features:
  • Modular design: Totech Super Dry is modularly designed dry cabinet. The main modules include dry unit, shelves, castors, hygrometer. All of the modules can be replaced easily. Totech dry cabinet can be used as long as the cabinet structure is in good condition. Most of our customers can use the Totech dry cabinets for more than 10 years without any problem.
  • Dry units: ≤20%RH, made in Japan.
  • works automatically and continuously, and it is “plug and play” cabinet. Humidity is shown on hygrometer.
  Dehumidification Principle:
  1. Totech Super Dry relies on dry units to control humidity levels, and the dry unit will be recycled every several hours to discharge the moisture absorbed through shutter to outside the cabinet. After recycling, the shutters will close and moisture inside dry cabinet will once again be absorbed by refreshed drying agent.
  2. This dehumidification cycle will continue until the set humidity value is achieved. Once the humidity level exceeds the setting level, this dehumidification cycle will start again.
  Applications:
  • Micro-films and positive/negative films.
  • Antiques and ancient documents.
  • Electronic devices, PCBs and IC packages before removing from moisture barrier bags.
  • Powered medicines.
  • Micro-lens and microscope lens, etc.
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Model CSD-1106-20 CSD-1104-20 CSD-702-20 CSD-302-20 CSD-502-20 CSD-252-20 CSD-151-20
External WxHxD(cm) 120x184x67 120x184x67 62x184x78 50x123x64 88x90x74 88x90x38 50x63x58
Internal WxHxD(cm) 119x156x62 119x156x62 61x156x73 49x116x59 87x83x69 87x83x33 49x56x53
Capacity (L) 1160 1160 680 340 510 252 145
Weight (kg) 160 155 110 60 60 39 29
Voltage AC220V, 50/60Hz
Material Steel body & shelves
Shelves 5 pcs 7 pcs 3 pcs
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Super Dry 03 series (<3%RH)

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

[Humidity Control: small than 3%RH]

SUPER DRY 03 series  is engineered for medium to long-term constant low humidity storage smaller than 3%RH. The circulation of air in the cabinet is regulated by an internal fan. All surfaces are ESD coated in conformity with current ESD 61340-5-1 standard. It is ideal for the moisture-proof and anti-oxidation storage of wide-ranging technologies and conforms with IPC / JEDEC J-STD 033C. Hygrometer is battery operated.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Features:
  • Modular design: Totech Super Dry is modularly designed dry cabinet. The main modules include dry units, control box, sensor, shelves, castors, humidity and temperature monitoring module. All of the modules can be replaced easily. Totech dry cabinet can be used as long as the cabinet structure is in good condition. Most of our customers can use the Totech dry cabinets for more than 10 years without any problem.
  • Dry units: ≤3%RH, made in Japan.
  • ESD safe design: Cabinet is with ESD metal painted steel body(106Ω/sq), Dissipative glass windows(in- and outside 108Ω/sq), stainless steel shelves and ground wire, well comply with IEC 61340-5-1.
  • Convenient Operation: works automatically and continuously. Humidity is shown on hygrometer.
  Dehumidification Principle:
  1. Totech Super Dry relies on dry units to control humidity levels, and the dry unit will be recycled every several hours to discharge the moisture absorbed through shutter to outside the cabinet. After recycling, the shutters will close and moisture inside dry cabinet will once again be absorbed by refreshed drying agent.
  2. This dehumidification cycle will continue until the set humidity value is achieved. Once the humidity level exceeds the setting level, this dehumidification cycle will start again.
  Applications:
  • All kinds of Integrated Circuits(IC), like Monolithic, BGA, QFP; PLCC, Bipolar etc.
  • Silicon Wafers.
  • Aerospace related Instruments and Tools.
  • Optical Equipment and Machine Tools.
  • Watches.
  • PDP Inspection Equipment, Liquid Crystal Cleaning Equipment, LCD’s, TAC’s etc.
  • LED’s and LD’s.
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Model CSD-1106-03 CSD-1104-03 CSD-702-03 CSD-302-03 CSD-502-03 CSD-252-03 CSD-151-03
External WxHxD(cm) 120x184x67 120x184x67 62x184x78 50x123x64 88x90x74 88x90x38 50x63x58
Internal WxHxD(cm) 119x156x62 119x156x62 61x156x73 49x116x59 87x83x69 87x83x33 49x56x53
Capacity (L) 1160 1160 680 340 510 252 145
Weight (kg) 160 155 110 60 60 39 29
Voltage AC220V, 50/60Hz
Material ESD safe steel body & shelves, and conductive doors
Shelves 5 pcs 7 pcs 3 pcs
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Medical Non-Contact Forehead Infrared Thermometer

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" shape="square" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2020%2F04%2FCEM-DT-8806H-Forehead-Thermometer.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

非接觸紅外線額溫計 Model: DT-8806H Ideal for Quickly Detecting Elevated Body Temperature

DT-8806H Clinical Forehead Infrared Thermometers ensure accurate and stable body temperature readings, which is particular efficient for taking the temperature of newborn babies and very young children. From a distance of around 5cm, all you have to do is pointing it towards the forehead to read the temperature shown on the LCD screen. 8806H is portable and easy to take the measurements and store 32 readings. Safety Conformance • ASTM E1965-1998 • EN 980: Graphical symbols for use in the labeling of medical devices • EN 1041:Information supplied by the manufacturer with medical devices • EN 60601-1: Medical electrical equipment Part 1: General requirements for safety (IEC: 60601-1:1998) • EN 60601-1-2: Medical electrical equipment Part 1-2: General requirements for safety Collateral standard Electromagnetic compatibility Requirements and test (IEC 60601-1-2:2001) Features:
  • Precise non-contact forehead temperature measurements
  • Selectable ºC or ºF & forehead heat detection
  • Selectable Body and Surface temperature
  • Set alarm value and sound alarm
  • Memorization of the last 32 measurements
  • Automatic Data Hold & Auto power off
  • Automatic selection range
  • Display Resolution 0.1ºC(0.1ºF)
  • Backlight LCD display
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Specifications:
Range (In body mode) 32.0ºC to 42.5ºC/89.6ºF to 108.5ºF
Range(In Surface mode) 0ºC to 60ºC/32ºF to 140ºF
Resolution 0.1ºC/0.1ºF
Basic accuracy ASTM E1965-1998(2003) 32 to 35.9ºC/93.2 to 96.6ºF(±0.3ºC/±0.5ºF)
36 to 39ºC/96.8 to 96.6 to 102.2ºF(±0.2ºC/±0.4ºF)
39 to 42.5ºC/102.2 to 108.5ºF(±0.3ºC/±0.5ºF)
Measuring distance 5-15CM
Response time 0.5 second
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Counter Mount Eyewash

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_gallery type="flexslider_slide" interval="5" images="5152,5153"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Swing Away® & Pull-Down Eyewash

Model: 01040128 • ½” chrome-plated, stay-open valve • ½” NPT supply connection through countertop up to 2” thick • BCP arm • Acetal eyewash heads with hinged lid, self-adjusting regulator • Right or left hand mounting [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Ordering Information:

Model
Nozzles
Mounting
Activation
Arm Length
01040128 2.4 gpm / 9.1 lpm Eyewash Horizontal, side of sink Swivel over sink 10.5" / 26.67 cm
          [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Hand-held Eye Shower

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Hand-held Eye Shower with Two 45° Heads

BROEN has developed new hand-held eye showers, which comply to EN15154-2 and ANSI Z358.1 norms and also offer many improved features. Model: 27100091005011 Weight: Approx. 0.5 kg Table mounted eye shower with two 45°angled heads, incl. 1.5m inlet hose. Trigger operated including a built-in check valve and FLOWFIX for regulationof water fl ow (14 l/min).[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Min. working pressure: 1.5 bar Max. working pressure: 10 bar Min. temperature: 5°C Max. temperature: 80°C[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]MATERIALS WITH MEDIA CONTACT Plastics: PA, POM, TPE Metals: SS, AISI 316 Rubber: EPDM Materials not in media contact: PP, PA, SEBS[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

★ SAFETY

- Improved trigger lock - Improved activation of the shower

★ OPERATION

- Stay-open dust cap - Light weight - Well-balanced construction - Better spray pattern

★ RELIABILITY

- Easy-to-clean spray head - Anti-limescale design and material choice - Improved functionality - Longer lifetime[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

SterilGARD® e3 (Class II A2)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Proudly Made in the U.S.A.

SterilGARD® e3

Class II Type A2 Biological Safety Cabinets

[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" shape="square" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fbakerco.com%2Fimages%2Fuploads%2Fassets%2FSterilGARD_e3_Jul2019.pdf|||"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581650049388{margin-top: 20px !important;margin-right: 0px !important;margin-bottom: 20px !important;margin-left: 0px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 40px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 40px !important;background-color: #0170af !important;}"]

The most energy efficient, comfortable and safe A2 cabinet in the industry.

With the optimum balance of performance and energy efficiency, our biological safety cabinets protect personnel, product and the environment, all while increasing lab productivity and user comfort. Each cabinet is backed by years of research, customer feedback, and subjected to rigorous safety testing prior to shipment. The SterilGARD® e3 biological safety cabinet from Baker offers a revolutionary airflow management system with proven containment technology that saves energy, increases productivity and improves comfort.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581647083077{padding: 5px !important;}"]

Energy Efficient

Multiple energy-saving features equals up to 60% increase in energy efficiency.
[/vc_column_text][vc_single_image image="5209" img_size="" alignment="center" style="vc_box_outline" onclick="link_image"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581647153826{padding-top: 5px !important;padding-right: 5px !important;padding-bottom: 5px !important;padding-left: 5px !important;}"]

StediFLOW™

Safest work environment with new StediFLOW™ self-adjusting motor technology.
[/vc_column_text][vc_single_image image="5212" img_size="" alignment="center" style="vc_box_outline" onclick="link_image"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581647194922{padding: 5px !important;}"]

30% More Filter Life

30% more filter life and less impact on the environment.
[/vc_column_text][vc_single_image image="5211" img_size="" alignment="center" style="vc_box_outline" onclick="link_image"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581647235801{padding: 5px !important;}"]

Easier Viewing

More energy efficient and brighter lighting system for easier viewing and reduced eyestrain.
[/vc_column_text][vc_single_image image="5213" img_size="" alignment="center" style="vc_box_outline" onclick="link_image"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row css=".vc_custom_1581647824709{background-color: #0170af !important;}"][vc_column][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581649809836{margin-top: 20px !important;margin-bottom: 0px !important;border-bottom-width: 0px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 40px !important;padding-bottom: 10px !important;padding-left: 40px !important;background-color: #0170af !important;}"]

All SterilGARD e3 cabinets also feature our exclusive ReadySAFE mode

A unique padded armrest allows the cabinet to continue operation – and maintain A2 conditions – with the viewscreen in the close position. The SterilGARD e3 is the only cabinet in the industry that offers an idle mode that is instantly safe upon resuming standard operation. The versatile ReadySAFE™ mode can be used during meetings, lunch breaks and overnights to maintain safe conditions, create a quieter work environment, and save energy. Save energy and filter costs – the revolutionary airflow management system called StediFLOW™ with a self-adjusting motor technology uses less energy and extends filter life without sacrificing performance.Increase productivity with a continuously safe work environment – our exclusive ReadySAFE™ mode allows the cabinet to continuously operate while the screen is closed. An industry first, this mode allows the user to maintain safe conditions while leaving for lunch, meetings or even overnight. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row css=".vc_custom_1581650271939{background-color: #0170af !important;}"][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581650291483{padding-right: 20px !important;padding-left: 40px !important;}"]

Work in optimum comfort – the ergonomically advanced SterilGARD e3 is the quietest cabinet on the market with the lowest heat generation and minimal vibration, which means you'll finish your day feeling as good as when you started.

Experience easier cleaning – an exceptionally reliable membrane-sealed control panel, a one-piece work surface, and radiused, cove corners allow for faster, more thorough cleaning. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1581650233730{padding-right: 40px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]Reduce service and certification downtime – an innovative electronic controller with diagnostic LEDs, detachable side panels, front loading filters, and a reinforced overall panel design makes maintenance quicker and easier. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

SafeFAST Elite (Class II A1/A2)

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_gallery type="flexslider_slide" interval="5" images="5199,5200,5198,5201,5202,5203" img_size="400x400"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

SafeFAST Elite

SafeFAST Elite class II A1/A2 Microbiological Safety Cabinets belong to the latest generation of laminar airflow systems manufactured by Faster, in which the choice of materials of construction of the highest quality guarantees conformity to the strictest safety standards. Faster SafeFAST Elite are Microbiological Safety Cabinets - designed and built to performance requirements of the EN-12469:2000 European Standardand and NSF/ANSI 49 American Standard, with 70% of the air re-circulated via the main Class H14 HEPA/ULPA filter within the cabinet, whilst the remaining 30% is discharged through an exhaust Class H14 HEPA/ULPA filter.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Applications" tab_id="1581473566987-f436cdc8-cb6e"][vc_column_text]
SafeFAST Elite have been adopted worldwide in use for product, personnel and environmental protection while handling harmful agents pathogenic to human beings and/or animals as defined in the appropriate international standards, in a wide range of disciplines in applications such as: Microbiology, Virology, Haematology, Cell culture, Genetics, Handling of hazardous agents to human beings or animals.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Operational Principles" tab_id="1581473566996-a0b5a7f4-1004"][vc_column_text] The ambient air is drawn in from the slots at the stainless-steel base of the front opening and it then passes under the work surface, from where it is drawn up and blown into the plenum of the re-circulating and exhaust fan(s). The “bio-dynamic sealing system” of the negative pressure plenum ensures that all contaminated particles are kept inside the system and are automatically drawn to the plenum or pressure chamber to be captured by the main re-circulating and exhaust H 14 HEPA/ULPA filters. The fan system assures that no part of the cabinet comes ever under positive contaminated pressure to the laboratory, thus protecting and preserving the environment and operating personnel from exposure to agents of bio-contamination. 70% of the filtered air is re-circulated (after passing through a H14 HEPA/ULPA filter) in an air cleanless in Class ISO 3, according to ISO 14644-1 laminar flow pattern downwards into the work chamber and the remaining 30% is exhausted to atmosphere through another H14 HEPA/ULPA filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Benefits" tab_id="1581473835245-4a26e6e0-0ce0"][vc_column_text]Ergonomic Design: The angled sloping (7°) front stratified safety-glass sash provides optimum visibility of all objects placed in the interior workspace. The sash is electrically operated. Pressing the appropriate touch-sensitive keys will completely open or completely close down the sash. The standard sash-height opening during work is set to 200 mm. Alternative sash-height settings (250-160mm) by the factory are possible upon request. The whole front of the safety cabinet – which includes the sash mechanism – can also be opened upwards as it is hinged on the top – in order to allow easy access for complete and effective cleaning and decontamination. Real Laminar AirFlow: Frontal screen 7° sloped as well as back side wall to convey in unidirectional pattern the air flow. As a consequence, the front and back panels are parallel one with the other and there is the real presence of Laminar AirFlow in the whole working area. ECS® Eco Controling System: The new ECS® microprocessor employs the latest innovative methods of integrated management of all principal functions of ventilation and filtration - self-regulating all the main filtration and ventilation system components - compensating for declining pressure drops and restoring power balance. Combining the use of AC motor-blowers and certified low pressure-drop filters, the new ECS® controlling system optimize power consumption, reducing CO2 emissions into the environment. Anti Bacterial Coating: Exclusive Dupont™ ALESTA® anti-bacterial “Ag+ cations-based solution”, capable to prevent microbial contamination of surfaces thereby inhibiting long term surface growth. Inflatable gasketing is also available as an option to provide effective sealing of the internal workspace of the chamber for purposes of fumigation/sterilization and when gas-tight is needed. Silent Operation: The TNT plenum, the structures of the electric motors of the fans fitted on their antivibration mounts and the software itself designed to provide optimum air handling characteristics guarantee quiet operation of this silent safety cabinet, with sound-pressure levels recorded way below the parameters specified in the current EN:12469 European Standard for Microbiological Safety Cabinets. Protection grid: A protection grid made of AISI 304L stainless steel is provided inside the part behind the rear panel (where air flows), in order to avoid the tissue used during cleaning operations be sucked in the motor-blower causing the failure of the blower and other damages. High Level Lighting: The safety glass side-windows with the ideal positioning and sizing of the light-system provide the highest level of luminosity to the work area. Easy handling and maintenance: The cabinet can pass through standard 800 mm wide door openings. In fact, the overall depth of the cabinet can be reduced to approx. 777 mm by removal of the rear panel. All service operations are available from the front of the cabinet. Automatic safety service connections for gas and vacuum and one (for size 209 and 212) or two (for size 215 and 218) electrical socket(s) fitted as standard in each size model.[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Specifications" tab_id="1581473858660-ddba4966-3e4b"][vc_column_text]External structure in epoxy powder coated cold-rolled steel for excellent corrosion resistance to the attack by aggressive common chemicals. Alternatively special models with external structure made in AISI 304L stainless steel for superior cleanability are also available on demand. Rear wall in stainless steel AISI 304 L, designed to conform to requirements and pass the “cleanability test” according to EN12469:2000. Work surface in stainless steel AISI 316L consisting of sections (or in one piece upon request) which are easily removable for carrying out routine cleaning and/or autoclaving sterilization procedures; closed or perforated on request. Front window: electrically operated vertically sliding safety glass sash window Re-circulating and extractor fans: the ‘S’-Series are supplied with single centrifugal fan, whilst models of the ‘D’ Series with double centrifugal fan ( main and exhaust ) to provide complete operator, product and environmental protection. Moreover the ‘D’ models fitted with double motor-fan are designed and are also suitable to discharge the filtered air outside the laboratory through a ducting system if required. Filtration:H14 HEPA/ULPA filters with an efficiency better than 99,995 % MPPS (EN-1822). Operation Condition: Air cleanliness in Class ISO 3 as per ISO:EN 14644-1. The user-friendly practical keyboard and the rear-lit LCD will continuously display all required data keeping the user constantly informed of the cabinet conditions in operation, and in particular: • display of laminar airflow velocity and frontal air barrier velocity • display of inside and outside temperature • display of residual lifetime of HEPA/ULPA filters, UV Lamp and activated carbon filter (if fitted) • display of total number of hours of operation • display of saturation level of HEPA/ULPA filters. Audio-visual alarms provided for: • out of range or incorrect laminar airflow velocity and frontal air barrier velocity • incorrect position of front sash-window • clogging of HEPA/ULPA filters • end of life-cycle of UV lamp and saturation of activated carbon filter (if fitted) • blockage in the exhaust duct ( if fitted ) • fan-motor malfunction • power failure Lighting: fluorescent tubes in built-in housing, placed outside the contaminated area D.O.P.-DEHS inlet port for testing the HEPA/ULPA filters Magnetic and removable UV sterilizing lamp (optional) that can be easily placed in each area of the back wall. It is completed with two switch-off countdown timers, one variable on a 0-3 hours scale (1 minute steps), the other set to 3 fixed hours.[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Ordering Information:

Product
Overall dimenion (mm): WxDxH
Pressure
Motor-blowers
SafeFAST Elite 209 S 1045 x 855 x 1545 Negative Single Fan
SafeFAST Elite 209 D 1045 x 855 x 1545 Negative Double Fan
SafeFAST Elite 212 S 1350 x 855 x 1545 Negative Single Fan
SafeFAST Elite 212 D 1350 x 855 x 1545 Negative Double Fan
SafeFAST Elite 215 S 1655 x 855 x 1545 Negative Single Fan
SafeFAST Elite 215 D 1655 x 855 x 1545 Negative Double Fan
SafeFAST Elite 218 S 1960 x 855 x 1545 Negative Single Fan
SafeFAST Elite 218 D 1960 x 855 x 1545 Negative Double Fan
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" shape="square" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.faster-air.com%2Fmedia%2Fcom_hikashop%2Fupload%2Fsafe%2Fsafefast-elite.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

SafeFAST Classic (Class II A1/A2)

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_gallery type="flexslider_slide" interval="5" images="5194,5193,5188,5190,5191,5192" img_size="400x400"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

SafeFAST Classic

SafeFAST Classic class II A1/A2 Microbiological Safety Cabinets belong to the latest generation of laminar airflow systems manufactured by Faster, in which the choice of materials of construction of the highest quality guarantees conformity to the strictest safety standards. Faster SafeFAST Classic vertical laminar flow cabinets are Class II Microbiological Safety Cabinets - designed and built to performance requirements of the EN-12469:2000 European Standard and NSF/ANSI 49 American Standard, with 70% of the air re-circulated via the main H14 HEPA/ULPA filter according to EN 1822 within the cabinet, whilst the remaining 30% is discharged through an exhaust H14 HEPA/ULPA filter.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Applications" tab_id="1581473566987-f436cdc8-cb6e"][vc_column_text]SafeFAST Classic have been adopted worldwide for product, personnel and environmental protection while handling harmful agents pathogenic to human beings and/or animals as defined in the appropriate international standards, in a wide range of applications such as: Microbiology, Virology, Hematology, Cell culture, Genetics, Handling of hazardous agents to human beings or animals.[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Operational Principles" tab_id="1581473566996-a0b5a7f4-1004"][vc_column_text] The ambient air is drawn in from the slots at the stainless-steel base of the front opening and it then passes under the work surface, from where it is drawn up and blown into the plenum of the re-circulating and exhaust fan(s). The “bio-dynamic sealing system” of the negative pressure plenum ensures that all contaminated particles are kept inside the system and are automatically drawn to the plenum or pressure chamber to be captured by the main re-circulating and exhaust H 14 HEPA/ULPA filters. The fan system assures that no part of the cabinet comes ever under positive contaminated pressure to the laboratory, thus protecting and preserving the environment and operating personnel from exposure to agents of bio-contamination. 70% of the filtered air is re-circulated (after passing through a H14 HEPA/ULPA filter) in an air cleanliness in Class ISO 3, according to ISO 14644-1 laminar flow pattern downwards into the work chamber and the remaining 30% is exhausted to atmosphere through another H14 HEPA/ULPA filter. [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Benefits" tab_id="1581473835245-4a26e6e0-0ce0"][vc_column_text]Ergonomic Design: The angled sloping (7°) front stratified safety-glass sash provides optimum visibility of all objects placed in the interior workspace. The sash is electrically operated. Pressing the appropriate touch-sensitive keys will completely open or completely close down the sash. The standard sash-height opening during work is set to 200 mm. Alternative sash-height settings by the factory are possible upon request. The whole front of the safety cabinet – which includes the sash mechanism – can also be opened upwards as it is hinged on the top – in order to allow easy access for complete and effective cleaning and decontamination. Real Laminar AirFlow: Frontal screen 7° sloped as well as back side wall to convey in unidirectional pattern the air flow. As a consequence, the front and back panels are parallel one with the other and there is the real presence of Laminar AirFlow in the whole working area. ECS® Eco Controling System: The new ECS® microprocessor employs the latest innovative methods of integrated management of all principal functions of ventilation and filtration - self-regulating all the main filtration and ventilation system components - compensating for declining pressure drops and restoring power balance. Combining the use of AC motor-blowers and certified low pressure-drop filters, the new ECS® controlling system optimize power consumption, reducing CO2 emissions into the environment. Anti Bacterial Coating: Exclusive Dupont™ ALESTA® anti-bacterial “Ag+ cations-based solution”, capable to prevent microbial contamination of surfaces thereby inhibiting long term surface growth. Silent Operation: The TNT plenum, the structures of the electric motors of the fans fitted on their antivibration mounts and the software itself designed to provide optimum air handling characteristics guarantee quiet operation of this silent safety cabinet, with sound-pressure levels recorded way below the parameters specified in the current EN:12469 European Standard for Microbiological Safety Cabinets. High Level Lighting: The safety glass side-windows with the ideal positioning and sizing of the light-system provide the highest level of luminosity to the work area. Easy handling and maintenance: The cabinet can pass through standard 800 mm wide door openings. In fact, the overall depth of the cabinet can be reduced TO Electrical sockets fitted as standard in each size model: one[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Specifications" tab_id="1581473858660-ddba4966-3e4b"][vc_column_text]External structure in epoxy powder coated cold-rolled steel for excellent corrosion resistance to the attack by aggressive common chemicals. Alternatively special models with external structure made in AISI 304L stainless steel for superior cleanability are also available on demand. Rear wall in epoxy coated steel, designed to conform to requirements and pass the “cleanability test” according to EN12469:2000. Work surface in AISI 304L consisting of sections (or in one piece upon request) which are easily removable for carrying out routine cleaning and/or autoclaving sterilization procedures; closed or perforated on request. Front window: electrically operated vertically sliding safety glass sash window. Re-circulating and extractor fan: SafeFAST Classic are supplied with single centrifugal fan. Servicing side glass with ports for service taps installation. Filtration: H14 HEPA/ULPA filters with an efficiency better than 99,995 % MPPS (EN-1822). Operation Condition: Air cleanliness in Class ISO 3 as per ISO:EN 14644-1. The user-friendly practical keyboard and the rear-lit LCD will continuously display all required data keeping the user constantly informed of the cabinet conditions in operation, and in particular:
  • display of laminar airflow velocity and frontal air barrier velocity
  • display of inside and outside temperature
  • display of residual lifetime of HEPA/ULPA filters, UV Lamp and activated carbon filter (if fitted)
  • display of total number of hours of operation
  • display of saturation level of HEPA/ULPA filters.
Audio-visual alarms provided for:
  • out of range or incorrect laminar airflow velocity and frontal air barrier velocity
  • incorrect position of front sash-window
  • clogging of HEPA/ULPA filters
  • end of life-cycle of UV lamp and saturation of activated carbon filter (if fitted)
  • blockage in the exhaust duct ( if fitted )
  • fan-motor malfunction
  • power failure
Magnetic and removable UV sterilizing lamp (optional) that can be easily placed in each area of the back wall. It is completed with two switch-off countdown timers, one variable on a 0-3 hours scale (1 minute steps), the other set to 3 fixed hours. Lighting: fluorescent tubes in built-in housing, placed outside the contaminated are D.O.P.- DEHS inlet port for testing the HEPA/ULPA filters[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="SafeFAST Classic A - Special Configuration" tab_id="1581473884651-856fa2d2-910f"][vc_column_text]SPECIAL CONFIGURATION upon request, SafeFAST Classic is also available with stainless steel close sides panels that replace the glass side windows: PRODUCT LIST: F00012400000 SafeFAST Classic 209 A F00012500000 SafeFAST Classic 212 A F00012600000 SafeFAST Classic 215 A F00012700000 SafeFAST Classic 218 A   Upon request, the cabinet can be provided with single piece work chamber with rounded corners in stainless steel AISI 304L, designed to fulfill the requirements and pass the “cleanability tests” according to EN-12469:2000. [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Ordering Information:

Product
Overall dimenion (mm): WxDxH
Pressure
Motor-blowers
SafeFAST Classic 209 1045 x 810 x 1545 Negative Single Fan
SafeFAST Classic 212 1350 x 810 x 1545 Negative Single Fan
SafeFAST Classic 215 1655 x 810 x 1545 Negative Single Fan
SafeFAST Classic 218 1960 x 810 x 1545 Negative Single Fan
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" shape="square" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.faster-air.com%2Fmedia%2Fcom_hikashop%2Fupload%2Fsafe%2Fsafefast_classic_2019_web.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

HWF Flammable Liquid Safety Cabinets (Cans)

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" shape="square" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.herbertwilliams.com%2Fmedia%2Fuploads%2Ffiles%2F29_pdfsam_HW_CAT_2015_small.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

FEATURES:
  • All welded double wall 18 gauge construction with 1-1/2” insulating air space
  • 2” leakproof sill to contain leaks
  • Lockable flush mounted handle (gripper pad) with 2 keys
  • Doors have 3 point locking system and radius edges
  • Doors are double walled, 14 gauge outside & 18 gauge inside
  • 4” heavy duty welded hinges with brass pins
  • Twin 2” flame arrester vents
  • Adjustable leveling feet
  • Powder coated yellow finish (see options)
  • Safety signage in large red letters
  • Galvanized steel shelves adjust on 2-1/2” centers
  • Grounding connector
  • Meets OSHA and NFPA code 30 & UFC 79 standards
  • Chemical storage maximum - Class I & II - 60 gallons, Class III - 120 gallons
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Manual Doors Self-close Bi-fold Capacity Products dscription & dimension h x w x d Shelves FM M WT S WT B WT
HWF6M HWF6S - 6 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 1 DOOR 22 X 23 X 18 1 N 110 130 -
HWF12M HWF12S - 12 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 1 DOOR 35 X 23 x 18 1 Y 140 160 -
HWF18M HWF18S - 18 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 1 DOOR 44 X 23 x 18 1 Y 170 190 -
HWF24M HWF24S - 24 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 1 DOOR 65 X 23 x 18 2 Y 234 254 -
HWF40M HWF40S - 40 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 1 DOOR 44 X 23 1 Y 270 290 -
HWF22M HWF22S - 22 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 35 X 34 x 18 1 Y 170 190 -
HWF28M HWF28S - 28 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 44 X 34 x 18 1 Y 220 240 -
HWF30M HWF30S HWF30B 30 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 44 X 43 x 18 1 Y 240 260 270
HWF44M HWF44S - 44 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 65 X 34 x 18 2 Y 290 310 -
HWF45M HWF45S HWF45B 45 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 65 X 43 x 18 2 Y 358 378 388
HWF60M HWF60S HWF60B 60 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 65 X 34 x 34 2 Y 430 450 460
HWF90M HWF90S HWF90B 90 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 65 X 43 x 34 2 Y 470 490 500
HWF120M - - 120 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET 2 DOOR 65 X 59 x 34 2 Y 540 - -
HWVC120M - - 120 FLAMMABLE LIQUID SAFETY CABINET COMBO UNIT 1 DRUM & 12 - 5GAL CANS 2 Y 540 - -
  [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Body Shower with Eye/Face Shower and Bowl

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Body Shower with Eye/Face Shower and Bowl, Modular

Model: 17656009 Body shower with eye/face shower and bowl, modular. In brass and SS with chemical resistant red BROEN-LAB Polycoat with self-draining shower head. Eye wash with built-in FLOWFIX for regulation of water flow (14 l/min). Bowl in Stainless Steel with integrated outlet. Min. working pressure: 1.5 ba Weight: Approx. 17kg BROEN-LAB has developed the body showers, which comply to EN15154-1 and ANSI Z358.1 norms and also offer many improved features. SAFETY - Flow rate in according to EN15154-1 - Spray pattern according to the EN 15154-1 OPERATION - Plug and Play assembly RELIABILITY - Plug and Play Spare Parts - Anti-limescale design and material - Improved functionality - Long lifetime [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Combination Shower/Eyewash w/ SS Bowl Hand/Food Operated

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

COMBINATION SHOWER/EYEWASH WITH SS BOWL HAND/FOOT OPERATED

Model: 01050281 SPECIFICATION: Third party certified to ANSI Z358.1, thecombination shower and eyewash shall deliver 30 gpm (113.6 lpm) @ 30/70 psi (206.8/482.6 kPa) of flowing pressure from the shower head and 2.4 gpm (9.1 lpm) @ 30/70 psi (206.8/482.6 kPa) of flowing pressure from the eyewash. Unit shall provide a non-injurious stream of water for 15 minutes or longer. Combination unit shall be supplied with chrome plated (CP) bronze single motion activation stay open ball valves with CP balls. Valve sizes: shower 1”, eyewash ½”. Unit shall include dual operated hand or foot treadle actuators for the eyewash, SS actuator with actuation graphic for shower, schedule 80 hot dip galvanized steel piping and 1¼” supply/drain connection with flanged floor mounting plate for free-standing installation. Shower head shall be supplied with self-adjusting 30 gpm (113.6 lpm) regulator. Eyewash heads to be supplied with self-adjusting 2.4 gpm (9.1 lpm) regulator to assure a constant and even dual stream flow pattern under 30/70 psi (206.8/482.6 kPa) hydraulic conditions. Shower head and foot treadle to be manufactured of UV resistant high visibility yellow ABS plastic. Shower head must deliver a minimum of 20” (50.8 cm) diameter pattern tothe target area 60” (152.4 cm) above standing level. Eyewash heads with integral hinged cover to be manufactured of solvent resistant acetal mounted on a chrome plated brass wye in a type 304 SS bowl. Eyewash covers are provided to inhibit dust and/or contamination when not in use. Combination units that provide improper flow pattern or contain deteriorating screens/filters are not acceptable. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION: PIPING: Schedule 80 hot dip galvanized steel. VALVES: Chrome plated bronze stay open ball valves with chrome plated balls, stainless steel valve stems, ABS plastic foot treadle (eyewash), stainless steel push plate with actuation graphic (eyewash) and stainless steel pull rod assembly with actuation graphic (shower). SHOWER HEAD: Yellow ABS plastic shower head. EYEWASH HEAD: Acetal dual stream heads with integral hinged cover and chrome plated brass wye assembly. BOWL: Type 304 stainless steel. REGULATOR: Self adjusting 30 gpm (113.6 lpm) shower and (2) 1.2 gpm (4.5 lpm) eyewash regulators. SUPPLY: 1 ¼” NPT WASTE: 1 ¼” NPT WEIGHT: 61 lbs (27.66 kgs) [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Combination Shower/Eyewash

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Galvanized Pipe 30 gpm Shower, 3.2 gpm Eyewash

Model Number: 01050207

Galvanized Pipe

Encon's combination shower/eyewash without bowl features: Schedule 80 hot dip galvanized steel piping;  1/2"CP bronze EFW valve;1" CP bronze shower stay open valve with CP ball; SS valve stem; ss push plate actuation graphic;  SS pull rod assembly with actuation graphic.

SHOWER HEAD

High visibility ABS plastic; self-adjusting 30 gpm (113.6 lpm)*; delivers minimum of 20" (50.8 cm) diameter, dispersed pattern for target area of 60" (152.4 cm) above standing level; 20 gpm option also available.

EYEWASH FOUNTAIN CHOICES

  • ABS plastic heads, wye and float off covers secured with SS bead chans; self adjusting regulator to flow at 3.2 gpm (12.1 lpm).*
  • Acetal heads with hinged covers, BCP wye; self-adjusting regulation to flow at 2.4 gpm (9.1 lpm)*.

FACEWASH FOUNTAIN CHOICES

  • ABS plastic heads, wye and float off covers secured with SS bead chans; self adjusting regulator to flow at 8.0 gpm (30.3 lpm).
  • ABS plastic heads and float off covers secured with SS bead chains, BCP wye; self-adjusting regulator to flow at 8.0 gpm (30.3 lpm)*.
Supply - 1-1/4" NPT connection
Waste - 1-1/4" NPT connection
Ship Weight - 41 lbs (18.6 kg)  With Add-on Accessories, weight will vary.
*  Varying hydraulic conditions of 30 to 70 psi  (206.8 to 482.6 kPa)

30 gpm Shower, 3.2 gpm Eyewash

  • Pipe: Schedule 80 - Galvanized
  • Shower Head: ABS Plastic - 30 gpm
  • Fountain Type: 3.2 gpm Eyewash - ABS Heads & Wye
  • Special Features: Yello-Bowl®
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

ChemFAST Elite

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_gallery type="flexslider_slide" interval="5" images="5142,5143,5144,5145,5146,5147,5148,5149" img_size="400x400"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

ChemFAST Elite

ChemFAST belong to the latest generation of ductless fume cupboards using the most innovative molecular filtration technology manufactured by Faster, in which the choice of materials of construction of the highest quality guarantees a safe working environment together with fume containment for protection from chemicals, vapors and aerosol in the laboratories. ChemFAST Elite are equipped with a microprocessor based monitoring system for a range of data which includes type and code number of the filter being used, installation date, maximum time allowance for filter use and a warning date for its replacement. Monitoring data: Power on/off Light on/off Microprocessor monitoring system checking airflow, pre-filter and filter efficiency Variable speed air regulation Audible and visual alarms alert the operator to low/high airflow, fan failure, filter and pre-filter condition, black-out, gas detector and anemometer failure.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Applications" tab_id="1581473566987-f436cdc8-cb6e"][vc_column_text]ChemFAST are used for the containment and removal of toxic vapors and aerosol, providing operator safety in a wide range of disciplines. Applications for ChemFAST fume cupboards may be found in many laboratories, including those in clinical diagnostic testing, biological and medical research, analytical chemistry, Q. C., biotechnology, pharmaceutical industries, food, fine chemical, petrochemical, cosmetic, photographic laboratories and the electronics industries.[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Operational Principles" tab_id="1581473566996-a0b5a7f4-1004"][vc_column_text]Air from external environment is directly drawn inside the working chamber preventing from the chemical vapors being split to the external environment. Inlet air is firstly filtered by means of G4 pre-filter located on the top of working area in order to remove particulates; air is then filtered, by means of activated charcoal filters positioned on the top of the equipment , which absorb lower molecular organic compounds and inorganic gases and vapors, before being exhausted in the environment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Benefits" tab_id="1581473835245-4a26e6e0-0ce0"][vc_column_text]Best cleanability: Front stratified hinged safety glass, the frontal opening is set to 200 mm. The whole front of the cabinet can also be opened upwards as it is hinged on the top – in order to allow easy access for complete and effective cleaning and decontamination. Cold rolled epoxy painted galvanized external structure for superior resistant against chemical solvents aggression. High Level Lighting: The safety glass side-windows with the ideal positioning and sizing of the light-system provide the highest level of luminosity to the work area. Easy handling and maintenance: ChemFAST can pass through standard 800 mm wide door openings thanks to the overall depth of just 760mm. All service operations are available from the front of the cabinet. Charcoal filters can be easily replaced from the front. More than 10 different kind of activate charcoal filters able to absorb and handle any organic compounds and inorganic gases and vapors. Highly effective protection from toxic vapors High filtration efficiency Large adsorption capacity Built in safety: all electronic components, switches, lighting and motor fan have been selected and installed fully isolated from air contaminated with solvents and therefore meet the most stringent electrical safety requirements.[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Specifications" tab_id="1581473858660-ddba4966-3e4b"][vc_column_text]External structure made by cold rolled epoxy painted galvanized external for superior resistant against chemical solvents aggression. Alternatively special models with external structure made in AISI 304L stainless steel for superior cleanability are also available on demand. Acid resistant PVC rear wall. Acid resistant PVC work surface with special design to drive the liquids spilt to the corners of the surface (AISI 316 stainless steel available as option). Front window: Stratified hinged safety glass to give easy access to large items. It is provided with gas springs to keep it open during maintenance or sanitization operations. Motor blower: IP54 centrifugal motor fan, capable of maintaining a constant airflow by compensating for the clogging of the prefilters, which occurs during normal operation. Back side hole on the rear panel with rubber cover to plug external devices. 200mm collar placed on the top of the unit for optional ducting connection. Lighting: fluorescent tubes in built-in housing, placed outside the working area. The user-friendly practical keyboard and the rear-lit LCD will continuously display the face speed and a digital setting system to select the most suitable velocity for each specific contaminant used.[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Filtration" tab_id="1581473884651-856fa2d2-910f"][vc_column_text]The filters used in ChemFAST are manufactured from high grade coconut shell charcoal: all types of activated charcoal used in these filters are of amorphous structure obtained from the heat controlled oxidation of coconut shells. The cellulose structure of the coconuts provides the highest adsorption efficiency through a large surface area of up to 1050 m2/gm. A number of filter efficiency studies have been carried out, and all results using single bed filters show efficiencies very close to 100%. A wide range of filters is available, from activated charcoal adsorbing filters to chemical adsorbing filters for specific applications such as the use of formalin, glutaraldehyde or radioactive iodine labelled compounds and for others applications: Prefilters (present as standard): High performance G4 pre-filters are designed to remove particulates from the air stream. The filter material is based on electrets, which are permanently charged di-electrics. They remove particulates from polluted air by strong electrostatic forces generated by the fibers from which they are made. The combination of strong electric charges and open structure provides a filter with high efficiency, low airflow resistance and high loading capacity. Pre-filter efficiency is equal to 75÷85% dust weight stoppage (ASHRAE). Main activated charcoal filters (to be chosen and equipped in accordance with the chemical substance to be handled):
  • A/C FILTER: it is the most widely used filter in the range, and is used primarily for solvent fume removal. It is manufactured from coconut shell based activated carbon of 4 x 8 USS mesh size and surface area up to 1050 m2/gm. Filtration is achieved by the physical adsorption of molecules in the pores of the activated carbon by Van der Waals forces.
Primary use: organic odors, hydrocarbons, aromatic solvents, animal odors, excrements, urines, acid odors, cadaverine, putrescine. Secondary use: oxygenated nitrogen compounds.
  • ACR FILTER: This filter is impregnated with halide salts and is used for the high efficiency removal of iodine and methyl iodine. It is frequently used for iodination reactions with low-level radioactive iodine and efficiencies in excess of 99,99% have been measured.
Primary use: radioactive iodine. Secondary use: hydrocarbons.
  • FORM FILTER: this filter is impregnate with an oxidizing agent to oxidize formaldehyde to form salts. It is widely used in hospital pathology and cytology laboratories.
Primary use: formaldehyde. Secondary use: organic emissions, hydrocarbons, aromatic solvents, acid gases.
  • SULF FILTER:
Primary use: acid odors, putrescine, cadaverine, acid gases, hydrogen sulphide, methyl mercaptan, sulphur compounds, sulphur dioxide, R.H.>85%.
  • UR FILTER:
Primary use: acid odors, putrescine, cadaverine, acid gases, hydrogen sulphide, methyl mercaptan, sulphur compounds, sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxygenated compounds. Secondary use: organic emissions, hydrocarbons, aromatic solvents, hydrocyanic acid, R.H. <85%.
  • CYAN FILTER:
Primary use: hydrocyanic acid. Secondary use: organic emissions, hydrocarbons, aromatic solvents. MER FILTER: Primary use: mercury vapors. Secondary use: organic emissions, hydrocarbons.
  • AM FILTER:
Primary use: ammonia and its derivatives. Secondary use: organic emissions, hydrocarbons, aromatic solvents, alkaline odors, excrement, urines, animal odor.
  • H14 HEPA/ULPA FILTER
Primary use: powder and particulate. According to the ChemFAST size model, there are different numbers of charcoal filters to be equipped: ChemFAST 06 incorporate 1 carbon filter which weighs approximately 13/21,5 Kg ChemFAST 09 incorporate 2 carbon filters with a total weight of approximately 18/28,8 Kg. ChemFAST 12 incorporate 2 carbon filters with a total weight of about 26/43 Kg ChemFAST 15 incorporate 3 carbon filters with a total weight of approximately 32/54 Kg. ChemFAST 18 incorporate 4 carbon filters with total weight of approximately 32/58 Kg. *ChemFAST may be optionally fitted with additional charcoal filter whenever the application requires for simultaneous use of different kind of solvents which cannot be retained by standard charcoal filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Ordering Information:

Product
Overall dimenion (mm): WxDxH
Pressure
Motor-blowers
ChemFAST Elite 06 595 x 760 x 1120 Negative Single Fan
ChemFAST Elite 09 885 x 760 x 1120 Negative Single Fan
ChemFAST Elite 12 1185 x 760 x 1120 Negative Single Fan
ChemFAST Elite 15 1500 x 760 x 1120 Negative Double Fan
ChemFAST Elite 18 1800 x 760 x 1120 Negative Double Fan
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" shape="square" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.faster-air.com%2Fmedia%2Fcom_hikashop%2Fupload%2Fsafe%2Fchemfast.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

HORIZON Reference Standards

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

  [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575451925569{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 0px !important;margin-bottom: 0px !important;margin-left: 0px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 0px !important;border-bottom-width: 0px !important;border-left-width: 0px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 0px !important;padding-bottom: 0px !important;padding-left: 0px !important;}"][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575447425424{background-color: #3b85a0 !important;}"]

Gene Editing

Understand disease mechanisms at the genomic level

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575446085693{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]

Edit-R gene editing reagents

Optimized tools for high-confidence genome engineering.[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Search reagents" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fnavigation%2Fgene-editing%2Fgene-editing-reagents|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451166398{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575446099484{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]

Cell models

Work with relevant cell models, specific to any application. Ready-to-go or tailored to individual needs.[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Get started" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fnavigation%2Fgene-editing%2Fcell-models|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451172474{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/4YKFw2KZA5o" align="right"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575447412948{background-color: #3a8e78 !important;}"]

Gene Modulation Reagents

Understand disease  mechanisms at the genomic level

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575447930627{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]

Gene knockdown

RNAi solutions by Dharmacon™ make gene silencing simple, so you can focus on the functional result![/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Knockdown a gene" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fnavigation%2Fgene-modulation%2Fknockdown|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451140014{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575447886452{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]

Gene overexpression

CRISPR activation, cDNA & ORF reagents for reliable gene expression solutions to suit any workflow.[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Express a gene" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fnavigation%2Fgene-modulation%2Foverexpression|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451178780{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575448025770{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]

Top 3 tips for RNAi experiment success

Suggestions from our team of PhD trained scientists for getting your RNAi experiments working successfully![/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Read more" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fresources%2Ffeatured-articles%2Ftop-three-tips-for-troubleshooting-your-rnai-experiment|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451184556{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575450219390{background-color: #cc7116 !important;}"]

Cell-based screening services

From target selection to patient stratification. Working with you from consultation to delivery - providing functional genomic and cell panel screening services.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575450331552{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]

Functional genomic screens

Identify and characterize therapeutic targets and biomarkers

  • Determine relevant gene function
  • Investigate drug/gene interactions
  • Ensure data quality - generated using the latest CRISPR or RNAi reagents
[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Find out more" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fnavigation%2Fscreening%2Ffunctional-genomic-screening|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451193693{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575450366263{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]

Cell panel screens

Identify cells that respond to your therapeutic

  • Obtain trustworthy, reproducible data sets
  • Receive full analysis and comprehensive report
  • Screen in 2D and 3D models - spheroid and organoids
[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Find out more" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fnavigation%2Fscreening%2Fcell-panel-screening|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451198902{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575450401810{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]

Screening libraries

Ensure library specificity - algorithm optimized guide RNA

  • Choose from CRISPR, CRISPRa and RNAi, pooled and arrayed formats
  • Freedom with custom library design
[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Find out more" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fnavigation%2Fscreening%2Fscreening-libraries|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451204141{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575450441639{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]

Immune cell-based assays

Evaluate therapeutic efficacy in immune-cell-based environments[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Find out more" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fnavigation%2Fscreening%2Fcell-panel-screening%2FImmune-cell-based-assay-screens|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451209149{margin-top: 1px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 2px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 20px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575451069035{background-color: #4733a0 !important;}"]

Validation tools for molecular diagnostics

Consistency from assay development to routine monitoring

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575452602325{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]

Next generation sequencing (NGS)

Bring consistency to NGS workflows
  • From assay development to routine monitoring
  • Mimic patient samples with commutable controls
[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Browse products" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fproducts%2Fdiagnostic-reference-standards%2Fanalysis-technique%2Fnext-generation-sequencing|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451550988{margin: 1px !important;border-width: 2px !important;padding: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575452595125{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]

Large panel NGS

Have confidence in large panel NGS worfklows
  • OncoSpan - the largest oncology reference standard
  • Multiple variant types, including structural and fusions
[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Browse products" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fproducts%2Fdiagnostic-reference-standards%2Fanalysis-technique%2Flarge-panel-ngs|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451579387{margin: 1px !important;border-width: 2px !important;padding: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575451482834{margin-top: 0px !important;margin-right: 1px !important;margin-bottom: 1px !important;margin-left: 1px !important;border-top-width: 0px !important;border-right-width: 2px !important;border-bottom-width: 2px !important;border-left-width: 2px !important;padding-top: 0px !important;padding-right: 20px !important;padding-bottom: 20px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]

Sanger and qPCR

Reference standards at precise allele frequencies
  • single gene, multi-variant controls
  • well-characterized, commutable material
[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Browse products" style="flat" shape="square" color="inverse" size="xs" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fhorizondiscovery.com%2Fproducts%2Fdiagnostic-reference-standards%2Fanalysis-technique%2Fsanger-and-qpcr|||" css=".vc_custom_1575451607630{margin: 1px !important;border-width: 2px !important;padding: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_zigzag color="mulled_wine" el_width="90" el_border_width="10"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text css=".vc_custom_1575512682324{margin-bottom: 0px !important;border-bottom-width: 0px !important;padding-top: 30px !important;padding-bottom: 30px !important;padding-left: 20px !important;}"]

Download Flyer

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_btn title="Multi-Gene Multiplex" style="flat" shape="square" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2019%2F12%2FMulti-Gene-Multiplex-Flyer.pdf|||" css=".vc_custom_1575512619232{padding-left: 20px !important;}"][vc_btn title="EGFR Multiplex cfDNA Set Product" style="flat" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2019%2F12%2FEGFR-Multiplex-cfDNA-Set-Product-Flyer.pdf|||" css=".vc_custom_1575512672380{padding-left: 20px !important;}"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_btn title="Myeloid DNA Product" style="flat" shape="square" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2019%2F12%2FMyeloid-DNA-Product-Flyer.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_btn title="structural Multiplex Product" style="flat" shape="square" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2019%2F12%2FStructural-Multiplex-Product-Flyer.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_btn title="OncoSpan Product" style="flat" shape="square" align="left" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2019%2F12%2FOncoSpan-Product-Flyer.pdf|||"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

nUVaClean™ UV Pipette Carousel

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]MTC’s ProPette nUVaClean™ is the first and only pipette rack that not only organizes and protects six pipettes, but also destroys up to 99% of unwanted contamination. The new nUVaClean™ uses a germicidal UV-C mercury vapor lamp. A high-efficiency reflector/concentrator completely bathes pipette shafts in 254nm UV light. This exposure destroys unwanted microbiological contaminants and prevents cross-contamination in PCR and other sensitive procedures. Just place single-channel pipettes of any range or brand in the nUVaClean™ and press the “start” button to begin the auto-decon cycle. After 28 minutes the nUVaClean will power down automatically, delivering up to 6 pipettes that are safe, clean and ready for use.    UV-C Lamp and reflector system destroys 99% of DNA  Eliminates cross-contamination • 360° UV Exposure • Fits virtually any pipette • Compact 6.5in. (17cm) footprint • Made in the USA[/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/RiJHSm_Yu2c" title="Model P5590-E"][vc_column_text]

Cat No. Description
P5590-E ProPette nUVaClean™ UV Pipette Carousel w/ germicidal UV lamp, for 6 universal pipettes, 230V (EU, UK, or AU plug)
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]>> Brochure[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

OmniaTap (Type I + II water)

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

OmniaTap 

Der Allrounder. For H2O pure types I + II.

OmniaTap is the ideal system when both pure water and ultrapure water are required, but in relatively small amounts. The ability to provide both types from a single system results from the combination of ultramodern purification technologies. These also make it possible to connect the system directly to tap water. A press on the dispenser button activates dispensing of ultrapure water type I via the digital dispenser control. The recirculation of the pure water held in the installed 10 litre tank keeps it permanently at type II quality. The pure water tank has a second outlet for feeding downstream end users.

Features

Bulletpoint OptiFill dispenser is standard Bulletpoint Pretreatment set for direct connection to tap water Bulletpoint 10-litres pure water tank Bulletpoint Tank volume display in percent Bulletpoint Simple and economical filter replacement Bulletpoint Leakage sensor is standard Bulletpoint Ready-to-use, including filter cartridges [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

One hand operation

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Easy water dispensing

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Flexible on a work surface

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Flow Chart [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Specifications OmniaTap OmniaTap UV OmniaTap UV/UF
Type I
Conductivit µS/cm 0.055 0.055 0.055
Resistance MΩ x cm 18.2 18.2 18.2
TOC-value* ppb 5 – 10 1 – 5 1 – 5
Dispensing performance l/min. up to 2 up to 2 up to 1.6
Endotoxins* EU/ml - - < 0.001
Particles**/ml < 1 < 1 < 1
Bacteria** CFU/ml < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1
Type II
Pure water performance l/h at 15 °C 6 or 12 6 or 12 6 or 12
Conductivity µS/cm 0.067 – 0.1 0.067 – 0.1 0.067 – 0.1
Resistance MΩ x cm 15 – 10 15 – 10 15 – 10
Pure water tank pressurized outlet optional optional optional
Feedwater requirements
Tap water according to DIN 2000
Feedwater temperature °C + 2 up to 35 + 2 up to 35 + 2 up to 35
Manganese and iron content mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
Free chlorine content mg/l < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1
Silt density index (SDI) max. 3 max. 3 max. 3
Technical data
Operating pressure bar 2 – 6 2 – 6 2 – 6
Supply voltage Volt/Hz 90-240/50-60 90-240/50-60 90-240/50-60
Connected load kW 0.1 0.1 0.1
Connector size mm 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"
Ambient temperature °C + 2 up to + 35 + 2 up to + 35 + 2 up to + 35
Dimensions*** W x H x D mm 390 x 720 x 615 390 x 720 x 615 390 x 720 x 615
Weight kg 20 21 21
* in dependence on the feedwater quality       ** with sterilizing filter 0.2 µm       *** with OptiFill Dispenser
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Order no. System type* Typical applications
18200051 OmniaTap 6 AAS, IC, ICP, buffers and media preparation
18200101 OmniaTap 12 AAS, IC, ICP, buffers and media preparation
18200052 OmniaTap 6 UV Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC
18200102 OmniaTap 12 UV Ultra-trace analysis, ICP-MS, HPLC, TOC
18200053 OmniaTap 6 UV/UF Life science and microbiology, cell culture media
18200103 OmniaTap 12 UV/UF Life science and microbiology, cell culture media
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Accessories
19200300 Wall mount Omnia
19200056 Disinfection kit Omnia
19200057 Disinfectant Omnia – 3 pcs./pack
19200021 Pre-treatment unit OmniaTap –10“
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Hunting the Inheritance of Huntington’s Disease MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Hunting the Inheritance of Huntington’s Disease MiniLab (Order no. M3010)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis

In this genetics lab, students will use family history to construct a pedigree, and then using Mendelian genetics, determine the probability of fraternal twins inheriting the disease.  They will then confirm genotype via gel electrophoresis. Description Huntington’s disease (HD) is an inherited progressive, neurodegenerative disorder that is caused when the neurons (nerve cells) in the brain die. Signs and symptoms of Huntington’s disease include uncontrolled movement, memory loss, mood and behavior disturbances, and deteriorating cognitive (thinking) ability. Most people with Huntington’s disease start to display symptoms typically between 30 and 50 years of age, although there is also a less common form of the disease known as the juvenile form that begins in childhood or adolescence. There is currently no cure for Huntington’s disease but there are medications available to help manage the symptoms. In this lab, students will examine family history to construct a pedigree and will assess molecular data to make predictions about inheritance of the disease in fraternal twins.  Students will then perform gel electrophoresis to confirm genotype. Appropriate for high school life science, genetics classes and AP Biology. Materials Included in each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • 5 Ready-to-load DNA samples: (4 samples, 1 DNA ladder)
  • Ten 2% Agarose gel cups
  • One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
  • 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes: 11 tubes in 5 colors (55 total)
  • One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
  • Teacher guide
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Candy Color Electrophoresis MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Candy Color Electrophoresis MiniLab (Order no. M3009)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis

This fun candy lab helps introduce students in grades 4 – 10 to concepts like gel electrophoresis, electricity, and macromolecules. Includes enough materials for 10 student groups. Description You spy a candy dish at a friend’s home and you just have to taste that yummy-looking yellow one.  You love lemon! You pop it in your mouth. Oh! No! You hate banana. You can only imagine what weird flavors those other colors may be! What flavor do you imagine when you think of red? Cherry or apple? What about yellow, green, blue, brown, purple? The color of a piece of food is one of the first things we notice about it, and can make an impact on whether we want it or not. Color masters spend hours formulating the food dye to create the correct color for your food for this very reason! In this lab, students will explore the phenomenon of candy colors. They will learn how molecular size and electrical charge affect a molecule’s migration, and using their understanding of colors, predict what happens when you use electrophoresis to separate colors from various hard-shell candies. Debate the pros and cons of natural and synthetic food dyes, and explore the colorful history behind food dyes and their regulations! Bring in some candies to test as an inquiry extension! Appropriate for middle school and beginning high school students (grades 4-10). Materials Included in Each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials:
  • Ten 1% Agarose gel cups
  • One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
  • One bag of 1.7 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
  • Dye extraction buffer
  • Candies in six colors
  • Dye extraction trays
  • Teacher guide
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

PCR Cycle Number Analysis MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

PCR Cycle Number Analysis MiniLab (Order no. M6005)

System(s) required: PCR
Model exponential growth using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and visualize with electrophoresis. Description How do you take a very small DNA sample and still be able to diagnose a patient with a possible disease, study specific genes at their base-pair level or solve a crime? You make copies of it! The discovery of Polymerase Chain Reaction, PCR, took an in vivo process of DNA replication and made it an in vitro system, transforming our ability to study DNA. In this hands-on lab you will run PCR reactions for various number of cycles to see at what point you have generated enough copies to detect the PCR products by gel electrophoresis. This activity will illustrate the natural phenomenon of exponential growth, allow your students to model the copy number of DNA mathematically during PCR, and see the results of their predictions. Materials Included in Each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • Ten 1% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
  • One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
  • FastTaq PCR MasterMix (2X)
  • Forward and reverse primer set
  • Lambda phage genomic DNA sample
  • MiniOne® DNA marker
  • MiniOne® 5X sample loading dye
  • One bag of 0.2 mL thin-wall PCR tubes
  • One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • Teacher guide
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Restriction Analysis of DNA MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Restriction Analysis of DNA MiniLab (Order no. M6053)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis | PCR
***Searching for M6051? MiniLab M6053 has replaced M6051.*** Challenge your students to predict the results of single and double digests, set up the digest reactions, use controls and analyze the results with gel electrophoresis. This AP level restriction digestion lab provides the complete, hands-on experience with clear, clean, and reliable results. Recommended for AP, honors, and advanced biology students. Description Molecular mechanisms for cutting DNA or RNA can help a cell ensure its safety and future, whether it’s for genetic recombination or in the case of bacteria, using restriction enzymes as a defense mechanism, slicing apart the DNA of a foreign invader. These molecular scissors also allow researchers to study smaller pieces of DNA more thoroughly by being able to cut specific pieces of DNA, or understanding how DNA is organized based on cut sites. In this restriction digestion lab, students will explore what restriction enzymes do, perform single and double digests of DNA, predict fragment sizes and compare to fragment size of the actual digested DNA run on an agarose gel, and use pre-digested DNA controls. Appropriate for AP, honors and advanced biology students. Materials Included in Each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • Ten 1.5% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
  • Undigested DNA Sample
  • Three pre-digested DNA controls
  • MiniOne® Universal DNA marker
  • Enzyme dilution buffer
  • Two restriction enzymes
  • MiniOne® 5X Sample Loading Dye
  • One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
  • One bag of 0.65 mL multi-colored microcentrifuge tubes
  • One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
  • 0.2 mL PCR tubes
  • Teacher guide
NOTE: This item contains temperature sensitive reagents that will ship separately. Temperature sensitive reagents need to be stored in the freezer immediately upon receipt.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DNA Fingerprinting MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

DNA Fingerprinting MiniLab (Order no. M3004)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis

This popular DNA fingerprinting MiniLab helps biology students develop an understanding of gel electrophoresis and environmental science principles while helping a whale calf identify which whale is her father. Description Students gain the complete hands-on experience of pouring, loading, and running a gel while diving into real-world genetics and conservation biology. Students learn how DNA banding patterns can reveal the history and heritage of an individual, whether whale or human, while observing DNA separation in real time.
  • Develop an understanding of gel electrophoresis and its principles
  • Analyze results and deduce a probable outcome by using molecular tools, such as restriction enzymes
  • Students cast, load, and run their own agarose gels and watch DNA band separation in real time
  • Mammals inherit half their genome from their mother and half from their father- students use this fact to trace the parentage of a baby whale
  • Large numbers of bands present a challenge for visual pattern recognition – learn how a qualitative result can be made exact through precise and logical analysis
  • Store in the refrigerator; GreenGel™ Cups should be left in the original package and protected from light; guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
Materials Included in Each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • Ten 1% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
  • Five DNA samples
  • One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
  • One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
  • Teacher guide
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

PTC Genetics MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

PTC Genetics MiniLab (Order no. M3003)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis

Students develop an understanding of electrophoresis and genetic principles in one class period using this fun and engaging MiniLab. Description Here’s a fascinating lab perfect for Life Science and Biology students to help them develop a better understanding of genetics and how dominant and recessive traits affect our daily lives. Taste the PTC paper – are you a taster?
  • Students construct a hypothesis about single trait Mendelian inheritance and design an experiment to test it
  • Cast, load, and run DNA samples from a family to connect genotype to phenotype
  • Construct a Punnett square and a family tree to explain experimental results
  • Store in the refrigerator; GreenGel Cups should be left in the original package and protected from light; guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
Materials Included in Each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • Ten 2% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
  • Six pre-digested DNA samples
  • Forty pieces of PTC tasting test paper
  • One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
  • One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
  • Teacher guide
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Electrophoresis 101 MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Electrophoresis 101 MiniLab (Order no. M3001)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis

Teach the fundamentals of gel electrophoresis with this simple yet engaging Electrophoresis 101 MiniLab. Description Ideal for 7-9th grade level students as a hands-on introductory lab to electrophoresis. With this MiniLab, students cast their own gels and run real DNA. Results can be visualized within a 45 minute class period, eliminating need for multiple sessions. Students also learn how to do a semi-log plot of known vs unknown samples.
  • Give your students the complete hands-on experience of casting, loading, running, documenting, and analyzing electrophoresis gels.
  • Students will develop an understanding of gel electrophoresis principles by observing separation of dye and DNA samples
  • Students use their data to create a standard curve for DNA fragments of known molecular weight the calculate the weight of unknown DNA fragments
  • An essential introduction to electrophoresis and one of our most popular labs
  • Store in the refrigerator; GreenGel™ Cups should be left in the original package and protected from light; guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
Materials Included in each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • Ten 1% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
  • Three color dye samples and three DNA samples
  • One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
  • One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
  • Teacher guide
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

A Taste of Genetics MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

A Taste of Genetics MiniLab with Electrophoresis Reagents and Micropipette Tips (Order no. M6013)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis | PCR

Genetics gets personal as students extract and amplify their own DNA, then utilize PCR and electrophoresis to determine their genotype for the PTC tasting trait using a restriction digest assay. Description A comprehensive kit for 10 student groups to extract & amplify their own DNA with PCR and then do a restriction digest assay to determine their genotype. Teaching AP Biology? A Taste of Genetics MiniLab and extension activities are three Big Ideas in one comprehensive package. Together, these labs are an in-depth exploration of the TAS2R38 gene, covering hands-on genetic analysis, bioinformatics, population genetics, and evolution.Materials Included in each MiniLab: Contains enough of the following for 10 student groups, 2 – 3 students per group.
  • Ten 2% Agarose GreenGel™ Cups
  • One bottle of 100 mL TBE buffer concentrate
  • DNA extraction solution
  • Forward and reverse primers for PTC genes
  • Taq polymerase master mix (2X)
  • HaeIII restriction enzyme
  • Restriction enzyme dilution buffer
  • MiniOne® Sample Loading Dye (5X)
  • MiniOne® Molecular Weight Marker
  • One bag of 0.2mL thin-walled PCR tubes
  • One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • Forty PTC taste strips
  • Ten racks of micropipette tips, 96 tips/rack, 1-200µL
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

NGSS-Aligned Color Dyes and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

NGSS-Aligned Color Dyes and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab (Order no. M3008)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis
NGSS-aligned Color Dyes and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab introduces middle school students to separation science in a variety of contexts. Lab includes enough materials for 10 of students, ideal for grades 6 – 9. Description A comprehensive, 5E inquiry, week-long lesson plan that introduces students to separation science in a variety of contexts. Student-driven inquiry activities impart the scientific background needed to understand gel electrophoresis. The curriculum culminates in a gel electrophoresis experiment using colorful dyes. The curriculum is provided as a downloadable PDF manual which includes comprehensive background readings, student worksheets, and teacher support materials. Lab materials and a PowerPoint presentation are also included. Recommended for middle school students (grades 6-9). Materials Included in Each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • Ten 1% agarose gel cups
  • Six color dye samples
  • One set of filter papers and green food coloring for exploring paper chromatography
  • One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
  • One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • One bag of 1-200 µL micropipette tips
  • Downloadable PDF manual which includes comprehensive background readings, student worksheets, and teacher support materials
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

CSI Forensics MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

CSI Forensics MiniLab (Order no. M3005)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis

Thanks to shows like CSI, forensics is a popular field that interests all types of students. Using the CSI Forensics MiniLab, students develop an understanding of forensic science and gel electrophoresis while investigating the mystery of who killed Dr. Ward.

Description Ideal for 9-12th grade Biology and Forensic Science students, this MiniLab contains materials for 10 groups (30-40 students). Using the MiniOne System and this CSI Forensics MiniLab, students get a chance to be crime scene investigators in the classroom.
  • Students cast, load, and run agarose gels using DNA from a crime scene, victim, and three suspects
  • Logically integrate multiple lines of evidence, including fingerprints, hair samples, and DNA profiling to connect an individual with a crime scene
  • Understand the statistical principles of human identification using DNA
  • Store in the refrigerator; GreenGel Cups should be left in the original package and protected from light; guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
Materials Included in Each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • Ten 1% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
  • Five DNA samples
  • One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
  • One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
  • Teacher guide
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Gel Loading Practice MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Gel Loading Practice MiniLab (Order no. M3002)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis

Students can master the skills to load an agarose gel with the Gel Loading Practice Kit from MiniOne Systems.

Description Students can master loading, handling, and dispensing liquids with micropipettes – essential skills in any biotech lab – with the Gel Loading Practice Kit. Required for first-time micropipette users and strongly recommended for anyone who needs practice pipetting.
  • Learn how to handle and adjust a variable volume micropipette
  • Master pipetting technique with plastic target sheets
  • Develop gel loading skills with a practice agar gels. Practice gels have enough wells that every student can practice until they become confident with the technique
  • Gels can be fitted inside the MiniOne® carriage for a real-to-life gel loading experience
  • Optimal for 6-9th grade or first-time pipette users
  • Store in the refrigerator; guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
Materials included in each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 20 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • Twenty precast agar gels
  • Twenty practice pipetting sheets
  • Two tubes of dye samples (10 mL each)
  • One bag of 1.7 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
  • Teacher guide
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

OmniaPure (Type I water)

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

OmniaPure

The specialist. For H2O pure type I.

When your need is for highest quality pure water that fulfils the demands of analytical and life science laboratory requirements, then one of these OmniaPure systems type will be right for you. You can configurate it. The incorporated pre-treatment constantly ensures the reliability of your experimental results and reduces running costs.

Features

Bulletpoint OptiFill dispenser is standard Bulletpoint Real time TOC monitoring Bulletpoint Spent filters are simply and quickly changed Bulletpoint Leakage sensor is standard Bulletpoint Integrated pressure reducer is standard Bulletpoint Precise volume control Bulletpoint Ready-to-use, including filter cartridges [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text]

One hand operation

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text]

Easy water dispensing

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text]

Fits neatly on the wall

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text]

Flexible on a work surface

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text]

Dispenser on the bench

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text]

Dispenser on the wall

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Flow Chart [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Specifications OmniaPure OmniaPure UV | UV-TOC OmniaPure UV/UF | UV-TOC/UF
Type I
Conductivity µS/cm 0.055 0.055 0.055
Resistance MΩ x cm 18.2 18.2 18.2
TOC-value* ppb 5 – 10 1 – 5 1 – 5
TOC monitor – / yes – / yes
Dispensing performance l/min. up to 2 up to 2 up to 1.6
Endotoxins* EU/ml < 0.001
RNase* ng/ml < 0,01
DNase* pg/µl < 4
Particles**/ml < 1 < 1 < 1
Bacteria** CFU/ml < 0,1 < 0,1 < 0,1
Feedwater requirements
Water prepared by ion exchange, reverse osmosis, electrodionisation or distillation
Feedwater temperature °C + 2 up to 35 + 2 up to 35 + 2 up to 35
Input conductivity µS/cm < 30 < 30 < 30
TOC-value ppb < 50 < 50 < 50
Technical data
Operating pressure bar 0.5 – 6 0.5 – 6 0.5 – 6
Supply voltage Volt/Hz 90-240/50-60 90-240/50-60 90-240/50-60
Connected load kW 0.1 0.1 0.1
Connector size mm 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"
Ambient temperature °C + 2 up to + 35 + 2 up to + 35 + 2 up to + 35
Dimensions*** W x H x D mm 390 x 720 x 525 390 x 720 x 525 390 x 720 x 525
Dimensions production unit W x H x D mm 390 x 480 x 380 390 x 480 x 380 390 x 480 x 380
Dimensions OptiFill Wall dispenser 100 x 520 x 460 100 x 520 x 460 100 x 520 x 460
Dimensions OptiFill Bench dispenser 140 x 580 x 520 140 x 580 x 520 140 x 580 x 520
Weight kg 19 20 20
* in dependence on the feedwater quality       ** with sterilizing filter 0.2 µm       *** with OptiFill Dispenser
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

* filter cartridges and sterile filter capsule 0.2 μm included ** The Omnia production unit can either be installed on a bench, on a wall or under the bench.

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Accessories
19200300 Wall mount Omnia
19200056 Disinfection kit Omnia
19200057 Disinfectant Omnia – 3 Pc./Pkg.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Foodborne Outbreak Investigation MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Foodborne Outbreak Investigation MiniLab (Order no. M3006)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis

The Foodborne Outbreak Investigation MiniLab is an inquiry-based lab incorporating hypothesis testing, experimental design, and data analysis. This AP Biology lab is designed to be college level. Description This AP Biology level lab is designed to be equivalent to a college level lab to prepare students for the rigor of university education. This Foodborne Outbreak Investigation MiniLab is a student-driven discovery process based on a real-world Shigella outbreak of 2000. Students use scientific reasoning to mimic a foodborne outbreak investigation and design an experiment using gel electrophoresis to determine the source of the outbreak. The intent of this lab exercise is to engage and encourage students to ask the right questions and develop the skill sets need to approach a problem.
  • 2-day lab recommended for AP, Honors, and advanced biology students
  • Develop an understanding of foodborne outbreaks and foodborne illness, topics that are frequently in the news and relatable to students’ lives
  • Translate information expressed as text into other visual forms, such as tables and charts, to systematically analyze data
  • Apply forensic science principles to construct a hypothesis about which food caused partygoers to become ill
  • Design an experiment to test the hypothesis using appropriate positive and negative controls
  • Cast, load, run, and analyze an agarose gel to determine which food sample contains the pathogen
  • Students evaluate and critique experimental approaches used by their own team and by others in the class
  • Store in the refrigerator; GreenGel™ Cups should be left in the original package and protected from light; guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
Materials Included in Each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • Ten 1% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
  • Eleven DNA samples
  • One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
  • Two bags of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
  • Teacher guide, a two-part detailed guide with background information and step-by-step procedures
  • Quiz question bank and answers
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

PCR 101 MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

PCR 101 MiniLab with Micropipette Tips  (Order no. M6004)

System(s) required: PCR

Learn the fundamentals of PCR with the PCR 101 MiniLab. This kit includes 10 racks of micropipette tips.

Description Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) is an essential technique in today’s molecular biology and biotech applications. Starting with a small sample of DNA, scientists can produce billions of copies of a specific fragment quickly and affordably. With our PCR 101 and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab, students amplify fragments from the Lambda phage genome while learning the mechanism of DNA amplification with PCR and analyze their results using gel electrophoresis.
  • Fast, affordable, and hands-on lab to teach the fundamentals of PCR
  • Students will understand the molecular mechanism of Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) and gel electrophoresis
  • Students set up, program, and monitor their own PCR reactions via a wireless mobile device
  • Students cast, load, and run a gel to estimate the size of PCR fragments in comparison to a molecular weight standard
  • Store at 4°C
  • Hands-on lab that can be completed in two class periods
  • Guaranteed stable for three months with proper storage
Materials Included in each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • FastTaq PCR MasterMix (2X)
  • Three primer sets, both forward and reverse primers included in each set
  • Lambda phage genomic DNA
  • Sterile nuclease-free water
  • MiniOne® DNA marker
  • MiniOne® 5X sample loading dye
  • One bag of 0.2 mL thin-wall PCR tubes
  • One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • Ten racks of micropipette tips, 96 tips/rack, 1-200µL
  • Teacher guide
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

PCR 101 and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

PCR 101 and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab With Micropipette Tips  (Order no. M6003)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis | PCR

Learn the fundamentals of PCR with the PCR 101 and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab.

Description Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) is an essential technique in today’s molecular biology and biotech applications. Starting with a small sample of DNA, scientists can produce billions of copies of a specific fragment quickly and affordably. With our PCR 101 and Gel Electrophoresis MiniLab, students amplify fragments from the Lambda phage genome while learning the mechanism of DNA amplification with PCR and analyze their results using gel electrophoresis.
  • Fast, affordable, and hands-on lab to teach the fundamentals of PCR
  • Students will understand the molecular mechanism of Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) and gel electrophoresis
  • Students set up, program, and monitor their own PCR reactions via a wireless mobile device
  • Students cast, load, and run a gel to estimate the size of PCR fragments in comparison to a molecular weight standard
  • Hands-on lab that can be completed in two class periods
  • Store at 4°C; GreenGel™ Cups should be left in the original box and protected from light
  • Guaranteed stable for three months with proper storage
Materials Included in each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • FastTaq PCR MasterMix (2X)
  • Three primer sets, both forward and reverse primers included in each set
  • Lambda phage genomic DNA
  • Sterile nuclease-free water
  • MiniOne® DNA marker
  • MiniOne® 5X sample loading dye
  • Ten 2% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
  • One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
  • One bag of 0.2 mL thin-wall PCR tubes
  • One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • Ten racks of micropipette tips, 96 tips/rack, 1-200µL
  • Teacher guide
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Restriction Digest Basics MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Restriction Digest Basics MiniLab (Order no. M6050)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis | PCR
Learn the fundamentals of restriction digests and DNA sequence analysis. Students analyze a genomic sequence to predict restriction fragment sizes, then test their predictions with a hands-on electrophoresis lab using pre-digested fragments. Description If you needed a short piece of string but all you had was a long one, what would you do? You would probably grab a pair of scissors and cut it to the length you needed. In a somewhat similar fashion, cells have mechanisms for cutting long strands of nucleic acid into shorter strands- a type of molecular scissors. There are several reasons why cells need to cut their DNA or RNA. In this lab students will explore what restriction enzymes do and determine electrophoresis fragment sizes by comparing bands to the molecular weight standards.
  • Teacher and student guides with background information, step-by-step procedures, questions for critical thinking, student worksheets for analysis, and sample answers for teachers
  • Hands-on lab that can be completed in one 50-minute class period
  • Store at 4°C; GreenGel™ Cups should be left in the original box and protected from light
  • Guaranteed stable for six months with proper storage
Materials Included in Each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • Ten 1.5% agarose GreenGel™ Cups
  • Four DNA Samples (three pre-digested, one undigested)
  • MiniOne® Universal DNA marker
  • One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
  • One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
  • Teacher guide
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Colorful Dye Electrophoresis MiniLab

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Colorful Dye Electrophoresis MiniLab (Order no. M3007)

System(s) required: Electrophoresis

This fun, eye-catching lab helps introduce students in grades 4 – 10 to concepts like gel electrophoresis, electricity, and macromolecules. Includes enough materials for 10 student groups.

Description This fun and colorful lab introduces students to gel electrophoresis principles, including the basics of electricity and macromolecules. Teach students to predict how molecular size and electrical charge affect a molecule’s migration in a separation matrix. Appropriate for middle school and beginning high school students (grades 4-10). Materials Included in Each MiniLab Each MiniLab contains enough materials for 10 workstations, 2 – 3 students per workstation. Materials include:
  • Ten 1% agarose gel cups
  • Nine color dye samples
  • One bottle of 100 mL Tris-Borate-EDTA (TBE) buffer concentrate
  • One bag of 0.65 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • One bag of 1 – 200 µL micropipette tips
  • Teacher guide
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

OmniaLabED+ (Type I + II water)

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

OmniaLabED+ 

The big one. For H2O pure types I + II.

OmniaLabED+ is the system of choice when both pure water and ultrapure water are needed for the entire laboratory. The system complies with international water standards such as ASTM, ISO 3696 and CLSI. The economy of it is maximized by the inclusion of a continuously self-regenerating electrodeionizer, without having to give any demanding analytical applications a pass. Further to this, each OmniaLabED+-system holds 100 litres of pure water type II ready for withdrawal in a storage tank that is equipped with quality recirculation. OmniaLabED+ is exactly right as pure water supplier to autoclaves and laboratory washing machines.

Features

Bulletpoint OptiFill dispenser is standard Bulletpoint Continuous residual salts removal by electro-deionization Bulletpoint 100 litre storage tank with recirculation and pressure outlet Bulletpoint Tank volume display in percent Bulletpoint Tank volume can be modularly increased Bulletpoint Simple, cost-effective filter replacement Bulletpoint Leakage sensor is standard[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

One hand operation

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

Easy water dispensing

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

Flexible on a work surface

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

Tank fits space-savingly under the bench-top

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Flow chart and ED-Module [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Specifications OmniaLabED+20 OmniaLabED+40 OmniaLabED+70
Type I
Conductivity μS/cm 0.055 0.055 0.055
Resistance M Ω x cm 18.2 18.2 18.2
TOC-value* ppb (with UV-unit) 1 – 5 1 – 5 1 – 5
Dispensing performance dispenser l/min. up to 2 up to 2 up to 2
Particles**/ml < 1 < 1 < 1
Bacteria** CFU/ml < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1
Type II
Pure water performance l/h at 15 °C 20 40 70
Conductivity µS/cm 0.067 – 1 0.067 – 1 0.067 – 1
Resistance* MΩ x cm 15 – 1 15 – 1 15 – 1
Silicate removal** % 99.9 99.9 99.9
Pure water tank pressurized outlet yes yes yes
Feedwater requirements
Drinking water according to DIN 2000
Feedwater temperature °C + 2 up to 35 + 2 up to 35 + 2 up to 35
Manganese and iron content mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
Free chlorine content mg/l < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1
Silt density index (SDI) max. 3 max. 3 max. 3
Technical data
Operating pressure bar 2 – 6 2 – 6 2 – 6
Supply voltage Volt/Hz 90-240/50-60 90-240/50-60 90-240/50-60
Connected load kW 0.25 0.25 0.25
Connector size mm 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"
Ambient temperature °C + 2 up to + 35 + 2 up to + 35 + 2 up to + 35
Dimensions Tower*** W x H x D mm 511 x 1520 x 575 511 x 1520 x 575 511 x 1520 x 575
Dimensions Base cabinet tank mm 511 x 800 x 575 511 x 800 x 575 511 x 800 x 575
Weight kg 43 43 45
* in dependence on the feedwater quality       ** with sterilizing filter 0.2 µm       *** with OptiFill Dispenser
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Article no. System type* Typical applications
18700020 OmniaLabED+20 Feedwater for autoclaves and laboratory washers
18700040 OmniaLabED+40 Feedwater for autoclaves and laboratory washers
18700070 OmniaLabED+70 Feedwater for autoclaves and laboratory washers
* RO cartridge, ultrapure water cartridge, sterile filter capsule 0.2 μm, sterile overflow and sterile vent filter + CO2 absorber included
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Accessories
16125000 Water softener MixMulti 32
19200020 Pre-treatment unit OmniaLab - 10“
19200050 UV Flow through disinfection – 254 nm
19200052 UV Unit for TOC reduction – 254 nm
16561200 External pressure booster pump MQ 2000
16561600 External pressure booster pump MQ 3000
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

The MiniOne PCR System

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

The MiniOne PCR System (Order no. M4000)

MiniOne PCR System is a fast, intuitive, and accessible unit designed specifically for teaching hands-on DNA amplification in classrooms.

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]MiniOne PCR System has a 16-sample capacity, 4°C to 99°C temperature range with heated lid, constant temperature for PCR cycling programs, Peltier element for fast heating and cooling, intuitive app for programming and monitoring on a mobile device (Android or iPad), no cables or access to your school’s wifi needed. With the MiniOne PCR System, DNA samples are amplified and ready to run in one classroom period.
  • MiniOne Thermal Cycler for 16 samples – CE marked
  • Power supply (12V, 100W, 100 – 240 VAC) – CE marked
  • Heated lid to prevent condensation
  • 4°C to 99°C temperature range, samples held at 4°C at the end of every protocol
  • PCR cycling or constant temperature modes
  • Standard 30-cycle protocols can be adapted to complete in one classroom period
  • Intuitive graphical software app on mobile device for programming and monitoring
  • No cables or access to school wifi needed for connection to mobile device (iPad or Android)
  • Real-time visualization of temperature cycling on mobile device
  • Protocols can be stored and edited on mobile device. Unlimited storage for protocols and data
  • PCR Validation Kit
* Mobile device must be purchased separately.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_btn title="MiniLabs - Reagent Kits" style="classic" shape="square" color="info" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="and more ..." shape="square" color="white" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-sign-in" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Android Mobile Controller with MiniOne PCR Programming App

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Android Mobile Controller with MiniOne® PCR Programming App (Order no. M4050)

Purchase an Android Mobile Tablet preloaded with the MiniOne PCR Programming App for use with your MiniOne PCR System.

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]This Android mobile tablet comes with MiniOne® PCR Programming App pre-loaded. With a 7-inch, full color graphic display, it offers a modern, student-centered interface with Bluetooth® LE connectivity for programming and monitoring your MiniOne® PCR System.* * MiniOne® PCR System sold separately. [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_btn title="MiniLabs - Reagent Kits" style="classic" shape="square" color="info" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="and more ..." shape="square" color="white" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-sign-in" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MiniOne PCR System with Android Mobile Controller

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

MiniOne PCR System with Android Mobile Controller (Order no. M4001)

MiniOne PCR System and the Android Mobile Control Tablet preloaded with the MiniOne PCR Control App is a fast, intuitive, and accessible system specifically for teaching hands-on DNA amplification in classrooms.

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]MiniOne PCR System has a 16-sample capacity, 4°C to 99°C temperature range with heated lid, constant temperature for PCR cycling programs, Peltier element for fast heating and cooling, intuitive app for programming and monitoring on a mobile device (Android, iPad, or iPhone), no cables or access to your school’s wifi needed. With the MiniOne PCR System, DNA samples are amplified and ready to run in one classroom period.
  • System includes one MiniOne Thermal Cycler for 16 samples
  • Power supply (12V, 100W, 100 – 240 VAC)
  • Heated lid to prevent condensation
  • 4°C to 99°C temperature range, samples held at 4°C at the end of every protocol
  • PCR cycling or constant temperature modes
  • Standard 30-cycle protocols can be adapted to complete in one classroom period
  • Intuitive graphical software app on mobile device for programming and monitoring
  • No cables or access to school wifi needed for connection to mobile device (Android or iPad or iPhone)
  • Real-time visualization of temperature cycling on mobile device
  • Protocols can be stored and edited on mobile device. Unlimited storage for protocols and data
  • PCR Validation Kit
  • Android mobile device with 7-inch, full color graphic display, and preloaded with modern, student-centered App connected via Bluetooth® LE for programming and monitoring the MiniOne® PCR System.
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_btn title="MiniLabs - Reagent Kits" style="classic" shape="square" color="info" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="and more ..." shape="square" color="white" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-sign-in" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

The MiniOne System

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

The MiniOne System (Order no. M1000)

A real-time electrophoresis unit built in a safe, classroom friendly, compact package that replaces your electrophoresis running tank, power supply and UV transilluminator. Each MiniOne System comes with a FREE 2–20µl variable volume micropipette!
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]The MiniOne Electrophoresis System is a revolutionary unit designed and dedicated to address classroom requirements.
  • See DNA bands in 5 minutes and finish running your gel in 20 minutes!
  • Complete lab within one 45 minute class period
  • Low voltage and ultra-safe design disengages power to the buffer tank when magnets on the photo hood are not in contact with the reed switches in carriage unit
  • Power supply only has 1 wire so there’s less mess to worry about
  • Unit is CE marked
  • Easy to take and share photos with your smartphone!
  • Convenient for work in groups of up to 4 students
  • Click here to download the MiniOne Electrophoresis Manual

Each MiniOne System Includes:

  • 1 x MiniOne carriage with blue LED lights
  • 1 x buffer tank with graphite electrodes
  • 1 x casting system with 2 gel trays and 2 reversible combs for 6 and 9 well gels
  • 1 x amber filter photo hood for real-time viewing and capturing gel images
  • 1 x 42V (output) power supply, 100–240V (input)
  • FREE 2–20µl Variable Volume micropipette
  • FREE validation reagent kit
[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_btn title="MiniLabs - Reagent Kits" style="classic" color="info" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="and more ..." style="flat" shape="square" color="white" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-sign-in" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MiniOne Classroom Package of 10

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

MiniOne Classroom Package of 10 (Order no. M1010)

This classroom package of 10 real-time electrophoresis units is designed to accommodate up to 40 students. Compact, ultra-safe, and classroom friendly, the MiniOne Electrophoresis System replaces your running tank, power supply and UV transilluminator and makes teaching DNA separation efficient and engaging. Each MiniOne Classroom Pack comes with 10 FREE 2–20µl variable volume micropipettes!

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]The MiniOne Classroom Package consists of 10 MiniOne Electrophoresis Systems and is designed for working in groups of 3–4 students. The classroom package is created so schools can afford a full set for up to 40 students to do hands-on lab work instead of merely watching a teacher’s demonstration.
  • Affordable electrophoresis equipment dedicated to high school molecular biology
  • Optimal for 10 groups of up to 4 students per group
  • Low voltage and ultra-safe reed switch implemented to prevent electric shock

Each MiniOne Classroom Package Includes:

  • 10 x MiniOne electrophoresis carriages with blue LED lights
  • 10 x buffer tanks with durable graphite electrodes
  • 10 x casting systems with 2 gel trays and 2 reversible combs for 6 and 9 well gels each
  • 10 x amber filter photo hoods for real time viewing and capturing gel images
  • 10 x 42V (output) power supplies, 100–240V (input)
  • 10 x FREE 2–20µl variable volume micropipettes
  • 1 x FREE validation reagent kit
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="MiniLabs - Reagent Kits" style="classic" shape="square" color="info" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="and more ..." style="flat" shape="square" color="white" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-sign-in" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MiniOne PCR and Electrophoresis Package I

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

MiniOne® PCR and Electrophoresis Package I (Order no. M4011)

This PCR and Electrophoresis educational package combines two essential CE marked biotechnology systems for teaching hands-on biotech lab in the classroom and includes a FREE micropipette.

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]This PCR and Electrophoresis Package is ideal for teaching hands-on DNA amplification and separation in a classroom. It includes the systems needed for a group of two to three students, and includes:
  • One MiniOne® PCR System with one validation kit* – CE marked
  • One MiniOne® Electrophoresis System –  CE marked
  • One FREE 2-20 microliter variable volume micropipette
This MiniOne PCR and Electrophoresis package combines two educational biotech products that work together seamlessly to teach students both DNA amplification and separation. Use them with MiniOne MiniLabs for engaging, efficient, practical biotech education that is ideal for the classroom setting. *  Android mobile tablet sold separately. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="MiniLabs - Reagent Kits" style="classic" shape="square" color="info" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="and more ..." shape="square" color="white" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-sign-in" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MiniOne PCR and Electrophoresis Package II

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

MiniOne® PCR and Electrophoresis Package II (Order no. M4012)

This PCR/electrophoresis educational package combines two essential biotechnology systems for teaching hands-on biotech lab in the classroom and includes two FREE micropipettes.

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]This PCR/electrophoresis package is ideal for teaching hands-on DNA amplification and separate in a classroom. The package suits two groups of students and includes:
  • One MiniOne® PCR System – CE marked
  • One PCR validation kit
  • Two MiniOne® Electrophoresis Systems – CE marked
  • Two FREE 2-20 microliter variable volume micropipettes
This MiniOne PCR and electrophoresis package combines two educational biotech products that work together seamlessly to teach students both DNA amplification and separation. Use them with MiniOne MiniLabs for engaging, efficient, practical biotech education that is ideal for the classroom setting. * Android mobile tablet sold separately.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="MiniLabs - Reagent Kits" style="classic" shape="square" color="info" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="and more ..." shape="square" color="white" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-sign-in" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MiniOne PCR and Electrophoresis Classroom Package III

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

MiniOne® PCR and Electrophoresis Classroom Package III (Order no. M4026)

Purchase MiniOne Systems’ PCR and Electrophoresis Classroom package and bring innovative, educational hands-on biotech labs to your students.

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]This electrophoresis and PCR classroom package suits 6 groups of two to three students, making it a great value for teaching hands-on biotech classes. It includes:
  • Two MiniOne® PCR Systems – CE marked
  • Two PCR validation kits
  • Six MiniOne® Electrophoresis Systems – CE marked
  • Six FREE 2-20 microliter variable volume micropipettes
This MiniOne PCR and electrophoresis package combines two educational biotech products that work together seamlessly to teach students both DNA amplification and separation. Use them with MiniOne MiniLabs for engaging, efficient, practical biotech education that is ideal for the classroom setting. Android mobile tablet sold separately.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="MiniLabs - Reagent Kits" style="classic" shape="square" color="info" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="and more ..." shape="square" color="white" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-sign-in" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MiniOne PCR and Electrophoresis Package IV

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

MiniOne® PCR and Electrophoresis Package IV (Order no. M4039)

Purchase a combo package of educational MiniOne PCR and Electrophoresis systems for teaching hands-on bioscience labs in the classroom.

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]This PCR and electrophoresis package is ideal for teaching hands-on molecular biology concepts using DNA amplification and separation in the classroom. It includes the systems needed for nine groups of two to three students, and includes:

  • Three MiniOne® PCR Systems – CE marked
  • Two PCR validation kits
  • Nine MiniOne® Electrophoresis Systems – CE marked
  • Nine 2-20 microliter variable volume micropipettes FREE

This MiniOne PCR and electrophoresis package combines two educational bioscience products that work together seamlessly to teach students both DNA amplification and separation concepts. Use them with MiniOne MiniLabs for engaging, efficient, practical bioscience education that is ideal for the classroom setting.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="MiniLabs - Reagent Kits" style="classic" shape="square" color="info" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="and more ..." shape="square" color="white" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-sign-in" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

MiniOne Bioscience Classroom Starter Package

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

MiniOne Bioscience Classroom Starter Package (Order no. M4040)

Purchase a combo package of educational MiniOne PCR and Electrophoresis systems for teaching hands-on bioscience labs in the classroom.
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]This bioscience classroom starter package includes the essential equipment for teaching hands-on molecular biology concepts using DNA amplification and separation in the classroom. The starter package is ideal  for nine groups of two to three students, and includes:
  • Three MiniOne® PCR Systems – CE marked
  • Two PCR validation kits
  • Nine MiniOne® Electrophoresis Systems – CE marked
  • Three MiniOne® Single Speed Microcentrifuges – CE marked
  • One MiniOne® Micropipette Set with Case, includes one of each: 2-20, 20-200, 100-1000 microliter variable volume micropipettes
  • Nine 2-20 microliter variable volume micropipette, FREE
This MiniOne bioscience starter package combines key educational bioscience products that work together seamlessly to teach students molecular biology concepts based on DNA amplification and separation. The MiniOne Micropipette Set with Case is convenient and organized– ideal for teacher prep. Use this starter package with our MiniOne MiniLabs for engaging, efficient, practical bioscience education that is ideal for the classroom setting.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_btn title="MiniLabs - Reagent Kits" style="classic" color="info" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-flask" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_btn title="and more ..." shape="square" color="white" size="xs" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-sign-in" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.kouhing.com%2Fconsumables%2Fminione-minilabs%2F|||"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heating Immersion Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

with attachment clamp for any bath tank up to 50 liters filling volume

JULABO immersion circulators for controlling temperature in any bath tank up to 50 liters. These units are equipped with a bath attachment clamp for wall thicknesses up to 26 mm. Alternatively, the circulator may be fastened to a laboratory stand. The clamp makes it easy to install the circulator onto an existing bath tank. Parts that are immersed in bath liquid are constructed of high quality stainless steel or synthetic material. Common applications include controlling the temperature of samples, temperature testing of food or luxury articles, materials testing, and evaluation, adjustment, and calibration or thermometers and thermal switches.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Corio C" tab_id="HIC_CorioC"][vc_column_text]

The new generation of laboratory circulators

The CORIO C Immersion Circulator is the basic model of the CORIO circulator portfolio. The bath attachment clamp is included in delivery and facilitates mounting of the circulator on any bath tank up to 30 liters.

Your advantages

  • Precise temperature control
  • For internal standard applications
  • For bath tanks with a max. filling volume of 30 liters
  • Bright, white, easy to read display
  • Very quiet
  • Easy operation
  • Class I (NFL) according to DIN 12876-1
Order No. 9011000
Model CORIO C
Category Heating Immersion Circulators
Working temperature range (°C) +20 ... +100
Temperature stability (°C) ±0.03
Setting / display resolution 0.01 – 0.1 °C
Temperature Display LED
Heating capacity (kW) 2
Circulation capacity flow rate (l/min) 6
Circulation capacity pressure (bar) 0.1
Ambient temperature 5...40 °C
Dimensions W x L x H (cm) 13.2 x 16 x 36.2
Weight (kg) 1.9
Cooling coil optional
Usable immersion depth (cm) 16.6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Corio CD" tab_id="HIC_CorioCD"][vc_column_text]

The new generation of laboratory circulators

In addition to the advantages of the CORIO C Circulator, the CORIO CD Immersion Circulator can be equipped with an optional pump set for temperature control of external applications.

Your advantages

  • Precise temperature control
  • For internal and external applications (accessories required)
  • For bath tanks with a max. filling volume of 50 liters
  • Bright, white, easy to read display
  • Very quiet
  • Easy operation
  • Easy pump change-over between internal and external circulation
  • USB connection
  • Class III (FL) according to DIN 12876-1
Order No. 9012000
Model CORIO CD
Category Heating Immersion Circulators
Working temperature range (°C) +20 ... +150
Temperature stability (°C) ±0.03
Setting / display resolution 0.01 – 0.1 °C
Temperature Display LED
Heating capacity (kW) 2
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) 15
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) 0.35
Ambient temperature 5...40 °C
Dimensions W x L x H (cm) 13.2 x 16 x 36.2
Weight (kg) 2.6
Cooling coil optional
Usable immersion depth (cm) 16.6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Corio CP" tab_id="HIC_CorioCP"][vc_column_text]

Laboratory Circulators with an expanded working temperature range up to +200 °C

In addition to the advantages of the CORIO C Circulator, the CORIO CD and CP Immersion Circulator can be equipped with an optional pump set for temperature control of external applications.

Your advantages

  • Precise temperature control
  • For internal and external applications (accessories required)
  • For bath tanks with a max. filling volume of 50 liters
  • Immersion depth: 7.5 ... 16.5 cm
  • Bright, white, easy-to-read display
  • Very quiet
  • Easy handling
  • Easy change-over from internal to external circulation and vice versa
  • pump capacity, infinitely adjustable
  • USB interface
  • R232 interface
  • Early warning system for low liquid level
  • Class III (FL) according to DIN 12876-1
Order No. 9013000
Model CORIO CP
Category Heating Immersion Circulators
Working temperature range (°C) +20 ... +200
Temperature stability (°C) ±0.02
Setting / display resolution 0.01 – 0.1 °C
Temperature Display LED
Heating capacity (kW) 2
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) 8 ... 27
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) 0.1 ... 0.7
Viscosity max. (cSt) 50
Ambient temperature 5...40 °C
Dimensions W x L x H (cm) 13.2 x 16 x 36.2
Weight (kg) 2.5
Cooling coil optional
Usable immersion depth (cm) 16
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="DYNEO" tab_id="HIC_DYNEO"][vc_column_text]

New temperature control technology for demanding applications

DYNEO DD heating circulators for internal and external applications are equipped with closed bath tanks. The tanks are well insulated and include a coil for counter-cooling. An integrated drain tap makes emptying the tank safe and clean. The multilingual 3.5-inch color display and unique rotary knob provide for straightforward and intuitive operation.

Your advantages

  • Flexible installation options
  • For internal and external applications
  • Powerful and infinitely adjustable pressure pump
  • Flow rate 23 l/min, pressure 0.6 bar
  • Easy switching between internal and external circulation
  • Large color TFT display, multilingual interface
  • Central rotary knob (controller) simplifies operation
  • Integrated programmer for 8 x 60 program steps
  • Integrated external Pt100 connection
  • USB port
  • RS232 interface or analog interfaces (optional)
Order No. 9021000
Order No. with RS232 Option 9021000.D
Order No. with analog Option 9021000.A
Model DYNEO DD
Category Heating Immersion Circulators
Working temperature range (°C) +20 ... +200
Temperature stability (°C) ±0.01
Setting / display resolution 0.01 °C
Temperature Display 3.5" TFT Display
Heating capacity (kW) 2
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min) 8 ... 23
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar) 0.1 ... 0.6
Viscosity max. (cSt) 50
Ambient temperature 5...40 °C
Dimensions W x L x H (cm) 13.2 x 16 x 35.5
Weight (kg) 2.5
Cooling coil optional
Usable immersion depth (cm) 16
  [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Open Heating Bath Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

for internal temperature applications

Open heating bath circulators are designed for internal applications in the circulator bath. The models on this page are equipped with bath tanks made of Polycarbonat or stainless steel. Available accessories include a variety of test tube racks, immersion-height adjustable platforms and cooling coils. The circulator can be removed for easy cleaning of the bath tanks.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="CORIO" tab_id="OHBC_Corio"][vc_column_text]

The new generation of laboratory circulators for routine work and standard tasks

The Open Heating Bath Circulators of the new CORIO series feature high-quality bath tanks made of stainless steel.

Your advantages

  • Models for internal applications
  • Bright, white, easy to read display
  • Very quiet
  • Integrated drain screw (except B5)
Order No. Model Working temperature range Temperature stability Heating capacity (kW) Pump pressure (bar) Circulation capacity flow rate  (l/min)
 (°C) (°C)
9011405 CORIO C-B5 +20 ... +100 ±0.03 2 0.1 6
9011413 CORIO C-B13 +20 ... +100 ±0.03 2 0.1 6
9011417 CORIO C-B17 +20 ... +100 ±0.03 2 0.1 6
9011419 CORIO C-B19 +20 ... +100 ±0.03 2 0.1 6
9011427 CORIO C-B27 +20 ... +100 ±0.03 2 0.1 6
9011305 CORIO C-BT5 +20 ... +100 ±0.03 2 0.1 6
9011309 CORIO C-BT9 +20 ... +100 ±0.03 2 0.1 6
9011319 CORIO C-BT19 +20 ... +100 ±0.03 2 0.1 6
9011327 CORIO C-BT27 +20 ... +100 ±0.03 2 0.1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heating Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

for external and internal temperature applications up to +300 °C with stainless steel bath tanks and pump connections

JULABO circulators with stainless steel bath tanks are suitable for both internal and external temperature control. They have greater power for larger and open systems, making them ideal for external temperature control. Smaller objects may be inserted directly into the circulator's bath at the same time. Models are available with a variety of bath sizes and other functional characteristics. Accessories like Pt100 sensors, heat transfer liquid, tubing, and adapters are available to facilitate connection to external systems. An integrated cooling coil enables temperature control below or near the ambient temperature.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="CORIO" tab_id="HC_CORIO"][vc_column_text]

Laboratory Circulators with an expanded working temperature range up to +200 °C

In addition to the advantages of the CORIO C Circulator, the CORIO CD and CP Immersion Circulator can be equipped with an optional pump set for temperature control of external applications.

Your advantages

  • Precise temperature control
  • For internal and external applications (accessories required)
  • For bath tanks with a max. filling volume of 50 liters
  • Immersion depth: 7.5 ... 16.5 cm
  • Bright, white, easy-to-read display
  • Very quiet
  • Easy handling
  • Easy change-over from internal to external circulation and vice versa
  • pump capacity, infinitely adjustable
  • USB interface
  • R232 interface
  • Early warning system for low liquid level
  • Class III (FL) according to DIN 12876-1
Order No. Model Working temperature range Temperature stability Heating capacity (kW) Pump capacity flow rate Pump pressure (bar)
(°C) (°C) (l/min)
9012504 CORIO CD-BC4 +20 ... +150 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
9012506 CORIO CD-BC6 +20 ... +150 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
9012512 CORIO CD-BC12 +20 ... +150 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
9012526 CORIO CD-BC26 +20 ... +150 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
9013504 CORIO CP-BC4 +20 ... +200 ±0.02 2 8 ... 27 0.1 ... 0.7
9013506 CORIO CP-BC6 +20 ... +200 ±0.02 2 8 ... 27 0.1 ... 0.7
9013512 CORIO CP-BC12 +20 ... +200 ±0.02 2 8 ... 27 0.1 ... 0.7
9013526 CORIO CP-BC26 +20 ... +200 ±0.02 2 8 ... 27 0.1 ... 0.7
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="DYNEO" tab_id="HC_DYNEO"][vc_column_text]

New temperature control technology for demanding applications

DYNEO DD heating circulators for internal and external applications are equipped with closed bath tanks. The tanks are well insulated and include a coil for counter-cooling. An integrated drain tap makes emptying the tank safe and clean. The multilingual 3.5-inch color display and unique rotary knob provide for straightforward and intuitive operation.

Your advantages

  • Suitable for internal and external applications
  • Powerful and infinitely adjustable pressure pump
  • Flow rate 22 l/min, pressure 0.6 bar
  • Easy switching between internal and external circulation
  • Large color TFT display, multilingual interface
  • Central rotary knob (controller) simplifies operation
  • Integrated programmer for 8 x 60 program steps
  • Integrated external Pt100 connection
  • USB port
  • RS232 interface or analog interfaces
  • Bath cover included with delivery
  • Integrated drain makes emptying liquid easy and safe.
  • High-quality thermal insulation of the bath tank
Order No. Model Working temperature range Temperature stability Heating capacity (kW) Pump capacity flow rate Pump pressure (bar)
 (°C) (°C) (l/min)
9021504 DYNEO DD-BC4 +20 ... +200 ±0.01 2 8 ... 23 0.1 ... 0.6
9021506 DYNEO DD-BC6 +20 ... +200 ±0.01 2 8 ... 23 0.1 ... 0.6
9021512 DYNEO DD-BC12 +20 ... +200 ±0.01 2 8 ... 23 0.1 ... 0.6
9021526 DYNEO DD-BC26 +20 ... +200 ±0.01 2 8 ... 23 0.1 ... 0.6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HighTech" tab_id="HC_HighTech"][vc_column_text]

Heating Circulator with stainless-steel bath tank for internal and external temperature applications

JULABO Heating Circulators with stainless steel bath tanks are mainly used for internal and external temperature tasks. The new range of these models now have increased capacities, allowing for temperature application of larger external systems, as well as open systems. Simultaneous temperature applications of smaller objects can also be carried out directly in the internal bath of the circulator. Models from the TopTech and HighTech Series’ are available with different bath sizes and features. Accessories for these units include test tube racks, bath covers etc. An integrated cooling coil is provided for temperature applications at near ambient or just below.

Your advantages

  • VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
  • Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
  • ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control
  • ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
  • Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
  • SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
  • Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
  • Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
  • RS232 interface for online communication
  • Integrated programmer for 10 program steps
Order No. Model Working temperature range Temperature stability Heating capacity (kW) Pump capacity flow rate Pump pressure (bar)
 (°C) (°C) (l/min)
9212504 HE-4 +20 ... +250 ±0.01 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9312504 HL-4 +20 ... +250 ±0.01 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9252506 SE-6 +20 ... +300 ±0.01 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9252512 SE-12 +20 ... +300 ±0.01 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9252526 SE-26 +20 ... +300 ±0.01 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352506 SL-6 +20 ... +300 ±0.01 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352512 SL-12 +20 ... +300 ±0.01 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352526 SL-26 +20 ... +300 ±0.01 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Bridge Mounted Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

with extendable bridge for bath tanks up to 100 liters filling volume

JULABO bridge mounted circulator with extendable stainless steel bridge. The adjustable bridge permits use of the circulator with a wide variety of bath tanks. This model is suitable for both internal and external temperature control tasks. It has the power to control the temperature of even large bath tanks up to 100 L. An integrated cooling coil enables temperature control below or near the ambient temperature.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="HighTech" tab_id="BMC_HighTech"][vc_column_text]

Sophisticated models for demanding applications

Bridge mounted circulator with extendable bridge for any bath tank up to 100 liters JULABO bridge mounted circulator with extendable bridge made of stainless steel for any bath tanks. For internal and external temperature applications. The model offers high pump and heating capacities for temperature control of large baths up to 100 liters. Including a built-in cooling coil for counter-cooling with tap water.

Your advantages

  • VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
  • Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
  • ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control
  • ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
  • Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
  • SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
  • Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
  • Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
  • RS232 interface for online communication
  • Integrated programmer for 10 program steps
  • Expandable bridge from 31 to 66 cm
  • Built-in cooling coil
Order No. Model Working temperature range Temperature stability Heating capacity (kW) Pump capacity flow rate Pump pressure (bar)
 (°C) (°C) (l/min)
9252218 SE-Z +20 ... +300 ±0.01 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heating Circulators with Open Bath

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

For internal and external temperature applications with transparent or stainless steel bath tanks and pump connections

JULABO open heating bath circulators with bath tanks made of stainless steel, Plexiglas, or Makrolon are designed for internal and external temperature applications. They are primarily used for internal temperature control directly within the bath tank. External closed systems may be connected via the integrated pump connections. Models are available with a variety of bath sizes and other functional characteristics. A variety of bath inserts for laboratory glassware, bath covers, and adjustable floors are available as accessories. Common applications include temperature control of measurement cells, photometers, and samples; heating of glass flasks; and temperature testing of food, luxury articles, and materials.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="CORIO" tab_id="HCOB_Corio"][vc_column_text]

The new generation of laboratory circulators for routine work and standard tasks

The Open Heating Bath Circulators of the new CORIO series feature high-quality bath tanks made of stainless steel and pump connections.

Your advantages

  • Models for internal and external applications
  • Bright, white, easy to read display
  • Very quiet
  • Easy pump change-over between internal and external circulation
  • USB connection
  • High-quality bath tanks made of stainless steel
  • Integrated drain screw (except B5)
Order No. Model Working temperature range Temperature stability Heating capacity (kW) Pump capacity flow rate Pump pressure (bar)
 (°C) (°C) (l/min)
9012405 CORIO CD-B5 +20 ... +150 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
9012413 CORIO CD-B13 +20 ... +150 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
9012417 CORIO CD-B17 +20 ... +150 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
9012419 CORIO CD-B19 +20 ... +150 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
9012427 CORIO CD-B27 +20 ... +150 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
9012433 CORIO CD-B33 +20 ... +150 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
9012439 CORIO CD-B39 +20 ... +150 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
9012305 CORIO CD-BT5 +20 ... +100 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
9012319 CORIO CD-BT19 +20 ... +100 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
9012327 CORIO CD-BT27 +20 ... +100 ±0.03 2 15 0.35
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Refrigerated – Heating Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

for working temperatures from -50 °C to +200 °C

JULABO Refrigerated and Heating Circulators are suitable for temperature application to external systems with simultaneous operation in the bath tank. Models in different performance classes are available. The units provide high heating/cooling capacities to ensure rapid heat-up and cool-down times. With ‚Active Cooling Control' to +200 °C. ‚FP‘ models offer proportional cooling control to ensure energy-saving performance and to reduce heat generation to the environment. Convenient cleaning of dust by removable venting grid. Some models have a handle or castors to allow easy transport. All models provide a drain port on the front for conveniently draining the bath fluid. Typical applications: Temperature applications to external, closed systems, such as for example photometers, refractometers, viscometers, etc. For simultaneous application to small objects in the circulator bath.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="CORIO" tab_id="RHC_CORIO"][vc_column_text]

The new generation of laboratory circulators for routine work and standard tasks

Refrigerated / Heating Circulators of the new CORIO series distinguish themselves with a great price-to-performance ratio. They are ideal for all standard tasks and routine work in laboratories and industry.

Your advantages

  • Models for internal and external applications
  • Bright, white, easy to read display
  • Very quiet
  • Easy pump change-over (internal and external circulation)
  • External pump connections (M16x1)
  • USB connection
  • Space-saving cooling coil design yields more usable space in the bath tank
  • Bath lid and drain tap included
  • Removable ventilation grid
  • Refrigeration unit without side vents
  • Class III (FL) according to DIN 12876-1
Order No. Model Working temperature range Temperature stability Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) Heating capacity (kW) Pump capacity flow rate Pump pressure
(°C) (°C) (l/min) (bar)
9012701 CORIO CD-200F -20 ... +150 ±0.03 0.22 2 15 0.35
9012702 CORIO CD-201F -20 ... +150 ±0.03 0.22 2 15 0.35
9012703 CORIO CD-300F -25 ... +150 ±0.03 0.31 2 15 0.35
9012704 CORIO CD-600F -35 ... +150 ±0.03 0.6 2 15 0.35
9012705 CORIO CD-601F -40 ... +150 ±0.03 0.6 2 15 0.35
9012706 CORIO CD-900F -40 ... +150 ±0.03 0.9 2 15 0.35
9012707 CORIO CD-1000F -40 ... +150 ±0.03 1 2 15 0.35
9012708 CORIO CD-1001F -38 ... +100 ±0.03 1 2 15 0.35
9013701 CORIO CP-200F -20 ... +200 ±0.03 0.2 2 8 ... 27 0.1 ... 0.7
9013702 CORIO CP-201F -20 ... +200 ±0.03 0.2 2 8 ... 27 0.1 ... 0.7
9013703 CORIO CP-300F -30 ... +200 ±0.03 0.3 2 8 ... 27 0.1 ... 0.7
9013704 CORIO CP-600F -35 ... +200 ±0.03 0.6 2 8 ... 27 0.1 ... 0.7
9013705 CORIO CP-601F -35 ... +200 ±0.03 0.6 2 8 ... 27 0.1 ... 0.7
9013706 CORIO CP-900F -38 ... +200 ±0.03 0.9 2 8 ... 27 0.1 ... 0.7
9013707 CORIO CP-1000F -50 ... +200 ±0.03 1 2 8 ... 27 0.1 ... 0.7
9012708 CORIO CP-1001F -38 ... +100 ±0.03 1 2 8 ... 27 0.1 ... 0.7
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="DYNEO" tab_id="RHC_DYNEO"][vc_column_text]

New temperature control technology for demanding applications

DYNEO DD refrigerated circulators have a wide working temperature range. Refrigerated circulators are suitable for both internal and external applications. The multilingual 3.5-inch color display and unique rotary knob provide for straightforward and intuitive operation. Pump capacity is 22 l/min with pressure of 0.6 bar. The cooling machines operate precisely and reliably even at elevated ambient temperatures up to +40 °C.

Your advantages

  • Powerful cooling machines
  • Suitable for internal and external applications
  • Optimized cooling coil design saves space in the bath tank
  • Powerful and infinitely adjustable pressure pump
  • Flow rate 22 l/min, pressure 0.6 bar
  • Easy switching between internal and external circulation
  • Large color TFT display, multilingual interface
  • Central rotary knob (controller) simplifies operation
  • Integrated programmer for 8 x 60 program steps
  • Integrated external Pt100 connection
  • USB port
  • RS232 interface or analog interfaces (optional)
  • Bath cover included with delivery
  • Integrated drain makes emptying liquid easy and safe.
Order No. Model Working temperature range Temperature stability Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) Heating capacity (kW) Pump capacity flow rate Pump pressure
(°C) (°C) (l/min) (bar)
9021701 DYNEO DD-200F -20 ... +200 ±0.01 0.2 2 8 ... 23 0.1 ... 0.6
9021702 DYNEO DD-201F -20 ... +200 ±0.01 0.2 2 8 ... 23 0.1 ... 0.6
9021703 DYNEO DD-300F -25 ... +200 ±0.01 0.3 2 8 ... 23 0.1 ... 0.6
9021704 DYNEO DD-600F -35 ... +200 ±0.01 0.6 2 8 ... 23 0.1 ... 0.6
9021705 DYNEO DD-601F -35 ... +200 ±0.01 0.6 2 8 ... 23 0.1 ... 0.6
9021706 DYNEO DD-900F -38 ... +200 ±0.01 0.9 2 8 ... 23 0.1 ... 0.6
9021707 DYNEO DD-1000F -50 ... +200 ±0.01 1 2 8 ... 23 0.1 ... 0.6
9021708 DYNEO DD-1001F -38 ... +100 ±0.01 1 2 8 ... 23 0.1 ... 0.6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HighTech" tab_id="RHC_HighTech"][vc_column_text]

The powerful upper class unit for demanding applications.

JULABO Refrigerated & Heating Circulators for heating and cooling are suitable for external temperature tasks and for temperature applications directly in the bath. A model from three different series’ with different capacities can be selected. Powerful circulating pump systems and high heating and cooling capacities guarantee short heat-up and cool-down times. The inevitable dust accumulation that occurs in refrigeration systems is solved by means of an easily removed venting grid, which allows for easy cleaning. Depending on the model, the units are equipped with handles or castors for an easy transportation. All models have a drain tap on the front allowing the fluid to be drained easily. The compact assembly of each unit enables space to be saved in the laboratory.

Your advantages

  • VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
  • Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
  • ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control
  • ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
  • Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
  • SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
  • Adjustable pressure and suction pump
  • Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
  • Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
  • RS232 interface for online communication
  • Optional: analogue interfaces
  • Integrated programmer for 10 program steps
  • Active Cooling Control
Order No. Model Working temperature range Temperature stability Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) Heating capacity (kW) Pump capacity flow rate Pump pressure
 (°C) (°C) (l/min) (bar)
9212625 F25-HE -28 ... +200 ±0.01 0.26 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9312625 F25-HL -28 ... +200 ±0.01 0.26 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9212632 F32-HE -35 ... +200 ±0.01 0.45 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9312632 F32-HL -35 ... +200 ±0.01 0.45 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9312633 F33-HL -30 ... +200 ±0.01 0.5 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9212634 F34-HE -30 ... +150 ±0.01 0.45 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9312618 FP35-HL -35 ... +150 ±0.01 0.45 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9212640 FP40-HE -40 ... +200 ±0.01 0.68 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9312640 FP40-HL -40 ... +200 ±0.01 0.68 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9212650 FP50-HE -50 ... +200 ±0.01 0.9 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9312650 FP50-HL -50 ... +200 ±0.01 0.9 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9212651 FPW50-HE -50 ... +200 ±0.01 0.9 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9312651 FPW50-HL -50 ... +200 ±0.01 0.9 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Cryo-Compact Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

for working temperatures from -40 °C to +200 °C

The new CF series offers compact refrigerated/heating circulators. With small overall dimensions the units can even be placed on a very small surface or within a complex installation. All models offer a heating capacity of 2 kW and safety class 3 according to DIN12876-1. The maximum ambient temperature of +40°C as well as a ventilation air cooling allow installing the units very closely side by side with other units or directly under a fume hood. Furthermore all the models feature pump connections for external temperature applications and a bath opening for temperature control of small objects directly in the circulator bath. Wetted parts are made of high quality stainless steel or plastic. The instruments provide a reliable Microprocessor electronics with high temperature stability as well as warning and safety functions.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Economy" tab_id="CCC_Economy"][vc_column_text]

The first choice for routine and straightforward laboratory applications from -40°C to 150°C

Cryo-Compact Circulator for internal and external temperature applications The CF series offers compact refrigerated/heating circulators. With small overall dimensions the units can even be placed on a very small surface or within a complex installation. All models offer a heating capacity of 2 kW and classification 3 according to DIN12876-1. The maximum ambient temperature of +40°C as well as a ventilation air cooling allow installing the units very closely side by side with other units or directly under a fume hood. Furthermore all the models feature pump connections for external temperature applications and a bath opening for temperature control of small objects directly in the circulator bath. Wetted parts are made of high quality stainless steel or plastic. The instruments provide a reliable Microprocessor electronics with high temperature stability as well as warning and safety functions.

Your advantages

  • Ergonomic design and easy operation
  • Small overall dimensions for lowest space requirement
  • Splash-proof keypad
  • Large, bright LED temperature display
  • Precise PID temperature control
  • RS232 interface for PC connection
  • Adjustable high temperature cut-off
  • Classification 3 according to DIN12876-1
  • Pump connections for external temperature applications
  • Bath opening for temperature control of small objects in the bath
  • Front drain
Order No. Model Working temperature range Temperature stability Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) Heating capacity (kW) Pump capacity flow rate Pump pressure
 (°C) (°C) (l/min) (bar)
9400330 CF30 -30 ... +150 ±0.03 0.32 2 15 0.35
9400340 CF40 -40 ... +150 ±0.03 0.47 2 15 0.35
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HighTech" tab_id="CCC_HighTech"][vc_column_text]

The top class for demanding applications of all types.

Cryo-Compact Circulator for internal and external temperature applications The new CF series offers compact refrigerated/heating circulators. With small overall dimensions the units can even be placed on a very small surface or within a complex installation. All models offer a heating capacity of 2 kW and classification 3 according to DIN12876-1. The maximum ambient temperature of +40°C as well as a ventilation air cooling allow installing the units very closely side by side with other units or directly under a fume hood. Furthermore all the models feature pump connections for external temperature applications and a bath opening for temperature control of small objects directly in the circulator bath. Wetted parts are made of high quality stainless steel or plastic. The instruments provide a reliable Microprocessor electronics with high temperature stability as well as warning and safety functions.

Your advantages

  • Ergonomic design and easy operation
  • Small overall dimensions for lowest space requirement
  • Splash-proof keypad
  • Bright VFD display and interactive LCD dialog display
  • Highly precise ICC cascade temperature control
  • RS232/RS485 interface for PC connection
  • Electronically adjustable pump stages
  • External Pt100 sensor connection
  • Integrated programmer with 6x60 program steps
  • Early warning system for low liquid level
  • 3-point calibration
  • TCF Temperature Control Features
  • Adjustable high temperature cut-off
  • Classification 3 according to DIN12876-1
  • Pump connections for external temperature applications
  • Bath opening for temperature control of small objects in the bath
  • Front drain
Order No. Model Working temperature range Temperature stability Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) Heating capacity (kW) Pump capacity flow rate Pump pressure
 (°C) (°C) (l/min) (bar)
9400331 CF31 -30 ... +200 ±0.02 0.32 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
9400341 CF41 -40 ... +200 ±0.02 0.47 2 22-26 0.4-0.7
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Ultra-Low Refrigerated-Heating Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]  

For working temperatures from -91 °C to +200 °C

JULABO Ultra-Low Refrigerated Circulators for heating and cooling. The units are suitable for external temperature applications with simultaneous operation in the bath tank. The units provide particularly high heating and cooling capacities for rapid heat-up and cool-down times even for large volume, external systems. ‚FP‘ models offer proportional cooling control to ensure energy-saving performance and to reduce heat generation to the environment. Models with the designation ‚W‘ are water-cooled. With handle or castors to allow easy transport. With drain port for conveniently draining the bath fluid. The units offer an improved insulation to prevent ice-formation and have a filling level display. Typical applications: Temperature applications to jacketed reaction vessels, autoclaves, miniplant installations, kilo labs, freezing point determination, calibration at low temperatures, petroleum testing, etc.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="TopTech" tab_id="ULRHC_TopTech"][vc_column_text]

Upper middle class with ext. Pt100 sensor connection

Ultra-low Refrigerated Circulator with 2-stage cascade-cooling JULABO Ultra-Low Refrigerated Circulators for heating and cooling are suitable for external temperature tasks. Powerful circulating pump systems and high heating and cooling capacities guarantee short heat-up and cool-down times. ACC ‘Active Cooling Control‘ provides active cooling control across the whole temperature range. An energy saving feature with only minor loss of heat is provided by the proportional cooling capacity control in the ‘FP’ refrigeration units. The inevitable dust accumulation that occurs in refrigeration systems is solved by means of an easily removed venting grill, which allows for easy cleaning. The units are equipped with handles or castors for an easy transportation. All models have a drain tap on the front allowing the fluid to be drained easily. Additionally the instruments are equipped with an improved insulation to help avoid ice-formation, and have a visual liquid level display.

Your advantages

  • VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
  • Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
  • PID3 cascade temperature control
  • ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
  • Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
  • SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
  • Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
  • Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
  • RS232 interface for online communication
  • Integrated programmer for 10 program steps
  • Active Cooling Control
Order No. Model Working temperature range Temperature stability Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) Heating capacity (kW) Pump capacity flow rate Pump pressure
 (°C) (°C) (l/min) (bar)
9162670 F70-ME -70 ... +100 ±0.02 0.34 1.3 11-16 0.23-0.45
9162681 F81-ME -81 ... +100 ±0.02 0.45 1.3 11-16 0.23-0.45
9162689 FP89-ME -90 ... +100 ±0.02 1 1.3 11-16 0.23-0.45
  [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HighTech" tab_id="ULRHC_HighTech"][vc_column_text]

Superior models for most demanding applications

JULABO Ultra-Low Refrigerated Circulators for heating and cooling are suitable for external temperature tasks. Powerful circulating pump systems and high heating and cooling capacities guarantee short heat-up and cool-down times. ACC ‘Active Cooling Control‘ provides active cooling control across the whole temperature range. An energy saving feature with only minor loss of heat is provided by the proportional cooling capacity control in the ‘FP’ refrigeration units. The inevitable dust accumulation that occurs in refrigeration systems is solved by means of an easily removed venting grill, which allows for easy cleaning. The units are equipped with handles or castors for an easy transportation. All models have a drain tap on the front allowing the fluid to be drained easily. Additionally the instruments are equipped with an improved insulation to help avoid ice-formation, and have a visual liquid level display.

Your advantages

  • VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
  • LCD DIALOG DISPLAY backlit for convenient interactive operation
  • Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
  • ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control
  • TCF Temperature Control Features to optimize the control behaviour
  • ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
  • Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
  • SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
  • Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
  • Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
  • RS232/RS485 interface for online communication
  • Integrated programmer for 6 x 60 program steps
  • Connections for solenoid valve and HSP booster pump
  • Proportional cooling control
  • Active Cooling Control
  • Proportional cooling control
Order No. Model Working temperature range Temperature stability Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW) Heating capacity (kW) Pump capacity flow rate Pump pressure
 (°C) (°C) (l/min) (bar)
9312681 F81-HL -81 ... +100 ±0.02 0.45 1.3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352795N F95-SL -95 ... +0 ±0.05 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352751 FP51-SL -51 ... +200 ±0.05 2 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352752 FP52-SL -60 ... +100 ±0.05 3 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352752N FP52-SL -60 ... +100 ±0.05 3 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352752N150 FP52-SL-150C -60 ... +150 ±0.05 3 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352755 FP55-SL -60 ... +100 ±0.05 5.2 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352755N FP55-SL -60 ... +100 ±0.05 5.2 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352755N150 FP55-SL-150C -60 ... +150 ±0.05 5.2 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9312689 FP89-HL -90 ... +100 ±0.02 1 1.3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352790 FP90-SL -90 ... +100 ±0.05 1.8 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352790N FP90-SL -90 ... +100 ±0.05 1.8 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352790N150 FP90-SL-150C -90 ... +150 ±0.05 1.8 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352753 FPW52-SL -60 ... +100 ±0.05 3 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352753N FPW52-SL -60 ... +100 ±0.05 3 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352753N150 FPW52-SL-150C -60 ... +150 ±0.05 3 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352756 FPW55-SL -60 ... +100 ±0.05 5.5 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352756N FPW55-SL -60 ... +100 ±0.05 5.5 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352756N150 FPW55-SL-150C -60 ... +150 ±0.05 5.5 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352791 FPW90-SL -90 ... +100 ±0.05 1.8 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352791N FPW90-SL -90 ... +100 ±0.05 1.8 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352791N150 FPW90-SL-150C -90 ... +150 ±0.05 1.8 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352793 FPW91-SL -91 ... +100 ±0.2 4.5 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352793N FPW91-SL -91 ... +100 ±0.2 4.5 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
9352796N FW95-SL -95 ... +0 ±0.05 3 22-26 0.4-0.7
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

WHEATON Peristaltic Pumps

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Peristaltic Pumps Advancing the Science of Liquid Handling

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Functionality UniSpense® PRO OmniSpense® ELITE
Modes Dispense Mode Dispense Mode and Flow Mode
Motor Dual Speed 75 and 150 RPM Variable Speed 0.5 to 400 RPM
Direction Unidirectional; Clockwise Bidirectional; Clockwise and Counterclockwise
Ramp Not Offered User Ramp Control for Dispense and Flow Modes – 5 Profiles
Drawback Not Offered For Filling into a Closed Container
Pump Heads Single Single, Dual, Microcassette
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]• Highly intuitive Icon Driven User Interface enables fast, easy setup and operation • Trouble-Free Calibration protocol requires minimal user inputs • Ultra High Precision Stepper Motor ensures accurate dispense volumes required for multi-well plates and microcentrifuge tubes • Compact Design with large 5” LCD backlit display • Programming and help screens provided in six languages to enable User-Friendly Operation in international laboratories • Engineered to comply with Industry Standards including UL, CSA, CE, WEEE and RoHS Compliant The WHEATON OmniSpense® ELITE and UniSpense® PRO are intelligent peristaltic pumps for all of your dispensing needs. Whether you are making sterile liquid transfers to and from containers or filling vials or titer plates, these pumps will simplify and accelerate your laboratory throughput. The systems are operated via a large 5” backlit liquid crystal display and chemical resistant keypad. Options are displayed as large icons for quick operation and easy recognition in national and international markets. The pumps also feature a small footprint and an angled polarized display perfect for use under a fume hood or biological safety cabinet. Calibration of the units is simplified to a single intuitive calibration screen that walks the user through the process stepwise. This  liminates scrolling through menus and complicated instruction manuals. The OmniSpense ELITE and UniSpense PRO can be specifically outfitted and programmed for your process. These programs can be saved and recalled at a later time for a quick application turnaround. Both pumps support tubing with different specifications and the OmniSpense ELITE can use stacked pump heads or microcassette heads for multiple small volume dosing. The UniSpense PRO is a dual-speed, dedicated dispensing pump designed to accommodate single or multiple filling applications. The OmniSpense ELITE is a variable speed dispensing pump with a built-in FLOW mode. The FLOW mode allows for real time tracking of a single liquid transfer. The pump can be paused and restarted for more involved processes. The OmniSpense ELITE and UniSpense PRO help menus are English, Chinese, French, Japanese, Korean, and Spanish language enabled. These menus ensure that the Icon Driven display is easily understood by national and international laboratories. The OmniSpense ELITE and UniSpense PRO are ideal for any laboratory or clinical setting where accurate and precise liquid dispensing is important. Advanced Control Features • Icon Driven User Interface allows for easy setup and operation • Large Backlit LCD Display is easy to view from a distance or an angle • Durable Front Overlay is resistant to chemicals and wear • Polarized and Angled Screen allows for glare free viewing • “Trouble-Free” Calibration Screen allows for accurate and quick calibration • Ultra High Precision Stepper Motor ensures repeatability and accuracy User-Friendly Design Features • Low Profile Design reduces space required on the bench or in a hood • Pump Settings can be saved and recalled saving time in multi-use settings. Nine quick retrieval setups are available • Compliance to Industry Standards: UL/CSA/CE/RoHS/WEEE • Multi-Language Help Screens: English, Chinese, French, Japanese, Korean, and Spanish OmniSpense® ELITE Additional Features • Multiple Stacking Pump Heads allows for higher volumes and multiple fill applications with one pump • Microcassette Head is ideal for precision micro-dispensing of liquids in well plates, microtubes, or microcentrifuge tubes • Works with 2, 3, 6 and 8mm tubing • Pump allows for Different Ramping Profiles to avoid splashing or foaming • Accommodates a variety of Dispensing and Process Applications [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Model Pump Operating Speed Tubing Sizes Dispense Ranges Flow Rate Ranges Accuracy Midrange Delay Time /Sec Optional Pump Head Support
(RPM) (mm ID) ml ml/min
OmniSpense ELITE 0.5-400 2 .01-9999.99 20.4 - 174ml/min As High as +/- 1% 0.5-60 Automatic Mode • Stack up to 2 Pump Heads • Stacking Pump Head for 2.3mm Wall Tubing • Pump Head for 1.6mm Wall Tubing • Stacking Pump Head for 1.6mm Wall Tubing • 5-Channel Pump Head for Small-Bore Tubing
3 40.2 - 354ml/min
6 131 - 1176ml/min
8 200 - 1746ml/min
UniSpense PRO 75 & 150 2 30 & 60ml/min • Pump Head for 1.6mm Wall Tubing • Pump Head for 2.3mm Wall Tubing
3 60 & 120ml/min
6 270 & 540ml/min
8 540 & 1080ml/min
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]>> Brochure[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

2-IN-1 MAGFUGE CENTRIFUGE AND MAGNETIC STIRRER

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.heathrowscientific.com%2Fimg%2Fproduct%2Fdescription%2FHS-2018_MagFuge_Sell-Sheet_LO-RES.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] MAGFUGE®  The Industry’s first High-speed Centrifuge and Magnetic Stirrer in ONE unit. Product Highlights

  • Save money by only having to purchase one unit that has the functionality of both a high performance centrifuge and magnetic stirrer
  • Easy to use with a digital display, one button programming and tool free rotor exchange
  • Stay focused in the lab with ultra-quiet operation
  • Reduce down-time with a reliable unit you can trust with 3-year warranty
A truly great product is ultimately defined by its functional design. The MagFuge® by Heathrow Scientific is the industry’s first high-speed centrifuge and magnetic stirrer, combined into one unit. This design innovation enables a substantial cost savings for labs by not having to purchase two pieces of equipment, a stirrer and a centrifuge, because the MagFuge® does it all.
    • Made from a durable chemically resistant ABS and polycarbonate making it easy to clean, maintenance free and helps lower the cost of ownership
    • The modern low-profile design is compact and has a small footprint for labs with limited bench space and limited height that ultimately helps reduced clutter in the lab
    • An easy to use back-lit digital control panel for time, speed and operations ensures effective outcomes and streamlines the work flow process by allowing for quick set up
    • US Design Patent No. D814,045 and Utility Patent Pending
    • Community Design No. 003515337-0001-0002 European Patent App. 3 246 088
  High-Speed Mini Centrifuge The high-speed Centrifuge (12,500 RPM) is designed to give you maximum speed and flexibility while being comfortable and easy to use.
  • Ideal for most protocols requiring fast spins (12,500rpm / 9,800 x g), and appropriate for PCR, microfilter cell separation, and HPLC protocols
  • Adjustable time (30 seconds to 60 minutes) and speed (500 to 12,500 RPM)
  • Variable speed can be set in RPM or RCF and has rapid acceleration and fast controlled breaking
  • Two rotors included, 12 place for 1.5/2.0 mL tubes and 6 place for 5 mL tubes with adapters for additional tube sizes
  • Manual lid override allows users to open lid in case of a power failure and prevents loss of samples
  • Safety features help ensure it will not operate when the lid is open, a rotor is jammed, or the unit is out of balance
Magnetic Stirrer The high-performance Magnetic Stirrer (3L Plus) is designed to provide a powerful magnetic coupling that ensures consistent accurate alignment of the stir bar that significantly reduce the chance of spin-outs.
  • Ideal for work with sensitive samples such as cell lines and protocols requiring more aggressive mixing to quickly achieve full dilution of samples in solution
  • Multiple stirring modes, clockwise, c. clockwise and oscillate enable protocols to be controlled precisely for reproducible results
  • Adjustable time (30 seconds to 60 minutes or continuous) and speed (50 to 2,500 RPM)
  • After hours of continuous use, the unit remains cool ensuring sample integrity
  • Sensor technology prevents the stirrer rotor from being used above 2,500 RPM helping to protect users and prevent unit damage
  • Two silicone mats are included to help prevent spills and to help keep vessels stable
  • High-quality rare-earth magnets are used in the stirrer rotor to ensure the strongest magnetic coupling
  • Two rare-earth stir bars (40 x 12 mm) included have PTFE coating for chemical resistance
Specifications Power: Universal 12V DC input 4 cord sets: Low voltage, double insulated power adapter Weight: 1.85 kg (4.08 lb) Certifications: CE, SGS, RoHS2, WEEE Operating Temp: Range 2°C to 40°C Max. Relative Humidity: Non-condensing, 80% for temperatures up to 31°C decreasing linearly to 50% R.H. at 40°C
MagFuge® Centrifuge Speed Range: Centrifuge Mode: 500 – 999 rpm (increments of 1); 1,000 – 5,000 rpm (increments of 5); 5,000 – 12,500 rpm (increments of 25) RCF: 16 – 9,783 x g (max RCF calculated) Capacity: 12 place 1.5/2.0 mL tube rotor: 24 mL total maximum liquid volume 6 place 5 mL tube rotor: 30 mL total maximum liquid volume Run Time Ranges: 30 seconds – 60 minutes (5 second increments) MagFuge® Magnetic Stirrer Speed Range: 50 – 999 rpm (increments of 1); 1,000 – 2,500 rpm (increments of 5) Capacity: 3L total maximum vessel liquid volume. Diameter of vessel not to exceed 130 mm (6.70”) Run Time Ranges: Stirrer Mode: 30 seconds to 60 minutes or continuous (5 second increments) Oscillating Stirrer Mode: 1 second – 60 minutes or continuous Oscillating Period: 30 seconds – 15 minutes Stir Bar Dimensions: 40 x 12 mm cylindrical shape, rare-earth Plate Dimensions: Approx 130 mm diameter Package Includes:
  • MagFuge®
  • Three Rotors: 5 mL Tube Rotor, 1.5/2.0 mL Tube Rotor, Stirrer Rotor
  • 12 Tube adapters 0.2 mL
  • 12 Tube adapters for 0.5 mL
  • 2 Silcone mats for stirrer lid
  • 2 Rare-Earth PTFE coated stir bars stir bars
  • 1 Low voltage, double insulated power adapter with 4 cord sets
 
Model Color L x W x H
120581 Gray/Purple 9.2 x 7.3 x 4.7 in (23.5 x 18.5 x12 cm)
120582 Gray/Blue 9.2 x 7.3 x 4.7 in (23.5 x 18.5 x12 cm)
[/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://www.youtube.com/embed/CerE-E16Z64"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Muffle Furnaces Basic Models (1100°C)

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4581,4580" img_size="250x250" autoplay="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] With their unbeatable price/performance ratio, these compact muffle furnaces are perfect for many applications in the laboratory. Quality features like the dual shell furnace housing of rust-free stainless steel, their compact, lightweight constructions, or the heating elements encased in quartz glass tubes make these models reliable partners for your application.

  • Tmax 1100 °C, working temperature 1050 °C
  • Heating from two sides from heating elements in quartz glass tubes
  • Maintenance-friendly replacement of heating elements and insulation
  • Only fiber materials are used which are not classified as carcinogenic according to TRGS 905, class 1 or 2
  • Housing made of sheets of textured stainless steel
  • Dual shell housing for low external temperatures and high stability
  • Flap door which can also be used as a work platform
  • Exhaust air outlet in rear wall
  • Solid state relays provide for low-noise operation
  • Compact dimensions and light weight
  • Controller mounted under the door to save space
  • Defined application within the constraints of the operating instructions

Additional equipment

  • Chimney, chimney with fan or catalytic converter (not for L 1)
  • Over-temperature limiter with adjustable cutout temperature for thermal protection class 2 in accordance with EN 60519-2 as temperature limiter to protect the furnace and load
  • Protective gas connection to purge with non-flammable protective or reaction gases
  • Manual gas supply system
  • Observation hole in the door
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Model Tmax Inner dimensions in mm Volume Outer dimensions2 in mm Connected Electrical Weight Minutes
°C w d h in l W D H load kW connection* in kg to Tmax1
LE 1/11 1100 90 115 110 1 290 280 430 1.5 1-phase 10 10
LE 2/11 1100 110 180 110 2 330 385 430 1.8 1-phase 10 25
LE 6/11 1100 170 200 170 6 390 435 490 1.8 1-phase 18 35
LE 14/11 1100 220 300 220 14 440 535 540 2.9 1-phase 25 40
1: If connected at 230 V 1/N/PE rsp. 400 V 3/N/PE
2: External dimensions vary when furnace is equipped with additional equipment. Dimensions on request.
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Muffle Furnaces with Flap Door or Lift Door (1100/1200°C)

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text] L 5/11 Furnace with Flap Door[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text] LT 5/12 Furnace with Lift Door[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] The NABERTHERM muffle furnaces L 1/12 - LT 40/12 are the right choice for daily laboratory use. These models stand out for their excellent workmanship, advanced and attractive design, and high level of reliability. The muffle furnaces come equipped with either a flap door or lift door at no extra charge.

  • Tmax 1100 °C or 1200 °C
  • Heating from two sides by ceramic heating plates (heating from three sides for muffle furnaces L 24/11 - LT 40/12)
  • Ceramic heating plates with integral heating element which is safeguarded against fumes and splashing, and easy to replace
  • Only fiber materials are used which are not classified as carcinogenic according to TRGS 905, class 1 or 2
  • Housing made of sheets of textured stainless steel
  • Dual shell housing for low external temperatures and high stability
  • Optional flap door (L) which can be used as work platform or lift door (LT) with hot surface facing away from the operator
  • Adjustable air inlet integrated in door (see illustration)
  • Exhaust air outlet in rear wall of furnace
  • Solid state relays provide for low-noise operation
  • Defined application within the constraints of the operating instructions
  • NTLog Basic for Nabertherm controller: recording of process data with USB-flash drive

Additional equipment

  • Chimney, chimney with fan or catalytic converter (not for L 1)
  • Over-temperature limiter with adjustable cutout temperature for thermal protection class 2 in accordance with EN 60519-2 as temperature limiter to protect the furnace and load
  • Protective gas connection to purge with non-flammable protective or reaction gases (not available in combination with chimney, chimney with fan or catalytic converter)
  • Observation hole in the door
  • Manual or automatic gas supply system
  • Process control and documentation via VCD software package for monitoring, documentation and control
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Model Tmax Inner dimensions in mm Volume Outer dimensions3 in mm Connected Electrical Weight Minutes
Flap door °C w d h in L W D H load kW connection* in kg to Tmax2
L 3/11 1100 160 140 100 3 385 330 405 1.2 1-phase 20 60
L 5/11 1100 200 170 130 5 385 390 460 2.4 1-phase 30 60
L 9/11 1100 230 240 170 9 415 455 515 3 1-phase 35 75
L 15/11 1100 230 340 170 15 415 555 515 3.5 1-phase 40 95
L 24/11 1100 280 340 250 24 490 555 580 4.5 3-phase 55 95
L 40/11 1100 320 490 250 40 530 705 580 6 3-phase 65 95
L 1/12 1200 90 115 110 1 290 280 430 1.5 1-phase 10 25
L 3/12 1200 160 140 100 3 385 330 405 1.2 1-phase 20 75
L 5/12 1200 200 170 130 5 385 390 460 2.4 1-phase 30 75
L 9/12 1200 230 240 170 9 415 455 515 3 1-phase 35 90
L 15/12 1200 230 340 170 15 415 555 515 3.5 1-phase 40 110
L 24/12 1200 280 340 250 24 490 555 580 4.5 3-phase 55 110
L 40/12 1200 320 490 250 40 530 705 580 6 3-phase 65 110
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Model Tmax Inner dimensions in mm Volume Outer dimensions3 in mm Connected Electrical Weight Minutes
Lift door °C w d h in L W D H1 load kW connection* in kg to Tmax2
LT 3/11 1100 160 140 100 3 385 330 405+155 1.2 1-phase 20 60
LT 5/11 1100 200 170 130 5 385 390 460+205 2.4 1-phase 30 60
LT 9/11 1100 230 240 170 9 415 455 515+240 3 1-phase 35 75
LT 15/11 1100 230 340 170 15 415 555 515+240 3.5 1-phase 40 95
LT 24/11 1100 280 340 250 24 490 555 580+320 4.5 3-phase 55 95
LT 40/11 1100 320 490 250 40 530 705 580+320 6 3-phase 65 95
LT 3/12 1200 160 140 100 3 385 330 405+155 1.2 1-phase 20 75
LT 5/12 1200 200 170 130 5 385 390 460+205 2.4 1-phase 30 75
LT 9/12 1200 230 240 170 9 415 455 515+240 3 1-phase 35 90
LT 15/12 1200 230 340 170 15 415 555 515+240 3.5 1-phase 40 110
LT 24/12 1200 280 340 250 24 490 555 580+320 4.5 3-phase 55 110
LT 40/12 1200 320 490 250 40 530 705 580+320 6 3-phase 65 110
1: Including opened lift door 
2: If connected at 230 V 1/N/PE rsp. 400 V 3/N/PE
3: External dimensions vary when furnace is equipped with additional equipment. Dimensions on request.
  [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Muffle Furnaces up to 1400°C

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4584,4585" img_size="250x250" autoplay="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] These models stand out for their excellent workmanship, advanced and attractive design, and high level of reliability. Heating elements on support tubes radiating freely into the furnace chamber provide for particularly short heating times and a maximum temperature of 1400 °C. These muffle furnaces are a good alternative to the familiar L(T) ../11 series when higher application temperatures are needed.

  • Tmax 1400 °C
  • Heating from two sides
  • Heating elements on support tubes ensure free heat radiation and a long service life
  • Only fiber materials are used which are not classified as carcinogenic according to TRGS 905, class 1 or 2
  • Dual shell housing for low external temperatures and high stability
  • Adjustable air inlet integrated in door
  • Exhaust air outlet in rear wall of furnace
  • Solid state relays provide for low-noise operation
  • Defined application within the constraints of the operating instructions
  • NTLog Basic for Nabertherm controller: recording of process data with USB-flash drive

Additional equipment

  • Chimney, chimney with fan or catalytic converter
  • Over-temperature limiter with adjustable cutout temperature for thermal protection class 2 in accordance with EN 60519-2 as temperature limiter to protect the furnace and load
  • Protective gas connection to purge with non-flammable protective or reaction gases (not available in combination with chimney, chimney with fan or catalytic converter)
  • Manual or automatic gas supply system
  • Process control and documentation via VCD software package for monitoring, documentation and control
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Model Tmax Inner dimensions in mm Volume Outer dimensions4 in mm Connected Electrical Weight Minutes
°C2 w d h in l W D H1 load kW connection* in kg to Tmax3
L, LT 5/14 1400 200 170 130 5 490 450 580+320 2.5 1-phase 38 55
L, LT 9/14 1400 230 240 170 9 530 525 630+350 3 1-phase 55 60
L, LT 15/14 1400 260 340 170 15 530 625 360+350 3.5 1-phase 65 70
1: Including opened lift door
2: Recommended working temperature for processes with longer dwell times is 1300 °C
3: If connected at 230 V 1/N/PE rsp. 400 V 3/N/PE
4: External dimensions vary when furnace is equipped with additional equipment. Dimensions on request.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

SPR200 Ice Flaker

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

SPR 200

Residual water content 25%

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

200 kg Self-contained ICE FLAKER

Technical Features: • Electronic control • Stainless steel bodywork - scotch brite • Air or water cooled • Direct trasmission • Easily accessible components • Low power and water consumption • Reduced dimensions • Continuous production • Refrigerant R404A 24 Hour Ice Production - 10°C / 10°C Air Cooled  200 kg Water Cooled 200 kg Bin Capacity: 55 kg Dimensions: 867 x 920 x 594mm (H x W x D) Voltage: 230/50/1 standard version 220-240/60/1 version available on demand Operating Limits:
Minimum Maximum
Air Temperatures 10°C 43°C
Water Temperatures 5°C 38°C
Electrical Voltage -10% 10%
Water Pressure 14 psi 1 bar 70 psi 5 bar
  Technology and Certifications: [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Voltage Power Input Watt * Refrigerant Refrigerant charge kg Fuse Amp Water Consumption l/h ** Net Weight kg Shipping Weight kg
SPR 200 AS 230/50/1 790 R404A 0.48 10 6.9 73 82
SPR 200 WS 230/50/1 630 R404A 0.48 10 108.3 73 82
* Power Input: at 43°C Ambient Temperature ** Water Consumption: at 32°C Air and 21°C Water [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

SPR120 Ice Flaker

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

SPR 120

Residual water content 25%

  [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

120 kg Self-contained ICE FLAKER

Technical Features: • Electronic control • Stainless steel bodywork - scotch brite • Air or water cooled • Direct trasmission • Easily accessible components • Low power and water consumption • Reduced dimensions • Continuous production • Refrigerant R134a 24 Hour Ice Production - 10°C / 10°C Air Cooled  120 kg Water Cooled 120 kg Bin Capacity: 55 kg Dimensions: 867 x 920 x 594mm (H x W x D) Voltage: 230/50/1 standard version 220-240/60/1 version available on demand Operating Limits:
Minimum Maximum
Air Temperatures 10°C 43°C
Water Temperatures 5°C 38°C
Electrical Voltage -10% 10%
Water Pressure 14 psi 1 bar 70 psi 5 bar
  Technology and Certifications: [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Voltage Power Input Watt * Refrigerant Refrigerant charge kg Fuse Amp Water Consumption l/h ** Net Weight kg Shipping Weight kg
SPR 120 AS 230/50/1 500 R134a 0.44 10 4.2 69 78
SPR 120 WS 230/50/1 500 R134a 0.38 10 29 69 78
* Power Input: at 43°C Ambient Temperature ** Water Consumption: at 32°C Air and 21°C Water[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

SPR80 Ice Flaker

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

SPR 80

Residual water content 25%

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

70 kg Self-contained ICE FLAKER

Technical Features: • Electronic control • Stainless steel bodywork - scotch brite • Air or water cooled • Direct trasmission • Easily accessible components • Low power and water consumption • Reduced dimensions • Continuous production • Refrigerant R134a 24 Hour Ice Production - 10°C / 10°C Air Cooled  70 kg Water Cooled 73 kg Bin Capacity: 25 kg Dimensions: 880 x 529 x 629mm (H x W x D) Voltage: 230/50/1 standard version 220-240/60/1 version available on demand Operating Limits:
Minimum Maximum
Air Temperatures 10°C 43°C
Water Temperatures 5°C 38°C
Electrical Voltage -10% 10%
Water Pressure 14 psi 1 bar 70 psi 5 bar
  Technology and Certifications: [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Voltage Power Input Watt * Refrigerant Refrigerant charge kg Fuse Amp Water Consumption l/h ** Net Weight kg Shipping Weight kg
SPR 80 AS 230/50/1 340 R134a 0.37 10 2.2 52 59
SPR 80 WS 230/50/1 300 R134a 0.33 10 15 52 59
* Power Input: at 43°C Ambient Temperature ** Water Consumption: at 32°C Air and 21°C Water [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Sieve Shaker OCTAGON 200CL

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

The new Octagon 200CL for precise, reproducible and error-free sieving processes competes with the most advanced sieve shakers in the world.

Several unique features have been developed specifically for this sieve shaker, including the ‘Closed Loop’ amplitude control for ultimate reproducibility.

The Octagon 200CL is designed to work with Endecotts’ SieveWare, the new software for easy evaluation and documentation of the sieving process.

Advantages:

  • 'Closed Loop' total amplitude control ensures reproducible sieving
  • Digital controls for easy and reliable operation
  • Easy-to-use sieve clamping system
  • Accepts up to 8 full height 200 mm (8") diameter sieves
  • Suitable for dry and wet sieving
  • 3D sieving motion allows for high separation efficiency and non blinding sieving action
  • Full compatibility with new SieveWare evaluation and control software via RS232 Port (printed or digital protocols)
  • Voltage-independent
  • No mechanical moving parts
  • Compact & portable

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:

Range 20 µm to 125 mm
Drive / sieving motion electromagnetic 3D
Max. batch / feed capacity 3 kg
Max. number of sieves 8 full height / 16 half height (200 mm sieves)
Amplitude 0 - 3 mm
digital setting in 0.1 mm steps
"Closed Loop" amplitude control
Speed 3,000 min-1 at 50 Hz
Time display digital, 00:10 - 99:50 min
Interval operation yes (two modes)
Suitable for dry sieving yes
Suitable for wet sieving yes
Serial interface yes (RS232)
Sieve diameter 100 / 200 mm
8''
Max. height of sieve stack up to 450 mm
Clamping device quick-release clamping system (included)
Model benchtop
Protection code IP 54
Electrical supply 100-240V 50/60Hz
Power connection 1 - Phase
W x H x D 418 x 232 x 435 mm
Net weight ~35 kg
Standards CE

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Sieve Shaker OCTAGON 200

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

The sieve shaker Octagon 200 is suitable for all sieving tasks in laboratories as well as onsite and provides optimum sieving action for fast and reproducible results. 

It is robust, compact and sufficiently lightweight to be portable. Its electromagnetic drive combined with a 3D sieving motion ensures excellent separation efficiency in a short amount of time. A digital display as well as a quick-release clamping system make operation very easy and straightforward.

Advantages:

  • Easy-to-use sieve clamping system
  • Accepts up to 8 full height 200 mm (8") diameter sieves
  • Suitable for dry and wet sieving
  • 10 amplitude settings & digital timer
  • 3D sieving motion allows for high separation efficiency and non blinding sieving action
  • Different voltages available
  • No mechanical moving parts
  • Compact & portable
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Range 20 µm to 125 mm
Drive / sieving motion electromagnetic 3D
Max. batch / feed capacity 3 kg
Max. number of sieves 8 full height / 16 half height (200 mm / 8" sieves)
Amplitude 0 - 3 mm (depending on loading) digital setting in 10 steps
Speed 3,000 min-1 at 50 Hz
Time display digital, 00:10-99:50 min
Interval operation yes (one mode)
Suitable for dry sieving yes
Suitable for wet sieving yes
Serial interface -
Sieve diameter 100 / 200 mm 8''
Max. height of sieve stack up to 450 mm
Clamping device quick-release clamping system (included)
Model benchtop
Protection code IP 54
Electrical supply different voltages available
Power connection 1 - Phase
W x H x D 418 x 232 x 435 mm
Net weight ~35 kg
Standards CE
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Sieve Shaker MINOR 200

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

The Minor 200 has been developed and manufactured to combine low cost with the benefits of a well-designed and engineered shaker. It incorporates many features usually found only on larger, more expensive models.

It is ideal for the use in laboratories and plants since it is compact and genuinely portable (weighing only 17kg). The sieve stack is held firmly in position by a clamping belt system. Removing it allows the whole unit to be stored in a space less than 200 mm high. There are no rotating parts in the Minor 200 - consequently it is quiet in operation and maintenance free.

Advantages:

  • Electromagnetic drive for quiet and virtually maintenance free operation
  • Compact & portable (weighing only 17 kg)
  • Requires only small storage space due to small footprint and easily removable clamping belt system (included)
  • Easy to use
  • Different voltages available
  • Complies with the requirements of AASHTO T 27
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Range 38 µm to 125 mm
Drive / sieving motion electromagnetic
Max. batch / feed capacity 3 kg
Max. number of sieves 8 full height / 16 half height (200 mm / 8" dia sieves)
Amplitude ~ 1.6 mm (depending on loading) fixed
Speed 3,000 min-1 at 50 Hz
Time display analog, 0 - 60 min, continuously
Suitable for dry sieving yes
Suitable for wet sieving -
Serial interface -
Sieve diameter 100 / 200 mm 3" / 8"
Min. number of sieves 2 full height 200 mm / 8" dia sieves
Clamping device clamping belt system (included)
Model benchtop
Protection code IP 20
Electrical supply different voltages available
Power connection 1-phase
W x H x D 262 x 126 mm
Net weight ~16 kg
Standards CE
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Sieve Shaker EFL 300

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] The new Sieve Shaker EFL 300 combines the best features of the EFL2 whilst incorporating modern sieve shaker technology. The EFL 300 is still extremely robust but at the same time lightweight and more powerful than its predecessor - heavier and larger samples can now be sieved. The sieve shaker EFL 300 is very versatile. Amplitude setting is now standard. The heavy electric motor is replaced by the electromagnetic system found in all modern sieve shakers. Its lighter form means that it can be either floor standing or even bench mounted making it suitable for both, laboratory and industrial environments. Sieving parameters are set by the remote control unit. Its functions are logical and very simple to operate.

Advantages:

  • New electromagnetic drive
  • Adjustable amplitude
  • Floor or table mounted
  • Suitable for wet or dry sieving
  • Digital controls for easy and reliable operation via external interface
  • Economical
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Range 20 µm - 40 mm
Drive / sieving motion electromagnetic 3D
Max. batch / feed capacity 6 kg
Max. number of sieves 6 / 12
Max. mass of sieve stack 10 kg
Amplitude 0 - 2 mm digital setting in 10 steps
Time display digital, 00:10 - 99:50 min (external unit)
Suitable for dry sieving yes
Suitable for wet sieving yes
Sieve diameter 100 mm / 150 mm / 200 mm 250 mm / 300 mm / 315 mm / 3" / 8" / 12"
Max. height of sieve stack 450 mm
Clamping device quick-release clamping system included
Model floor or benchtop
Protection code IP 54
Electrical supply different voltages available
Power connection 1-Phase
W x H x D 427 mm x 240 mm
Net weight ~ 45 kg
Standards CE
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Woven Wire Sieves

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Endecotts woven wire mesh sieves are the most widely used test sieves for all types of laboratory sampling and particle size analysis.
Endecotts woven wire mesh sieves are the most widely used test sieves for all types of laboratory sampling and particle size analysis. They are made with only the highest quality materials and are available in diameter sizes of 38, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 315, 350, 400 and 450 mm or in 3, 8, 12 or 18 inches. They can be supplied with aperture sizes ranging from 125 mm down to 20 microns in full or half height versions. Woven wire mesh sieves are available in frame materials of either stainless steel or brass (315, 350, 400 and 450 mm only available in stainless steel).[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Advantages: • Precision frame (ensures consistent nestability) • Precise aperture (in accordance with ISO 3310, ASTM or other specifications) • Available to every national and international standard • Natural fillet (free flowing of sample) • Totally sealed (no crevice to lose material) • Evenly tensioned mesh ensures accurate analysis • Safe edge (big radius makes it comfortable to handle) • Serial number (ensures full traceability)[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Type of mesh woven wire
Diameter 38/100/150/200/250/300/315/350/400/450mm 3/8/12/18 inches
Mesh sizes 125mm - 20µm
Frame material stainless steel / brass
Mesh material stainless steel
Height full and half height version
  [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]

Endecotts Standard Woven Wire Mesh Sieves are available in these sizes

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]International Test Sieve Series:
ISO 3310-1 Nominal Aperture Sizes
125.00mm 26.50mm 5.60mm 1.18mm 250µm 53µm
112.00mm 25.00mm 5.00mm 1.12mm 224µm 50µm
106.00mm 22.40mm 4.75mm 1.00mm 212µm 45µm
100.00mm 20.00mm 4.50mm 900µm 200µm 40µm
90.00mm 19.00mm 4.00mm 850µm 180µm 38µm
80.00mm 18.00mm 3.55mm 800µm 160µm 36µm
75.00mm 16.00mm 3.35mm 710µm 150µm 32µm
71.00mm 14.00mm 3.15mm 630µm 140µm 25µm
63.00mm 13.20mm 2.80mm 600µm 125µm 20µm
56.00mm 12.50mm 2.50mm 560µm 112µm
53.00mm 11.20mm 2.36mm 500µm 106µm
50.00mm 10.00mm 2.24mm 450µm 100µm
45.00mm 9.50mm 2.00mm 425µm 90µm
40.00mm 9.00mm 1.80mm 400µm 80µm
37.50mm 8.00mm 1.70mm 355µm 75µm
35.50mm 7.10mm 1.60mm 315µm 71µm
31.50mm 6.70mm 1.40mm 300µm 63µm
28.00mm 6.30mm 1.25mm 280µm 56µm
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]American Standard Sieve Series:
ASTM E11 Sieve Designation
Standard Altern. Standard Altern. Standard Altern.
125.00mm 5.00 9.50mm 3/8 425µm No. 40
106.00mm 4.24 8.00mm 5/16 355µm No. 45
100.00mm 4 6.70mm 0.265 300µm No. 50
90.00mm 3-1/2 6.30mm 1/4 250µm No. 60
75.00mm 3 5.60mm No. 3-1/2 212µm No. 70
63.00mm 2-1/2 4.75mm No. 4 180µm No. 80
53.00mm 2.12 4.00mm No. 5 150µm No. 100
50.00mm 2 3.35mm No. 6 125µm No. 120
45.00mm 1-3/4 2.80mm No. 7 106µm No. 140
37.50mm 1-1/2 2.36mm No. 8 90µm No. 170
31.50mm 1-1/4 2.00mm No. 10 75µm No. 200
26.50mm 1.06 1.70mm No. 12 63µm No. 230
25.00mm 1 1.40mm No. 14 53µm No. 270
22.40mm 7/8 1.18mm No. 16 45µm No. 325
19.00mm 3/4 1.00mm No. 18 38µm No. 400
16.00mm 5/8 850µm No. 20 32µm No. 450
13.20mm 0.530 710µm No. 25 25µm No. 500
12.50mm 1/2 600µm No. 30 20µm No. 635
11.20mm 7/16 500µm No. 35
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Sonifier SFX250 & SFX550

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

SFX 250

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

SFX 550

 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Branson SFX250 & SFX550 Sonifier®

Overview: The SFX250 and SFX550 are part of the new SFX Series of Sonifiers from Branson, designed to bring the industry’s most advanced sample-processing capabilities to your laboratory. The SFX Series brings a new level of ease, precision, and repeatability with advanced energy and temperature control modes, process monitoring capabilities, and programming features.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

Sonifier SFX250 Model

• 250 watts of power at 20 kHz • Processes samples from 0.2 up to 500 mL • Includes power supply, converter and 1/2-inch disruptor horn [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

Sonifier SFX550 Model

• 550 watts of power at 20 kHz for high-volume processing • Processes samples from 0.2 to 1000 mL • Includes power supply, converter, and choice of 1/2- or 3/4-inch disruptor horn [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Sonifier SFX250 and SFX550 Features: • Advanced energy control mode delivers precise energy input in continuous or pulse modes. • True temperature control manages sample temperature within user-specified limits (requires separate temperature probe). • Control modes include time, temperature, and energy. • Continuous or pulsed ultrasonics. • High efficiency, stand-mountable converter requires no internal cooling. • Scrollable, multi-function screen with pushbuttons. • In-process feedback displays experimental progress together with key variables such as power level, energy usage, and sample temperature. • Microtip mode limits amplitude to 70% to extend tool life. • Amplitude control range from 10 to 100%. • Powerful 20 kHz ultrasonics. • Up to 20 stored programs. Programmable parameters include continuous or pulsed ultrasonics; time, energy, or temperature control modes; pulse on-time/energy, off-time and total on-time/energy; or amplitude as a percentage. [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Ultimate Control and Ease of Use

All SFX Series Sonifiers feature a digital, intuitive interface flanked by easy-to-use push buttons. The screen and buttons provide one-touch access to all control parameters and modes of operation. ♦ Advanced control modes. In Energy Mode, the SFX Series power supply manages the processing cycle to deliver a precise, user-determined input of ultrasonic energy (measured in joules), either continuously or pulsed. The SFX Series automatically compensates for any variability, extending or shortening the cycle as needed to deliver the precise energy output. ♦ True temperature control. (Requires separate temperature probe.) With true temperature control, the SFX Series power supply maintains the temperature of the sample to within a user-specified range, automatically adjusting the ultrasonic pulse length to regulate the temperature rise and prevent overheating. ♦ Sample-processing programs. For assured repeatability and precision on a greater scale, the SFX Series enables users to create and store up to 20 sample-processing programs. Program parameters include continuous or pulsed ultrasonics; time, energy, or temperature control modes; pulse on-time/energy, off-time, and total on-time/energy; or amplitude as a percentage. ♦ Process monitoring. In operation, Sonifier SFX Seriesmonitors ongoing processes on a scrollable, digital screen, providing continuous updates of key variables including power level, energy usage, sample temperature, and experiment progress. [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Sonifier SFX Series: Tips and Accessories Sonifier SFX Series can be equipped with a wide range of specialized tools and accessories to meet specific application requirements.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text](1) Disruptor horns: These horns are design to process a wide variety of applications and are available in standard sizes ranging from 1/2" to 1" in diameter. (2) Micro tips: These smaller, high-intensity tips are ideal for processing smaller samples in Eppendorf vials or similar vessels. Available in stepped or tapered designs, with sizes ranging from 1/8" to 1/4". (3) Cup horn: These specialized horns permit high-intensity sound to be applied to multiple samples without direct horn contact. Available in 2.0" or 3.0" diameters (3.0" for SFX550 only). (4) Flow-through horn: These horns offer the ability to pass a process liquid through an intense energy field within the horn itself. Dual ported horns permit the emulsification of two dissimilar liquids in controlled, continuous proportions. (5) Continuous flow attachment: This temperature-controlled chamber permits continuous processing of a flowing liquid through a high-intensity ultrasonic field. (6) Sealed atmosphere treatment chamber: These specialty horns have been developed to handle noxious or hazardous samples while isolating them from incidental contact or to contain reactants for metric evaluation.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] Rosette Cell: Branson’s Rosette Cell provides a unique flow pattern of substances for exposure to ultrasonic energy during circulation through the cell. When it is immersed in a cooling bath, the enlarged glass surface area and circulation through the side arms provide an efficient means of heat exchange. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] Acoustic Enclosure: Operating a Sonifier® SFX Series in the Soundproof Enclosure can minimize mechanical noise produced by ultrasonic processing. The sturdy cabinet is lined with waterproof, sound-absorbing material, which is impervious to most solutions or laboratory reagents and can be easily cleaned. A fully-transparent door enables viewing of the process while limiting the noise to an acceptable level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] Stand and Converter Holder: The support stand with stainless steel rod accommodates Branson’s 20 kHz converter. The converter holder supports the ultrasonic stack (converter and horn) and is easily adjusted to properly position the horn in the sample.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Part Number Description Input Power Output Power Dimensions Weight
101-063-966R SFX250 with 1/2" Horn 240V CE 250 Watts 318 x 191 x 235mm (LxWxH) 14 lbs.
101-063-971R SFX550 with 1/2" Horn 550 Watts
101-063-970R SFX550 with 3/4" Horn
 [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Accessories Ordering Information:
Order Number: Description:
200-060-022R Temperature probe
101-063-275 Acoustic enclosure (20-25 dB reduction)
101-147-037R 1/2" diameter stepped disruptor horn
101-147-043 3/4" disruptor horn with solid tip
101-147-035R 3/4" diameter high-gain horn
101-147-044 1" stepped, solid horn
101-146-171 Continuous flow attachment
101-147-046 Cup horn, flow-through, 1"
101-147-047 Cup horn, flow-through, 2" (requires adapter stud 100-098-249)
101-147-048 Cup horn, flow-through, 3"
100-098-249 Adapter stud
101-148-013 Replacement tip for 1/2" tapped horn(1/4-20 thread)
101-147-049 Extension 1/2" diameter with replaceable tip (101-148-013)
101-148-062 Tapered 1/8" diameter microtip for 1/2" tapped horn
101-148-069 Tapered 3/16" diameter microtip for 1/2" tapped horn
101-148-070 Tapered 1/4" diameter microtip for 1/2" tapped horn
101-063-212 Double step 1/8" diameter microtip with coupler for direct attachment to the converter
101-147-050 Double step microtip, coupler portion only
101-148-063 Double step microtip, microtip portion only
101-063-1108 Lab stand with 1/2" rod
101-063-1110 20 kHz converter mount for 1/2" lab stand
101-135-066R 20 kHz 102-C converter
101-118-039 Spanner wrench (qty. 1 – requires 2)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Sonifier SFX150

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Branson SFX150 Sonifier®

Overview: The Sonifier® SFX150 is part of the new lineup of Sonifiers from Branson, designed to bring the industry’s most advanced sample-processing capabilities to your laboratory. Geared toward low-volume samples ranging from 0.2 to 150 mL, the Sonifier SFX150 delivers up to 150 watts of power. And at 40 kHz, it’s quiet enough to operate on a lab bench without a sound enclosure. Because it is available with either a conventional or a handheld converter, you can use the SFX150 in a stack configuration to process longer-duration samples, or process samples quickly by hand using the comfortable, ergonomically-designed handheld converter. ♦ Handheld Converter. Branson’s exclusive handheld converter is designed with the user in mind. The handheld converter offers an ergonomic grip for comfort and control, and a recessed pushbutton and LED indicator for assured operation. ♦ Energy Mode. In Energy Mode, the SFX Series power supply manages the processing cycle to deliver a precise, user-determined input of ultrasonic energy (measured in joules), either continuously or in individual pulses. The SFX Series automatically compensates for any variability, extending or shortening the cycle as needed to deliver the precise energy output. ♦ Process monitoring. In operation, Sonifier SFX Series monitors ongoing processes on a scrollable, digital screen, providing continuous updates of key variables including power level, energy usage, sample temperature, and experiment progress. ♦  Sample-processing programs. For assured repeatability and precision on a greater scale, the SFX Series enables users to create and store up to 20 sampleprocessing programs. Program parameters include continuous or pulsed ultrasonics; time, energy, or temperature control modes; pulse on-time/energy, off-time and total on-time/energy; or amplitude as a percentage. Features: • 40 kHz ultrasonics for quiet, tabletop operation. • Sample sizes from 0.2 to 150ml. • High efficiency, handheld and stand-mountable converters require no internal cooling. • Scrollable, multi-function screen with pushbuttons. • Continuous or pulsed ultrasonics. • Amplitude control range from 10 to 100%. • Microtip mode limits amplitude to 70% to extend tool life. • Control modes include time, temperature, and energy. • True temperature control manages sample temperature within user-specified limits (requires separate temperature probe). • In-process feedback displays experiment progress together with key variables such as power level, energy usage, and elapsed time. • Advanced energy control mode delivers precise energy input in continuous or pulse modes. • Programmable parameters include continuous or pulsed ultrasonics; time, energy, or temperature* control modes; pulse on-time/energy, off-time and total time/energy; or amplitude as a percentage. (*requires optional temperature probe) [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Part Number Description Input Power Output Power Dimensions Weight
101-063-963R SFX150 with Traditional Converter 240V CE 150 Watts 318 x 191 x 235mm (LxWxH) 14 lbs.
101-063-1097R SFX150 with Handheld Converter
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Sonifier SFX Series: Tips and Accessories The Sonifier SFX Series can be equipped with a wide range of specialized tools and accessories to meet specific application requirements.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] Cup Horn: This specialized horn permits high intensity sound to be applied to multiple samples without direct horn contact. 3.0" diameter only. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] Micro Tips: These smaller, high intensity tips are ideal for processing smaller samples in Eppendorf vials or similar vessels. Available in stepped or tapered designs. Sizes range from 3/32" to 1/4". [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] 40 kHz Traditional Converter: Used in a stand or acoustic sound enclosure, the traditional converter is designed for longer-duration samples.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] Rosette Cell: Branson’s Rosette Cell provides a unique flow pattern of substances for exposure to ultrasonic energy during circulation through the cell. When it is immersed in a cooling bath, the enlarged glass surface area and circulation through the side arms provide an efficient means of heat exchange. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] Acoustic Enclosure: Operating a Sonifier® SFX Series in the Soundproof Enclosure can minimize mechanical noise produced by ultrasonic processing. The sturdy cabinet is lined with waterproof, sound-absorbing material, which is impervious to most solutions or laboratory reagents and can be easily cleaned. A fully-transparent door enables viewing of the process while limiting the noise to an acceptable level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] Stand and Converter Holder: The support stand with stainless steel rod accommodates Branson’s 40 kHz traditional converter. The converter holder supports the ultrasonic stack (converter and microtip) and is easily adjusted to properly position the microtip in the sample.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Stomacher 400 Circulator

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

The world’s leading laboratory paddle blender for food microbiologists

Manufactured to industrial standards the Circulator allows for easy and effective processing of multiple samples, without the risk of cross contamination. The Stomacher® owing to the quality of build and components, is highly durable and reliable, ensuring consistent homogenisation during frequent use. The digital control panel provides simple control of processing features such as paddle speed and processing time, essential for consistent results. These features are programmable for repeatable homogenisation protocols. Globally referenced by thousands of protocols in food microbiology, the Stomacher® 400 Circulator is the gold standard in laboratory blenders. The unique patented Circulator paddle design improves organism recovery over older square paddle designs by enhancing the stirring and extrusion forces applied to the sample, driving more organisms into suspension for analysis.

WHY the Stomacher® 400 Circulator

  • Improved organism recovery with the patented curved shape of the Circulator paddles over older square paddle designs
  • No risk of cross contamination between samples
  • Durable and reliable
  • Control panel with programmable settings or ‘hands-free’ auto-run
  • Countdown of processing time
  • Removable door for easy cleaning of paddle chamber
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Patented Circular paddle design [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]The Stomacher® Bag Range has been designed to fulfil all applications from blending, stirring and storage of samples, with no risk of cross contamination between samples. The Stomacher® 400 Bag Range caters for both the Circulator bag (round-bottom) designed bags, and the Classic (square-bottomed) for the older square paddle designed Stomachers®. Our Stomacher® bags are made from high quality food grade virgin LDPE granule,extruded to 65µm film thickness. All Stomacher® Bags are irradiated sterile. A certificate or irridiation is available upon request. Only genuine Stomacher® Bags carry the Seward quality mark.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Model Stomacher 400 Circulator
Cat. No. 0400/001/EU
Dimensions 330x355x300mm (WxDxH) (unpacked)
Weight 23kg (unpacked)
Supply Voltage 220-250V
Supply Frequency 50-60Hz
Disposable Bag Size 177mm x 304mm
Minimum Recommended Capacity 80ml
Maximum Recommended Capacity 400ml
Maximum Recommended Sample Temperature 60°C
Recommended Operating Ambient Temperature Range 10-35°C
Recommended Operating Relative Humidity Range 10-89%
Adjustable Timer Settings 0 seconds - 99 minutes 59 seconds (±5%)
No Load Paddle Speeds (@ nominal 20°C) 200rpm (±5%) 230rpm (±5%) 260rpm (±5%)
Paddle Clearance 0-10mm
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]400 Circulator Bags:
Product Code Bag Type Bag Size Sample Size Pack Quantity
BA61411 Standard Bag 177 x 305mm 80-400ml 500 (sachets of 50)
BA6141ARV Standard Bag 177 x 305mm 80-400ml 1000 (sachets of 50)
BA6141/CLR Closure Bag 177 x 305mm 80-400ml 250 (sachets of 10)
BA6141/STR Strainer Bag 177 x 305mm 80-400ml 250 (sachets of 10)
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]400 Classic Bags:
Product Code Bag Type Bag Size Sample Size Pack Quantity
BA6041 Standard Bag 177 x 305mm 80-400ml 500 (sachets of 50)
BA6041ARV Standard Bag 177 x 305mm 80-400ml 1000 (sachets of 50)
BA6041/CLR Closure Bag 177 x 305mm 80-400ml 250 (sachets of 10)
BA6041/STR Strainer Bag 177 x 305mm 80-400ml 200 (sachets of 10)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]Accessories:
Product Code Bag Type Sample Size Pack Dimensions
BA6095 Stomacher® 400 Bag Opener 1 Place 15.5 x 11.5 x 27cm
BA6091 Stomacher® 400 Bag Rack 1 Place 8 x 10.5 x 19cm
BA6096 Stomacher® 400 Bag Rack 10 Place 35 x 22 x 10cm
BA6051 Simplettes® Disposable straws 2000 41 x 22.5 x 14cm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

EM Series Electromantles

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

(more…)

EMA Heating and Stirring Electromantles

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

EMA Heating and Stirring Electromantles

The EMA Electromantle shares all the features of the standard EM Electromantle, but has the added functionality of magnetic stirring. The solid state stirring circuitry is built into the base of the main housing and provides powerful stirring over a range of capacities and viscosities. The stir bar is seldom lost due to our "auto-recapture" function. Magnetic Stirring The EMA Electromantle has the added functionality of stirring which widens the range of applications. Stirring operation is simply achieved by placing the correct size stir bar into the flask, turning the stir control to the minimum speed and ramping up slowly. If the magnetic coupling to the stir bar is lost for any reason, the stir speed control should be reduced slightly and the auto-recapture switch can be activated. Key Features • Accepts round bottom flasks from 50ml to 2 litres capacity • Bi-directional stirring speeds up to 520rpm • Stir bar "auto-recapture" function • "Cool-to-touch" design • Maximum element temperature 450°C • Built-in energy regulator • Replaceble insulated heater cartridge • Indicator lamps for power and heater operation • A chemically resistant polypropylene outer casing • A grounded earth screen and double fuses for extra safety • Bracket for 1.3cm support rods (but not including the support rods)   [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
EMA Model EMA0050, EMA0100, EMA0250 EMA0500, EMA1000 EMA2000
Flask capacity 50ml - 250ml 500 - 1000ml 2000ml
Material Polypropylene outer casing Polypropylene outer casing Polypropylene outer casing
Max element temperature 450°C 450°C 450°C
Dimensions (d x w x h), mm 260 x 175 x 133 310 x 238 x 157 400 x 350 x 197
Shipping weight, kg 1.73 2.75 5.68
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Model Capacity Electrical Requirements
EMA0050/CEB 50ml 230v 50 / 60Hz, 80w UK and EU plug
EMA0100/CEB 100ml 230v 50 / 60Hz, 80w UK and EU plug
EMA0250/CEB 250ml 230v 50 / 60Hz, 170w UK and EU plug
EMA0500/CEB 500ml 230v 50 / 60Hz, 220w UK and EU plug
EMA1000/CEB 1000ml 230v 50 / 60Hz, 320w UK and EU plug
EMA2000/CEB 2000ml 230v 50 / 60Hz, 520w UK and EU plug
  [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Cimarec+ Stirring Hotplates Series

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Hotplate & Stirrer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4208,4209,4210,4211" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Our new Thermo Scientific™ Cimarec+™ series digital stirring hotplates offer precise stirring control, exceptional safety and temperature performance for your routine protocols. The Cimarec+ Series are available in three sizes, providing flexibility from microscale chemistries to production operations. Advanced technology

  • Stir-Trac features innovative engineering for slow-speed stirring, consistent speed control, and strong magnetic coupling
  • Temperature adjustable in 1 degree increments
  • Hot Top warning system protects from accidental burns with prominent display when heating surface is above 50°C (122°F)
Flexible, robust design
  • Top plate choices in ceramic or aluminum
  • Easy-to-read LED display for heating and stirring, besides 4"x 4" Hotplate Stirrer, which has digital temperature and analog stirring control.
  • Raised display design protects electronics from spills
  • Optional temperature probe and splash guard protection shield
  • Variable sizes for different sample volumes
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Model No. SP88854105 SP88857105 SP88850105
Speed 50 to 1,500rpm 50 to 1,500rpm 50 to 1,500rpm
Temperature Range (Metric) 540°C (Max Temperature) 540°C (Max Temperature) 400°C (Max Temperature)
Surface Area (English) Heating 4.25 x 4.25 in. 7.25 x 7.25 in. 10.25 x 10.25 in.
Surface Area (Metric) Heating 10.8 x 10.8cm 18.4 x 18.4cm 26.0 x 26.0cm
Top Plate Material Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic
Voltage 230V 230V 230V
Hertz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz
Certifications/Compliance cCSAus, CE cCSAus, CE cCSAus, CE
Shipping Weight (English) 8.4 lb. 11.2 lb. 16.5 lb.
Shipping Weight (Metric) 3.8kg 5.1kg 7.5kg
Stirring Range 50 to 1,500rpm 50 to 1,500rpm 50 to 1,500rpm
Dimensions (L x W x H) 10 x 5 x 3.6 in. (25.4 x 12.7 x 9.1cm) 13 x 8.2 x 3.8 in. (33 x 20.8 x 9.7cm) 16.2 x 11.3 x 4 in. (41.1 x 28.7 x 10.2cm)
Electrical Requirements 230V 50/60Hz 230V 50/60Hz 230V 50/60Hz
Plug Type EU/UK/AUS/CHN-style EU EU
Max. Temperature (Metric) 540°C 540°C 400°C
Type Hotplate & Stirrer Hotplate & Stirrer Hotplate & Stirrer
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Cimarec+ Hotplate series

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Hotplate & Stirrer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Our new Thermo Scientific™ Cimarec+™ hotplate series offers exceptional safety and temperature performance for your routine protocols. The Cimarec+ Series are available in three sizes, providing flexibility from microscale chemistries to production operations. Advanced technology

  • Temperature adjustable in 1 degree increments
  • Hot Top warning system protects from accidental burns with prominent display when heating surface is above 50°C (122°F)
Flexible, robust design
  • Top plate choices in ceramic or aluminum
  • Easy-to-read LED display for heating
  • Raised display design protects electronics from spills
  • Optional temperature probe and splash guard protection shield
  • Variable sizes for different sample volumes
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specificatons:
Model No. HP88854105 HP88857105 HP88850105
Temperature Range (Metric) 540°C (Max Temperature) 540°C (Max Temperature) 540°C (Max Temperature)
Max. Temperature (Metric) 540°C 540°C 400°C
Voltage 230V 230V 230V
Top Plate Material Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic
Surface Area (English) Heating 4.25 x 4.25 in. 7.25 x 7.25 in. 10.25 x 10.25 in.
Surface Area (Metric) Heating 10.8 x 10.8cm 18.4 x 18.4cm 26.0 x 26.0cm
Hertz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz
Certifications/Compliance cCSAus, CE cCSAus, CE cCSAus, CE
Dimensions (L x W x H) 10 x 5 x 3.6 in. (25.4 x 12.7 x 9.1cm) 13 x 8.2 x 3.8 in. (33 x 20.8 x 9.7cm) 16.2 x 11.3 x 4 in. (41.1 x 28.7 x 10.2cm)
Electrical Requirements 230V 50/60Hz 230V 50/60Hz 230V 50/60Hz
Weight (English) 6.8 lb. 10.8 lb. 16.0 lb.
Weight (Metric) 3.1kg 4.9kg 7.3kg
Type Hotplates Hotplate Hotplate
  [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text] ZWY-2102C [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text] ZWY-2112B[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text] Double Layer Shaking Frame [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] These LABWIT double layer shaking incubators are specially developed for the modern biological engineering departments; a big capacity of flasks but with small footprint. These incubators have a smooth compact design. They are very efficient and have an excellent floor space/performance factor. Two trays above each other, double the capacity for smaller flasks, while after removing the top tray, big flasks can also be used on the bottom tray (Shaking frame upgrade required). These unit are particularly ideal for fermentation and pharmacy experiments. While they are also widely used where a big amount of liquid needed to be mixed at with constant temperature. Features: Microprocessor controller with audible and visual alarms maintains precise temperature and speed control. Users friendly control panel allows easy digital setting of time, temperature and speed. Large LCD display presents all actual and preset parameters. Electronic timer, from 0 – 500 hours, automatic stop, audio/ visual alarm. Password protection against unauthorized change of parameters. Audible and visual alarms for over-temperature and set point deviations. Non-volatile memory for set point retention after a power interruption. Large double-fold tempered glass window, together with fluorescent lights provides complete visibility of chamber interior. “Long-Life” brushless AC motor creates a smooth, quiet and uniformed shaking motion. Mirror-finished high quality #304 stainless steel for excellent durability of interiors. Standard shaking frame and standard stainless steel tray included, but without clamps. Vertical double trays for big capacity, though small footprint. Lockable outer door (on ZWY-1112B/2112B. ZWF-1112/2112) protects the materials against unauthorized access at all times.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Flask (ml) 50ml 100ml 250ml 500ml 750ml 1000ml 2000ml 3000ml 5000ml
ZWY-1102C/2102C 56 56 28 22 18 6* 3* 2* 2*
ZWY-1102/2102 104 104 56 44 30 24 7* 6* 4*
ZWY-1112B/2112B 164 164 90 74 52 36 13* 8* 6*
ZWF-1112/2112 164 164 90 76 48 44 12* 8* 6*
*Applies only when single layer shaking frame is equipped.
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Model ZWY-1102C ZWY-2102C ZWY-1102 ZWY-2102 ZWY-1112B ZWY-2112B ZWF-1112 ZWF-2112
Volume (L) 170 330 580 580
Shaking Mode Oribtal Orbital Orbital Reciprocal
Temperature (°C) A +5 to 60 4 to 60 A +5 to 60 4 to 60 A +5 to 60 4 to 60 A +5 to 60 4 to 60
Temperature Accuracy ±0.1°C
Temperature Uniformity ≤±1°C@37°C
Stroke (mm) 26 26 35 1 to 50 Stepless Adjustment
Speed (rpm) 30-300 30-300 30-300 30-240
Tray (mm) (WxD) 496x350 734x458 970x560 940x580
Inner dimensions (mm) (WxDxH) 615x450x640 845x530x765 1105x850x664 1105x850x664
Exteriro dimensions (mm) (WxDxH) 720x685x1310 950x755x1445 1430x880x1700 1430x880x1700
Packing dimensions (mm) (WxDxH) 790x755x1470 1020x825x1605 1500x950x1860 1500x950x1860
Net/Gross Weight (kg) 150/175 165/190 225/265 235/272 425/505 456/536 455/535 486/562
Power (W) 1000 1250 1050 1300 1600 1950 1600 1950
Electricity 220-240V 50/60Hz
Approval CE, ISO
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Order no. Description
ZWY-1102C 170L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator A+5-60, 30-300rpm
ZWY-2102C 170L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator 4-60, 30-300rpm
ZWY-1102 330L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator A+5-60, 30-300rpm
ZWY-2102 330L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator 4-60, 30-300rpm
ZWY-1112B 580L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator A+5-60, 30-300rpm
ZWY-2112B 580L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator 4-60, 30-300rpm
ZWF-1112 580L, Economic Reciprocal Double Layer Shaking Incubator A+5-60, 30-240rpm
ZWF-2112 580L, Economic Reciprocal Double Layer Shaking Incubator 4-60, 30-240rpm
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Optional Accessories:
Order  no. Description Order no. Description
P5001 Frame for ZWY-1102C/2102C, ZWYR-2102C, Stl S/C # P8002 T Clamp, S/S, for 100ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
 P5002 Frame for ZWY-1102/2102, ZWYR-2102, S/C  P8013 T Clamp, S/S, for 150ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
 P5003 Frame for ZWY-1112B/2112B, ZWYR-2112B, Stl S/C  P8003 T Clamp, S/S, for 250ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
 P6010 Tray for ZWY-1102C/2102C, ZWYR-2102C, S/S※ P8014 T Clamp, S/S, for 300ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
 P6011 Tray for ZWY-1102/2102, ZWYR-2102, S/S  P8004 T Clamp, S/S, for 500ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
 P6012 Tray for ZWY-1112B/2112B, ZWYR-2112B, S/S P8005 T Clamp, S/S, for 750ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
 P6013 Tray for ZWF-1112/2112, ZWFR-2112, S/S  P8006 T Clamp, S/S, for 1000ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
 P7011 Universal Tray for ZWY-1102C/2102C, ZWYR-2102C P8007 T Clamp, Spring S/S, for 2000ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
 P7012 Universal Tray for ZWY-1102/2102, ZWYR-2102, Ful Pcs P8008 T Clamp, Spring S/S, for 3000ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
 P7013 Universal Tray for ZWY-1112B/2112B, ZWYR-2112B, Ful Pcs  P8009 T Clamp, Spring S/S, for 5000ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
 P7014 Universal Tray for ZWF-1112/2112, ZWFR-2112, Ful Pcs P8010 Tube Rack S/S
 P7023 Universal Tray for All Double Layer Model, 1/2 Pcs  P8011 Tube Rack ABS Plastic
 P8001 T Clamp, S/S, for 50ml Flask, with Spring Retainer  P8012 Clamp for 96 Well MicroPlate, S/S
# Stl S/C:Spray Coated Steel, ※ S/S: Stainless Steel P8017 Sticky Mat, 20 x 20cm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Incu-Shaker 10LR Shaking Incubator with cooling

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4158,4151" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Incu-Shaker™ 10L is a heavy-duty performer, designed for heavy workloads and continuous use. Its outstanding temperature accuracy and uniformity are supported by proprietary heat distribution technology that ensures that temperatures are precisely maintained throughout the chamber. Inconsistencies due to stratification are reduced to negligible levels and the selected temperature is precisely maintained within 0.25%, even in the corners. The powerful brushless induction drive is designed for years of trouble-free service, even under continuous use conditions with heavy loads. Noise and vibration are minimized by an advanced, computer designed motor isolation system. Like other Incu-Shaker models, the 10L is built to last. A standard, rubber mat platform is included and is ideal for use with tissue culture flasks, Petri dishes, staining trays and other flat vessels. The convenient MAGic Clamp™ platformis also available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique, magnetic attachment method (PATENTED) is the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes.

  • Large 18 x 18", up to 5 x 2L
  • Exceptional temperature uniformity
  • Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
  • Instantly change flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories
  • Optional shelf for Petri dishes, microplates, etc.
  • Incu-Shaker 10LR (Refrigerated) for temperatures down to RT -15°C
Specifications:
Speed: Variable, 30 to 300 rpm
Orbit: 19mm / 3/4 in.
Temp. Range (10LR): Room Temp. -15°C to 60°C
Temp. Increment: 0.1°C
Temp. Accuracy: ±0.1°C
Temp. Uniformity: ±1.25°C
Speed Increment: 1 rpm
Platform Dimensions: 17.8 x 17.8 in./ 45 x 45 cm
Dimensions: (w x d x h) 20 x 26 x 19 in. / 51 x 65 x 47 cm
Dimensions (10LR): (w x d x h) 20 x 31 x 22 in. / 51 x 79 x 56 cm
Weight (10LR): 120 lbs (55kg)
Height, Lid Open: 38 in. / 96.5 cm
Timer: 1 min. to 48 hours / continuous
Electrical: 115 or 230V, 50-60Hz, 450W
[/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/cTQ77Jblh2s" el_width="80" align="center" title="MAGic Clamp"][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Order No.: Description:
H1012-E Incu-Shaker 10LR (Refrigerated) with flat mat platform
Optional Platforms
H1010-MR MAGic Clamp™ universal platform for flasks and tube racks (18 x 18 in.)
H1010-P-SP Spring platform for unique vessel types
H1010-P-MP 6 x microplate platform
H1010-SH Optional shelf, 14 x 5,5" for Petri dishes, microplates, etc.
MAGic Clamp Flask Clamps
H1000-MR-CMB ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 16x500, 25x250 or 36x125ml)
H1000-MR-25 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 25ml, max.49
H1000-MR-50 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.49
H1000-MR125 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.36
H1000-MR-250 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max.25
H1000-MR-500 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max.16
H1000-MR-1000 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1L, max. 9
H1000-MR-2000 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2L, max.5
H1000-MR-3000 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2.8L, max.4
H1000-MR-MP Clamp for 1 x microplate for H1000-MR, max. 6
MAGic Clamp Tube/Bottle Racks
H1000-MR-1550 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 30x15ml & 20x50ml, max. 4
H1000-MR-T15 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 8
H1000-MR-T50 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 8
H1000-MR-T600 Bottle Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500/600ml bottle, max. 4
H1000-MR-TSR Tilted holder for 15ml and 50ml tube racks, max 8
  [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Incu-Shaker 10L Shaking Incubator

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4154,4151" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Incu-Shaker™ 10L is a heavy-duty performer, designed for heavy workloads and continuous use. Its outstanding temperature accuracy and uniformity are supported by proprietary heat distribution technology that ensures that temperatures are precisely maintained throughout the chamber. Inconsistencies due to stratification are reduced to negligible levels and the selected temperature is precisely maintained within 0.25%, even in the corners. The powerful brushless induction drive is designed for years of trouble-free service, even under continuous use conditions with heavy loads. Noise and vibration are minimized by an advanced, computer designed motor isolation system. Like other Incu-Shaker models, the 10L is built to last. A standard, rubber mat platform is included and is ideal for use with tissue culture flasks, Petri dishes, staining trays and other flat vessels. The convenient MAGic Clamp™ platform is also available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique, magnetic attachment method (PATENTED) is the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes.

  • Large 18 x 18", up to 5 x 2L
  • TOUCH screen control over time, speed and temperature
  • Exceptional temperature uniformity
  • Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
  • Instantly change flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories
  • Optional shelf for Petri dishes, microplates, etc.
Specifications:
Speed: Variable, 30 to 300 rpm
Orbit: 19mm / 3/4 in.
Temp. Range: Room Temp. +5 to 60°C
Temp. Increment: 0.1°C
Temp. Accuracy: ±0.1°C
Temp. Uniformity: ±1.25°C
Speed Increment: 1 rpm
Platform Dimensions: 17.8 x 17.8 in./ 45 x 45 cm
Dimensions: (w x d x h) 20 x 26 x 19 in. / 51 x 65 x 47 cm
Weight: 120 lbs (55kg)
Height, Lid Open: 38 in. / 96.5 cm
Timer: 1 min. to 48 hours / continuous
Electrical: 115 or 230V, 50-60Hz, 450W
[/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/cTQ77Jblh2s" el_width="80" align="center" title="MAGic Clamp"][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Order no.: Description:
H2010-E Incu-Shaker 10L with flat mat platform
Optional Platforms
H1010-MR MAGIc Clamp universal platform for flasks and tube racks (18 x 18 in.)
H1010-P-SP Spring platform for unique vessel types
H1010-P-MP 6 x microplate platform
H1010-SH Optional shelf, 14 x 5,5" for Petri dishes, microplates, etc
MAGic Clamp Flask Clamps
H1000-MR-CMB ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 16x500, 25x250 or 36x125ml)
H1000-MR-25 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 25ml, max.49
H1000-MR-50 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.49
H1000-MR-125 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.36
H1000-MR-250 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max.25
H1000-MR-500 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max.16
H1000-MR-1000 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1L, max. 9
H1000-MR-2000 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2L, max.5
H1000-MR-3000 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2.8L, max.4
H1000-MR-MP Clamp for 1 x microplate for H1000-MR, max. 6
MAGic Clamp Tube/Bottle Racks
H1000-MR-1550 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 30x15ml & 20x50ml, max. 4
H1000-MR-T15 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 8
H1000-MR-T50 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 8
H1000-MR-T600 Bottle Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500/600ml bottle, max. 4
H1000-MR-T15H Tube Rack, 12x1.5ml horizontal, max. 6
H1000-MR-T150H Tube Rack, 4x15ml horizontal, max. 8
H1000-MR-T50H Tube Rack, 2x50ml horizontal, max. 8
H1000-MR-TSR Tilted holder for 15ml and 50ml tube racks, max 8
  [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

EMV and EMX Electromantles: V-shaped and spill-proof

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

EMV and EMX Electromantles: V-shaped and spill-proof

EMX Spill-proof Electromantles and EMV V-shaped Electromantles may accommodate 60° funnels, pear-shaped or round bottom flasks. They have been designed to accept a large range of flasks and funnel sizes for added flexibility. The stainless steel screen on all EMV models covers the heater element to protect you from shock hazards due to spills or flask breakage. The EMX models feature a stainless steel liner over the heating element to provide additional electrical and mechanical protection against spills and ensures easier cleaning. Key Features of EMV V-shaped models • Bottom opening accommodates round bottom and pear-shaped flasks and 60° funnels of various diameters • Capacity between 10ml to 5 litres • Coiled heating element, suspended within a thermal insulating cartridge, provides maximum heat transfer and support • "Cool-to-touch" outer casing • Maximum element temperature 450°C • Built-in energy regulator • Replaceable insulated heater cartridge • Indicator lamps for power and heater operation • Chemically resistant polypropylene outer casing • Grounded earth screen and double fuses for added safety • Bracket for 1.3cm support rods (but not including support rods) Key Features of EMX Spill-proof models • Bottom opening accommodates round bottom and pear-shaped flasks and 60° funnels of various diameters • Capacity between 500ml to 5 litres • Coiled heating element, suspended within a thermal insulating cartridge, provides maximum heat transfer and support • "Cool-to-touch" outer casing • Maximum element temperature 450°C • Built-in energy regulator • Replaceable insulated heater cartridge • Indicator lamps for power and heater operation • Chemically resistant polypropylene outer casing • Double fuses for added safety • Grounded earth stainless steel liner to provide additional spill-proof protection • Bracket for 1.3cm support rods (but not including support rods)
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
EMX / EMV Model EMV0050 EMV0250 EMV1000, EMX1000 EMV5000, EMX5000
Flask capacity 10 - 50ml 100 - 250ml 500 - 1000ml 2000 - 5000ml
Funnel Sizes 50 - 75mm 75 - 100mm 100 - 200mm 200 - 300mm
Max element temperature 450°C 450°C 450°C 450°C
Dimensions (d x w x h) 260 x 175 x 127mm 260 x 175 x 127mm 310 x 238 x 145mm 400 x 350 x 190
Shipping Weight 0.78kg 0.78kg 2.76kg 5.96kg
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]EMV Series Ordering Information:
Model Capacity Electrical Requirement
EMV0050/CE 10 to 50ml 230V 50 / 60Hz, 60w UK and EU plug
EMV0250/CE 100 to 250ml 230V 50 / 60Hz, 150w UK and EU plug
EMV1000/CE 500 to 1000ml 230V 50 / 60Hz, 300w UK and EU plug
EMV5000/CE 2000 to 5000ml 230V 50 / 60Hz, 800w UK and EU plug
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]EMX Series Ordering Information:
Model Capacity Electrical Requirement
EMX1000/SCE 500 to 1000ml 230v 50/ 60Hz, 240w UK and EU plug
EMX5000/SCE 2000 to 5000ml 230v 50/ 60Hz, 600w UK and EU plug
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Aspire Laboratory Aspirator

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4141,4142,4143,4144" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

The Accuris ASPIRE Laboratory Aspirator incorporates a quiet, maintenance-free pump inside a sturdy, yet compact base. The vacuum pressure is fully adjustable, with a conveniently located pressure gauge that displays the vacuum level at all times.

  • Compact Design.
  • Built-in Vacuum Pump.
  • Adjustable Vacuum Pressure.
  • Vacuum Gauge.
  • Safe and Precise Aspiration.

The ASPIRE is an ideal choice for a wide range of laboratory aspirating applications, including removal of media from tissue culture vessels or plates, and supernatants. An ergonomic, hand held controller is included, and holds standard 200 to 300ul disposable pipette tips.

The hand held controller, and adapters are made of POM (Polyoxymethylene), and fully autoclavable.

The Polycarbonate collection bottle incorporates a reliable Overflow Protection Valve that closes off the tube to the vacuum in the event of a full bottle. In addition, the replaceable in-line filter protects the vacuum pump from contaminants and any moisture that comes through the bottle. Graduations on the collection bottle indicate the amount of fluid collected and when it’s ready to be emptied. The Handheld Vacuum Controller has an ergonomic design that’s comfortable in the hand during prolonged use. Pressing the button applies the vacuum. The pipette accepts Pasteur pipettes, serological pipettes, and also comes with 2 accessory pipette cones. One cone is designed to accommodate 200/300ul pipette tips, the other has a thin, stainless steel capillary for fine control aspirating.

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:

Max. Aspiration: 14ml / sec.
Max. Flow: 15L / min.
Vacuum Range: -30 to -750mbar
Noise Level: 59.6 db
Vacuum Pump: oil free piston
Dimensions: 9.5 x 7.9 x 13.5in
Weight: 4.8 lbs / 2.2 kg
Electrical: 230V

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]The Aspire comes complete with:

•Base with internal vacuum pump
•2 Liter, polycarbonate collection bottle
•Antibacterial / hydrophobic filter
•Silicone tubing
•Handheld vacuum controller (A)
•Adapter for 200ul pipette tips (B)
•Adapter, fine tip stainless steel, 40mm (C)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Available optionally:
•Extra long, (80mm) fine tip stainless steel (D)
•8-channel adapter, fine tip stainless steel (E)
•8-channel adapter for 200ul pipette tips (F)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:

Item No. Description:
V0020-E Aspire™ Laboratory Aspirator,115V Includes base with internal vaccum pump,2L polycarbonate bottle with lid, silicon tubing, handheld vaccum controller and single channel adapters
V1002-1SL Optional single channel adapter, extra long(80mm) stainless steel (D)
V1002-8 Optional eight channel adapter for use with 200μl pipett tips(F)
V1002-S8 Optional eight channel adapter, fine tip stainless steel (E)
V1002 Handheld vaccum controller with single channel adapters (A,B,C/included)
V0020-F1 Hydrophobic filter (included)
V0020-QD Optional quick disconnect kit, includes 2 male/female attachments & silicon tubing
V0020-BOT Graduated, PC collection bottle(included)
V0020-TB Extra tubing, 1 meter

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Stripettor Ultra Pipet Controller

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4132,4138,4134,4135" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Completely redesigned with more features, greater reliability, and improved ergonomics This light, ergonomic, motorized pipet controller is designed for use with glass and plastic serological pipets from 0.5 to 100 mL. Conveniently positioned switches change operating modes and speeds quickly to handle different liquid volumes and various viscosities. Aspirating and dispensing speed is controlled through the finger triggers. When fully charged, the batteries enable up to 8 hours of continuous use. The large LCD display clearly indicates battery status, pipetting mode, and speed. Corning Stripettor Ultra Pipet Controller comes with a universal power supply, three 0.2 µm filters, 3 colored nose pieces and a wall hanger. Features: • LCD display for continuous visualization of speed, modes, and battery status • Colored nose pieces for user or application identification • Well positioned function buttons • Accessories: Universal charging adapter, 0.2 µm filter (3), nose -piece (3), wall-mounted holder[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:

Cat. No. Description
4099 Corning Stripettor Ultra Pipet Controller, with universal power supply, three 0.2 µm filters, 3 colored nose pieces and wall hanger
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Multi (Extraction) Mantles: 3 Recess Model

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

Heater EME3

 [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Heater/Stirrer EMEA3 

 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Multi (Extraction) Mantles: 3 Recess Model

The 3 place multi position (extraction) mantle has a built-in electronic controller and offers a choice of heater only (EME3) or heater/stirrer (EMEA3) combination. The vented case's unique air flow ensures the outer case remains safe to touch. For both Heater EME3 and Heater/Stirrer EMEA3 models • Individual built-in solid state electronic controls enable easy regulation of heater, while removing sparking associated with mechanical switching • Three 12.7mm diameter support rods are included • Round bottom flask capacity from 100ml to 1000ml at all 3 positions • Top cover is polypropylene and external surfaces are powder coated giving good general chemical resistance • Coiled heating element is suspended within a thermal insulating cartridge to provide maximum heat transfer and support • Earth (ground) screen encloses the heater for added safety • Individual heater cartridges are replaceable • Neon lights indicate when power is on and supplied to heaters and, if applicable, supplied to stirrers Additional Features for Heater/Stirrer EMEA3 models only • Allow the solution to be stirred and heated simultaneously • Provide stirring speeds of between 50 to 1000rpm • One stirring control operates each set of three recesses
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Material Polypropylene top on powder-coated aluminium
Max element temperature 450°C
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Heater Model Ordering Information:
Model Flask Capacity Dimensions (d x w x h), mm No. of Recesses Electrical Requirements Shipping Weight, kg
EME30100/CEB 3 x 100ml 270 x 640 x 110 3 230v 50/ 60Hz, 180W UK and EU plug 6.2
EME30250/CEB 3 x 250ml 270 x 640 x 110 3 230v 50/ 60Hz, 450W UK and EU plug 6.2
EME30500/CEB 3 x 500ml 285 x 755 x 130 3 230v 50/ 60Hz, 600W UK and EU plug 7.4
EME31000/CEB 3 x 1000ml 285 x 755 x 130 3 230v 50/ 60Hz, 900W UK and EU plug 7.4
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Heater/Stirrer Model Ordering Information:
Model Flask Capacity Dimensions (d x w x h), mm No. of Recesses Electrical Requirements Shipping Weight, kg
EMEA30100/CE 3 x 100ml 270 x 640 x 110 3 230v 50/ 60Hz, 220W UK and EU plug 7
EMEA30250/CE 3 x 250ml 270 x 640 x 110 3 230v 50/ 60Hz, 490W UK and EU plug 7
EMEA30500/CE 3 x 500ml 285 x 755 x 130 3 230v 50/ 60Hz, 640W UK and EU plug 8.4
EMEA31000/CE 3 x 1000ml 285 x 755 x 130 3 230v 50/ 60Hz, 940W UK & EU plug 8.4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

NextPette Precision Pipettes

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4124,4125,4123" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] The Accuris product development team has over 25 combined years of experience in the precision liquid handling business.  We were assigned the challenge to create a next generation pipette, to be the lightest and most ergonomic that we have ever introduced, without compromising performance or durability.

Introducing the NextPette:

  • Market leading accuracy & precision.
  • One handed volume adjustment.
  • Convenient volume lock.
  • Easily visible, 4 digit display.
  • Ergonomic, thumb shaped plunger button.
The NextPette development project started with feedback from a wide range of researchers and technicians.  The Accuris engineering team then set their sites on creating an ultra-lightweight, and ergonomic pipettor without any sacrifice in terms of durability, accuracy and precision.  The NextPette incorporates many significant features and advantages truly appreciated by today's research laboratories.
The easily accessible volume adjustment system reduces the time and inconvenience associated with volume selection. The uniquely positioned volume dial is located above the pipette handle, allowing for easy one handed adjustment with the user's thumb.
The volume display is located on the side of the pipettor that faces the user. Unlike traditional pipettors, the NextPette does not require a second hand to rotate the pipettor 180° to observe the display.
The NextPette also features an innovative, asymetrical designed plunger button that can be rotated to match the comfort preference of the user. This button is freely adjustable to rotate continuously between wide setting, resulting in the more traditional feel of a round, larger diameter plunger button, or to a more narrow (thumb shaped) contour preferred by the majority of researchers.
NextPette's materials and components were carefully selected to minimize weight and ensure durability and a long service life. Internal components include precision plungers made of stainless steel (1ul, 10ul, 5000, and 10,000µl models) or ceramic (20ul, 200ul, and 1000ul models) and all use durable PTFE seals. The pipettors have also been designed with service in mind. They are easy to disassemble, and seals are easy to replace. Silicone lubricant is included with each pipettor.  Recalibration can be done in the lab - no tools are required and the instruction manual includes full details on how to properly check pipetting accuracy and how to recalibrate if necessary. The entire pipettor is autoclavable at 121°C and resistant to UV exposure. All pipettes are factory calibrated in accordance with ISO 8655 standards, and include a factory calibration certificate.
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Now available: NextPette Micro and Macro Sets: [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Item No. Description Inaccuracy Imprecision Tip Size
P7700-1 NextPette™ variable volume pipette 0.1 to 1.0 μl ± 20 to 2% ± 12 to 1.2% 10 μl
P7700-10 NextPette™ variable volume pipette 0.5 to 10 μl ± 3.8 to 0.5% ± 4 to 0.5% 10 μl
P7700-20 NextPette™ variable volume pipette 2 to 20 μl ± 3 to 0.8% ± 3 to 0.8% 200 μl
P7700-100 NextPette™ variable volume pipette 10 to 100 μl ± 1.5 to 0.8% ± 1.5 to 0.8% 200 μl
P7700-200 NextPette™ variable volume pipette 20 to 200 μl ± 1.2 to 0.6% ± 1.0 to 0.6% 200 μl
P7700-1000 NextPette™ variable volume pipette 100 to 1000 μl ± 1.5 to 0.6% ± 1.0 to 0.6% 1000 μl
P7700-5M NextPette™ variable volume pipette 0.5ml to 5ml ± 0.6 to 0.5% ± 0.6 to 0.5% 5ml
P7700-10M NextPette™ variable volume pipette 1ml to 10ml ± 2.5 to 0.5% ± 2.0 to 0.5% 10ml
P7700-CAR NextPette™ carousel stand, holds 6 Nextpette pipettes
P7700-T5M 5ml pipette tips, 100/pk.
P7700-T10M 10ml pipette tips, 250/pk.
New NextPette Starter Packs, includes Carousel Stand:
P7700-S1 Includes 4 NextPettes: P7700-10, P7700-20, P7700-200, P7700-1000, and P7700-CAR Carousel
P7700-S2 Includes 4 NextPettes: P7700-200, P7700-1000, P7700-5M, P7700-10M, and P7700-CAR Carousel
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Orbi-Shaker CO²

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_images_carousel images="4086,4071" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" hide_prev_next_buttons="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text] The new Orbi-Shaker CO2 series is designed for shaking, mixing& aeration applications in extreme environments, including CO2 incubators. It can withstand temperatures from 0 to 60°C and humidity levels up to 100%. To avoid contamination, unintentional release of gas or deviations from protocol, all settings are adjusted via the included remote control module. This module can be stored outside of the chamber and connects to the shaker via a flat (1mm thickness) cable, that easily passes through a port or underneath an incubator door without compromising the seal. This allows for user adjustment of run time or mixing speed without opening the chamber door(s). The instrument is supplied with a non-slip rubber mat platform. In addition, convenient MAGic Clamp™ platforms (of multiple sizes) are also available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique magnetic attachment method (PATENTED) has been widely recognized as the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes.

  • Designed to fit and maximize capacity in most C02 incubators
  • Remote controlled, adjust settings without disrupting the CO2 environment
  • Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
  • Instantly exchange flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories (PATENTED)
Specifications:
Speed: Variable, 30 to 300 rpm
Orbit: 19mm
Max. Capacity: 5 x 1L (14 lbs / 6 kg)
Speed Increment: 1 rpm
Platform Dimensions: 13 x 12 in./ 33 x 30 cm (Included)/ 14 x 12 in./ 35 x 30 cm (MAGic Clamp)
Cord Length: 60.5 in. / 154 cm
Operating Temp. Range: 0° to +65°C
Dimensions: (w x d x h) 18.5 x 21.25 x 5 in. / 47 x 54 x 12.5 cm
Weight: 25 lbs (11.25kg)
Electrical: 120V or 230V, 50-60Hz 600W
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Item: Description:
BT4000-E OrbiShaker CO2 with flat mat platform (13x13")
BT4010-E OrbiShaker CO2 XL with flat mat platform (16x16.5")
Optional Platforms (Magic Clamp Universal)
BT3000-MR MAGic Clamp™ universal platform (for BT4000) for flasks and tube racks (14 x 12 in)
BT4010-MR MAGic Clamp™ universal platform (for XL model) for flasks and tube racks (16 x 16.5 in)
H1010-MR MAGic Clamp™ universal platform (for XL model) for flasks and tube racks (18 x 18 in)
Optional Platforms (misc.)
H1000-P-MP Dedicated platform for 4 microplates
H1000-P-MP Dedicated platform, 12 x 125ml
H1000-P-250 Dedicated platform, 8 x 250ml
H1000-P-500 Dedicated platform, 5 x 500ml
H1000-P-SP Universal Spring loaded platform, (for irregular vessels)
MAGic Clamp Flask Clamps
H1000-MR-CMB ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 9x500, 14x250 or 24x125ml)
H1000-MR-50 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.30
H1000-MR-125 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.24
H1000-MR-250 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max. 14
H1000-MR-500 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max. 9
H1000-MR-1000 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1L, max. 5
H1000-MR-2000 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2L, max. 2
H1000-MR-MP Clamp for H1000-MR, 1xmicroplate, max. 6
MAGic Clamp Tube Racks
H1000-MR-1550 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 30x15ml & 20x50ml, max. 2
H1000-MR-T15 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 3
H1000-MR-T50 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 3
H1000-MR-T50 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 3
H1000-MR-T600 Bottle Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500ml, max.1
H1000-MR-T15H Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 12x1.5/2.0ml, horizontal
H1000-MR-T150H Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 4x15ml, horizontal
H1000-MR-T500H Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 2x50ml, horizontal
H1000-MR-TSR Tilted holder for 15ml and 50ml tube racks, max 3
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Orbi-Blotter

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text] The Orbi-Blotter™ features a gentle orbital motion with speed control down to as little as 3 rpm, making it the ideal orbital choice for low speed applications, such as blotting, washing, staining/destaining, etc. A large 14×12 in. work surface is included along with a non-slip rubber mat for holding trays, dishes, plates and other flat vessels. An optional stacking platform can be purchased as an accessory, effectively doubling the usable work surface. The maintenance free, brushless motor is capable of loads up to 2kg and is safe for use in cold rooms and incubators.

  • Gentle orbital motion for gel applications
  • Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
  • Large 14 x 12" work surface
  • Variable speed control from 3 to 70 rpm
  • Incubator and cold room safe
Specifications:
Speed: Variable, 3 to 70 rpm
Orbit: 19 mm
Max. Capacity: 3 x 2L (9 lbs / 4 kg)
Platform Dimensions: 14 x 12 in./ 35 x 30 cm
Operating Temp. Range +4 to +45°C
Dimensions: (w x d x h) 14 x 12 x 8 in. 35.5 x 30.5 x 20 cm
Weight: 7.5 lbs (3.4kg)
Electrical: 120 or 230V, 50-60Hz 50W
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Item No.: Description:
BT30-E OrbiBlotter. with flat mat platform
BR2000-STACK Optional stacking platform with flat mat, 14 x 12 in.
BR2000-SP Optional stacking extender set, adds 1.25" clearance to stavking platform
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Orbi-Shaker XL

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_images_carousel images="4076,4071,4077" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" hide_prev_next_buttons="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text] The Orbi-Shaker XL offers flask capacity that far exceeds that of most benchtop models. With a large 18 x 18 inch platform and a powerful, beltless motor drive, the Orbi-Shaker XL is capable of mixing up to five 2L flasks or nine 1L flasks simultaneously. The included, non-slip rubber mat platform is ideal for low speed applications, while the convenient MAGic Clamp™ platform is also available for high speed mixing of Erlenmeyer flasks, tube racks or microplates. The MAGic Clamp™ allows for instant flask clamp exchange without the use of tools, screws or any other hardware (PATENTED).

  • Large 18 x 18", up to 5 x 2L
  • Convenient, Benchtop design
  • Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
  • Instantly change flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories (PATENTED)
Specifications:
Speed: Variable, 30 to 300 rpm
Orbit: 19mm / 3/4 in.
Max. Capacity: 5 x 2L or 9 x 1L
Max Load: 65lbs (30kg)
Speed Increment: 1 rpm
Platform Dimensions: 17.8 x 17.8 in./ 45 x 45 cm
Dimensions: (w x d x h) 18.5 x 21.25 x 5 in. / 47 x 54 x 12.5 cm
Weight: 65lbs (30kg)
Electrical: 115 or 230V, 50-60Hz, 450W
[/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/cTQ77Jblh2s" el_width="80" align="center" title="MAGic Clamp"][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Item No.: Description:
BT1010-E Orbi-Shaker XL with flat mat platform
Optional Platforms
H1010-MR MAGic Clamp™ universal platform for flasks and tube racks (18 x 18 in.)
H1000-P-SP Universal spring platform for unique vessel types
H1000-P-MP Dedicated platform for 4 microplates
MAGic Clamp Flask Clamps
H1000-MR-CMB ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 9x500, 14x250 or 24x125ml)
H1000-MR-50 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.30
H1000-MR-125 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.24
H1000-MR-250 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max. 14
H1000-MR-500 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max. 9
H1000-MR-1000 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1L, max. 5
H1000-MR-2000 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2L, max. 2
H1000-MR-MP Clamp for H1000-MR, 1xmicroplate, max. 6
MAGic Clamp Tube Racks
H1000-MR-1550 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 30x15ml & 20x50ml, max. 2
H1000-MR-T15 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 3
H1000-MR-T50 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 3
H1000-MR-T50 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 3
H1000-MR-T600 Bottle Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500ml, max.1
H1000-MR-T15H Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 12x1.5/2.0ml, horizontal
H1000-MR-T150H Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 4x15ml, horizontal
H1000-MR-T500H Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 2x50ml, horizontal
H1000-MR-TSR Tilted holder for 15ml and 50ml tube racks, max 3
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Orbi-Shaker

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_images_carousel images="4072,4071" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" hide_prev_next_buttons="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text] The powerful Orbi-Shaker is capable of mixing a 14lb load capacity up to speeds as high as 300 rpm. The standard platform (included) features a non-slip, rubber coated surface, ideal for tissue culture flasks, petri dishes and staining trays. The convenient MAGic Clamp™ platform (PATENT PENDING) is also available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique, magnetic attachment method (PATENTED) is the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes.

  • High capacity, up to 9 x 500ml, 5 x 1L or 2 x 2L
  • Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
  • Digital speed control up to 300 rpm
  • Instantly exchange flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories (PATENTED)
Specifications:
Speed: Variable, 30 to 300 rpm
Orbit: 19 mm
Max. Capacity: 5 x 1L (14 lbs / 6 kg)
Speed Increment: 1 rpm
Platform Dimensions: 13 x 12 in./ 33 x 30 cm (Included) 14 x 12 in./ 35 x 30 cm (MAGic Clamp)
Operating Temp. Range +4 to +65°C
Dimensions: (w x d x h) 11 x 13 x 3 in./ 28 x 33x 7.5 cm
Weight: 25 lbs (11.25kg)
Electrical: 120V or 230V, 50-60Hz 600W
[/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/cTQ77Jblh2s" el_width="80" align="center" title="MAGic Clamp"][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Item: Description:
BT3000-E OrbiShaker with flat mat platform
Optional Platforms
BT3000-MR MAGic Clamp™ universal platform for flasks and tube racks (14 x 12 in)
H1000-P-SP Universal spring platform for unique vessel types
H1000-P-MP Dedicated platform for 4 microplates
H100-P-125 Dedicated platform, 12 x 125ml
H1000-P-250 Dedicated platform, 8 x 250ml
H1000-P-500 Dedicated platform, 5 x 500ml
MAGic Clamp Flask Clamps
H1000-MR-CMB ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 9x500, 14x250 or 24x125ml)
H1000-MR-50 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.30
H1000-MR-125 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.24
H1000-MR-250 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max. 14
H1000-MR-500 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max. 9
H1000-MR-1000 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1L, max. 5
H1000-MR-2000 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2L, max. 2
H1000-MR-MP Clamp for H1000-MR, 1xmicroplate, max. 6
MAGic Clamp Tube Racks
H1000-MR-1550 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 30x15ml & 20x50ml, max. 2
H1000-MR-T15 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 3
H1000-MR-T50 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 3
H1000-MR-T50 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 3
H1000-MR-T600 Bottle Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500ml, max.1
H1000-MR-T15H Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 12x1.5/2.0ml, horizontal
H1000-MR-T150H Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 4x15ml, horizontal
H1000-MR-T500H Bottle Tube for H1000-MR, 2x50ml, horizontal
H1000-MR-TSR Tilted holder for 15ml and 50ml tube racks, max 3
 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Orbi-Shaker JR.

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text] Modeled after the popular Orbi-Shaker, the Orbi-Shaker JR.™ is a “mini sized” replica, designed for smaller capacity applications and laboratories where bench space is at a premium. The shaker includes a 9.5 x 8″ platform that mixes at a 19mm orbit, perfect for thorough mixing and aeration in Erlenmeyer flasks. An optional MAGic Clamp™ platform is available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique magnetic attachment method is the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes. (PATENTED)

  • Digital speed control up to 300 rpm
  • Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
  • Extremely compact, perfect for low to medium capacity applications
  • Instantly exchange flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories (PATENTED)
Specifications:
Speed: Variable, 50 to 300 rpm
Orbit: 19 mm
Max. Capacity: 4 x 1L (9 lbs / 4 kg)
Speed Increment: 10 rpm
Platform Dimensions: 9.5 x 8 in./ 24 x 20 cm (Included) 11.5 x 9.5 in./ 29 x 24 cm (MAGic Clamp)
Operating Temp. Range +4 to +65°C
Dimensions: (w x d x h) 13.1 x 11.74 x 4.7 in. (33 x 30 x 12 cm)
Weight: 12 lbs (5.5kg)
Timer: 1 min up to 99 hours (or continuous)
Electrical: Universal Voltage, 100-240V, 50-60Hz 250W
  [/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/cTQ77Jblh2s" el_width="80" align="center" title="MAGic Clamp"][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Order No. Description
BT302-E OrbiShaker JR. with flat mat platform
H1000-MR Optional MAGic Clamp universal platform for flasks and tube racks
BT300-RP Adjustable spring platform for unique vessel types
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Orbi-Shaker Microplate Shaker

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text] The Orbi-Shaker MP™ is designed with a 3mm mixing orbit, optimized for thorough mixing of microplates and/or PCR plates. Up to four plates (standard or deep well) can be placed on the included platform and are instantly secured without the use of springs, clamps or tools.

  • Digital speed control up to 1500 rpm
  • 3mm orbit for thorough mixing in microplates
  • Includes platform for up to 4 microplates
  • Cold room and incubator safe
  • Optional adapters for mixing microtubes
Specification:
Speed: Variable, 200 to 1500 rpm
Orbit: 3mm
Max. Capacity: Up to 4 microplates
Operating Temp. Range +4 to +65°C
Dimensions: (w x d x h) 13.1 x 11.74 x 4.7 in. (33 x 30 x 12 cm)
Weight: 12 lbs (5.5kg)
Electrical: Universal Voltage, 100-240V, 50-60Hz 250W
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Order No. Description
BT1502-E OrbiShaker MP Microplate shaker with platform for 4 mircoplates
BT1500-A1520 Microtube adapter, 20x1.5/2.0ml (max.4)
BT1500-A05 Microtube adapter, 20x0.5ml (max. 4)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Vornado Mini vortex mixer BV101

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_images_carousel images="4053,4054,4055,4056,4057" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" hide_prev_next_buttons="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text] Powerful is the best word to describe this mini vortexer. With a 4mm orbit and fixed speed of 2800rpm, the Vornado instantly vortexes even the largest samples, including nearly full 50 ml tubes. Despite its powerful motor, the Vornado has a footprint of less than 4×4 inches, allowing it to fit on even the most crowded bench. Insta-Touch operation means that the motor is automatically activated with slight pressure on the center cup head. Operation is smooth, quiet and efficient. When pressure is removed, operation immediately ceases. The Vornado’s unique head design prevents liquids from entering the housing, prolonging motor life. The unit is available with five different cup head colors

  • Powerful vortexing for tubes up to 50ml
  • Inst-Touch™ pressure activated operation
  • "Mini Sized", less than 4 in. wide
  • Available in five color configurations
Specifications
Speed: 2800 rpm
Orbit: 4mm
Motor Activation: Insta-Touch™ pressure activation
Dimensions (w x d x h) 3.7 x 3.9 x 2.6 in. 9.4 x 9.9 x 6.6 cm
Weight 1 lbs. / 0.4 kg
Electrical: Universal Voltage 100-240V, 50-60 Hz, 0.7A
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
Order No. Description
BV101-E Vornado Vortex Mixer, grey cup, 230V
BV101-B-E Vornado Vortex Mixer, blue cup, 230V
BV101-G-E Vornado Vortex Mixer, green cup, 230V
BV101-P-E Vornado Vortex Mixer, purple cup, 230V
BV101-R-E Vornado Vortex Mixer, red cup, 230V
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Automatic Autoclave

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4046,4045" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" hide_prev_next_buttons="yes" wrap="yes"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Falpco.co.jp%2Fen%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F38_2_cl.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Laboratory Use Autoclave, CL-32 & CL-40 series

More safety and more ease !

Quick Lock Lid By the central lock lever, you can easily lock the lid with fingertip. The lid is lightened up and down by the automatic hinge. Even if you lose hold of the lid, it keeps stopped at the same position. ♦ Lid Interlock The lid is locked reliably during operation and till cooling down to the safe temperature (80°C ... adjustable by parameter). ♦ Electro Mechanical Lock This function brings more safety to operator by locking the lid at the power failure or in the power OFF, to prevent operator from contamination by contacting un-sterilized objects carelessly. Locking is released only on standby state in the power ON. ♦ Graphic Display The current operation process is indicated clearly. ♦ Timed Free Steaming This reliable automatic air exhaust system guarantees always sure sterilization under pure steam exposure. ♦ Adjustable Automatic Exhaust After sterilization process, steam is slowly released or cooled by the key set especially for liquid bottles. ♦ Warming & Dissolving of Culture Medium Warming after sterilization and dissolving of culture medium. ♦ Water Cooling System of Exhaust-steam & Drainage of water ... CL models For no exhaust-steam and smell-down to your working room during air exhaust process or at operation end, the water cooling system with enough ability of steam condensation is provided inside the main body. Condensed water flow into the exhaust bottle in the front of main body. Also to clean the chamber bottom, the remained water is drained to the drain tray by opening the drain valve cock at inner side of exhaust bottle. ♦ Star-Timer by Calender You can set operation start by month, day, hour and minute. The sterilized objects can be taken out at your next work-start. ♦ Memory Back Up Even on a power failure, the process progress is memorized. When the power is returned, it is re-displayed. ♦ Mouth Boss for Object Temperature Sensor is provided on the Lid. Through this mouth boss, one sensor for operation-start or three sensors for temperature distribution measurement can be set later (by option) with use of fitting accessory. ♦ Light to use ... -S models -32S and -40S models have low loading heights especially for heavy objects such as liquid bottles. It is possible to work with light steps. ♦ Warm Air Drying ... CL-DP models By warm flow through 0.2um micro-filter, the sterilized objects can be dried clearly and cleanly. The vacuum-drying models (CLG series) with pulse pre-vacuum system by the vacuum pump are also prepared.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

OPTIONAL FUNCTIONS:

• Object Temperature Sensor (for reliable sterilization) • Automatic Water Supply (to save your manual water supply) • Pre-Heating (to shorten the heating-up time) • Rapid Cooling (to shorten the cooling time) • Printer (to print the record of operation) • Recorder (to check temperature distribution) We can submit documents for GMP / GLP requirements [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

SPECIFICATION:

Model Basic CL-32S CL-32L CL-40S CL-40M CL-40L
with warm air drying CL-32SDP CL-32LDP CL-40SDP CL-40MDP CL-40LDP
Chamber (usable inner size) Capacity Ø320x420mm 34L Ø320x676mm 54L Ø400x478mm 60L Ø400x672mm 85L Ø400x832mm 105L
Usable max. temperature Usable max. pressure 140°C 0.27MPa 137°C 0.25MPa
Usable temperature Sterilization: 100 ~ 140°C Sterilization: 100 ~ 137°C
Dissolving: 40 ~ 99°C, Warming: 40 ~ 60°C
Usable time Sterilization, Dissolving: 0min. ~ 48hrs. 00min. And continous, Warming: 0min. ~ 48hrs. 00min
Controller Microprocessor controller, graphic display Temperature … 3 digits, PID control Timer … 2 digits hours : 2 digits minutes, down count (Temperature / Time integration system)
Operation pattern A: Heating --> Sterilization --> Exhaust (adjustable) B: Heating --> Sterilization --> Exhaust (adjustable) --> Warming C: Disolving --> Warming
-DP models Operation pattern with drying D: Heating --> Sterilization --> Drain --> Drying (Full automatic operation) E: Only Drying
Drying devices Hot air circulating and discharge by electric heater and air pump through 0.2um micro cartridge filter of untake passage. Temperature range: 60 ~ 150°C, Timer range: 0min. ~ 99hrs.59min. and continuous
Air exhaust device Temperature (99°C … adjustable) sensing, time (3min. … adjustable) control & solenoid valve (Time free steaming system)
Exhaust cooling system Water storage tank with cooling coil & Exhaust drain receiver bottle
Drain valve Manaul valve at inner side of exhaust bottle: CL models ; Manual & Automatic valve: CL-DP models
Option Auto, water supply Automatic water supply system from city-water-faucet by level sensor-controller
Pre-heat system To shorten the come-up time, at 60°C. Provided only with auto. water supply.
Rapid cooling system Chamber cooling system by 1 ~ 2 fans
Safety Safety devices Interlock system, Electro mechanical lock system Double check system of lid close, Over pressure detector Over temperature detector, Water lack preventor, Sensor break indicator Abnormal time indicator, Memory of power failure, Safety valve Breaker for slight leakage, over current & short circuit
Safety valve operation 0.29MPa 0.27MPa
Water test pressure 0.58MPa 0.54MPa
Material Chamber & Lid Stainless steel SUS304, shiny polished. Molded silicon rubber lid gasket (self-seal system)
Outer panel Steel with baked melamine finish. Top panel: Heat-resisting molded resin
Power demand (50/60Hz) AC220 / 2320 / 240V, 1 phase, 50/60Hz
2.6kW, 12A 4.0kW, 18A
Outer dimensions (WxDxH) 550x550x870mm 550x550x990mm 620x650x880mm 620x650x1000mm 620x650x1160mm
Weight 56kg 60kg 72kg 78kg 84kg
Accessories Stainless wire basket Ø300x200mmx2pcs. Ø300x300mmx2pcs. Ø380x200mmx2pcs. Ø380x300mmx2pcs. Ø380x400mmx2pcs.
Standard for CL models as above. Optional for all CL-DP models.
Others Exhaust bottle & chamber drain tray (for CL models). Stainless flexible drain hose (for CL-DP models)
Optional accessories Object temperature sensor, Printer, Recorder, Basket with pan, Bucket, Dressing drum
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Multi (Extraction) Mantles: 6 Recess Model

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

Heater EME6

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Heater/Stirrer EMEA6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Multi (Extraction) Mantles: 6 Recess Model

The Multi (Extraction) Mantle with six recesses has a built-in electronic controller and offers a choice of heater only (EME6) or heater/stirrer (EMEA6) combination models.
The vented case's unique air flow ensures the outer case remains safe to touch. For both Heater EME6 and Heater/Stirrer EMEA6 models • Individual built-in solid state electronic controls enable easy regulation of heater, while removing sparking associated with mechanical switching • Three 12.7mm diameter support rods are included • Round bottom flask capacity from 100ml to 1000ml at all 6 positions • Top cover is polypropylene and external surfaces are powder coated giving good general chemical resistance • Coiled heating element is suspended within a thermal insulating cartridge to provide maximum heat transfer and support • Earth (ground) screen encloses the heater for added safety • Individual heater cartridges are replaceable • Neon lights indicate when power is on and supplied to heaters and, if applicable, supplied to stirrers Additional Features for Heater/Stirrer EMEA6 models • Allow the solution to be stirred and heated simultaneously • Provide stirring speeds of between 50 to 1000rpm • One stirring control operates each set of three recesses [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
Material Polypropylene top on powder coated aluminium
Max element temperature 450°C
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Heater EME6 Model Ordering Information:
Model Flask Capacity Dimensions (d x w x h), mm No. of Recesses Electrical Requirements Shipping Weight, kg
EME60100/CEB 6 x 100ml 270 x 1210 x 110 6 230v 50/ 60Hz, 420W UK and EU plug 10.1
EME60250/CEB 6 x 250ml 270 x 1210 x 110 6 230v 50/ 60Hz, 900W UK and EU plug 10.1
EME60500/CEB 6 x 500ml 285 x 1450 x 130 6 230v 50/ 60Hz, 1200W UK and EU plug 12.5
EME61000/CEB 6 x 1000ml 285 x 1450 x 130 6 230v 50/ 60Hz, 1800W UK and EU plug 12.5
  [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Heating/Stirrer EMEA6 Model Ordering Information:
Model Flask Capacity Dimensions (d x w x h), mm No. of Recesses Electrical Requirements Shipping Weight, kg
EMEA60100/CE 6 x 100ml 270 x 1210 x 110 6 230v 50/ 60Hz, 500W UK and EU plug 10.1
EMEA60250/CE 6 x 250ml 270 x 1210 x 110 6 230v 50/ 60Hz, 980W UK and EU plug 10.1
EMEA60500/CE 6 x 500ml 285 x 1450 x 130 6 230v 50/ 60Hz, 1280W UK and EU plug 12.5
EMEA61000/CE 6 x 1000ml 285 x 1450 x 130 6 230v 50/ 60Hz, 1880W UK and EU plug 12.5
 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Shaking Water Bath

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Water Bath [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_images_carousel images="4003,4004" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text] A shaking water bath from JULABO offers optimal convenience for the user with a spray water-protected membrane keypad and a bright MULTI-DISPLAY (LED) for indication of up to four different values. Cutting-edge microprocessor technology with PID temperature control ensures optimal temperature stability in the water bath. Adjustable upper and lower temperature warning functions protect the samples. Low liquid level triggers a full shutdown. JULABO shaking water baths are suitable for continuous unsupervised operation. The bath tank and all parts that contact the bath liquid are made of high-quality stainless steel.

Strong Benefits

  • Working temperature range from +20 to+99.9 °C
  • User-friendly operation via keypad
  • Bright LED-Display
  • Bath volumes from 2 to 26 liters
  • Splash-proof design
  • Power switch integrated in keypad (patented)
  • High temperature stability of ±0.2 °C or ±0.02 °C
  • Dry-running protection with audible and optical alarm
  • Warning and cut-off protection for high/low temperature
  • Adjustable shaking frequencies from 20 to 200 RPM‘s in SW models
  • Convenient bath drains
  • Removable bottom plate and shaking insert
  • Lift-up bath cover (optional)
  • Wide selection of accessories for temperature control of samples
  • All wetted parts are made of stainless steel or high grade plastics

Characteristics

Display:
Easy to read Easy to read Large LED temperature display for actual value and setpoint (resolution 0.1 °C)
Several values at a glance Several values at a glance Large Multi-Display (LED), easy to read across the room, for actual value and up to 3 setpoints, warning functions, high temperature cut-off, selected pump stages (resolution 0.01/0.1 °C)
Operation:
Clearly structured Clearly structured Comfortable, splash-proof keypad for setpoint adjustment, high/low temperatures, timer and shaking frequeny (SW models)
Temperature Control:
Precise Precise PID Temperature control with set control parameters, temperature stability ±0.02...±0.2 °C
High measuring accuracy High measuring accuracyAbsolute Temperature Calibration’ for manual compensation of a temperature difference, 1-point calibration
Technical Features:
Serial connection Serial connection RS232 interface for PC connection, e.g. for data communication and recording of measured values
Warning & Safety Functions:
Early warning system for high/low temperature limits Early warning system for high/low temperature limits Maximum safety for applications, optical and audible alarm, convertible to automated cut-off function
Only for non-flammable bath fluids Only for non-flammable bath fluids
Classification I (NFL) according to DIN 12876-1
Other characteristics:
Lift-up Makrolon cover available as accessory (order no. 8970288) RS232 interface cable available as accessory (order no. 8980075)
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
Order No. Model Working temperature range (°C) Temperature stability (°C) Heating capacity (kW) Volume (L) Bath opening
9550322 SW22 +20 ... +99.9 ±0.2 2 8 ... 20 50 x 30 / 18cm
9550323 SW23 +20 ... +99.9 ±0.02 2 8 ... 20 50 x 30 / 18cm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

BenchMixer Vortex Mixer BV1000

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text] The BenchMixer™ sets the new standard in vortex mixing. With advanced Q-Drive™ technology, the BenchMixer provides smooth instant vortexing of even the largest sample sizes, including full 50ml tubes. The unique counter-balance system creates maximum vortexing action, while minimizing noise and excessive vibration. This results in quieter, more efficient and longer lasting operation. Other features include: “no-walk” suction feet, cold room/incubator compatibility and spill-proof electronic controls.

  • Powerful motor for INSTANT vortexing
  • Continuous or "touch" operation
  • Q-Drive™ dynamic balancing system
  • Variable speed from 200 to 3200 rpm
  • Wide variety of accessories
Specifications:
Speed: 200 to 3200 rpm
Operating modes: Touch or continuous
Orbit: 3mm
Operating Temp. Range: +4 to +45°C
Dimensions: (w x d x h) 5 x 6.3 x 6.7 in. / 13 x 16 x 17 cm
Weight: 8.4 lbs (3.8 kg)
Electrical: 115V, 60Hz or 230V, 50Hz, 180W
Ordering information:
Order no. Description
BV1000-E BenchMixer Vortex Mixer
BV1000-FLAT Optional 3 in. flat head attachment
BV1000-COMBO Optional combination head for one microplate & microtubes (38x1.5 & 28x0.5)
BV1000-H15 Optional attachment for 12 x 1.5ml, horizontal
BV1000-H150 Optional attachment for 4 x 15ml tubes, horizontal
BV1000-H500 Optional attachment for 2 x 50ml tubes, horizontal
  [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Touch Microcentrifuge MC-24

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.benchmarkscientific.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2018%2F03%2FC2417-MC-24-Touch-HREM.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text] Benchmark’s MC-24 Touch is the first microcentrifuge in its class to feature touch screen control. In addition to the next generation control panel, the centrifuge also offers high speed (up to 13,500 rpm/16,800 xg) and a unique COMBI-Rotor™ that accepts both standard microtubes (1.5/2.0ml) and PCR tubes/strips (0.2ml), making this the perfect partner for any molecular biology laboratory. The large, color touch screen shows actual speed (in rpm or rcf) along with set and remaining time. Up to 9 speed/time profiles can be stored in memory and the home screen displays a “mySpin” icon for instant recalls a designated favorite profile. Supplied with Benchmark’s unique COMBI-Rotor™, the MC-24 Touch will accept 24 x 1.5/2.0ml tubes and 2 strips of 0.2ml tubes (16 x 0.2ml) without requiring separate adapters. Samples are kept cool, even during extended runs at the maximum speed setting by a proprietary air flow system that moves air evenly and quietly throughout the chamber. The MC-24 Touch is cold room safe.

  • Full Color Touch Screen
  • mySpin™ 1 button program recall
  • COMBI-Rotor™ accepts tubes and strips
  • Compact design, 9 x 12 x 7.75 in.
  • Unique air-flow system, keeps samples cool
Specification:
Speed 1,000 to 13,500 rpm (100 to 16,800 xg)
Capacity 24 x 1.5/2.0ml 2 x PCR Strips (16 x 0.2ml)
Increment 100 rpm/ 100 rcf
Timer 1 to 99 min. / cont
Momentary Yes
Dimensions 9 x 12 x 7.75 in.
Weight 14 lbs/ 6.4 kg
Electrical 230V, 50 Hz
Ordering information:
Order no. Description
C2417-E MC-24 Touch Microcentrifuge with 24 place COMBI-Rotor
C1008-A5-6 Optional adapters for 0.5ml tubes, pack of 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

High Speed Microcentrifuge MC-12

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.benchmarkscientific.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2017%2F08%2FC1612-MicroFuge-MC12-Brochure-HR-EM.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text] Benchmark’s MC-12 is the first and only compact microcentrifuge capable of achieving centrifugal speeds up to the critical threshold of 16,000 xg, often held as the standard for many molecular biology/DNA protocols. Its’ brushless, maintenance free drive system makes it powerful, yet compact enough to allow each work station to be fully equipped with a personal centrifuge. The MC-12 defines a new class of microcentrifuge: compact, quick, powerful and affordable. All aspects of microcentrifuge performance were taken into consideration and no compromises were made. In addition to its unsurpassed speed, the MC-12 also delivers shortened acceleration/deceleration times, whisper quiet operation and its computer-designed airflow pattern minimizes sample temperature increases during longer runs at high speeds. All operating parameters are set using a single, conveniently located control knob and the large, bright LCD provides a clear indication of time and rpm or g-force. A separate momentary spin button permits instant spin downs, without setting or disturbing any preset parameters. The aircraft grade aluminum rotor accepts 1.5 to 2.0ml tubes directly, as well as 0.5ml and 0.2ml tubes with optional adapters. For applications requiring sub-ambient temperatures, the MC-12 is cold room safe.

  • 12 tube capacity / Up to 16,100 xg
  • Less than 9 in. wide
  • Quick deceleration
  • Whisper quiet operation
Specification:
Speed 500 to 15,500 rpm (up to 16,100 xg)
Capacity 12 x 1.5/2.0ml
Acceleration 10 seconds
Deceleration 12 seconds
Speed increment 100 rpm or 100 rcf
Timer 20 sec. to 99min. / cont.
Momentary Yes
Dimensions (W x D x H) 8.7 x 10.6 x 5.9 in. (22 x 27 x 15 cm)
Weight 10.5 lbs / 4.8 kg
Electrical 115V or 230V. 50-60 Hz, 100W
  Ordering Information:
Order no. Description
C1612-E MC-12 High Speed Microcentrifuge with 12-position rotor
C1008-A5-6 Optional adapter pack, 0.5ml, 6/pack
C1008-A2-6 Optional adapter pacck, 0.2ml, 6/pack
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

CORNING Stirring Hotplate

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Corning® 5 x 7 Inch Top PC-420D Stirring Hot Plate with Digital Displays, 230V/50Hz The Corning® PC-420D stirring hot plate has a 5 x 7 (12.7 x 17.8cm) Pyroceram® top and digital temperature and stirring speed displays. It is designed to operate on 230V/50Hz with either the BS 1363A or CEE7-7 plug (both included) for use in parts of Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia and other areas with similar electrical requirements. A Model PC-420D is shown to the left with optional temperature controller and support rod (Cat. No. 440129). This product is CE marked and UL/cUL approved.

  • Microprocessor maintains consistent and repeatable temperature settings from 5°C (if ambient temperature is 0°C or lower) up to 550°C.
  • Digital LED temperature display is adjustable in 5°C increments and blinks until set temperature is reached.
  • Optional external temperature controller (Cat. No. 6795PR) truly controls temperature inside the vessel.
Product information:
Product Number   6796-420D
Number of Stirring Positions   1
Top Size   5 x 7  inches
Power   230V, 50Hz
Amperage   698
Watts   3.1
Stir Range   60 - 1,150 rpm
Temperature Range   5 to 550° C (41 to 1022°F)
Dimensions L x W x H   40.1 x 26.9 x 12.2 cm (approx.)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

CORNING Hotplate 10″x10″

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Corning® 10 x 10 Inch Top PC-600D Hot Plate with Digital Display, 230V/50Hz The Corning® PC-600D hot plate has a 10 x 10 (25.4 x 25.4cm) Pyroceram® top and digital temperature display. It is designed to operate on 230V/50Hz with either the BS 1363A or CEE7-7 plug (both included) for use in parts of Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia and other areas with similar electrical requirements. This product is CE marked and UL/cUL approved.

  • Microprocessor maintains consistent and repeatable temperature settings from 5°C (if ambient temperature is 0°C or lower) up to 550°C.
  • Digital LED temperature display is adjustable in 5°C increments and blinks until set temperature is reached.
  • Optional external temperature controller (Cat. No. 6795PR) truly controls temperature inside the vessel.

Product Inforamtion:

Product Number   6796-600D
Qty./Pk   1 / Pk
Qty./CS   1 / Cs
Brand   Corning®
Number of Stirring Positions   1
Top Size   10 x 10 inches
Power   230V, 50Hz
Amperage   4.5
Watts   1043
Temperature Range   5 to 550° C (41 to 1022°F)
Dimensions L x W x H   15.37 x 11 x 4.62 inches (approx.)
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]I am text block. Click edit button to change this text. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Ut elit tellus, luctus nec ullamcorper mattis, pulvinar dapibus leo. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Ultra low temperature freezers with climate-neutral refrigerants

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Freezer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4012,4010,4009,4011" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" wrap="yes" title="UFV SERIES"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] The BINDER ultra low temperature freezer ensures the safe storage of samples at -80 °C. It combines outstanding environmental friendliness with low energy consumption, convenient operation and an individual safety concept.

Important characteristics

  • Range of temperature controller: -86 °C to -40 °C
  • Lowest energy consumption in its class
  • Powerful cascade compressor cooling unit
  • Environmentally friendly refrigerants R-290 and R-170
  • Efficient thermal insulation with vacuum insulation panels
  • Innovative door gasket concept reduces buildup of ice
  • Ergonomic door handle
  • Rust-proof interior made completely of stainless steel
  • Detachable inner doors made of stainless steel
  • 3 stainless-steel shelves providing flexible placement
  • Water cooling (depending on version)
  • Zero-voltage alarm contact for in-house alarm system
  • Ethernet interface
  • Elapsed time indicato
  • 2 access ports, Ø 28 mm, rear

Available Sizes

Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
UF V 500 477 826 x 1966 x 938 606 x 1300 x 605
UF V 700 700 1110 x 1966 x 938 890 x 1300 x 605
[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Technical Data - UFV 500" tab_id="UFV500"][vc_column_text]
Designation UFV500-230V
Option model Standard
Order number 9020-0347
Measures
Interior volume [L] 477
Net weight of the unit (empty) [kg] 247
permitted load [kg] 200
Permitted load of individual compartment [kg] 50
Doors
Unit doors 1
Internal Dimensions
Width [mm] 606
Height [mm] 1300
Depth [mm] 605
Outer dimensions
Width net [mm] 826
Height net [mm] 1966
Depth net [mm] 938
Wall clearance sidewise [mm] 250
Wall clearance back [mm] 100
Environment-specific data
Energy consumption at set-point -80 °C and ambient temperature = 21 °C [kWh/d] 7.9
Sound-pressure level [dB(A)] 47
Fixtures
Number of shelves (std./max.) Mar-13
Load-variants
Freezer racks per compartment 4
Cryoboxes, 50 mm 352
Performance Data Temperature
Temperature range [°C] -86…-40
Temperature variation at -80 °C [± K] 2.5
Cooling down time from 22 °C to -80 °C [min] 360
Warm-up time during power failure from -80 °C / -122 °F to -60 °C / -76 °F [min] 230
Electrical data
Rated Voltage [V] 230
Power frequency [Hz] 50
Nominal power [kW] 1.6
Unit fuse [A] 10
Phase (Nominal voltage) 1~
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Data - UFV 700" tab_id="UFV700"][vc_column_text]
Designation UFV700-230V¹
Option model Standard
Order number 9020-0348
Measures
Interior volume [L] 700
Net weight of the unit (empty) [kg] 288
permitted load [kg] 200
Permitted load of individual compartment [kg] 50
Doors
Unit doors 1
Internal Dimensions
Width [mm] 890
Height [mm] 1300
Depth [mm] 605
Outer dimensions
Width net [mm] 1110
Height net [mm] 1966
Depth net [mm] 938
Wall clearance sidewise [mm] 250
Wall clearance back [mm] 100
Environment-specific data
Energy consumption at set-point -80 °C and ambient temperature = 21 °C [kWh/d] 8.1
Average heat dissipation at set-point -80 °C and ambient temperature = 21 °C [W] 340
Sound-pressure level [dB(A)] 47
Fixtures
Number of shelves (std./max.) Mar-13
Load-variants
Freezer racks per compartment 6
Cryoboxes, 50 mm 528
Performance Data Temperature
Temperature range [°C] -86…-40
Temperature variation at -80 °C [± K] 2.5
Temperature fluctuation at -80 °C [± K] 1.5
Cooling down time from 22 °C to -80 °C [min] 450
Warm-up time during power failure from -80 °C / -122 °F to -60 °C / -76 °F [min] 250
Electrical data
Rated Voltage [V] 230
Power frequency [Hz] 50
Nominal power [kW] 1.6
Unit fuse [A] 10
Phase (Nominal voltage) 1~
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}

重要特性

  • 温度范围:-40 °C 至 -86 °C
  • 通过级联压缩冷却机进行冷却
  • 无氟安全制冷剂 R-404A 和 R-508B
  • 带右侧或左侧限位器的门
  • 通过 RFID 进行访问检查(取决于型号)
  • 数据记录仪 USB(取决于型号)
  • 水冷却(取决于型号)
  • 电动机械门锁
  • 由 ABS 塑料制成的 4 个隔间门
  • 由不锈钢制成的内腔室
  • 通过真空隔热板和聚氨酯泡沫进行隔热
  • 带备用电池的报警系统
  • 计算机接口:RS 422
  • 模拟输出 4-20 mA
  • 零电压报警触点
  • 工作小时计时器
  • 由不锈钢制成的 3 个插盘

可选容积

型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
UF V 500 483 830x1985x885 619x1300x600
UF V 700 711 1120x1985x885 911x1300x600
{:}

Lateral Flow Membrane

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Filtration>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Advantec Lateral Flow Membrane

ADVANTEC Immunochromatographic Membranes for Lateral Flow Assays

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Lateral Flow Membrane" tab_id="LateralFlowMembrane"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

ADVANTEC is launching new membranes for Lateral Flow Assays based on Immunochromatographic Method.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Features
  • Perfectly suitable for Lateral Flow Assays based on Immunochromatographic Methods is the Nitrocellulose membrane which actively traps proteins.
  • Five product lines are available with five types of absorbing speed.
  • The sample pack is available with five different absorption speeds.
Specifications
Product Name IAB075 IAB090 IAB120 IAB135 IAB180 IAB240
Material Membrane Mixed Cellulose Ester
Backing Film PET
Capillary Flow Time (sec/40 ㎜)※ 75 90 120 135 180 240
Thickness(㎛)※2 220
※1 Time to absorb up to 40mm after dipping membrane into pure water. ※2 Including Backing Film. Applications
  1. POCT such as "Infections Desease Test" or "Cholangiocarcinoma Maker Test".
  2. OTC such as "Pregnancy test" or "Date of Ovulation Test".
  3. "Allergens Test" in Food inspection.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3972" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Ordering Information Standard Products (Customize is available)
Roll Format
Product Name Roll/box
IAB075/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB090/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB120/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB135/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB180/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB240/25㎜ x 100m 1
Sheet Format
Product Name Sheet/box
IAB075/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB090/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB120/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB135/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB180/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB240/210mm x 297mm 25
Sample Pack
Product Name Sheet/box
IAB075/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB090/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB120/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB135/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB180/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB240/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB 4 Set 210mm x 297mm (includingIAB090/IAB120/IAB135/IAB180) 2 sheets per grade
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页>耗材>过滤产品>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Advantec 侧向层析滤膜

ADVANTEC 免疫层析膜用于侧向层析检测

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="侧向层析滤膜" tab_id="LateralFlowMembrane"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

ADVANTEC 发布的新滤膜基于免疫色谱法的侧向流动试验用膜.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]特征
  • 基于免疫层析方法的侧向流检测最适合的是活性捕获蛋白质的硝化纤维素膜.
  • 六种级别产品提供六种不同吸收速度.
  • 提供样品包有不同的吸收速度.
规格
级别 IAB075 IAB090 IAB120 IAB135 IAB180 IAB240
材料 滤膜 混合纤维素酯
背衬膜 聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯 (PET)
毛细管流动时间 (秒/40 ㎜)※1 75 90 120 135 180 240
厚度(㎛)※2 220
※1 将膜浸入纯水,当水吸收至40mm需要时间 ※2 包括背衬膜 应用
  1. 床旁检测测试(POCT)如“感染性疾病试验”或“胆管癌制造试验”.
  2. 非处方(OTC)产品如“妊娠试验”或“排卵日期试验”.
  3. 食品检验中的“过敏原试验”.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3972" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]订购信息 标准产品 (可根据客户需求定制)
卷装
产品名称 卷/盒
IAB075/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB090/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB120/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB135/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB180/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB240/25㎜ x 100m 1
片装
产品名称 片/盒
IAB075/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB090/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB120/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB135/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB180/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB240/210mm x 297mm 25
样品
产品名称 片/盒
IAB075/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB090/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB120/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB135/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB180/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB240/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB 4 Set 210mm x 297mm 包括IAB090/IAB120/IAB135/IAB180) 2张/级别
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]返回您的位置[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

相关产品

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁>耗材>過濾產品>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Advantec 側向層析濾膜

ADVANTEC 免疫層析膜用於側向層析檢測

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="側向層析濾膜" tab_id="LateralFlowMembrane"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

ADVANTEC 發佈的新濾膜基於免疫色譜法的側向流動試驗用膜.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]特徵
  • 基於免疫層析方法的側向流檢測最適合的是活性捕獲蛋白質的硝化纖維素膜.
  • 六種級別產品提供六種不同吸收速度.
  • 提供樣品包有不同的吸收速度.
規格
級別 IAB075 IAB090 IAB120 IAB135 IAB180 IAB240
材料 濾膜 混合纖維素酯
背襯膜 聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯 (PET)
毛細管流動時間 (秒/40 ㎜)※1 75 90 120 135 180 240
厚度(㎛)※2 220
※1 將膜浸入純水,當水吸收至40mm需要時間 ※2 包括背襯膜 應用
  1. 床旁檢測測試(POCT)如“感染性疾病試驗”或“膽管癌製造試驗”.
  2. 非處方(OTC)產品如“妊娠試驗”或“排卵日期試驗”.
  3. 食品檢驗中的“過敏原試驗”.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3972" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]訂購資訊 標準產品 (可根據客戶需求定制)
卷裝
產品名稱 卷/盒
IAB075/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB090/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB120/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB135/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB180/25㎜ x 100m 1
IAB240/25㎜ x 100m 1
片裝
產品名稱 片/盒
IAB075/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB090/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB120/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB135/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB180/210mm x 297mm 25
IAB240/210mm x 297mm 25
樣品
產品名稱 片/盒
IAB075/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB090/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB120/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB135/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB180/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB240/210mm x 297mm Sample 2
IAB 4 Set 210mm x 297mm 包括IAB090/IAB120/IAB135/IAB180) 2張/級別
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]返回您的位置[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

相關產品

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

Series ED-S | Drying and heating chambers Solid.Line with natural convection

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text] The new products in the Solid.Line impress with their tried-and-tested BINDER quality and reliability. They are suited to drying and heating. The attributes of the Solid.Line are geared towards the application in question and therefore used in research and quality assurance.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text].

Important characteristics

  • Temperature range: ambient temperature +7 °C to 250 °C
  • APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
  • Natural convection
  • Adjustable exhaust air flap
  • Controller with timer function
  • 2 chrome-plated racks
  • Class 2 integrated independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Model Housing Dimensions (excluding fittings and connections) W x H x D (mm) Internal Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Net weight (kg) Interior volume (L)
ED-S 56 590 x 580 x 515 400 x 440 x 350 41 62
ED-S 115 740 x 790 x 555 550 x 550 x 390 57 118
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Series FD-S | Drying and heating chambers Solid.Line with forced convection

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text] The new products in the Solid.Line impress with their tried-and-tested BINDER quality and reliability. They are suited to drying and heating. The attributes of the Solid.Line are geared towards the application in question and therefore used in research and quality assurance.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text].

Important characteristics

  • Temperature range: ambient temperature +10 °C to 250 °C
  • APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
  • Forced convection
  • Adjustable exhaust air flap
  • Controller with timer function
  • 2 chrome-plated racks
  • Class 2 integrated independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Model Housing Dimensions (excluding fittings and connections) W x H x D (mm) Internal Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Net weight (kg) Interior volume (L)
FD-S 56 590 x 580 x 515 400 x 440 x 350 41 55
FD-S 115 740 x 790 x 555 550 x 550 x 390 57 106
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Narrow Mouth Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Narrow Mouth Bottles

Nalgene narrow-mouth laboratory bottles are iconic, and used in labs throughout the world. The narrow mouth provides more controlled pouring than wide-mouth bottles, and every one comes with our leakproof* guarantee. Choose from our rugged lab-quality bottles and large lab bottles, lower cost lighter-weight economy bottles, and space-saving square options. Thermo Scientific Nalgene bottles are made only from the highest quality plastic materials that meet pharmaceutical, laboratory and food grade standards; our plastic resins are selected to minimize additives and reduce potential leachables.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Narrow-Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottles" tab_id="NMRoundLab"][vc_column_text]
Narrow-Mouth Round PPCO Lab Quality Bottle (2006-series) Narrow-Mouth Round HDPE Lab Quality Bottle (2002-series) Narrow-Mouth  Round Amber Lab Quality Bottle (2004-series) Narrow-Mouth Round LDPE Lab Quality Bottle (2003-series) Narrow-Mouth Round FEP Bottle (1600-series) Narrow-Mouth Round PFA Bottle (1630-series)
Good chemical resistance, autoclavable Good chemical resistance, most popular reagent bottle Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions, good chemical resistance Squeezably flexible, good chemical resistance Exceptional chemical resistance and inertness, wide temp range,  high cost Exceptional chemical resistance and inertness, widest temp range, high cost
PPCO bottle PP Closure HDPE bottle PP Closure Amber HDPE bottle amber PP closure LDPE bottle PP Closure FEP bottle ETFE Closure PFA bottle PFA Closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Opaque amber bottle Milky white translucent Hazy white translucent Hazy white translucent
Semi-rigid Semi-rigid Semi-rigid Flexible Flexible Flexible
4mL–1L 4mL–1L 4mL–1L 8mL–1L 30mL–2L 30mL–1L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof*
No graduations No graduations No graduations No graduations No graduations No graduations
Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 80oC Temp range -270oC to 150oC Temp range -270oC to 250oC
Autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1550 for food use No food use compliance
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Narrow-Mouth Large Round Bottles" tab_id="NMRoundLarge"][vc_column_text]
Narrow-Mouth Large Round PPCO Bottle (2203-series) Large Narrow-Mouth Round Amber Bottle (2204-series) Large Narrow-Mouth Round LDPE Bottle (2202-series) Large Narrow-Mouth Round PC Bottle (2205-series)
Good chemical resistance, autoclavable Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions. Good chemical resistance, autoclavable Good chemical resistance, lower cost Excellent clarity for viewing contents, superior impact resistance, autoclavable
PPCO bottle PP Closure Amber PPCO bottle amber or white closure LDPE bottle PP Closure PC bottle PP Closure
Milky white translucent Opaque amber bottle Milky white translucent Clear
2L–8L 2L–8L 2L–8L 500mL–8L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof*
No graduations No graduations No graduations No graduations
Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -100oC to 80oC Temp range -135oC to 135oC
Autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1580 for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free Contains BPA
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Narrow-Mouth Economy Bottles" tab_id="NMEcon"][vc_column_text]
PPCO Economy Bottle (2087-series) Narrow-Mouth Round HDPE Economy Bottle (2089-series) Narrow-Mouth Round HDPE Economy Bottle Bulk Pack (332089-series) Narrow-Mouth  Round Amber Economy Bottle (DS2085-series)
Lower cost, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications, autoclavable Lower cost, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications Bulk packed for additional cost savings, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions. Lower cost, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications
PPCO bottle PP Closure HDPE bottle PP Closure HDPE bottle PP closure Amber HDPE bottle amber PP Closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Opaque amber bottle
30mL–1L 30mL–1L 125mL–1L 30mL–1L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof*
No graduations No graduations No graduations No graduations
Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC
Autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Narrow Mouth Square Bottles" tab_id="NMSquare"][vc_column_text]
Narrow-Mouth Square Lab Quality Bottles (2016-series) Narrow-Mouth Square Lab Quality Bottle (2018-series) Narrow-Mouth Square Bottle (2015-series) Narrow-Mouth Square Bottle (2122-series)
Good chemical resistance, graduated, autoclavable Good chemical resistance, graduated Window clear, superior impact resistance, graduated, autoclavable Window clear, graduated, sterile
PPCO bottle PP Closure HDPE bottle PP Closure PC bottle PP closure PETG bottle HDPE Closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Window clear Window clear
30mL–1L 30mL–1L 30mL–2L 30mL–2L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof*
Molded graduations Molded graduations Molded graduations Molded graduations
Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -135oC to 135oC Temp range -40oC to 70oC
Autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use2
BPA-Free BPA-Free contains BPA BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Wide Mouth Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Wide Mouth Bottles

Nalgene wide mouth laboratory bottles are iconic, used in labs throughout the world. The wide mouth designs are easier to fill and are recommended for solid, semi-solid and viscous liquid materials. Those with mouth openings less than 100mm are guaranteed leakproof*. Choose from our rugged lab quality bottles, lower cost lighter weight economy bottles, and space-saving square and rectangular options. Thermo Scientific Nalgene bottles are made only from the highest quality plastic materials that meet pharmaceutical, laboratory and food grade standards; our plastic resins are selected to minimize additives and reduce potential leachables.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Wide-Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottles" tab_id="WMRound"][vc_column_text]
Wide-Mouth Round PPCO Lab Quality Bottle (2105-series)  Wide-Mouth Round LDPE Lab Quality Bottle (2103-series) Wide-Mouth Round HDPE Lab Quality Bottle (2104-series) Wide-Mouth Round Amber HDPE Lab Quality Bottle (2106-series) Large Wide-Mouth Round HDPE Bottle (2120-series) Large Wide-Mouth Round PPCO Bottle (2120-series)
Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use and critical applications, autoclavable Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use and critical applications, squeezably flexible Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use and critical applications Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions. Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use and critical applications Larger size, rugged lab quality construction Larger size, rugged lab quality construction, Autoclavable
PPCO bottle PP Closure LDPE bottle PP Closure HDPE bottle PP Closure Amber HDPE bottle amber PP closure HDPE bottle white PP Closure PPCO bottle white PP Closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Opaque amber bottle Milky white translucent Milky white translucent
30mL–1L 30mL–1L 30mL–1.5L 30mL–1L 2L–4L 2L–4L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Not liquid leakproof Not liquid leakproof
No graduations No graduations No graduations No graduations No graduations No graduations
Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -100oC to 80oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC
Autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
Also available bulk packed, unassembled Also available bulk packed, unassembled Also available bulk packed, unassembled Also available bulk packed, unassembled
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Wide-Mouth Economy Bottles" tab_id="WMEcon"][vc_column_text]
Wide-Mouth Round HDPE Economy Bottle (2189-series) Wide-Mouth Round HDPE Economy Bottle Bulk Pack (332189-series) Wide-Mouth Round HDPE Amber Economy Bottle (DS2185-series) Wide-Mouth Round PPCO Economy Bottle (2187-series)
Lower cost, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications Bulk packed for additional cost savings, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions. Lower cost, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications Lower cost, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications, autoclavable
HDPE bottle PP Closure HDPE bottle PP Closure Amber HDPE bottle amber PP closure PPCO bottle PP Closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Opaque amber bottle Milky white translucent
30mL–1L 60mL–1L 30mL–1L 30mL–1L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof*
No graduations No graduations No graduations No graduations
Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC
Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
Also available bulk packed, unassembled Also available bulk packed, unassembled Also available bulk packed, unassembled Also available bulk packed, unassembled
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Wide-Mouth Sqaure" tab_id="WMSquare"][vc_column_text]
Wide-Mouth Square HDPE Bottles (2114-series) Wide-Mouth Square PPCO Bottles (2110-series) Large Wide-Mouth Square HDPE Bottles (2123-series) Large Wide-Mouth Square Bottles (2122-series)
Space-saving square shape, wide mouth Space-saving square shape, wide mouth, autoclavable Large capacity, molded hand grip Large capacity, molded hand grip, autoclavable
HDPE bottle PP Closure PPCO bottle PP Closure HDPE bottle white PP closure PPCO bottle white PP Closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent
60mL–1L 60mL–1L 4L 4L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Not liquid leakproof Not liquid leakproof
No graduations No graduations No graduations No graduations
Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC
Not autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Wide-Mouth Rectangular Bottles" tab_id="WMRect"][vc_column_text]
Wide-Mouth HDPE Rectangular Bottles (2007-series) Wide-Mouth Amber HDPE Rectangular Bottle (2009-series)
Space-saving rectangular shape Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions, space-saving rectangular shape
HDPE bottle PP Closure Amber HDPE bottle PP Closure
Milky white translucent Opaque amber
125mL–2L 125mL–2L
Leakproof* Leakproof*
No graduations No graduations
Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC
Not autoclavable Not autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1
BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Nunc Benchtop Coolers

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Nunc™ Benchtop Coolers

Nalgene™ Quick Chill™ Unit is designed to rapidly and repeatedly cool down biological samples such as ethanol precipitations for DNA/RNA, bacteria and viruses.

  • Rapidly and repeatedly chills biological samples down to -20°C
  • Can be used repeatedly for up to 45 minutes eliminating the inconvenience of dry ice/alcohol baths
  • Break-resistant polycarbonate stackable design with a convenient carrying handle
  • Rubber feet to keep the unit from sliding on the bench surface

The self-contained unit eliminates the need to use traditional coolants such as dry ice/alcohol or acetone slurries which can be difficult to obtain and unsafe to handle. There is no contact with the coolant so the label or marking stays intact.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Our benchtop coolers protect enzymes, cells, reagents and solutions by maintaining freezer temperatures while on the laboratory bench.

details

  • Maintain freezer temperature during the frost-free cycle, power failure and accidental door opening
  • Holds 12, 20 or 32 tubes
  • Inserts are included for use with 0.2-0.5 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • Printed grid on one-way keyed lid for proper orientation and sample identification
  • Molded of impact-resistant polycarbonate with locking handle for long-term use
  • Stackable to save space

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="-20°C Compatible" tab_id="-20Compatible"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Cat. No. # of
Compartments
Tube
Compatibility
Style Holds Temp.,
Time
Dimensions,
L x W x H
(mm)
No. per
Case
355501 4 x 5 0.2 - 0.5ml Non-filled/
Clear lid
<-15°C,1 hr 226 x 165 x 133 1
5115-0012 3 x 4 0.2 - 0.5ml Non-filled/
Clear lid
<-15°C,1 hr 151 x 108 x 125 1
5115-0032 4 x 8 0.2 - 0.5ml Gel-filled/
White lid
<-15°C,2 hrs 243 x 157 x 146 1
DS5114-0012 3 x 4 Cryovials
0.2 - 1.5ml
Gel-filled/
Clear lid
<-15°C,45 mins 151 x 108 x 125 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3687" img_size="full"][vc_single_image image="3686" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="0˚C Compatible" tab_id="0CCompatible"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Cat. No. # of
Compartments
Tube
Compatibility
Style Holds Temp.,
Time
Dimensions,
L x W x H
(mm)
No. per
Case
5116-1300 3 x 4 12 - 13mm
diameter tubes
Non-filled/
Clear lid
<1°C,5.0 hrs 197 x 140 x 190 1
5116-1600 3 x 4 16 - 17mm
diameter tubes
Non-filled/
Clear lid
<1°C,5.0 hrs 197 x 140 x 190 1
DS5116-0012 3 x 4 0.2 - 0.5ml
Cryovials and
microcentrifuge
tubes
Non-filled/
Clear lid
<1°C,3.5 hrs 151 x 108 x 125 1
DS5116-0032 4 x 8 0.2 - 0.5ml
Cryovials and microcentrifuge
tubes
Gel-filled/
White lid
<1°C,5.0 hrs 243 x 157 x 146 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3686" img_size="full"][vc_single_image image="3687" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Low Metals Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low Metals Bottles

Metals certified to micrograms per liter (ppb) levels. Each bottle is double bagged under Class 10 laminar flow hoods inside a Class 100 clean room. Excellent for ICP-MS reagent and standard storage. Product includes a certificate of quality that assures the product has been tested and accepted in accordance with specifications.
Series Material Mouth Color Shape Remarks
382003 LDPE Narrow Mouth Natural Translucent Round Low Metals
381600 FEP Narrow Mouth Clear Round Low Metals
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Low Metals Bottles Overview[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Narrow Mouth Low Metals Bottles" tab_id="LDPENMLM"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low Metals Bottles

low-density polyethylene, polypropylene closure Nalgene™ Low Particulate/Low Metals Bottles feature a narrow mouth and certification to contain less than 20 particles per mL at 0.3 microns and greater. Metals certified to micrograms per liter (ppb) levels. Each bottle is double bagged under Class 10 laminar flow hoods inside a Class 100 clean room. Excellent for ICP-MS reagent and standard storage. Product includes a certificate of quality that assures the product has been tested and accepted in accordance with specifications. details
  • Certified to particulate and trace metals levels
  • Linerless caps provide the ultimate in leakproof protection without the use of liner that can wrinkle, cause leaks, or contaminate your reagents
  • Exhibits flexibility, impact resistance and excellent visibility of contents for a wide variety of uses in the lab
  • Excellent chemical resistance to most acids, bases and alcohols make this a versatile bottle
  • Metals certified to microliter (ppb) levels <0.20Hg, <0.5 Be, <1.0 As, Cd, Pb, <2.0 Sb, Se, <5.0 Ag, Co, Cr, Cu, Mn, Tl, V, <10 Ba, Ni, Zn, <50 Mg, <75 Al, <100 Ca, Fe, K, Na.
  • Translucent/Leakproof†
Includes: Polypropylene screw closure. Nalgene Low Metals Bottles
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) Neck I.D. (mm) O.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Caee
382003-0004 125 24 18 50 101 1 72
382003-0008 250 24 18 61 133 1 72
382003-0016 500 28 21 73 170 1 48
382003-0032 1000 38-430 27 91 216 1 24
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3678" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="FEP Narrow Mouth Low Metals Bottles" tab_id="FEPNMLM"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™  Low Metals Bottles

Teflon® FEP, Tefzel™ ETFE closure Nalgene™ Low Particulate/Low Metals Teflon® FEP Bottles feature a narrow mouth and certification to contain less than 20 particles per mL at 0.3 μm and greater Metals certified to micrograms per liter (ppb) levels. Each bottle is double bagged under Class 10 laminar flow hoods inside a Class 100 clean room. Excellent for storing high purity chemicals. Product includes a certificate of quality that assures the product has been tested and accepted in accordance with specifications. details
  • Certified to particulate and trace metals levels
  • Linerless caps provide the ultimate in leakproof† protection without the use of liner that can wrinkle, cause leaks, or contaminate your reagents
  • Exhibits flexibility, impact resistance and excellent visibility of contents for a wide variety of uses in the lab
  • Excellent chemical resistance almost any lab chemical
  • Non-sterile
  • Metals certified to microliter (ppb) levels <0.20Hg, <0.5 Be, <1.0 As, Cd, Pb, <2.0 Sb, Se, <5.0 Ag, Co, Cr, Cu, Mn, Tl, V, <10 Ba, Ni, Zn, <50 Mg, <75 Al, <100 Ca, Fe, K, Na.
  • Autoclavable/Translucent/Leakproof†
Includes: ETFE screw closure. Notes: Completely disrengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving. Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation. Nalgene Low Metals Bottles
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) Neck I.D. (mm) O.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Caee
381600-0004 125 24 17 46 115 1 6
381600-0008 250 24 17 60 134 1 4
381600-0016 500 28 20 73 166 1 4
381600-0032 1000 38 26 90 203 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3677" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Low Particulate Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low Particulate Bottles

Series Material Mouth Color Shape Remarks
382003 LDPE Narrow Mouth Natural Translucent Round Low Particulate
382099 HDPE Narrow Mouth Natural Translucent Round Low Particulate
381600 FEP Narrow Mouth Clear Round Low Particulate
382019 PETG Narrow Mouth Clear Square Low Particulate Sterile Certified
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Narrow Mouth Low Particulate Bottles" tab_id="LDPENMLP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low Metals Bottles

low-density polyethylene, polypropylene closure Nalgene™ Low Particulate/Low Metals Bottles feature a narrow mouth and certification to contain less than 20 particles per mL at 0.3 microns and greater. Metals certified to micrograms per liter (ppb) levels. Each bottle is double bagged under Class 10 laminar flow hoods inside a Class 100 clean room. Excellent for ICP-MS reagent and standard storage. Product includes a certificate of quality that assures the product has been tested and accepted in accordance with specifications. details
  • Certified to particulate and trace metals levels
  • Linerless caps provide the ultimate in leakproof protection without the use of liner that can wrinkle, cause leaks, or contaminate your reagents
  • Exhibits flexibility, impact resistance and excellent visibility of contents for a wide variety of uses in the lab
  • Excellent chemical resistance to most acids, bases and alcohols make this a versatile bottle
  • Metals certified to microliter (ppb) levels <0.20Hg, <0.5 Be, <1.0 As, Cd, Pb, <2.0 Sb, Se, <5.0 Ag, Co, Cr, Cu, Mn, Tl, V, <10 Ba, Ni, Zn, <50 Mg, <75 Al, <100 Ca, Fe, K, Na.
  • Translucent/Leakproof†
Includes: Polypropylene screw closure. Nalgene Low Metals Bottles
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) Neck I.D. (mm) O.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Caee
382003-0004 125 24 18 50 101 1 72
382003-0008 250 24 18 61 133 1 72
382003-0016 500 28 21 73 170 1 48
382003-0032 1000 38-430 27 91 216 1 24
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3678" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HDPE Narrow Mouth Low Particulate Bottles" tab_id="HDPENMLP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low-Particulate Narrow Mouth Bottles with Closures

high-density polyethylene with polypropylene closures Nalgene™ HDPE Low-Particulate Bottles are manufactured and packaged in a controlled environment, making them an excellent choice for storing high-purity chemicals Narrow-mouth bottles with certified low-particulate levels are ideal packaging/shipping containers for high-purity chemical reagents as well as biotech/pharmaceutical applications. details
  • Suitable for use in compliance with the regulations for customers who are designing, assembling and certifying their own combination packaging
  • Controlled environment manufacturing minimizes particulate contamination
  • HDPE bottle with PP closure assembled
  • Leakproof†
Ordering Information: Bottles are packaged with closures assembled. Compliance: Manufactured in compliance with ISO 13485:2003 quality requirements. Bottles and Closures meet the requirements of 21CFR177.1520 for food and beverage use, USP Class VI. Bottles are evaluated at 15 psi (103 kPa) per 49 CFR 173.27(c)(2), ICAO Technical Instructions Part 4; 1.1.6, and IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations Section 5.0.2.9.7. Bottles average less than 30 particles per mL at 0.3 microns or larger. Nalgene Low-Particulate Narrow Mouth Bottles
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) Neck I.D. (mm) O.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Caee
382099-0125 125 24 18 51 101 12 72
382099-0250 250 24 18 61 133 12 72
382099-0500 500 28 21 73 171 12 48
382099-1000 1000 38-430 27 91 216 6 24
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3682" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="FEP Narrow Mouth Low Particulate Bottles" tab_id="FEPNMLP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™  Low Metals Bottles

Teflon® FEP, Tefzel™ ETFE closure Nalgene™ Low Particulate/Low Metals Teflon® FEP Bottles feature a narrow mouth and certification to contain less than 20 particles per mL at 0.3 μm and greater Metals certified to micrograms per liter (ppb) levels. Each bottle is double bagged under Class 10 laminar flow hoods inside a Class 100 clean room. Excellent for storing high purity chemicals. Product includes a certificate of quality that assures the product has been tested and accepted in accordance with specifications. details
  • Certified to particulate and trace metals levels
  • Linerless caps provide the ultimate in leakproof† protection without the use of liner that can wrinkle, cause leaks, or contaminate your reagents
  • Exhibits flexibility, impact resistance and excellent visibility of contents for a wide variety of uses in the lab
  • Excellent chemical resistance almost any lab chemical
  • Non-sterile
  • Metals certified to microliter (ppb) levels <0.20Hg, <0.5 Be, <1.0 As, Cd, Pb, <2.0 Sb, Se, <5.0 Ag, Co, Cr, Cu, Mn, Tl, V, <10 Ba, Ni, Zn, <50 Mg, <75 Al, <100 Ca, Fe, K, Na.
  • Autoclavable/Translucent/Leakproof†
Includes: ETFE screw closure. Notes: Completely disrengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving. Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation. Nalgene Low Metals Bottles
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) Neck I.D. (mm) O.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Caee
381600-0004 125 24 17 46 115 1 6
381600-0008 250 24 17 60 134 1 4
381600-0016 500 28 20 73 166 1 4
381600-0032 1000 38 26 90 203 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3677" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PETG Narow Mouth Low Particulate Bottle" tab_id="PETGNMLP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Certified Clean Containers (Low Particulate Bottles)

polyethylene terephthalate copolyester, high-density polyethylene closures Nalgene™ PETG Certified Clean Containers are specifically designed for cleanroom applications. Ideal for processing and storing critical reagents and bulk intermediates such as vaccines and protein therapeutics. The bottles are lot to lot tested and certified using liquid particulate count analysis for particulate control as specified in the following international compendia: USP <788>, EP 2.9.19 and JP 14th edition Part 1, Section 24. details
  • Manufactured in a ISO 14644-1 Class 7 certified clean room
  • Comprised of resins that are free of animal derived components
  • Sterile, tamper-resistant seal ensures product integrity prior to use
  • Supported by extensive validation documentation
  • Certified sterile and non-pyrogenic, eliminating costly cleaning and associated validations
Certifications: USP <788>, EP 2.9.19 and JP 14th edition Part 1, Section 24. Compliance: USP Class VI, non-cytotoxic, USP <661>, non-pyrogenic, FDA 21CFR 177.1315. Nalgene Certified Clean Containers (Low Particulate Bottles)
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) Dimensions (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Caee
382019-0030 30 20 38 x 38 64 6 72
382019-0060 60 24 41 x 41 82 6 72
382019-0125 125 38-430 52 x 52 108 6 48
382019-0250 250 38-430 59 x 59 144 6 48
382019-0500 500 38-430 73 x 73 178 4 24
382019-1000 1000 38-430 92 x 92 219 4 24
382019-2000 2000 53B 116 x 116 271 1 12
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3683" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene RNase/DNase Free Bottles

Nalgene Sterile Bottles

Nalgen Amber Color Bottles

Nalgene Rectangular Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rectangular Bottles

Nalgene rectangular laboratory bottles take up less shelf space than round bottles. Ideal for freezer storage down to -100°C. Their sturdy uniform wall construction and straight sides resist splitting and punctures, and their wide-mouth closure is guaranteed leakproof, making these bottles ideal for repeated, long-term use. Made only from the highest quality plastic materials that meet pharmaceutical, laboratory and food grade standards, our plastic resins are selected to minimize additives and reduce potential leachables.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Wide-Mouth Rectangular Bottle and Amber Rectangular Bottle" tab_id="Rectangular"][vc_column_text]
Wide-Mouth Rectangular Bottle (2007-series) Wide-Mouth Amber Rectangular Bottle (2009-series)
Space-saving rectangular shape Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions, space-saving rectangular shape
Amber HDPE bottle PP Closure Amber HDPE bottle PP Closure
Milky white translucent Opaque amber
125mL–2L 125mL–2L
Leakproof* Leakproof*
No graduations No graduations
Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC
Not autoclavable Not autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1
BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Wide-Mouth Rectangular Bottle (2007-series) Wide-Mouth Amber Rectangular Bottle (2009-series)[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Square Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Square Bottles

Nalgene square bottles come in a variety of formats and materials to accommodate a wide range of application needs. Their square shape saves shelf and counter space compared with round bottles of the same volume. The wide-mouth designs are easier to fill and are recommended for solid, semi-solid and viscous liquid materials. Those with mouth openings less than 100mm are guaranteed leakproof*. Narrow-mouth bottles provide better control when pouring and all come with the liquid leakproof* guarantee. Thermo Scientific Nalgene bottles are made only from the highest quality plastic materials that meet pharmaceutical, laboratory and food grade standards; our plastic resins are selected to minimize additives and reduce potential leachables.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Narrow-Mouth Square Bottles" tab_id="SquareNM"][vc_column_text]
Narrow-Mouth Square PPCO Bottle (2016-series) Narrow-Mouth Square HDPE Bottles (2018-series) Narrow-Mouth Square PC Bottle (2015-series) Narrow-Mouth Square PETG Bottle (2019-series)
Good chemical resistance, graduated, autoclavable Good chemical resistance, graduated Window clear, superior impact resistance, graduated, autoclavable Window clear, graduated, sterile
PPCO bottle PP Closure HDPE bottle PP Closure PC bottle PP closure PETG bottle HDPE Closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Window clear Window clear
30mL–1L 30mL–1L 30mL–2L 30mL–2L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof*
Molded graduations Molded graduations Molded graduations Molded graduations
Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -135oC to 135oC Temp range -40oC to 70oC
Autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1580 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1315 for food use2
BPA-Free BPA-Free contains BPA BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Narrow-Mouth Square PPCO Bottle (2016-series) Narrow-Mouth Square HDPE Bottles (2018-series) Narrow-Mouth Square PC Bottle (2015-series) Narrow-Mouth Square PETG Bottle (2019-series)[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Wide-Mouth Square Bottles" tab_id="SquareWM"][vc_column_text]
Wide-Mouth Square High Density HDPE Bottles (2114-series) Wide-Mouth Square PPCO Bottle (2110-series) Large Wide-Mouth Square HDPE Bottle (2123-series) Large Wide-Mouth Square PPCO Bottle (2122-series)
Space-saving square shape, wide mouth Space-saving square shape, wide mouth, autoclavable Large capacity, molded hand grip Large capacity, molded hand grip, autoclavable
HDPE bottle PP Closure PPCO bottle PP closure HDPE bottle white PP Closure PPCO bottle white PP Closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent
60mL–1L 60mL–1L 4L 4L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Not liquid leakproof Not liquid leakproof
No graduations No graduations No graduations No graduations
Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC
Not autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1580 for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Wide-Mouth Square High Density HDPE Bottles (2114-series) Wide-Mouth Square PPCO Bottle (2110-series) Large Wide-Mouth Square HDPE Bottle (2123-series) Large Wide-Mouth Square PPCO Bottle (2122-series)[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Dilution Bottles" tab_id="Dilution"][vc_column_text]
Wide-Mouth PPCO Dilution Bottle Wide-Mouth PSF Dilution Bottle Narrow-Mouth PSF Dilution Bottle
Better chemical resistance, less accurate Better accuracy and clarity, higher temp range Better accuracy and clarity, higher temp range
PPCO bottle PP Closure PSF bottle PP Closure PSF bottle PP closure
Milky white translucent Transparent, yellow tint Transparent, yellow tint
Brim capacity 220mL Brim capacity 220mL Brim capacity 210mL
Capacity to neck 205mL Capacity to neck 205mL Capacity to neck 200mL
Cap size 38mm Cap size 38mm Cap size 28mm
Wide mouth Wide mouth Narrow mouth
Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof*
Graduations at 90mL and 99mL Graduations at 90mL and 99mL Graduations at 90mL and 99mL
Accuracy ±4mL Accuracy ±1mL Accuracy ±1mL
For 1/10 and 1/100 dilutions For 1/10 and 1/100 dilutions For 1/10 and 1/100 dilutions
Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -100oC to 165oC Temp range -100oC to 165oC
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1655 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1655 for food use
BPA-Free contains BPA contains BPA
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Wide-Mouth PPCO Dilution Bottle Wide-Mouth PSF Dilution Bottle Narrow-Mouth PSF Dilution Bottle [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Round Bottles

Nalgene PP Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene (PPCO) Bottles

Nalgene polypropylene bottles are something special. Our bottles are made from a polypropylene copolymer material which improves low temperature performance. From -40°C to the autoclave, these bottles are suitable for a wide range of laboratory applications. Polypropylene copolymer bottles provide very good chemical compatibility with a wide variety of lab reagents including most acids, bases, alcohols, aldehydes, esters, and aliphatic hydrocarbons.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Round Narrow-Mouth PPCO Bottles" tab_id="PPCORoundNM"][vc_column_text]
Narrow-Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottle (2006-series) Narrow-Mouth Round Economy Bottle (2087-series) Narrow-Mouth Large Round Bottle (2203-series) Narrow-Mouth Large Round Amber Bottle (2204-series)
Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use and critical applications Lower cost, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications Larger size, rugged lab quality construction Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions, larger size, rugged lab quality construction
PPCO bottle PP Closure PPCO bottle white PP Closure PPCO bottle PP Closure Amber PPCO bottle amber or white closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Opaque amber
4mL–1L 30mL–1L 2L–8L 2L–8L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof*
No graduations No graduations No graduations No graduations
Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Narrow-Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottle - 2006 Narrow-Mouth Round Economy Bottle - 2087 Narrow-Mouth Large Round Bottle - 2203 Narrow Mouth Large Round Amber Bottle - 2204[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Round Wide-Mouth PPCOBottles" tab_id="PPCORoundWM"][vc_column_text]
Wide-Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottle (2105-series) Wide-Mouth Round Economy Bottle (2187-series) Large-Wide Mouth Round  Bottle (2121-series)
Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use and critical applications Lower cost, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications Larger size, rugged lab quality construction
PPCO bottle PP Closure PPCO bottle PP Closure PPCO bottle white pp closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent
30mL–1L 30mL–1L 2L–4L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Not liquid leakproof
No graduations No graduations No graduations
Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Wide-MouthRound Lab Quality Bottle- 2105 Wide-Mouth Round Economy Bottle- 2187 Large-Wide MouthRound Bottle - 2121[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Square PPCO Bottles" tab_id="PPCOSquare"][vc_column_text]
Narrow-Mouth Square Lab Quality Bottle (2016-series) Wide-Mouth Square Lab Quality Bottle (2187-series) Large Wide-Mouth Square Bottle (2122-series)
Space-saving square shape, narrow mouth, graduated Space-saving square shape, wide mouth Space-saving square shape, wide mouth, large capacity, molded hand grip
PPCO bottle/ PP Closure PPCO bottle/ PP Closure PPCO bottle/ white PP closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent
30mL–1L 60mL–1L 4L
L* Leakproof* Not liquid leakproof
Molded graduations No graduations No graduations
Narrow mouth Wide mouth Wide mouth
Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -40°C to 121°C
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Narrow-Mouth Square Lab Quality Bottle - 2016 Wide Mouth Square Lab Quality Bottle - 2187 Large Wide Mouth Square Bottle - 2122[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene PMP Bottles

Nalgene PETG Bottles

Nalgene PC Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polycarbonate (PC) Bottles

Nalgene polycarbonate bottles offer excellent impact resistance and window clarity. They make a good choice for short term media storage and containing other aqueous solutions. Polycarbonate bottles remain impact resistant down to -135°C and are usable to +135°C, making them suitable for use from the freezer to the autoclave. Polycarbonate bottles are chemically compatible with weak acids, alcohols and aliphatic hydrocarbons. They are not suited for exposure to bases, solvents or other aggressive lab chemicals which may cause immediate damage or product failure.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Narrow-Mouth Square Bottles / Large Narrow-Mouth Round Bottle" tab_id="PCNMSqaureRoundLarge"][vc_column_text]
Narrow-Mouth Square Bottle (2015-series) Large Narrow-Mouth Round Bottle (2205-series)
Space-saving square shape, narrow mouth, graduated Larger size, rugged lab quality construction
Window clear Window clear
30mL–2L 500mL–8L
Leakproof* Leakproof*
Molded graduations No graduations
Temp range -135oC to 135oC Temp range -135oC to 135oC
Autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1580 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1580 for food use
Contains BPA Contains BPA
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Narrow-Mouth Square Bottle (2015-series) Large Narrow-Mouth Round Bottle (2205-series)[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene FLPE Bottles

Nalgene FEP PFA Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Fluoropolymer FEP and PFA Bottles

Nalgene fluoropolymer lab bottles are the ultimate plastic bottle for lab applications. They exhibit outstanding resistance to virtually all chemicals, retain their flexible, shatterproof properties down to liquid nitrogen temperatures, and are usable to temperatures over 200°C. They can be rigorously cleaned in boiling nitric acid and are guaranteed leakproof. FEP and PFA bottles feature inert, lubricious surfaces, which protect solution integrity and allow you to recover every drop of your most precious solutions. Ideal for trace metals analysis and applications involving organic solvents.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="FEP and PFA Bottles" tab_id="FEPPFA"][vc_column_text]
Narrow Mouth Round FEP Bottle (1600-series) Wide Mouth Round FEP Bottle (2100-series) Large Wide Mouth Round FEP Bottle (2101-series) Narrow Mouth Round PFA Bottle (1630-series)
FEP bottle ETFE closure FEP bottle ETFE closure FEP bottle PFA-lined PP closure PFA bottle PFA closure
Hazy white translucent Hazy white translucent Hazy white translucent Hazy white translucent
30mL–2L 125ml–1L 2.2L 30mL–1L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof*
Temp range -270oC to 150oC temp range -270oC to 150oC temp range -270oC to 150oC temp range -270oC to 250oC
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
FEP complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1550 for food use FEP complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1550 for food use FEP complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1550 for food use No food use compliance
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Narrow Mouth Round FEP Bottle (1600-series) Wide Mouth Round FEP Bottle (2100-series) Large Wide Mouth Round FEP Bottle (2101-series) Narrow Mouth Round PFA Bottle (1630-series)[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene LDPE Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE) Bottles

Nalgene low density polyethylene bottles combine squeezable flexibility with our guaranteed leakproof* performance. They are compatible with a wide range of lab reagents, remain flexible down to -76°C, and cost less than many other materials—making them a good choice for many applications. Low density polyethylene bottles provide very good chemical compatibility with a wide variety of lab reagents including most acids, bases, alcohols, aldehydes, esters, and aliphatic hydrocarbons.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Narrow-Mouth Round Lab Quality" tab_id="LDPENMRoundLab"][vc_column_text]
Narrow-Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottle (2003-series) Large Narrow-Mouth Round Bottle (2202-series)
Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use, critical applications Larger size, rugged lab quality construction
LDPE bottle PP Closure LDPE bottle PP Closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent
8mL–1L 2L–8L
Leakproof* Leakproof*
Temp range -76°C to 70°C Temp range -76°C to 70°C
Not autoclavable Not autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1
BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Narrow-Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottle (2003-series) Large Narrow-Mouth Round Bottle (2202-series)[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Wide-Mouth Round Lab Quality" tab_id="LDPEWMRound"][vc_column_text]
Wide-Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottle (2103-series)
Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use, critical applications
LDPE bottle PP Closure
Milky white translucent
30mL–1L
Leakproof*
Temp range -76°C to 70°C
Not autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1
BPA-Free
Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Wide-Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottle (2103-series)[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene HDPE Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Bottles

Nalgene high density polyethylene bottles are our most popular lab bottlesby virtue of their leakproof* performance, compatibility with a wide range of lab reagents, impact resistance down to -100°C, and lower cost than many other materials. High density polyethylene bottles provide very good chemical compatibility with a wide variety of lab reagents, including most acids, bases, alcohols, aldehydes, esters, and aliphatic hydrocarbons.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Round Narrow-Mouth HDPE" tab_id="HDPENMRound"][vc_column_text]
Narrow-Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottle (2002-series) Narrow-Mouth Round Economy Bottle (2089-series) Narrow-Mouth Round Economy Bottle Bulk Pack (332089-series) Narrow-Mouth Round Amber Lab Quality Bottle (2004-series) Narrow-Mouth Round Amber Economy Bottle (DS2085-series)
Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use, critical applications Lower cost, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications Bulk packed for additional cost savings, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions, traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use, critical applications Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions, lower cost, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications
HDPE bottle PP Closure HDPE bottle PP Closure HDPE bottle PP Closure Amber HDPE bottle amber PP closure Amber HDPE bottle amber PP closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Opaque amber bottle Opaque amber bottle
4mL–1L 30mL–1L 125mL–1L 4mL–1L 30mL–1L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof*
Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC
Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Narrow-Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottle - 2002 Narrow-Mouth Round Economy Bottle (2089-series) Narrow-Mouth Round Economy Bottle Bulk Pack (332089-series) Narrow-Mouth Round Amber Lab Quality Bottle (2004-series) Narrow-Mouth Round Amber Economy Bottle (DS2085-series)[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Round Wide-Mouth HDPE" tab_id="HDPEWMRound"][vc_column_text]
Wide Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottle (2104-series) Large Wide Mouth Round Bottle (2120-series) Wide Mouth Round Economy Bottle (2189-series) Wide Mouth Round Economy Bottle Bulk Pack (332189-series) Wide Mouth Round Amber Lab Quality Bottle (2106-series) Wide Mouth Round Amber Economy Bottle (DS2185-series)
Traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use, critical applications Larger size, rugged lab quality construction Lower cost, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications Bulk packed for additional cost savings, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions, traditional reusable lab bottle for long-term use, critical applications Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions, lower cost, lighter weight, thinner wall for light-duty applications
HDPE bottle PP Closure HDPE bottle white PP Closure HDPE bottle PP Closure HDPE bottle PP Closure Amber HDPE bottle amber PP closure Amber HDPE bottle amber PP closure
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Opaque amber bottle Opaque amber bottle
30mL–1.5L 2L–4L 30mL–1L 60mL–1L 30mL–1L 30mL–1L
Leakproof* Not liquid leakproof Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof*
Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC
Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled Also available in bulk, unassembled
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Wide Mouth Round Lab Quality Bottle (2104-series) Large Wide Mouth Round Bottle (2120-series) Wide Mouth Round Economy Bottle (2189-series) Wide Mouth Round Economy Bottle Bulk Pack (332189-series) Wide Mouth Round Amber Lab Quality Bottle (2106-series) Wide Mouth Round Amber Economy Bottle (DS2185-series)[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Square HDPE" tab_id="HDPESquare"][vc_column_text]
Narrow-Mouth Square HDPE Bottles (2018-series) Wide-Mouth Square HDPE Bottles (2114-series) Large Wide-Mouth Square HDPE Bottle (2123-series)
Space-saving square shape, narrow mouth, graduated Space-saving square shape, wide mouth Space-saving square shape, wide mouth, large capacity, molded hand grip
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent
30mL–1L 60mL–1L 4L
Leakproof* Leakproof* Not liquid leakproof
Molded graduations No graduations No graduations
Narrow mouth Wide mouth Wide mouth
Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC
Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Narrow-Mouth Square HDPE Bottles (2018-series) Wide-Mouth Square HDPE Bottles (2114-series) Large Wide-Mouth Square HDPE Bottle (2123-series)[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Rectangular HDPE" tab_id="HDPERectangular"][vc_column_text]
Wide-Mouth Rectangular Bottle (2007-series) Wide-Mouth Amber Rectangular Bottle (2009-series)
Space-saving rectangular shape Amber color protects light-sensitive solutions, space-saving rectangular shape
Amber HDPE bottle/PP Closure Amber HDPE bottle/PP Closure
Milky white translucent Opaque amber bottle
125mL–2L 125mL–2L
Leakproof* Leakproof*
No graduations No graduations
Wide mouth Wide mouth
Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC
Not autoclavable Not autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1
BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Wide-Mouth Rectangular Bottle (2007-series) Wide-Mouth Amber Rectangular Bottle (2009-series)[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Cryogenic Storage & Options

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™  and Nunc™ Cyrogenic Storage & Options

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3547" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Cryoboxes" tab_id="Cryoboxes"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Nunc™ Cryoboxes

CryoBoxes from economical chipbard boxes to break-resistant, durable polycarbonate boxes.

details

  • Durable plastic cryoboxes for short- or long-term storage
  • Keyed lid on plastic cryoboxes prevent misalignment
  • Printed grid for easy inventory management
  • Plastic boxes autoclavable for decontamination and usable at temperature range from -196°C to +121°C
  • Economical chipboard cryoboxes for short-term storage
  • Chipboard boxes include dividers
  • Vent in base for good drainage and air circulation
  • Available with dividers from 25 to 169 tube storage
  • See Dense Storage Options for details on 169-tube cryoboxes

Cryoboxes

Cat. No. Color Capacity, No. of Tubes Dimensions, L x W x H (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
Plastic Cryoboxes
867013-0240 Red 81 133 x 133 x 52 4 24
867013-0241 Yellow 81 133 x 133 x 52 4 24
867013-0242 Green 81 133 x 133 x 52 4 24
867013-0243 Blue 81 133 x 133 x 52 4 24
867013-0244 Gray 81 133 x 133 x 52 4 24
867013-0245 Assorted 81 133 x 133 x 52 4 24
5025-0505 White 25 76 x 76 x 52 8 48
5026-0909 White 81 133 x 133 x 52 4 24
5026-1010 White 100 133 x 133 x 52 10
5027-0909 White 81 133 x 133 x 95 4 24
374187 White 100 133 x 133 x 52 4 24
341483 White 100 132 x 132 x 52 4 24
330821 White 64 132 x 132 x 52 4 24
Cardboard Cryoboxes
378247 White 25 75 x 75 x 51 24
378220 White 81 132 x 132 x 51 6
369639 White 81 132 x 132 x 51 48
369647 White 81 132 x 132 x 75 30
340053 White 100 145 x 145 x 51 42
340061 White 100 145 x 145 x 75 30
Plastic Microcentrifuge Tube Boxes
5055-5002 White 81 133 x 133 x 52 4 24
5055-5005 White 81 133 x 133 x 52 4 24
5055-5015 White 64 133 x 133 x 52 4 24

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene colored cryoboxes for up to 81 tubes

Nalgene cryoboxes for 25 to 81 tubes

Nalgene System 100 cryobox for up to 100 tubes

Nunc cardboard cryoboxes[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Dense Storage Options" tab_id="DenseStorage"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™  and Nunc™ Dense Storage Options

The Dense Low Temperature Storage format uses standard CryoBox sizes that work with the freezer racks you currently own.

By using standard boxes with 13 x 13 tube separators, up to 169- 1 mL tubes fit in a standard size CryoBox – effectively doubling your capacity and cutting storage costs by 50%.

details

  • Available in economical cardboard or long-lasting plastic cryobox options
  • Fits up to 169- 1 mL Cryobank tubes for the most dense storage available
  • See Nunc Biobanking and Cell Culture product section for details about Cat. No. 374115, which fits in these cryoboxes

Dense Storage Options

Cat. No. Description capacity,
No. of Tubes
Dimensions
L x H x W
(mm)
No. per Pack No. per Case
5050-0169 CryoBox, PC, white with clear lid 169 133 x 133 x 52 4 24
369640 Storage Box, cardboard, white 169 132 x 132 x 51 4 24
5050-0001 CryoBox, undivided, PC, white with clear lid - 133 x 133 x 52 4 24
374001 Storage Box replacement divider 169 - 4 24
369678 Picker Pen for CryoBank Cap - - 1 24

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Dense low temperature storage

Fits in racks you already own

169 tubes fit in the same footprint currently storing 81 or 100 tubes[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Storage Canes" tab_id="StorageCanes"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Nunc™ Cyrotubes Storage Canes

Storage canes accommodate a variety of tube sizes and types; available standard or stepped for optimal organization of your samples.

d etails

  • For storage of Nalgene™ or Nunc™ cryostorage tubes
  • Compatible with tubes protected with Cryoflex tubing
  • Available color coders attach to the end of the cane and can be written on for quick identification and inventory management

Storage Canes

Cat. No. Description Design Length (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
378441 Nunc Storage Cane, aluminum Standard 290 50
5015-0001 Nalgene CryoCane, aluminum Stepped 290 12 48
5015-0002 Nalgene CryoCane, aluminum Stepped 300 12 48
DS5020-0000 Nalgene Storage Cane Coders, aluminum, white - - 100

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3744" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Storage Tube Protection" tab_id="StorageTubeProtection"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Cytotubes Storage Tube Protection

Protect your cryogenic tubes with Nunc™ Cryoflex tubing or Cryosleeves and our Nunc™ Mini-boxes for shipping or handling.

details

  • Heat shrink/pinch each end of the Nunc Cryoflex tubing around cryostorage tubes toprevent leakage of liquid nitrogen into the tubes during storage
  • Transparent Nunc Cryosleeve tubing fits any Nunc or Nalgene cane and provides extra security during handling and submersion of tubes into the liquid phase without the tubes touching the liquid nitrogen
  • Nunc Mini-boxes are ideal for storing small quantities of samples for shipping
  • Friction-fit lid and durable high-impact polystyrene construction to protect samples
  • Cryoflex tubing is compatible with Nalgene and Nunc cryo tubes and all Thermo Scientific 2D coded tubes

Storage Tube Protection

Cat. No. Description Dimensions Lx H x D/I.D. (mm) Capacity, No. of tubes No. per Pack No. per Case
343958  CryoFlex Tube Wrap 500 x n/a x 14 Varies 15 30
5016-0001  CryoSleeve Tubing 100 x n/a x 14 Varies 12 48
534479  CryoTube Mini Box 69.7 x 55.7 x 17.2 5 350
534592  CryoTube Mini Box 69.3 x 54.4 x 29.1 10 250

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Nunc CryoFlex tubing

Nunc Cryotube sealed in CryoFlex tubing

Nunc Cryotube Mini-boxes

Nalgene CryoSleeve tubing[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Labels and Pens" tab_id="LabelsandPens"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Nunc™ Labels and Pens

Nalgene™ and Nunc™ Labels and Markers are designed for permanent identification of samples and storage boxes.

details

  • Cloth labels accept markers or ballpoint pen and are specifically designed for use at ultra-low temperatures, adhering to plastic and cardboard without shrinking or peeling
  • Nunc and Nalgene cryoware markers come in a variety of colors for permanent handwritten identification of samples
  • Use these markers by hand, or for higher throughput use them in the ID Scribe

Labels and Pens

Cat. No. Dimensions
Lx H x D (mm)
Colors No. per Pack No. per Case
5040-0002 25 x 50 white 200 2000
6313-0010 - 1 each – red, blue, green, black 4 24
339993 - 1 each – red, blue, green, black 4 24
343850 - black 1 10

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene Cryo Labels

Nalgene Cryo Pens

Nunc Cryo Pens[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Production Carboys and Accessories

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Production Carboys and Accessories

The Thermo Scientific Nalgene carboy advantage

When using carboys for critical applications, standard laboratory carboys won't do. More supporting documentation, choices and designs sensitive to the necessary cleaning validations are just a few things to look for. Customization with fluid transfer options, pre-sterilization, and forced extraction studies are additional benefits you can expect from Thermo Scientific Nalgene carboys and jerricans.

Key advantages of the Nalgene Carboys

  • Well supported with off-the-shelf, validation binders, and extractables studies
  • Screw top, leakproof seals to ensure sample integrity with sanitary fitting options available for easier cleaning validations
  • Available in LDPE, HDPE, Fluorinated, PP, PC, up to 50 L
  • Rectangular options for dense storage efficiency and round options to facilitate stirring
  • Ability to provide custom tubulation for specific fluid transfer requirements
  • Sterile, single-use option can eliminate the need for in-house packaging and sterilization

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3464" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Find your production carboy for your application by resin type

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE" tab_id="LDPE"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LDPE Carboys

Suited for advanced liquid handling and solution storage for many pharmaceutical and biotechnology applications, these single-use carboys are the ideal choice for storage and transport of reagents. These containers can eliminate cleaning costs, validation and assembly, and contamination from repeated use.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Thomas Scientific™ Nalgene™ Round Carboys
low density polyethylene , white polypropylene closure

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ LDPE Round Carboys are an ideal choice for storage and transport of reagents.

details

  • Wide shoulder handles allow for easy pouring and carrying with gloved hands
  • Graduation to contain in liters and gallons
  • Accepts 13.5 rubber stopper for alternative sealing method
  • Leakproof†

Related Products: Additional closure options include Nalgene Quick Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2158), Nalgene Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2162), Nalgene Top Works Fluid Transfer Systems (Cat. No. 2135) and Nalgene 30 mL Validation Bottle for material compatibility studies (Cat. No. DS2126-0030).

Nalgene Round Carboys

Cat. No. Nominal Capacity
(L)
Nominal Brim
Capacity (L)
Closure Size (mm) O.D.(mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2210-0020 10 12 83B 250 389 1 6
2210-0040 15 17 83B 285 429 1 4
2210-0050 20 22.5 83B 282 526 1 4
2210-0065 25 27.5 83B 287 594 1 4
2210-0130 50 54 83B 379 668 1 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3747" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HDPE" tab_id="HDPE"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3467" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

HDPE Carboys and Jerricans

Manufactured for tough applications, these carboys and jerricans are suited for storing and dispensing solutions and media. We offer a selection of heavy-duty, fluorinated and HDPE jerricans graduated in liters and gallons.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Presterilized HDPE Carboys

These Nalgene labware are sterilized and tested after assembly, with sterility guaranteed as long as the packaging is intact. Indicator dots used on Nalgene products undergo an irreversible color change upon sterilization.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Thermo Scientific Nalgene Fluorinated Jerricans
high-density polyethylene, white polypropylene closure

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Fluorinated Jerricans have a rugged design with wide stance and low center of gravity that provide greater stability.

Fluorinated surface inside and out improves barrier properties and reduces solvent absorption while enhancing long-term container performance and prevents loss due to permeation.

details

  • Includes tethered closure preventing loss
  • Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
  • Molded-in handle and recessed bottom provides a sturdy grip when carrying heavy contents
  • Space-saving rectangular shape optimizes limited storage space
  • Graduated/Leakproof†

Nalgene Jerricans

Cat. No. Nominal Capacity (L) Nominal Brim Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) L x W x H (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2242-0025 10 12 53B 246 x 199 x 376 1 6
2242-0050 20 24 53B 320 x 245 x 452 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3753" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Thermo Scientific Nalgene 13 L Jerrican

high-density polyethylene with tethered polypropylene closure

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Jerricans have a unique double-spout design, ideal as a reservoir in automated systems.

Rugged design with wide stance and low center of gravity provides stability.

details

  • 53B closure can be customized with input/output tubing, while the 38 mm closure can be used for refilling and emptying
  • Molded-in handle provides a sturdy grip when carrying heavy contents
  • Integral shoulder handle and molded bottom grip offers added assistance with lifting
  • Molded of HDPE, offering good chemical resistance for a wide variety of solutions
  • Space-saving rectangular shape optimizes limited storage space

Related products: Nalgene Quick Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2158), or Nalgene Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2162)

Additional accessories include Nalgene Barbed Bulkhead Fittings (Cat. No. 6149)

Compliance: USP Class VI FDA21 CFR 177.1520.

Nalgene 13 L Jerrican

Cat. No. Nominal Capacity (L) Nominal Brim Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) L x W x H (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2243-0013 13 14 53B 290 x 189 x 378 1 4
2243-9013 13 14 53B; 38-430 290 x 189 x 378 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3752" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Thermo Scientific Nalgene Heavy-Duty Rectangular Carboy
high-density polyethylene , white polypropylene closure

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ HDPE Heavy-Duty Rectangular Carboy has a space-saving, stackable design.

Rugged carboy for storing and transporting reagents and other liquids.

details

  • Heavy-walled construction for durability and chemical resistance
  • Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
  • Design includes integral handle for easy transport and pouring
  • Graduated/Leakproof†

Nalgene Heavy-Duty Rectangular Carboy

Cat. No. Nominal Capacity (L) Nominal Brim Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) L x W x H (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2214-0050 20 20 70 330 x 228 x 406 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3751" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Thermo Scientific Nalgene Heavy-Duty Wide Mouth Jug
high-density polyethylene, white polypropylene closure

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Heavy-Duty Wide Mouth Jug features a large, 120 mm opening.

Molded-in handle and recessed bottom provide a study grip when lifting and pouring. Wide stance and low center of gravity assure stability.

details

  • Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of jugs
  • Ideal for storing solids or powders
  • Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
  • Space-saving rectangular shape optimizes limited storage space

Nalgene Heavy-Duty Wide Mouth Jug

Cat. No. Nominal Capacity (L) Nominal Brim Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) L x W x H (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2241-0050 20 25 120 305 x 203 x 457 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3750" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PP" tab_id="PP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3748" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Polypropylene Carboys

Durable, lighter and safer than glass, these carboys are available in a variety of shapes and sizes, with a range of features such as wide mouths and handles for convenient filling and handling

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

PP Sanitary Fitting Carboys

Easier to clean than threaded containers or vessels, these one-piece molded, non-threaded carboys are designed for use as receiver or dispensing vessels in biopharmaceutical applications. Solid ported

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Heavy Duty Vacuum Carboys
polypropylene , white polypropylene closure, thermoplastic elastomer gasket

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Heavy Duty Vacuum Carboys are ideal when service conditions are most extreme.

Useful as a vacuum trap; will hold a vacuum for 8 hours.

details

  • Not rated for pressure use
  • Customization options are available for fluid transfer applications
  • Autoclavable/Leakproof†

Related Products: Additional closure options include Nalgene Quick Filling/ Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2158), Nalgene Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2162), Nalgene Top Works Fluid Transfer Systems (Cat. No. 2135) and Nalgene 30 mL Validation Bottle for material compatibility studies (Cat. No. DS2126-0030).

Additional accessories include Nalgene Barbed Bulkhead Fittings (Cat. No. 6149).

For 1-5 L sizes, please refer to Nalgene Heavy Duty Vacuum Bottles (Cat. No. 2126).

Nalgene Heavy Duty Vacuum Carboys

Cat. No. Nominal Capacity
(L)
Nominal Brim
Capacity (L)
Closure Size (mm) O.D.(mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2226-0020 10 12 83B 250 1 6
2226-0050 20 22.5 83B 282 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3749" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Rectangular Carboys
polypropylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys are molded of tough, translucent and autoclavable polypropylene. Ideal for storing solutions and handling large volumes of powders and other solid samples.

details

  • Large-neck opening for easy filling and cleaning
  • Includes sturdy stainless steel handle attached to molded-in shoulder loops
  • Graduated in liters and gallons
  • Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†

Nalgene Autoclavable Rectangular Carboys

Cat. No. Nominal Capacity
(L)
Nominal Brim
Capacity (L)
Closure Size (mm) L x W x H (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2212-0020 9 9 100-415 220 x 153 x 360 1 6
2212-0050 20 21 100-415 320 x 229 x 399 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3759" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Wide-Mouth Carboys with Handles
polypropylene , white polypropylene closure

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Autoclavable Wide-Mouth Carboys with Handles have a convenient large opening for storage and transport of solids and powders.

details

  • Convenient wide shoulder handles; allows easy carrying and pouring, even with gloved hands
  • Graduated to contain iliters and gallons
  • Wide-mouth opening promotes ease of cleaning and dispensing
  • Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†

Nalgene Autoclavable Wide-Mouth Carboys with Handles

Cat. No. Nominal Capacity
(L)
Nominal Brim
Capacity (L)
Closure Size (mm) O.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2235-0020 10 3 100-415 250 343 1 6
2235-0050 20 5.5 100-415 282 483 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3758" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Carboys with Sanitary Flange
polypropylene, white polypropylene closure , thermoplastic elastomer gasket

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Autoclavable Carboys feature a 1-1/2 in. secure, nonthreaded sanitary dispensing port. They are ideal for use as a supply reservoir.

details

  • Convenient molded-in handles for each handling
  • Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
  • Dispensing port used in combination with 1-1/2 in gasket and True Union Clamp
  • Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†

Compliance: USP Class VI, non-cytotoxic.

Related products: Gasket (Cat. No. 2672-0150), True Union Clamps (Cat. No. 2670-0150).

Nalgene Autoclavable Carboys Sanitary Flanges

Cat. No. Nominal Capacity
(L)
Approx. Brim Cpacity (L) Closure Size O.D.(mm) Height with Ferrule (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2640-0020 10 12 83B, 1-1/2 in. Tri Clover 250 389 1 1
2640-0050 20 22.5 83B, 1-1/2 in. Tri Clover 282 526 1 1
2640-0130 50 54 83B, 1-1/2 in. Tri Clover 379 678 1 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3741" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PC" tab_id="PC"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3465" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Polycarbonate Carboys

Our polycarbonate carboys ensure the integrity of your samples. Glass-clear to permit easy visual inspection and volume measurements but lighter and safer than glass, they are designed and manufactured for tough applications under rigorous laboratory conditions

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

PC Sanitary Fitting Carboys

Easier to clean than threaded containers or vessels, these one-piece molded, non-threaded carboys are designed for use as receiver or dispensing vessels in biopharmaceutical applications. Solid ported sanitary end caps are also available.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Nalgene™ Certified Clean Polycarbonate Biotainer™ Carboys

light blue polycarbonate, silicone lined polypropylene closures

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ Polycarbonate Biotainer™ Bottles and Carboys reduce the risk of carry-over contamination. Durable, translucent PC construction ensures the integrity of your sample, even frozen to -100°C.
details 
  • Provided sterile and ready-to-use; including certified clean products, which meet USP<788> standards and endotoxins below 0.5 EU/mL
  • Certified clean products include triple layer packaging, with two heat-sealed layers to facilitate ease of  entry into cleanrooms

Nalgene Certified Clean InVitro Biotainer Bottles

Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) O.D.(mm) Height (mm) No. per Case
383405-16 5 48 166 299 6
383405-42 5 48 166 299 6
383410-08 10 48 255 337 2
383410-42 10 48 255 337 2
383423-42 20 48 255 493 3

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3760" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Thermo Scientific Nalgene InVitro Biotainer Bottles and Carboys
light blue polycarbonate, silicone lined polypropylene closures

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ InVitro™ Biotainer™ bottles and carboys are excellent for freezing applications.

Nalgene InVitro Biotainer bottles and carboys are designed specifically for pharmaceutical and biological manufacturers. Supplied sterile and ready to use, they reduce the risk of carry-over contamination and eliminate the cost of cleaning, sterilization, and associated validations.

details

  • Constructed of durable, translucent PC – ensuring the integrity of your sample
  • Closures feature a silicone liner for leakproof† assurance
  • Customization options available for fluid transfer applications
  • Supported by extensive validation documentation
  • Suitable for use in storage conditions of -100°C to +100°C

Compliance: USP Class VI, non-cytotoxic, USP <661>, non-pyrogenic, FDA 21CFR 177.1315 for 5 to 5000mL, and FDAa 21 CFR 177.1520 for 10 to 20 L.

Nalgene InVitro Biotainer Bottles

Cat. No. Nominal Capacity Closure Size (mm) O.D.(mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
3500-05* 5ml 20 22.4 Round 46.7 100 500
3500-20* 20ml 20 29.7 Round 65.3 500 500
3030-42 125ml 38 52.1 Square 104.6 5 50
3120-42+ 1000ml 48 98 Square 201 5 35
3233-42+ 2000ml 48 116 Square 265 5 20
3405-16+ 5000ml 48 166 Square 299 1 6
3405-42++ 5000ml 48 166 Square 299 6 6
3410-42 10L 48 255 Square 337 1 2
3410-08++ 10L 48 255 Square 337 1 2
3423-42 20L 48 255 Square 493 1 3

* Validation vial + Fits 3-ported 48 mm closure for attachment of tubing ++ With polyethylene handle[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3756" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Thermo Scientific Nalgene Round Clearboys
polycarbonate , white polypropylene closure, thermoplastic elastomer gasket

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Round Transparent Clearboys™ are durable, lighter and safer than glass.

Useful for large-volume media and culture preparation, especially where visual inspection of contents for quality is important. Ideal for refrigerated or frozen storage of aqueous solutions such as sterile water, reagents and media.

details

  • Available in 10 L and 20 L sizes for a variety of biopharmaceutical applications
  • Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
  • Molded of transparent, durable polycarbonate
  • Customization options available for fluid transfer applications
  • Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†

Related Products: Additional closure options include Nalgene Quick Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2158), Nalgene Filling/Venting Closures (Cat. No. 2162) Nalgene Top Works™ Fluid Transfer Systems (Cat. No. 2135) and Nalgene Validation Bottles (Cat. No. DS2127).

Additional accessories include Nalgene Barbed Bulk Head Fittings (Cat. No. 6149).

Nalgene Round Transparent Clearboys

Cat. No. Capacity (L) Nominal Brim Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) O.D.(mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2251-0020 10 12.5 83B 253 394 1 4
2251-0050 20 24 83B 287 536 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3755" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Clearboys
polycarbonate, polypropylene closure

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Rectangular Clearboys™ are lightweight, space-saving and durable.

These carboys are ideal for storing solutions and handling large volumes of powders and other solid samples.

details

  • Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning
  • Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
  • Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
  • Molded of transparent PC, making this carboy ideal when visual inspection of contents is required
  • Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†

Nalgene Rectangular Clearboys

Cat. No. Capacity (L) Nominal Brim Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) L x W x H (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
DS2213-0020 9 9 100-415 220 x 153 x 360 1 1
DS2213-0050 20 21 100-415 320 x 229 x 399 1 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3754" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Thermo Scientific Nalgene Sanitary Carboy
polycarbonate

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Sanitary Carboy is a one-piece molded, non-threaded, design for use as receiver or dispensing vessel in biopharmaceutical applications.

The 3 in. flange accepts standard tri-clover style fittings. A clamping-closure system securely seals the carboy, requiring no torque while eliminating back-off issues.

details

  • Sanitary design is easier to clean than threaded alternatives
  • Molded of same PC resin as Nalgene PC Clearboys and PC Bottles, supporting a switch to Sanitary PC Carboys without material validation issues
  • To seal closure, use a combination of gasket, end cap and sealing clamp
  • Sanitary Carboy also available in PP (Cat. No. 2630)
  • Graduated/Autoclavable

Related products: PP End Caps (Cat. No. 2665-0300), Ported End Caps (Cat. No. 2688-2075 and 2689-2075), True Union Clamps (Cat. No. 2670-0300), Heavy Duty Clamp (Cat. No. 2685-0300), Gaskets (Cat. No. 2672-0300).

Nalgene Sanitary Carboy

Cat. No. Nominal Brim Capacity (L) Nick Finsih O.D. (mm) Height with Ferrule (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2261-0050 20 3 inch Tri Clover 287 498 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3757" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Accessories" tab_id="Accessories"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Carboy Replacement Screw Closures and Gaskets

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Replacement Screw Closures for Nalgene Carboys fit securely for guaranteed leakproof service. Gaskets for 53B and 83B closures are also available.

details

  • Made to fit Nalgene Carboys

Nalgene Carboy Replacement Screw Closures and Gaskets

Cat. No. Closure Size (mm) Description No. per Pack No. per Case
712150-1000 100 Screw White Closure PP 100 mm 12 12
712155-1200 120 Large Jar Closure White PP 120 mm 12 12
712160-0053 53B Sealing Gasket TPE For 53B closure 12 12
712160-0530 53B Screw Closure White PP 53B 12 12
712160-0830 83B Screw Closure White PP 83B 2 2
712162-1830 Sealing Gasket TPE for Sealing Closure 712160-0830 5 5

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3474" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Bags

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker

Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3411" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Sample Bag" tab_id="LDPEbag"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ LDPE Sample Bags

Nalgene™ Sample Bags are ideal for small lab items, botanical samples and other specimens.

These heavy-duty, double-track zipper bags lock securely, so dry samples stay dry and moist samples stay moist.

details

  • Low-density polyethylene is clear for easy identification of contents
  • 4-mil thick walls are strong and waterproof, to protect your samples
  • Bags are waterproof to keep contents dry
  • Transparent

Notes: Not recommended for storing liquids

Nalgene Sample Bags

Cat. No. W x L (cm) No. per Pack No. per Case
6255-0406 10.2 x 15.2 50 500
6255-0508 12.7 x 20.3 50 500
6255-0613 15.2 x 33.0 50 250
6255-0913 22.9 x 33.0 50 250
6255-0918 22.9 x 45.7 50 250

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3411" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Beakers

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker

Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Which beakers are best for your applications?
Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene PFA Griffin
Low-Form Plastic Beakers
Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Max use 121oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC* Max use 120oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC*
Graduations:
silk screened
Graduations:
silk screened
No graduations Graduations:
molded-in;
oz and mL
Graduations:
molded-in;
oz and mL
Graduations:
molded-in;
oz and mL
Volume range:
30mL–4L
Volume range:
50mL–4L
Volume range:
50mL–1L
Volume range:
1L, 3L
Volume range:
1L, 3L
Volume range:
1L, 3L
PPCO PMP PFA HDPE PMP PFA
Translucent white Clear Translucent white Translucent white Clear Translucent white
No handle No handle No handle Handle Handle Handle
Nesting Nesting Nesting Not nesting Not nesting Not nesting
BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="PP Low Form" tab_id="PPlow"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers

Nalgene™ Griffin Low-Form Beakers provide excellent chemical resistance and convenient stacking capabilities.
All sizes have easy-to-read silk-screened graduations.

details
• No drip, single-spout design provides precision pouring control
• With ribs for easy stacking
• Silk screened with graduations, size code, resin code, catalog number, max. temperature and “No Flame” symbol for easy identification and safe use
• Autoclavable/Graduated

Compliance: Meets ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plasticware Beakers.
Notes: Not for use on hotplates.

Nalgene Griffin Low-Form Beakers

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) No. per Pack No. per Case
1201-0030 30 12 48
1201-0050 50 12 48
1201-0100 100 12 48
1201-0150 150 12 48
1201-0250 250 6 36
1201-0400 400 6 36
1201-0600 600 4 24
1201-1000 1000 3 12
1201-2000 2000 1 6
1201-4000 4000 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3329" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PMP Low Form" tab_id="PMPlow"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers

Nalgene™ Griffin Low-Form Beakers are suitable for continuous use at 150°C with intermittent service to 175°C.

Beakers have the transparency of glass, excellent chemical resistance and heat tolerance. All size beakers have easy to read silk-screened graduations.

details
• Transparent PMP material allows a clear view of beaker contents
• No-drip, single-spout design provides precision pouring control
• With ribs for easy stacking
• Silk-screened with graduations, size code, resin code, catalog number, max. temperature and “No Flame” symbol for easy identification and safe use
• Autoclavable/Graduated/Transparent

Compliance: Meets ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plasticware Beakers.

Notes: Not for use on hotplates.

Nalgene Griffin Low-Form Beakers

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) No. per Pack No. per Case
1203-0030 30 12 36
1203-0050 50 12 36
1203-0100 100 12 36
1203-0150 150 12 36
1203-0250 250 6 24
1203-0400 400 6 24
1203-0600 600 4 12
1203-1000 1000 3 12
1203-2000 2000 1 4
1203-4000 4000 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3323" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PFA Low Form" tab_id="PFALow"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin Low-Form PFA Plastic Beakers

Nalgene™ Low-Form Beakers are molded from chemically-resistant perfluoroalkoxy resin.
Heavy-wall design makes these beakers sturdy and tough for continual lab usage.
Tolerates a wide temperature range: -270°C to +250°C.

details
• No-drip single-spout design provides precision pouring control
• Highly resistant to most chemicals, including the strongest sulfuric, nitric, chromic and phosphoric acids – will not contaminate contents with leachables
• Withstands extreme temperatures from -270°C to +250°C for versatility in your lab
• Autoclavable/PFA

Notes: Not for use on hotplates.

Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation.

Nalgene Griffin Low-Form Beakers

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) No. per Pack No. per Case
1510-0050 50 1 6
1510-0100 100 1 6
1510-0250 250 1 6
1510-0600 600 1 4
1510-1000 1000 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3326" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HDPE Graduated with handle" tab_id="HDPEhandle"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Graduated HDPE Plastic Beakers with Handles

Nalgene™ HDPE Beakers with handles feature an extra-heavy wall for safe handling of acids, alkalis and hot solutions.
Sturdy rectangular handle is easy on the hands, and provides reliable support and dispensing control.

details
• Molded-in graduations in both oz. and mL won’t wear off with continuous use or washings
• Molded-in rectangular handle provides easy, safe handling and pouring
• Excellent chemical resistance makes these usable for a wide range of solutions
• Graduated

Notes: Not for use on hotplates.

Nalgene Graduated Beakers with Handles

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) No. per Pack No. per Case
1220-1250 1000 1 6
1220-2500 3000 1 6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3324" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PMP Graduated with handle" tab_id="PMPwithhandle"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles

Nalgene™ PMP Beakers resist acids, bases, aliphatic alcohols, aldehydes and esters.

Beakers have rectangular handle for easy carrying and pouring and withstand continuous use at high temperatures.

details
• Withstands continuous exposure to temperatures as high as 150°C and intermittent temperatures to 175°C
• Transparent to microwaves
• Transparent PMP material allows a clear view of beaker contents
• Molded-in graduation in both oz. and mL won’t wear off with continuous use or washings
• Excellent chemical resistance to acids, bases and aliphatic alcohols make these beakers useful for a broad range of solutions
• Sturdy, molded-in rectangular handle provides easy, safe handling and pouring
• Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated

Notes: Not for use on hotplates.

Nalgene Graduated Beakers with Handles

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) No. per Pack No. per Case
1223-1000 1000 1 6
1223-3000 3000 1 6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3325" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PFA Graduated with handle" tab_id="PFAhandle"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles>
Nalgene™ Beakers with Handles feature extraordinary chemical resistance and can be used repeatedly for high-purity applications.

Can be used (and re-used) with strong oxidizing agents, acids, hydrocarbons and ketones. Widest temperature range: -270°C to +250°C. Not for use on hot plates. Teflon® PFA is “non-stick” making the beaker easy to clean and resistant to contamination.

details
• Withstands exposure to extreme temperatures from -270°C to 250°C
• Rigid and translucent, enabling easy and consistent viewing of liquid levels
• Molded-in graduation in both oz. and mL won’t wear off with continuous use or washings
• Excellent chemical resistance to strong ozidizing agents, acids, hydrocarbons and ketones make these beakers useful for a broad range of high-purity applications
• Molded-in rectangular handle provides easy, safe handling and pouring
• Autoclavable

Notes: Not for use on hotplates.

Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation.

Nalgene Graduated Beakers with Handles

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) No. per Case
DS1511-1000 1000 1
DS1511-3000 3000 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3328" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Bench Protectors

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Polyethylene bench/drawer liners Versi-Dry™ Surface Protectors Super Versi-Dry™ Surface Protectors
sink liner or titration background. have thousands of Thirsty Cells to quickly absorb spills and cushion breakable labware. long-lasting, waterproof, skid-resistant and chemical resistant.

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Clean Sheets Bench/Drawer Liner" tab_id="CleanSheets"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ CleanSheets™ Polyethylene Bench/Drawer Liner

Nalgene™ polyethylene bench/drawer liners are ideal as a sink liner or titration background.

Can be cut to any size and stapled, tacked or taped. Provides cushioning and liquid barrier protection.

details

  • Made of 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) thick closed-cell polyethylene foam to cushion benchtop items
  • Smooth and resilient, this nonabsorbent pad is versatile in your lab – use for a multitude of purposes
  • Excellent chemical resistance provides protection wherever placed against spills
  • Can be cut to any size to fit benches, shelves, drawers – anywhere protection is needed against spills, vibration, heat, dirt or breakage
  • Non-absorbant

Nalgene Clean Sheets™ Bench/Drawer Liner

Cat. No. W x L No. per Pack No. per Case
6283-1250 305mm x 15.2m 1 2
6283-1850 457mm x 15.2m 1 2

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3457" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Versi-Dry Surface Protectors" tab_id="VersiDry"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Versi-Dry™ Surface Protectors

Nalgene™ Versi-Dry™ Surface Protectors have thousands of Thirsty Cells to quickly absorb spills and cushion breakable labware.

The polyethylene backing protects your benchtop from the harshest of chemicals. Can be used as a bench protector, shelf liner, cabinet liner or for wiping up isolated spills.

details

  • Cushioned surface minimizes breakage of glass labware when dropped or tipped over
  • Skid resistant polyethylene backing resists harsh chemicals and protects your benchtop from spills and corrosion
  • Low-pile flat surface provides stability for glassware that is likely to tip
  • Versi-Dry quickly absorbs up to 750 mL/m2 spills with its thousands of Thirsty Cells

Nalgene Versi-Dry Surface Protectors

Cat. No. W x L No. per Case
Mat
62080-00 46cm x 51cm 350
Dispenser Roll
62050-00 51cm x 91m 1
62070-00 51cm x 30m 4
Rolls
62060-00 51cm x 91m 2
62065-00 51cm x 46m 2

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3456" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Super Versi-Dry Surface Protectors" tab_id="SuperVersiDry"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Super Versi-Dry™ Surface Protectors

Nalgene™ Super Versi-Dry™ Surface Protectors are long-lasting, waterproof, skid-resistant and chemical resistant.

Cloth-like top layer will not fall apart even when wet. Absorbs spills and cushions breakable items.

details

  • Cushioned surface minimizes breakage of glass labware when dropped or tipped over
  • Sheets lie flat and are skid resistant – use as a bench protector, tray liner, floor mat, cage liner or surgical mat
  • Low-pile flat surface provides stability for glassware that is likely to top and is an ideal replacement for the “blue diaper”
  • Polyethylene backing resists harsh chemicals and protects your benchtop from spills and corrosion
  • Super Versi-Dry quickly absorbs up to 1050 mL/m2 to quickly absorb spills with its thousands of Thirsty Cells

Nalgene Super Versi-Dry Surface Protectors

Cat. No. Description L x W No. per Case
Mats
74018-00 46cm x 51cm 350
74040-00 46cm x 102cm 175
74043-00 Table Mat 51cm x 110cm 150
74200-00 Floor Mat 102cm x 508cm 1
74218-00 Fume Hood Mat 46cm x 51cm 100
74240-00 Floor Mat 46cm x 102cm 50
Rolls
74000-00 51cm x 76m 1
74050-00 51cm x 30m 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3459" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Biohazard Waste Containers/Safety Waste Funnel System

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Biohazard Waste Containers/Safety Waste Funnel System

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3418" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Biohazardous Waste Containers" tab_id="Biohazardouscontainer"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Biohazardous Waste Containers

Nalgene™ Biohazardous Waste Containers are ideal autoclavable plastic waste containers for secondary containment of biohazardous waste materials.

Convenient one-step sterilization; no need to remove bag. Port opening in cover allows one-handed disposal of materials; limits exposure to infectious waste. Holds standard sized autoclave bags. Will not rust, dent or puncture. Symbol printed in English and Spanish.

details

  • Ideal autoclavable plastic waste containers for secondary containment of biohazardous waste materials
  • Convenient one-step sterilization; no need to remove bag
  • Port opening allows one-handed disposal of materials, limiting exposure to infectious waste
  • Will not rust, dent or puncture like other materials
  • Holds standard sized autoclave bags (not included)
  • Autoclavable/Biohazard

Compliance: U.S. OSHA Standard 29 CFR Part 1910.1030 for use as protection against blood-borne pathogens.

Nalgene Biohazardous Waste Containers

Cat. No. Capacity (L) OD x H (cm) No. per Pack No. per Case
6370-0004 5.5 22 x 28 1 1
6370-0005 19 28 x 43 1 1
6370-0015 57 34 x 74 1 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3418" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Safety Waste Funnel Systems" tab_id="Safetyfunnel"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Safety Waste Funnel Systems

Nalgene™ Safety Waste Funnel Systems feature the Easy Snap Safety
Latch to minimize spillage if accidentally tipped over and a larger diameter funnel for easy pouring.

Ideal for temporary waste containment on the benchtop or under a lab hood. Vent system helps reduce fumes and splashing. Removable neck screen traps large particles, like stir bars. Designed for solvent, chemical and biological waste. Recommended for use with Nalgene containers (sold separately).

details

  • Vent system helps reduce fumes and splashing
  • Removable neck screen traps large particles, like stir bars
  • Available in 25 cm (10 in.) diameter funnel with 83B closure and 14 cm (5-1/2 in.) funnel with 38-430 closure
  • For safe transfer of solvent, chemical and biological waste

Includes: HDPE funnel with attached lid, polypropylene closure/funnel adapter, screen insert, polypropylene/PTFE 0.45 μm vent plug, and filter.

Nalgene Safety Waste Funnel Systems

Cat. No. Closure Size (mm) Funnel Top Dia x Stem Length (cm) No. per Case
7102-0080 38-430 14 x 5.6 4
7102-0140 83B 25.4 x 5.6 2

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3487" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Laboratory Bottles

Nalgene laboratory bottles are in a class of their own. They're iconic in labs the world over for their guaranteed leakproof* performance and rugged construction. What makes Nalgene so great? Thermo Scientific Nalgene bottles and their caps are carefully engineered to work perfectly together, providing dependable leakproof* performance, every time, guaranteed.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3689" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_single_image image="3690" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Bottles by material

Available material types:

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Bottles by shape

Available shapes:

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Bottles by wide or narrow mouth

Available mouth types:

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="By Material Types" tab_id="Material"][vc_column_text]

Select your bottle by plastic material

Nalgene
Polypropylene
Nalgene High Density Polyethylene Nalgene Low Density Polyethylene Nalgene Polycarbonate Nalgene
Polyethylene terephthalate
(Copolymer G)
Nalgene Fluoropolymer
Good chemical
compatibility,
translucent,
autoclavable
Good chemical compatibility,
translucent, low cost
Good chemical compatibility, translucent, low cost, flexible Window clear, impact resistant, freezer to autoclave Window clear,
pre-sterilized
Amazing chemical resistance and inertness
PPCO HDPE LDPE PC PETG FEP/PFA

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Dilution Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Dilution Bottles

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Wide-Mouth PPCO Dilution Bottle Wide-Mouth PSF Dilution Bottle Narrow-Mouth PSF Dilution Bottle
Better chemical resistance,
less accurate
Better accuracy and clarity,
higher temp range
Better accuracy and clarity,
higher temp range
PPCO bottle
PP Closure
PSF bottle
PP Closure
PSF bottle
PP closure
Milky white
translucent
Transparent,
yellow tint
Transparent,
yellow tint
Brim capacity 220mL Brim capacity 220mL Brim capacity 210mL
Capacity to neck
205mL
Capacity to neck
205mL
Capacity to neck
200mL
Cap size 38mm Cap size 38mm Cap size 28mm
Wide mouth Wide mouth Narrow mouth
Leakproof* Leakproof* Leakproof*
Graduations at 90mL and 99mL Graduations at 90mL and 99mL Graduations at 90mL and 99mL
Accuracy ±4mL Accuracy ±1mL Accuracy ±1mL
For 1/10 and 1/100 dilutions For 1/10 and 1/100 dilutions For 1/10 and 1/100 dilutions
Temp range
-40oC to 121oC
Temp range
-100oC to 165oC
Temp range
-100oC to 165oC
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with
Part 21 CFR 177.1520
for food use
Complies with
Part 21 CFR 177.1655
for food use
Complies with
Part 21 CFR 177.1655
for food use
BPA-Free contains BPA contains BPA
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Wide Mouth PPCO Dilution Bottle" tab_id="DilutionWMPPCO"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PPCO Dilution Bottles with Closure

Nalgene™ PPCO Dilution Bottles offer excellent chemical resistance to strong acids, alcohols and bases. Bottles are contact-clear so that liquid levels are easy to read.

details

  • Excellent chemical resistance to strong acids, alcohols and bases – ideal for use with a wide variety of solutions
  • Useful for a wide range of temperatures -40°C (-40°F) to +121°C (250°F)
  • Translucent, so you can read graduations at both 90 mL (for 0.1 dilutions) and 99 mL (for 0.01 dilutions) accurate to ±0.4 mL
  • Withstands repeated washing and autoclaving with Tween
  • Autoclavable/Leakproof†

Includes: Polypropylene screw closure.

Notes: Completely disrengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving.

Nalgene Dilution Bottles

Cat. No. Capacity to Brim (ml) Capacity to Neck (ml) Closure Size (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2500-0380 220 205 38 12 48

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3476" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Wide-Mouth/Narrow-Mouth PSF Dilution Bottle " tab_id="DilutionPSFWMNM"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polysulfone Dilution Bottles with Closure

Nalgene™ Polysulfone Dilution Bottles are our clearest and most accurate dilution bottles.

details

  • Excellent chemical resistance to bases and weak acids – ideal for use with food products
  • Useful for a wide range of temperatures -100°C (148°F) to +165°C (329°F)
  • Transparent, so its easy to read graduations at both 90 mL (for 0.1 dilutions) and 99 mL (for 0.01 dilutions) accurate to ±0.1 mL
  • Autoclaving when used with Tween will reduce the life of this dilution bottle
  • Autoclavable/Transparent/Leakproof†

Includes: Polypropylene screw closure.

Notes: Completely disrengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving.

Nalgene Dilution Bottles

Cat. No. Capacity to Brim (ml) Capacity to Neck (ml) Closure Size (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2505-0280 210 200 28 12 48
2505-0380 220 205 38 12 48

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3477" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Buckets

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Buckets

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3482" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Graduated Bucket" tab_id="GraduatedBucket"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Graduated HDPE Bucket

Nalgene™ Buckets feature a wide-lipped pour spout and polyethylenecoated handle.

Chemically compatible with a wide range of lab reagents. Heavy duty construction for years of rugged use. Ideal for transfer of laboratory solutions and powders.

details

  • High-density polyethylene construction offers more durability than hard rubber
  • Polyethylene-coated wire bail handle provides a comfortable and sturdy grip
  • Molded-in graduations in pints and liters are easy-to-read
  • Graduated

Nalgene Graduated Bucket

Cat. No. Capacity (L) No. per Pack No. per Case
7002-0025 9.5 1 6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3483" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Autoclavable Graduated Buckets" tab_id="AutoclavableGraduatedBuckets"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Autoclavable Graduated Buckets

Nalgene™ graduated, autoclavable buckets are ideal for use in food industries and can be used for many chemicals and corrosive liquids.

These general purpose laboratory buckets are fully autoclavable and provide excellent chemical resistance. Sturdy construction and convenient tall size make these buckets a lab necessity.

details

  • White polypropylene pails offer sturdy construction for long-lasting use in the lab
  • Nylon-coated wire bail handle provides a comfortable and sturdy grip
  • Molded-in graduated in pints and liters are easy-to-read
  • Autoclavable/Graduated

Nalgene Autoclavable Graduated Buckets

Cat. No. Capacity (L) No. per Pack No. per Case
7012-0080 7.6 1 6
7012-0110 10.4 1 6
7012-0140 13.2 1 6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3484" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Buckets with Lids" tab_id="BucketswithLids"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ LDPE Buckets with Lids

Nalgene™ Buckets with air-tight lids meet OSHA standards for storage of bloodborne pathogens.

These air-tight buckets are ideal for storing specimens in formalin and other preservatives. Excellent for no-splash transport around the lab. Chemicallyresistant to a wide range of lab solutions.

details

  • White air-tight polyethylene cover is close-fitting, making these pails ideal for storing specimens in formalin and other preservatives
  • Nylon-coated wire bail handle provides a comfortable and sturdy grip
  • Molded-in graduated in pints and liters are easy-to-read
  • Graduated

Compliance: Meets OSHA 29CFR 1910.1030 standard for use as protection against bloodborne pathogens.

Nalgene Buckets with Lids

Cat. No. Capacity (L) Height with Closure (cm) No. per Pack No. per Case
7102-0080 7.6 26.7 1 12
7102-0140 13.2 32.8 1 6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3482" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Burettes

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Burets

Nalgene burets will stand up to the daily bumps and occasional drops typically occurring in labs. Eliminate the risks and costs associated with sharp edges and shattering glass by using Nalgene shatter-proof acrylic burets. They are crystal clear and easy to use. Simplify volume readings—liquid in plastic burets doesn't form a meniscus, and level liquid avoids confusion and errors. Nalgene burets meet the accuracy requirements of ASTM E287, Class B. Nalgene burets are compatible with dilute acids (5% wt/wt) except hydrofluoric acid, and bases (up to 30%) except ammonium hydroxide, accommodating a wide range of titrants. Warning: Not suitable for use with alcohols and organic solvents; exposure to these solutions will cause immediate damage.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3412" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Plastic versus glass

Nalgene plastic burets don't form a meniscus like glass burets do. You can read the liquid level straight across the graduation line. Avoid confusion and errors by using plastic instead of glass.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="3331"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Which burets are best for your application?

Nalgene Acrylic Buret Nalgene Self-Filling Self Zeroing Acrylic Buret and filling Kit
Traditional pipet design Side port for automatic filling and zeroing. Comes with filling kit
Simple design, requires manual filling Autofilling and zeroing increase efficiency for repetitive titrations
Clear acrylic body Clear acrylic body
PMP tip PMP tip
TFE fluoropolymer stopcock assembly TFE fluoropolymer stopcock assembly
No tubing PVC tubing
No bottle LDPE Bottle
Meets ASTM E287, Class B Meets ASTM E287, Class B
Sizes: 25mL, 50mL, 100mL Sizes: 10mL, 25mL, 50mL
Do not autoclave Do not autoclave
BPA-free BPA-free
Phthalate-free PVC tubing contains phthalates
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Acrylic Buret" tab_id="Acrylic"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ break-resistant burets offer repeatable, accurrate results. Crystal clear, durable, easy to use, safer than glass. For use with acids and bases (use as directed). details
  • Buret is durable and unaffected by diluted acids and bases (except hydrofluoric acid and ammonium hydroxide) used as titrants
  • pH range of 1-14 is ideal; compatible with up to 5% wt/wt acids and up to 30% bases accomodating a wide range of tirants
  • Transparent/Graduated
Compliance: ASTM E 287, Class B Notes: Not for use with alcohols and organic solvents. Exposure to these solutions will cause immediate damage. Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation. Nalgene Burets
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Graduations (ml) Tolerance (ml) No. per Pack No. per Case
3650-0025 25 0.1 ±0.06 1 4
3650-0050 50 0.1 ±0.10 1 4
3650-0100 100 0.2 ±0.20 1 4
713650-1025 Replacement Stopcock Assembly for 25 ml 2 2
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3412" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Self-Filling Self Zeroing Acrylic Buret and filling Kit" tab_id="selffilling"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ Break-Resistant Self-Zeroing Automatic Burets

Nalgene™ Break-Resistant Self-Zeroing Burets offer repeatable, accurate results. Crystal clear, durable, easy to use, safer than glass. details
  • Individually calibrated to meet accuracy of ASTM* E287 for repeatable, accurate results
  • Can be used with dilute mineral acids and bases except hydrofluoric acid and ammonium hydroxide
  • pH range of 1-14 is ideal; compatible with up to 5% wt/wt acids and up to 30% bases accomodating a wide range of tirants
  • Comes complete with everything you need to get started: acrylic buret, LDPE squeeze bottle assembly, 3 ft. (91 cm) PVC tubing, and buret cover
  • Transparent/Graduated
Compliance: ASTM E 287 Disclaimer: Not for use with alcohols and organic solvents. Exposure to these solutions will cause immediate damage. Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation. Nalgene Break-Resistant Self-Zeroing Automatic Burets
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Reservoir (ml) Graduations (ml) Tolerance (ml) No. per Pack No. per Case
3640-0010 10 500 0.1 ±0.04 1 4
3640-0025 25 500 0.1 ±0.06 1 4
3640-0050 50 1000 0.1 ±0.10 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3746" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Carboys with Spigot or Drain

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Carboy with Spigot or Drain

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3730" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Select your carboy by plastic material

Polypropylene Polypropylene Copolymer High Density Polyethylene Low Density Polyethylene Polycarbonate Fluorinated High Density Polyethylene
Good chemical compatibility, translucent, autoclavable Good chemical compatibility, translucent, autoclavable Good chemical compatibility, translucent, low cost Good chemical compatibility, translucent, low cost Window clear, impact resistant, freezer to autoclave Enhanced chemical compatibility with organic solvents
PP PPCO HDPE LDPE PC FLPE
8L-50L 9L-50L 8L-33L 4L-50L 9L-20L 9L-20L
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Window clear Milky white translucent, yellowish tint
Autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable
Max use 135oC Max use 121oC Max use 120oC Max use 70oC Max use 130oC Max use 120oC
Brittle2 below 0oC Brittle2 below -40oC Brittle2 below -100oC Brittle2 below -76oC Brittle2 below -135oC Brittle2 below -100oC
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1580 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free Contains BPA BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE with spigot" tab_id="LDPE"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Round Carboys with Spigot

low-density polyethylene; polypropylene spigot and screw closure, thermoplastic elastomer gasket Nalgene™ Round Carboys have a spigot boss which is molded in one piece with the carboy for convenience, strength and leak resistance. Suitable for collecting and dispensing distilled water, acids and reagents. details
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Integral shoulder handles make lifting comfortable for four largest sizes
  • Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
  • Graduated/Leakproof†
Ordering Information: Shoulder loop on 1 gal. (3.8 L) size, shoulder handles on all other sizes. 1 gal. size is not graduated. Includes: Polypropylene screw closure, spigot, spigot closure and tubing adapter. Nalgene Round Carboys with Spigots
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) O.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2318-0010 4 38-430 71-2160-0384 26 154 335 1 6
2318-0020 10 83B 71-2160-0830 64 250 389 1 6
2318-0050 20 83B 71-2160-0830 64 286 528 1 4
2318-0065 25 83B 71-2160-0830 64 287 594 1 1
2318-0130 50 83B 71-2160-0830 64 379 678 1 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3591" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PP / PPCO with spigot" tab_id="PPPPCO"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Carboys with Spigot

polypropylene, white polypropylene screw closure with thermoplastic elastomer gasket, polypropylene spigot Nalgene™ Autoclavable Carboys have a spigot boss which is molded in one piece with the carboy for convenience and strength – great for storing and dispensing solutions and media. Can be autoclaved before refilling to eliminate bacterial growth when storing sterile water. details
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Integral shoulder handles make lifting comfortable
  • Ideal for storing and dispensing solutions and media and can be autoclaved before refilling to eliminate bacterial growth
  • Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
  • Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†
Ordering Information: Neck accepts No. 13.5 rubber stopper. Includes spigot closure. Follow product insert instructions for autoclaving to ensure proper function. Includes: Polypropylene screw closure, spigot, spigot closure and tubing adapter. Notes: Containers can be used for long-term storage, but direct UV exposure should be avoided. Remove and disassemble spigot before autoclaving. May be assembled with spigot closure for autoclaving. Completely disengage closure threads before autoclaving. Nalgene Autoclavable Carboys with Spigot
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) O.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2319-0020 10 83B 71-2160-0830 64 250 389 1 6
2319-0050 20 83B 71-2160-0830 64 286 528 1 4
2319-0130 50 83B 71-2160-0830 64 379 678 1 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3738" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Rectangular Carboys with Spigot

polypropylene copolymer, polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing media, solutions and sterile water. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning and a spigot for easy dispensing. Sturdy stainless steel handle. details
  • Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
  • Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
  • 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
  • Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
  • Spigot comes with tubing adapter for added versatility
  • Autoclavable/Graduated
Includes: Polypropylene spigot and screw closure, spigot closure and tubing adapter. Notes: Remove and disassemble spigot before autoclaving. May be assembled with spigot closure for autoclaving. Completely disengage closure threads before autoclaving. Nalgene Autoclavable Rectangular Carboys with Spigot
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2321-0020 9 100 71-2150-1000 86 361 1 6
2321-0050 20 100 71-2150-1000 86 399 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3737" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Lowboys with Spigot

polypropylene copolymer, polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Low-Profile Lowboys are perfect for dispensing most liquids, including reagents, distilled water and titrants. The low-profile design fits into tight spaces on shelves and in refrigerators and can stack three high. Exhibits excellent chemical resistance. details Stack up to three high to save space on benchtop or in refrigerator Contour handle allows easy one-handed carrying – even when full Excellent chemical resistance – can tolerate strong acids and bases for a wide variety of solutions Follow autoclave instructions provided with the product to ensure proper function. Autoclavable/Leakproof† Includes: Polypropylene spigot, spigot closure and 63 mm screw closure. Notes: Remove and disassemble spigot before autoclaving. May be assembled with spigot closure for autoclaving. Completely disengage closure threads before autoclaving. Nalgene Autoclavable Lowboys with Spigot
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. L x W x H (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2324-0008 8 63 71-2150-0630 305 x 366 x 159 1 4
2324-0015 15 63 71-2150-0630 371 x 371 x 210 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3736" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HDPE with spigot" tab_id="HDPE"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Carboy with Spigot

high-density polyethylene, polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing media, solutions and deionized water. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning and a sturdy stainless steel handle. Tough, rigid and excellent chemical resistance make this carboy a good choice for dispensing stock solutions. details
  • Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
  • Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
  • Spigot comes with a convenient tubing adapter providing versatility
  • 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
  • Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
  • Rectangular shape saves valuable space on your benchtop
  • Graduated
Includes: Polypropylene screw closure and spigot, spigot closure and tubing adapter. Nalgene Rectangular Carboy with Spigot
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) Height with Closure(mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2320-0020 9 100 71-2150-1000 86 361 1 6
2320-0050 20 100 71-2150-1000 86 399 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3734" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Low-Profile Lowboys

high-density polyethylene , polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Low-Profile Lowboys™ are perfect for dispensing most liquids, including reagents, distilled water and titrants. The low-profile design fits into tight spaces on shelves and in refrigerators and can stack three high. Exhibits excellent chemical resistance. details
  • Stack up to three high to save space on benchtop or in refrigerator
  • Contour handle allows easy one-handed carrying – even when full
  • Excellent chemical resistance – can tolerate strong acids and bases for a wide variety of solutions
  • Leakproof†
Includes: Spigot and spigot closure and four acid-proof, pressure-sensitive labels. Also includes a spigot tubing adapter. Alerts: Not recommended for use with aggressive organic solvents Nalgene Low-Profile Lowboys
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. L x W x H (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2323-0008 8 63 71-2150-0630 305 x 366 x 159 1 4
2323-0015 15 63 71-2150-0630 371 x 371 x 210 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3735" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PC with spigot" tab_id="PC"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Clearboy Transparent Carboy with Spigot

polycarbonate, polypropylene closure with thermoplastic elastomer gasket, polypropylene spigot Nalgene™ Clearboys™ are durable, lighter and safer than glass. Useful for large-volume media and culture preparation, especially where visual inspection of contents for quality is important. Autoclavable for sterile applications and ideal for refrigerated or frozen storage of aqueous solutions such as sterile water, aqueous reagents and media. details
  • With white polypropylene screw closure; TPE gasket
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Polycarbonate is glass-clear for easy visual inspection and volume measurements
  • Clearboys are suitable for mixing, storing and freezing aqueous-based reagents and biologicals
  • Designed with 83 mm neck to accept TopWorks and other Nalgene accessories for versatility
  • Graduated “To Contain”
  • Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated/Leakproof†
Includes: Polypropylene closure and TPE gasket, spigot, spigot closure and tubing adapter. Notes: Remove and disassemble spigot before autoclaving. May be assembled with spigot closure for autoclaving. Completely disengage closure threads before autoclaving. Repeated autoclaving will shorten the life of polycarbonte carboys. Nalgene Round Transparent Clearboys
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) O.D. (mm) Height with Closure(mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2317-0020 10 83B 71-2160-0830 66 253 394 1 4
2317-0050 20 83B 71-2160-0830 66 290 536 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3733" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Clearboy with Spigot

polycarbonate; polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Clearboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing media, solutions and sterile water. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning. Features a sturdy stainless steel handle and extreme impact resistance. Ideal for cold room use. details
  • Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transfering and cleaning of carboys
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
  • Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
  • Clear wall makes this carboy ideal when visual inspection of contents is necessary
  • 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
  • Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
  • Spigot comes with tubing adapter for versatility
  • Follow autoclave instructions provided with the product for proper function
  • Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated/Leakproof†
Includes: Polypropylene spigot and screw closure; spigot, spigot closure and tubing adapter. Notes: Remove and disassemble spigot before autoclaving. May be assembled with spigot closure for autoclaving. Completely disengage closure threads before autoclaving. Nalgene Autoclavable Clear Rectangular Carboys with Spigot
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) Height with Closure(mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2322-0020 9 100 71-2150-1000 86 361 1 6
2322-0050 20 100 71-2150-1000 86 399 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3732" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="FLPE with spigot" tab_id="FLPE"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Fluorinated Rectangular Carboy with Spigot

fluorinated high-density polyethylene, Tefzel™ ETFE spigot, fluorinated white polypropylene screw closure Nalgene™ Fluorinated Rectangular Carboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing a variety of solvents. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning and a sturdy stainless steel handle. Fluorinated surface (inside and out) improves barrier properties and reduces solvent absorption while enhancing long-term container performance and prevents loss due to permeation. details
  • With Tefzel™ ETFE spigot; fluorinated white polypropylene screw closure
  • Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
  • Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
  • Rectangular shape saves valuable space on your benchtop
  • 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
  • Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
  • Graduated
Includes: ETFE spigot and fluorinated white polypropylene screw closure, ETFE spigot, spigot closure and tubing adapter. Warning: Spigoted carboys not for use with flammable liquids. Nalgene Fluorinated Rectangular Carboy with Spigot
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) Height with Closure(mm) No. per Case
DS2327-0020 9 100 71-2150-1000 86 216 x 147 358 1
DS2327-0050 20 100 71-2150-1000 86 318 x 219 381 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3731" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Rectangular Shape - HDPE/PP/PC/FLPE" tab_id="Rect"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Rectangular Carboys with Spigot

polypropylene copolymer, polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing media, solutions and sterile water. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning and a spigot for easy dispensing. Sturdy stainless steel handle. details
  • Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
  • Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
  • 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
  • Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
  • Spigot comes with tubing adapter for added versatility
  • Autoclavable/Graduated
Includes: Polypropylene spigot and screw closure, spigot closure and tubing adapter. Notes: Remove and disassemble spigot before autoclaving. May be assembled with spigot closure for autoclaving. Completely disengage closure threads before autoclaving. Nalgene Autoclavable Rectangular Carboys with Spigot
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2321-0020 9 100 71-2150-1000 86 361 1 6
2321-0050 20 100 71-2150-1000 86 399 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3737" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Carboy with Spigot

high-density polyethylene, polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing media, solutions and deionized water. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning and a sturdy stainless steel handle. Tough, rigid and excellent chemical resistance make this carboy a good choice for dispensing stock solutions. details
  • Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
  • Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
  • Spigot comes with a convenient tubing adapter providing versatility
  • 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
  • Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
  • Rectangular shape saves valuable space on your benchtop
  • Graduated
Includes: Polypropylene screw closure and spigot, spigot closure and tubing adapter. Nalgene Rectangular Carboy with Spigot
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) Height with Closure(mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2320-0020 9 100 71-2150-1000 86 361 1 6
2320-0050 20 100 71-2150-1000 86 399 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3734" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Clearboy with Spigot

polycarbonate; polypropylene spigot and screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Clearboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing media, solutions and sterile water. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning. Features a sturdy stainless steel handle and extreme impact resistance. Ideal for cold room use. details
  • Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transfering and cleaning of carboys
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
  • Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
  • Clear wall makes this carboy ideal when visual inspection of contents is necessary
  • 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
  • Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
  • Spigot comes with tubing adapter for versatility
  • Follow autoclave instructions provided with the product for proper function
  • Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated/Leakproof†
Includes: Polypropylene spigot and screw closure; spigot, spigot closure and tubing adapter. Notes: Remove and disassemble spigot before autoclaving. May be assembled with spigot closure for autoclaving. Completely disengage closure threads before autoclaving. Nalgene Autoclavable Clear Rectangular Carboys with Spigot
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) Height with Closure(mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2322-0020 9 100 71-2150-1000 86 361 1 6
2322-0050 20 100 71-2150-1000 86 399 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3732" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Fluorinated Rectangular Carboy with Spigot

fluorinated high-density polyethylene, Tefzel™ ETFE spigot, fluorinated white polypropylene screw closure Nalgene™ Fluorinated Rectangular Carboys have a space-saving design for storing and dispensing a variety of solvents. These carboys feature a wide mouth opening for filling and cleaning and a sturdy stainless steel handle. Fluorinated surface (inside and out) improves barrier properties and reduces solvent absorption while enhancing long-term container performance and prevents loss due to permeation. details
  • With Tefzel™ ETFE spigot; fluorinated white polypropylene screw closure
  • Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Stainless steel handle for ease in transporting containers
  • Molded-in spigot boss provides strength and leak resistance
  • Rectangular shape saves valuable space on your benchtop
  • 20 L size has molded-in hand grip for easy handling
  • Durable design made to withstand rigorous lab and field use
  • Graduated
Includes: ETFE spigot and fluorinated white polypropylene screw closure, ETFE spigot, spigot closure and tubing adapter. Warning: Spigoted carboys not for use with flammable liquids. Nalgene Fluorinated Rectangular Carboy with Spigot
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) Height with Closure(mm) No. per Case
DS2327-0020 9 100 71-2150-1000 86 216 x 147 358 1
DS2327-0050 20 100 71-2150-1000 86 318 x 219 381 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3731" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Carboys with Tubulation

high-density polyethylene; polypropylene screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys are molded in one piece with serrated tubulation for strength, leak resistance and a longer life. Tubulation accepts 1/2 in. (13 mm) ID tubing. Efficient use of laboratory space with rectangular shape. details
  • Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Carboy and tubulation molded in one piece for strength, leak resistance and a longer life
  • Low outlet provides for more complete drainage
  • Stainless steel handle attached and built-in hand grip for ease in handling
  • Rectangular shape saves valuable space on your benchtop
  • Graduated
Includes: Polypropylene screw closure. Notes: Hose clamp should be used when attaching tubing to ensure a tight fit and avoid leaking. Containers can be used for long-term storage, but direct UV exposure should be avoided. Nalgene Rectangular Carboys with Tubulation
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) L x W (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2303-0050 20 100 71-2150-1000 86 229 x 320 399 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3739" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="With Drain - HDPE/PP" tab_id="Drain"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Rectangular Carboys with Tubulation

high-density polyethylene; polypropylene screw closure Nalgene™ Rectangular Carboys are molded in one piece with serrated tubulation for strength, leak resistance and a longer life. Tubulation accepts 1/2 in. (13 mm) ID tubing. Efficient use of laboratory space with rectangular shape. details
  • Wide-mouth opening permits easy filling, transferring and cleaning of carboys
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Carboy and tubulation molded in one piece for strength, leak resistance and a longer life
  • Low outlet provides for more complete drainage
  • Stainless steel handle attached and built-in hand grip for ease in handling
  • Rectangular shape saves valuable space on your benchtop
  • Graduated
Includes: Polypropylene screw closure. Notes: Hose clamp should be used when attaching tubing to ensure a tight fit and avoid leaking. Containers can be used for long-term storage, but direct UV exposure should be avoided. Nalgene Rectangular Carboys with Tubulation
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) L x W (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2303-0050 20 100 71-2150-1000 86 229 x 320 399 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3739" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Carboys with Bottom Tubulation

polypropylene; polypropylene screw closure; TPE (thermoplastic elastomer) gasket Nalgene™ Autoclavable Carboys with Bottom Tubulation are used with distilled water and culture media. These carboys are molded in one piece with serrated tubulation for strength, leak resistance and a longer life. Tubulation accepts 1/2 in. (13 mm) I.D. tubing. Low outlet ensures more complete drainage. details
  • Bottom tubulation molded in one piece with bottle ensures strength and leak resistance
  • Location of outlet low on the carboy ensures more complete drainage
  • Molded-in handles for ease in transporting containers
  • Molded-in graduations in 1 gal. and 5 L increments for ease in dispensing
  • Follow autoclave instructions provided with the product for proper function
  • Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†
Ordering Information: Both sizes accept 1/2 in. I.D. (1.3 cm) tubing (not included). Includes: White polypropylene screw closure with TPE gasket. Notes: A hose clamp should be used when attaching tubing to ensure tight fit. Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving. Nalgene Autoclavable Carboys with Bottom Tubulation
Cat. No. Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. Ncek I.D. (mm) O.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2301-0020 10 83B 71-2160-0830 64 245 389 1 6
2301-0050 20 83B 71-2160-0830 64 281 528 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3740" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene Autoclavable Carboys with Sanitary Flange

polypropylene, white polypropylene closure , thermoplastic elastomer gasket Nalgene™ Autoclavable Carboys feature a 1-1/2 in. secure, nonthreaded sanitary dispensing port. They are ideal for use as a supply reservoir. details
  • Convenient molded-in handles for each handling
  • Graduated to contain in liters and gallons
  • Dispensing port used in combination with 1-1/2 in gasket and True Union Clamp
  • Autoclavable/Graduated/Leakproof†
Compliance: USP Class VI, non-cytotoxic. Related products: Gasket (Cat. No. 2672-0150), True Union Clamps (Cat. No. 2670-0150). Nalgene Autoclavable Carboys Sanitary Flanges
Cat. No. Nominal Capacity (L) Approx. Brim Capacity (L) Closure Size (mm) Replacement Closure Cat. No. O.D. (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2640-0020 10 12 83B, 1-1/2 in. Tri Clover 71-2160-0830 250 389 1 1
2640-0050 20 22.5 83B, 1-1/2 in. Tri Clover 71-2160-0830 282 526 1 1
2640-0130 50 54 83B, 1-1/2 in. Tri Clover 71-2160-0830 379 678 1 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3741" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Spigot and cap" tab_id="Spigot"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Quick-Action; ETFE Spigots

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ ETFE Quick-Action Spigots are chemically resistant to selected solvents and other chemicals. Body and plug are made of Tefzel™ ETFE. Accepts tubing with 5/8 in. I.D. details
  • Replacement spigot for DS2327-series fluorinated carboys
  • Tubing adapter not included
  • Autoclavable (unassembled)
Notes: Disassemble spigot before autoclaving. Nalgene Quick-Action Spigots
Cat. No. Material No. per Pack No. per Case
6432-0010 ETFE 1 2
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3473" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Spigot Closure with Polypropylene Lock Nut and TPE plug

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Spigot Closure fits all Nalgene carboys with spigot and selected Nalgene tanks with spigot. Use to replace the spigot during autoclaving. Also useful when handling could damage or accidentally turn on a spigot or when a spigot-less carboy is required. Included with all Nalgene carboys with spigot. Closure keeps solutions safe by providing a leakproof seal when handling could damage or accidentally turn spigot on Designed to fit Nalgene carboys, Clearboys, Lowboys and tanks that have a thread size of 1-1/8 in., 12 male screw head. details
  • Autoclavable/Leakproof†
Nalgene Spigot Closure
Cat. No. Description No. per Pack No. per Case
6423-0010 Spigot Closure for Nalgene Bottles, Jars, Carboys 4 24
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3471" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Quick Action Spigots

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Quick-Action Spigots are the standard for Nalgene carboys. Includes HDPE tubing adapter which accepts tubing with 1/4 or 5/16 in. I.D. details
  • Takes 5/8 in. (1.6 cm) I.D. tubing without a tubing adapter
  • Supplied with adapter for 1/4 or 5/16 in. (0.6 or 0.8 cm) tubing
  • Autoclavable (unassembled)
Notes: Spigot should be disassembled before autoclaving. Tubing adapter is not autoclavable. Nalgene Quick-Action Spigots
Cat. No. Material No. per Pack No. per Case
6422-0010 Polypropylene 1 12
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3472" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Carboy Replacement Screw Closures and Gaskets

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Replacement Screw Closures for Nalgene Carboys fit securely for guaranteed leakproof service. Gaskets for 53B and 83B closures are also available. details
  • Made to fit Nalgene Carboys
Nalgene Carboy Replacement Screw Closures and Gaskets
Cat. No. Closure Size (mm) Description No. per Pack No. per Case
712150-1000 100 Screw White Closure PP 100 mm 12 12
712155-1200 120 Large Jar Closure White PP 120 mm 12 12
712160-0053 53B Sealing Gasket TPE For 53B closure 12 12
712160-0530 53B Screw Closure White PP 53B 12 12
712160-0830 83B Screw Closure White PP 83B 2 2
712162-1830 Sealing Gasket TPE for Sealing Closure 712160-0830 5 5
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3474" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Bottle Carriers

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Bottle Carriers

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_gallery interval="3" images="3490,3489,3488,3417" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Safety Bottle Carriers" tab_id="SafetyBottleCarriers"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientifiic™ Nalgene™ Safety Bottle Carriers

low-density polyethylene, polycarbonate cap, epoxy-coated handle

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Safety Bottle Carriers safely and easily hold 2.5 L and 4 L chemical bottles, with or without finger loops. Holds and protects standard acid and chemical bottles and permits pouring without removing the bottles. Cover locks in place with epoxy-coated handle while carrying. Clear cap protects bottle closure and allows identification of color-coded closure on acid bottles. Cap twists for removal from cover, so no need to remove bottle from carrier to pour. details
  • Epoxy-coated handle locks in place while carrying contents
  • Clear cap allows identification of color-coded closure on acid bottles and protects bottle closure
  • Cap twists for removal from cover – no need to remove bottle from carrier to pour
  • Cushions glass bottles from breakage
  • Cover locks in place to ensure safe transportation of contents
Nalgene Safety Bottle Carriers
Cat. No. Capacity (L) No. per Pack No. per Case
6501-2500 2.5 1 6
6501-4000 4 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3417" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Safety Half-Liter Bottle Carriers" tab_id="SafetyHalfLiterBottleCarriers"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Safety Half-Liter Bottle Carriers

linear low-density polyethylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Safety Bottle Carrier holds up to six standard 500 mL reagent bottles in any profile. Bottles are held securely in place, reducing the chances of bumping into each other, cracking or chipping. Sturdy, wide handle molded in one piece with the base allows a comfortable grip – even when carrier is full. Cover latches securely to base and allow carriers to stack. details
  • Bottles are held securely in place, reducing the chances of bumping, cracking or chipping
  • Sturdy, wide handle molded in one piece with the base allows a comfortable grip
  • Cover latches securely to base and allow carriers to stack
  • Linear LDPE provides rigidity and impact resistance
Nalgene Safety Half-Liter Bottle Carrier
Cat. No. Description L x W x H (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
6505-0010 500ml Bottle Carriers 349 x 248 x 276 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3490" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="4-in-1 EZ Tote Bottle Carrier" tab_id="4in1EZToteBottleCarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ 4-in-1 EZ Tote™ Bottle Carrier

blue corrugated HDPE plastic

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ 4-in-1 EZ Tote™ Bottle Carrier holds eight 500 mL, six 1 L, or two 4 L bottles. Manufactured from 3 mm corrugated HDPE plastic. Carrier makes transporting bottles and other lab essentials safer and easier. Versatile, durable and lightweight, partitions are included and assembly instructions are printed on each tote. details
  • Reconfigureable partitions make this a versatile tote
  • Holds up to 28 lb. (12.7 kg)
  • Stores flat and easy to assemble
Notes: Carrier is not autoclavable. Nalgene 4-in-1 EZ Tote Bottle Carrier
Cat. No. For Bottle Size (L) L x W x H (mm) No. of Positions No. per Case
6565-0001 0.5, 1 or 4 330 x 200 x 340 Reconfigureable partitions 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3489" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Multi-Bottle Rack" tab_id="MultiBottleRack"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Multi-Bottle Rack

white polycarbonate

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Multi-Bottle Rack holds up to eight 500 mL round or square bottles securely. Bottles fit snugly between upper grid and molded-in depressions on lower tray and protect against bumping while being transported. Handle telescopes for convenient storage. Also useful as a BOD bottle rack. details
  • Handle telescopes into rack for convenient storage
  • Bottles fit securely in upper grid and molded-in depressions for safe carrying
  • Autoclavable
Nalgene Multi-Bottle Rack
Cat. No. For Bottle Size (ml) Dimensions w/ Handle extended (mm) Height w/ Handle telescoped (mm) Bottles Held No. per Case
DS5996-0871 500 330 x 194 x 229 165 8 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3488" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Centrifuge ware

Cryogenic Tubes

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Nunc™ Cryogenic Tubes

Protect your precious samples

Our cryogenic storage tubes and accessories are designed as a system to protect and organize your valuable, irreplaceable samples. Scientists worldwide have been storing samples in Thermo Scientific Nalgene and Nunc cryo tubes for more than 40 years—whether you're storing hundreds of samples or millions, we have you covered.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_gallery interval="3" images="3597,3519,3520,3522,3521,3523,3524,3525"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Nalgene General Long-term Storage Cryogenic Tubes" tab_id="GeneralLongtermStorage"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ General Long-Term Storage Cryogenic Tubes

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Cryogenic Tubes are externally-threaded storage tubes ideally suited for research and general laboratory storage of high-value and genomic materials down to vapor phase liquid nitrogen temperatures. details
  • Large writing areas accommodate more written sample information and graduations for easy visual volume assessment
  • Non-cytotoxic raw materials for added sample security and tubes certified free of DNAse and RNAse for genomic applications
  • External threading enhances aseptic technique
  • Certified SAL to 10-6 for the highest sterility assurance available
  • Suitable for storage from general cold storage refrigeration (+4°C) down to the vapor phase of liquid nitrogen
  • System 100 Tubes offer a more dense storage option (10 x 10) to save precious storage space
  • Self-standing tubes for ease of use on the benchtop
  • Blank, non-sterile and uncapped tubes available in bulk for less demanding applications
Certifications: CE Marked for storage of diagnostic samples in the EU. Notes: Do not store in the liquid phase of nitrogen without CryoFlex tubing. Nalgene General Long-term Storage Cryogenic Tubes
Cat. No. Size (ml) Dimensions, H x O.D. (mm) Thread Style Closure Material Bottom Style Anti-Rotation Base Self-Standing Writing Area and Graduations Sterile Vapor LN2 (to -150°C) DNAse/ RNAse Free No. per Pack No. per Case
System 100 Tubes
5000-1012 1 38 x 12 External PP Conical Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 25 500
5000-1020 1.5 48 x 12 External PP Conical Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 25 500
Standard Tubes
5000-0012 1.2 38.1 x 13.5 External PE Conical Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 25 500
5012-0012 1.2 38.1 x 13.5 External PE Conical Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1000
5011-0012 1.2 38.1 x 13.5 External PE Conical Yes Yes No Yes Yes No 1000
5000-0020 2 48.3 x 13.5 External PE Conical Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 25 500
5012-0020 2 48.3 x 13.5 External PE Conical Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1000
5011-0020 2 48.3x13.5 External PE Conical Yes Yes No Yes Yes No 1000
5000-0050 5 92 x 13.5 External PE Conical Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 10 250
5005-0015 15 33 x 47 External PE Flat No Yes No Yes No No 5 75
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3517" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Nunc General Stor-It Tubes" tab_id="GeneralStorItTubes"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nunc™ Stor-It™ tubes

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nunc™ Stor-It™ tubes are an economical choice for samples. Starfoot vial fits into grooves of the CryoTube Rack (Cat. No. 376589), which allows one-hand operation. details
  • Caps and tubes packaged separately to save handling time
  • Tubes are non-sterile
  • Economical choice for less demanding applications
Nunc General Long-term Storage Tubes
Cat. No. Size (ml) Dimensions, H x O.D. (mm) Thread Style Closure Material Bottom Style Anti-Rotation Base Self- Standing Writing Area and Graduations Sterile Vapor LN2 (to -150°C) DNAse/ RNAse Free No. per Pack No. per Carton No. Per Case
347783 1.8 48 x 12.5 External PE Round Yes Yes Yes No Yes No 50 450 1800
347791 4.5 91 x 12.5 External PE Round Yes Yes Yes No Yes No 50 300 1200
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3519" img_size="medium"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Nunc Biobanking and Cell Culture Cryogenic Tubes" tab_id="BiobankingandCCCryoTubes"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nunc™ Biobanking and Cell Culture Cryogenic Tubes

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nunc™ Cryotubes and accessories are designed to work together and provide the best solutions for the most trusted sample storage applications, such as highly-regulated applications, irreplaceable high-value content storage and tissue, cell, blood or other materials for biobanking. details
  • Non-cytotoxic, non-mutatgenic raw materials and pyrogen-free IVD compatible tubes for added sample security
  • External or internally threaded options available
  • Tubes certified DNAse- and RNAse-free for genomic applications
  • Certified SAL to 10-6 for the highest sterility assurance available
  • Suitable for storage from general cold storage refrigeration (+4°C) down to the vapor phase of liquid nitrogen
  • Bulk, uncapped, non-sterile versions available for less demanding applications
  • Self-standing, anti-rotation and round bottom options available to meet any requirement
Compliance: CE Marked for storage of diagnostic samples in the EU. Compliant with IATA for shipping. Notes: Do not store in the liquid phase of nitrogen without CryoFlex tubing. Nunc Biobanking and Cell Culture Cryogenic Tubes
Cat. No. Size (ml) Dimensions, H x O.D. (mm) Thread Style Closure Material Bottom Style Anti-Rotation Base Self- Standing Writing Area and Graduations Sterile Vapor LN2 (to -150°C) DNAse/ RNAse Free No. per Pack No. per Carton No. Per Case
374080 0.5 35 x 8.8 Internal PP Conical Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes 169 845
374115 1 48.5 x 8.8 Internal PP Conical Yes Yes Yes (writing area only) Yes Yes Yes 169 845
375353 1 41 x 12.5 External PE Conical Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 50 500 2000
375299 1 30 x 12.4 External PE Round No No Yes Yes No Yes 50 500 2000
347597 1 41 x 12.4 External PE Conical Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes 50 500 2000
377224 1 42 x 12.5 Internal PP Conical Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 50 500 2000
366656 1 42 x 12.5 Internal PP Conical No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 50 500 2000
375418 1.8 48 x 12.5 External PE Round Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 50 450 1800
340711 1.8 44 x 12.4 External PE Round No No Yes Yes No Yes 50 500 2000
347627 1.8 48 x 12.5 External PE Round Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes 50 450 1800
377267 1.8 49 x 12.5 Internal PP Round Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 50 450 1800
368632 1.8 49 x 12.5 Internal PP Round No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 50 450 1800
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3520" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Nunc Cryobank Tube Systems" tab_id="CryobankTubeSystems"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nunc™ Cryobank Tube Systems

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nunc™ Cryobank storage tubes take traditional cryostorage to the next level with laser etched 2D barcodes and standard microplate format racks, offering greater storage capability compared to standard cryoboxes. Compatible with the complete line of 2D barcode readers, capping/ decapping equipment and labelling options, Cryobank tubes can be used in manual or automated storage of diagnostic and biological samples down to vapor phase liquid nitrogen. Cryobank products are available in a volume range of 0.5 mL through 5.0 mL, and complemented by a range of certifications. details Nunc Cryobank tubes take traditional cryostorage to the next level with higher density storage format and reliable 2D barcode traceability. Compatible with the complete line of 2D barcode readers, capping/ decapping equipment, and labelling options, Cryobank products are a perfect match for biological, genomic, and diagnostic sample storage. Secure Tracking
  • Permanently attached, laser etched 2D barcode on the bottom of the tube allows you to scan and decode the entire rack at once without removing them from the rack, and allows data to be associated with each tube
  • Solid one piece construction eliminates the risk of labels falling off during cryogenic storage, preserving the identity of valuable sample material
  • Utilize a range of 2D reading products to decode individual tubes or complete microplate footprint racks. Readers allow flexible output to store data in multiple database formats
Superior Storage Format
  • Cryobank tubes are available in space conscious microplate format racks or can be stored in traditional cryoboxes, accommodating your preferred storage format
  • Microplate format is compatible with your existing multichannel manual pipettes and automated liquid handling equipment
  • Unique anti-rotation feature allows compatibility with automated decapping/ capping equipment in single, 8-channel, or full-rack options to accommodate multiple throughput requirements.
  • TPE gasketed polypropylene cap provides superior seal during high or low temperature storage
  • Low-binding surface allows maximum recovery of low concentration samples
Certified to meet your storage needs
  • CE certified* and conforms to IATA requirements for diagnostic use and transportation
  • Certified DNAse, RNAse , pyrogene and toxin free
  • Sterility assurance level 10-6 for the most sensitive sample storage
Stringent Quality Control
  • 2D barcodes are scanned for readability and checked against a full database of of previous barcodes to ensure no duplicates across the Cryobank storage tube product line.
  • Leak testing validation performed during the manufacturing process to ensure sample integrity is maintained
* Applies to certain Cryobank products only Nunc Cryobank and Bank-It Tube Systems
Cat. No. Description Capped Size (ml) Bottom Sterile Racked Bulk No. per Case
374025 Clear Cryobank Tube, Blue Cap X  0.5 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374026 Clear Cryobank Tube, Red Cap X  0.5 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374027 Clear Cryobank Tube, Green Cap X  0.5 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374080 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded X  0.5 flat X X 10 bags of 96 tubes/case
374082 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap X  0.5 flat X X 2 racks of 96 tubes/case
374086 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap X  0.5 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374074 Clear Bank-It Tube, Clear Cap X  0.5 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374075 Clear Bank-It Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded X  0.5 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374083 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded X  0.5 flat X X 2 racks of 96 tubes/case
374087 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded X  0.5 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374099 Clear Cryobank Tube, Red Cap, Uncoded X  0.5 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374100 Clear Cryobank Tube, Blue Cap, Uncoded X  0.5 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374081 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded X  1.0 flat X X 10 bags of 96 tubes/case
374084 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap X  1.0 flat X X 2 racks of 96 tubes/case
374088 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap X  1.0 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374110 Clear Cryobank Tube, Green Cap X  1.0 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374120 Clear Cryobank Tube, Red Cap X  1.0 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374130 Clear Cryobank Tube, Blue Cap X  1.0 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374079 Clear Bank-It Tube, Clear Cap X  1.0 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374085 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded X  1.0 flat X X 2 racks of 96 tubes/case
374089 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded X  1.0 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374094 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Alphacode X  1.0 flat X X 10 racks of 96 tubes/case
374500 Clear Cryobank Tube,External Threaded Cap, White Patch, Graduations X  1.8 flat X X 10 racks of 480 tubes/case
374501 Clear Cryobank Tube,External Threaded Cap Uncoded, White Patch, Graduations X  1.8 flat X X 10 racks of 480 tubes/case
374502 Clear Cryobank Tube,External Threaded Cap, White Patch, Graduations X  1.8 flat X X 2 bags of 240 tubes/case
374503 Clear Cryobank Tube,External Threaded Cap Uncoded, White Patch, Graduations X  1.8 flat X X 2 bags of 240 tubes/case
374221 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap X  2.0 flat X X 10 racks of 48 tubes/case
374258 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap X  2.0 flat X X 20 bags of 48 tubes/case
374259 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded X  2.0 flat X X 20 bags of 48 tubes/case
374223 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded X  2.0 flat X X 10 racks of 48 tubes/case
374220 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap X  5.0 flat X X 10 racks of 48 tubes/case
374260 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded X  5.0 flat X X 11 bags of 48 tubes/case
374261 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap X  5.0 flat X X 11 bags of 48 tubes/case
374222 Clear Cryobank Tube, Clear Cap, Uncoded X  5.0 flat X X 10 racks of 48 tubes/case
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] Nunc Cryobank 1.0 mL tubes Nunc Cryobank tubes in universal rack for easy tube handling Nunc External Thread tubes fit the Universal System[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Nalgene and Nunc Linear Bar-coded Tubes" tab_id="LinearBarcodedTubes"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ and Nunc™ Linear Barcoded Tubes

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ and Nunc™ Cryotubes with directly-printed barcodes are more robust than labels and ideal for easy sample inventory. Choose from available non-custom options below or call for customized options in a wide range of choices of code type, length and format. details
  • Black barcode directly printed onto white background for high contrast and readability even in high-frost conditions
  • Human readable code below the barcode for easy visual identification without a barcode reader
  • Barcodes resistant to IPA, DMSO, 5% bleach, 10% acetic acid and 10% NaOH
  • Non-cytotoxic raw materials for added sample security and tubes certified free of DNAse and RNAse for genomic applications
  • External or internally threading options available
  • Certified SAL to 10-6 for the highest sterility assurance available
  • Suitable for storage from general cold storage refrigeration (+4°C) down to the vapor phase of liquid nitrogen
Compliance: CE Marked for storage of diagnostic samples in the EU. Nunc tubes compliant with IATA for shipping. Notes: Do not store in the liquid phase of nitrogen without CryoFlex tubing. Linear Barcoded Tubes
Cat. No. Size (ml) Dimensions, H x O.D. (mm) Thread Style Closure Material Bottom Style Anti-Rotation Base Self- Standing Writing Area and Graduations Sterile Vapor LN2 (to -150°C) DNAse/ RNAse Free No. per Pack No. per Carton No. Per Case
5001-0012  1.2 38.1.x.13.5 External PE Conical Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes 25 500
5001-0050  5.0 92 x 13.5 External PE Conical Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes 10 250
5001-1020  1.5 48 x 12 External PP Conical Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes 25 500
373530  1.8 48 x 12.5 Internal PP Round Yes Yes No No Yes Yes 50 450 1800
373420  1.8 48 x 12.5 Internal PP Round Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes 50 450 1800
System 100  Tubes
5001-0020  2.0 48.3 x 13.5 External PE Conical Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes 25 500
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] Nalgene barcoded tubes (5001-0020) Nunc barcoded tubes (373530, 373420)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Cylinder

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Graduated Cylinders

Plastic graduated cylinders are a safer alternative to glass. They won’t break, chip or shatter amid the bustle and bumps of everyday lab work. Enjoy their light weight and ease of handling. Simplify volume readings: liquid in plastic cylinders doesn’t form a meniscus, and level liquid avoids confusion and errors. Trust Thermo Scientific Nalgene graduated cylinders to be made from the highest quality laboratory-grade plastic materials for dependably low extractables and excellent chemical compatibility with a wide variety of laboratory solutions.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_gallery interval="3" images="3599,3335,3334,3338,3337,3333,3336"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

Plastic versus glass

Nalgene plastic cylinders don't form a meniscus like glass cylinders do. You can read the liquid level straight across the graduation line. Avoid confusion and errors by using plastic instead of glass.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3331" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Which graduated cylinders are right for you?

Nalgene PPCO ASTM Class B Graduated Cylinders Nalgene PMP ASTM Class B Graduated Cylinders Nalgene PPCO Economy Cylinders Nalgene PMP Economy Cylinders Nalgene PFA Fluoropolymer Cylinder Nalgene Double Scale Pharmaceutical Graduates
Certified lab quality, milky white cylinder with blue base Certified lab quality, clear cylinder with blue base* Lower cost, milky white graduated cylinder Lower cost, clear graduated cylinder Extraordinary chemical resistance, chemically inert Pharmacist's choice
           
Guaranteed accuracy Guaranteed accuracy with visual clarity* Tight budget, general purpose Tight budget, visual clarity Aggressive and reactive chemicals Pharmaceutical compounding, medication preps
ASTM E1272 Class B ISO standard 6706 21 CFR part 177.1520 ASTM E1272 Class B ISO standard 6706 21 CFR part 177.1520*   ASTM E1094 21 CFR part 177.1520
Molded, inked** mL Molded, mL Molded, mL Molded, mL Molded, mL Molded, mL and oz
10mL–4000mL 10mL–4000mL 10mL–1000mL 10mL–1000mL 100mL 125mL–1000mL 4oz-32oz
PPCO w/ PP base PMP w/ PP base PPCO PMP PFA PMP w/ PP base
Milky white cylinder Clear cylinder Milky white cylinder Clear cylinder Milky white cylinder Clear cylinder
Hexagonal blue base Hexagonal blue base Round milky white base Round clear base Round milky white base Hexagonal blue base
BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
*Except for PMP 2L and 4L cylinders  which are not certified to meet  ASTM E1272 accuracy requirements ** Except 2L and 4L sizes 
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Polypropylene Graduated" tab_id="PPGrad"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Graduated Cylinders

Nalgene™ Graduated Cylinders are guaranteed to meet accuracy requirements of ASTM Class B, E1272. All sizes have a generous pour spout and molded-in graduations that won’t rub off for years of dependable use. No meniscus allows accurate readings every time. The large base keeps cylinders stable on the benchtop preventing tipping hazards – won't break or chip like glass labware. Suitable for food and beverage use. details • Guaranteed to meet requirements of ASTM Class B, E1272 for accuracy • No meniscus to confuse readings – eliminates guesswork • Large blue octagonal base prevents rolling and tipping • Generous pour spout provides ease in dispensing liquids • Molded-in graduations are silk-screened for easy reading (10 mL-1 L sizes only) • Excellent chemical resistance for a wide variety of solutions • Resists temperatures up to 135°C (275°F) for a variety of uses • Autoclavable/Graduated Ordering Information: Individually packaged. Compliance: Meets CFR 21, Part 177.1520 and ASTM* E 1272 Class B requirements, as well as all requirements of ISO Standard 6706. Notes: Autoclaving will affect accuracy. Nalgene Graduated Cylinders
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Graduation (ml) Limit of Error, (ml) No. per Pack No. per Case
3662-0010 10 0.2 ±0.20 1 24
3662-0025 25 0.5 ±0.34 1 18
3662-0050 50 1 ±0.50 1 18
3662-0100 100 1 ±1.00 1 12
3662-0250 250 2 ±2.00 1 12
3662-0500 500 5 ±4.00 1 8
3662-1000 1000 10 ±6.00 1 6
3662-2000 2000 20 ±12.0 1 4
3662-4000 4000 50 ±29.0 1 2
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3335" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PMP Graduated " tab_id="PMPGrad"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Plastic Graduated Cylinders

Nalgene™ Graduated Cylinders are guaranteed to meet accuracy requirements of ASTM Class B, E1272. All sizes have a generous pour spout and molded-in graduations that won’t rub off for years of dependable use. No meniscus allows accurate readings every time. The large base keeps cylinders stable on the benchtop preventing tipping hazards – won’t break or chip like glass labware. Suitable for food and beverage use. details • Guaranteed to meet requirements of ASTM Class B, E1272 for accuracy • No meniscus to confuse readings – eliminates guesswork • Large blue octagonal base prevents rolling and tipping • Generous pour spout provides ease in dispensing liquids • Excellent chemical resistance for a wide variety of solutions • Resists temperatures up to 145°C (293°F) for a variety of uses • 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 and 1000 mL sizes have front-to-back raised graduations • 2000 and 4000 mL sizes have standard graduations • Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated Ordering Information: Individually packaged. Compliance: Meets CFR 21, Part 177.1520 and ASTM* E 1272 Class B accuracy requirements, as well as requirements of ISO Standard 6706 Notes: Suitable for food and beverage use. Autoclaving g g will affect accuracy. Nalgene Graduated Cylinders
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Graduation (ml) Limit of Error, (ml) No. per Pack No. per Case
3663-0010 10 0.2 ±0.20 1 24
3663-0025 25 0.5 ±0.34 1 18
3663-0050 50 1 ±0.50 1 18
3663-0100 100 1 ±1.00 1 12
3663-0250 250 2 ±2.00 1 12
3663-0500 500 5 ±4.00 1 8
3663-1000 1000 10 ±6.00 1 6
3663-2000 2000 20 ±12.0 1 4
3663-4000 4000 50 ±29.0 1 2
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3334" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Polypropylene Economy Graduated" tab_id="PPGradECON"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Economy Plastic Graduated Cylinders

Nalgene™ Economy PPCO Cylinders exhibit excellent chemical resistance. These cylinders have a generous pour spout for easily dispensing liquids and molded-in graduations that are easy-to-read and won’t rub off. details • Cylinders are translucent, break-resistant and non-wetting at affordable prices • Economical – recommended for educational labs • No meniscus to confuse readings allow for accurate measurements • Good temperature resistance up to 135°C (275°F) • Large, ribbed, rounded base provides reinforcement and stability to keep from tipping • Calibrated “To Contain” and “To Deliver” at 20°C • Graduated Nalgene Economy Graduated Cylinders
Cat.No. Capacity(ml) Graduation(ml) No.perPack No.perCase
3664-0010 10 0.2 1 24
3664-0025 25 0.5 1 18
3664-0050 50 1 1 18
3664-0100 100 1 1 12
3664-0250 250 2 1 12
3664-0500 500 5 1 8
3664-1000 1000 10 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3338" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PMP Economy Graduated" tab_id="PMPGradECON"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Economy Plastic Graduated Cylinders

Nalgene™ Economy PMP Cylinders exhibit good chemical resistance, are clear and impact-resistant. These cylinders have a generous pour spout for easily dispensing liquids, and easy-to-read molded in graduations that won’t rub off. details • Cylinders are transparent, break-resistant and non-wetting at affordable prices • Economical – recommended for educational labs • No meniscus to confuse readings allow for accurate measurements • Large, ribbed, rounded base provides reinforcement and stability to keep from tipping • Calibrated “To Contain” and “To Deliver” at 20°C • Graduated/Transparent Nalgene Economy Graduated Cylinders
Cat.No. Capacity(ml) Graduation(ml) No.perPack No.perCase
3665-0010 10 0.2 1 24
3665-0025 25 0.5 1 18
3665-0050 50 1 1 18
3665-0100 100 1 1 12
3665-0250 250 2 1 12
3665-0500 500 5 1 8
3665-1000 1000 10 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3337" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PFA Graduated" tab_id="PFAGrad"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Fluorocarbon (PFA) Resin Plastic Graduated Cylinder

Nalgene™ Graduated Cylinders have extraordinary chemical resistance to aggressive chemicals and other liquids without risk of breaking. This sturdy and durable cylinder tolerates a wide temperature range – from -270°C to +250°C (-454°F to 482°F) and is low in extractables. Graduations at 2 mL increments with numbered graduations every 10 mL are molded-in and won’t rub off. details • Extraordinary chemical resistance to aggressive chemicals and liquids – won’t break or shatter • Tolerates a wide temperature range, from -270°C to +250°C (-454°F to +482°F) • Low in extractables – won’t contaminate contents • Graduations at 2 mL increments with numbered graduations every 10 mL are molded-in and won’t rub off • Generous pour spout provides ease in dispensing liquids • Autoclavable/Graduated/PFA Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation. Nalgene Graduated Cylinder
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Color Tolerance Withstand Temperature No. per Pack
3666-0100 100 Translucent ±1.50 mL -270°to 250°C 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3333" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PMP Double-Scale Pharmaceutical Graduates" tab_id="PMPDoubleScale"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Double-Scale PMP Pharmaceutical Graduates

Nalgene™ Double-Scale Pharmaceutical Graduates are transparent and shatterproof and provide excellent chemical resistance. Lighter in weight than glass, they protect against chipping, cracking or breaking. Graduated in ounces and milliliters with no meniscus to confuse readings. Meets the requirement of ASTM E1094. details • Graduates are transparent, shatterproof and provide excellent chemical resistance for a wide variety of solutions • Lightweight and easy to handle • Graduated in ounces and milliliters – no meniscus to confuse readings • Autoclavable/Graduated/Transparent Compliance: Conforms to the volume and accuracy requirements of ASTM E1094. Notes: Autoclaving will affect accuracy. Nalgene Double-Scale Pharmaceutical Graduates
Cat.No. Capacity(ml)(oz.) Limited of Error (ml) No.perPack No.perCase
3673-0004 125 (4) ±1.8 1 12
3673-0008 250 (8) ±3.4 1 12
3673-0016 500 (16) ±4.8 1 8
3673-0032 1000 (32) ±9.0 1 8
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3336" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Desiccator

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Desiccators

Nalgene desiccators are a safe and affordable alternative to glass desiccators. They're shatterproof and light weight for safety and ease of handling. If you move desiccators around the lab between work stations, you'll appreciate the weight difference between a Thermo Scientific Nalgene plastic desiccator and its glass equivalent. You'll also be impressed with the cost difference. A Nalgene vacuum desiccator can easily save you 60% on the purchase price versus glass, and protect you and your staff from personal injury and the related costs tied to the fragility and heavy weight of glass alternatives.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_gallery interval="3" images="3771,3770,3769,3768,3423"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Which desiccator is best for your application?​

Nalgene Classic Design Desiccator with Vacuum Capability Nalgene Desiccator with Vacuum Capability Nalgene Autoclavable Desiccator, Large Nalgene Autoclavable Desiccator, Small Nalgene Desiccator Cabinets
Tough PC construction can take a beating. Grease-free operation with or without vacuum. Robust PP body is compatible with all solid desiccants, for room temperature use only. Use with or without vacuum. Compatible with steam sterilization. Robust PP body is compatible with all solid desiccants. Compatible with steam sterilization. Robust PP body is compatible with all solid desiccants, in a smaller size. Clear acrylic cabinet-style for stationary bench use at room temperature, 3 sizes
 
Ideal for cooling hot dried items (without vacuum) and storage of hygroscopic materials (with or without vacuum), easy mobility between lab workstations; accommodates larger items; Useful for gas purging. Ideal for cooling hot dried items (without vacuum) and storage of hygroscopic materials (with or without vacuum), easy mobility between lab workstations. Ideal for cooling hot dried items and storage of sterile and/or hygroscopic materials, easy mobility between lab workstations. Autoclavable to  decontaminate between uses. Small volume dry storage and transport around the lab for reagents, small items for gravimetric analysis and other items requiring dry and/or sterile storage. Can be autoclaved to decontaminate between uses. Ideal for storing anhydrous and hygroscopic biological and chemical compounds, electronic assemblies and any components requiring dry stationary storage.
Weighs 2.2lbs/1.0Kg (versus glass approx. 18lbs/8Kg) Weighs 1.8lbs/0.8Kg Weighs 1.7lbs/0.8Kg Weighs 0.6lb/0.3Kg Weighs 13lbs/5.9Kg;     22lbs/10Kg;               31lbs/14Kg
Classic style Space ship style Space ship style Space ship style Cabinet style
Chamber size 250mm (10") ID x 200mm (11") H Chamber size 246mm (9.9") ID x 143mm (5.6") H Chamber size 246mm (9.9") ID x 143mm (5.6") H Chamber size 150mm (9.9") ID x 87mm (3.4") H 12" x 12" (305mm x 305mm) footprint available in three heights and 2-4 shelves
Clear PC cover and base, red silicone o-ring gasket, PP stopcock Clear PC cover, blue PP base with stopcock Clear PC cover with blue PP base Clear PC cover with blue PP base Acrylic with stainless steel hardware, neoprene gasket
Holds vacuum of 28" Hg (71.1cm) for 24 hours Holds vacuum of 28" Hg (71.1cm) for 24 hours No vacuum No vacuum No vacuum
Use with or without vacuum Use with or without vacuum No vacuum No vacuum No vacuum
Gasket seal; grease-free operation No gasket;  requires  grease No gasket; requires  grease No gasket; requires  grease Gasket seal; grease-free operation
Do not autoclave Do not autoclave Autoclavable Autoclavable Do not autoclave
Requires 230 mm desiccator plate sold separately Requires 230 mm desiccator plate sold separately Requires 230 mm desiccator plate sold separately Comes with aluminum plate No desiccator plate required
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Classic Design Desiccator with Vacuum Capability" tab_id="ClassDesignDesiccator"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Transparent Classic Design Desiccator polycarbonate

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Transparent Classic Design Desiccator is a safe and economical alternative to glass. Shatterproof and lightweight, this desiccator is easily transportable around the lab and ergonomic to handle. Its grease-free operation keeps your gloves clean and slip-free. Can be used under full vacuum and non-vacuum conditions. details
  • Lightweight and virtually unbreakable, the wide base provides superior stability
  • Similar in dimensions to glass desiccators but more cost-effective
  • Includes ports on both cover and base for maximum convenience
  • Holds a vacuum of 28 in. Hg (71.1 cm) for 24 hours
  • Silicone o-ring ensures an airtight seal; no need to use grease that can contaminate your gloves and your lab
  • Removable stopcock can be replaced if needed or removed and the port capped (cap included) if not used
  • Transparent
Recommended for: Ideal for vacuum and nonvacuum applications. Follow vacuum application instructions included with the product for proper function at full vacuum. Ordering Information: Takes standard 230 mm desiccator plate such as Nalgene Cat. No. 5312-0230 sold separately. Accepts 1/4 in. to 3/8 in. I.D. (0.6 to 1 cm) vacuum tubing, also sold separately. Alerts: Do not autoclave or expose polycarbonate to organic solvents or their vapors. Will not shatter or implode at full vacuum when used according to instructions included with product. Nalgene Transparent Classic Design Desiccator
Cat. No. H (mm) Inside Dia. (mm) O.D. (mm) Max Clearance Above Plate (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
5311-0250 330 250 280 200 1 4
Accessories
715311-0010 Replacement Stopcock Assembly for 5311-0250 1 2
715311-0250 Replacement Desiccator Cover, 250 mm 2 2
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3423" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene 230 mm Desiccator Plate ceramic metal

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ 230 mm Desiccator plate is guaranteed unbreakable. Desiccator plate is corrosion resistant and has greater resistance to thermal shock than porcelain. details
  • 230 mm diameter fits the Nalgene Classic Dessicator (Cat. No. 5311-0250), as well as the 250 mm Nalgene Blue Desiccators (Cat. Nos. 5309-0250 and 5310-0250)
  • With numbered quadrants for easy location of crucibles and other containers
  • Has six holes in each quadrant and a 3 mm center hole to enhance airflow and drying efficiency
  • Autoclavable
Ordering Information: Individually packaged. Nalgene 230 mm Desiccator Plate
Cat. No. O.D. (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
5312-0230 230 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3771" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Desiccator with Vacuum Capability" tab_id="VacuumDesiccator"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Desiccator with Stopcock blue polypropylene body

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Desiccator with Stopcock is lighter in weight than glass and protects against breakage. Robust polypropylene body is compatible with all solid desiccants. Transparent PC cover allows a clear view of desiccator contents. Can be used with or without a vacuum. For room temperature use only. details
  • Full vacuum may be applied following supplied instructions for proper performance
  • Polypropylene stopcock with PTFE Plug can be used with 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) I.D. tubing (tubing sold separately)
  • Vacuum connection is located on the desiccator body making the cover easier to handle
  • Straight bore design eliminates stopcock vacuum leakage
  • No gasket is necessary; grease makes polycarbonate cover airtight even without applying a vacuum
  • Recessed rim keeps grease off benchtop when cover is set down
  • Desiccator takes any standard 230 mm desiccator plate such as Cat. No. 5312-0230 (sold separately)
Includes: Cover and stopcock. Requires: 230 mm plate. Notes: For room temperature only, not autoclavable. Nalgene Desiccator with Stopcock
Cat. No. Exterior H (mm) Inside Dia. (mm) O.D. (mm) Max Clearance Above Plate (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
5310-0250 262 246 330 143 1 4
715311-0250 Replacement Desiccator Cover, 250mm 2 2
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3769" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene 230 mm Desiccator Plate ceramic metal

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ 230 mm Desiccator plate is guaranteed unbreakable. Desiccator plate is corrosion resistant and has greater resistance to thermal shock than porcelain. details
  • 230 mm diameter fits the Nalgene Classic Dessicator (Cat. No. 5311-0250), as well as the 250 mm Nalgene Blue Desiccators (Cat. Nos. 5309-0250 and 5310-0250)
  • With numbered quadrants for easy location of crucibles and other containers
  • Has six holes in each quadrant and a 3 mm center hole to enhance airflow and drying efficiency
  • Autoclavable
Ordering Information: Individually packaged. Nalgene 230 mm Desiccator Plate
Cat. No. O.D. (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
5312-0230 230 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3771" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Autoclavable Desiccator" tab_id="AutoclavableDesiccator"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Autoclavable Desiccators blue polypropylene body, clear polycarbonate cover

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Desiccators have a robust polypropylene body and are highly resistant to all solid desiccants. These desiccators are much lighter than glass equivalents, making them easy to move around the lab. Desiccators have a transparent PC cover for easily viewing contents. details
  • Clear polycarbonate cover has recessed rim to keep grease off benchtop when cover is set down
  • No gasket required, only grease is needed
  • Small desiccator (Cat. No. 5315-0150) comes with a 140 mm aluminum desiccator plate
  • Autoclavable
Alerts: Do not use concentrated acids as desiccants. Notes: Repeated autoclaving will reduce the life of the product. Nalgene Autoclavable Desiccators
Cat. No. Exterior H (mm) Inside Dia. (mm) O.D. (mm) Max Clearance Above Plate (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
5309-0250 260 250 330 143 1 4
5315-0150 150 150 180 87 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3770" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific Nalgene 230 mm Desiccator Plate ceramic metal

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ 230 mm Desiccator plate is guaranteed unbreakable. Desiccator plate is corrosion resistant and has greater resistance to thermal shock than porcelain. details
  • 230 mm diameter fits the Nalgene Classic Dessicator (Cat. No. 5311-0250), as well as the 250 mm Nalgene Blue Desiccators (Cat. Nos. 5309-0250 and 5310-0250)
  • With numbered quadrants for easy location of crucibles and other containers
  • Has six holes in each quadrant and a 3 mm center hole to enhance airflow and drying efficiency
  • Autoclavable
Ordering Information: Individually packaged. Nalgene 230 mm Desiccator Plate
Cat. No. O.D. (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
5312-0230 230 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3771" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Desiccator Cabinets" tab_id="DesiccatorCabinets"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Desiccator Cabinets acrylic , stainless steel latches and hinge, neoprene gasket

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Desiccator Cabinets are clear, with gaskets to provide a tight seal. Ideal for storing anhydrous and hygroscopic biological and chemical compounds, as well as electronic assemblies and any components requiring controlled storage conditions. details
  • Neoprene gasket on door ensures tight seal
  • Door is secured with two (three on largest size) stainless steel latches and full-height hinge
  • Removable, lipped tray holds solid desiccant in place
  • Shelves are removable, adjustable and vented to maximize airflow
  • Transparent
Recommended for: Ideal for storing anhydrous and hygroscopic biological and chemical compounds, as well as electronic assemblies and any components requiring controlled storage conditions. Ordering Information: All cabinets measure 12 L x 12 in. W (30.5 x 30.5 cm) footprint. Nalgene Desiccator Cabinets
Cat. No. H (mm) No. of Shelves No. of Shelf Rositions No. per Case
5317-0070 178 2 3 1
5317-0120 305 3 5 1
5317-0180 457 4 7 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3768" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker

Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Which beakers are best for your applications?
Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers  Nalgene PFA Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Max use 121oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC* Max use 120oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC*
Graduations: silk screened Graduations: silk screened No graduations Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL
Volume range: 30mL–4L Volume range: 50mL–4L Volume range: 50mL–1L Volume range: 1L, 3L Volume range: 1L, 3L Volume range: 1L, 3L
PPCO PMP PFA HDPE PMP PFA
Translucent white Clear Translucent white Translucent white Clear Translucent white
No handle No handle No handle Handle Handle Handle
Nesting Nesting Nesting Not nesting Not nesting Not nesting
BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938071546-6fe488ee-798925a2-7a97"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070938-544512c6-dd5a25a2-7a97"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070547-e6783a0d-a7be25a2-7a97"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070130-0fafb0c5-e07725a2-7a97"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938069604-8ad1a484-b5f525a2-7a97"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab 1" tab_id="1535938065924-3a3ca9d7-a94625a2-7a97"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab 2" tab_id="1535938065978-3b92da59-b2c125a2-7a97"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker

Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Which beakers are best for your applications?
Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers  Nalgene PFA Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Max use 121oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC* Max use 120oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC*
Graduations: silk screened Graduations: silk screened No graduations Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL
Volume range: 30mL–4L Volume range: 50mL–4L Volume range: 50mL–1L Volume range: 1L, 3L Volume range: 1L, 3L Volume range: 1L, 3L
PPCO PMP PFA HDPE PMP PFA
Translucent white Clear Translucent white Translucent white Clear Translucent white
No handle No handle No handle Handle Handle Handle
Nesting Nesting Nesting Not nesting Not nesting Not nesting
BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938071546-6fe488ee-79899ad2-a129"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070938-544512c6-dd5a9ad2-a129"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070547-e6783a0d-a7be9ad2-a129"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070130-0fafb0c5-e0779ad2-a129"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938069604-8ad1a484-b5f59ad2-a129"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab 1" tab_id="1535938065924-3a3ca9d7-a9469ad2-a129"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab 2" tab_id="1535938065978-3b92da59-b2c19ad2-a129"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Dropper bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Dropper Bottles

Nalgene dropper bottles come in a variety of formats and volumes to meet a broad range of lab applications. Dropper bottles with colored screw-on caps provide controlled, measured (40µL*) dispensing, one drop at a time. They're available in small quantity lab packs or convenient bulk packs for packaging applications. They come in natural translucent low density polyethylene (LDPE) or opaque white LDPE to protect light sensitive reagents from exposure. These dropper bottles are suitable for most biotech, diagnostic and pharmaceutical applications.
Thermo Scientific Nalgene LDPE dropper bottles with tethered caps are our most popular lab reagent drop dispensing bottles. Available in sizes ranging from 15mL to 250mL, and made from high quality lab grade LDPE plastic resin materials, these droppers are useful for containing and dispensing a wide range of lab reagents including most acids, bases and alcohols. For faster dispensing by the drop or in a stream, and to access harder-to-reach places with your reagent, try the Nalgene dropper bottle with our bulb-transfer pipet style cap assembly. Need a dropper bottle you can sterilize? The Nalgene polypropylene copolymer (PPCO) dropper bottle is autoclavable. It's also compatible with a wide range of lab chemicals. This bottle dispenses in a fine, steady stream rather than drop-wise. For more aggressive chemicals or high purity reagent dispensing, choose the Nalgene fluoropolymer FEP dropper. Made from high purity FEP resin material, these droppers are compatible with virtually any chemical and are usable over an incredibly wide temperature range of -105°C to +150°C. Dispenses only one drop at a time. Captive spout cap stays in place when the bottle is squeezed preventing accidental dispensing. All of our Nalgene dropper bottles are manufactured in our ISO 13485:2003 registered manufacturing facilities. Most of our plastic resin materials are DMF registered and meet a number of regulatory specifications including: USP Class VI, EP monographs, EU food-contact directives, CONEG, RoHS, CA Prop 65, SARA Title III Sec. 313, and 21 CFR pt 177.
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_gallery interval="3" images="3779,3778,3777,3776,3775,3774,3773,3605"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Nalgene LDPE dropping bottle with colored caps (2750 & 2752 series) Nalgene white LDPE dropping bottle with colored caps (2751 & 2753 series) Nalgene LDPE dropping bottle with tethered cap (2411-series) Nalgene LDPE dropper bottle with bulb-pipet dropping cap (2416-series) Nalgene PPCO dropping bottle with tethered cap (DS2420-series) Nalgene FEP dropping bottle with tethered cap (2414-0030)
Small volume solutions requiring measured drops Light sensitive, small volume solutions requiring measured drops Lab reagents, larger volumes, drop-wise dispensing Lab reagents, drop or stream dispensing, harder to reach reagent destinations Dispensing sterile solutions Aggressive chemicals and high-purity reagents
LDPE bottle & dispensing tip, PP cap LDPE bottle & dispensing tip, PP cap LDPE bottle/PP closure & cap LDPE bottle & dropper shaft/neoprene bulb/PP closure PPCO bottle/blue PP closure & cap FEP bottle/ETFE closure & cap
Colored screw-on  spout caps Colored screw-on  spout caps Tethered snap-on spout cap Screw cap with dropper assembly Tethered snap-on spout cap Tethered snap-on spout cap
Milky white translucent bottle Opaque white bottle Milky white translucent bottle Milky white translucent bottle Milky white translucent bottle Hazy white translucent bottle
4mL–15mL 4mL–15mL 15mL–250mL 60mL–125ml 125mL–250mL 30mL
40µL drop dispensed 40µL drop dispensed Drop-wise dispensing Drop or stream dispensing Fine stream dispensing Drop-wise dispensing
Leakproof** Leakproof** Leakproof** Not leakproof Leakproof** Leakproof**
Temp range -76°C to 70°C Temp range -76°C to 70°C Temp range -76°C to 70°C Temp range -76°C to 70°C Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -105oC to 150oC
Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1580 for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE dropping bottle with colored caps" tab_id="LDPEClear"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Dropper Bottles

natural low-density polyethylene bottle, white or multi-colored polypropylene closure, low-density polyethylene control dispensing tip

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Dropper Bottles with Control Dispensing Tip provide accurate, reliable, repeatable dispensing of various reagents and is an excellent alternative to pipetting devices. Delivers 40 μL drops (based on water; viscosity affects drop size), dispensed one drop at a time. Excellent chemical resistance. Suitable for most biotech, diagnostic and pharmaceutical applications. details
  • Contact-clear natural low-density polyethylene bottle for viewing content
  • Dropper control tip snaps into place for a secure fit
  • Dispensing tip and closures included; chose white or multi-colored closures
  • Leakproof†/Transparent
Ordering Information: Case of 25. Nalgene Dropper Bottles
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) Color (Bottle/Closure) No. per Case
2750-9120 4 15-415 Clear/White 25
2750-9025 8 15-415 Clear/White 25
2750-9050 15 15-415 Clear/White 25
2752-9125 4 15-415 Clear/Assorted 25
2752-9025 8 15-415 Clear/Assorted 25
2752-9050 15 15-415 Clear/Assorted 25
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3779" img_size="full"][vc_single_image image="3778" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="White LDPE dropping bottle with colored caps" tab_id="LPDEWhite"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Dropper Bottles

white low-density polyethylene bottle, white or multi-colored polypropylene closure, low-density polyethylene control dispensing tip

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Dropper Bottles made of opaque LDPE are ideal for UV lightsensitive solutions. Provides an accurate, reliable, repeatable dispensing of various reagents and is an excellent alternative to pipetting devices. Delivers 40 μL drops (based on water; viscosity affects drop size), dispensed one drop at a time. Excellent chemical resistance; suitable for most biotech, diagnostic and pharmaceutical applications. details
  • Dropper control tip snaps into place for a secure fit
  • Dispensing tip and closures included, choose from white or multi-colored caps
  • Leakproof†
Nalgene Dropper Bottles
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) Color (Bottle/Closure) No. per Case
2751-9125 4 15-415 White/White 25
2751-9025 8 15-415 White/White 25
2751-9050 15 15-415 White/White 25
2753-9050 15 15-415 White/Assorted 25
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3777" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="LDPE dropping bottle with tethered cap" tab_id="LDPEtetheredcap"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Drop-Dispensing Bottles

low-density polyethylene, polypropylene dropping closure

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Drop-Dispensing Bottles allow convenient, one-handed operation. The tethered spout cap snaps securely into place and won’t pop off or leak when the closed bottle is squeezed. Dispenses one drop at a time. details
  • Dispenses only one drop at a time for dependable delivery
  • Captive spout cap stays in place when bottle is squeezed – won’t accidentally dispel liquid
  • Convenient one-handed operation frees up your other hand
  • Chemically compatible with most acids, bases, and alcohols.
  • Leakproof†
Nalgene Drop-Dispensing Bottles
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2411-0015 15 20 12 72
2411-0030 30 20 12 72
2411-0060 60 20 12 48
2411-0125 125 24 12 48
2411-0250 250 24 6 36
Accessories
712411-1030 Replacement Closure/Spout Cap, fits 15, 30 and 60 mL 25
712411-1125 Replacement Closure/Spout Cap, fits 125 and 250 mL 25
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3776" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="LDPE dropper bottle with bulb-pipet dropping cap" tab_id="LDPEdropper"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene ™ Bottles with Dropper Assembly

low-density polyethylene, neoprene bulb dispenser

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Bottles with Dropper Assembly consist of a narrow mouth Nalgene bottle with a dropping pipet and neoprene bulb inserted through the closure. Suitable for dispensing most acids, bases and alcohols. Dispenses at a rate you control, one drop at a time or in a stream. details
  • Contact-clear and easy to identify liquid level
  • Neoprene bulb conveniently dispenses drops or a stream
Nalgene Bottles with Dropper Assembly
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2416-0060 60 20 12 48
2416-0125 125 24 6 48
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3773" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PPCO dropping bottle with tethered cap" tab_id="PPCOdropping"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Autoclavable Dispensing Bottles

polypropylene copolymer, blue polypropylene dropping closure and cap

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Polypropylene Copolymer Dispensing Bottles can be used to dispense sterile solutions. Easily view liquid level. May be autoclaved full with cap off spout. Tethered spout cap snaps securely into place and won’t pop off or leak when the closed bottle is squeezed. details
  • Fine, steady stream when squeezed for dependable delivery
  • Captive, blue polypropylene spout cap won’t get lost
  • Autoclavable/Leakproof†
Notes: Only autoclave when full with tips uncapped. Nalgene Autoclavable Dispensing Bottle
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) No. per Case
DS2420-0125 125 6
DS2420-0250 255 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3774" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="FEP dropping bottle with tethered cap" tab_id="FEPdropping"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Drop-Dispensing Bottle

Teflon® FEP, Tefzel™ ETFE dropping closure and cap

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Drop-Dispensing Bottles are ideal for dispensing strong acids/alkalis, reagents and solvents. Excellent chemical resistance for dispensing virtually any chemical. Tethered spout cap snaps securely into place and won’t pop off or leak when the closed bottle is squeezed. Usable over a wide temperature range -105°C to +150°C. details
  • Dispenses only one drop at a time for dependable delivery
  • Captive spout cap stays in place when bottle is squeezed – won’t accidentally dispel liquid
  • Convenient one-handed operation frees up your other hand
  • Transparent so you can easily view liquid levels
  • Autoclavable/Leakproof†
Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation. Nalgene Drop-Dispensing Bottle
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) No. per Pack No. per Case
2414-0030 30 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3775" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Education

Nalgene Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow™ Sterile Disposable Filter Units

Bottle Top Filter Units and Storage Bottles Only Nalgene has the unique Rapid-Flow™ membrane support system that uses an evenly-spaced array of columns to provide greater membrane stability – resulting in faster flow and higher throughput of fluids – perfectly suited for sterile filtration and clarification of 50-1000 mL of cell culture media, serum, additives and buffers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3563" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Rapid-Flow Selection Guide

Making the Right Selection
Select the right pore size

- 0.1 micron for sterile filtration and Mycoplasma removal

- 0.2 micron for sterile filtration

- 0.45 micron for clarification

- 0.8 micron for prefiltration and clarification

Select the right capacity Choose from 50 mL, 115 mL, 150 mL, 250 mL, 500 mL, 1000 mL capacity filter units and bottle top filters.
Select the right membrane diameter Options include 50 mm, 75 mm and 90 mm diameter. Wider membranes mean faster flow and more throughput so you don’t have to reach for a second filter for difficult-to-filter fluids. Only Nalgene has 90 mm diameter membranes in 500 mL and 1000 mL size filter units and bottle top filters.
Select the right membrane

- PES (polyethersulfone) is the ultimate cell culutre membrane with low protein binding so there is less chance of removing critical protein from your media. It is hydrophylic, so no external wetting agents or surfactants are needed, resulting in low extractables. And, it's fast so you spend less time waiting.

- SFCA (surgactant-free cellulose acetate) containes none of the wetting agents founf in standard CA (cellulose acetate), and also has lower protein binding than standard CA. If you use CA for medie filtration you owe it to your cell lines to switch to SFCA; it's only available in Nalgene filter units and bottle top filters.

- CN (cellulose acetate) is ideal for filtering water, buffers and other aqueous solutions when protein binding is not a concern or if you want to remove extraneous protein.

- NYL (nylon) membranes are tough, alcohol resistant and have low levels of extractables. Choose them for filtering alcoholic solutions.

Select the right media storage bottle Nalgene storage bottle cap design prevents gas exchange and maintains pH of stored media for up to two weeks. Nalgene storage bottles are available in 150, 250, 500 and 1000 mL sizes, separately or as an integral part of all Nalgene filter units.
Select the right quality Every lot is Nalgene-Certified to be sterile, non-cytotoxic, non-pyrogenic, and to have passed strict performance tests. We guarantee it!

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="PES Membrane Disposable Filter Units / Bottle Top Filters" tab_id="PES"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units - PES Membrane

Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow disposable Filter Units with PES (polyethersulfone) membrane provide the last line of defense against cell culture contamination.

Low protein binding PES membranes with low extractables are the best choice for sterile filtration of cell culture media, serum, additives and buffers. Asymmetric PES membranes and exclusive Rapid-Flow support plate design provide fast flow rates and high throughput for increased filtration efficiency.

details

  • Filter cup unscrews from storage bottle for easy access to filtrate
  • Leakproof† (except 115 mL sizes) screw cap closure eliminates pH shift in storage bottle for longer life of stored media
  • Upper chamber of filter units is clearly marked with pore size, membrane type, catalog number, lot number and expiration date (except 115 mL size)
  • Padless membrane support minimizes foaming of proteinaceous samples
  • Non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic
  • PES membrane with blue collar
  • Gamma radiation-sterilized and individually bagged for a 5-year sterile shelf life

Polyethersulfone (PES) Membrane

  • PES is the best membrane for cell culture fluids; lowest protein binding to maintain protein balance, lowest extractables to maintain media purity
  • Asymmetric PES membrane plus unique Rapid-Flow support plate design provides fast flow and high throughput of fluids for increased filtration efficiency
  • 0.2 μm units protect against bacterial contamination
  • 0.1 μm units also protect against Mycoplasma contamination

115 mL Sizes

  • Compact filter units for quick filtration of 50-100 mL of fluid
  • Unitary construction with non-separable upper and lower compartments
  • Not intended for post-filtration storage of media (use Rapid-Flow products if media storage is required)

Includes: Polystyrene cover; graduated upper chamber and storage bottle (except 115 mL size); integral membrane filter; cellulosic-plugged side arm; quick-disconnect tubing adapter.

† The term “leakproof” applies to Thermo Scientific Nalgene products that meet the following criteria: a) Bottle/flask/funnel closure systems with closures smaller than 100 mm, after they are filled with water, inverted, withstand air pressure of 2psig for 2 minutes, and no water escapes;. b) Bottle/funnel/flask closure systems of larger than 100 mm after they are filled with water, inverted for 15 minutes, and no water escapes. Note: these tests, using other liquids, may not yield the same results. To ensure safe usage, customers are advised to test Thermo Scientific Nalgene bottles and closures under conditions of their planned applications. Thermo Scientific Nalgene products are leakproof at ambient temperature and pressure when used with their Nalgene closures.

Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units

Cat. No. Capacity, Upper/Storage
Bottle (mL)
Material
(Membrane)
Pore Size
(μm)
Membrane Dia
(mm)
No. per
Case
565-0010 150/150 PES 0.1 50 12
568-0010 250/250 PES 0.1 50 12
566-0010 500/500 PES 0.1 75 12
567-0010 1000/1000 PES 0.1 90 12
564-0020 150/50 PES 0.2 50 12
524-0020* 115/115 PES 0.2 50 72
565-0020 150/150 PES 0.2 50 12
568-0020 250/250 PES 0.2 50 12
566-0020 500/500 PES 0.2 75 12
569-0020 500/500 PES 0.2 90 12
567-0020 1000/1000 PES 0.2 90 12
124-0045* 115/115 PES 0.45 50 72
165-0045 150/150 PES 0.45 50 12
168-0045 250/250 PES 0.45 50 12
166-0045 500/500 PES 0.45 75 12
169-0045 500/500 PES 0.45 90 12
167-0045 1000/1000 PES 0.45 90 12

* 115 mL sizes do not have Rapid-Flow support plate design[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Bottle Top Filters - PES Membrane

Nalgene™ MF75 disposable Bottle Top Filters with PES (polyethersulfone) membrane provide the last line of defense against cell culture contamination.

Low protein binding PES membranes with low extractables are the best choice for sterile filtration of cell culture media, serum, additives and buffers. Asymmetric PES membranes and exclusive Rapid-Flow support plate design provide fast flow rates and high throughput for increased filtration efficiency.

details

  • Filters marked with catalog number, membrane type and pore size, lot number and expiration date for easy traceability
  • Gamma radiation sterilized and individually bagged for a 5-year sterile shelf life
  • Molded-in graduations for easy visualization of sample size
  • Side-arm with quick-disconnect tubing adapter for easy change between filters
  • Use with Nalgene storage bottles with catalog numbers starting with 455- or glass bottles rated for vacuum
  • Non-cytotoxic and non-pyrogenic

Polyethersulfone (PES) membranes

  • PES is the best membrane for cell culture fluids; lowest protein binding to maintain protein balance, lowest extractables to maintain media purity
  • Asymmetric PES membrane plus unique Rapid-Flow support plate design provide fast flow and high throughput of fluids for increased filtration efficiency
  • Use 0.2 μm membranes for sterile filtration, 0.45 μm membranes for fluid clarification and particle removal

Includes: Polystyrene graduated chamber; Blue color-coded collar with cellulosic vent plug side arm and quick-disconnect tubing adapter; 50, 75, or 90 mm
diameter membranes; bottom screw threads for attachment to bottles with 33 or 45 mm neck sizes.

CAUTION: Use only sterile bottles designed for use with vacuum. Always use safety shield during vacuum procedures.

Nalgene Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Bottle-Top Filters

Cat. No. Capacity
(ml)
Fits Bottle
Neck Size (mm)
Material
(Membrane)
Pore Size
(μm)
Membrane Dia.
(mm)
No. per
Case
596-3320 150 33 PES 0.2 50 12
596-4520 150 45 PES 0.2 50 12
296-3345 150 33 PES 0.45 50 12
296-4545 150 45 PES 0.45 50 12
595-3320 500 33 PES 0.2 75 12
595-4520 500 45 PES 0.2 75 12
295-3345 500 33 PES 0.45 75 12
295-4545 500 45 PES 0.45 75 12
597-3320 1000 33 PES 0.2 90 12
597-4520 1000 45 PES 0.2 90 12

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="SFCA Membrane Disposable Filter Units / Bottle Top Filters" tab_id="SFCA"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units SFCA Membrane

Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow™ Sterile Disposable Filter Units with SFCA Membrane are ideal for vacuum filtration and single-use biological work requiring sterile filtration, prefiltration or clarification of aqueous solutions in the lab or field.

Surfactant-Free Cellulose Acetate (SFCA) membranes have lower extractables than standard (CA) membranes. If you use cellulose acetate (CA) for filtration of media or other cell culture fluids, you owe it to your cells to switch to cleaner, safer Nalgene SFCA.

details

  • Nalgene Rapid-Flow membrane support system provides fast flow and high throughput
  • Upper chamber separates from storage bottle for easy access to filtrate
  • Leakproof† (except 115 mL sizes) crew cap eliminates pH shift in storage bottle to provide longer life for stored media
  • Upper chamber of filter units is clearly marked with pore size, membrane type, catalog number, lot number and expiration date (except 115 mL size)
  • Padless membrane support minimizes foaming of proteinaceous samples
  • Non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic
  • Yellow collar for easy identification of SFCA membrane
  • Gamma radiation-sterilized and individually bagged for a 5-year sterile shelf life

Surfactant-free cellulose acetate membranes (SFCA)

  • Low protein binding, excellent flow rates, little or no loss of specific proteins
  • No wetting agents to affect sensitive cell culture lines
  • Much lower extractables than standard CA membranes makes SFCA a better choice for cell culture

115 mL sizes

  • Compact filter units for quick filtration of 50-100 mL of fluid
  • Unitary construction with non-separable upper and lower compartments
  • Not intended for post-filtration storage of media (use Rapid-Flow products if media storage is required)

Includes: Polystyrene cover; graduated upper chamber and storage bottle (except 115 mL size; integral membrane filter; cellulosic-plugged side arm; quick disconnect tubing adapter.

Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units

Cat. No. Capacity, Upper/Storage
Bottle (mL)
Material
(Membrane)
Pore Size
(μm)
Membrane Dia
(mm)
No. per
Case
122-0020* 115/115 SFCA 0.2 50 72
155-0020 150/150 SFCA 0.2 50 12
157-0020 250/250 SFCA 0.2 50 12
156-4020 500/500 SFCA 0.2 75 12
158-0020 500/1000 SFCA 0.2 75 12
162-0020 500/500 SFCA 0.2 90 12
161-0020 1000/1000 SFCA 0.2 90 12
122-0045* 115/115 SFCA 0.45 50 72
155-0045 150/150 SFCA 0.45 50 12
157-0045 250/250 SFCA 0.45 50 12
158-0045 500/1000 SFCA 0.45 75 12
156-4045 500/500 SFCA 0.45 75 12
162-0045 500/500 SFCA 0.45 90 12
161-0045 1000/1000 SFCA 0.45 90 12

* 115 mL sizes do not have Rapid-Flow support plate design[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3559" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Bottle Top Filters
SFCA Membrane

Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow™ Sterile Disposable Bottle-Top Filters fit Nalgene filter receiver bottles (#455-series) or standard glass media bottles.

Surfactant-Free Cellulose Acetate (SFCA) membranes have lower extractables than standard cellulose acetate (CN) membranes. If you use CA for filtration of media or other cell culture fluids, you owe it to your cells to switch to cleaner, safer Nalgene SFCA.

details

  • Nalgene Rapid-Flow membrane support system provides fast flow and high throughput
  • Filters marked with catalog number, membrane type and pore size, lot number and expiration date for easy traceability
  • Gamma radiation sterilized and individually bagged for 5-year sterile shelf life
  • Molded-in graduations for quick visualization of sample volume
  • Side-arm with quick-disconnect tubing adapter for easy bottle top changes
  • Non-cytotoxic and non-pyrogenic

Surfactant-free cellulose acetate membranes (SFCA)

  • Low protein binding, excellent flow rates, little or no loss of specific proteins
  • No wetting agents to affect sensitive cell culture lines
  • Much lower extractables than standard CA membranes makes SFCA a better choice for cell culture

Includes: Polystyrene graduated chamber; color-coded collar with cellulosic vent plug side arm and quick-disconnect tubing adapter; 50, 75, or 90 mm diameter membranes; bottom screw threads for attachment to bottles with 33 or 45 mm neck sizes.

Nalgene Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Bottle Top Filters

Cat. No. Capacity
(ml)
Fits Bottle
Neck Size (mm)
Material
(Membrane)
Pore Size
(μm)
Membrane Dia.
(mm)
No. per
Case
290-3320 150 33 SFCA 0.2 50 12
290-3345 150 33 SFCA 0.45 50 12
290-4520 150 45 SFCA 0.2 50 12
290-4545 150 45 SFCA 0.45 50 12
291-3320 500 33 SFCA 0.2 75 12
291-3345 500 33 SFCA 0.45 75 12
291-4520 500 45 SFCA 0.2 75 12
291-4545 500 45 SFCA 0.45 75 12
292-3320 1000 33 SFCA 0.2 90 12
292-4520 1000 45 SFCA 0.2 90 12

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3558" img_size="full"][vc_single_image image="3557" img_size="full"][vc_single_image image="3556" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="CN Membrane Disposable Filter Units / Bottle Top Filters" tab_id="CN"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units CN Membrane

Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units with CN (Cellulose Nitrate) membrane are ideal for sterile filtration, prefiltration or clarification of buffers and other aqueous solutions when protein
binding is not a concern. Nalgene CN membranes are Triton™-free

details

  • Nalgene Rapid-Flow membrane support system provides fast flow and high throughput
  • Upper chamber separates from storage bottle for easy access to filtrate
  • Leakproof† screw cap eliminates pH shift in storage bottle to provide longer life for stored media
  • Upper chamber of filter units is clearly marked with pore size, membrane type, catalog number, lot number and expiration date for traceablility
  • Padless membrane support minimizes foaming of proteinaceous samples
  • Non-pyrogenic and non-cytogenic
  • Green collar for easy identification of CN membrane
  • Gamma radiation-sterilized and individually wrapped for a 5-year sterile shelf life

115 mL Sizes

  • Compact filter units for quick filtration of 50 to 100 mL of fluid
  • Unitary construction with non-separable upper and receiver components
  • Not intended for post-filtration storage of media (use Rapid-Flow products if media storage is required)

Includes: 50 or 75 mm diameter membrane, polyethylene adapter, and quickdisconnect tubing adapter. Each pack of 500 and 1000 mL units includes 12 glass fiber prefilters. All sizes except 115 mL supplied with sterile polyethylene leakproof† cap.

Notes: CN membranes are best used for filtration of buffers and general lab solutions. We do not recommend CN for filtration of cell culture fluids because it has high protein binding characteristics. Use PES or SFCA for cell culture media, serum, additives, etc.

Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units

Cat. No. Capacity, Upper/Storage
Bottle (mL)
Material
(Membrane)
Pore Size
(μm)
Membrane Dia
(mm)
Membrane
Color/Grid
No. per
Case
121-0020* 115/115 CN 0.2 50 White/None 72
121-0045* 115/115 CN 0.45 50 White/BlackGrid 72
125-0020 150/150 CN 0.2 50 White/None 12
125-0045 150/150 CN 0.45 50 White/BlackGrid 12
125-0080 150/150 CN 0.8 50 White/None 12
126-0020 250/250 CN 0.2 50 White/None 12
126-0045 250/250 CN 0.45 50 White/BlackGrid 12
126-0080 250/250 CN 0.8 50 White/None 12
450-0020 500/500 CN 0.2 75 White/None 12
450-0045 500/500 CN 0.45 75 White/BlackGrid 12
450-0080 500/500 CN 0.8 75 White/None 12
127-0020 500/1000 CN 0.2 75 White/None 12
127-0045 500/1000 CN 0.45 75 White/BlackGrid 12
127-0080 500/1000 CN 0.8 75 White/None 12

* 115 mL sizes do not have Rapid-Flow support plate design[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3562" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Nylon Membrane Disposable Filter Units / Bottle Top Filters" tab_id="Nylon"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units - Nylon Membrane

Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow™ Sterile Disposable Filter Units with Nylon Membrane are recommended for use with solutions where very low extractables are desired, or for filtration of solutions containing weak
solvents such as alcohols.

details

  • Nalgene Rapid-Flow membrane support system provides fast flow and high throughput
  • Upper chamber separates from storage bottle for easy access to filtrate
  • Leakproof† screw cap eliminates pH shift in storage bottle to ensure longer life of stored media
  • Upper chamber of filter units is clearly marked with pore size, membrane type, catalog number, lot number and expiration date for traceability
  • Padless membrane support minimizes foaming of proteinaceous samples
  • Non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic
  • Gamma radiation-sterilized and individually bagged for a 5-year sterile shelf life

Nylon Membrane

  • Low extractables and naturally hydrophilic
  • Contains no wetting agents and is alcohol resistant
  • Red collar for easy identification of nylon membrane

Includes: Polystyrene cover; graduated upper chamber and storage bottle; integral membrane filter; cellulosic-plugged side arm; quick-disconnect tubing adapter.

Nalgene Rapid-Flow Sterile Disposable Filter Units

Cat. No. Capacity, Upper/Storage
Bottle (mL)
Material
(Membrane)
Pore Size
(μm)
Membrane Dia
(mm)
No. per
Case
150-0020 150/150 Nylon 0.2 50 12
150-0045 150/150 Nylon 0.45 50 12
153-0020 250/250 Nylon 0.2 50 12
153-0045 250/250 Nylon 0.45 50 12
151-4020 500/500 Nylon 0.2 75 12
151-4045 500/500 Nylon 0.45 75 12
154-0020 500/1000 Nylon 0.2 75 12
154-0045 500/1000 Nylon 0.45 75 12
163-0020 500/500 Nylon 0.2 90 12
164-0020 1000/1000 Nylon 0.2 90 12

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3561" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Rapid-Flow Sterile Filter Storage Bottles" tab_id="RapidFlowStorageBottles"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow Sterile Filter Storage Bottles

Nalgene™ Rapid-Flow™ Sterile Filter Storage Bottles are radiationsterilized to save you time and minimize contamination.

Use with Nalgene Bottle-Top Filters, or as replacements or extra receptacles for Nalgene Tissue Culture and Sterilization Filter Units. Excellent as handy sterile single-use storage containers.

details

  • Headspace allows extra serum or other additives to be added to the filtrate
  • Leakproof† screw caps to eliminate pH shift in bottle for longer life of stored media
  • Sterilized by gamma radiation and individually bagged for a 5-year sterile shelf life
  • Non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic

Nalgene Rapid-Flow Series Sterile Filter Storage Bottles

Cat. No. Storage Bottle
Capacity (ml)
No. per
Case
455-0150 150 24
455-0250 250 24
455-0500 500 12
455-1000 1000 12

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3560" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Flasks

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Erlenmeyer Flasks

Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks are a safer alternative to glass. They won’t break, chip or shatter amid the bustle and bumps of everyday lab work. Enjoy their light weight and ease of handling. Trust Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks to be made from the highest quality laboratory-grade polypropylene copolymer (PPCO), polycarbonate (PC), polymethylpentene (PMP) and fluoropolymer (FEP) materials for dependably low extractables across a wide variety of lab applications.

Choose polypropylene for its low cost and good chemical compatibility with a wide range of lab chemicals. Get very good chemical resistance and clarity, too, with PMP. FEP provides the ultimate in chemical resistance, temperature range and inertness for the most demanding lab applications. Or, choose polycarbonate for its window-like clarity making it an ideal culture flask. Screw cap flasks are leakproof.*[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3362" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Which flasks are best for your application?

Nalgene PPCO
Erlenmeyer Flask
Nalgene PC
Erlenmeyer Flask
Nalgene PC
Baffled
Erlenmeyer Flask
Nalgene PC
Erlenmeyer Flask
with Screw Cap
Nalgene PMP
Erlenmeyer Flask
with Screw Cap
Nalgene FEP
Erlenmeyer Flask
with Screw Cap
Traditional style,
milky white,
chemical resistant
Traditional style, window clear Traditional style,
window clear
with baffles
Threaded screw
cap design,
window clear
Threaded screw
cap design,
good clarity,
chemical resistant
Threaded screw
cap design,
superior chemical resistance
 
Mixing reagents Media prep,
culture techniques
Suspension,
culture techniques
Media storage,
culture techniques
Reagent prep,
storage, titrations
Aggressive chemical
prep, trace
metals work
No cap No cap No cap Screw on cap, leakproof* Screw on cap, leakproof* Screw on cap, leakproof*
No graduations Graduations molded, mL Graduations
molded, mL
Graduations molded, mL Graduations molded, mL Graduations
molded, mL
125mL-2000mL 125mL-500mL 250mL-2000mL 125mL-500mL 125mL-1000mL 125mL-250mL
PPCO flask PC flask PC flask PC flask
w/PP closure
PMP flask
w/PP closure
FEP flask
w/ETFE closure
Milky white translucent Window clear Window clear Window clear Good clarity Hazy white
translucent
Temp. range
-40oC to 121oC
Temp. range
-135oC to 135oC
Temp. range
-135oC to 135oC
Temp. range
-135oC to 135oC
Temp. range
20oC to 153oC
Temp. range
-270oC to 205oC
Autoclavable Autoclavable (shortens life) Autoclavable (shortens life) Autoclavable (shortens life) Autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with
Part 21
CFR 177.1520
for food use
Complies with
Part 21
CFR 177.1580
for food use
Complies with
Part 21
CFR 177.1580
for food use
Complies with
Part 21
CFR 177.1580
for food use
No food compliance Complies with
Part 21
CFR 177.1550
for food use
BPA-Free Contains BPA Contains BPA Contains BPA BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="PP Erlenmeyer Flasks" tab_id="PPconical"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Copolymer Erlenmeyer Flasks

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Erlenmeyer Flasks are a shatter-proof alternative to glass.

Autoclavable polypropylene copolymer flasks provide excellent chemical compatibility with most lab reagents and solutions. Excellent for academic labs and general laboratory use. Liquid level is easy to read.

details
• Translucent wall makes liquid level easily visible
• 2000 mL size has molded-in graduations
• Mouth sized to accept standard sized stoppers
• Designed for a long life and rigorous use, even with repeated autoclaving
• Autoclavable

Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Accepts Stopper No. No. per Pack No. per Case
4102-0125 125 3 12 24
4102-0250 250 6 6 12
4102-0500 500 7 4 12
4102-1000 1000 8 2 6
4102-2000 2000 10 2 6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3368" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PC Erlenmeyer Flasks" tab_id="PCConical"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polycarbonate Erlenmeyer Flasks

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Erlenmeyer Flasks are used for preparation and storage of culture media and many culturing techniques.

Transparent wall provides a clear view of flask contents. Safer than glass flasks – especially when used with shakers.

details
• Molded-in graduations make liquid level estimations easy
• 500 mL size is superior combustion flask for microdetermination of fluorine
• Mouth sized to accept standard sized stoppers
• Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated

Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Accepts Stopper No. No. per Pack No. per Case
4103-0125 125 5 12 24
4103-0250 250 6 6 12
4103-0500 500 7 4 12

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3367" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PC Baffled Culture Flasks" tab_id="PCBaffled"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polycarbonate Baffled Culture Flasks

Nalgene™ Baffled Culture Flasks provide an alternative to glass flasks and product equivalent growth curves with E. coli and S. cerevisiae.

Baffled bottom increase mixing efficiency aeration and gas exchange.

details
• Polycarbonate is break-resistant and clear – easy to read graduations help identify your liquid level with ease
• Bottom baffles provide increased mixing, aeration, and gas exchange
• Excellent for a variety of lab procedures including fermentation, cell culture growth and harvesting
• 500 and 1000 mL sizes accept either standard 38 mm stainless steel or plastic closures for added convenience
• Autoclavable

Notes: Repeated autoclaving may result in some loss of mechanical strength.

Nalgene Baffled Culture Flasks

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) No. per Pack No. per Case
4110-0250 250 4 12
4110-0500 500 4 12
4110-1000 1000 2 6
4110-2000 2000 2 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3366" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PC Erlenmeyer Flasks with Closure" tab_id="PCcapped"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polycarbonate Erlenmeyer Flasks with Closure

Nalgene™ PC Erlenmeyer Flasks are used for preparation and storage of culture media and many culturing techniques.

Safer than glass flasks for use in shakers. Linerless closure protects contents from spills and contamination.

details
• Molded-in graduations make liquid levels easy to estimate
• Shatter-proof polycarbonate is safer than glass
• Noncontaminating, tight-sealing, linerless polypropylene screw closures protect contents from spills and contamination
• Autoclavable/Transparent/Graduated

Includes: Polypropylene screw closures.

Notes: Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving.

Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks with Screw Closure

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
4108-0125 125 33 6 24
4108-0250 250 38 4 12
4108-0500 500 43 4 12

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3364" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PMP Erlenmeyer Flasks with Closure" tab_id="PMPcapped"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Erlenmeyer Flasks with Closure

Nalgene™ PMP Flasks with PP Screw Closures are useful for titrations, preparation and storage of culture media.

An excellent combination of transparency, chemical resistance, impact strength and autoclavability.

details
• Excellent chemical resistance to a wide variety of lab reagents
• More transparent than polypropylene but with similar chemical resistance
• Ideal for preparation and storage of culture media and titrations
• All sizes have easy-to-read graduations
• Autoclavable/Graduated

Includes: Polypropylene screw closures.

Notes: Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving.

Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks with Screw Closures

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
4109-0125 125 33 6 24
4109-0250 250 38 4 12
4109-0500 500 43 4 12
4109-1000 1000 53 2 6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3363" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="FEP Erlenmeyer Flasks with ETFE Closure" tab_id="PEFcapped"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Erlenmeyer Flasks made with Teflon™ FEP with ETFE Closure

Nalgene™ Teflon® FEP Erlenmeyer Flasks with closures are useful with all organic solvents and concentrated oxidizing agents.

Combine the excellent chemical resistance of Teflon® FEP with the convenience of a screw closure. These flasks are unbreakable, nearly transparent, autoclavable, non-contaminating and resist virtually all chemicals.

details
• Excellent chemical resistance makes these flasks suitable for exposure to nearly any lab chemical
• Nearly transparent for good view of contents
• For trace metal work, can be boiled in concentrated nitric acid
• Flask withstands temperatures from -270°to +205°C (-454° to +401°F); closure from -100° to +150°C (-148° to +302°F) for a wide range of demanding applications
• Screw closure prevents spills and contamination
• Autoclavable/Teflon® FEP

Includes: ETFE screw closures.

Notes: Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving.

Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation.

Nalgene Erlenmeyer Flasks with Screw Closures

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
4106-0125 125 33 1 4
4106-0250 250 38 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3365" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Funnels

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Plastic Funnels

Nalgene plastic funnels are a safer alternative to glass. They won’t break, chip or shatter amid the bustle and bumps of everyday lab work, and won't dent or corrode like metal funnels. Enjoy their light weight and ease of handling. Trust Nalgene funnels to be made from the highest quality laboratory-grade polypropylene copolymer (PPCO), high density polyethylene (HDPE), low density polyethylene (LDPE), and polypropylene (PP) materials for dependably low extractables and compatibility with a broad range of lab materials. With so many sizes and styles, there are Nalgene plastic funnels to serve a wide variety of lab applications.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3435" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Which funnels are right for your application?

Nalgene PPCO Long Stem Analytical Funnels Nalgene PPCO Powder Funnels Nalgene PPCO Utility Funnels Nalgene HDPE Large Funnels Nalgene LDPE  Heavy-Duty Funnels Nalgene PPCO Büchner Funnels
Classic long stem design Classic wide bore stem design Wide tapered funnel to stem transition Large size, classic design Super rugged for rough and tough work conditions Classic Büchner design in shatterproof plastic
Use with standard filter papers for analytical techniques Use in transferring powder, crystalline chemicals for reagent prep Use for transferring liquid, pastes, small solids, granular/powder, or viscous samples, reagents Use for transferring large volumes of liquids Toughest funnels available for heavy-duty use Replaces ceramic Büchner funnels for solid sample prep, treatment. Two-piece design, easy to clean
External ribbing prevents air lock External ribbing prevents air lock Not ribbed External/internal ribbing prevents airlock Ribbed Not ribbed
Top diameter 34mm - 158mm Top diameter 65mm - 147mm Top diameter 65mm - 155mm Top diameter 201mm - 258mm Top diameter 101mm - 248mm Top diameter 59mm - 172mm
Fits standard size filter papers Fits standard size filter papers
PPCO PPCO PPCO or HDPE HDPE LDPE PP
Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white translucent Milky white Milky white Opaque white
Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range -40oC to 121oC Temp range PPCO: -40oC to 121oC HDPE: -100oC to 120oC Temp range -100oC to 120oC Temp range -76°C to 70°C Temp range 0oC to 135oC
Autoclavable Autoclavable PPCO autoclavable HDPE is not Do not autoclave Do not autoclave Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use1 Complies with Part 21 CF 177.1520 for food use 1 Complies with Part 21 CFR 177.1520 for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="PPCO Long Stem Analytical Funnels" tab_id="PPCOLong"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Analytical Funnels polypropylene copolymer

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Analytical Funnels with long stems and external ridges are for use with standard filter papers. Outside ribbing eliminates air lock. Chemical-resistant to a wide variety of lab chemicals and reagents. A shatter-proof alternative to glass. details
  • Body of funnel is at a 60° angle with internal ribs sloped at 58° for rapid filtration
  • Outside ribbing eliminates air lock
  • Shatterproof – these funnels will provide years of dependable use in your lab
  • Designed for use with standard filter papers
  • Autoclavable
Nalgene Analytical Funnels
Cat. No. Top Dia. (mm) Stem L (mm) Stem O.D. (mm) Capacity (ml) Fits Paper dia. (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
4250-0035 34 52 6 10 55 12 36
4250-0045 48 50 7 23 70 12 36
4250-0055 55 61 7 41 90 12 36
4250-0065 66 65 7 65 110 12 36
4250-0075 77 80 7 114 125 6 36
4250-0100 104 99 9 254 185 4 24
4250-0160 158 151 14 976 240 2 12
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PPCO Powder Funnels" tab_id="PPCOPowder"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Powder Funnels polypropylene copolymer

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Powder Funnels are used for transferring powders. Parallel stem minimizes bridging of powder; external ribbing prevents air locks. Resistant to a wide range of lab chemicals and reagents. A shatter-proof alternative to glass. details
  • Polypropylene is break-resistant and chemically compatible with a wide variety of lab reagents
  • Suitable for general lab use, it is a durable replacement for glass funnels
  • Autoclavable
Nalgene Powder Funnels
Cat. No. Top Dia. (mm) Capacity (ml) Overall H (mm) Stem Dia. (mm) Stem L (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
4252-0065 65 68 67 16 22 12 36
4252-0080 79 115 85 16 29 12 36
4252-0100 104 243 106 21 33 6 24
4252-0150 147 716 136 27 30 4 24
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PPCO Utility Funnels" tab_id="PPCOUtility"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Utility Funnels polypropylene or high-density polyethylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Utility Funnels are suitable for numerous lab applications and are a shatter-proof alternative to glass funnels in the lab. details
  • Cat. Nos. 4256-0234 and 4256-0414 are made from shatter-proof, autoclavable polypropylene
  • Cat. No. 4256-0638 has a large throat opening for faster transfer of materials and is made from shatter-proof high-density polyethylene (not autoclavable)
  • Suitable for a wide variety of lab applications
Nalgene Utility Funnels
Cat. No. Top Dia. (mm) Capacity (ml) Overall H (mm) Stem Dia. (mm) Stem L (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
Polypropylene (Autoclavable)
4256-0234 65 62 65 10 21 12 288
4256-0414 103 270 117 11 34 12 144
High-density polyethylene (Not Autoclavable)
4256-0638 155 1059 176 26 67 12 72
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HDPE Large Funnels" tab_id="HDPELarge"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Large Funnels high-density polyethylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Large Funnels have external and internal ribbing for air release. Shatterproof funnel is a safer alternative to glass. details
  • HDPE is shatter-proof, making it a reliable long-term tool for the lab
  • Has internal and external ribbing for fast flow
Nalgene Large Funnels
Cat. No. Top Dia. (mm) Capacity (L) Overall H (mm) Stem L (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
4262-0080 201 1.9 245 89 1 6
4262-0110 258 4.06 300 92 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Heavy-Duty Funnels" tab_id="LDPEHeavy"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Heavy-DutyFunnels

low-density polyethylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ LDPE Funnels are the toughest large funnels available. Made of low-density polyethylene, they are lightweight and won’t break or corrode like glass or metal funnels. Designed for years of rugged use in the lab. details
  • Durable large funnels are designed for heavy-duty use
  • Lighter weight than glass or metal funnels and they won’t break or corrode, providing you with long-term use
  • Rigid construction, ideal for vacuum filtration; features ribs and a tab
Nalgene Heavy-duty Funnels
Cat. No. Top Dia. (mm) Capacity (ml) Overall H (mm) Stem O.D. (mm) Stem L (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
4260-0040 101 254 146 12 72 2 12
4260-0060 152 777 196 15 76 1 12
4260-0100 248 3684 319 23 117 1 2
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PP Buchner Funnels" tab_id="PPBuchner"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Büchner Two-Piece Funnels

polypropylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Büchner Funnels are constructed in two pieces and are lightweight and durable. Bottom and top can be separated for easy cleaning – won’t chip, crack, or break. details
  • Sturdy funnels consist of cup and funnel with perforated plate for easy cleaning and good chemical resistance
  • All sizes are made entirely of polypropylene and are autoclavable to 135°C (275°F)
  • Lightweight and durable – won’t break or shatter like glass
  • Autoclavable
Nalgene Buchner Two-Piece Funnels
Cat. No. Top Inside Dia. (mm) Capacity (ml) Fits Paper Dia. (mm) Stem L (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
4280-0550 59 83 55 45 1 8
4280-0700 76 186 70 65 1 6
4280-0900 93 358 90 71 1 4
4280-1100 130 919 110 93 1 4
4280-1500 172 2910 150 107 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Hydrometer Jar

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Hydrometer Jar

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Hydrometer Jar" tab_id="HydrometerJar"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PMP Hydrometer Jar

Nalgene™ Hydrometer jars are lighter in weight than glass and protect against breakage.

This transparent, autoclavable jar exhibits superior chemical resistance and a broad base make this a very stable addition to the lab.

details

  • Lighter in weight than glass – won’t break
  • Versatile jar can also be used as a lactometer cylinder
  • Superior chemical resistance and broad base provide stability
  • Autoclavable/Transparent

Notes: Hydrometer not included.

Nalgene Hydrometer Jar

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Material No. per Case
6230-0500 500 Polymethylpentene 6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3425" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Jars

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™  Plastic Jars

Nalgene jars are heavy-walled and made to last a long time through the rigors of daily lab life. Trust Thermo Scientific Nalgene jars to be made from the highest quality laboratory-grade plastic materials for dependably low extractables. Straight-sided jars offer easy access and viewing of contents. Mason jars are designed to mate up with a variety of blenders with classic Mason jar threads.

Nalgene jars are recommended for storing pastes, solids, specimens and lab supplies. Please note, however, Nalgene jars are NOT liquid leakproof and are not recommended for shipping or transporting liquids.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3370" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Which jars are right for you?

Nalgene PC Straight-sided Jar Nalgene PMP Straight-sided Jar Nalgene PPCO Straight-sided Jar Nalgene PPCO Mason Jar Nalgene PP Jar with Friction-Fit Cover Nalgene PC Jar with Friction-Fit Cover
Clear wide-mouth, threaded PP closure Clear wide-mouth, threaded PP closure Milky-white wide-mouth, threaded PP closure Classic mason style with shoulder, threaded PP closure Multi-purpose, milk-white PP straight-sided Window clear multi-purpose straight-sided
Screw-on lid Screw-on lid Screw-on lid Screw-on lid Friction-fit lid Friction-fit lid
Volume range:
15mL–1000mL
Volume range:
60mL–1000mL
Volume range:
15mL–1000mL
Volume range
500mL–3000mL
Volume range
2.2L–4.6L
Volume range:
2.2L–18.8L
PC jar,
PP closure
PMP jar,
PP closure
PPCO jar,
PP closure
PPCO jar, PP mason closure PP jar,
PP lid
PC jar,
PC lid
Window clear Good clarity Milky-white translucent Milky-white translucent Milky-white translucent Window clear
Temp range
-135 to 135oC
Temp range
20 to 153oC
Temp range
-40 to 121oC
Temp range
-40 to 121oC
Temp range
0 to 135oC
Temp range
-135 to 135oC
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with
21 CFR part 177.1580
for food use
Complies with
21 CFR part 77.1520
for food use
Complies with
21 CFR part 177.1520
for food use
Complies with
21 CFR part 177.1520
for food use
Complies with
21 CFR part 177.1520
for food use
Complies with
21 CFR part 177.1580
for food use
Contains BPA BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free Contains BPA
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="PC Straight sided Jar" tab_id="PCjar"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Straight-Sided Wide-Mouth Polycarbonate Jars with Closure

Nalgene™ Straight-sided Wide-Mouth Jars are window-clear.

A wide temperature range (-135°C to +135°C) makes these jars an excellent choice for cold room and refrigerator. These high impact-resistant jars are extremely versatile for collecting and storing a wide variety of specimens and lab supplies. Not liquid leakproof.

details
• Excellent for cold room and refrigerated use – easy to see contents
• Wide-mouth and straight sides provide full-access and complete sample retrieval
• High impact-resistant jars are extremely versatile for collecting and storing pastes, solids, specimens and lab supplies
• 15, 30 and 60 mL jars have natural polypropylene closures
• 125 mL to 1 L jars have white polypropylene closures with recessed tops for stacking
• 125 and 250 mL sizes fit Osterizer™ and other blenders that have Mason Jar threads; recommended for use with Fluid Transfer Closure Cat. No. DS2153-0700
• Autoclavable/Transparent

Includes: Polypropylene screw closures.

Notes: Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving. Not liquid leakproof; not recommended for liquid transport.

Nalgene Straight-Sided Wide-Mouth Jars

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) Neck ID (mm) OD (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2116-0015 15 38 29 31 46 4 48
2116-0030 30 43 33 36 48 4 48
2116-0060 60 53 43 48 45 4 48
2116-0125 125 70 64 64 74 4 24
2116-0250 250 70 64 75 119 4 24
2116-0500 500 120 112 112 88 4 16
2116-1000 1000 120 112 112 151 4 16

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3373" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PMP Straight sided Jar" tab_id="PMPjar"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Wide-Mouth Straight-Sided PMP Jars with White Polypropylene Screw Closure

Nalgene™ PMP Straight-sided Wide-Mouth Jars offer good clarity with excellent chemical resistance.

Excellent museum jars – only 2% loss of formaldehyde per year. Lighter in weight than glass, these jars protect against breakage and contamination. Not liquid leakproof.

details
• Good clarity with excellent chemical resistance make these jars versatile in your lab
• Excellent museum jars, with only 2% loss of formaldehyde per year
• Wide mouth and straight sides provide full-access and complete sample retrieval
• 125 and 250 mL sizes fit Osterizer* and other blenders that have Mason Jar threads
• 60 mL jars have natural polypropylene closures
• 125 mL to 1 L jars have white polypropylene closures with recessed tops for stacking.
• Autoclavable/Transparent

Includes: Polypropylene screw closures.

Compliance: Meets requirements of CFR21, Part 177.1520 for food and beverage use.

Notes: Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving. Not liquid leakproof; not recommended for liquid transport.

Nalgene Straight-Sided Wide-Mouth Jars

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) Neck ID (mm) OD (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2117-0060 60 53 43 48 45 4 48
2117-0125 125 70 64 64 74 4 24
2117-0250 250 70 64 75 119 4 24
2117-0500 500 120 112 112 88 4 16
2117-1000 1000 120 112 112 151 4 16

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3372" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PPCO Straight sided Jar" tab_id="PPCOjar"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Wide-Mouth Straight-Sided PPCO Jars with Closure

Nalgene™ Translucent PP Wide-Mouth Jars have excellent chemical resistance and can be autoclaved repeatedly.

Recommended for storing pastes, solids, specimens and lab supplies.

Not liquid leakproof.

details
• Translucent with excellent chemical resistance and repeated autoclavability – these jars are versatile in your lab
• Wide-mouth and straight sides provide full-access and complete sample retrieval
• 15, 30 and 60 mL jars have natural polypropylene closures
• 125 mL to 1 L jars have white polypropylene closures with recessed tops for stacking
• 125 and 250 mL sizes fit Osterizer™ and other blenders that have Mason Jar threads; recommended for use with Fluid Transfer Closure Cat. No. DS2153-0700
• Autoclavable

Includes: Polypropylene screw closures.

Note: Not liquid leakproof; not recommended for liquid transport. Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving. For 500 mL and 1 L sizes, remove closure and autoclave
separately.

Nalgene Straight-Sided Wide-Mouth Jars

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) Neck ID (mm) OD (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2118-9050 15 38 29 31 46 12 72
2118-0001 30 43 33 36 48 12 72
2118-0002 60 53 43 48 45 12 48
2118-0004 125 70 64 64 74 12 36
2118-0008 250 70 64 75 119 6 36
2118-0016 500 120 112 112 88 6 24
2118-0032 1000 120 112 112 151 6 24

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3371" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PPCO Mason Jar" tab_id="PPCOManson"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ PPCO Mason Jars with Closure

Nalgene™ Mason Jars are ideal for fluid transfer in the lab or field when used with fluid-transfer closure (Cat. No. DS2153-0700).
The 70 mm neck on these bottles fits various blenders, fixtures and closures with Mason jar threads.

details
• 70 mm neck designed to fit fixtures or closures with Mason Jar threads or with Osterizer™ or other blenders with the same threads
• Wide mouth is easy to fill or sample
• Autoclavable

Includes: Polypropylene screw closures.

Notes: Completely disengage threads or remove cap before autoclaving.

Nalgene Mason Jars

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure Size (mm) Neck ID (mm) OD (mm) Height with Closure (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
2115-0500 500 70 61 75 175 6 24
2115-1000 1000 70 61 94 213 6 24
2115-2000 2000 70 61 120 244 4 12
2115-3000 3000 70 61 155 246 1 6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3374" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PP Jar with Friction-Fit Cover" tab_id="PPjarwcover"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Jars with Cover

Nalgene™ PP Jars with Cover are designed for storing and transporting solids.
Chemically compatible with a wide range of lab materials. Larger size makes an excellent waste crock.

details
• Straight sides and no neck make access and retrieval easy
• Larger sizes make excellent waste crocks
• Chemically compatible with a wide range of lab materials
• Autoclavable

Nalgene Jars with Cover

Cat. No. Capacity (L) OD x H (cm) No. per Pack No. per Case
5352-0002 2.2 13.3x19.1 1 6
5352-0004 4.6 16.8x23.9 1 6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3376" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="PC Jar with Friction Fit Cover" tab_id="PCjarwcover"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Multipurpose Polycarbonate Jars with Cover

Nalgene™ PC Multipurpose Jars with Cover are useful as water baths, aquaria, terraria or freeze-drying chambers.

Drill, tap or apply clamps to attach heating or cooling equipment. May be used over a wide temperature range (-135°C to +135°C). Flat lids permit stacking to save space.

details
• Drill, tap or apply clamps to jars to attach heating or cooling equipment
• Very durable 1/8 in. thick walls make these jars useful as water baths, aquaria, terraria or freeze-drying chamber
• Autoclavable

Notes: Jar DS5300-0507 is suitable for vacuum applications if not autoclaved.

Nalgene Multipurpose Jars with Cover

Cat. No. Capacity (L) OD x H (cm) No. per Case
DS5300-0507 2.2 13.3 x 19 1
DS5300-9212 4.7 17 x 23.7 1
DS5300-9609 8.3 22.2 x 25.3 1
DS5300-9910 18.8 30.2 x 30.2 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3375" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Notebook Paper Labels

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Notebook / Paper Labels / Label Pen

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_gallery interval="3" images="3897,3894,3893,3891,3890,3889,3888,3887,3439"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="PolyPaper Pages" tab_id="PolyPaper"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Lab Notebooks with PolyPaper Pages uncoated PolyPaper pages, polyethylene cover

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Lab Notebooks for permanently securing your valuable notes and data in a hardcover case-bound paginated book. This lab notebook is extremely chemical resistant, making it durable for lab use. Pages include spaces for dates and signatures necessary documentation for securing patent protection. details
  • Case-bound hardcover with 100 permanently-bound, polyolefin pages that are chemical resistant
  • Pages are numbered and printed with spaces for dates, signature of worker and witness for patent protection
  • 23 x 29 cm (9-1/4 x 11-1/4 in. ) pages are ruled with a fine green 6 mm (1/4 in.) grid to assist for orderly note keeping, drawings and charts
  • Accepts ballpoint pen and permanent marking pen
  • Permanently bound and paginated for data security and traceability
Includes: Instructions for keeping records, page for issuing book and table of contents. Nalgene Lab Notebooks with PolyPaper Pages
Cat. No. Cover Color Cover Dimensions (cm) Page Dimensions (cm) Page Format No. per Pack No. per Case
6300-1000 Black 24.1 x 29.2 x 1.59 23.5 x 28.6 1/4 in. grid 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3891" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Regular Paper Pages" tab_id="Regular"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Laboratory Notebooks with Regular Paper Pages polyethylene cover

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Lab Notebooks feature 96 permanently sewn-in paper pages with either grid or horizontal ruled lines. Hard cover is durable and waterproof. Pages include spaces for dates and signatures, necessary documentation for securing patent protection as well as instructions for keeping records, table of contents and a page for issuing contents. details
  • Spaces for dates, signature of worker and witness for patent protection
  • Choose forest green cover with green grid or burgundy cover with horizontal lines
  • Page size: Letter (8-1/2 × 11 in.) or A4 (8-3/4 × 11-1/4 in.)
  • Permanently bound and paginated for data security and traceability
Includes: Instructions for keeping records, page for issuing book and table of contents. Notes: Pages are not waterproof. Nalgene Lab Notebooks with Regular Paper Pages
Cat. No. Colors Page Dimensions (cm) Line/grid spacing No. per pkg No. per Case
6301-1000 ForestGreen 21.6 x 27.9 6 mm grid 1 6
6301-2000 Burgundy 21.6 x 27.9 3 horizontal lines per inch 1 6
6301-3000 ForestGreen 22.2 x 28.6 5 mm grid 1 6
6301-4000 Burgundy 22.2 x 28.6 5 mm lines 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3439" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Deluxe Regular Paper Pages" tab_id="DeluxeRegular"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientifice™ Nalgenee™ Deluxe Laboratory Notebooks with Regular Paper Pages polyethylene cover

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Deluxe Lab Notebooks with 184 high-quality, acid-free paper pages with 1/4 in. grid. Double the pages of our other lab notebooks. Specially designed for process record keeping and ideal for research laboratories in securing patent protection. Cover is water-resistant and easy to wipe clean. details
  • Features water-resistant polyethylene cover and 184 high-quality, acid-free, paper pages with 1/4 in. grid lines
  • Permanently bound and paginated for data security and traceability
  • Letter-sized 8-1/2 × 11 in. pages are permanently bound and sewn
  • Pages include place for preparer and witness signatures to aid in securing patent protection
Nalgene Deluxe Laboratory Notebook with Regular paper pages
Cat. No. Cover Color Dimensions L x W x D (cm) Page Dimension (cm) Grid size, (in) No. per pkg No. per Case
6501-1000 Burgundy 22.5 x 28.6 x 1.6 21.6 x 27.9 1/4 in. 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3893" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Duplex Lab Notebooks" tab_id="Duplex"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Duplex Lab Notebooks duplex format, paper pages, brown polyethylene cover

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Laboratory Notebooks come with sewn-in paper pages in a duplex format, and a durable polyethylene cover. Pages are printed on one side only with an identically numbered duplicate behind it, designed for copying notes or for use with carbon paper (not included). Contains 50 numbered sets (100 total sheets) of regular gridded paper. details
  • Pages are printed on one side only and gridded
  • Brown waterproof cover is easy to wipe clean
  • Each page is followed by an identically numbered, perforated page for easy removal
  • Contains 50 numbered sets (total of 100 sheets)
  • Page size: 8-1/2 × 11 in.
  • Pages printed with 1/4 in. grid
Notes: Carbon paper is not supplied with notebooks. Nalgene Lab Notebooks
Cat. No. Description Dimensions L x W x D (cm) Page Dimension (cm) No. per pkg No. per Case
6302-1000 50 numbered sets (total of 100 sheets) 22.5 x 28.6 x 1.6 21.6 x 27.9 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3894" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Field Notebook, Spiral-Bound" tab_id="FieldNotebook"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Field Notebook, Spiral-Bound polyolefin pages, blue polyethylene cover

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Field Notebook, Spiral-bound is ideal where moisture or chemicals may present a problem. Flexible, yet durable cover with sheets permanently spiral-bound and paginated for data security and traceablility. Includes 96 plastic pages printed with a grid on both sides. Polyolefin pages hold up to repeated wetting and chemical exposure. Book opens to lay flat. Cover and pages can be turned to the back to leave only the page at hand exposed to save workspace. details
  • Blue polyethylene cover with 48 treated Polyolefin 9 × 11-1/4 in. pages and plastic spiral binding
  • Pages numbered 1 through 96 and printed with fine green 1/4 in. (6 mm) grid
  • Pages are washable and they dry flat
  • Plastic pages protect your data; repels salt water, mud, chemicals and dirt
  • Spiral notebook lies flat for easy use in the field
  • Accepts almost all writing devices including ballpoint pen, felt-tip marker, indelible and grease pencils. Does not accept pencil.
Includes: Instructions for accepted notebook procedures, table of contents, page for issuing notebook. Notes: Sheets do not accept pencil. Nalgene Field Notebook, Spiral-bound
Cat. No. Description Page size (cm) Grid size (in) No. per pkg No. per Case
6303-1000 Polypaper Field Notebook 23 x 29 1/4 1 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3897" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Polyolefin Plastic Paper Sheets" tab_id="PlasticPaperSheets"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polyolefin Plastic Paper Sheets polyolefin pages

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Polyolefin Plastic Paper Sheets roll or fold without cracking, stay flexible at cold temperatures and won’t rip, stretch or shrink. These durable sheets can be punched for use in binders or cut into labels to be enclosed with wet or dry chemical or biological samples stored in formalin. Excellent for field data collection and chain-of-custody records. details
  • Resist UV light, tearing, fraying, curling, aging, discoloration, rot and mildew
  • Roll or fold without cracking
  • Remain flexible at cold temperatures
  • May be punched for use in three-ring binders
  • Cut into labels for enclosing with wet or dry chemicals and biological samples stored in formalin
  • Can be written on with almost any pen, marker, type or print (does not accept pencil).
Notes: Sheets do not accept pencil. Nalgene Polyolefin Plastic Paper Sheets
Cat. No. L x W (cm) No. per pkg No. per Case
6304-9811 27.9 x 21.6 50 300
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3890" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Polyolefin Pressure-Sensitive Labels" tab_id="PressureSensitiveLabels"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polyolefin Pressure-Sensitive Labels polyolefin

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Polyolefin labels won’t wrinkle, curl or melt when used in photocopiers, laser or inkjet printers. Polyolefin labels are waterproof and resist most chemicals, while accepting a variety of inks including copier, marker, ballpoint, gels and technical markers, making them indispensable in the lab. Does not accept pencil. Pretest specific inks for suitability prior to use. Formatted for easy setup in most word processing label printing programs (instructions included). details
  • Durable polyolefin labels resist ultraviolet light, mildew, chemicals and dirt and won’t discolor, crack or tear
  • Adhesive backing sticks well to any plastic, glass or metal surface – excellent for labeling microscopic slides
  • Chemically compatible with most lab reagents although solvents may dissolve adhesive
  • Rated to work in freezers without curling or detaching to -29°C
  • For use with all writing devices except pencil
  • Autoclavable
Nalgene Polyolefin Pressure-Sensitive Labels
Cat. No. H x W (mm) No. labels per sheet No. labels per Pack No. labels per Case
6319-0010 22 x 22 80 800 4000
6319-0015 20 x 38 65 650 3250
6319-0020 25 x 67 30 300 1500
6319-0030 13 x 44 80 800 4000
6319-0040 51 x 102 10 100 500
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3889" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Right-To-Know Custom Labeling System" tab_id="CustomLabeling"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Right-To-Know Custom Labeling System polyolefin with clear plastic overlay

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Right-To-Know Customer Labeling System is ideal for creating labels for dispensing bottles that identify the chemical within and its properties. Create your own safety label specific to chemical contents stored in your container. Labels adhere to the container and have a clear plastic overlay to protect the label markings from coming off due to chemical contact. Refer to the appropriate Material Safety data sheet (MSDS) or other reference material to verify the correct codes. Complete instructions included with each package. details
  • Overlay is provided to protect label from chemical contact
  • Ability to refer to the appropriate Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) or other reference material to verify the correct codes required for accurate and safe use.
  • Complete instructions included with each package – hazard symbol stickers are GHS compliant
Nalgene Right-To-Know Custom Labeling System
Cat. No. H x W (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
6316-1000 76.2 x 127 25 150
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3888" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Lab Markers" tab_id="LabMarkers"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Lab Markers black ink

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Lab Markers are recommended for use with Nalgene Polyolefin paper, notebooks and labels. Nalgene Lab Markers are indispensable around the lab. They write on almost any surface, including glass, metal or plastic. Choose from a fine point pen or broad line marker for permanently marking almost anything. Caps have a clip to keep them handy in a lab coat or shirt pocket. details
  • Felt-tip marking pens with convenient pocket clips
  • Choose fine-line pen or broad-line marker depending on your requirement
  • Dependably writes on glass, plastic or metal
Nalgene Lab Markers
Cat. No. Description No. per Pack No. per Case
6310-0010 Lab Pen, Fine Line 4 12
6311-0010 Lab Marker, Broad Point 4 12
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3887" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker

Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Which beakers are best for your applications?
Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers  Nalgene PFA Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Max use 121oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC* Max use 120oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC*
Graduations: silk screened Graduations: silk screened No graduations Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL
Volume range: 30mL–4L Volume range: 50mL–4L Volume range: 50mL–1L Volume range: 1L, 3L Volume range: 1L, 3L Volume range: 1L, 3L
PPCO PMP PFA HDPE PMP PFA
Translucent white Clear Translucent white Translucent white Clear Translucent white
No handle No handle No handle Handle Handle Handle
Nesting Nesting Nesting Not nesting Not nesting Not nesting
BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938071546-6fe488ee-798925a2-7a975b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070938-544512c6-dd5a25a2-7a975b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070547-e6783a0d-a7be25a2-7a975b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070130-0fafb0c5-e07725a2-7a975b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938069604-8ad1a484-b5f525a2-7a975b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab 1" tab_id="1535938065924-3a3ca9d7-a94625a2-7a975b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab 2" tab_id="1535938065978-3b92da59-b2c125a2-7a975b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker

Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Which beakers are best for your applications?
Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers  Nalgene PFA Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Max use 121oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC* Max use 120oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC*
Graduations: silk screened Graduations: silk screened No graduations Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL
Volume range: 30mL–4L Volume range: 50mL–4L Volume range: 50mL–1L Volume range: 1L, 3L Volume range: 1L, 3L Volume range: 1L, 3L
PPCO PMP PFA HDPE PMP PFA
Translucent white Clear Translucent white Translucent white Clear Translucent white
No handle No handle No handle Handle Handle Handle
Nesting Nesting Nesting Not nesting Not nesting Not nesting
BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938071546-6fe488ee-79899ad2-a1295b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070938-544512c6-dd5a9ad2-a1295b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070547-e6783a0d-a7be9ad2-a1295b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070130-0fafb0c5-e0779ad2-a1295b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938069604-8ad1a484-b5f59ad2-a1295b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab 1" tab_id="1535938065924-3a3ca9d7-a9469ad2-a1295b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab 2" tab_id="1535938065978-3b92da59-b2c19ad2-a1295b43-68ef"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Organizers

Nalgene Pipette Jars

Nalgene Staining Boxes

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Staining Boxes

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Staining Boxes" tab_id="StainingBoxes"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Staining Boxes

Nalgene™ Staining Boxes allow you to stain, fix, destain and handle fragile electrophoresis gels and membranes with little chance of damage.

Covered boxes hold most common size gels along with 500 to 750 mL of liquid.

Stain, fix, destain and handle electrophoresis gels and membranes with less chance of damage than conventional methods. Equipped with a bottom drain for solution changes without disturbing the box’s other fragile contents.

details

  • Useful in a wide temperature range: -70° to +70°C
  • Good chemical resistance to acids, bases and select organic solvents for a versatile range of protocols
  • Plug in bottom allows easy drainage of liquid with minimal handling of gel and provides a leakproof seal; won’t interfere with cover or contents on a benchtop shaker
  • Boxes are stackable and have a handle on each end for safe, easy carrying
  • Microwavable and easy to clean
  • Replacement plug available

Nalgene Staining Boxes

Cat. No. Inside L x W (cm) No. per Pack No. per Case
5705-1010 12.5 x 12.5 1 1
5705-2020 22.5 x 22.5 1 1
715705-0001 Replacement plug for staining boxes 5705-1010 and 5705-2020 12 12

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3492" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Separatory Funnels

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Separatory Funnels

Nalgene separatory funnels are a safer alternative to glass. They won’t break, chip or shatter amid the bustle and bumps of everyday lab work. Enjoy their light weight and ease of handling. Trust Thermo Scientific Nalgene separatory funnels to be made from the highest quality laboratory-grade polypropylene copolymer (PPCO) and fluoropolymer (FEP) materials for dependably low extractables across a wide variety of lab applications.

Choose polypropylene for its low cost and good chemical compatibility with a wide range of lab chemicals. FEP provides the ultimate in chemical resistance and inertness for the most demanding liquid phase separations. Rely on leak-free performance with our Nalgene leakproof* guarantee.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3498" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Which separatory funnels are right for your application?

Nalgene PPCO
Separatory Funnel with Screw Cap
Nalgene FEP
Separatory Funnel with Screw Cap
Lower cost, milky white,
good chemical resistance
Exceptional chemical resistance,
better transparency
Screw-on cap Screw-on cap
Size range
125mL–1000mL
Size range
125mL–2000mL
PPCO body
w/PP closure
FEP body
w/ETFE closure
TFE stopcock assembly TFE stopcock assembly
Milky white translucent Light white haze
Autoclavable** Autoclavable**
Complies with
Part 21 CFR 177.1520
for food use
Complies with
Part 21 CFR 177.1550
for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="PPCO Separatory Funnel with Screw Cap" tab_id="PPCOSeparatoryFunnel"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Polypropylene Separatory Funnels with Closure

Nalgene™ PPCO Separatory funnel and PP screw closure are chemically resistant, translucent and autoclavable.

Polypropylene copolymer body and Teflon® TFE stopcock assembly has excellent chemical resistance, is leakproof† and does not require lubrication.

details

  • Separation lines between immiscible liquids easily observed
  • Phase interface is observable down to the stopcock
  • TFE stopcocks need no lubrication; saves time and no messy grease
  • Funnel is chemically compatible with a wide range of lab reagents
  • Funnels are susceptible to softening and swelling from extended exposure to aggressive solvents though the effect is reversible
  • Autoclavable/Leakproof†

Ordering Information: Stem lengths, 65 mm.

Notes: Autoclavable except for stopcock assembly, which is easily removed and chemically sterilized.

Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation.

Nalgene Separatory Funnels

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure (mm) No. per Rack No. per Case
4300-0125 125 28 1 6
4300-0250 250 33 1 4
4300-0500 500 43 1 4
4300-1000 1000 53 1 4
Accessories
714301-1025 Replacement Stopcock Assembly for 125ml -1L Separatory Funnel 1 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3497" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="FEP Separatory Funnel with Screw Cap" tab_id="FEPSeparatoryFunnel"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Separatory Funnels made with Teflon™ FEP with Closure

Nalgene™ FEP Separatory funnel and ETFE screw closure are chemically inert, nearly transparent and autoclavable.

More transparent than our polypropylene separatory funnels. This funnel is compatible with all common lab reagents and solvents. Won’t chip, crack or shatter like glass separatory funnels. Teflon® FEP stopcock assembly has excellent chemical resistance, is leakproof† and does not require lubrication – can be chemically disinfected.

details

  • So transparent that phase interface is visible down to the stopcock and nonwetting surface
    – enhances complete drainage
  • Break-resistant and impervious to any chemical used in a separatory funnel
  • No phthalates to contaminate analyses
  • Useful in hazardous separations
  • Autoclavable/Leakproof†

Ordering Information: Stem lengths, 65 mm.

Notes: Autoclavable except stopcock assembly, which is easily removed and chemically sterilized.

Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation.

Nalgene Separatory Funnels

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Closure (mm) No. per Rack No. per Case
4301-0125 125 28 1 4
4301-0250 250 33 1 4
4301-0500 500 43 1 4
4301-1000 1000 53 1 4
4301-2000 2000 53 1 2
Accessories
714301-1025 Replacement Stopcock Assembly for 125ml-1L Separatory Funnel 1 1
714301-1050 Replacement Stopcock Assembly for 2L Separatory Funnel 1 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3498" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Tanks

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Tank

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Cylindrical Tank with Cover PP" tab_id="CylindricalCoverPP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Cylindrical Polypropylene Tank with Cover

polypropylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ PP Tanks with PP cover are autoclavable and available in a variety of sizes to meet application needs.

details

  • Seamless construction for easy cleaning
  • Offers excellent stress-crack resistance
  • Economical alternative to stainless steel tanks
  • Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination

Notes: All Nalgene tanks used at elevated temperatures or with high specific-gravity liquids should be externally supported.

Caution: Plastic tanks are generally subject to more severe conditions than plastic labware; exposure is constant, stresses are greater and different classes and concentrations of chemicals are involved. Please pay special attention to chemical compatibility.

Nalgene Cylindrical Tank with Cover

Cat. No. Capacity (L Nominal O.D. x H (cm No. per Case
11200-0005 19 28 x 38 1
11200-0007 28 30 x 46 1
11200-0010 38 33 x 51 1
11200-0015 57 36 x 71 1
11200-0030 113 46 x 76 1
11200-0055 208 56 x 91 1
11200-0100 378 71 x 112 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3813" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Cylindrical Tank with Cover LLDPE Light weight" tab_id="CylindricalCoverLLDPELight"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Lightweight Graduated Cylindrical LLDPE Tank with Cover

Linear low-density polyethylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Lightweight Tanks are an economical solution for less rigorous applications.

details

  • Seamless construction for easy cleaning
  • Offers excellent stress-crack resistance
  • Economical alternative to stainless steel tanks
  • Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination

Notes: All Nalgene tanks used at elevated temperatures or with high specific-gravity liquids should be externally supported.

Caution: Plastic tanks are generally subject to more severe conditions than plastic labware; exposure is constant, stresses are greater and different classes and concentrations of chemicals are involved. Please pay special attention to chemical compatibility.

Nalgene Lightweight Graduated Cylindrical Tank with Cover

Cat. No. Capacity (L) Nominal O.D. x H (cm) No. per Case
54100-0005 19 28 x 38 1
54100-0007 28 30 x 46 1
54100-0010 38 33 x 51 1
54100-0015 57 36 x 71 1
54100-0030 113 46 x 76 1
54100-0055 208 56 x 91 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3812" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Cylindrical Tank with Cover and Spigot HDPE Lightweight" tab_id="CylindricalCoverSpigotHDPELight"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Lightweight Cylindrical LLDPE Tank with Cover and Spigot

Linear low-density polyethylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Lightweight LLDPE Cylindrical Tanks with installed spigots are an economical solution for less rigorous applications.

These tanks offer the same characteristics as Nalgene 54100 tank series with a spigot installed for dispensing.

details

  • Seamless construction for easy cleaning
  • Offers excellent stress-crack resistance
  • Economical alternative to stainless steel tanks
  • Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination
  • Equipped with Nalgene Needle Spigot (Cat. No. 96423) for dispensing

Compatible products: Nalgene Spigot for Storage Tanks (Cat. No. 6421-0010).

Notes: All Nalgene tanks used at elevated temperatures or with high specific-gravity liquids should be externally supported.

Caution: Plastic tanks are generally subject to more severe conditions than plastic labware; exposure is constant, stresses are greater and different classes and concentrations of chemicals are involved. Please pay special attention to chemical compatibility.

Nalgene Lightweight Cylindrical Tank with Cover and Spigot

Cat. No. Capacity (L) Nominal O.D. x H (cm) No. per Case
54102-0005 19 28 x 38 1
54102-0007 28 30 x 46 1
54102-0010 38 33 x 51 1
54102-0015 57 36 x 71 1
54102-0030 113 46 x 76 1
54102-0055 208 56 x 91 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3811" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Cylindrical Tanks with Cover LLDPE Heavy Duty" tab_id="CylindricalCoverLLDPEHeavy"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Heavy-Duty Cylindrical LLDPE Tanks with Cover

Linear low-density polyethylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Heavy Duty HDPE Tanks with HDPE Covers are rigid, seamless tanks offered in a variety of sizes to meet your application needs.

details

  • Features rigid walls for maximum strength and durabilty
  • Molded of HDPE offering increased chemical and temperature resistance
  • Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination

Compatible products: Nalgene Tank Liners: Cat. No. 343050 series.

Notes: All Nalgene tanks used at elevated temperatures or with high specific-gravity liquids should be externally supported.

Caution: Plastic tanks are generally subject to more severe conditions than plastic labware; exposure is constant, stresses are greater and different classes and concentrations of chemicals are involved. Please pay special attention to chemical compatibility.

Nalgene Heavy Duty Cylindrical Tanks with Cover

Cat. No. Capacity (L) Nominal O.D. x H (cm) No. per Case
11100-0005 19 28 x 38 1
11100-0007 28 32 x 46 1
11100-0010 38 33 x 51 1
11100-0015 57 36 x 71 1
11100-0030 113 48 x 76 1
11100-0055 208 56 x 91 1
11100-0080 303 61 x 122 1
11100-0100 378 71 x 112 1
11100-0150 568 81 x 124 1
11100-0200 757 94 x 130 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3810" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Cylindrical Tanks with Spigot LLDPE Heavy Duty" tab_id="CylindricalSpigotLLDPEHeavy"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Heavy-Duty Cylindrical LLDPE Tanks with Spigots

Linear low-density polyethylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Heavy Duty HDPE Tanks with a needle-type spigot for easy dispensing.

details

  • Factory-installed spigot accepts 5/8 in. I.D. tubing
  • Features rigid walls for maximum strength and durabilty
  • Seamless construction for easy cleaning
  • Molded of HDPE offering increased chemical and temperature resistance
  • Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination

Compatible products: Nalgene Spigot for Cylindrical Tanks (Cat. No. 6421-0010).

Notes: All Nalgene tanks used at elevated temperatures or with high specific-gravity liquids should be externally supported.

Caution: Plastic tanks are generally subject to more severe conditions than plastic labware; exposure is constant, stresses are greater and different classes and concentrations of chemicals are involved. Please pay special attention to chemical compatibility.

Nalgene Heavy Duty Cylindrical Tanks with Spigot

Cat. No. Capacity (L) Nominal O.D. x H (cm) No. per Case
11102-0005 19 28 x 38 1
11102-0007 28 30 x 46 1
11102-0010 38 33 x 51 1
11102-0015 57 36 x 71 1
11102-0030 113 48 x 76 1
11102-0055 208 56 x 91 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3809" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tank Liners" tab_id="TankLiners"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Coex Polyethylene Film Tank Liners

coex polyethylene film

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Coex Polyethylene Film Tank Liners feature an open-bag, flat-bottom design to enhance your mixing capabilities.

Ideal for single-use, biopharmaceutical and diagnostic reagent fluid processing using rigid Nalgene cylindrical plastic tanks. Available in sizes ranging from 5 gal. to 200 gal. (19 L to 757 L).

details

  • Designed specifically to fit Nalgene cylindrical tanks from 5 gal. to 200 gal. (19 L to 787 L)
  • Gamma irradiated, non-cytotoxic and certified non-pyrogenic
  • Coex polyethylene film is free of animal-derived components

Nalgene Tank Liners

Cat. No. Capacity (L) Fits Nalgene Tank Cat. Nos. No. per Pack No. per Case
343050-0005 19 11100-0005
11200-0005
54100-0005
1 10
343050-0007 28 11100-0007
11200-0007
54100-0007
1 10
343050-0010 38 11100-0010
11200-0010
54100-0010
1 10
343050-0015 57 11100-0015
11200-0015
54100-0015
1 10
343050-0030 113 11100-0030
11200-0030
54100-0030
1 10
343050-0055 208 11100-0055
11200-0030
54100-0055
1 10
343050-0080 303  11100-0080 1 10
343050-0100 378  11100-0100 1 10
343050-0150 568  11100-0150 1 10
343050-0200 757  11100-0200 1 10

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3808" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Rectangular Tank with Cover PP" tab_id="RectangularCoverPP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Rectangular Polypropylene Tank with Cover

polypropylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Rectangular PP Tanks with PP Cover are autoclavable, available in a variety of sizes to meet your application needs.

details

  • Seamless construction for easy cleaning
  • Suitable for use with many organic chemicals
  • Offers excellent stress-crack resistance
  • Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination

Nalgene Rectangular Tank with Cover

Cat. No. Capacity (L) Nominal L x W x H (cm) No. per Case
14200-0002 8 21 x 21 x 24 1
14200-0005 19 25 x 25 x 36 1
14200-0010 38 31 x 31 x 36 1
14200-0015 57 34 x 32 x 36 1
14200-0020 76 34 x 24 x 50 1
14200-0045 170 62 x 47 x 48 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3807" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Rectangular Tank with Cover LLDPE Heavy Duty" tab_id="RectangularCoverLLDPEHeavy"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Heavy-Duty Rectangular LLDPE Tank with Covers

Linear low-density polyethylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Heavy Duty LLDPE Rectangular Tank with HDPE cover is a versatile, economical alternative to stainless steel tanks.

details

  • Seamless construction for easy cleaning
  • Stepped flange provides drip containment and grip for lifting
  • Includes matching cover that significantly reduces evaporation and contamination
  • Molded of LLDPE offering increased chemical and temperature resistance

Notes: All Nalgene tanks used at elevated temperatures or with high specific-gravity liquids should be externally supported.

Caution: Plastic tanks are generally subject to more severe conditions than plastic labware; exposure is constant, stresses are greater and different classes and concentrations of chemicals are involved. Please pay special attention to chemical compatibility.

Nalgene Heavy Duty Rectangular Tank with Cover

Cat. No. Capacity (L) Nominal L x W x H (cm) No. per Case
14100-0002 8 21 x 21 x 24 1
14100-0005 19 25 x 25 x 36 1
14100-0010 38 31 x 31 x 36 1
14100-0015 57 34 x 32 x 36 1
14100-0020 76 34 x 24 x 50 1
14100-0040 151 62 x 24 x 34 1
14100-0045 170 62 x 47 x 48 1
14100-0065 246 62 x 47 x 64 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3806" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Closed-Dome Tanks PP" tab_id="ClosedDomeTanksPP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Closed-Dome Polypropylene Tanks

polypropylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Closed Dome PP Tanks with white PP closure are an excellent choice for reagent storage, aseptic mixing and dispensing.

Autoclavable and offered in a variety of sizes to meet application needs.

details

  • Designed for use as a closed containment system
  • Includes 150 mm gasketed screw closure, greatly reducing evaporation and contamination
  • Domed bottoms offer good drainage
  • Mounting flats accept bulkhead fittings up to 2 in.
  • Graduated in liters and gallons

Compliance: Comply with FDA Reg. 177.1520 and USP Class VI.

Nalgene Closed-Dome Tanks

Cat. No. Capacity (L) Nominal O.D. x H (cm) No. per Case
2650-0020 76 42 x 79 1
2650-0030 114 47 x 99 1
2650-0055 210 57 x 112 1
2650-0100 380 72 x 132 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3805" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]


Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Closed-Dome Bio Tank Closure with Mixer Support Assembly

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Closed-Dome Tank Closure with Mixed Support Assembly is for use with all sizes of Nalgene Closed-Dome Tanks.

Unique sanitary flange assembly allows overhead mixing in a closed system.

details

  • 6 in. (15.2 cm) PP screw closure with a 2 in. (5.1 cm) sanitary ferrule welded in the center
  • 2 in. (5.1 cm) silicone gasket and a PDVF True Union clamp
  • Autoclavable
  • Mixer not included

Compatible Products: Nalgene Closed-Dome Tanks (Cat. No. series 2650).

2651[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Spigots for Storage Tanks" tab_id="SpigotsTanks"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Spigots for Storage Tanks

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Spigots for Storage Tanks are used for safe and efficient liquid dispensing.

For use only with Naglene tanks up to 100 gal. with factory installed threaded boss.

details

  • Includes two PTFE o-rings that provide positive seal

Notes: Make sure container and spigot have compatible chemical resistance before installing.

Nalgene Spigots for Storage Tanks

Cat. No. Fitting No. per Pack No. per Case
Polypropylene
6421-0010 1.1/2 in. to 12 female screw thread 12 12
Low-density polyethylene
6420-0750 19 mm NPT male thread 6 6
6420-0500 12.7 mm NPT male thread 6 6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3804" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Test Tube Racks

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Test Tube Rack / Storage Rack

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_gallery interval="3" images="3839,3838,3836,3837,3835,3834,3833,3832,3433"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Unwire Test Tube Rack - Resmer™" tab_id="UnwireResmer"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Unwire Test Tube Racks Resmer™ Manufacturing Technology

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Unwire™ Test Tube Racks withstand most lab chemicals and temperatures up to 121°C. Sturdy, durable plastic racks have no coating to chip, peel or rust. These racks are molded in a single piece for exceptional strength and durability. Securely hold a full load of test tubes or centrifuge tubes for 13, 16, 20, 25 and 30 mm diameter sizes. Molded in 6 bright and long-lasting colors to help keep your samples organized. details
  • Smooth finish leaves fewer places for contaminants to lodge; no welds to break, no sharp edges and no assembly required – ready to use
  • Endplates accept large labels for easy identification of samples
  • Higher specific gravity than water so rack stays submerged in a water bath – won’t float
  • Withstands most lab chemicals and temperatures up to 121°C for a variety of lab procedures
  • Available in six bright colors to help keep samples organized
  • 15 mL conical tubes fit 20 mm racks; 50 mL conical tubes fit 30 mm racks
  • Autoclavable
Nalgene Unwire Test Tube Racks
Cat. No. Array Color L  x  W  x  H (cm) No. per Pack No. per Case
For 13 mm tubes, 72 places
5970-0513 6 x 12 Red 20 x 10.2 x 5.7 1 8
5970-0313 6 x 12 Blue 20 x 10.2 x 5.7 1 8
5970-0413 6 x 12 Green 20 x 10.2 x 5.7 1 8
5970-0213 6 x 12 Yellow 20 x 10.2 x 5.7 1 8
5970-0113 6 x 12 Orange 20 x 10.2 x 5.7 1 8
5970-0013 6 x 12 White 20 x 10.2 x 5.7 1 8
For 16 mm tubes, 72 places
5970-0516 6 x 12 Red 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 1 8
5970-0316 6 x 12 Blue 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 1 8
5970-0416 6 x 12 Green 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 1 8
5970-0216 6 x 12 Yellow 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 1 8
5970-0116 6 x 12 Orange 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 1 8
5970-0016 6 x 12 White 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 1 8
For 20 mm tubes, 40 places
5970-0520 4 x 10 Red 25 x 10.2 x 8.3 1 8
5970-0320 4 x 10 Blue 25 x 10.2 x 8.3 1 8
5970-0420 4 x 10 Green 25 x 10.2 x 8.3 1 8
5970-0220 4 x 10 Yellow 25 x 10.2 x 8.3 1 8
5970-0120 4 x 10 Orange 25 x 10.2 x 8.3 1 8
5970-0020 4 x 10 White 25 x 10.2 x 8.3 1 8
For 25 mm tubes, 40 places
5970-0525 4 x 10 Red 30 x 12.1 x 9.2 1 8
5970-0325 4 x 10 Blue 30 x 12.1 x 9.2 1 8
5970-0425 4 x 10 Green 30 x 12.1 x 9.2 1 8
5970-0225 4 x 10 Yellow 30 x 12.1 x 9.2 1 8
5970-0125 4 x 10 Orange 30 x 12.1 x 9.2 1 8
5970-0025 4 x 10 White 30 x 12.1 x 9.2 1 8
For 30 mm tubes, 24 places
5970-0530 3 x 8 Red 28.3 x 10.8 x 8.3 1 8
5970-0330 3 x 8 Blue 28.3 x 10.8 x 8.3 1 8
5970-0430 3 x 8 Green 28.3 x 10.8 x 8.3 1 8
5970-0230 3 x 8 Yellow 28.3 x 10.8 x 8.3 1 8
5970-0130 3 x 8 Orange 28.3 x 10.8 x 8.3 1 8
5970-0030 3 x 8 White 28.3 x 10.8 x 8.3 1 8
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3433" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Unwire Half Test Tube Rack" tab_id="UnwireHalf"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Unwire Half-Racks Resmer™ Manufacturing Technology

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Unwire™ Half-Racks are ideal for use in incubators, refrigerators, freezers, under lab hoods, and on benchtops. Our half-racks have all the features of our full sized Unwire racks, but occupy half the space! These half-racks fit easily in ice or water baths – will not float. More space-efficient than full-sized racks. Molded in 6 bright colors to help keep samples organized. details
  • Smooth finish leaves fewer places for contaminants to lodge; no welds to break, no sharp edges and ready to use – no assembly required
  • Endplates accept large labels for easy identification of samples
  • Higher specific gravity than water so stays submerged in a water bath – won’t float
  • Withstands most lab chemicals and temperatures up to 121°C for a variety of lab procedures
  • Available in six bright colors to help keep samples organized
  • 15 mL conical tubes fit 20 mm racks; 50 mL conical tubes fit 30 mm racks
  • Half the length of standard Unwire Racks, racks save space on the benchtop or fit easily in ice or water baths
  • Autoclavable
Nalgene Unwire Half-Racks
Cat. No. Array Color L x W x H (cm) No. per Pack No. per Case
For 13 mm tubes, 36 places
5972-0013 6 x 6 White 10.2 x 10.2 x 5.6 1 8
5972-0313 6 x 6 Blue 10.2 x 10.2 x 5.6 1 8
5972-0413 6 x 6 Green 10.2 x 10.2 x 5.6 1 8
5972-0513 6 x 6 Red 10.2 x 10.2 x 5.6 1 8
For 16 mm tubes, 36 places
5972-0016 6 x 6 White 12.7 x 12.7 x 6.8 1 8
5972-0316 6 x 6 Blue 12.7 x 12.7 x 6.8 1 8
5972-0416 6 x 6 Green 12.7 x 12.7 x 6.8 1 8
5972-0516 6 x 6 Red 12.7 x 12.7 x 6.8 1 8
For 20 mm tubes, 20 places
5972-0020 4 x 5 White 12.7 x 10.5 x 8.4 1 8
5972-0320 4 x 5 Blue 12.7 x 10.5 x 8.4 1 8
5972-0420 4 x 5 Green 12.7 x 10.5 x 8.4 1 8
5972-0520 4 x 5 Red 12.7 x 10.5 x 8.4 1 8
For 25 mm tubes, 16 places
5972-0025 4 x 4 White 12.2 x 12.2 x 7.6 1 8
5972-0325 4 x 4 Blue 12.2 x 12.2 x 7.6 1 8
For 30 mm tubes, 9 places
5972-0030 3 x 3 White 10.9 x 10.9 x 8.4 1 8
5972-0330 3 x 3 Blue 10.9 x 10.9 x 8.4 1 8
5972-0430 3 x 3 Green 10.9 x 10.9 x 8.4 1 8
5972-0530 3 x 3 Red 10.9 x 10.9 x 8.4 1 8
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3834" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Unwire Test Tube Rack PP" tab_id="UnwirePP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Unwire Test Tube Racks polypropylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Unwire™ PP Test Tube Racks provide exceptional strength and durability. These ready-to-use racks are designed to save space on your benchtop – they hold a full load of test tubes or centrifuge tubes. Available in four bright colors, its easy to keep samples organized. details
  • Higher specific gravity than water so rack stays submerged in a water bath – won’t float
  • Hold a full load of test tubes or centrifuge tubes for 13, 16, 20, 25 and 30 mm sizes or up to 72 smaller diameter tubes
  • Four bright colors help keep samples organized
  • Endplates accept large labels for easy identification of samples
Notes: These racks are NOT autoclavable. Nalgene Unwire Test Tube Racks
Cat. No. Array Color L x W x H (cm) No. per Pack No. per Case
For 13 mm tubes, 72 places
5976-0013 6x12 White 20.0 x 10.2 x 5.7 1 8
5976-0313 6x12 Blue 20.0 x 10.2 x 5.7 1 8
5976-0413 6x12 Green 20.0 x 10.2 x 5.7 1 8
5976-0513 6x12 Red 20.0 x 10.2 x 5.7 1 8
For 16 mm tubes, 72 places
5976-0016 6x12 White 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 1 8
5976-0316 6x12 Blue 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 1 8
5976-0416 6x12 Green 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 1 8
5976-0516 6x12 Red 24.8 x 12.7 x 7.0 1 8
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3833" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test Tube Rack PC" tab_id="TestTubeRackPC"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Test Tube Racks, General Purpose polycarbonate

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ PC General-Purpose Racks are available with handles for easy carrying. These general purpose racks can stack with any other racks of the same length when empty. Holes are keyed with molded-in numbers and letters for easy identification of tubes. details
  • Identify tubes easily with keyed in numbers and letters on rack
  • Handles make these racks easy to carry
  • Will stack with other racks of same length to save space when not in use
  • Higher specific gravity than water so racks stay submerged in a water bath – won’t float
  • Autoclavable
Notes: Autoclaving will reduce strength over time. Nalgene Test Tube Racks, General Purpose
Cat. No. For Tube Size Array L x W (cm) No. of Places No. per Pack No. per Case
5929-0016 13–16mm 4 x 10 28.5 x 11.5 40 1 4
5929-0020 16–20mm 4 x 10 28.5 x 11.5 40 1 4
5929-0030 25–30mm 3 x 8 32.0 x 11.5 24 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3832" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test Tube Rack PP" tab_id="TestTubeRackPP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Test Tube Racks, General Purpose polypropylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ PP General Purpose Racks are available with handles for easy carrying. These general purpose racks can stack with any other racks of the same length when empty. Holes are keyed with molded-in numbers and letters for easy identification of tubes. details
  • Identify tubes easily with keyed in numbers and letters on rack
  • Handles make these racks easy to carry
  • Will stack with other racks of same length to save space when not in use
  • Superior chemical resistance make these racks compatible with many chemicals in the lab
  • Higher specific gravity than water so stays submerged in a water bath – won’t float
Notes: These racks are NOT autoclavable. Nalgene Test Tube Racks, General Purpose
Cat. No. For Tube Size Array L x W (cm) No. of Places No. per Pack No. per Case
5930-0013 10–13mm 6 x 12 28.5 x 11.5 72 1 4
5930-0016 13–16mm 4 x 10 28.5 x 11.5 40 1 4
5930-0020 16–20mm 4 x 10 28.5 x 11.5 40 1 4
5930-0030 21–25mm 3 x 8 32.0 x 11.5 24 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3839" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Slant Test Tube Rack" tab_id="Slant"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Test Tube Slant Racks polycarbonate

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Test Tube Slant Racks are useful for incubating liquid cultures on a slant. Unique end plate design on this slant rack rests at a 5° or 20° tilt to allow media to harden at an angle for incubating liquid cultures. Keyed with numbers and letters for easy identification of tube location. details
  • After microwaving, set rack of tubes filled with media at either 5° or 20° slant
  • Media will harden with a consistent slant
  • Keyed with numbers and letters for identification
  • Stackable when empty to save space on your benchtop
  • Higher specific gravity than water so stays submerged in a water bath – won’t float
  • Autoclavable
Notes: Autoclaving will reduce strength over time. Nalgene Test Tube Slant Racks
Cat. No. Description Array L x W (cm) Width of End Plates (cm) No. per Pack No. per Case
5935-0016 For 15-16 mm tubes 4 x 10 28.5 x 11.5 15.5 1 4
5935-0020 For 20 mm tubes 4 x 10 28.5 x 11.5 15.5 1 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3838" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Peg Test Tube Rack" tab_id="Peg"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Test Tube Peg Racks filled polypropylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Test Tube Peg Racks are ideal for holding sample collection tubes, reaction tubes and similar diameter test tubes. This rack is also suitable for drying glass plates used in electrophoresis and chromatography. Racks exhibit good chemical resistant and are autoclavable. details
  • Consist of an array of pegs spaced to hold given-diameter test tubes while allowing full view of the tube contents
  • Pegs also hold tubes in inverted position for drying
  • Ribs keep inverted tubes off base to allow drainage through holes and minimize collection of airborne contaminants inside the tubes
  • Suitable for drying glass plates are used in electrophoresis and chromatography
  • Higher specific gravity than water so stays submerged in a water bath – won’t float
  • Autoclavable
Nalgene Test Tube Peg Racks
Cat. No. Array Color L x W x H (cm) No. per Pack No. per Case
For 10 to 13 mm tubes; 96 places
5977-0013 8 x 12 White 17.9 x 12.7 x 6.4 2 8
5977-0313 8 x 12 Blue 17.9 x 12.7 x 6.4 2 8
For 14 to 17 mm tubes; 50 places
5977-0017 5 x 10 White 18.7 x 10.5 x 7.0 2 8
5977-0317 5 x 10 Blue 18.7 x 10.5 x 7.0 2 8
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3837" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Microcentrifuge Tube Rack" tab_id="Microcentrifuge"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Microcentrifuge Tube Rack ResMer™ Manufacturing Technology

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Microcentrifuge Tube Racks retain their performance in harsh lab environments. These racks are useful in a wide temperature range and exhibit good chemical resistance for versatility in the lab. Racks are stackable when filled with tubes, or when empty. details
  • Keyed with molded-in letters and numbers for easy sample identification
  • 4 × 6 array
  • Stackable when empty or full to save space on benchtop
  • Useful in a wide temperature range up to 121°C
  • Exhibits good chemical resistance for long life in the lab
  • Autoclavable
Nalgene Microcentrifuge Tube Rack
Cat. No. Tube capacity (ml) Array Color L x W x H (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
5973-0015 1.5 4 x 6 White 143 x 90 x 52 1 8
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3836" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Floating Microtube Racks" tab_id="Floating"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Floating Microtube Racks polypropylene

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Nalgene™ Polypropylene Floating Microtube Racks are ideal for genetic cloning, microbiology and immunology labs. This rack offers excellent temperature resistance from -70° to +100°C, allowing you to thaw, cool and incubate samples at either elevated or reduced temperatures. details
  • Square- and round-style racks for incubating 1.0 to 2.0 mL microcentrifuge tubes
  • Round-style racks fit conveniently inside 400 or 1000 mL beakers
  • Square-rack is designed for stable flotation in turbulent water baths
  • Racks will float with a full load of filled tubes
  • On benchtop, rack legs prevent bottom of tubes from touching bench surface and rack lip supports tube
  • Handle provides convenient transport, agitation and removal from water bath
  • Thaw, cool and incubate samples at elevated or reduced temperatures – tolerates a wide temperature range
  • Each hole has molded-in letters and numbers for easy sample identification
Notes: Racks are NOT autoclavable. Nalgene Floating Microtube Racks
Cat. No. For Tube Size (ml) Fit Nalgene Beakers (ml) Color L x W x H (mm) Array No. per Pack No. per Case
Square Racks
5974-0404 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 and 2.0 103x103x65 4x4 4 16
Round Racks
5974-1015 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 and 2.0 1000 96 20 4 16
5974-4015 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 and 2.0 400 66 8 4 16
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3835" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker

Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Which beakers are best for your applications?
Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers  Nalgene PFA Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Max use 121oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC* Max use 120oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC*
Graduations: silk screened Graduations: silk screened No graduations Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL
Volume range: 30mL–4L Volume range: 50mL–4L Volume range: 50mL–1L Volume range: 1L, 3L Volume range: 1L, 3L Volume range: 1L, 3L
PPCO PMP PFA HDPE PMP PFA
Translucent white Clear Translucent white Translucent white Clear Translucent white
No handle No handle No handle Handle Handle Handle
Nesting Nesting Nesting Not nesting Not nesting Not nesting
BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938071546-6fe488ee-798925a2-7a97b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070938-544512c6-dd5a25a2-7a97b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070547-e6783a0d-a7be25a2-7a97b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070130-0fafb0c5-e07725a2-7a97b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938069604-8ad1a484-b5f525a2-7a97b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab 1" tab_id="1535938065924-3a3ca9d7-a94625a2-7a97b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab 2" tab_id="1535938065978-3b92da59-b2c125a2-7a97b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Beaker

Rely on plastic beakers for a safer alternative to glass, especially in larger sizes. They won’t break, chip or shatter during use and cleaning. Lightweight and easy to handle. Chemical resistance, heat tolerance (not for use on hot plates), and spout design make Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Griffin low-form beakers a perfect long-term solution for your graduated beaker choice. Meeting the ISO/DIN 7056 International Standards for Laboratory Plastic Beakers, our polypropylene and polymethylpentene beakers enable precise measurements. Nalgene beakers with handles offer reliable support and dispensing control. Nalgene beakers are made only from high quality laboratory grade plastic materials for dependably lower levels of potential leachables and extractables, so you can rely on them for everyday lab use without interfering with your work.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3322" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
Which beakers are best for your applications?
Nalgene PPCO Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene PMP Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers  Nalgene PFA Griffin Low-Form Plastic Beakers Nalgene HDPE Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PMP Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles Nalgene PFA Graduated Plastic Beakers with Handles
Milky white, graduated, good chemical resistance Transparency of glass, graduated, excellent chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance Milky white, extra-heavy wall, sturdy rectangular handle, reliable support, dispensing control Transparent, graduated, sturdy rectangular handle, easy, safe handling and pouring Milky white, heavy wall, ultimate chemical resistance, heat tolerance
Meets ISO/DIN 7056**, 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets ISO/DIN 7056"", 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520 Meets 21 CFR Pt 177.1520
Autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable Autoclavable
Max use 121oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC* Max use 120oC* Continuous use 150oC intermittent use up to 170oC* Max Use 250oC*
Graduations: silk screened Graduations: silk screened No graduations Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL Graduations: molded-in; oz and mL
Volume range: 30mL–4L Volume range: 50mL–4L Volume range: 50mL–1L Volume range: 1L, 3L Volume range: 1L, 3L Volume range: 1L, 3L
PPCO PMP PFA HDPE PMP PFA
Translucent white Clear Translucent white Translucent white Clear Translucent white
No handle No handle No handle Handle Handle Handle
Nesting Nesting Nesting Not nesting Not nesting Not nesting
BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free BPA free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938071546-6fe488ee-79899ad2-a129b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070938-544512c6-dd5a9ad2-a129b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070547-e6783a0d-a7be9ad2-a129b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938070130-0fafb0c5-e0779ad2-a129b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab" tab_id="1535938069604-8ad1a484-b5f59ad2-a129b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab 1" tab_id="1535938065924-3a3ca9d7-a9469ad2-a129b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Tab 2" tab_id="1535938065978-3b92da59-b2c19ad2-a129b4f0-9f5f"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Tubing

Nalgene Vacuum Equipment

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Vacuum Pumps, Vacuum Chamber & Accessories

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Repairable Hand-Operated Vacuum Pumps" tab_id="RepairableHandPumps"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Repairable Hand-Operated PVC Body Vacuum Pumps without Gauge

Nalgene™ Hand Vacuum Pumps require only one hand to operate, and vacuum is released with the touch of an index finger.

New handle design makes these pumps more durable and ergonomic. They quickly attain and hold vacuum of 25 in. (635 mm Hg.). Adjustable vacuum release rate. This economy version is ideal for field or lab use.

details

  • Quickly attain and hold vacuum of 25 in. (635 mm) Hg
  • Easy and convenient operation
  • Adjustable vacuum release rate provides control
  • Full blank port pressure is obtained with only two strokes, making operation efficient
  • Removable cover on exhaust port and trigger to release vacuum without disconnecting pumps from the line
  • Without vacuum gauge – economical design
  • Adjustable vacuum release rate controlled by trigger on pump
  • Nozzle fits standard 1/4 in. I.D. tubing
  • Can be disassembled for repair and replacement of internal parts (see catalog numbers for repair kits in the table below

Includes: Supplied with 2 ft. length of Clear Plastic Tubing.

Nalgene Repairable PVC Hand Pump without Gauge

Cat. No. Use with Repair Kit: Size No. per Rack No. per Case
6131-0010 6132-2000 15ml/stroke 1 4
6131-0020 6132-3000 36ml/stroke 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3505" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Repairable PVC Hand-Operated Vacuum Pump
Repair Kits

Everything you need to maintain and repair the internal parts of your Nalgene™ Cat. Nos. 6131-series and 6132-series hand pumps for extended hand pump life

Includes: Instructions for maintenance and repair.

Nalgene Repair Kit for PVC Hand Pumps

Cat. No. Description No. per Rack No. per Case
6132-2000 Repair Kit for Style 15ml PVC Hand Pumps 1 4
6132-3000 Repair Kit for Style 36ml PVC Hand Pumps 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Cat. No. 6132-2000

Cat. No. 6132-3000[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Repairable Hand-Operated Vacuum Pumps with Gauge" tab_id="RepairableHandPumpswGauge"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Repairable Hand-Operated PVC Vacuum Pumps with Gauge

Nalgene™ Repairable Hand-Operated Vacuum Pumps with Gauge are ideal for siphoning, filtration, liquid transfer, bleeding fluid lines and checking for leaks.

Lightweight units are sealed and self-lubricating with removable covers on exhaust port and trigger to release vacuum without disconnecting pumps from the line. New handle design is more durable and ergonomic. Quickly attain and hold vacuum of 25 in. (635 mm) Hg. Vacuum trigger release requires only one hand to operate and releases vacuum with the touch of an index finger. Adjustable vacuum release rate.

details

  • Gauge monitors vacuum in kPa and inches of mercury for visual indication of pump rate and progress
  • Quickly attain and hold vacuum of 1/4 in. (635 mm) Hg
  • Easy and convenient operation
  • Adjustable vacuum release rate provides control
  • Full blank port pressure is obtained with only two strokes, making operation efficient
  • Removable cover on exhaust port and trigger to release vacuum without disconnecting pumps from the line
  • Adjustable vacuum release rate controlled by trigger on pump
  • Nozzle fits standard 1/4 in. I.D. tubing
  • Can be disassembled for repair and replacement of internal parts (see catalog numbers for repair kits)

Includes: 2 ft. (0.6 m) Nalgene 180 clear plastic tubing.

Nalgene Repairable PVC Hand Pump with Gauge

Cat. No. Use with Repair Kit: Size No. per Rack No. per Case
6132-0010 6132-2000 15ml/stroke 1 4
6132-0020 6132-3000 36ml/stroke 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3442" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Repairable PVC Hand-Operated Vacuum Pump
Repair Kits

Everything you need to maintain and repair the internal parts of your Nalgene™ Cat. Nos. 6131-series and 6132-series hand pumps for extended hand pump life

Includes: Instructions for maintenance and repair.

Nalgene Repair Kit for PVC Hand Pumps

Cat. No. Description No. per Rack No. per Case
6132-2000 Repair Kit for Style 15ml PVC Hand Pumps 1 4
6132-3000 Repair Kit for Style 36ml PVC Hand Pumps 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Cat. No. 6132-2000

Cat. No. 6132-3000[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Metal Repairable Hand-Operated Pump with Gauge " tab_id="MetalRepairablehandpumpwgauga"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Zinc/Aluminum Hand-Operated Vacuum Pump with Gauge

Nalgene™ Repairable Hand-Operated Pump with Guage is a multi-purpose vacuum/pressure pump.

New-style handle is more ergonomic and easy to operate. Cast in corrosion resistant zinc/aluminum and can be disassembled for repair or replacement of internal parts. Hand pump quickly and easily attains a vacuum of 25 in. (635 mm) Hg or a pressure of 30 psi (35kPa).

details

  • Ergonomic handle design makes this pump easier on the hands
  • Versatile flip of a lever allows you to change from vacuum to pressure.
  • Easily attains a vacuum of 25 in. (635 mm) Hg or a positive pressure of 30 psig (35 kPa)
  • Features a pumping rate of 15 cc/stroke
  • Full blank pressure with only two strokes makes this hand pump efficient and ergonomic
  • Trigger releases vacuum or pressure without disconnecting the tubing for added convenience, efficiency and ergonomics
  • Gauge is calibrated in inches of Mercury and in kPa
  • Attaches to 1/4 in. (63.5 cm) I.D. flexible tubing. Includes a 2 ft. (0.7 m) length of clear PVC tubing
  • Use repair kit 6133-2000 for maintenance and repair of internal parts to extend hand pump life-time

Includes: Instructions for maintenance and repair.

Nalgene Repairable Metal Hand Pump

Cat. No. Use with Repair Kit: Size No. per Rack No. per Case
6133-0010 6133-2000 15ml/stroke 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3502" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Metal Hand-Operated Vacuum Pump Repair Kit

Nalgene™ Metal Hand-Operated Vacuum Pump Repair Kit includes everything necessary to perform maintenance on the new style Nalgene repairable zinc/aluminimum hand pumps

details

  • Everything you need to maintain and repair the internal parts of your Nalgene Cat. No. 6133-0010 metal hand pump for extended hand pump life

Includes: Instructions for maintenance and repair.

Nalgene Repair Kit for Metal Hand Pump

Cat. No. Description No. per Rack No. per Case
6133-2000 Repair Kit for Metal Hand Pump 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3501" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Aspirator Vacuum Pump" tab_id="AspiratorPump"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Aspirator Vacuum Pump

Nalgene™ Vacuum Pump Aspirator attaches directly to sink faucets for vacuum draw.

Can draw 11.5 L air per minute at a water flow rate of 6.5 L per minute. Operates efficiently with water pressures as low as 7.5 psig for minimum water consumption. Comes with an integral check valve and tubing for insertion in discharge end.

details

  • Attaches to a standard faucet with 3/8 in. NPT connecting thread for easy installation
  • Maximum free air pumping capacity of 11.5 L per minute with a water flow rate of 6.5 L per minute.
  • Ultimate achievable vacuum of 28-1/2 in. (724 mm) Hg
  • Discharge end equipped with 4-3/4 in. (12 cm ) length of tubing to direct discharge water toward the drain or to allow attachment to additional discharge tubing
  • Integral check valve prevents loss of vacuum when water source is disrupted and prevents backflow

Includes: Integral check valve, 3/8 in. NPT connecting thread, 4-3/4 in. (12 cm) of tubing.

Nalgene Vacuum Pump Aspirator

Cat. No. Ultimate Vacuum, in. No. per Rack No. per Case
6140-0010 28-1/2 Hg 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3500" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Vacuum Chamber and parts" tab_id="VacuumChamberandparts"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Vacuum Chambers

Nalgene™ Vacuum Chambers withstand full vacuum without risk of implosion or shattering.

Useful as a controlled environment chamber for degassing operations and freeze drying.

details

  • Withstands a full vacuum without risk of implosion or shattering
  • Useful as a controlled environment chamber for degassing operations and freeze drying
  • Transparent

Includes: Transparent PC or Amber PEI bell jar; Gasketed white polycarbonate or polypropylene vacuum plate.

Warning: Do not expose jar to partially halogenated hydrocarbons or their vapors. Avoid direct exposure of all chemicals to the polycarbonate plate. Do not autoclave when used for vacuum service. Do not use Cat. No. 5305-0609 with organic solvents, acids or bases.

Nalgene Vacuum Chamber

Cat. No. Jar Material Capacity (L) Plate Material Outside Jar Dia. x Height (mm) Plate O.D. (mm) Gasket
O.D. (mm)
No. per Pack No. per Case
5305-0609 PC 4.7 PP 170 x 237 211 178 1 2
5305-0910 PEI 8.3 PC 222 x 253 330 321 - 1
5305-1212 PEI 18.9 PC 305 x 304 330 321 - 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3508" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Replacement Plates for Vacuum Chambers

Nalgene™ vacuum chamber replacement plates are molded of white polypropylene or polycarbonate, with neoprene gaskets.

details

  • For use with Nalgene Vacuum Chambers (Cat. No. 5305 series), Nalgene Replacement Bell Jars (Cat. No. DS5320 series), or with glass bell jars up to 12-1/2 in. (31.75 cm) in diameter
  • Supplied with 3/32 in. thick (2.4 mm) neoprene gaskets
  • Tubing adapter conveniently located on rim of plate, fits 1/4 in. I.D. (6 mm) tubing

Nalgene Replacement Plates for Vacuum Chambers

Cat. No. For Use With O.D. x thickness (mm) Gasket O.D (cm) No. per Pack No. per Case
White Polypropylene
5306-0070 5305-0609 211 x 27 20 1 6
White Polycarbonate
5306-0130 DS5320-0910, DS5320-1212 343 x 27 20, 28, 33 1 4

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3507" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Replacement Vacuum Jars

Nalgene™ Replacement Vacuum Jars are chemical-resistant and have a warm amber cast.

Weigh less than glass and may be used for demanding service.

details

  • Identical to jars included with Cat. Nos. 5305-0910 and 5305-1212
  • Lighter weight than glass, easier to handle and won’t break, chip or shatter
  • Designed to withstand demanding service
  • Transparent

Ordering Information: Jar only; plate and gaskets must be ordered separately

Alerts: Do not autoclave vacuum jars when used for vacuum service. Do not use with unsaturated halogenated hydrocarbons.

Nalgene Replacement Vacuum Jars

Cat. No. Capacity (L) O.D. x H (mm) No. per Case
DS5320-0910 8.3 222 x 253 1
DS5320-1212 18.9 305 x 304 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3506" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Vials

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Sample Vials with Closure

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Sample Vials with Closure" tab_id="LDPESampleVial"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ LDPE Sample Vials with Closure

Nalgene™ Sample Vials have a friction-fit, snap closure.

Useful for samples, pH cups, weighing vessels and packing applications. Will not shatter like glass or polystyrene vials.

details

  • Straight sided vials allow easy access for filling and emptying
  • Friction-fit closures are completely removable and snap in place for convenient vial access
  • Translucent wall allow user to see vials are filled or empty
  • Low density polyethylene is impact resistant and shatter-proof even at temperatures down to -100°C

Nalgene Sample Vials with Closure

Cat. No. Capacity (ml) O.D. with Closure (mm) Height with Closure, (mm) No. per Pack No. per Case
6250-0005 5 23.6 24.9 12 144
6250-0012 12 27.1 35.6 12 144
6250-0018 18 27.1 52.6 12 144
6250-9028 28 27.1 84.6 12 144
6250-9050 50 37.3 70.9 12 144
6250-9075 75 37.3 107.3 12 144

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3437" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Top-dispensing Wash Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Wash Bottles

Nalgene plastic wash bottles feature sturdy construction and are always straight-shooters, guaranteed. Available in more styles and more resins for more applications than other wash bottles on the market. Whether you're disinfecting a countertop with a bleach solution, rinsing microscope slides or reusable labware, cleaning electrodes, bringing reagents to volume, working with especially harsh chemicals, or performing other applications, there's a Thermo Scientific Nalgene wash bottle that will make the job easier and safer.

Nalgene Top-dispensing Wash Bottles feature a tight-fitting draw tube and closure. Closure and stem are molded in one piece to provide uniform leakproof* service. Precision molded tip for straight, steady stream. Tip can be cut back to increase flow.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3404" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

provide uniform leakproof* service. Precision molded tip for straight, steady stream. Tip can be cut back to increase flow.

Nalgene LDPE Economy Wash Bottles Nalgene LDPE Wide Mouth Wash Bottles Nalgene LDPE Color-coded Wash Bottles Nalgene Autoclavable Wash Bottles Nalgene Fluorinated Solvent Wash Bottle Nalgene FEP Solvent Wash Bottles
Simple and functional, quality wash bottle, budget price Wide mouth design for easier filling Color-coded closure and stem for easy content identification Useful for dispensing sterile water or reagents to reduce risk of contamination Fluorinated for enhanced chemical compatibility with solvents, wide mouth design for easy filling Superior chemical resistance, holds up to long term exposure
Use with DI water, most acids, bases, alcohols, bleach, detergents, surfactants Use with DI water, most acids, bases, alcohols, bleach, detergents, surfactants Use with DI water, most acids, bases, alcohols, bleach, detergents, surfactants Use with DI water, most acids, bases, alcohols, detergents, surfactants Use with aliphatic & aromatic hydrocarbons, ethers, esters, ketones, alcohols Use with nearly any lab chemical
LDPE bottle LDPE bottle LDPE bottle PPCO bottle Fluorinated HDPE FEP bottle
PP closure and stem PP closure and stem PP closure and stem PP closure and stem fluorinated PPCO closure and stem ETFE closure and stem
PPCO draw tube PPCO draw tube PPCO draw tube PPCO draw tube PP draw tube ETFE draw tube
Narrow mouth Wide mouth Narrow mouth Narrow mouth Wide mouth Narrow mouth
Natural closure Natural closure Yellow, blue, green or red closure Blue closure Red closure Natural closure
Milky white translucent bottle Milky white translucent bottle Milky white translucent bottle Milky white translucent bottle, contact clear Opaque bottle Hazy bottle, better clarity than LDPE or PPCO
125mL–1L 500mL–1L 500mL 500mL–1L 500mL 125mL–1L
4–32oz 16–32oz 16oz 16–32oz 16oz 4–32oz
Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21
CFR 177.1520,
for food use1
Complies with Part 21
CFR 177.1520,
for food use1
Complies with
Part 21
CFR 177.1520,
for food use1
Complies with Part 21
CFR 177.1520,
for food use
Complies with Part 21
CFR 177.1615,
for food use
Complies with Part 21
CFR 177.1550,
for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Economy" tab_id="LDPEEcon"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ LDPE Economy Wash Bottles

Nalgene™ Economy Wash Bottles
are designed to dispense through
the top with a closure and stem
molded in one piece for uniform
leakproof service.
Tip can be cut back to increase flow.
Tight fit of draw tube and closure
prevents separation when squeezing
bottle.
details
• Designed to dispense uniformly
through the top with a closure and
stem molded in one piece for leakproof
service and a straight, steady stream
• Tip can be cut back to provide
increased flow
• Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents
separation when squeezing bottle
• Fully assembled
• Leakproof†

Nalgene Economy Wash Bottles

2401[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Wide mouth" tab_id="LDPEwide"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ Wide-Mouth LDPE Wash Bottles

Nalgene™ Wide-Mouth Wash Bottles feature a wide-mouth design for
easy filling and a through-the-top closure and stem molded in one piece.
Flexible bottles with easy-to-fill wide mouth with one piece closure and stem.
details
• Designed to dispense uniformly through the top with a closure and stem molded in one
piece for leakproof service
• Precision molded tip provides a straight stream free from sputter
• Tip can be cut back to provide increased flow
• Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents separation when squeezing bottle
• Fully assembled – no assembly required
• Leakproof†

Nalgene Wide-Mouth Wash Bottles

2407[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Color-coded" tab_id="LDPEColor"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ Color-Coded LDPE Wash Bottles

Nalgene™ Color-Coded Wash Bottles with red, blue, green or yellow
closures/stems permit easy content identification.
Bottles are designed to dispense through the top with a closure and stem molded
in one piece for uniform leakproof service. Precision molded tip provides a
straight, steady stream without sputtering.
details
• Color-coded top lets you coordinate reagents with industry storage codes
• Designed to dispense uniformly through the top with a closure and stem molded in one
piece for leakproof service and precision control
• Tip can be cut back to provide increased flow
• Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents separation when squeezing bottle
• Fully assembled – no assembly required
• Leakproof†

Nalgene Narrow-Mouth Color-Coded Wash Bottles

2422[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Autoclavable" tab_id="Auto"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ PPCO Wash Bottles

Nalgene™ Autoclavable Wash Bottles are useful for dispensing sterile
water or reagents wherever it is necessary to reduce the risk of
contamination.
Flexible and contact-clear, these bottles are designed to dispense through the top
with a closure and stem molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service. Bent
stem dispensing tube retains its bend after autoclaving but bend angle can be
modified by hand while warm if desired.
details
• With polypropylene screw/stem and draw tube
• Designed to dispense uniformly through the top with a closure and stem molded in one
piece for leakproof service
• Tip can be cut back to provide increased flow
• Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents separation when squeezing bottle
• Fully assembled – no assembly required
• Autoclavable/Leakproof†
Notes: After autoclaving, adjust tip to < 90° angle during cooling to ensure stream is pointing downward.

Nalgene Autoclavable Wash Bottles

2405[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Fluorinated" tab_id="Fluorinated"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ Fluorinated HDPE Solvent Wash Bottle

Nalgene™ Fluorinated Solvent Wash Bottles are self-venting, so solvent
stays in the bottle with no risk of leakage.
Offers low permeability and excellent chemical resistance to many organic
solvents. “Solvent Wash Bottle” silk-screened in red on the bottle. Fluorinated
HDPE reduces the risk of absorption of the solvent into the bottle itself. Designed
to dispense through the top with a closure and stem molded in one piece for
uniform leakproof† service.
details
• With polypropylene draw tube
• Translucent fluorinated HDPE wash bottle with red polypropylene closure and stem
• Non-metallic vent keeps solvent in the bottle and prevents self-dispensing
• Bright red lettering silk-screened on bottle reads “Solvent Wash Bottle” for easy
identification and no mix-ups
• Low permeability and excellent chemical resistance to many organic solvents used
in HPLC, TLC, and gas chromatography
• Useful over a temperature range from 0° to 90°C (32° to 194°F)
• Wide mouth designed for easy filling
• Tip molded to provide a straight stream with precision control
• Tip can be cut back to increase flow
• Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents separation when squeezing bottle
• Leakproof†

Nalgene Fluorinated Solvent Wash Bottles

2421[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="FEP" tab_id="FEP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ Wash Bottles made with Teflon™ FEP

Nalgene™ Teflon® FEP Solvent Wash Bottles offer excellent chemical
resistance and are molded entirely of fluoropolymers.
Designed to dispense through the top with a closure and stem molded in one
piece for uniform leakproof service. They provide contamination-free dispensing
– useful for trace element work. Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents
separation when squeezing bottle.
details
• With Tefzel ETFE screw closure/stem and draw tube
• Demonstrates excellent chemical resistance to nearly any chemical in your lab including
solvents – won’t embrittle or crack
• Inert fluoropolymer construction is low in extractables and low-binding – useful for trace
element work; phthalate-free
• Designed to dispense uniformly through the top with a closure and stem molded in one
piece for leakproof service and a steady, straight stream
• Fully assembled – no assembly required
• Tip can be cut back to provide increased flow
• Closure won’t disengage from bottle when squeezed
• Outstanding chemical compatibility with virtually all chemicals and temperature extremes
• Autoclavable/Leakproof†/Teflon® FEP/Transparent
Notes: After autoclaving, adjust nozzle angle to < 90° angle while cooling to ensure stream is
pointing downward.
Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont used under license by Nalge Nunc International Corporation.

Nalgene Wash Bottles

2403[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene Unitary Wash Bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Thermo Scientific™ Nalgene™ Wash Bottles

Nalgene plastic wash bottles feature sturdy construction and are always straight-shooters, guaranteed. Available in more styles and more resins for more applications than other wash bottles on the market. Whether you're disinfecting a countertop with a bleach solution, rinsing microscope slides or reusable labware, cleaning electrodes, bringing reagents to volume, working with especially harsh chemicals, or performing other applications, there's a Thermo Scientific Nalgene wash bottle that will make the job easier and safer.

Dispense contents easily down to the last drop by using Nalgene Unitary Wash Bottles. Side-arm design with dispensing tubulation molded into the wall of the bottle in one-piece for uniform leakproof* service and precision flow without sputtering. Precision molded tip for straight, steady stream. Tip can be cut back to increase flow. Wide mouth closure is separate from the dispensing tip and draw tube for easy access and helps avoid contamination during filling.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Nalgene LDPE
Unitary Wash Bottles
Nalgene LDPE Color-coded
Unitary Wash Bottles
Nalgene Red LDPE
Unitary Safety Wash Bottles
Simple and functional, your basic work horse Color-coded caps for easy identification in an assortment pack Red bottle for easy identification and instant recognizability
    Use with DI water and most acids, bases, alcohols, bleach, detergents and surfactants Use with DI water and most acids, bases, alcohols, bleach, detergents and surfactants Use with DI water and most acids, bases, alcohols, bleach, detergents and surfactants
LDPE bottle LDPE bottle Red LDPE bottle
PPCO closure PPCO closure PPCO closure
Wide mouth Wide mouth Wide mouth
Natural closure Red, white, blue or yellow closure Red closure
Milky white translucent bottle Milky white translucent bottle Opaque red bottle
125mL–1L 500mL 250–500mL
4–32oz 16oz 8–16oz
Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable
Complies with Part 21
CFR 177.1520
for food use
Complies with Part 21
CFR 177.1520
for food use
Complies with Part 21
CFR 177.1520
for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Unitary" tab_id="LDPEUnitary"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ Unitary™ LDPE Wash Bottles

Nalgene™ Unitary™ Wash Bottles are designed with a wide mouth for
faster, easier filling.
Bottle and tubulation are molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service and
precision flow without sputtering. Tip can be cut back to increase flow. Contents
can be dispensed without tipping or shaking.
details
• Designed with a wide mouth for faster, easier filling
• Bottle and tubulation are molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service
• Tip delivers a uniform, straight, ultrafine stream without sputtering, but can also be cut
back to increase flow
• Contents can be dispensed without tipping or shaking
• No assembly required
• Leakproof†

Nalgene Unitary Wash Bottles

2402[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Color-coded Unitary" tab_id="LDPEColorUnitary"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ Color-Coded Unitary™ LDPE Wash Bottles

Nalgene™ Color-Coded Unitary™ Wash Bottles come in a convenient,
pre-packaged, color-coded, easy-to-identify assortment.
Red, white, blue or yellow closures/stems on these flexible unitary bottles permit
easy content identification. Designed with a wide mouth for faster, easier filling.
Bottle and tubulation are molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service.
details
• Includes one bottle of each color closure (red, white, yellow and blue) per package
• Designed with a wide mouth for faster, easier filling
• Bottle and tubulation are molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service
• Tip delivers a straight, uniform, ultrafine stream, but can also be cut back to increase flow
• Contents can be dispensed without tipping or shaking
• Leakproof†
Includes: A sample of Polypaper™ Right-To-Know Custom Labeling System
(Cat. No. 6316-1000).

Nalgene Color-Coded Unitary Wash Bottles

2423[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Red LDPE Unitary" tab_id="RedLDPEUnitary"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ Unitary™ Red LDPE Safety Wash Bottles

Nalgene™ Unitary Safety Wash Bottles feature a wide mouth for faster,
safe filling, and are red for easy identification.
Bottle and tubulation are molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service.
Precision molded tip provides a steady, straight stream without sputtering.
Contents can be dispensed without tipping or shaking.
details
• Colored red for easy identification and instant recognizablility, for use with acids, bases
and alcohols
• Designed with a wide mouth for faster, easier filling
• Bottle and tubulation are molded in one piece for uniform leakproof service
• Tip delivers a uniform, straight, ultrafine stream for precision dispensing, but can also be
cut back to increase flow
• Leakproof†

Nalgene Unitary Safety Wash Bottles

DS2408[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Nalgene safety-labeled wash bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Plasticware>[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Wash Bottles

Nalgene plastic wash bottles feature sturdy construction and are always straight-shooters, guaranteed. Available in more styles and more resins for more applications than other wash bottles on the market. Whether you're disinfecting a countertop with a bleach solution, rinsing microscope slides or reusable labware, cleaning electrodes, bringing reagents to volume, working with especially harsh chemicals, or performing other applications, there's a Thermo Scientific Nalgene wash bottle that will make the job easier and safer.

Nalgene safety-labeled wash bottles help your laboratory meet regulatory requirements for labeling chemical containers in the workplace. Globally Harmonized System (GHS) symbology is used on on all our labeled wash bottles to provide instantly recognizable hazard warnings for commonly-used laboratory chemicals. Nalgene Right-to-Know wash bottles incorporate the standard US Department of Transportation (DOT), National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and International Chemical Society (ISC) formula information. The new Right-to-Understand wash bottles strictly follow Globally Harmonized System (GHS) labeling standards with no other system labelling or symbology represented. This avoids potential confusion caused when different and conflicting standards are depicted on the same bottle.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Nalgene LDPE Vented Unitary Right-to-Know Wash Bottles Nalgene LDPE
Right-to-Know Wash Bottles
Nalgene LDPE
Right-to-Understand Wash Bottles
Nalgene FEP
Right-to-Understand Wash Bottles
Side-arm dispensing style, straight steady stream without sputter, vented cap prevents self-dispensing, color-coded caps, four-color NFPA diamond and basic GHS information printed One-piece dispensing closure, vented drop tube, straight stream while preventing self-dispensing, color coded caps, four-color NFPA diamond and basic GHS information printed One-piece dispensing closure, vented drop tube, straight stream while preventing self-dispensing, color coded caps, extended GHS safety information printed One-piece dispensing closure, un-vented drop tube, straight, steady stream without sputter, extended GHS safety information laser etched, exceptional chemical inertness
LDPE bottle LDPE bottle LDPE bottle FEP bottle
PP closure
except NaClO
(HDPE closure)
PP closure
except NaClO
(HDPE closure)
PP closure
except NaClO
(HDPE closure)
ETFE closure
PP/HDPE draw tube PP/HDPE draw tube ETFE draw tube
Dispenses through side nozzle Dispenses through cap Dispenses through cap Dispenses through cap
Wide mouth Narrow mouth Narrow mouth Narrow mouth
Printed with chemical resistant ink Printed with chemical resistant ink Printed with chemical resistant ink Safety info laser etched into the bottle wall
Use with acetone, sodium hypochlorite, ethyl alcohol, methanol, isopropanol, distilled water or deionized water Use with acetone, sodium hypochlorite, ethyl alcohol, methanol, isopropanol, distilled water or deionized water Use with ethanol, methanol, isopropanol, distilled water, sodium hypochlorite or deionized water Use with xylene, acetone, toluene ,n-hexane, methylene chloride, or methyl ethyl ketone
Red, white, green, yellow, or natural closure Red, green, white, yellow or natural closure and stem Green, yellow, natural or white closure and stem Natural closure and stem
NaClO is opaque white; others are translucent NaClO is opaque white; others are translucent NaClO is opaque white; others are translucent Hazy, better clarity than LDPE
500mL–1L 500mL–1L 500mL 500mL
16–32 oz 16–32 oz 16oz 16oz
Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Not autoclavable Autoclavable
Complies with Part 21
CFR 177.1520
for food use
Complies with Part 21
CFR 177.1520
for food use
Complies with Part 21
CFR 177.1520
for food use
Complies with Part 21
CFR 177.1550
for food use
BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free BPA-Free
Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free Phthalate-free

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Vented Unitary Right-to-Know" tab_id="LDPEUnitaryRighttoKnow"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ Vented Unitary Right-to-Know LDPE Wash Bottles

Nalgene™ Vented Unitary™ Right-To-Know Wash Bottles feature a unique
vent system that keeps hazardous volatile liquids in the wash bottles and
off the lab bench.
Marked with four colors, NFPA diamonds, GHS compliant hazard symbols, and
Right-To-Know chemical information. Choose from seven chemical markings. A
strong, straight and steady stream of liquid is dispensed when the wash bottle is
squeezed. Unitary bottle prevents contamination when filling the bottle; no draw
tube assembly to pick up contamination off the lab bench. Vented.
Choose from six different chemicals.
details
• With polypropylene or high-density polyethylene closure, polytetrafluoroethylene membrane
• Bottle and tubulation molded in one piece to prevent chemical splash when removing
closure and contamination when filling
• Unique 38 mm colored, vented closure designed to prevent dripping
• Sturdy polypropylene closures – HDPE on Sodium Hypochloride (bleach) bottles
• Color-coded bar corresponds to closure, preventing cross-contamination
• Prelabeled with ICS name and formula, as well as NFPA symbols for chemical handling,
hazard, care and storage of six commonly-used chemicals
• Fully assembled
• Leakproof†
Compliance: Meets OSHA requirements for workplace chemical container
labeling.

Nalgene Vented Unitary Right-To-Know Wash Bottles

2436[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Right-to-Know" tab_id="LDPERighttoKnow"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ Narrow-Mouth Right-to-Know LDPE Wash Bottles

Nalgene™ Right-To-Know Narrow-Mouth Wash Bottles help laboratories
meet regulatory labeling requirements for chemical containers, using
standard, instantly-recognizable symbols and colors.
Sodium Hypochlorite bottle is white LDPE with HDPE closure for light-protective
barrier qualities between 280 and 450 nm; all others have natural bottles and
polypropylene closures. Feature chemical name, International Chemical Society
(ICS) chemical formula and Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) number. Bottles
have a color bar matching their colored closures to prevent cross-contamination.
details
• With polypropylene or high-density polyethylene closure, polypropylene copolymer fill tube
• Designed to dispense through the top with a closure and stem molded in one piece for
uniform leakproof service; self-venting
• Tip can be cut back to increase flow
• Tight fit of draw tube and closure prevents separation when squeezing bottle
• Cat. No. 2425-series uses GHS-compliant symbols
• European versions (Cat. Nos. 202425) display the EEC number
• Leakproof†
Ordering Information: Available in packs of the same 16 or 32 oz. (500 or 1000
mL) bottle, or in a 5-bottle (16 oz./500 mL only) assortment pack consisting of
one each acetone, ethyl alcohol, isopropanol, methanol, and distilled water.
Compliance: Meets requirements of OSHA Hazard Communication Regulation
[29 CFR 1910.1200(f)(4)].

Nalgene Right-To-Know Narrow-Mouth Wash Bottles

2425[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="LDPE Right-to-Understand" tab_id="LDPERighttoUnderstand"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Harmonized System (GHS) labeling

Prevent chemical accidents in the lab with Nalgene™ Right-to-Understand LDPE Wash Bottles. Bottles are pre-labeled with chemical identification and safe handling information following the Globally Harmonized System (GHS) specifications as applicable to secondary laboratory containers. Wash bottles are ready to use when you transfer common laboratory chemicals from manufacturers’ containers. Self-venting wash bottles eliminate risk of bottles self-dispensing.

2428[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="FEP Right-to-Understand" tab_id="FEPRighttoUnderstand"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Nalgene™ Right-to-Understand FEP Safety Wash Bottles with Globally Harmonized System (GHS) Labeling for Harsh Chemicals

Prevent chemical accidents in the lab with Nalgene™ Right-to-Understand FEP Wash Bottles. Bottles are permanently etched with chemical identification and safe handling information following the Globally Harmonized System (GHS) specifications as applicable to secondary laboratory containers. Wash bottles are ready to use when you transfer harsh laboratory chemicals from manufacturers’ containers. Self-venting wash bottles eliminate risk of bottles self-dispensing. Six bottles available. For use with methyl ethyl ketone; n-hexane; toluene; xylene; methylene chloride; acetone.

2429[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® Laboratory Bottle GL45/GL32/GL25

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Laboratory Bottle GL45/GL32/GL25[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

DURAN® LABORATORY GLASS BOTTLES GL45/GL32/GL25:

THOROUGHLY PROVEN – UNIVERSALLY APPLICABLE

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]DURAN® laboratory glass bottles impress because of their outstanding properties. In more than forty years of production, the bottles have been consistently developed and improved. Thanks to this experience, the DURAN GROUP offers quality that remains unmatched.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]With numerous variants and the comprehensive original equipment from DURAN®, a broad range of high-quality products and systems is available, permitting almost unlimited applications.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

The advantages at a glance

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Standardised GL-thread and matching cap systems –
for particularly tight sealing and simple, clean pouring out

Outstanding chemical resistance and near inert behaviour –
no interfering ion exchange

High temperature and thermal shock resistance –
ideal for autoclaving and dry sterilising[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Sturdy design and uniform wall thickness distribution –
for improved safety and longer service life

Transparent –
contents and volume can be quickly checked

Glass Type 1 (neutral glass) conforming toUSP/EP –
especially suited to applications in the pharmaceutical and food industries[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Very steady –
due to large base

Easy labelling –
thanks to large labelling field

Practicality –
easy to read, permanent graduations[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Retrace Code
Using the eight-character Retrace Code and the corresponding article number, the batch and quality certificate for every DURAN® laboratory glass bottle can be obtained at www.dwk-lifesciences.com/DURAN/retracecode or contact our sales people.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3048" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Ordering Information

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Original" tab_id="Original"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Original Laboratory Bottle

with DIN thread

With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. With proven DURAN® properties. Complete with blue screw cap (PP, integral lip seal) and pouring ring (PP) for drip-free pouring and clean, safe working. Service temperature level of screw cap and pouring ring: + 140 °C.

Typical applications: storage, sample preparation, transport. Autoclaving media.

Cat. No. Capacity
(ml)
DIN Thread
(GL)
d(OD)
(mm)
h
(mm)
Remarks Pack
Unit
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue)
218010851 10 25 36 54 Acceptance within ISO 4796 standard has been requested. With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). 10
218011453 25 25 36 74 With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). 10
218011753 50 32 46 91 10
218012458 100 45 56 105 10
218012955 150 45 62 115 10
218013651 250 45 70 143 10
218014459 500 45 86 181 10
218015155 750 45 95 208 10
218015455 1000 45 101 230 10
218016357 2000 45 136 265 10
218016957 3500 45 160 300 1
218017353 5000 45 182 335 1
218018658 10000 45 227 415 1
218018855 15000 45 268 450 1
218019157 20000 45 288 510 1
218019251 25000 45 316 545 1
without screw cap and pouring ring
218010802 10 25 36 50 Acceptance within ISO 4796 standard has been requested. With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). 10
218011404 25 25 36 70 With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). 10
218011704 50 32 46 87 10
218012409 100 45 56 100 10
218012906 150 45 62 110 10
218013602 250 45 70 138 10
218014401 500 45 86 176 10
218015106 750 45 95 203 10
218015406 1000 45 101 225 10
218016308 2000 45 136 260 10
218016908 3500 45 160 295 1
218017304 5000 45 182 330 1
218018609 10000 45 227 410 1
218018806 15000 45 268 445 1
218019108 20000 45 288 505 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Original GL 45 Laboratory Bottles complete with High Temperature Closures

with DIN Thread, clear, graduated

DURAN® original GL 45 Laboratory Bottles are available complete with high temperature screw caps and pouring rings. The PBT cap and ETFE pouring rings offer greater thermal and chemical resistance than the equivalent polypropylene components.

Typical applications: Dry heat sterilization, autoclaving of liquid media, storage of corrosive reagents and sampling.

Cat. No. Capacity
(ml)
DIN Thread
(GL)
d(OD)
(mm)
h
(mm)
Pack
Unit
With high temperature screw cap and ETFE pouring ring
218012417 100 45 56 105 10
218013619 250 45 70 143 10
218014418 500 45 86 181 10
218015414 1000 45 101 230 10
218016316 2000 45 136 265 10
218017312 5000 45 182 335 1
218018617 10000 45 227 415 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Original Amber" tab_id="OriginalAmber"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Laboratory Bottle Amber with cap

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Laboratory Bottle Amber without cap[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Laboratory Bottle Amber with DIN thread, USP <660> and USP <671> (Spectral Transmission) compliant

With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. UV protection up to approx. 500 nm wavelength. Unchanged DURAN® properties within the bottle, as colouration is only on the outer surface. Very uniform, durable and chemically resistant amber colour due to use of innovative technology.

Typical applications: storage and transport of light-sensitive substances.

Cat. No. Capacity
(ml)
DIN Thread
(GL)
d(OD)
(mm)
h
(mm)
Remarks Pack
Unit
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue)
218060856 10 25 36 54 Acceptance within ISO 4796 standard has been requested. With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). 10
218061458 25 25 36 74 With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). 10
218061758 50 32 46 91 10
218062454 100 45 56 105 10
218062951 150 45 62 115 10
218063656 250 45 70 143 10
218064455 500 45 86 181 10
218065151 750 45 95 208 10
218065451 1000 45 101 230 10
218066353 2000 45 136 265 10
218066953 3500 45 160 300 1
218067358 5000 45 182 335 1
218068654 10000 45 227 415 1
without screw cap and pouring ring
218060807 10 25 36 50 Acceptance within ISO 4796 standard has been requested. With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). 10
218061409 25 25 36 70 With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). 10
218061709 50 32 46 87 10
218062405 100 45 56 100 10
218062902 150 45 62 110 10
218063607 250 45 70 138 10
218064406 500 45 86 176 10
218065102 750 45 95 203 10
218065402 1000 45 101 225 10
218066304 2000 45 136 260 10
218066904 3500 45 160 295 1
218067309 5000 45 182 330 1
218068605 10000 45 227 410 1
218068802 15000 45 268 445 1
218069104 20000 45 288 505 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Protect" tab_id="Protect"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Protect Laboratory Bottle with cap[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Protect Laboratory Bottle without cap[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Protect Laboratory Bottle with DIN thread, plastic coated

With easy-to-read scale. In fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Service temperature limit of the PU plastic coating: – 30 °C to + 135 °C. The coating provides scratch, leak* and splinter* protection and is ideally suited to both the transport and storage of hazardous media or valuable samples. UV protection up to approx. 380 nm wavelength. High transparency. Suitable for microwaving. (* only applies to bottles 5 000 mL and less)

Typical applications: storage, transport and safe handling of hazardous or valuable substances.

Cat. No. Capacity
(ml)
DIN Thread
(GL)
d(OD)
(mm)
h
(mm)
Remarks Pack
Unit
with screw cap and pouring ring
218052453 100 45 56 100 10
218052959 150 45 62 110 10
218053655 250 45 70 138 10
218054454 500 45 86 176 10
218055159 750 45 95 203 10
218055459 1000 45 101 225 10
218056352 2000 45 136 260 10
218056952 3500 45 160 295 1
218057357 5000 45 182 330 1
without screw cap and pouring ring
218050806 10 25 36 50 Acceptance within ISO 4796 standard has been requested. With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). 10
1092676 25 25 36 70 With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). 10
1092677 50 32 46 87 10
218052404 100 45 56 100 10
218052901 150 45 62 110 10
218053606 250 45 70 138 10
218054405 500 45 86 176 10
218055101 750 45 95 203 10
218055401 1000 45 101 225 10
218056303 2000 45 136 260 10
218056903 3500 45 160 295 1
218057308 5000 45 182 330 1
218058604 10000 45 228 410 1
218058801 15000 45 268 445 1
218059103 20000 45 289 505 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Protect Amber" tab_id="ProtectAmber"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Protect Laboratory Bottle Amber with DIN thread, plastic coated, USP <660> and USP <671> (Spectral Transmission) compliant

With easy-to-read scale. In fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Service temperature limit of the PU plastic coating: – 30 °C to + 135 °C. The coating provides scratch, leak and splinter protection and is ideally suited to both the transport and storage of hazardous media or valuable samples. UV protection up to approx. 500 nm wavelength. Unchanged DURAN® properties within the bottle, as colouration is only on the outer surface. Very uniform, durable and chemically resistant amber colour due to use of innovative technology. Suitable for microwaving.

Typical applications: storage, transport and safe handling of hazardous or valuable substances.

Cat. No. Capacity
(ml)
DIN Thread
(GL)
d(OD)
(mm)
h
(mm)
Remarks Pack
Unit
without screw cap and pouring ring
218061433 25 25 36 70 With specially shaped glass edge for improved pouring out (so that an additional plastic pouring ring is not required). 10
218061733 50 32 46 87 10
218062438 100 45 56 110 10
218063631 250 45 70 138 10
218064439 500 45 86 176 10
218065435 1000 45 101 225 10
218066337 2000 45 136 260 10
218067333 5000 45 182 330 1
1173548 10000 45 227 410 1

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Pressure plus+" tab_id="Pressureplus"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® pressure plus+ Laboratory Bottle with DIN thread, GL 45

With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable ceramic. Pressure resistance conforms to DIN EN 1595, confirmed by GS marking (TÜV ID: 0000020716). Vacuum and/or pressure resistant from – 1 bar to + 1.5 bar due to modified geometry (based on ISO 4796-1). When pressure loaded the following apply: thermal shock resistance 30 K and maximum usage temperature + 140 °C. Blue scale for visual differentiation from the standard laboratory bottle. Also available in amber.

Typical applications: safe working under pressure or vacuum, sampling under pressure, storage of gas generating media.

Cat. No. Capacity
(ml)
DIN Thread
(GL)
d(OD)
(mm)
h
(mm)
Pack
Unit
without screw cap and pouring ring
218102406 100 45 56 100 10
1092234 250 45 70 138 10
1092235 500 45 86 176 10
218105403 1000 45 101 225 10

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Pressure plus + Amber" tab_id="pressureplusAmber"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® pressure plus+ Laboratory Bottle Amber with DIN thread, GL 45, USP <660> and USP <671> (Spectral Transmission) compliant

With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable ceramic. Pressure resistance conforms to DIN EN 1595, confirmed by GS marking (TÜV ID: 0000020716). Vacuum and/or pressure resistant from – 1 bar to + 1.5 bar due to modified geometry (based on ISO 4796-1). When pressure loaded the following apply: thermal shock resistance 30 K and maximum usage temperature + 140 °C. Blue scale for visual differentiation from the standard laboratory bottle. UV protection up to approx. 500 nm wavelength. Unchanged DURAN® properties within the bottle, as colouration is only on the outer surface. Very uniform, durable and chemically resistant amber colour due to use of innovative technology.

Typical applications: safe working under pressure or vacuum, sampling under pressure, storage of gas generating media.

Cat. No. Capacity
(ml)
DIN Thread
(GL)
d(OD)
(mm)
h
(mm)
Pack
Unit
without screw cap and pouring ring
218162403 100 45 56 100 10
1094367 250 45 70 138 10
1094368 500 45 86 176 10
218165409 1000 45 101 225 10

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Pressure plus + and Protect" tab_id="PressureplusProtect"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® pressure plus+ Laboratory Bottle Protect plastic coated, with DIN thread, GL 45

With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable ceramic. Pressure resistance conforms to DIN EN 1595, confirmed by GS marking (TÜV ID: 0000020716). Vacuum and/or pressure resistant from – 1 bar to + 1.5 bar due to modified geometry (based on ISO 4796-1). When pressure loaded the following apply: thermal shock resistance 30 K and maximum usage temperature + 140 °C. Blue scale for visual differentiation from the standard laboratory bottle. The coating provides scratch, leak and splinter protection and is ideally suited to both the transport and storage of hazardous media or valuable samples.

Typical applications: safe working under pressure or vacuum, sampling under pressure, storage of gas generating media.

Cat. No. Capacity
(ml)
DIN Thread
(GL)
d(OD)
(mm)
h
(mm)
Pack
Unit
without screw cap and pouring ring
218152402 100 45 56 100 10
1175925 250 45 70 138 10
1175926 500 45 86 176 10
218155408 1000 45 101 225 10

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Premium" tab_id="Premium"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Premium Bottle with DIN thread, GL 45

With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Complete with pouring ring and cap from TpCh260 (similar to PFA ). The premium cap with its PTFE coated silicone seal is colourless and temperature resistant from – 196 °C to + 200 °C. Together with proven DURAN® properties, TÜV tested thermal shock resistance of 160 K, confirmed by GS-marking (TÜV ID: 0000020715). USP/FDA conformity for the entire system comprised of bottle, screw cap and pouring ring. Accurate scale: ± 5 %. Additional graduations as well as additional opposing scale simplify reading off.

Typical applications: Due to its properties, ideal for applications in the pharmaceutical industry, handling of aggressive media, sterilisation processes (hot air and dry sterilisation) and depyrogenation.

Cat. No. Capacity
(ml)
DIN Thread
(GL)
d(OD)
(mm)
h
(mm)
Pack
Unit
with premium screw cap and pouring ring
1127075 100 45 56 105 10
1127076 250 45 70 143 10
1127077 500 45 86 181 10
1127078 1000 45 101 230 10

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Square" tab_id="Square"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Laboratory Bottle, Square with DIN thread

With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Complete with blue screw cap (PP, integral lip seal) and pouring ring (PP) for drip-free pouring and clean, safe working. Service temperature limit of screw cap and pouring ring: + 140 °C. Ergonomic handling due to angular shape, highly stable, good stackability. Alongside proven DURAN® properties, a space saving of 44 % in comparison with standard laboratory bottles (example applies to 100 mL bottles). Screw caps are also available in the following colours: green, yellow and grey.

Typical applications: space-saving storage, space-saving transport.

Cat. No. Capacity
(ml)
DIN Thread
(GL)
d(OD)
(mm)
h
(mm)
Pack
Unit
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue)
218202453 100 32 50 109 10
218203655 250 45 64 143 10
218204454 500 45 78 181 10
218205459 1000 45 94 222 10
without screw cap and pouring ring
218202404 100 32 50 109 10
1008834 250 45 64 143 10
1008842 500 45 78 181 10
1008843 1000 45 94 222 10

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Overview (Simpified Chinese)" tab_id="overview"][vc_single_image image="3050" img_size="full"][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® GLS 80® Bottles Wide Neck

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® GLS 80® Bottles Wide Neck[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

DURAN® GLS 80® GLASS BOTTLES WITH WIDE NECK

Large, wide neck ideal for filling and pouring.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]GREATER CONVENIENCE FOR EVERYDAY LAB WORK We have extended our DURAN® laboratory glassware range. Our new wide neck glass bottles with large, 80 mm diameter neck size are available in eight different sizes. All sizes are also available in amber for light-sensitive media. This range also features a selection of quickrelease caps. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]ENDLESS APPLICATIONS DURAN® GLS 80® wide neck glass bottles are extremely versatile: ideal for pouring, filling, mixing, preparing, storing, transporting, dispatching, taking samples in the field and hot filling, whether in the laboratory or in production. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]SAFE AND EASY TO USE The DURAN® GLS 80® laboratory glassware range features a specially developed screw thread. The matching quick-release cap allows the bottle to be easily opened and closed with a minimum of turns. The 80 mm wide neck facilitates easy and safe charging and removal of powders, pastes, granules and liquids. Spoons, spatulas and tweezers can be manipulated with ease. Even large-volume funnels can be inserted into the bottles without any difficulty. The wide neck also makes cleaning the bottles particularly easy.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]

SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE DURAN® GLS 80 WIDE NECK GLASS BOTTLE

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Wide neck screw thread – 80 mm diameter, special thread design for rapid opening and closing. Inert and chemically resistant – exceptional properties of DURAN® eliminate problems with ion leaching. Mechanical strength – the sturdy design of these wide neck bottles enhances safety and service life. Sterilisable – excellent thermal properties for autoclaving and dry sterilization. Transparency – contents and volume can be visually checked with ease.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Traceability – the eight-digit batch code allows the bottles to be traced back to the point of production, including the matching batch. The end-user can use the corresponding item number to retrieve a batch and quality certificate for any DURAN® laboratory bottle at any time via the Internet. Stability – the large, stable base area allows for safe and easy storage. Labelling – provided with a printed white panel for labelling the contents. Graduated – convenient, easy-to-read graduations indicating volume.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]

SPECIAL ADVANTAGES OF THE GLS 80® QUICK-RELEASE CAP

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]User-friendly – the special thread design enables the bottle to be opened and closed quickly with less than two turns of the cap. Temperature-resistant – the polypropylene cap is autoclavable up to 140° C. Matching pouring ring – for drip-free pouring[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Ordering Inforatmion

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GLS80" tab_id="GLS80"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® GLS 80® Laboratory Bottle Wide Mouth

with GLS 80® thread With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Complete with blue quick release closure (PP, integral lip seal) and pouring ring (PP) for drip-free pouring and clean, safe working. Service temperature limit of closure and pouring ring: + 140 °C. Special thread means opening takes less than a turn. The 80 mm wide outer diameter of the bottle mouth permits easy filling and pouring out of powders and viscous substances. Typical applications: storage, transport, safekeeping and sampling of substances, easy to use with granulated material, powders and viscous media, sampling of hot media.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Thread d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue)
218603656 250 80 95 110 10
1112627 500 80 101 153 10
1112713 1000 80 101 223 10
1112715 2000 80 136 253 10
218606953 3500 80 160 276 1
1113949 5000 80 182 315 1
1113950 10000 80 227 390 1
1113951 20000 80 288 485 1
1200265 30000 80 340 548 1
1200154 50000 80 400 590 1
without screw cap and pouring ring
218603607 250 80 95 105 10
1178392 500 80 101 148 10
1178424 1000 80 101 218 10
1178425 2000 80 136 248 10
218606904 3500 80 160 271 1
1178426 5000 80 182 310 1
1178427 10000 80 227 385 1
1178428 20000 80 288 480 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GLS80 Amber" tab_id="GLS80Amber"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® GLS 80® Laboratory Bottle Wide Mouth Amber

with GLS 80®, USP <660> and USP <671> (Spectral Transmission) compliant With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Complete with blue quick release closure (PP, integral lip seal) and pouring ring (PP) for drip-free pouring and clean, safe working. Service temperature limit of closure and pouring ring: + 140 °C. Alongside easy handling, UV protection up to 500 nm. Unchanged DURAN® properties within the bottle, as colouration is only to the outer surface. Very uniform, durable and chemically resistant amber colour due to use of innovative technology. Typical applications: storage, transport and safekeeping of light-sensitive substances, easy to use with granulated material, powders and viscous media.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Thread d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue)
218663653 250 80 95 110 10
1160146 500 80 101 153 10
1160147 1000 80 101 223 10
1160148 2000 80 136 253 10
218666959 3500 80 160 276 1
1160149 5000 80 182 315 1
1160150 10000 80 227 390 1
1160151 20000 80 288 485 1
without screw cap and pouring ring
218663604 250 80 95 105 10
1178429 500 80 101 148 10
1178430 1000 80 101 218 10
1178431 2000 80 136 248 10
218666901 3500 80 160 271 1
1178432 5000 80 182 310 1
1178433 10000 80 227 385 1
1178434 20000 80 288 480 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GLS80 Protect" tab_id="GLS80Protect"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® GLS 80® Protect Laboratory Bottle Wide Mouth

with GLS 80® thread, plastic coated With easy-to-read scale. In fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Complete with blue quick release closure (PP, integral lip seal) and pouring ring (PP) for drip-free pouring and clean, safe working. Service temperature limit of closure and pouring ring: + 140 °C. Service temperature limit of the PU plastic coating: – 30 °C to + 135 °C. The coating provides scratch, leak and splinter protection and is ideally suited to both the transport and storage of hazardous media or valuable samples. UV protection up to approx. 380 nm wavelength. High transparency. Suitable for microwaving. Typical applications: storage, transport and safe handling of hazardous substances. Storage of high value viscous liquids, pastes and powder.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Thread d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue)
218653652 250 80 95 110 10
1160152 500 80 101 153 10
1160163 1000 80 101 223 10
1160164 2000 80 136 253 10
218656953 3500 80 160 276 1
1160165 5000 80 182 315 1
without screw cap and pouring ring
218653603 250 80 95 105 10
218656909 3500 80 160 271 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GLS80 Protect Amber" tab_id="GLS80ProtectAmber"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® GLS 80® Protect Laboratory Bottle Wide Mouth Amber

with GLS 80®, plastic coated, USP <660> and USP <671> (Spectral Transmission) compliant With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking, in fired-on, highly durable white ceramic. Complete with blue quick release closure (PP, integral lip seal) and pouring ring (PP) for drip-free pouring and clean, safe working. Service temperature limit of closure and pouring ring: + 140 °C. Service temperature limit of the PU plastic coating: – 30 °C to + 135 °C. The coating provides scratch, leak and splinter protection and is ideally suited to both the transport and storage of hazardous media or valuable samples. UV protection up to approx. 380 nm wavelength. Suitable for microwaving. Typical applications: storage, transport and safe handling of hazardous substances. Storage of high value viscous liquids, pastes and powder.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) Thread d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue)
1167308 500 80 101 153 10
1167309 1000 80 101 223 10
without screw cap and pouring ring
218664436 500 80 101 148 10
218665432 1000 80 101 218 10
218666334 2000 80 136 248 10
218667339 5000 80 182 310 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® YOUTILITY bottles

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® YOUTILITY bottles[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

DURAN® YOUTILITY

DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle system, a new generation of glass laboratory bottles for use in a wide and diverse range of scientific research applications. The innovation does not stop at the improved ergonomic bottle shape, but extends to dedicated accessories that incorporate many new innovative features to improve handling, sample identification, and ease of use. The new YOUTILITY bottle system helps to make laboratory work easier, safer, more economical and fun. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

YOUTILITY BOTTLE - DESIGNED FOR YOU

THE AWARD-WINNING LABORATORY BOTTLE SYSTEM FROM DURAN®

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="3073" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

YOUTILITY CAP - ONE GOOD TURN DESERVES ANOTHER

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

ERGONOMIC DESIGN

The optimized, ergonomic shape of the screw cap has comfortable grooves and ridges for a more efficient and easier tightening or removal, especially with smaller sized or gloved hands. The inverted cone form of the cap makes bottle handling easier and far safer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

SHORTENED THREAD

The shortened thread inside the cap permits faster opening and closing, yet it is fully compatible with standard DIN GL 45 glass bottle threads.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

SECURE SEALING

The tried and tested cap plug sealing system ensures a liquid tight seal.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

PRODUCT FEATURES

The YOUTILITY screw cap features an integrated two or three character Retrace Code to provide product traceability via a downloadable certificate. The cap is manufactured from a food grade polypropylene that is fully autoclavable and totally reusable.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

GLASS THREAD - NO PLAYING AROUND

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]With the new glass threa, the opening or closing of the YOUTILITY bottles is significantly faster. Yet the thread remains fully compatiable with DIN GL45 Closures and other accessories.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

BOTTLE TAGE - SHOW YOUR TRUE COLOR

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

COLOUR CODING

The colourful GL 45 Bottle Tags offer an elegant solution to the marking of laboratory bottles. The Bottle Tags can be easily and securely attached around the neck of the YOUTILITY bottle, even with the screw cap in place. The Bottle Tags feature a graspable tab that makes them easy to remove with bare or gloved hands.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

EIGHT COLOURS

Eight playful colours: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, purple, black and white. Available in single colour packs.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

ROBUST AND RE-USABLE

The silicone Bottle Tags are chemically robust, heat resistant, fully autoclavable and totally re-usable.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

SCALE - STEPPING UP TO THE MARK

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]The total volume is clearly and unambigously indicated in durable white ceramic. This enables a long service life and the measured volume can be read clearly and accurately. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

BOTTLE FEATURE - GET TO GRIPS WITH YOUR RESEARCH

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

GRIP ZONES

The specially shaped gripping zones on both sides of the bottle permit easier and safer handling.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

SPACE SAVING

The slimmer YOUTILITY bottle shape allows a more optimal use of limited space in autoclaves and laboratory refrigerators. The bottles can be conveniently stacked horizontally on their sides.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

BOTTLE LABELLING

A pre-defined labelling area is compatible with the dedicated self-adhesive YOUTILITY bottle labels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

FOUR USEFUL SIZES

Sequentially sized bottles 125, 250, 500 and 1000 ml. The glass bottles are moulded from the tried and tested DURAN® borosilicate 3.3, a pharmacopoeial Type 1 neutral glass. DURAN® glass offers a very good chemical resistance and high temperature resistance.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

AMBER, LOW ACTINIC GLASS

As an alternative to clear DURAN® glass, the amber coloured glass offers protection against ultraviolet light for light sensitive material, and fully meets the requirements of the USP <660> and Eur. Ph. 3.2.1. The amber colour is permanently fired into the exterior glass surface. The treatment does not affect the properties of the inner surface of the bottle. The amber bottles can be used for the storage or transport of chemicals sensitive to light.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

RETRACE CODE

Integrated Retrace Code for full product traceability of the borosilicate glass bottle.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

OPTIMISED PACK SIZES

Good things come in small packages. YOUTILITY bottles are available in smaller pack of four complete bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

LABELS - A PLACE FOR EVERYTING

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

YOUTILITY LABELS

The YOUTILITY labels were developed to address the need for a reliable, short term method of sample, cap and bottle tracking and identification. The labels will stay on when you need them to do so, and are easy to remove when no longer required. This allows the bottles and caps to be quickly and easily cleaned, ready for re-use. After use, the YOUTILITY labels may be easily and completely removed by peeling.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

ROBUST BUT FLEXIBLE

Manufactured from a tear resistant, matt white, polyester material coated with a high performance adhesive. The print receptive top surface will accept a variety of inks, including copier, printer and technical markers. The labels are chemically resistant to typical laboratory chemicals such as disinfectants and many solvents. They have a wide -40 °C to +150 °C temperature performance range, making them suitable for use in fridges, freezers, autoclaves, incubators and water baths without the risk of the labels drying out or falling off.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Ordering Information

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Youtility" tab_id="Youtility"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® YOUTILITY Laboratory Bottle

GL 45

The specially shaped gripping zones on both sides of the bottle enable easier and safer handling. With the new DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle thread opening or closing the bottle is significantly faster. The thread is fully compatible with DIN GL 45 closures and other accessories. The slimmer DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle shape allows a more optimal use of limited space in autoclaves and laboratory refrigerators. A pre-defined labelling area is compatible with the dedicated DURAN® self-adhesive YOUTILITY bottle labels. Nominal volume is shown at the top of the easy-to-read graduation scale for fast determination of the volumes. Each DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle is supplied as a complete system, with a pouring ring (PP) and a GL 45 cap (PP).
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) DIN Thread (GL) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue)
218812854 125 45 55 124 4
218813653 250 45 66 158 4
218814452 500 45 78 193 4
218815457 1000 45 93 253 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Youtility amber" tab_id="Youtilityamber"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® YOUTILITY Laboratory Bottle Amber

GL 45, USP <660> and USP <671> (Spectral Transmission) compliant

The specially shaped gripping zones on both sides of the bottle enable easier and safer handling. With the new DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle thread opening or closing the bottle is significantly faster. The thread is fully compatible with DIN GL 45 closures and other accessories. The slimmer DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle shape allows a more optimal use of limited space in autoclaves and laboratory refrigerators. A pre-defined labelling area is compatible with the dedicated DURAN® self-adhesive YOUTILITY bottle labels. Nominal volume is shown at the top of the easy-to-read graduation scale for fast determination of the volumes. The glass bottle body is moulded from the tried and tested DURAN® borosilicate 3.3 pharmacopoeial Type 1 neutral glass. DURAN® glass offers very good chemical resistance and high temperature resistance. Each DURAN® YOUTILITY bottle is supplied as a complete system, with a pouring ring (PP) and a GL 45 cap (PP).
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) DIN Thread (GL) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP (blue)
218862859 125 45 55 124 4
218863658 250 45 66 158 4
218864457 500 45 78 193 4
218865453 1000 45 93 253 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Youtility screwcap" tab_id="Youtilityscrewcap"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® YOUTILITY Screw Cap from PP

GL 45

The DURAN® YOUTILITY Screw Cap GL 45 is manufactured from a food-grade polypropylene (PP). Ergonomically shaped screw cap with optimised grooves and ridges for a more efficient and easier tightening or removal. The faster opening and closing thread of the YOUTILITY screw cap is fully compatible with DIN GL 45 bottle threads. The optimised cap sealing system ensures a liquid tight seal. A pre-defined labelling area on the cap is compatible with the dedicated DURAN® self-adhesive YOUTILITY labels.
Cat. No. DIN Thread (GL) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Colour Pack Unit
screw cap
292292802 45 53 25 cyan 10
pouring ring
292412808 45 4 cyan 16
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Youtility bottle tag" tab_id="Youtilitybottletag"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® YOUTILITY Bottle Tag

GL 45, from silicone

The silicone GL 45 Bottle Tags can be securely attached around the neck of the YOUTILITY bottle for easy customisation and unambiguous bottle identification. The elastic Bottle Tags will fit around any DIN GL 45 bottle neck.
Cat. No. Thread Colour Pack Unit
292432904 45 eight colours, two pieces each 16
292432818 45 red 20
292432826 45 orange 20
292432834 45 yellow 20
292432842 45 green 20
292432859 45 blue 20
292432867 45 purple 20
292432875 45 black 20
292432883 45 white 20
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Youtility labels" tab_id="Youtilitylabels"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® YOUTILITY LABELS

Printable self-adhesive

The robust DURAN® YOUTILITY identification labels are suitable for use with the YOUTILITY bottle, plus many other types of laboratory glassware, such as GL 45 bottles, beakers and conical flasks
  • The tear resistant, white polyester YOUTILITY labels use a high performance, peelable adhesive.
  • An easy-to-use label creator web app. is available (www.duranlabels.com) to design, and print your own label designs.
  • Ideal for use in fridges, freezers, autoclaves, incubators, and water baths, without the risk of the labels falling off.
  • Can be printed with office printers, copiers, or marked with technical lab pens (pre-test ink for suitability).
  • Chemically resistant to many typical laboratory chemicals, and solvents.
  • Wide −40 to +150 °C thermal performance range.
  • Supplied in a re-sealable, pack of 100 labels on five A4 sheets.
Create and print out your own custom label designs online with our new DURAN® label creator web app:

www.duranlabels.com

or contact our sales people.

Cat. No. Description Pack Unit
294010203 DURAN® YOUTILITY Printable Identification labels White polyester 36 x 70 mm 1 x 100 labels
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® TILT Media Bottle System

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® TILT Media Bottle System[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

DURAN® TILT MEDIA BOTTLE SYSTEM

TURNING USABILITY INTO SECURITY

Biosafety cabinets and clean hoods are essential for working with cell cultures under sterile conditions. Unfortunately, they make the handling of media bottles difficult and time-consuming for researchers. The DURAN® TILT bottle changes everything. The TILT bottle has two positions: upright for filter sterilization or storage, and tilted at 45° for pipetting. Take a look at cell culture media from a new angle and discover a bottle system that eases handling and turns usability into security.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text]GL 56 mouth and screw cap for safer handling The wide mouth ensures safe and easy pipetting. The ergonomic cap is easy to open and close. Made from non-cytotoxic materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_column_text]100 % bigger opening for easy pipetting The GL 56 mouth is 100 % larger than the GL 45. It accommodates even large volume pipettes (100 ml ) and helps avoid contamination.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Low bottle height for easy handling in safety cabinets The compact bottle is easy to put through the gap under the sash, and is easier to use inside the hood. Space saving shape for fridge storage and water baths The stable and space-saving 500 ml bottle is perfect for fridge storage, or for warming media in a water bath.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3133" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]45º TILT position for pipetting without holding the bottle Tilt the bottle to its 45° position for pipetting instead of holding it in your hand. Tilted volume indicators for convenience The clear markings show the volume in both tilted and upright positions and are visible from both sides, for the convenience of left and right-handed users. Vacuum resistant bottle for safe filter sterilization The bottle is vacuum resistant and may be safely used for the filter sterilization of media.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Borosilicate 3.3 glass for reusability and lower whole life costs DURAN® borosilicate 3.3 glass is a tried and trusted material certified as non-cytotoxic (according to ISO 10993-5:2009). DURAN® glass does not leach any organic molecules that might affect the culturing of cells. In addition, DURAN® glass may be depyrogenated to destroy endotoxins using dry heat or chemical based methods.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

OPTIMIZE YOUR WORKFLOW BY TILT ING

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text] FILTERING In the upright position, the DURAN® TILT bottle system is ideal for filter sterilizing or clarifying cell culture media. Low bottle height is practical in the biosafety cabinet. DURAN® GL 45 thread adaptor allows any 45 mm filter units to be used with DURAN® TILT bottle.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text] PIPETTING In the 45° tilted position, the DURAN® TILT bottle makes pipetting of media easier under the hood. The innovative design enables both good aseptic and ergonomic practice.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3135" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® bottle top vacuum filtration units Designed for sterilization or clarification of aqueous cell culture media. Supplied as a filter funnel only unit for use with the DURAN® TILT bottle (with GL 45 thread adaptor) or 45 mm media bottles. Comes in three different asymmetric pore sizes (0.1 μm, 0.2 μm, or 0.45 μm). Raised molded graduation marks for easy volume reading. Manufactured in a Class 100,000 clean room from Class VI, non-cytotoxic materials. Supplied sterile.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3134" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® GL 45 thread adaptor (re-usable) The re-usable adaptor (GL 45 external / GL 56 internal) allows the use of the DURAN® TILT bottle with 45 mm filtration units for the filter sterilization of cell culture media. Manufactured from inert PTFE; can be autoclaved and depyrogenated at 300 °C.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]

DURAN® TILT ACCESSORIES

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3138" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® TILT GL 56 cap labels Careful labeling is very important to prevent mix-ups and mistakes. The GL 56 self-adhesive cap labels can be used to clearly indicate the separate bottles of media for each cell line, preventing possible cross-contamination.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3140" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® GL 56 Bottle Tags The Bottle Tags can be used on their own for color identification or to secure the protective Light Shield around the bottle. The GL 56 Bottle Tags are available in four colors (orange, yellow, blue and purple).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3139" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® TILT protective Light Shield The DURAN® TILT Light Shield is a white silicone sleeve that covers 94% of the bottle surface. The sleeve has a number of protective functions: it blocks damaging ultraviolet (UV) light, protects the glass surface from damage, and facilitates safer handling. Silicone provides a much better grip than glass; especially when the bottle has been sprayed with 70% alcohol for surface disinfection.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Specification and ordering information

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="TILT media bottle and screw cap" tab_id="TILTbottlecap"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® TILT Media Bottle

GL 56 The DURAN® TILT bottle has two positions: upright for filter sterilization or storage, and tilted at 45° for pipetting. The bottle systems allows working with cell culture media under sterile conditions in biosafety cabinets and clean hoods.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) DIN Thread (GL) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
with screw cap and pouring ring from PP
218914459 500 56 124 148 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® TILT Screw Cap

GL 56, from PP The ergonomic cap is easy to open and close. Made from non-cytotoxic materials.
Cat. No. DIN Thread (GL) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Colour Pack Unit
292295602 56 62 27 white 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="TILT filter unit" tab_id="TILTfilter"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® TILT Bottle Top Filter Unit

GL 45 Designed for sterilization or clarification of aqueous cell culture media Supplied as a filter funnel unit for use with the DURAN® TILT bottle (with GL 45 thread adaptor) or 45 mm media bottles. Comes in three different asymmetric pore sizes (0.1 μm, 0.2 μm, or 0.45 μm). Raised moulded graduation marks for easy volume reading. Manufactured in a Class 100,000 clean room from Class VI, non-cytotoxic materials. Supplied sterile.
Cat. No. Description Capacity (ml) DIN Thread (GL) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
292702818 PES 0.1μm 500 45 92 103 12
292702826 PES 0.2μm 500 45 92 103 12
292702842 PES 0.45μm 500 45 92 103 12
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® TILT Adaptor

GL 45/GL 56, from PTFE The re-usable adaptor (GL 45 external / GL 56 internal) allows the use of the DURAN® TILT bottle with 45 mm filtation units for the filter sterilisation of cell culture media. Manufactured from inert PTFE; can be autoclaved and depyrogenised at 300 °C.
Cat. No. DIN Thread (GL) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Colour Pack Unit
291195601 GL 45 / GL 56 65 46 white 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="TILT bottle accessories" tab_id="TILTacc"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® TILT GL 56 Cap Labels

self-adhesive Careful labelling is very important to prevent mix-ups and mistakes. The GL 56 selfadhesive polyester cap labels can be used to clearly indicate the separate bottles of media for each cell line, preventing possible cross-contamination. A pack contains 60 screw cap labels.
Cat. No. Description Pack Unit
294015604 White polyester 1 pack, pack of 60 labels
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® TILT Bottle Tag

GL 56, from silicone The Bottle Tags can be used on their own for colour identification or to secure the protective Light Shield around the bottle. The GL 56 Bottle Tags are available in four colours: orange, yellow, blue and purple.
Cat. No. DIN Thread (GL) Colour Pack Unit
292435626 56 orange 20
292435634 56 yellow 20
292435659 56 blue 20
292435667 56 purple 20
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® TILT Light Shield

white, from silicone The DURAN® TILT Light Shield is a white silicone sleeve that covers 94 % of the bottle surface. The sleeve has a number of protective functions: it blocks damaging ultraviolet light (UV), protects the glass surface from damage, and facilitates safer handling. DURAN® TILT Light Shield includes four GL 56 Bottle Tags (Orange, Yellow, Blue, Purple) made from silicone.
Cat. No. Colour Pack Unit
292435601 white 4
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

DURAN® GL 45 BOTTLE CARRYING SYSTEM

The new modular Bottle Carrying System fi ts standard laboratory bottles that have a GL 45 neck fi nish and is compatible with four bottle sizes 2, 5, 10 and 20 litres. It is ergonomically designed, and o€ ers health & safety benefi ts to the user and allows easy and safe transport of bottles around the laboratory or production facility. It makes pouring liquids from the larger bottles more comfortable and safer. All materials are fully autoclavable. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Carrying Handle
  • Carrying handle is suitable for bare or gloved hands
  • Handle strap is fl exible enough to allow pouring
Tightening Strap
  • With indicator arrow
  • End modifi ed to prevent unthreading
Pouring Handle
  • Ergonomically shaped
  • Anti-slip grip
Silicone Support Base
  • Structural support for base of larger 5, 10 and 20 litre bottles
  • Protection of glass bottle base from impact during lifting or handling
  • Spacer to protect glass from contact with Metal Dolly
  • Moulded-in holes minimize liquid traps and allow maximum steam penetration during autoclaving
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]GL 45 Bottle Collar
  • The collar is securely attached by pushing down over the GL 45 thread with 4 teeth that lock under transfer ring.
  • The collar is only removable by cutting – so attachment is 100% secure in use. A cut line indicator for removal of collar when required.
Horizontal Straps
  • Durable stitched construction
  • Made from “anti-slip” material
Lot Specifi c Retrace Code
  • for traceability and certifi cation
Optional Extra: Metal Dolly
  • Stainless steel dolly for 10 or 20 litre bottles (2 sizes only)
  • Fully compatible with carrying system
  • Easy to clean, crevice-free construction
  • Optional handle is available for easier handling
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

FOR EASY AND SAFE CARRYING & POURING

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text] Easy and safe carrying using handle
  • Handle attaches at the neck and fully supports the base
  • For 2, 5, 10 and 20 litre bottles
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text] Safe and controlled pouring using handle
  • Safer pouring of liquids using a second lower“ Pouring Handle” located on the side strap
  • Available on the 5 litre carriers only
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]Fast and secure tightening of the polypropylene straps with two side strap adjusters for the larger 5, 10 and 20 litre bottles

4 sizes available: 2 L / 5 L / 10 L / 20 L

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]2 L bottle carrier in 4 colors for color coding [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Ordering information

Cat. No. Description Pack Unit
292836307 DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 2 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Blue) 1
292826306 DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 2 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Purple) 1
292816305 DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 2 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Red) 1
292806304 DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 2 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Yellow) 1
292807309 DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 5 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Yellow) 1
292808605 DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 10 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Yellow) 1
292809104 DURAN® GL 45 Bottle Carrying System for the 20 Litre DURAN® Bottle (Yellow) 1
299018607 DURAN® Metal Dolly for 10 L DURAN® GL 45 Bottle (Stainless steel) 1
299038609 DURAN® Handle for the 10 L Metal Dolly (Stainless steel) 1
292808654 DURAN® Silicone Bottle Base Protector for the 10 L Metal Dolly (Yellow) 1
299019106 DURAN® Metal Dolly for 20 L DURAN® GL 45 Bottle (Stainless steel) 1
299039108 DURAN® Handle for the 20 L Metal Dolly (Stainless steel) 1
292809153 DURAN® Silicone Bottle Base Protector for the 20 L Metal Dolly (Yellow) 1
Bottles supplied separately[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® Volumetric Flasks

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Volumetric Flasks[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

DURAN® VOLUMETRIC FLASKS

Achieving precision through quality

Volume measurement – a routine laboratory procedure. All the more important is the assurance of quality in the associated instrumentation over the long term, from volumetric flasks to stoppers. From one day to the next, with each analysis. DURAN® volumetric instruments have the same attributes as DURAN® laboratory glassware: They are robust, virtually inert and exceptionally resistant to high temperatures. Outstanding corrosion protection also guarantees they are particularly cost effective.

End-to-end production from a single source

Stringent specifications apply for the selection of raw materials and mixture preparation for the borosilicate glass 3.3. In addition, because DURAN® laboratory glassware is manufactured exclusively in-house, high quality is guaranteed. This applies to every manufacturing phase – from glass melting through to calibration. The result: outstanding precision during volumetric measurement.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

now with printed graduation mark

SCREEN PRINT LABEL FOR DURAN® VOLUMETRIC FLASKS

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

Volumetric flask, accuracy class A, USP <31> conform

Volumetric flask, accuracy class A, with individual certificate

Volumetric flask, accuracy class A, with batch certificate

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]
United States Pharmacopoeia – the product satisfies the requirements specified in USP <31>
Certificated
Batch number, e.g. 15.01
Nominal volume in ml
±0.08ml Accuracy tolerance - the deviation of the nominal volume must be no greater than this value which is specified in standards
Reference temperature - the temperature at which a volumetric instrument must achieve the nominal volume (20°C) stated on it
Country of origin
Accuacy class - denotes the accuracy limit
NS 14/23 Standard taper joint size
ISO 1042 Standard designation
Conformity mark - verifies compliance with the requirements of the German weights and measures regulation and applicable standards
AAA-0001 Individual number (laser-etched onto the base)
DD.MM.YY Production date (laser-etched onto the base)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3123" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]FEATURES & BENEFITS:
  • Achieves precision due to better visibility of the printed graduation mark
  • Print is highly resistant to chemicals
  • Comply with the requirements of ISO 1042
  • With new PE stopper – can be ordered separately
  • Well-known DURAN® borosilicate glass 3.3 quality due to high internal raw material requirements
  • Increased service life and cost-effectiveness
  • Retraceable
  • Auditable
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

OVERVIEW OF CERTIFICATES

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Conformity mark DE-M

Volumetric instruments that comply with the requirements of applicable standards (e.g. the German weights and measures regulation) are labelled accordingly with “DE-M”. The “DE-M 18” mark is made up of the elements DE (which stands for “Deutschland”), M (which stands for “Metrologie” (metrology)), and the year number 18 (2018, the year in which the measuring instrument was labelled).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3128" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Batch certificate

Volumetric flasks and measuring and mixing cylinders with a batch number and accuracy class A are supplied with a batch certificate. This certificate documents the mean value obtained from measuring the batch in question, the standard deviation and the day of issue. The batch certificates can also be retrieved online. The batch number consists of four digits, e.g.: The first two numbers specify the production year, and the following two numbers specify the batch.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3125" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Individual certificate

Volumetric flasks which are numbered individually, are supplied with an individual certificate. The individual number is permanently laser-etched onto the base of the volumetric flask and is entered on the corresponding certificate. The volume measured for the corresponding volumetric flask, the measurement uncertainty and the day of issue are documented on this certificate. The individual number is a consecutive number and comprises three letters and a four digit number, for example: AAA-0001.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3124" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

USP individual certificate

The volumetric flasks are labelled with an individual number. This is permanently laser-etched onto the base of the volumetric flask and is entered on the corresponding certificate. The accuracy limits for USP <31> compliant volumetric flasks are stricter than flasks conforming to ISO 1042 and therefore satisfy the requirements of the United States Pharmacopoeia (USP). The volume measured for the corresponding volumetric flask, the measurement uncertainty and the day of issue are documented on this certificate.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="3127" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

UKAS certificate

Our DURAN® volumetric gauges already meet the highest standards of accuracy, yet DURAN® now also provides a new range of volumetric gauges and graduated cylinders with a UKAS single certificate. This new volumetric instrument product line is tested and calibrated to the requirements of United Kingdom Accreditation Services (UKAS) and complies with ISO 17025, a standard for global comparability of test and calibration results.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="3126" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Ordering Information

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Volumetric Flask Class A without certificate of conformity" tab_id="CAWOConf"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class A, without certificate of conformity

with scribed graduation mark and octagonal stopper from PE, white printed image, with batch certificate, without certificate of conformity Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class A, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Neck Stopper size Accuracy unit (ml) Pack Unit
216780704 5 22 70 7 ± 1 7/16 0.025 2
216780807 10 27 90 7 ± 1 7/16 0.025 2
216781203 20 39 110 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 2
216781409 25 40 110 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 2
216781709 50 50 140 11 ± 1 12/21 0.06 2
216782405 100 60 170 13 ± 1 12/21 0.1 2
216782508 100 60 170 13 ± 1 14/23 0.1 2
216783204 200 75 210 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.15 2
216783607 250 80 220 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.15 2
216784406 500 100 260 19 ± 2 19/26 0.25 2
216785402 1000 125 300 23 ± 2 24/29 0.4 2
216786304 2000 160 370 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 0.6 2
216787309 5000 215 475 38 ± 3 34/35 1.2 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Volumetric Flask Class A batch certificate" tab_id="CABatch"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class A, batch certificate

with scribed graduation mark and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, blue printed image, with batch certificate and certificate of conformity Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class A, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Neck Stopper size Accuracy unit (ml) Remarks Pack Unit
246780159 1 13 65 7 ± 1 7/16 0.025 2
246780253 2 17 70 7 ± 1 7/16 0.025 2
246780956 5 W 22 70 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 wide neck 2
246781052 10 W 27 90 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 wide neck 2
246781258 20 39 110 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 2
246781455 25 40 110 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 2
246781755 50 50 140 11 ± 1 12/21 0.06 2
246782451 100 60 170 13 ± 1 12/21 0.1 2
246782554 100 60 170 13 ± 1 14/23 0.1 2
246783259 200 75 210 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.15 2
246783653 250 80 220 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.15 2
246784452 500 100 260 19 ± 2 19/26 0.25 2
246785457 1000 125 300 23 ± 2 24/29 0.4 2
246785551 1000 W 125 300 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 0.6 wide neck 2
246786359 2000 160 370 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 0.6 2
246787355 5000 215 475 38 ± 3 34/35 1.2 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Volumetric Flask Class A individual certificate" tab_id="CAInd"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class A, individual certificate

with scribed graduation mark and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, blue printed image, with individual certificate and certificate of conformity Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class A, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Neck Stopper size Accuracy unit (ml) Remarks Pack Unit
246790151 1 13 65 7 ± 1 7/16 0.025 2
246790254 2 17 70 7 ± 1 7/16 0.025 2
246790957 5 W 22 70 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 wide neck 2
246791053 10 W 27 90 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 wide neck 2
246791259 20 39 110 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 2
246791456 25 40 110 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 2
246791756 50 50 140 11 ± 1 12/21 0.06 2
246792452 100 60 170 13 ± 1 12/21 0.1 2
246792555 100 60 170 13 ± 1 14/23 0.1 2
246793251 200 75 210 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.15 2
246793654 250 80 220 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.15 2
246794453 500 100 260 19 ± 2 19/26 0.25 2
246795458 1000 125 300 23 ± 2 24/29 0.4 2
246795552 1000 W 125 300 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 0.6 wide neck 2
246796351 2000 160 370 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 0.6 2
246797356 5000 215 475 38 ± 3 34/35 1.2 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Volumetric Flask Class A USP conformity <31> USP individual certificate" tab_id="CAUSP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class A, USP conformity <31>, USP individual certificate

with scribed graduation mark and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, blue printed image, with USP individual certificate and certificate of conformity Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class A, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Neck Stopper size Accuracy unit (ml) Remarks Pack Unit
246710958 5 W 22 70 9 ± 1 10/19 0.02 wide neck 2
246711054 10 W 27 90 9 ± 1 10/19 0.02 wide neck 2
246711457 25 40 110 9 ± 1 10/19 0.03 2
246711757 50 50 140 11 ± 1 12/21 0.05 2
246712556 100 60 170 13 ± 1 14/23 0.08 2
246713252 200 75 210 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.1 2
246713655 250 80 220 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.12 2
246714454 500 100 260 19 ± 2 19/26 0.2 2
246715459 1000 125 300 23 ± 2 24/29 0.3 2
246716352 2000 160 370 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 0.5 2
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Volumetric Flask Class A UKAS Certificate" tab_id="CAUKAS"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]information pending [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Volumetric Flask Class B" tab_id="CBnocert"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class B

with scribed graduation mark and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, white printed image Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class B, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Neck Stopper size Accuracy unit (ml) Remarks Pack Unit
246700957 5 W 22 70 9 ± 1 10/19 0.08 wide neck 2
246701053 10 W 27 90 9 ± 1 10/19 0.08 wide neck 2
246701259 20 39 110 9 ± 1 10/19 0.08 2
246701456 25 40 110 9 ± 1 10/19 0.08 2
246701756 50 50 140 11 ± 1 12/21 0.12 2
246702555 100 60 170 13 ± 1 14/23 0.2 2
246703251 200 75 210 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.3 2
246703654 250 80 220 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.3 2
246704453 500 100 260 19 ± 2 19/26 0.5 2
246705458 1000 125 300 23 ± 2 24/29 0.8 2
246706351 2000 160 370 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 1.2 2
246707356 5000 215 475 38 ± 3 34/35 2.4 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Volumetric Flask Class A amber batch certificate" tab_id="AABatch"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class A, amber, batch certificate

with scribed graduation mark and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, white printed image, with batch certificate and certificate of conformity Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class A, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Neck Stopper size Accuracy unit (ml) Remarks Pack Unit
246760954 5 W 22 70 9±1 10/19 0.04 wide neck 2
246761059 10 W 27 90 9±1 10/19 0.04 wide neck 2
246761256 20 39 110 9±1 10/19 0.04 2
246761453 25 40 110 9±1 10/19 0.04 2
246761753 50 50 140 11±1 12/21 0.06 2
246762458 100 60 170 13±1 12/21 0.1 2
246762552 100 60 170 13±1 14/23 0.1 2
246763257 200 75 210 15.5±1.5 14/23 0.15 2
246763651 250 80 220 15.5±1.5 14/23 0.15 2
246764459 500 100 260 19±2 19/26 0.25 2
246765455 1000 125 300 23±2 24/29 0.4 2
246766357 2000 160 370 27.5±2.5 29/32 0.6 2
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Volumetric Flask Class A amber individual certificate" tab_id="AAInd"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Volumetric Flask, class A, amber, individual certificate

with scribed graduation mark and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, white printed image, with individual certificate and certificate of conformity Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. The volume content tolerances conform to accuracy class A, the accuracy limits of the German weights and measures regulations and DIN and ISO specifications. Typical applications: precise measurement of specified liquid amounts, preparation and storage of standard solutions.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Neck Stopper size Accuracy unit (ml) Remarks Pack Unit
246770955 5 W 22 70 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 wide neck 2
246771051 10 W 27 90 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 wide neck 2
246771257 20 39 110 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 2
246771454 25 40 110 9 ± 1 10/19 0.04 2
246771754 50 50 140 11 ± 1 12/21 0.06 2
246772459 100 60 170 13 ± 1 12/21 0.1 2
246772553 100 60 170 13 ± 1 14/23 0.1 2
246773258 200 75 210 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.15 2
246773652 250 80 220 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.15 2
246774451 500 100 260 19 ± 2 19/26 0.25 2
246775456 1000 125 300 23 ± 2 24/29 0.4 2
246776358 2000 160 370 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 0.6 2
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Volumetric Flask Class A amber UKAS certificate" tab_id="AAUKAS"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]information pending [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Stopper PE" tab_id="StopperPE"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Polyethylene Stoppers

DURAN® polyethylene stoppers are ergonomically shaped. This ensures that measuring flasks, mixing cylinders and storage bottles can be easily opened and securely closed. Furthermore, a taper with several grooves ensures the perfect seal. The standard taper joint size can be easily and quickly assigned using stopper inserts with different colours.
Cat. No. d1(OD) (mm) d2(OD) (mm) h (mm) Colour Stopper size Pack Unit
292050201 29.5 17.5 28 blue 7/16 10
292050304 32.5 20 32 green 10/19 10
292050407 36.5 22 35 violet 12/21 10
292050604 40 25 38 yellow 14/23 10
292050707 44.5 31 42 blue 19/26 10
292050801 51.5 38 46 green 24/29 10
292050904 61 45.5 50 red 29/32 10
292051103 71 54.5 54 orange 34/45 1
292051206 81.5 65.5 60 brown 45/40 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® Beaker

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Beaker[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Duran Beaker

DURAN beakers are widely used in laboratories. The low form is ideal for heating up contents on laboratory hotplates or Bunsen burners. The tall form is ideal for heating up contents in liquid or sand baths as the tall shape of the beaker protects its content from the surrounding medium. There is thus no risk of cross-contamination. Graduated beakers should not be used for volume measurement purposes as the printed scale only indicates the contents within a tolerance of +/-10%. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="low form with spout" tab_id="lowformwspout"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking in fired-on, highly durable, white ceramic. Spout for clean pouring. Uniform wall thickness distribution makes these beakers ideal for heating applications.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Remarks Pack Unit
211060701 5 22 30 Without graduation.Without Retrace Code. 10
211060804 10 26 35 Without graduation.Without Retrace Code. 10
211061406 25 34 50 10
211061706 50 42 60 10
211062402 100 50 70 10
211062908 150 60 80 10
211063604 250 70 95 10
211064103 400 80 110 10
211064806 600 90 125 10
211065305 800 100 135 10
211065408 1000 105 145 10
211066301 2000 132 185 10
211066807 3000 152 210 4
211067306 5000 170 270 1
211068602 10000 217 350 Non-DIN/ISO size. 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="tall form with spout" tab_id="tallformwspout"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking in fired-on, highly durable, white ceramic. With spout for clean pouring. Uniform wall thickness distribution makes these beakers ideal for heating applications.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
211161704 50 38 70 10
211162409 100 48 80 10
211162906 150 54 95 10
211163602 250 60 120 10
211164101 400 70 130 10
211164804 600 80 150 10
211165303 800 90 175 10
211165406 1000 95 180 10
211166308 2000 120 240 10
211166805 3000 135 280 2
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="tall form without spout" tab_id="tallformwospout"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking in fired-on, highly durable, white ceramic. Uniform wall thickness distribution makes these beakers ideal for heating applications.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
211171705 50 38 70 10
211172401 100 48 80 10
211172907 150 54 95 10
211173603 250 60 120 10
211174102 400 70 130 10
211174805 600 80 150 10
211175407 1000 95 180 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="haevy wall" tab_id="heavywall"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking in fired-on, highly durable, white ceramic. Has, due to the increased wall thickness, better mechanical properties than the standard beaker. Thermal shock resistance, however, is reduced so only limited application for heating. With spout for clean pouring.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Remarks Pack Unit
211312409 100 52 85 10
211312906 150 54 93 10
211313602 250 70 94 10
211314401 500 89 124 10
211315406 1000 105 160 10
211316308 2000 135 195 10
211316805 3000 157 205 4
211317304 5000 182 256 1
211318609 10000 225 340 Without graduation. 1
211318806 15000 260 390 Without graduation. 1
211319108 20000 285 430 Without graduation. 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="super duty low form with spout" tab_id="SDlowformwspout"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]The DURAN® SUPER DUTY products are characterized by a higher mechanical strength achieved by reinforcing the rim. As a result of this modification, the impact strength is improved, and the risk of accidental breakage is significantly reduced. Application note: To avoid breakages due to thermal stress, uniform and slow heating of SUPER DUTY products is recommended.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
211072909 150 60 80 10
211073605 250 70 95 10
211074104 400 80 110 10
211074807 600 90 125 10
211075409 1000 105 145 10
211076302 2000 132 185 10
211077307 5000 170 270 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="super duty tall form with spout" tab_id="SDtallformwspout"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]The DURAN® SUPER DUTY products are characterized by a higher mechanical strength achieved by reinforcing the rim. As a result of this modification, the impact strength is improved, and the risk of accidental breakage is significantly reduced. Application note: To avoid breakages due to thermal stress, uniform and slow heating of SUPER DUTY products is recommended.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
211182908 150 54 95 10
211183604 250 60 120 10
211184806 600 80 150 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Philips beaker with spout" tab_id="philips"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Spout for clean pouring.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
211412904 150 59 87 10
211413609 250 68 105 10
211414408 500 86 142 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Berselius beaker" tab_id="Berselius"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
211260106 100 50 78 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}

分类

■低型烧杯,有倾倒口   高型烧杯,有倾倒口   高型烧杯,无倾倒口   厚壁烧杯(过滤烧杯) 低型烧杯加强型,有倾倒口,杯口加固   高型烧杯加强型,有倾倒口,杯口加固

主页>耗材>玻璃器皿

DURAN®低型烧杯,有倾倒口

  • 易读刻度线,烧制而成的陶瓷材质书写区域,面积大易标记,且经久耐用.
  • 杯口无滴漏.
  • 壁厚均匀分布,这些特性非常适合加热应用.
目录号 容量 (ml) 直径 (mm) 高度 (mm)
211060701 5 22 30 没有刻度, 没有追溯码.
211060804 10 26 35 没有刻度, 没有追溯码.
211061406 25 34 50
211061706 50 42 60
211062402 100 50 70
211062908 150 60 80
211063604 250 70 95
211064103 400 80 110
211064806 600 90 125
211065305 800 100 135
211065408 1000 105 145
211066301 2000 135 185
211066807 3000 152 210
211067306 5000 170 270
211068602 10000 217 350 非DIN/ISO尺寸
回到分类

DURAN®高型烧杯,有倾倒口

  • 易读刻度线,烧制而成的陶瓷材质书写区域,面积大易标记,且经久耐用.
  • 杯口无滴漏.
  • 壁厚均匀分布,这些特性非常适合加热应用.
目录号 容量 (ml) 直径 (mm) 高度 (mm)
211161704 50 38 70
211162409 100 48 80
211162906 150 54 95
211163602 250 60 120
211164101 400 70 130
211164804 600 80 150
211165303 800 90 175
211165406 1000 95 180
211166308 2000 120 240
211166805 3000 135 280
回到分类

DURAN®高型烧杯,无倾倒口

  • 易读刻度线,烧制而成的陶瓷材质书写区域,面积大易标记,且经久耐用.
  • 杯口无滴漏.
  • 壁厚均匀分布,这些特性非常适合加热应用.
目录号 容量 (ml) 直径 (mm) 高度 (mm)
211171705 50 38 70
211172401 100 48 80
211172907 150 54 95
211173603 250 60 120
211174102 400 70 130
211174805 600 80 150
211175407 1000 95 180
回到分类

DURAN®厚壁烧杯(过滤烧杯)

  • 易读刻度线,烧制而成的陶瓷材质书写区域,面积大易标记,且经久耐用.
  • 厚壁烧杯的抗机械强度显著增强.抗热冲击性能降低.
  • 杯口无滴漏.
目录号 容量 (ml) 直径 (mm) 高度 (mm)
211312409 100 52 85
211312906 150 54 93
211313602 250 70 94
211314401 500 89 124
211315406 1000 105 160
211316308 2000 135 195
211316805 3000 157 205
211317304 5000 182 256
211318609 10000 225 340 没有刻度
211318806 15000 260 390 没有刻度
211319108 20000 285 430 没有刻度
回到分类

DURAN®低型烧杯加强型,有倾倒口,杯口加固

  • 和普通烧杯相比,厚壁烧杯的抗机械强度显著增强.
  • 杯口加固设计增强了其机械抗冲击性,降低了破碎的风险.
  • 典型应用:载重情况下的应用.
  • 注:推荐均匀,缓慢加热.标准的DURAN® 烧杯应用于高温加热,或者温度变化迅速.
目录号 容量 (ml) 直径 (mm) 高度 (mm)
211072909 150 60 80
211073605 250 70 95
211074104 400 80 110
211074807 600 90 125
211075409 1000 105 145
211076302 2000 132 185
211077307 5000 170 270
回到分类

DURAN®高型烧杯加强型,有倾倒口,杯口加固

  • 和普通烧杯相比,厚壁烧杯的抗机械强度显著增强.
  • 杯口加固设计增强了其机械抗冲击性,降低了破碎的风险.
  • 典型应用:载重情况下的应用.
  • 注:推荐均匀,缓慢加热.标准的DURAN® 烧杯应用于高温加热,或者温度变化迅速.
目录号 容量 (ml) 直径 (mm) 高度 (mm)
211182908 150 54 95
211183604 250 60 120
211184806 600 80 150
回到分类{:}

DURAN® Measuring and Mixing Cylinder

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Measuring and Mixing Cylinder[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

DURAN® measuring and mixing cylidners

Measuring cylinders are used to receive and at the same time to measure various quantities of liquid. Mixing cylinders can be used for diluting solutions and mixing several components in a given quantity ratio. DURAN meauring and mixing cylinders are very resistant to mechanical and thermal loads. The large hexagonal base with 3 knobs on its bottom increase stability and prevent the cylidner rolling away. The cylinders have the same wall thickness over the whole measuring range, ensuring linear scales. They are calibrated to contain("In") for a reference temperature of 20C. Accuracy limits for measuring and mixing cylidners are laid down in DIN12680, DIN12685 and ISO4788. DURAN® Measuring cylinders are available in two different accuracy classes – class “A” with main ring points graduation and class “B” with line graduation. For additional differentiation, the measuring cylinders with accuracy class ”A” have a blue graduation whereas the “B” class measuring cylinders a white graduation. The batch certificates for the mixing cylinders are also available to download online.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Measuring cylinder Class A" tab_id="MCClassA"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Measuring Cylinder with hexagonal base, class A

blue scale, ring graduations, with batch certificate and certificate of conformity The large hexagonal base prevents the cylinder from rolling. The base is equipped with three knobs which increase its stability. The cylinders have uniform wall thickness over the entire measurement range, so wedge errors are avoided. Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Measuring cylinder accuracy limits conform to DIN and ISO standards. The batch certificates for the mixing cylinders are also available to download online. Typical applications: holding and simultaneous measurement of varying liquid amounts.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Accuracy limits (ml) Graduation (ml) Pack Unit
213900701 5 12 112 0.05 0.1 2
213900804 10 14 137 0.1 0.2 2
213901406 25 21 167 0.25 0.5 2
213901706 50 25 196 0.5 1 2
213902402 100 29 256 0.5 1 2
213903604 250 39 331 1 2 2
213904403 500 53 360 2.5 5 2
213905408 1000 65 460 5 10 1
213906301 2000 85 500 10 20 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Measuring cylinder Class B" tab_id="MCClassB"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Measuring Cylinder with hexagonal base, class B

white scale, with graduation The large hexagonal base prevents the cylinder from rolling. The base is equipped with three knobs which increase its stability. The cylinders have uniform wall thickness over the entire measurement range, so wedge errors are avoided. Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Measuring cylinder accuracy limits conform to DIN and ISO standards (class B). Typical applications: holding and simultaneous measurement of varying liquid amounts.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Accuracy limits (ml) Graduation (ml) Pack Unit
213960707 5 12 112 0.1 0.1 2
213960801 10 14 137 0.2 0.2 2
213961403 25 21 167 0.5 0.5 2
213961703 50 25 196 1 1 2
213962408 100 29 256 1 1 2
213963601 250 39 331 2 2 2
213964409 500 53 360 5 5 2
213965405 1000 65 460 10 10 1
213966307 2000 85 500 20 20 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixing cylinder Class A" tab_id="MixCClassA"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Mixing Cylinder with hexagonal base, class A

blue scale, ring graduations, with standard ground joint and ergonomic polyethylene stopper, with batch certificate and certificate of conformity The large hexagonal base prevents the cylinder from rolling. The base is equipped with three knobs which increase its stability. The cylinders have uniform wall thickness over the entire measurement range, so wedge errors are avoided. Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Mixing cylinder accuracy limits conform to DIN and ISO standards. The batch certificates for the mixing cylinders are also available to download online. Typical applications: diluting solutions, mixing several components with specified proportions.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Stopper size Accuracy limits (ml) Graduation (ml) Pack Unit
246180856 10 14 156 10/19 0.1 0.2 2
246181458 25 21 190 14/23 0.25 0.5 2
246181758 50 25 222 19/26 0.5 1 2
246182454 100 29 287 24/29 0.5 1 2
246183656 250 39 363 29/32 1 2 2
246184455 500 53 395 34/35 2.5 5 2
246185451 1000 65 500 45/40 5 10 1
246186353 2000 85 540 45/40 10 20 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixing cylidner Class B" tab_id="MixCClassB"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Mixing Cylinder with hexagonal base, class B

white scale, with graduation, standard ground joint and polypropylene octagonal stopper The large hexagonal base prevents the cylinder from rolling. The base is equipped with three knobs which increase its stability. The cylinders have uniform wall thickness over the entire measurement range, so wedge errors are avoided. Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Mixing cylinder accuracy limits conform to DIN and ISO standards. Typical applications: diluting solutions, mixing several components with specified proportions.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Stopper size Accuracy limits (ml) Graduation (ml) Pack Unit
216180801 10 14 156 10/19 0.2 0.2 2
216181403 25 21 190 14/23 0.5 0.5 2
216181703 50 25 222 19/26 1 1 2
216182408 100 29 287 24/29 1 1 2
216183601 250 39 363 29/32 2 2 2
216184409 500 53 395 34/35 5 5 2
216185405 1000 65 500 45/40 10 10 1
216186307 2000 85 540 45/40 20 20 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Measuring cylidner Class B low form" tab_id="MCClassBLF"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Measuring Cylinder with hexagonal base, class B, graduated low form

white scale, with graduation The large hexagonal base prevents the cylinder from rolling. The base is equipped with three knobs which increase its stability. The cylinders have uniform wall thickness over the entire measurement range, so wedge errors are avoided. Calibration is based on the poured in volume (“In”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Measuring cylinder accuracy limits conform to DIN and ISO standards (class B). Typical applications: holding and simultaneous measurement of varying liquid amounts.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Accuracy limits (ml) Graduation (ml) Pack Unit
213950809 10 21 90 0.2 1 2
213951402 25 25 115 0.5 1 2
213951702 50 29 145 1 2 2
213952407 100 39 165 1 2 2
213953609 250 54 195 2 5 2
213954408 500 65 250 5 10 2
213955404 1000 85 285 10 20 1
213956306 2000 105 340 20 50 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Super duty measuring cylinder Class B" tab_id="SuperDutyMC"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® SUPER DUTY Measuring Cylinder

low form, class B, with graduation and hexagonal base The DURAN® SUPER DUTY products are characterized by a higher mechanical strength achieved by reinforcing the rim. As a result of this modification, the impact strength is improved, and the risk of accidental breakage is significantly reduced. Application note: To avoid breakages due to thermal stress, uniform and slow heating of SUPER DUTY products is recommended.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Accuracy limits (ml) Graduation (ml) Pack Unit
213942406 100 39 168 1 2 2
213943608 250 54 205 2 5 2
213944407 500 66 253 5 10 2
213945403 1000 85 290 10 20 2
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® Erlenmeyer Flask (Conical Flask)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Erlenmeyer Flask (Conical Flask)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]Typical uses for DURAN Erlenmeyer flasks include boiliing and swirling. They are also used as components in apparatus. Their shape makes them ideal for mixing and storing liquids. An advantage of the conical shape is that there is little tendency for precipitates to stick to the inside surface as they slide down the wall with the rest of the contents. DURAN Erlenmeyer flasks are also used as culture flasks.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="narrow neck" tab_id="narrowneck"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Erlenmeyer Flask

narrow neck With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking in fired-on, highly durable, white ceramic. Due to conical form, suited to the mixing of liquids. Uniform wall thickness distribution makes these flasks ideal for heating applications.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) d1(OD) (mm) h (mm) Remarks Pack Unit
212161407 25 42 22 75 Without Retrace Code 10
212161707 50 51 22 90 10
212162403 100 64 22 105 10
212162806 125 67 28 112 10
219902702 150 74 28 118 Non-DIN ISO size 10
212163202 200 79 34 131 Non-DIN ISO size 10
212163605 250 85 34 145 10
212163905 300 87 34 156 Non-DIN ISO size 10
212164404 500 105 34 180 10
212165306 800 120 42 200 10
212165409 1000 131 42 220 10
212166302 2000 166 50 280 10
212166808 3000 187 52 310 2
212167307 5000 220 52 365 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="wide neck" tab_id="wideneck"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Erlenmeyer Flask

wide neck With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking in fired-on, highly durable, white ceramic. Due to conical form, suited to the mixing of liquids. Uniform wall thickness distribution makes these flasks ideal for heating applications. The wide neck enables easy filling and cleaning.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) d1(OD) (mm) h (mm) Remarks Pack Unit
212261405 25 43 31 70 Non-DIN EN ISO size 10
212261705 50 51 34 85 10
212262401 100 64 34 105 10
212263209 200 79 50 131 Non-DIN EN ISO size 10
212263603 250 85 50 140 10
212263903 300 87 50 156 Non-DIN EN ISO size 10
212264402 500 105 50 175 10
212265407 1000 131 50 220 10
212266309 2000 153 72 276 Non-DIN EN ISO size 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="super duty narrow neck" tab_id="SDnarrowneck"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® SUPER DUTY Erlenmeyer Flask narrow neck, with reinforced rim The DURAN® SUPER DUTY products are characterized by a higher mechanical strength achieved by reinforcing the rim. As a result of this modification, the impact strength is improved, and the risk of accidental breakage is significantly reduced. Application note: To avoid breakages due to thermal stress, uniform and slow heating of SUPER DUTY products is recommended.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) d1(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
212171408 25 42 22 75 10
212171708 50 51 22 90 10
212172404 100 64 22 105 10
212173606 250 85 34 145 10
212174405 500 105 34 180 10
212175401 1000 131 42 220 10
212176303 2000 166 50 280 10
212177308 5000 220 52 365 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="super duty wide neck" tab_id="SDwideneck"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® SUPER DUTY Erlenmeyer Flask

wide neck, with reinforced rim The DURAN® SUPER DUTY products are characterized by a higher mechanical strength achieved by reinforcing the rim. As a result of this modification, the impact strength is improved, and the risk of accidental breakage is significantly reduced. Application note: To avoid breakages due to thermal stress, uniform and slow heating of SUPER DUTY products is recommended.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) d1OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
212272402 100 64 34 105 10
212273604 250 85 50 140 10
212274403 500 105 50 175 10
212275408 1000 131 50 220 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="screwcap" tab_id="screwcap"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Erlenmeyer Flask

with DIN thread With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking in fired-on, highly durable, white ceramic. The flask can be closed with a PBT cap or membrane cap (permits gas exchange). Typical applications: The flask is suitable for storage, media preparation and cultivation.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) DIN Thread (GL) Pack Unit
with PBT cap
218032451 100 64 109 25 10
218033653 250 85 149 32 10
218034452 500 105 180 32 10
218035457 1000 131 225 32 10
without screw cap
218032402 100 64 105 25 10
218033604 250 85 145 32 10
218034403 500 105 175 32 10
218035408 1000 131 220 32 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="ground joint" tab_id="groundjoint"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Iodine Flask

Erlenmeyer shape, with standard ground joint and glass stopper With easy-to-read scale and large labelling field for easy marking in fired-on, highly durable, white ceramic. The flask can be closed with a glass stopper. Typical applications: the iodine flask is suitable for determining the iodine number, i.e. the content of unsaturated fatty acids in oils and fats.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) h (mm) DIN Thread (GL) Pack Unit
241922704 100 64 120 29/32 10
241923709 250 85 160 29/32 10
241924602 500 105 195 29/32 10
241925607 1000 131 235 29/32 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® Desiccator

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Desiccator[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DESICCATORS

DURAN® desiccators are used for drying moist substances or as storage vessels for moisture-sensitive products. To accelerate the drying process, the desiccators can be used under vacuum. Due to the high wall-thickness of the vessels and the exact machining of the vacuum-tight ground joints on the lid and base, storage under vacuum is possible – even over extremely long periods. All individual parts and a wide range of accessories such as lids, stopcocks, bases, etc. are compatible and can be interchanged as required. Always ensure the individual parts have the same DN (nominal diameter). For desiccators, the DN is based on the diameter of the sieve plate; this can be measured directly. For lids, measure the outside diameter of the flange and crossreference with the tables on the product pages. Usage tips:
  • Designed for use under absolute vacuum.
  • Due to the high wall thickness and the reduced thermal shock resistance under pressure loading, the desiccators must not be heated on one side only or heated using a naked flame.
  • Before evacuation, it is recommended that the glass surfaces of the desiccator be checked for damage such as scratches, cracks or nicks. Damaged desiccators must not be used for safety reasons.
  • Never expose desiccators to abrupt pressure changes (do not suddenly ventilate evacuated vessels).
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="NOVUS standard ground joint" tab_id="NOVUS"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Vacuum Desiccator

with NOVUS standard ground joint (NS 24/29) junction tube in the lid, stopcock, and flat flange Vacuum-tight, made from DURAN® borosilicate glass 3.3. To accelerate drying, a vacuum can be applied via the stopcock. Spare parts such as lids, bases, stopcocks and caps can be interchanged (observe DN). Typical applications: drying of moist samples and storage of moisture-sensitive substances.
Cat. No. DN ID Flange (mm) Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) h (mm) Tubulature (NS) Volume approx. (mL) Pack Unit
with porcelain plate
247825752 150 172 215 ± 2 239 24/29 2400 1
247826157 200 224 270 ± 2 296 24/29 5800 1
247826654 250 274 320 ± 2 344 24/29 10500 1
247826954 300 332 380 ± 2 420 24/29 18500 1
without porcelain plate
247824604 100 119 153 ± 2 174 24/29 700 1
247825703 150 172 215 ± 2 239 24/29 2400 1
247826108 200 224 270 ± 2 296 24/29 5800 1
247826605 250 274 320 ± 2 344 24/29 10500 1
247826905 300 332 380 ± 2 420 24/29 18500 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Threaded outlet with PTFE spindle stopcock " tab_id="threadedspinde"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Vacuum Dessicator Set

with threaded outlet, type MOBILEX (GL 32), stopcock with PTFE spindle DURAN® desiccators completed with a porcelain plate and a vacuum connection. Porcelain plate and the lid diameter correspond to the diameter of the base and vacuum connection remains air tight. Typical applications: drying of moist samples and storage of moisture-sensitive substances.
Cat. No. DN ID Flange (mm) Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) Thread h (mm) Volume approx. (mL) Pack Unit
with porcelain plate
247835753 150 172 215 ± 2 32 239 2400 1
247836158 200 224 270 ± 2 32 296 5800 1
247836655 250 274 320 ± 2 32 344 10500 1
247836955 300 332 380 ± 2 32 420 18500 1
without porcelain plate
247855706 150 172 215 ± 2 32 239 2400 1
247856102 200 224 270 ± 2 32 296 5800 1
247856608 250 274 320 ± 2 32 344 10500 1
247856908 300 332 380 ± 2 32 420 18500 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Threaded outlet with PBT screwcap" tab_id="threadedPBTcap"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Vacuum Desiccator

with screw thread outlet, type MOBILEX (GL 32), with screw cap from PBT DURAN® desiccators completed with a desiccator lid and a screw cap. Typical applications: drying of moist samples and storage of moisture-sensitive substances.
Cat. No. DN ID Flange (mm) Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) Thread h (mm) Volume approx. (mL) Pack Unit
without porcelain plate
247865707 150 172 215 ± 2 32 239 2400 1
247866103 200 224 270 ± 2 32 296 5800 1
247866609 250 274 320 ± 2 32 344 10500 1
247866909 300 332 380 ± 2 32 420 18500 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Flat flange and knobbed lid" tab_id="Flatflange"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Desiccator

with flat flange, and knobbed lid, no connection Made from DURAN® borosilicate glass 3.3. Components are vacuum tight. Spare parts such as lids and bases can be interchanged (observe DN). Typical applications: drying of moist products and storage of moisture-sensitive substances.
Cat. No. DN ID Flange (mm) Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) h (mm) Volume approx. (mL) Pack Unit
 247814603  100  119  153 ± 2  187  700  1
 247815702  150  172  215 ± 2  252  2 400  1
 247816107  200  224  270 ± 2  309  5 800  1
 247816604  250  274  320 ± 2  357  10 500  1
 247816904  300  332  380 ± 2  433  18 500  1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Desiccator base" tab_id="Base"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Desiccator Base

with flat flange, no outlet, suitable for all types of lids
Cat. No. DN ID Flange (mm) Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) h (mm) h1 (mm) Volume approx. (mL) Pack Unit
247704604 100 119 153 ± 2 112 58 700 1
247705703 150 172 215 ± 2 154 81 2400 1
247706108 200 224 270 ± 2 202 115 5800 1
247706605 250 274 320 ± 2 235 120 10500 1
247706905 300 332 332 ± 2 283 150 18500 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Desiccator Base

with ring-grooved flange, suitable for all types of lids
Cat. No. DN ID Flange (mm) Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) h (mm) h1 (mm) Volume approx. (ml) Pack Unit
247736102 200 224 270 ± 2 202 115 5800 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Desiccator Base

with flat flange, standard ground outlet (24/29), type NOVUS, suitable for all types of lids
Cat. No. DN ID Flange (mm) Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) h (mm) h1 (mm) Volume approx. (ml) Pack Unit
247714605 100 119 153 ± 2 112 58 700 1
247715704 150 172 215 ± 2 154 81 2400 1
247716109 200 224 270 ± 2 202 118 5800 1
247716606 250 274 320 ± 2 235 122 10500 1
247716906 300 332 380 ± 2 283 154 18500 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Desiccator Base

with flat flange, screw thread outlet, type MOBILEX (GL 32), suitable for all types of lids
Cat. No. DN ID Flange (mm) Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) h (mm) h1 (mm) Volume approx. (ml) Pack Unit
247725705 150 172 215 ± 2 154 81 2400 1
247726101 200 224 270 ± 2 202 118 5800 1
247726607 250 274 320 ± 2 235 122 10500 1
247726907 300 332 380 ± 2 283 154 18500 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Desiccator lid" tab_id="lid"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Desiccator Lid

with knob, suitable for all types of bases
Cat. No. DN ID Flange (mm) Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
244104607 100 119 153 ± 2 75 1
244105706 150 172 215 ± 2 98 1
244106102 200 224 270 ± 2 107 1
244106608 250 274 320 ± 2 122 1
244106908 300 332 380 ± 2 150 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Desiccator Lid

with special tube (NS 24/29 type WERTEX), with ring grooved flange, suitable for all types of bases
Cat. No. DN ID Flange (mm) Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) h (mm) Neck Pack Unit
244305702 150 172 215 ± 2 85 24/29 1
244306604 250 274 320 ± 2 109 24/29 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Desiccator Lid

for standard ground joint stopcocks (NS 24/29), type NOVUS, suitable for all types of bases
Cat. No. DN ID Flange (mm) Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) h (mm) Neck Pack Unit
244204605 100 119 153 ± 2 62 24/29 1
244205704 150 172 215 ± 2 85 24/29 1
244206109 200 224 270 ± 2 94 24/29 1
244206606 250 274 320 ± 2 109 24/29 1
244206906 300 332 380 ± 2 137 24/29 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Desiccator Lid

with threaded outlet, type MOBILEX (GL 32), suitable for all bases
Cat. No. DN ID Flange (mm) Outer diameter (AD) Flange (mm) h (mm) Neck Pack Unit
244405709 150 172 215 ± 2 32 85 1
244406105 200 224 270 ± 2 32 94 1
244406602 250 274 320 ± 2 32 109 1
244406902 300 332 380 ± 2 32 137 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Desiccator Plate" tab_id="Plate"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Porcelain Desiccator Plate

Cat. No. DN d(OD) (mm) Pack Unit
297254608 100 90 1
297255707 150 140 1
297256103 200 190 1
297256609 250 235 1
297256909 300 280 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Stainless Steel Desiccator Plate

Material: 1.4301, Type 304, rust-free
Cat. No. DN d(OD) (mm) Pack Unit
290804606 100 90 1
290805705 150 140 1
290806101 200 190 1
290806607 250 235 1
290806907 300 285 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Stopcock" tab_id="Stopcock"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Stopcock with PTFE Spindle

for threaded outlets, type MOBILEX (GL 32)
Cat. No. d(OD)(mm) l(mm) Pack Unit
247970305 8 160 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Stopcock with PTFE Spindle

for desiccator lid outlets, type NOVUS (NS 24/29)
Cat. No. d(OD)(mm) l(mm) Neck Pack Unit
247990401 8 85 24/29 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Stopcock with PTFE Spindle

for desiccator base side outlets, type NOVUS (NS 24/29)
Cat. No. d(OD)(mm) l(mm) Neck Pack Unit
247980306 8 85 24/29 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Safety Stopcock NS 24/29

for safety outlets type Wertex
Cat. No. h(mm) l(mm) Pack Unit
247960304 76 70 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Desiccator accessories" tab_id="accessories"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

O-Ring

suitable only for desiccator Base with ring-grooved flange, from silicone (VMQ)
Cat. No. DN d(OD) (mm) s (mm) Pack Unit
292156108 200 236 5.3 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® Measuring Pipette (Graduated Pipette)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Measuring Pipette (Graduated Pipette)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Measuring Pipette (Graduated Pipette)

Pipettes are manufactured from soda-lime glass. They are used for the precise measurement and decanting of liquids. Full pipettes only allow filling to specific quantities. Measuring pipettes allow different quantities of liquids to be held and dispensed in portions of the same size or different sizes. Calibration of the pipettes and burettes is based on the discharged volume (“Ex”) at a reference temperature of 20°C. This means that the quantities can be withdrawn precisely as shown on the scale as the adhesion of the liquid to the glass has been taken into account during calibration. Conformity mark DE-M – The conformity mark confirms that the instruments satisfy the requirements of the German weights and measures regulation and the applicable standards. Batch certificate – Pipettes and burettes in the accuracy class AS have a batch number and are supplied with a batch certificate. This certificate documents the mean value obtained from measuring the batch in question, the standard deviation and the day of issue. The batch certificates can also be retrieved online. The batch number consists of four digits, for example: 18.01. The first two numbers specify the production year, and the following two numbers specify the batch.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

Screen print label for pipettes

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]Explanations
Batch number, e.g. 15.01
Conformity mark – verifies compliance with the requirements of the German weights and measures regulation and applicable standards.
10 Nominal volume in ml
±0.05ml Accuracy limit – the deviation of the nominal volume must be no greater than this value which is specified in standards
20°C Reference temperature – the temperature at which a volumetric instrument must achieve the nominal volume (20°C) stated on it.
AS Accuracy class – denotes the accuracy limit
ISO 835 Standard designation
Ex Calibration based on discharged volume. The quantity of liquid discharged corresponds to the volume specification printed on the product, e.g. pipettes, burettes. The remaining liquid on the walls of the vessel or in the tip is also taken into consideration.
Ex + 5 Waiting time. Allow to discharge and wait 30 seconds. It is important to comply with the specified waiting time to prevent measurement errors
Total measurement volume – scale increment is specified below
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

DIFFERENCE TYPE OF MEASURING PIPETTES

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]MEASURING PIPETTE TYPE 1
  • Drain-out
  • zero at top
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]MEASURING PIPETTE TYPE 2
  • Blow-out
  • zero at bottom
  • graduated to tip (total delivery)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]MEASURING PIPETTE TYPE 3
  • Blow-out
  • zero at top
  • graduated to tip (total delivery)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

MEASURING PIPETTES TYPE 1

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Class AS Batch cert Blue print" tab_id="1535691820872-f0483baf-030a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Measuring Pipette from Soda-lime Glass, class AS, type 1

blue printed image, Drain-out, zero at top, with main graduations as circular divisions and cotton plug, with certificate of conformity and With batch certificate Numbering from the top down. Calibration is based on the poured out volume (“Ex”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) l (mm) Accuracy limits (ml) Graduation (ml) Colour code DIN 12621 Pack Unit
233460606 0.5 360 0.006 0.01 3 x yellow 12
233461105 1 360 0.007 0.01 2 x yellow 12
233461602 2 360 0.01 0.02 2 x black 12
233462307 5 360 0.03 0.05 2 x red 12
233462907 10 360 0.05 0.1 2 x orange 12
233463209 20 360 0.1 0.1 3 x yellow 6
233463406 25 450 0.1 0.1 2 x white 6
233463603 50 450 0.2 0.2 2 x black 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Class B Brown print" tab_id="1535691821332-1c97e0ce-66e8"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Measuring Pipette from Soda-lime Glass, class B, type 1

Brown diffusion print, drain-out, zero at top, graduated, with cotton plug Numbering from the top down. Calibration is based on the poured out volume (“Ex”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) l (mm) Accuracy limits (ml) Graduation (ml) Colour code DIN 12621 Remarks Pack Unit
243430102 0.1 360 0.01 0.001 3 x green Non-ISO size, calibrated to contain (“Ex”). 12
243430308 0.2 360 0.01 0.001 3 x blue Non-ISO size, calibrated to contain (“Ex”). 12
243430608 0.5 360 0.008 0.01 3 x yellow 12
243431107 1 360 0.008 0.01 2 x yellow 12
243431604 2 360 0.015 0.02 2 x black 12
243432309 5 360 0.04 0.05 2 x red 12
243432909 10 360 0.08 0.1 2 x orange 12
243433408 25 450 0.15 0.1 2 x white 12
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

MEASURING PIPETTES TYPE 2

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Class AS Batch cert Brown print" tab_id="2ASbatchbrown"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Measuring Pipette from Soda-lime Glass, class AS, type 2

brown inscription, Blow-out, zero at bottom, graduated to tip (total delivery), with main graduations as circular divisions and cotton plug, with certificate of conformity and batch certificate Numbering: zero at bottom. Calibration is based on the poured out volume (“Ex”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) l (mm) Accuracy limits (ml) Graduation (ml) Colour code DIN 12621 Pack Unit
233470607 0.5 360 0.006 0.01 2 x yellow 12
233471106 1 360 0.007 0.01 1 x yellow 12
233471603 2 360 0.01 0.02 1 x black 12
233472308 5 360 0.03 0.05 1 x red 12
233472908 10 360 0.05 0.1 1 x orange 12
233473201 20 360 0.1 0.1 2 x yellow 6
233473407 25 450 0.1 0.1 1 x white 6
233473604 50 450 0.2 0.2 1 x black 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Class AS Batch cert Blue print" tab_id="2ASbatchblue"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Measuring Pipette from Soda-lime Glass, class AS, type 2

blue inscription, Blow-out, zero at bottom, graduated to tip (total delivery), with main graduations as circular divisions and cotton plug, with certificate of conformity and batch certificate Numbering: zero at bottom. Calibration is based on the poured out volume (“Ex”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) l (mm) Accuracy limits (ml) Graduation (ml) Colour code DIN 12621 Pack Unit
233480608 0.5 360 0.006 0.01 2 x yellow 12
233481107 1 360 0.007 0.01 1 x yellow 12
233481604 2 360 0.01 0.02 1 x black 12
233482309 5 360 0.03 0.05 1 x red 12
233482909 10 360 0.05 0.1 1 x orange 12
233483202 20 360 0.1 0.1 2 x yellow 6
233483408 25 450 0.1 0.1 1 x white 6
233483605 50 450 0.2 0.2 1 x black 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

MEASURING PIPETTES TYPE 3

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Class AS Batch cert Brown print" tab_id="3ASbatchbrown"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Measuring Pipette from Soda-lime Glass, class AS, type 3

Brown diffusion print, blow-out, zero at top, with ring graduations, with cotton plug, with batch certificate and certificate of conformity Numbering from the top down. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) l (mm) Accuracy limits (ml) Graduation (ml) Colour code DIN 12621 Pack Unit
243451109 1 360 0.007 0.01 1 x yellow 12
243451709 2 360 0.01 0.02 1 x black 12
243452302 5 360 0.03 0.05 1 x red 12
243452902 10 360 0.05 0.1 1 x orange 12
243453401 25 450 0.1 0.1 1 x white 12
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Class AS Batch cert blue print" tab_id="3ASbatchblue"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Measuring Pipette from Soda-lime Glass, class AS, type 3

blue inscription, Blow-out, zero at top, graduated to tip (total delivery), with main graduations as circular divisions and cotton plug, with certificate of conformity and batch certificate Numbering from the top down. Calibration is based on the poured out volume (“Ex”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) l (mm) Accuracy limits (ml) Graduation (ml) Colour code DIN 12621 Pack Unit
233490609 0.5 360 0.006 0.01 2 x yellow 12
233491108 1 360 0.007 0.01 1 x yellow 12
233491605 2 360 0.01 0.02 1 x black 12
233492301 5 360 0.03 0.05 1 x red 12
233492901 10 360 0.05 0.1 1 x orange 12
233493203 20 360 0.1 0.1 2 x yellow 6
233493409 25 450 0.1 0.1 1 x white 6
233493606 50 450 0.2 0.2 1 x black 6
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Class B Brown print" tab_id="3Bbrown"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Measuring Pipette from soda-lime glass, class B, type 3

Brown diffusion print, blow-out, zero at top, graduated, with cotton plug Numbering from the top down. Calibration is based on the poured out volume (“Ex”) at a + 20 °C reference temperature. Due to the scale, variable volumes can be held and then dispensed in the same or differing increments. Typical applications: accurate measurement and decanting of liquids.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) l (mm) Accuracy limits (ml) Graduation (ml) Colour code DIN 12621 Remarks Pack Unit
243440103 0.1 360 0.01 0.001 2 x green calibrated to contain (“Ex”). 12
243440309 0.2 360 0.01 0.001 2 x blue calibrated to contain (“Ex”). 12
243440609 0.5 360 0.008 0.01 2 x yellow 12
243441108 1 360 0.008 0.01 1 x yellow 12
243441605 2 360 0.015 0.02 1 x black 12
243442301 5 360 0.04 0.05 1 x red 12
243442901 10 360 0.08 0.1 1 x orange 12
243443409 25 450 0.15 0.1 1 x white 12
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® Filtering Flask

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Filtering Flask[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Filtering Flask

Filtering flasks are used for drawing off liquids and vacuum filtration. DURAN filtering flasks
  • available in both conical and bottle form.
  • appropriate pressure tested to ensure that items are suitable for use under vacuum.
  • 3 types hose connection: KECK Assembly set, glass hose connection and side-arm socket
  • DURAN filtering flasks with KECK Assembly set provide protection and safety for laboratory workers and the laboratory. Their design makes it easier to fit and remove the vacuum tubing. There is also less risks of breakage in the dishwashing machine so that they have a longer service life.
Applications A filter funnel with sintered dish is fitted in the flask neck with a Guko conical rubber gasket.The negative pressure produced by the vacuum connection sucks the liquid through the filter.The liquid is collected in the filtering flask. The stem of the filter funnel must extend beyond the opening of the suction connection to prevent any liquid droplets being sucked out. The appropriate vacuum tubing is inserted in the side-arm of the flask until it is firmly located in the conical section of the side-arm. When the tubing is connected to a water jet pump the end of the tubing is sucked in even more firmly and the side-arm is closed off. Safety DURAN filtering flasks with plastic hose connections comply with the requirements of the German equipment safely regulations. They have been awarded the TUV-Rheinlands's GS mark. Glass hose connections are no longer approved for use in some countries because of high risk of injury.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][vc_column_text]

DURAN filtering flask with Keck Assembly set connection

DURAN fitlering flask side-arm socket

DURAN filtering flask with glass hose connection

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="KECK Assembly Set" tab_id="keck"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Filtering Flask with KECK™ Assembly Set Heavy walled for vacuum use. These filtering flasks fulfil the regulations of the ”equipment and product safety regulations“. The plastic hose connection is replaceable. Typical application: Separations by vacuum filtration.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) d1(OD) (mm) h (mm) Hose connection d(OD)(mm) Pack Unit
Erlenmeyer shape (Conical flask shape)
212042452 100 64 24 105 9 10
212043654 250 85 34 155 9 10
212044453 500 105 34 185 9 10
212045458 1000 135 45 230 9 10
212046351 2000 166 60 255 9 1
Bottle shape
211946854 3000 170 58 295 9 1
211947353 5000 185 68 360 9 1
211948658 10000 240 70 420 9 1
211948855 15000 257 70 500 9 1
211949157 20000 290 70 535 9 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2979" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Side-Arm Socket" tab_id="sidearm"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="4/6"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Filtering Flask with Side-Arm Socket Erlenmeyer shape (Conical flask shape) Heavy walled for vacuum use. These filtering flasks fulfil the regulations of the ”equipment and product safety regulations“. Typical applications: separations by vacuum filtration.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) d1(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
211833603 250 85 34 155 10
211834402 500 105 34 185 10
211835407 1000 135 45 230 10
211836309 2000 166 60 255 1
Bottle shape Heavy walled for vacuum use. These filtering flasks fulfil the regulations of the ”equipment and product safety regulations“. Provision of filtration flasks with a socket has not only made work in preparation and analytical laboratories easier and simpler, but has also reduced the risk of accidents. Note: These filtering flasks have a ground socket 17.5/26 for vacuum tube of 15 to 18 mm OD (e.g. 6 x 5 mm or 8 x 5 mm, DIN 12 865). Typical application: separations by vacuum filtration.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) d1(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
211936804 3000 170 58 295 1
211937303 5000 185 68 360 1
211938608 10000 240 70 420 1
211938805 15000 255 70 500 1
211939107 20000 290 70 535 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Glass Hose Connection" tab_id="glasshose"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]
DURAN® filtering flask with glass hose connection
Due to the heavy wall thickness the apparatus is vacuum-tight. For suitable rubber seals, please refer to Filtering Flask Accessories Typical applications: Separations by vacuum filtration.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) d1(OD) (mm) h (mm) Hose connection d(OD)(mm) Pack Unit
Erlenmeyer shape (Conical flask shape)
212012409 100 64 24 105 11 10
212013602 250 85 34 155 11 10
212014401 500 105 34 185 11 10
212015406 1000 135 45 230 11 10
212016308 2000 166 60 255 11 1
Bottle shape
211916802 3000 170 58 295 11 1
211917301 5000 185 68 360 11 1
211918606 10000 240 70 420 11 1
211918803 15000 255 70 500 11 1
211919105 20000 290 70 535 11 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] Erlenmeyer shape (Conical flask shape)

Bottle shape

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Filtration Flask Accessories" tab_id="accessories"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="4/6"][vc_column_text]KECK™ Assembly Set With removable plastic hose connection (PBT), short and long screw (PP), seals (VMQ, EPDM). Suitable for filtering flasks 100 – 20 000 mL.
Cat. No. Hose connection d (OD) (mm) Pack Unit
292585407 9 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="4/6"][vc_column_text]Rubber Conical Gasket Set Guko from EPDM conical rubber gaskets, for filtering flasks
Cat. No. Description Pack Unit
292020001 8 Guko gaskets, size 22 to 84 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="4/6"][vc_column_text]Rubber Conical Gaskets Guko from EPDM, for filtering flasks
Cat.No. d1(OD) (mm) d2(OD) (mm) h (mm) s (mm) Pack Unit
292021203 22 12 18 2.5 10
292021709 29 16 23 3.5 10
292022302 36 22 25 3.5 10
292022705 44 27 30 4 10
292023204 53 33 35 4.5 10
292023607 63 43 35 5 10
292023907 73 52 37 5 10
292024303 84 61 40 5.5 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Duran® Test Tube

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>Duran® Test Tube[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Test Tube Test tube are used for simple esperoments, in particular for qualitative chemical analyses. These are available in a variety of sizes. Test tube sizes are only roughly matched to a particular capacity. The exact capacity does not matter. There is, therfore, no need for any indication of capacity or calibration. The crucial factor when carrying out test tube experiments is generally the change of that occurs to the contents, e.g. any change in  colour. DURAN® test tubes are available with or without beaded rim. If the contents are frequently poured out or shaken, it is advisable to use test tubes with beaded rim.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="DURAN® Test Tube" tab_id="Duran"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Test Tube

with beaded rim or straight rim The test tubes are thick-walled and therefore mechanically very resistant, yet still retain good thermal shock resistance.
Cat. No. d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Volume approx. (mL) Wall thickness (mm) Pack Unit
beadedrim
261300105 8 70 2 0.8 – 1.0 100
261300302 10 75 4 0.8 – 1.0 100
261300602 10 100 5 0.8 – 1.0 100
261300808 12 75 6 0.8 – 1.0 100
261301101 12 100 8 0.8 – 1.0 100
261301204 13 100 9 0.8 – 1.0 100
261301307 14 130 16 0.8 – 1.0 100
261301607 16 130 17 1.0 – 1.2 100
261302106 16 160 21 1.0 – 1.2 100
261302303 18 180 32 1.0 – 1.2 100
261302603 20 150 34 1.0 – 1.2 100
261302809 20 180 40 1.0 – 1.2 100
261303308 25 150 55 1.0 – 1.2 50
261303608 25 200 70 1.0 – 1.2 50
261303805 30 200 100 1.0 – 1.4 50
straightrim
261310106 8 70 2 0.8 – 1.0 100
261310303 10 75 4 0.8 – 1.0 100
261310603 10 100 5 0.8 – 1.0 100
261310809 12 75 6 0.8 – 1.0 100
261311102 12 100 8 0.8 – 1.0 100
261311205 13 100 9 0.8 – 1.0 100
261311308 14 130 16 0.8 – 1.0 100
261311608 16 130 17 1.0 – 1.2 100
261312107 16 160 21 1.0 – 1.2 100
261312304 18 180 32 1.0 – 1.2 100
261312604 20 150 34 1.0 – 1.2 100
261312801 20 180 40 1.0 – 1.2 100
261313309 25 150 55 1.0 – 1.2 50
261313609 25 200 70 1.0 – 1.2 50
261313806 30 200 100 1.0 – 1.4 50
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Fiolax® Borosilicate Test Tube" tab_id="Fiolax"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Fiolax® Borosilicate Test Tube

with beaded rim Thin-walled test tubes suited to rapid temperature changes or localized heating.
Cat. No. d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Volume approx. (mL) Wall thickness (mm) Pack Unit
261100109 8 70 2 0.4 – 0.5 100
261100306 10 75 4 0.4 – 0.5 100
261100606 10 100 6 0.4 – 0.5 100
261100803 12 75 6.5 0.4 – 0.5 100
261101105 12 100 9 0.4 – 0.5 100
261101302 14 130 16 0.4 – 0.5 100
261101602 16 130 20 0.5 – 0.6 100
261102101 16 160 25 0.5 – 0.6 100
261102307 18 180 35 0.5 – 0.6 100
261102607 20 150 39 0.5 – 0.6 100
261102804 20 180 45 0.5 – 0.6 100
261103303 25 150 60 0.6 – 0.7 50
261103603 25 200 80 0.6 – 0.7 50
261103809 30 200 110 0.7 – 0.8 50
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® Funnel

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Funnel[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Duran Funnels

DURAN funnels are used for filling and filtration duties. Duran funnels Round filter paper are available for the funnels. These are used for simple filtration. Their shape are analytical funnels can be used for rapid filtration duties. A slight vacuum is formed in the hollow chambers on the inside of the funnls which results in suction being applied to the liquid being filtered.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Short Stem Funnel" tab_id="shortstem"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® funnel with short stem

Particular suited to use with hot or aggressive media thanks to the thermal shock and chemical resistance of DURAN®. Also available in soda-lime glass.

Typical applications: Decanting and filtration of substances.
Cat. No. d(OD) (mm) d1(OD) (mm) h (mm) h1 (mm) Matching filter paper Ø (mm) Remarks Pack Unit
213512308 35 6 60 35 45 – 55 10
213512805 45 6 80 45 55 – 70 Non-DIN ISO size. 10
213513304 55 8 95 55 70 – 90 10
213513801 70 8 125 70 110 – 125 Non-DIN ISO size. 10
213514103 80 10 140 80 125 – 150 Non-DIN ISO size. 10
213514609 100 10 180 100 150 – 185 10
213515108 120 16 210 120 185 – 240 Non-DIN ISO size. 10
213515708 150 16 265 150 240 – 270 10
213515905 180 20 290 150 270 – 320 Non-DIN ISO size. 1
213516104 200 26 325 175 320 – 385 Non-DIN ISO size. 1
213516601 250 30 370 175 385 – 400 Non-DIN ISO size. 1
213516901 300 30 409 175 500 Non-DIN ISO size. 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="2589" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Long Stem Funnel" tab_id="longstem"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Long Stem Funnel From DURAN® glass with its good thermal shock and chemical resistance. Typical applications: filtering and decanting of liquids of different densities.
Cat. No. d(OD) (mm) d1(OD) (mm) h (mm) h1 (mm) Matching filter paper Ø (mm) Remarks Pack Unit
213533306 55 6 190 150 70 – 90 10
213533803 70 6 200 150 110 – 125 Non-DIN ISO size. 10
213534105 80 6 210 150 125 – 150 Non-DIN ISO size. 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Powder Funnel" tab_id="powder"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Powder Funnel, with short, wide stem From DURAN® glass with its good thermal shock and chemical resistance. Typical applications: decanting of powdered substances and granulated material.
Cat. No. d(OD) (mm) d1(OD) (mm) h (mm) h1 (mm) Pack Unit
213543307 55 20 60 30 10
213543804 70 22 72 30 10
213544106 80 24 79 30 10
213544603 100 26 94 30 10
213545102 120 34 105 30 10
213545505 160 35 140 30 1
213546107 200 40 170 30 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Filter Funnel" tab_id="filter"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Filter Funnel, conical shape Made from DURAN® glass with its good thermal shock and chemical resistance. Filter funnels mate to the filtering flask via a conical rubber seal (GUKO). Typical application: filtering of liquids.
Cat. No. Capacity (ml) d(OD) (mm) d1(OD) (mm) d2(OD) (mm) h (mm) Porosity Pack Unit
258540309 25 55 25 8 100 3 1
258540403 25 55 25 8 100 4 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Analytical Funnel" tab_id="analytical"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Analytical Funnel, for quick filtration From DURAN® glass with its good thermal shock and chemical resistance. Typical application: for rapid liquid filtration.
Cat. No. d(OD) (mm) d1(OD) (mm) h (mm) h1 (mm) Matching filter paper Ø (mm) Pack Unit
213313702 65 9 200 150 70 – 90 10
213314107 80 9 210 150 110 – 125 10
213314801 110 9 265 180 150 – 185 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Ribbed Funnel" tab_id="ribbed"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]DURAN® Ribbed Funnel From DURAN® glass with its good thermal shock and chemical resistance. The ribbed form is ideal for filtering with round-paper. Typical application: filtering of liquids.
Cat. No. d(OD) (mm) d1(OD) (mm) h (mm) h1 (mm) Matching filter paper Ø (mm) Pack Unit
213523802 70 8 125 70 110 - 125 10
213524104 80 10 140 80 125 - 150 10
213524601 100 10 180 100 150 - 185 10
213525709 150 16 266 150 240 - 270 10
213526105 200 26 326 175 320 - 385 1
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Duran® Petri Dish

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>Duran® Petri Dish[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]DURAN petri dishes are used in particular for biological and medcal work. The better the surface of the glass, the better they are for use under the microscope. They must be flat, so that they can be stacked in the minium of space and without slipping. DUROPLAN petri dishes are transparent without distortion and optimally flat.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/6"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="DUROPLAN®" tab_id="DUROPLAN"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DUROPLAN® Petri Dish

lid and base have planar surfaces, and free from bubbles and streaks These Petri dishes are made from DURAN® borosilicate 3.3 glass using a special manufacturing process that permits the uniform distribution of agar and guarantees distortion-free observation. Typical applications: biological and clinical research, cultivation of microorganism, microscopy.
Cat. No. d1(OD) (mm) d2(OD) (mm) h (mm) h1 (mm) Pack Unit
217554101 60 54 22 20 10
217554307 80 74 22 20 10
217554607 100 94 17 15 10
217554804 100 94 22 20 10
217555106 120 114 22 20 10
217555303 150 143 32 30 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="STERIPLAN®" tab_id="STERIPLAN"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

STERIPLAN® Petri Dish

from Soda-lime Glass
Cat. No. d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
237553903 40 12 10
237554008 60 15 10
237554205 80 15 10
1184071 90 15 10
237554505 100 10 10
237554608 100 15 10
237554805 100 20 10
237555107 120 20 10
237555201 150 25 10
237555604 180 30 10
237555904 200 30 10
237556103 200 45 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="DURAN® Petri Dish base has three knobs" tab_id="knobs"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

DURAN® Petri Dish

pressed Bottom of the base has three knobs for stability. Typical applications: biological and clinical work, preparation of agars, microscopy.
Cat. No. d(OD) (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
without sections
217544606 100 15 10
217544803 100 20 10
Half-sectional
217504808 100 20 10
Three-sectional
217534802 100 20 10
Four-sectional
217524801 100 20 10
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Soxtec™ 8000 Extraction Unit

[vc_row][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Tecator Line Fully Automated Extraction Unit - Soxtec™ 8000

The Soxtec™ 8000 extraction unit is a fully automated system for fast and safe extraction of soluble matter from a wide range of matrices. It performs the four extraction steps boiling, rinsing, solvent recovery and auto-shut down, fully unattended. Just load, start and walk away. The Soxtec™ 8000 Total Fat solution helps you respond to the demands of your customers, for example, you can do Total or Crude Fat analysis or both. It’s easy to increase capacity according to customer requirements with up to 12 position hydrolysis and six position extraction that is expandable to 12, all with individual hotplate control.
Sample Parameters
Raw Materials, Intermediates and Finished Products in Food, Animal Feed and Petfood Total Fat (Free and Bound Fat)

Soxtec integrated total fat analysis

The FOSS total fat solution allows you to perform total fat analysis with one integrated process. There are three main elements to the solution: the Hydrotec™ 8000 hydrolysis unit, the Soxtec™ 8000 extraction unit and the Hydrocap that works in both. The extraction unit has an external controller and a broad range of accessories. The Hydrotec™ 8000 unit performs automated acid hydrolysis of samples to break up bonds between fat and other components. Traditionally, hydrolysis units have a capacity of up to six samples and, at this capacity, instruments take up a lot of bench space in the laboratory. The Hydrotec™ 8000 changes that paradigm. It has a twelve place sample holder with a folding action so that samples to fit neatly into the hydrolysis unit. Chemicals are added and removed by pump, improving safety and reducing the risk of human error. After hydrolysis the samples and Hydrocaps are dried and placed in the specially designed tool for transferring to the extraction unit in sets of six hydrolysed samples. The filter is made of an inert material that retains the fat during hydrolysis, but releases it during extraction. The Soxtec™ 8000 extraction unit is a fully automated system for fast and safe determinations of extractable matter. For total fat analysis, the Hydrocap filter is transferred from the hydrolysis unit to the extraction unit which then performs the four extraction steps boiling, rinsing, solvent recovery and auto shut down, fully unattended. Just load and start. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]  

Soxtec 8000

  [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Hydrotec 8000

 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Technical Specification

Performance data at 230 V
Extraction time Typically 45 – 60 min
Solvent volume 40 – 110 ml depending on cup type
Sample size 0.5 – 3 g depending on sample type 0.5 – 2 g (for total fat)
Capacity/batch 6/12 positions
Capacity/day 42/84 samples
Temperature range 0 – 285 °C

Measuring range

0.1 – 100 %

Reproducibility 1% rel. Or better (5 – 100% fat)

Solvent Recovery

Typically 80 %

Accuracy According to officially approved methods
Installation requirements
Power supply

200 – 240 V 50 – 60 Hz

Power consumption

1500 W (120 VAC version) 1800 W (230 VAC version)

Water consumption

2 l/min < 25°C minimum flow

Weight net

Extraction Unit 35 kg Control unit 4 kg

Dimensions (W×D×H)

640 × 350 × 630 mm 280 × 200 × 190 mm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Download Brochures > Total Fat Brochure > Crude Fat Brochure > Extractable Matter Brochure > Laboratories Segment Brochure [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Soxtec™ ST255 Extractor

[vc_row][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Labtec™ Line Extraction System - Soxtec™ ST255 (semi-automated)

Soxtec™ solvent extraction systems for safe, convenient and economical determination of soluble, or extractable, matter. Typically five times faster than classical Soxhlet equipment, Soxtec™ systems provide rapid analysis with absolutely no loss in precision or accuracy. Soxtec™ 200 series comprises 2 different solvent extraction systems (ST 255 and 243) and a unique, patented hydrolysis unit (SC 247 SoxCap™) for hydrolysis including filtration and washing.

The semi-automated ST 255 Soxtec™ is used for fast and safe determinations of extractable matter. It is ideal for laboratories with a lower throughput, offering many of the benefits and features of the fully automated Soxtec, but at a lower price. The system allows for a throughput of up to six extractions, 36 samples per day and includes batch handling tools that ensure fast and safe handling of samples and cups.

Sample Parameters
Food, Feed, Agriculture, Soil, Wastewater, Sludge, Textiles, Plastics, Petrochemicals, Pharmaceuticals, Paper and a wide range of other industrial products. Crude Fat, Total Fat
Extractable matter

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

 

 

Soxtec ST255

 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Technical Specification

Performance data at 230 V
Extraction time Typically 45 – 60 min
Solvent volume 70 – 90 ml depending on cup type
Sample size 0.5 – 3 g depending on sample type 0.5 – 2 g (for total fat)
Capacity/batch 6 positions
Capacity/day 36 samples
Temperature range 0 – 285 °C
Measuring range 0.1 – 100 %
Reproducibility 1% rel. Or better (5 – 100% fat)
Solvent recovery Typically 80 %
Accuracy According to officially approved methods
Installation Requirements
Power supply 230 V, 50-60 Hz
Power consumption 1550 W
Water consumption 2/l min
  ST 255 Soxtec™ Extraction Unit ST 255 Soxtec™ Control Unit 
Weight net 30 kg 3 kg
Dimensions (W x D x H) 600 × 380 × 580 mm 310 × 240 × 160 mm
Ventilation Fume hood min. Airflow 0,5 m/s (inter locked)

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]> Download Brochure

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Soxtec™ ST243 Extractor

[vc_row][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Labtec™ Line Extraction System - Soxtec™ ST243 (manual)

Soxtec™ solvent extraction systems for safe, convenient and economical determination of soluble, or extractable, matter. Typically five times faster than classical Soxhlet equipment, Soxtec™ systems provide rapid analysis with absolutely no loss in precision or accuracy. Soxtec™ 200 series comprises 2 different solvent extraction systems (ST 255 and 243) and a unique, patented hydrolysis unit (SC 247 SoxCap™) for hydrolysis including filtration and washing. The ST 243 Soxtec™ is a six-place solvent extraction system used for fast and safe determination of extractable matter in food, feed, soil, polymers, paper pulp and textiles. The system comes with an extraction and control unit as well as 26 mm/30 ml cellulose thimbles.
Sample Parameters
Food, Feed, Agriculture, Soil, Wastewater, Sludge, Textiles, Plastics, Petrochemicals, Pharmaceuticals, Paper and a wide range of other industrial products. Crude Fat, Total Fat Extractable matter
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]  

Soxtec ST243

 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Technical Specification

Performance data at 230 V
Extraction time Typically 45 – 60 min
Solvent volume 40 – 50 ml
Sample size 0.5 – 3 g depending on sample type 0.5 – 2 g (for total fat)
Capacity/batch 6 positions
Capacity/day 36 samples
Temperature range 0 – 285 °C
Measuring range 0.1 – 100 %
Reproducibility 1% rel. Or better (5 – 100% fat)
Solvent recovery Typically 80 %
Accuracy According to officially approved methods
Installation Requirements
Power supply 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 115 V, 50-60 Hz
Power consumption 1250 W
Water consumption 2/l min
ST 243 Soxtec Extraction Unit  ST 243 Soxtec Control Unit
Weight 30 kg 3 kg
Dimensions (W x D x H) 570 × 350 × 580 mm 280 × 230 × 190 mm
Ventilation Fume hood min. Airflow 0,5 m/s (inter locked)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]> Download Brochure [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

DURAN® Pasteur Pipettes

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Consumables>Glassware>DURAN® Pasteur Pipettes[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PASTEUR PIPETTES MADE OF BOROSILICATE GLASS 5.1

Due their material properties, Pasteur pipettes made of borosilicate glass 5.1 are a high-quality alternative to plastic pipettes and pipettes made of soda-lime glass. Features & Benefits
  • Glass pasteur pipettes with short and long drawn fine tip
  • Made of clear borosilicate glass 5.1
  • USP Type I neutral glass
  • Pipettes conform to ISO 7712
  • Inured to rapid temperature changes and chemical attack
  • Very good chemical resistance to acidic and alkaline solutions
  • Borosilicate glass 5.1 is more stable than soda-lime glass and therefore ideal for the transfer of hot liquids
  • Virtually inert borosilicate glass minimizes interaction with the material and reduces the risk of sample contamination
  • Rubber teat, made from natural rubber, can be ordered separately
Applications
  • Pasteur pipettes are intended for one-time use in microbiological and serological laboratories
  • Ideal for distributing aliquots quantities of liquid
Ordering Information
Cat. No. l (mm) Pipette diameter (mm) Tip diameter (mm) Volume (ml) Pack Unit
233301504 150 6.95 approx. 1.1 approx. 2 1000 = 4 x 250
233302303 230 6.95 approx. 1.1 approx. 2 1000 = 4 x 250
Accessory parts
Cat. No. Description d (mm) h (mm) Pack Unit
292000102 Rubber teat made from natural rubber 15 35 100
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Kjeldahl Digestor (Automated)

Tecator™ Line Digestion Systems - Digestor™ 2508 and 2520

Fully automated digestor for safe and flexible Kjeldahl digestion

FOSS Tecator line Digestion systems allow fully automated digestion for convenient, safe and flexible Kjeldahl analysis.Two way PC communication supports traceability and GLP. Capable of handling eight or twenty tubes.
Samples Parameters
• Raw materials and finished products in food, feed, agriculture and related matrices • Water & wastewater and a wide range of industrial compounds • Also used in a wide range of industrial applications • Kjeldahl digestions • Chemical oxygen demand & other reflux chemistries • Trace metal analysis by AAS or ICP instruments • Often used in combination with FIA and SFA systems

System Description

Digestors: All models are delivered with a tube rack with integrated heat shields. They should always be combined with a matching exhaust manifold or reflux head and test tubes – 100 ml, 250 ml or 400 ml volume. For Kjeldahl digestions the Scrubber 2501 should always be considered for safe and efficient neutralisation of corrosive gases. This replaces the water aspirator, supplied as standard. Lift models, complete with lift and integrated controller for fully automatic control of digestion applications, including the operation of the lift and a scrubber unit (optional extra). The digestor can be connected to PC for application updates, traceability and logging purposes. NOTE. An appropriate exhaust manifold or reflux head MUST be added for an automatic system. Rack models, complete with rack and integrated controller for full control of digestion applications, including the operation of a scrubber (optional extra). The digestion unit can be connected to PC for application updates, traceability and logging purposes. Can be upgraded to an auto lift system by addition of the lift. NOTE. An appropriate exhaust manifold or reflux head MUST be added for an automatic system.

Scrubber Unit 2501 (supplied as standard)

Where water is a scarce or expensive commodity, or simply when a higher level of automation is desired, the water aspirator should be replaced with an efficient scrubber unit. Exhaust manifolds and scrubber units which require an external water source are subject to variation in vacuum efficiency due to fluctuations in local water pressure. The compact bench top Tecator™ Line Scrubber 2501 is self contained and is therefore unaffected by water supply issues. During digestion moist, acidic fumes from the connected exhaust are drawn through the scrubber. Acid vapours are first condensed and diluted in a large acid trap. Any residual fumes are collected, washed and neutralised before passing through a second small acid trap which protects the vacuum pump in the event that the scrubbing agents are exhausted. The cleaned air is then vented via a tubing outlet. In the interest of GLP and H&S this venting tube should be directed into a fume cupboard. When the scrubber is connected to the lift or rack system the program will fully control the function including switching from high to low aspiration settings.

Technical specification

Performance data at 230 V
Temperature range Ambient - 440°C
Temperature setting repeatability 1°C
Temperature stability at 100°C ± 2°C
Temperature stability at 400°C  ± 1°C
Heating up time 20 to 400 °Cat  230 V Digestor 2508: ~35 min Digestor 2520: ~40 min
Digestion application memory Up to 254
Digestion steps per application Up to 23
Lift connection Yes, full control
Scrubber Digestor 2508/2520: Yes, full control
Tubes/batch Digestor 2508: 8 tubes Digestor 2520: 20 tubes
Installation requirements Digestor 2508 Digestor 2520
Power supply 200-240 V, 50-60 Hz 200-240 V, 50-60 Hz
Power consumption 1100 W 2300 W
Weight net 10 kg 18 kg
Dimensions (W x D x H) 300 × 390 × 140 mm 300 × 550 × 140 mm
Water supply EM 2508 Exhaust Manifold: 3 -5 l/min for 5 minutes, then 1 l/min EM 2520 Exhaust Manifold: 10 - 12 l/min for 5 minutes, then 3-5 l/min
Ventilation requirement Exhaust system and Fume hood
.
.

Kjeldahl Digestor (Manual)

Labtec™ Line Digestion Systems - Digestor™ DT208 & DT220

The DT 208 & DT 220 basic Digestion systems for Kjeldahl analysis consist of a digestion block and a tube rack. The digestion blocks are insulated to minimise heat transfer to the surroundings and allow fast, even heating for good working conditions and minimal energy consumption. Labtec™ Line digestion systems are based on a digestion unit and tube rack, allowing digestion for safe and flexible Kjeldahl analysis. These versatile digestion systems are capable of handling eight or twenty tubes in volumes of 100 ml, 250 ml or 400 ml. dependant on chosen configuration.
Samples Parameters
• Raw materials and finished products in Food, Feed, Agriculture and related matrices • Water & Wastewater and a wide range of industrial compounds • Also used in a wide range of industrial applications • Kjeldahl digestions • Chemical Oxygen Demand & other reflux chemistries • Trace metal analysis by AAS or ICP instruments • Often used in combination with FIA and SFA systems

System Description

Digestion units: All models are delivered with a tube rack with integrated heat shields. They should always be combined with a matching exhaust manifold or reflux head and test tubes – 100 ml, 250 ml or 400 ml volume. For Kjeldahl digestions the SR 210 Scrubber should always be considered for safe and efficient neutralisation of corrosive gases. This replaces the water aspirator, supplied as standard. Labtec™ Line with built in electronics for control of temperature and time only. Cannot be upgraded to Auto models but are compatible with RS 2500 Rack system.

 

SR 210 Scrubber Unit (supplied as standard)

Where water is a scarce or expensive commodity, the water aspirator should be replaced with an efficient scrubber unit. Exhaust manifolds and scrubber units which require an external water source are subject to variation in vacuum efficiency due to fluctuations in local water pressure. The compact bench top Labtec™ Line SR 210 Scrubber Unit is self contained and is therefore unaffected by water supply issues. During digestion moist, acidic fumes from the connected exhaust are drawn through the scrubber unit. Acid vapours are first condensed and diluted in a large acid trap. Any residual fumes are collected, washed and neutralised before passing through a second small acid trap which protects the vacuum pump in the event that the scrubbing agents are exhausted. The cleaned air is then vented via a tubing outlet. In the interest of GLP and H&S this venting tube should be directed into a fume cupboard.

Technical Specification

Performance data
Temperature range 100°C – 440 °C
Temperature setting repeatability 1°C
Temperature stability at 100°C ± 5°C
Temperature stability at 400°C ± 2°C
Heating up time 20 to 400 °Cat  230 V DT 208: ~35 min
DT 220: ~40 min
Installation requirements DT 208 Digestor DT 220 Digestor
Power supply 100 – 115 V, 50 – 60 Hz 200 - 240V, 50 – 60 Hz
200 – 240 V, 50 – 60 Hz
Power consumption 1100 W 2300 W
Weight net 10 kg 18 kg
Dimensions (W x D x H) 300 × 390 × 140 mm 300 × 550 × 140 mm
Water supply 3 -5 l/min for 5 minutes, then 1 l/min* 10 - 12 l/min for 5 minutes, then 3-5 l/min*
Ventilation requirement Exhaust system and Fume hood Exhaust system and Fume hood
*Not needed if scrubber is used > Download Brochure.

Kjeltec™ Distillation Unit

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Kjeltec™ 8000 - Kjeldahl Distillation Solutions for Food and Feed

The Kjeltec™ range offers a series of automated distillation units designed primarily for Kjeldahl analysis, but widely used for many different distillation chemistries. Kjeltec™ features include variable steam output, intelligent cooling water and distillate temperature control, reagent addition, tube emptying and FOSS patented SAfE technology in all models. A fully automated analyser, Kjeltec™ 8400, with on board self cleaning colorimetric titration system completes the range. Optional Kjeltec™ 8420/8460 Auto Samplers for 20 or 60 samples offer fully unattended operation of the analyser.
Sample Parameters
Raw materials and finished products in Food, Feed and Agriculture Nitrogen, Protein
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Kjeltec 8100" tab_id="1533869210764-95356bcb-171d"][vc_column_text]• Automatic dilution, alkali addition, distillation and tube emptying provide ease of use. • Variable output steam generator broadens application area to other volatile components. • Official and accurate procedures (ISO, AOAC, EPA, DIN) simplify validation. • Patented SAfE* feature for safe distillation of tubes with salt cakes. • Built-in safety systems for user protection. • Self adjusting cooling water control saves water and reduces costs. • Bellows pumps for accurate dispensing of reagents. • Alkali resistant plastic splash head & tube emptying vessel for long lifetime.

Performance data
Analysis time 3.5 minutes at 30 mg N (6.5 minutes at 200 mg N)
Distillation capacity ~ 40 ml/min
Measurement range  0.1 – 200 mg N
Reproducibility  1% RSD (including the digestion step)
Recovery  > 99.5% at nitrogen levels between 1 – 200 mg N
Installation Requirements  
Power supply 200 – 240 V 50 – 60 Hz
Tolerable voltage variation ± 10 %
Power consumption 2 200 W
Water consumption (during distillation only) 3 l/min at water temp of 25°C *1 l/min at water temp of 15°C * Circulating Cooler recommended at >25°C
Weight 35 kg
Dimensions (W x D x H) 480 × 580 × 690 mm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Kjeltec 8200" tab_id="1533869210778-3592e679-8653"][vc_column_text]All the features of the KjeltecTM 8100 plus: • Receiver solution addition • Automatic safety door • External titration connection (Mettler, Metrohm, Schott, etc.) • Modularly upgradeable to analyser and sampler system

Performance data at 230 V
Analysis time 3.5 minutes at 30 mg N (6.5 minutes at 200 mg N)
Distillation capacity ~ 40 ml/min
Measuring range

0.1 – 200 mg N

Reproducibility 1% RSD (including the digestion step)
Recovery > 99.5% at nitrogen levels between 1 – 200 mg N
Installation requirements
Power supply 200 – 240 V 50 – 60 Hz
Tolerable voltage variation ± 10 %
 Power consumption  2 200 W
 Water consumption (during distillation only) 3 l/min at water temp of 25°C *1 l/min at water temp of 15°C *Circulating Cooler recommended at >25°C
 Weight net  Kjeltec™ (8100, 8200, 8400) 35kg
 Dimensions: (W×D×H)  480 × 580 × 690 mm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Kjeltec 8400" tab_id="1533869218829-6ca3ca10-318c"][vc_column_text]All the features of the KjeltecTM 8200 plus: • Titration, calculation and reporting. • Upgradeable to 20 or 60 place auto sampler for fully unattended operation. • Interchangeable burette for easy titrant exchange. • Ethernet connection eliminates communication problems with printers and balances. • Touch sensitive colour display
Performance data at 230 V
Autosampler capacity Kjeltec™ sampler 8420, 1 rack with 20 Kjeldahl tubes 250 ml or 400 ml Kjeltec™ sampler 8460, 3 racks with 20 Kjeldahl tubes 250 ml or 400 ml
Analysis time 3.5 minutes at 30 mg N (6.5 minutes at 200 mg N)
Distillation capacity

~ 40 ml/min

Measuring range 0.1 – 200 mg N
Reproducibility 1% RSD (including the digestion step)
Recovery
Installation requirements
Power supply 200 – 240 V 50 – 60 Hz
Tolerable voltage variation ± 10 %
Power consumption 2 200 W
Water consumption (during distillation only) 3 l/min at water temp of 25°C *1 l/min at water temp of 15°C * Circulating Cooler recommended at >25°C
Weight net Kjeltec™ (8100, 8200, 8400) 35kg Sampler Kjeltec™ 8420 71kg Sampler Kjeltec™ 8460 89kg
Dimensions: (W×D×H) 480 × 580 × 690 mm 645 × 840 × 900 mm 1000 × 800 × 900 mm
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Overview of Kjeltec Models

200 8100 8200 8400
Variable output steam generator x x x
Water saving system x x x
Cooling water flow control x x x
Distillate temperature monitor x x x
Polypropylene splash head x x x x
Polypropylene tube emptying vessel x x x
Bellows pumps for reagent addition x x x x
Automatic alkali addition x x x x
Automatic dilution water addition x x x
Automatic receiver solution addition x x
SAfE - Steam Addition for Equilibration x x x x
Tube emptying/Waste collection x x x
Reagent alarms x x x
Removable drip tray x x x x
Automatic safety door x x
Interlocked safety door x x x
Removable safety door x x x
Tube-in-place safety x x x
Tube replacement sensor x x x
Colorimetric titration system Opt. x
External titrator connection Opt. Opt.
Interchangeable burette x
Titration bypass x
Results calculation x
Storage of raw data in instrument 40 batch
Data management PC software x
Storage of raw data with PC software Unltd
Ethernet connection for:
PC x
Balance x
Printer x
Autosampler system 8420 or 8460 Opt.
  >Download Brochure [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Smeg Basic line GW0160 60cm glassware washer

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW0160[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW0160 is a glassware washer designed to work with one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620mm (168L gross). Possibility for washing and thermic disinfection (up to 85°C).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2627" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW0160" tab_id="GW0160"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW0160 (art. 860384)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

  • washing up to 85 °C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
  • programs: 7 default
  • microprocessor electronic control
  • active thermodynamic drying
  • alkaline powder detergent dispenser
  • peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
  • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 304 stainless steel
  • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
  • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
  • external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
  • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
  • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
  • cold water and demineralized water connections
  • electronic door lock system for user safety
  • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
  • single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW0160-1)
  • 60 Hz version available
  • without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW0160A (art. 860692)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

  • standard equipment
  • additional booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

  • AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
  • B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
  • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
  • P14060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
  • PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
  • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
  • T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
  • TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2627" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW0160S" tab_id="GW0160S"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW0160S (art. 860386)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

  • washing up to 85 °C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
  • programs: 7 default
  • microprocessor electronic control
  • active thermodynamic drying
  • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
  • peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
  • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 304 stainless steel
  • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
  • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
  • external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
  • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
  • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
  • cold water and demineralized water connections
  • electronic door lock system for user safety
  • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
  • single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW0160S1)
  • 60 Hz version available
  • without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW0160SA (art. 860693)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

  • standard equipment
  • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

  • AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
  • B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
  • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
  • PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
  • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
  • T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
  • TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2628" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Feattures" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

 GW0160 TECHNICAL FEATURES  All versions
 Electronic control  microprocessor
 Standard programs stored  7
 Customisable programs  0
 Display with segments and communication  yes, 4 digits
 Clock and calendar  yes
 Tank internal temperature  from room temperature to 85°C
 Accurancy  0,1°C
 Temperature sensors in tank  n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
 Detergent and neutralizing agent dosing system  max. 1 powder dispenser and 1 pump for neutralizing agent
 Detergent level sensor  no
 Safety lock  yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
 Safety devices  safety thermostats, door interlock
 Alarm display  30
 Troubleshooting menu  no
 Programme editing  no
 AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
 Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs  no
 RS232 serial port for PC connection  no
 Cycle storage  no
 Cycle file download  no
 Download archivio cicli  no
 Program editing  no
 WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
 Cold water inlet  yes, hardness max 42°f
 Demineralized water inlet  yes, < 30 μS/cm
 Demineralized water booster pump  optional
 Water softener incorporated  yes
 Recirculation pump  400 l/min
 WATER HEATING
 Electrical  6,3 kW on three-phase version, 2,3 kW on single-phase version
 STEAM CONDENSER  no
 DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
 Outside (with built-in top)  600x600x850 (830)
 Inside (gross)  530x510x620
 Net weight (Kg)  72
 STAINLESS STEEL
 Wash tank  AISI 304
 Exterior covering  AISI 304
 ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
 Max. voltage/power  1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 2,8 kW 3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 7,0 kW
 NOISE LEVEL  max 50 dB
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Possible Washing Configuration - GW0160 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2682" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for different types of glassware. Photo: CS1-1 upper basket: it is fitted with RC1/2 net in the right side for the support of various glass items. On the left side: test tube accessory. CS2 lower basket: SB28 insert on the right and SB30 on the left for washing beakers, flasks, plates and various other materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one mixed injection washing level suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware and pipettes. Photo: LPM2020: this system allows simultaneously washing narrownecked glassware (flasks, beakers, round-bottom flasks) and 20 pipettes.Specific carriers for laboratories which clean many different types of glassware at the same time.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2683" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2684" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one injection washing level suitable for washing narrownecked glassware. Photo: LM40: universal injection carrier as it optimises washing of narrow-necked glassware of different sizes. It has a capacity of 40 items and can wash both large items and small flasks or bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Accessories - GW0160 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM40 WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE TILL 49 CM IN HEIGHT CS2 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION TO PLACE BIG DIMENSIONS GOODS OR SPECIFIC SUPPORTSS LPM2010 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES,PIPETTES AND NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE -20 +10 POSITIONS RC1 SOLUTIONS TO BLOCK GLASSWARE INSIDE THE BASKETS [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LB16S INJECTION WASHING SOLUTION FOR 16 BOTTLES CP192 WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES TILL 192MM IN HEIGHT LM40S WASHING SOLUTION FOR 40 NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE TILL 225MM IN HEIGHT CSK2 WASHING SOLUTION FOR VARIOUS GLASSWARE PRODUCTS [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Basic Trolleys" tab_id="BasicTrolleys"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2829" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CS1-1

UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CS2

LOWER LEVEL BASKET

Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2831" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB9

9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB15

15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB28

28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB30

30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CSK1

1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CSK2

½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES “CP”

¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle insert" tab_id="insert_c"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2839" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PB50

BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 56 50 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 46 mm - h 87 mm. PB100 (not in photo) suitable for holding 32 100 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 56 mm - h 100 mm. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PB500

BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 21 500 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 86 mm - h 177 mm. PB250 (not in photo) suitable for holding 25 250 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 70 mm - h 138 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2840" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2668" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PB1000

BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 16 1000 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 101 mm - h 225 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PV105

SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL6

PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL9

CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL18

CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES "PD"

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES "PF"

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2,  ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SA3

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES “U”

SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2751" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM20

UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM40

UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2656" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2635" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM40S

UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM80

UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2659" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2789" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB4B

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LBT5

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing. Suitable for washing of 5 x 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2849" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB8

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 x U6260 spigots and 8 x special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB16

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2664" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2633" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB16S

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16I: same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB32

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2850" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2851" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB1-20

WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2631" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM2010

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes. Suitable for washing of 10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM2020

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes. Suitable for washing 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2660" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2790" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LR4

REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LT20

WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier for washing 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2852" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2753" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPV40

PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPT100

PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2663" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2853" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

KP100

TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200 (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB40

BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing . Suitable for washing 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2854" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Carbon Monoxide (CO) Meter

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech CO15: Carbon Monoxide (CO) Meter

Carbon Monoxide Meter with Adjustable CO Warning Level and Backlit Display

Check CO levels up to 999ppm with the push of a button using Model CO15. An audible alarm indicator will continuously beep starting at 25ppm (preset warning level - value can be adjusted) and the display will flash until the CO level goes down to normal range. A backlight on the display can be used for low light areas. The meter comes complete with batteries, wrist strap, and pouch.
  • Dual LCD simultaneously displays Carbon Monoxide (CO) level and maximum CO reading taken from when the meter was powered on
  • Long life electrochemical sensor
  • Adjustable CO warning level at 25, 30, 35, 45, 50, 70, 100 and 200ppm (alarm is preset to 25ppm)
  • Audible alarm when CO level reaches the warning set point level
  • Choose from 3 calibration points: 0 (preset), 100, and 500ppm
  • Backlit display feature for easy viewing in dimly lit areas
  • Auto power off after 15 minutes
  • Low battery indicator
  • Complete with 3 AAA batteries, wrist strap and pouch
Specifications Range Resolution Basic Accuracy
Carbon Monoxide (CO) 0 to 999ppm 1ppm ±20% @ 0 to 100ppm; ±15% @ 100 to 500ppm
Dimensions 6.9x1.9x1.1" (175x47x28mm)
Weight 5.6oz (158.8g)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator color="vista_blue" style="shadow"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech CO30: CO (Carbon Monoxide) Monitor

Indoor Compact CO Monitor with Tilt Leg Stand

The CO30 is a CO Monitor which displays Carbon Monoxide (CO) concentration, Air Temperature, and Relative Humidity. The CO30 features a programmable audible alarm with a high decibel beeper, sounds when CO concentration rises to unsafe levels. Unit can be wall mounted or used on a desktop close to areas of concern. Other features include a visible bright tri-colored (green, yellow, red) LED alarm indicator, a "ZERO" re-calibration function, manual temperature and relative humidity compensation (adjustable), CO calibration function in fresh air, and a low battery indicator. Complete with universal AC adaptor (including US, EU, UK, and AU plugs), and 4 AAA batteries.
  • Alternately displays Carbon Monoxide (CO) concentration, Air Temperature, and Relative Humidity readings (cycles approximately every 6 seconds)
  • Visible bright tri-colored (green, yellow, red) LED alarm indicator
  • Adjustable audible alarm for readings exceeding one of the selected ranges: 25ppm, 30ppm, 35ppm, 50ppm, 100ppm or 200ppm
  • ZERO Re-Calibration function
  • Manual Temperature and Relative Humidity Compensation (adjustable)
  • CO Calibration function in fresh air
  • Low battery indicator
  • Complete with universal AC adaptor (including US, EU, UK, and AU plugs), and 4 AAA batteries
Specifications Range Resolution Basic Accuracy
Carbon Monoxide (CO) 0 to 999ppm 1ppm ±5% of rdg or ±10ppm
Temperature (Air) 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) 0.1°F/°C ±2°F/1°C
Relative Humidity 20 to 90%RH 1%RH ±5%RH @ 25°C
Dimensions / Weight 4.4x4.3x2.1" (113x108x53mm) / 5.6oz (159g)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Smeg Basic line GW2145 45cm glassware washer

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW2145[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW2145 is a glassware washer with slim dimensions,designed to work with either one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 380 x 480 x 580mm (105 litres) and has the capability for washing and thermic disinfection (up to 95°C). [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2572" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW2145" tab_id="GW2145"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW2145 (art. 860454)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

  • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
  • programs: 9 default + 6 custom
  • microprocessor programmable electronic control
  • serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
  • active thermodynamic drying
  • alkaline powder detergent dispenser
  • peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
  • possibility of installing 1 additional peristaltic pump
  • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
  • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
  • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
  • external dimensions LxDxH: 450 x 620 x 850 mm
  • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 370 x 480 x 570 mm
  • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
  • cold water and demineralized water connections
  • electronic door lock system for user safety
  • electrical connection: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 3,3 kW max
  • 60 Hz version available
  • Schuko plug 16 A - 250 V included
  • upper and lower trolleys D-CS1 and D-CS2 included

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW2145A (art. 860698)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

  • standard equipment
  • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

  • P12145 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
  • PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
  • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
  • TOP45I - BUILT-IN TOP 45 CM
  • WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
  • WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2572" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

 GW2145 TECHNICAL FEATURES  All versions
 Electronic control  microprocessor
 Standard programs stored  9
 Customisable programs  6
 Display with segments and communication  yes, 4 digits
 Clock and calendar  yes
 Tank internal temperature  from room temperature to 95°C
 Accuracy  0,1°C
 Temperature sensor in tank  n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
 Detergent and neutralizing agent dosing system  max. 1 powder dispenser, 1 liquid pumps and 1 pump as optional
 Detergent level sensor  optional
 Safety lock  yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
 Safety devices  safety thermostats, door interlock
 Alarm display  30
 Troubleshooting menu  yes, using PC connection
 Programme editing  yes, using 6 customisable programs
 AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
 Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs  yes
 RS232 serial port for PC connection  yes
 RS232 serial port for printer  yes
 Cycle storage  yes
 Cycle file download  yes
 WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
 Cold water inlet  yes, hardness max 42°f
 Demineralized water inlet  yes, < 30 μS/cm
 Demineralized water booster pump  optional
 Water softener incorporated  yes
 Recirculation pump  200 l/min
 WATER HEATING
 Electrical  3,3 kW Max
 STEAM CONDENSER  no
 DIMENSIONS LXDXH MM
 Outside (with built-in top)  450x620x850 (830)
 Inside (gross)  370x480x620
 Net weight (Kg)  56
 STAINLESS STEEL
 Wash tank  AISI 316L
 Exterior covering  AISI 304
 ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
 Max. voltage/power  1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 3,3 kW
 NOISE LEVEL  max 50 dB
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Possible Washing Configuration - GW2145

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="2678" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms where supports for all types of glassware can be located (beakers, test tubes, flasks, plates and various other materials). Photo: D-CS1 upper basket: SB9 straight line support for beakers and flasks to the left, SB14 spring tine support to the right. Each support occupies ½ the rack for machines with width of 45 cm. D-CS2 lower basket: SB28 universal spring support for beakers and flasks, standard on 60-cm models, occupying all the lower base but cannot be positioned on the upper rack.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for all types of glassware. Photo: D-CS1 upper basket: it is fitted with 2 supports equipped with compartments (CP192 and CP222) to wash test tubes. D-CS2 lower basket: SB9 insert for beakers and flasks to the left, SB14 spring support to the right. Each support occupies ½ the rack for machines with width of 45 cm to optimise the load on the rack.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="2679" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="2680" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration is suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware of different sizes Photo: The LM24 is secured to the lower D-CS2 basket using two special fastenings. This solution is suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware of different sizes with a capacity of 24 items and a maximum height of glassware of 500 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Accessories - GW2145 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM24 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE - 24 POSITIONS SB9 WASHING SOLUTION FOR BEAKERS, CYLINDERS UPTO 100ML MAX AND TUNNELS. TO BE PLACED ON D-CS1 AND D-CS2 LM46 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE - 46 POSITIONS LM22S WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE - 22 POSITIONS. TO BE PLACED ON D-CS2 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LPM24 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE/PIPETTES - 12+12 POSITIONS SB14 WASHING SOLUTION FOR BEAKERS AND FLASKS FROM 250ML TO 1000ML. TO BE PLACED ON D-CS1 E D-CS KP60 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES- 60 POSITIONS D-CS2 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION TO BE PLACED ON THE LOWER LEVEL [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Basic Trolleys" tab_id="BasicTrolleys"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2890" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

D-CS1

UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

D-CS2

LOWER LEVEL BASKET

Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2891" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB9

9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB15

15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB28

28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB30

30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CSK1

1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CSK2

½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES “CP”

¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PV105

SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL6

PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL9

CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL18

CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES "PD"

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES "PF"

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SA3

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES “U”

SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2612" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM24

PIPETTES/FLASK WASHING CARRIER Mixed stainless-steel flask/pipette carriage with 12+12 positions, suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with the following nozzles: 4 x U6240, 2 x U6220, 2 x U4160, 2 x U4140, 2 x U3110, 12 x LB40. Maximum glassware height of 490 mm. Positioning on the D-CS2 rack lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM24

FLASK WASHING INSERT Universal 24-position stainless steel flask washer, suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with the following nozzles: 6 x U6240, 5 x U6220, 6 x U4160, 5 x U4140, 2 x U3110. Positioning on the D-CS2 rack lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2608" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2611" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM22S

FLASK WASHING INSERT Universal 22-position stainless steel flask washer, suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Fitted with the following nozzles: 12 x U4140, 5 x U3110, 5 x U390. Positioning on the D-CS1 rack upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM46

UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER– 46 POSITIONS Suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 220 mm in height. Upper basket insert equipped with the following nozzles: 12 x U4140 (140 mm), 6 x U390 (90 mm), 6 x U3110 (110 mm). Lower basket insert equipped with the following nozzles: 6 x U4140 (140 mm), 2 x U390 (90 mm), 2 x U3110 (110 mm), 2 x U6220 (220 mm), 2 x U6240 (240 mm), 2 x U6260 (260 mm), 2 x U4180 (160 mm), 6 x U4160 (160 mm), 1 x UC6 (curved).Made of stainless steel. Positioned on the rack levels of D-CS1 and D-CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2610" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页>仪器>洗瓶机[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW2145 is a glassware washer with slim dimensions,designed to work with either one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 380 x 480 x 580mm (105 litres) and has the capability for washing and thermic disinfection (up to 95°C). [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="268"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

规格

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW2145" tab_id="GW2145"][vc_column_text]

GW2145 (目录号 860454) - 实验室洗瓶机

  • 洗涤温度高至95°C - 抗菌热消毒
  • 程序: 9个预设 + 6个自定义
  • 可编程微处理电子控制器
  • RS232接口,连接打印机或者电脑
  • 主动热力干燥
  • 碱性洗涤粉剂分配器
  • 酸性中和剂蠕动泵
  • 可安装1个附加蠕动泵
  • AISI 316不锈钢洗涤内腔
  • AISI 304不锈钢外壳
  • 2层独立洗涤层,带伸缩导轨
  • 外部尺寸 LxDxH: 450 x 620 x 850mm
  • 内腔尺寸 LxDxH: 370 x 480 x 570mm
  • 软水器含盐传感器
  • 冷水和软化水连接
  • 电子门锁系统,保障用户安全
  • 电源: 1/N/PE 230V - 50Hz - 3.3kW 最大
  • 60Hz版本可选
  • 包括Schuko插头16 A/250 V
  • 包括上层(D-CS1)和下层(D-CS2)洗涤推车

其他可选型号

GW2145A (目录号 860698) - 实验室洗瓶机

  • GW2145标准规格
  • 增压泵,用于没有压力软化水

可选配件

  • P12145 - 液体洗涤剂蠕动泵
  • PAD1 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
  • PAD2 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
  • PAD2-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
  • PAD2R - PAD2 继电器套件
  • PAD2X - 不锈钢增压泵用于没有压力软水
  • PAD2X-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水,60Hz
  • TOP45I - 嵌入式安装顶盖, 45cm
  • WD-LS3060 - 洗涤剂液位传感器
  • WD-PRINTE - 外置打印机
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

常用洗涤推车,篮子和支架

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM24 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE - 24 POSITIONS SB9 WASHING SOLUTION FOR BEAKERS, CYLINDERS UPTO 100ML MAX AND TUNNELS. TO BE PLACED ON D-CS1 AND D-CS2 LM46 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE - 46 POSITIONS LM22S WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE - 22 POSITIONS. TO BE PLACED ON D-CS2 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LPM24 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE/PIPETTES - 12+12 POSITIONS SB14 WASHING SOLUTION FOR BEAKERS AND FLASKS FROM 250ML TO 1000ML. TO BE PLACED ON D-CS1 E D-CS KP60 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES- 60 POSITIONS D-CS2 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION TO BE PLACED ON THE LOWER LEVEL [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Other Accessories, please refer to Accessories [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

 GW2145 TECHNICAL FEATURES  All versions
 Electronic control  microprocessor
 Standard programs stored  9
 Customisable programs  6
 Display with segments and communication  yes, 4 digits
 Clock and calendar  yes
 Tank internal temperature  from room temperature to 95°C
 Accuracy  0,1°C
 Temperature sensor in tank  n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
 Detergent and neutralizing agent dosing system  max. 1 powder dispenser, 1 liquid pumps and 1 pump as optional
 Detergent level sensor  optional
 Safety lock  yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
 Safety devices  safety thermostats, door interlock
 Alarm display  30
 Troubleshooting menu  yes, using PC connection
 Programme editing  yes, using 6 customisable programs
 AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
 Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs  yes
 RS232 serial port for PC connection  yes
 RS232 serial port for printer  yes
 Cycle storage  yes
 Cycle file download  yes
 WATER SUPPLY
 (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
 Cold water inlet  yes, hardness max 42°f
 Demineralized water inlet  yes, < 30 μS/cm
 Demineralized water booster pump  optional
 Water softener incorporated  yes
 Recirculation pump  200 l/min
 WATER HEATING
 Electrical  3,3 kW Max
 STEAM CONDENSER  no
 DIMENSIONS LXDXH MM
 Outside (with built-in top)  450x620x850 (830)
 Inside (gross)  370x480x620
 Net weight (Kg)  56
 STAINLESS STEEL
 Wash tank  AISI 316L
 Exterior covering  AISI 304
 ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
 Max. voltage/power  1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 3,3 kW
 NOISE LEVEL  max 50 dB
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

Formaldehyde (CH2O or HCHO) Meter

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech VFM200: VOC/Formaldehyde Meter

Measures Volatile Organic Compounds and CH2O/HCHO Concentrations in Real Time

The VFM200 measures VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) and Formaldehyde concentrations in real-time. Fast response time, compact, easy-to-carry, and excellent for checking the indoor air quality of homes, offices, factories, hotels, schools and other indoor environments. Potential sources for VOCs include paints, finishes, adhesives, cigarette smoke, pesticides, personal care products, car exhaust, new furnishings, wall coverings, household cleansers, and cooking fuels. Chemicals include: Acetone, Ethylene Glycol, Formaldehyde, Xylene, 1,3-butadiene, Tetrachloroethene, Hydrogen Sulfide, Ammonia, Toluene, Benzene, Methylene Chloride, Perchloroethylene, and MTBE.
  • Backlit LCD displays TVOC (Total Volatile Organic Compound) and HCHO (Formaldehyde) concentrations simultaneously in real-time
  • Built-in fast response, high accuracy fuel cell Formaldehyde sensor
  • Two selectable units of measure (ppm, mg/m3)
  • Adjustable audible and visible high/low alarms
  • Auto Power Off
  • Complete with rechargeable battery and Universal AC Adaptor/Charger (multi-plugs US, EU, UK, and AU)
Specifications Range Resolution Basic Accuracy
TVOC 0.00 to 9.99ppm (mg/m³) 0.01ppm ±5%FS
Formaldehyde (CH₂O or HCHO) 0.00 to 5.00ppm (mg/m³) 0.01ppm (mg/m³) ±5%FS
Response Time <2s
Power Supply Rechargeable battery and AC adaptor
Charge Time approx. 3 hours
Dimensions 6.5x2.4x1" (165 x 60 x 25mm)
Weight 1.3lbs (584g)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Indoor CO2 Meter/Datalogger

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech EA80: EasyView™ Indoor Air Quality Meter/Datalogger

Measures CO2

The EA80 checks for Carbon Dioxide concentrations using a maintenance-free dual wave NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO2 sensor with a range of 0 to 6,000 PPM. It can automatically data log up to 20,000 data sets or you can manually enter up to 99 sets for later recall. Additional features include: auto power off, data hold, max/min with time stamp and alarm. Comes complete with six AAA batteries, Windows 95/98/NT/2000/ME/XP compatible software and an RS-232 interface cable.
  • Checks for Carbon Dioxide (CO₂) concentrations
  • Maintenance free dual wavelength NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO₂
  • CO₂ measurement range: 0 to 6,000ppm
  • Temperature measurement range: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C)
  • Humidity measurement range: 10 to 95%RH
  • Continuous (20,000 sets) or Manual (99 sets) datalogging
  • Complete with (6) AAA batteries, RS-232 cable, and Windows® compatible software
Specifications Range Resolution
Carbon Dioxide (CO₂) 0 to 6,000ppm 1ppm
Temperature -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) 0.1°F/°C
Humidity 10 to 95% 0.1%
Dimensions/ Weight 5.3 x 2.8 x 1.2" (135 x 72 x 31mm)/ 8.2oz (235g)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator color="vista_blue" style="shadow"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech SD800: CO2, Humidity and Temperature Datalogger

Records data on an SD card in Excel® format

SD800 monitors air quality in schools, office buildings, greenhouses, hospitals and anywhere that high levels of carbon dioxide are generated. Selectable data sampling rate of 5, 10, 30, 60, 120, 300, 600 seconds or automatic. Maintenance free dual wavelength NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO2 sensor. Triple LCD simultaneously displays CO2, Temperature and Relative Humidity. Complete with six AAA batteries, 2G SD memory card, universal AC adaptor, and mounting bracket.
  • Checks for Carbon Dioxide (CO2) concentrations
  • Maintenance free dual wavelength NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO2 sensor
  • Triple LCD simultaneously displays CO2 , Temperature and Relative Humidity
  • Measurement ranges: CO2 - 0 to 4,000ppm; Temperature - 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C); Humidity - 10 to 90%RH
  • Datalogger stores readings on an SD card in Excel® format for easy transfer to a PC
  • Selectable data sampling rate: 5, 10, 30, 60, 120, 300, 600 seconds or Auto
  • Complete with six AAA batteries, 2G SD memory card, universal AC adaptor, and mounting bracket
Specifications Range
CO2 0 to 4,000ppm
Accuracy ±40ppm ( <1000ppm); ±5% rdg (>1000ppm)
Resolution 1ppm
Temperature 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C)
Accuracy ±1.8°F/0.8°C
Resolution 0.1°F/°C
Humidity 10 to 90%
Accuracy ±4%RH
Resolution 0.1%
Datalogging 20M data using 2G SD memory card
Dimensions 5.2 x 3.1 x 1.3" (132 x 80 x 32mm)
Weight 9.9oz (282g)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator color="vista_blue" style="shadow"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech CO240: Indoor Air Quality, Carbon Dioxide (CO2)

Measures Carbon Dioxide (CO2)

The CO240 measures Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Air Temperature and Humidity, as well as Dew Point and Wet Bulb calculations. The user settable high alarm with audible beeper is perfect for conducting a quick check of CO2 level to help adjust the environmental conditions in an enclosed area, such as a greenhouse or nursery, to insure optimal plant grown. Complete with six AAA batteries, USB cable, PC software and soft case.
  • Dual display of Carbon Dioxide (CO₂) concentrations and Relative Humidity, Temperature, Dew Point, or Wet Bulb
  • Maintenance free NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO₂ sensor
  • Audible CO₂ warning alarm when concentration level exceeds high user set point
  • Min/Max CO₂ value recall function
  • Includes software and cable for on-line (real-time) datalogging to a PC
  • Automatic Baseline Calibration function
  • Data Hold, Auto Power Off (with disable), Low battery indicator
  • Tripod mount (tripod sold separately)
  • Complete with six AAA batteries, USB cable, PC software, and soft case
Specifications Range Resolution Basic Accuracy
Carbon Dioxide (CO₂) 0 to 9,999ppm 1ppm ±(5%rdg + 75ppm)
Temperature (Air) 14 to 122°F (-10 to 50°C) 0.1°F/°C ±2.0°F (1.0°C)
Relative Humidity 10 to 90%RH 0.1%RH ±5%RH @ 25°C
Dew Point -99.2 to 118°F (-72.9 to 47°C) 0.1°F/°C
Wet Bulb 12.2 to 118.8°F (-11 to 48.2°C) 0.1°F/°C
Dimensions 8.3x2.4x1.6" (211x60x40mm)
Weight 6.4oz (181.4g)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator color="vista_blue" style="shadow"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech CO230: Indoor Air Quality, Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Monitor

Measures Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Air Temperature and Humidity

The CO230 measures Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Air Temperature and Humidity, plus calculates Dew Point and Wet Bulb. Features Automatic Baseline Calibration (ABC) with disable for use in areas with continuously elevated CO2 levels. Its alarm function with user settable high/low CO2 level is perfect for monitoring air quality and ensuring proper air ventilation in conference rooms, schools, greenhouses, factories, hotels, hospitals and anywhere that high levels of carbon dioxide are generated. The CO230 also calculates Dew Point and Wet Bulb values, Min/Max CO2 value recall function, statistical weighted averages of TWA (8 hour Time Weighted Average) and STEL (15 minute Short Term Exposure Limit), Alarm relay output for ventilation control and wall mount. Complete with Universal AC adaptor and multiple plug types (US, EU, UK, AUS).
  • Checks for Carbon Dioxide (CO₂) concentrations
  • Maintenance free NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO₂ sensor
  • Automatic Baseline Calibration (ABC) with disable feature for use in areas with continuously elevated CO₂ levels (>400ppm)
  • Triple LCD simultaneously displays CO₂, Temperature and Humidity
  • Visible and Audible CO₂ warning alarm when concentration level exceeds high or low user set point
  • Calculates Dew Point and Wet Bulb values
  • Min/Max CO₂ value recall function
  • Calculates statistical weighted averages of TWA (8 hour Time Weighted Average) and STEL (15 minute Short Term Exposure Limit)
  • Alarm relay output for ventilation control
  • Desktop or wall mount
  • Complete with Universal AC adaptor and multi-plugs (US, EU, UK, AU)
Specifications Range Resolution
Carbon Dioxide (CO₂) 0 to 9,999ppm 1ppm
Temperature (Air) 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C) 0.1°F/°C
Relative Humidity 0.1 to 99.9%RH 0.1%RH
Wet Bulb Calculated
Dew Point Calculated
Dimensions 5.1x3.4x2.4" (130x85x60mm)
Weight 7.2oz (204g)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Smeg Basic Line GW1160 60cm glassware washer

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW1160[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW1160 is a glassware washer designed to work on either one or two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620 mm (168l gross). Possibility for washing and thermic disinfection (up to 95°C).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2749" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW1160" tab_id="GW1160"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW1160 (art. 860335)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

  • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
  • programs: 9 default + 6 custom
  • microprocessor programmable electronic control
  • serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
  • active thermodynamic drying
  • alkaline powder detergent dispenser
  • peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
  • possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
  • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
  • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
  • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
  • external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
  • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
  • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
  • cold water and demineralized water connections
  • electronic door lock system for user safety
  • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
  • single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW1160-1)
  • 60 Hz version available
  • without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW1160A (art. 860694)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

  • standard equipment
  • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

GW1160C (art. 860337)LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

  • standard equipment
  • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

GW1160CA (art. 860695)LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

  • standard equipment
  • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
  • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

  • AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
  • B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
  • FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
  • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
  • P14060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
  • P34060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR CAUSTIC SODA
  • P44060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
  • PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
  • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
  • T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
  • TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
  • TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
  • WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
  • WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
  • WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2749" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW1160S" tab_id="GW1160S"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW1160S (art. 860336)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

  • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
  • programs: 9 default + 6 custom
  • microprocessor programmable electronic control
  • serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
  • active thermodynamic drying
  • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
  • peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
  • possibility of installing one additional peristaltic pump
  • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
  • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
  • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
  • external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
  • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
  • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
  • cold water and demineralized water connections
  • electronic door lock system for user safety
  • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
  • single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW1160S1)
  • 60 Hz version available
  • without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW1160SA (art. 860696)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

  • standard equipment
  • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

GW1160SC (art. 860326)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH STEAM CONDENSER

  • standard equipment
  • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

GW1160SCA (art. 860697)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

  • standard equipment
  • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
  • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

  • AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
  • B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
  • FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
  • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
  • P34060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR CAUSTIC SODA
  • P44060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
  • PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
  • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
  • T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
  • TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
  • TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
  • WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
  • WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
  • WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2750" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

 GW1160 TECHNICAL FEATURES  All versions
 Electronic control  microprocessor
 Standard programs stored  9
 Customisable programs  6
 Display with segments and communication  yes, 4 digits
 Clock and calendar  yes
 Tank internal temperature  from room temperature to 95°C
 Accuracy  0,1°C
 Temperature sensors in tank  n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
 Detergent and agents dosing system  max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 2 other pumps as optional
 Detergent level sensor  optional
 Safety lock  yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
 Safety devices  safety thermostats, door interlock
 Alarm display  30
 Troubleshooting menu  yes, using PC connection
 Programme editing  yes, using 6 customisable programs
 AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
 Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs  yes
 RS232 serial port for PC connection  yes
 RS232 serial port for printer  yes
 Cycle storage  yes
 Cycle file download  yes
 WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
 Cold water inlet  yes, hardness max 42°f
 Demineralized water inlet  yes, < 30 μS/cm
 Demineralized water booster pump  optional
 Water softener incorporated  yes
 Recirculation pump  400 l/min
 WATER HEATING
 Electrical  6,3 kW on three-phase version, 2,3 kW on single-phase version
 STEAM CONDENSER  optional
 DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
 Outside (with built-in top)  600x605x850 (830)
 Inside (gross)  530x510x620
 Net weight (Kg)  74
 STAINLESS STEEL
 Wash tank  AISI 316L
 Exterior covering  AISI 304
 ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
 Max. voltage/power  1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 2,8 kW 3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 7,0 kW
 NOISE LEVEL  max 50 dB
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Possible Washing Configuration - GW1160 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2682" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for different types of glassware. Photo: CS1-1 upper basket: it is fitted with RC1/2 net in the right side for the support of various glass items. On the left side: test tube accessory. CS2 lower basket: SB28 insert on the right and SB30 on the left for washing beakers, flasks, plates and various other materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one mixed injection washing level suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware and pipettes. Photo: LPM2020: this system allows simultaneously washing narrownecked glassware (flasks, beakers, round-bottom flasks) and 20 pipettes.Specific carriers for laboratories which clean many different types of glassware at the same time.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2683" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2684" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one injection washing level suitable for washing narrownecked glassware. Photo: LM40: universal injection carrier as it optimises washing of narrow-necked glassware of different sizes. It has a capacity of 40 items and can wash both large items and small flasks or bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Accessories - GW1160 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM20 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKEDGLASSWARE - 24 POSITIONS SB28 WASHING SOLUTION FOR BEAKERS AND FLASKS FROM 250ML TO 1000ML. TO BE PLACED ON CS1-1 AND CS2 LPV40 WASHING SOLUTION FOR 40 PIPETTE -H. MAX 49CM SL18 WASHING SOLUTION FOR CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]KP200 TWO-LEVELS WASHING SOLUTIONS FOR TEST TUBES PB50 WASHING SOLUTION 50ML WIDE-NECKED BOTTLES. TO BE POSITIONED ON CS2 LB4B WASHING SOLUTION FOR BOTTLES OF LARGE DIMENSIONS LR4 WASHING SOLUTION FOR REACTORS [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Basic Trolleys" tab_id="BasicTrolleys"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2829" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CS1-1

UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CS2

LOWER LEVEL BASKET

Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2831" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB9

9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB15

15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB28

28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB30

30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CSK1

1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CSK2

½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES “CP”

¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle insert" tab_id="insert_c"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2839" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PB50

BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 56 50 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 46 mm - h 87 mm. PB100 (not in photo) suitable for holding 32 100 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 56 mm - h 100 mm. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PB500

BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 21 500 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 86 mm - h 177 mm. PB250 (not in photo) suitable for holding 25 250 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 70 mm - h 138 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2840" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2668" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PB1000

BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 16 1000 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 101 mm - h 225 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PV105

SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL6

PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL9

CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL18

CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES "PD"

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES "PF"

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SA3

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES “U”

SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2751" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM20

UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM40

UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2656" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2635" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM40S

UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM80

UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2659" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2789" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB4B

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LBT5

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing. Suitable for washing five 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2849" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB8

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 U6260 spigots and 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB16

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2664" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2633" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB16S

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16I: same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB32

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2850" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2851" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB1-20

WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2631" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM2010

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes. Suitable for washing 10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM2020

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes. Suitable for washing 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2660" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2790" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LR4

REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LT20

WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier for washing 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2852" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2753" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPV40

PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPT100

PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2663" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2853" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

KP100

TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200 (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB40

BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing. Suitable for washing 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2854" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Video Particle Counter

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech VPC300: Video Particle Counter with built-in Camera

Measure up to 6 Channels of Particle Sizes plus Air Temperature and Relative Humidity

The VPC300 is a Video Particle Counter with built-in Camera. Measures up to 6 channels of particle sizes plus air temperature and relative humidity. Used for capturing videos and photos that are stored onto internal memory or a micros card. The VPC300 can measure up to 6 channels of particle sizes plus air temperature and relative humidity. Use the included software to generate reports with videos, photos and data points. Complete with NIST-traceable calibration certificate, Universal AC Adapter/Charger with multiple plugs, USB cable, PC software, tripod, filter, 7.4V NiMH battery and a hard, protective case.
  • Simultaneously measure and display 6 channels of particle sizes (down to 0.3µm), Air Temperature, Humidity, Dew Point and Wet Bulb
  • 2.8" TFT Color LCD display
  • Built-in 320x240-pixel camera takes videos (3GP) and photo images (JPEG) and records them in internal 74MB memory
  • Store 5000 records (date, time, counts, humidity, temperature, sample volumes, and location label) and 20 minutes of video
  • Selectable sample time, count data, and programmable delay
  • Max, Min, DIF, AVG record, Date/time setup controls, Auto Power Off
  • Mini-USB port connection
  • Complete with NIST-traceable calibration certificate, Universal AC Adapter/Charger with multiple plugs, USB cable, PC software, tripod, filter, 7.4V NiMH battery and hard case
Specifications Range
Particle Size Channels 0.3, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10µm
Flow Rate 0.1ft3 (2.83L/min) controlled by internal pump
Count Modes Cumulative, Differential, Concentration
Counting Effeciency 50% @ 0.3µm; 100% for particles>0.45
Coincidence Loss 5% @ 2,000,000 particles per ft3
Air Temperature -14 to 140ºF (-25 to 60ºC); Accuracy:±2ºF/1ºC
Relative Humidity 0 to 100%RH; Accuracy:±3%RH (40% to 60%RH)
Dew Point/ Wet Bulb 32 to 122ºF (0 to 50ºC)
Dimensions/Weight 9.4 x 3 x 2.2" (240 x 75 x 57mm)/1.26lbs (570g)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Chart Recorder (Humidity+Temperature)

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech RH520A-220:Humidity+Temperature Chart Recorder with Detachable Probe (220V)

Graphical datalogger for Humidity/Temperature measurements and Dew Point calculation

This paperless chart recorder provides simultaneous digital and graphical display of relative humidity and temperature. The display also shows dew point, date and time and Min/Max measurements. Stored readings can be recalled on the display or downloaded to a PC to obtain a permanent record. Provisions for wall mounting or the control panel swivels to act as a desk stand. The user can set audible and visual alarms with High and Low limits for humidity and temperature. LabView software calculates Wet Bulb and Grains per Pound (GPP). Comes complete with detachable sensor probe with 1 meter cable, RS-232 cable with USB adapter, LabView-based software, 220 VAC adapter, and three AA batteries.
  • Simultaneous numerical and graphical display of Humidity and Temperature readings, plus Time and Date
  • Measures Humidity (10 to 95%RH) and Temperature (-20.0°F to 140.0°F) plus calculates Dew Point
  • Basic accuracy 3%RH, 1.8°F/1°C
  • Large dual graphical LCD displays with adjustable vertical and horizontal TAC resolution
  • Internal memory records up to 49,000 data points and can be transferred to a PC via RS-232 serial port for further data analysis
  • LCD indicates percentage of memory remaining
  • Comes with 220V AC power supply
Specifications Range
Relative Humidity Range 10.0 to 95.0%
Temperature Range -20.0 to 140.0°F (-28.0 to 60.0°C)
Accuracy ±3% Relative Humidity; ±1.8°F/±1°C
Dimensions 5 x 7.7 x 0.9" (129x195x22mm)
Weight 12.6oz (357g)
* model with NIST certificate is available.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

RH520A-220湿度和温度图示记录仪

这是市场上性价比最高的图示数据记录仪,而且设置和操作方便 • 可同时显示湿度(10.0 至 95.0%)和温度(-20.0至140.0°F/-28.0至60.0°C) 读数的数值和图形以及时间和日期 • 基本精度:±3%相对湿度;±1.8°F(±1°C) • 包含基于LabView™的软件,可计算露点、湿球温度和比湿(谷/磅),并绘制曲线图 • 配有大型双图示液晶显示屏,其垂直和水平分辨率可以进行调节 • 内部存储器可记录多达49,000个数据点,而且可以将这些数据传输到PC上 • 带高位/低位设定点的声音和可视警报 • 输出插座配合可选外部警报模块使用 • 尺寸:129×195×22mm;重量:357g • 配有内置支架、带 3 英尺(1m)电缆的可拆卸探针、RS-232线缆、RS-232(连接USB适配器)、PC软件、100-240VAC 50/60Hz适配器和3节AA电池;1年质保
规格 范围
相对湿度服务 10.0 至 95.0%
温度范围 -28.0 至 60.0°C
准确度 ±3% 相对湿度; ±1°C
尺寸 129x195x22mm
重量 357g
* 同时提供NIST证书型号.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

USB Datalogging Hygro-thermometers

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech RHT10: Humidity and Temperature USB Datalogger

Records up to 16,000 readings for each parameter

The RHT10 datalogs Humidity and Temperature readings (up to 16,000 each) with user programmable sample rates from 2 seconds up to 24 hours for days, weeks and months. USB interface for easy setup and download. Dew Point indication via the included Windows software. User-programmable High/Low alarm thresholds for RH and temperature. Complete with 3.6-Volt Lithium battery, protective USB cap, mounting bracket, and Windows compatible software for analysis.
  • 32,000 readings (16,000 for each parameter: Humidity/Temperature)
  • Selectable data sampling rate: 2s, 5s, 10s, 30s, 1m, 5m, 10m, 30m, 1hr, 2hr, 3hr, 6hr, 12hr, 24hr
  • Dew point indication via Windows® software (included)
Specifications Range Resolution Accuracy (%rdg+digits)
Temperature -40 to 158°F 0.1°F/°C ±1.8°F (14 to 104°F)
±3.6°F (-40 to +14 and 104 to 158°F)
-40 to 70°C ±1.0°C (-10 to 40°C)
±2.0°C (-40 to -10 and +40 to 70°C)
Humidity 0 to 100%RH 0.1%RH ±3%RH
Datalogging interval 2 seconds to 24 hours
Memory Temperature: 16,000 points; Relative Humidity: 16,000 points
Dimensions 5.1 x 1.1 x 0.98" (130 x 30 x 25mm)
Weight 1oz (20g)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator color="vista_blue" style="shadow"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech RHT30: USB Humidity/Temperature Datalogger

Easy-to-use Datalogger Records Humidity and Temperature with Date/Time Stamp

The datalogger is designed with a rugged housing and a standard USB connector where stored readings (up to 48,000 data) are conveniently transferred to a PC in PDF or Excel® spreadsheet format when plugged in. Additional features include an 8-location logger bookmark, 6-language options, programmable sampling interval, adjustable alarm, and password-protected security log-in. Large LCD optimizes viewing and the smart LED provides color-coded humidity, and temperature reading status.
  • Compact size housing with built-in NTC thermistor and capacitive humidity sensor designed with standard USB connector for easy data downloading to a PC
  • 5-digit LCD display with battery life indicator
  • User programmable settings: 6 languages, sample rate, start delay time, alarm delay time, high/low alarm range, and security feature
  • Status Indication via Red and Green LEDs
  • Start button begins continuous datalogging, which continues until memory is full at 48,000 readings (24,000 for each parameter: Humidity/Temperature), or when Stop button is pressed
  • Bookmark 8 locations in a data recording log with a press of the Mark button
  • Long battery life (approx. 3 months)
  • Generates a PDF report or Excel® spreadsheet with data and trending graph when plugged into a PC after datalogging is completed (Adobe® Reader® required)
  • Max/Min function
  • Includes 2 CR2032 batteries, USB cover (can be used as a stand), wall mounting screw, and built-in hanger
Specifications Range Max Resolution Basic Accuracy
Humidity 0.1 to 99.9%RH 0.1%RH ±3%RH
Temperature (Air) -22 to 158°F (-30 to 70°C) 0.1° ±1.0°F (±0.5°C)
Datalogging interval 30 seconds to 2 hours
Memory Temperature: 24,000 points; Relative Humidity: 24,000 points
Dimensions/Weight 4.3x1.6x0.75" (110x40x19mm)/ 1oz (90g)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Smeg Basic line GW4060 60cm w/drying system glassware washer

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW4060[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW4060 is a glassware washer designed to work with either one or two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620 mm (168l gross). Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2638" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW4060" tab_id="GW4060"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW4060 (art. 860296)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

  • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
  • programs: 9 default + 6 custom
  • microprocessor programmable electronic control
  • serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
  • forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
  • alkaline powder detergent dispenser
  • peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
  • possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
  • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
  • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
  • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
  • external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
  • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
  • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
  • cold water and demineralized water connections
  • electronic door lock system for user safety
  • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
  • single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW4060-1)
  • 60 Hz version available
  • without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW4060A (art. 860704) - LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

  • standard equipment
  • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

GW4060C (art. 860186)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

  • standard equipment
  • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

GW4060CA (art. 860705)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER

  • standard equipment
  • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
  • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

  • AF4060 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
  • AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
  • B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
  • FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
  • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
  • P14060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
  • P34060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR CAUSTIC SODA
  • P44060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
  • PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
  • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
  • T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
  • TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
  • TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
  • WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
  • WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
  • WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2638" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW4060S" tab_id="GW4060S"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW4060S (art. 860297)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

  • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
  • programs: 9 default + 6 custom
  • microprocessor programmable electronic control
  • serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
  • forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
  • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
  • peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
  • possibility of installing one additional peristaltic pump
  • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
  • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
  • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
  • external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
  • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
  • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
  • cold water and demineralized water connections
  • electronic door lock system for user safety
  • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
  • single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW4060S1)
  • 60 Hz version available
  • without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW4060SA (art. 860706)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

  • standard equipment
  • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

GW4060SC (art. 860280)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

  • standard equipment
  • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

GW4060SCA (art. 860707)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

  • standard equipment
  • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
  • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

  • AF4060 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
  • AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
  • B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
  • FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
  • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
  • P34060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR CAUSTIC SODA
  • P44060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
  • PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
  • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
  • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
  • T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
  • TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
  • TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
  • WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
  • WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
  • WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2639" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

 GW4060 TECHNICAL FEATURES  All versions
 Electronic control  microprocessor
 Standard programs stored  9
 Customisable programs  6
 Display with segments and communication  yes, 4 digits
 Clock and calendar  yes
 Tank internal temperature  from room temperature to 95°C
 Accuracy  0,1°C
 Temperature sensors in tank  n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
 Detergent and agents dosing system  max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 2 other pumps as optional
 Detergent level sensor  optional
 Safety lock  yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
 Safety devices  safety thermostats, door interlock
 Alarm display  30
 Troubleshooting menu  yes, using PC connection
 Programme editing  yes, using 6 customizable programs
 AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
 Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs  yes
 RS232 serial port for PC connection  yes
 RS232 serial port for printer  yes
 Cycle storage  yes
 Cycle file download  yes
 DRYING SYSTEM
 Drying fan  yes
 Drying heating element  0,8 kW
 Prefilter class C 98%  yes
 HEPA filter class S 99,999%  optional
 WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
 Cold water inlet  yes, hardness max 42°f
 Demineralized water inlet  yes, < 30 μS/cm
 Demineralized water booster pump  optional
 Water softener incorporated  yes
 Recirculation pump  400 l/min
 WATER HEATING
 Electrical  6,3 kW on three-phase version, 2,3 kW on single-phase version
 STEAM CONDENSER  yes
 DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
 Outside (with built-in top)  600x605x850 (830)
 Inside (gross)  530x510x620
 Net weight (Kg)  77
 STAINLESS STEEL
 Wash tank  AISI 316L
 Exterior covering  AISI 304
 ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
 Max. voltage/power  1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 2,8 kW 3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 7,0 kW
 NOISE LEVEL  max 50 dB
[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Possible Washing Configuration - GW4060 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2682" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for different types of glassware. Photo: CS1-1 upper basket: it is fitted with RC1/2 net in the right side for the support of various glass items. On the left side: test tube accessory. CS2 lower basket: SB28 insert on the right and SB30 on the left for washing beakers, flasks, plates and various other materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one mixed injection washing level suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware and pipettes. Photo: LPM2020: this system allows simultaneously washing narrownecked glassware (flasks, beakers, round-bottom flasks) and 20 pipettes.Specific carriers for laboratories which clean many different types of glassware at the same time.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2683" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2684" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one injection washing level suitable for washing narrownecked glassware. Photo: LM40: universal injection carrier as it optimises washing of narrow-necked glassware of different sizes. It has a capacity of 40 items and can wash both large items and small flasks or bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Accessories - GW4060 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM40DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE TILL 49CM IN HEIGHT LPT100DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR 100 PIPETTES TILL 45CM IN HEIGHT [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LPM2020DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR 20 TEST TUBES AND 20 NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE SB25 WASHING SOLUTION FOR BEAKERS AND FLASKS TILL 500ML. TO BE PLACED ON CS1-1 AND CS2 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Basic Trolleys" tab_id="BasicTrolleys"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2829" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CS1-1

UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CS2

LOWER LEVEL BASKET

Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2831" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB9

9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB15

15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB28

28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB30

30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CSK1

1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CSK2

½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES “CP”

¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle insert" tab_id="insert_c"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2839" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PB50

BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 56 50 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 46 mm - h 87 mm. PB100 (not in photo) suitable for holding 32 100 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 56 mm - h 100 mm. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PB500

BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 21 500 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 86 mm - h 177 mm. PB250 (not in photo) suitable for holding 25 250 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 70 mm - h 138 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2840" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2668" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PB1000

BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 16 1000 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 101 mm - h 225 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PV105

SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL6

PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL9

CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL18

CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES "PD"

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES "PF"

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SA3

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES “U”

SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2651" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM20DS

UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM40DS

UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2640" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2896" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM40SDS

UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM80DS

UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2897" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2898" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB4BDS

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LBT5DS

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of five 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2900" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB8DS

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 U6260 spigots and 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB16DS

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2901" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2902" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB16SDS

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16IDS (not shown in the photo): same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB32DS

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2650" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2903" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB1-20DS

WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum with drying system connection. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2667" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM2010DS

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM2020DS

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2642" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2669" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LR4DS

REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LT20DS

WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing and drying of 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2904" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2649" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPV40DS

PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPT100DS

PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2641" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2905" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

KP100DS

TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200DS (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB40DS

BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2906" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Wireless Hygro-thermometer

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech RH200W: Multi-Channel Wireless Hygro-Thermometer

Connect up to 8 Wireless Transmitters to Remotely Measure Indoor Temperature/Humidity

Extech’s Multi-Channel Hygro-Thermometer, with easy-to-read 1.3" (33mm) digits, displays indoor Temperature and Humidity levels. You can connect up to 8 wireless transmitters to remotely measure Temperature/Humidity levels up to 98ft (30m) away. The LCD is designed with an auto-night light and it displays icons that indicate indoor comfort levels and trending arrows that show the increase, decrease or constant readings. It also records Min/Max for the duration of each measurement session. Ideal for multi-room environmental monitoring for restaurants, manufacturing facilities, offices, homes, greenhouses, and storage/archive buildings.
  • Base Station LCD with Auto-Night Light displays local and up to eight remote Temperature/Humidity readings either auto-cycle or manual mode from the wireless transmitters
  • Easy-to-read 1.3" (33mm) oversized digits
  • Min/Max recording with reset
  • Indoor Comfort icons displayed on Base Station indicating too cold, comfortable, or too hot/humid conditions
  • Trend arrows indicate rising, steady or falling of the Temperature/Humidity readings
  • Snow icon appears when remote temperature is 37.4°F (3°C) or below
  • Transmitter LED flashes to indicate normal operation
  • Transmitters can be mounted up to 98ft (30m) from the base station
  • Operates at 433MHz; FCC approved
  • Includes a base station with 4 AA batteries and one transmitter with 2 AA batteries. Additional remote Transmitters (RH200W-T) sold separately (up to 8 transmitters can be wirelessly connected to the base)
Specifications Range Max Resolution Basic Accuracy
Temperature - Indoor Base Station 23 to 122°F (-5 to 50°C) 0.1°F/°C ±1.8°F (1°C)
Temperature - Remote Transmitter (RH200W-T) -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C) 0.1°F/°C ±1.8°F (1°C)
Relative Humidity 1 to 99%RH 1%RH ±5%RH
Wireless Sensor Signal 433MHz
Number of Remote Transmitters Base Station can connect up to 8 Transmitters (RH200W-T)
RF Transmission Range 98ft (30m)
Dimensions Base: 5.1 x 4.4 x 1.1" (130 x 112 x 27.5mm); Transmitter: 4.5 x 2.4 x 1.6" (113 x 61 x 39.5mm)
Weight Base: 10.4oz (295g); Transmitter: 4.8oz (136g)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator color="vista_blue" style="shadow"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech RH200W-T: Wireless Hygro-Thermometer Transmitter

Wireless Multi-Channel Temperature/Humidity Transmitter for RH200W

Extech's RH200W-T is a wireless temperature/humidity transmitter for RH200W. You can connect up to 8 wireless transmitters to remotely measure temperature/humidity levels up to 98ft (30m) away. Ideal for multi-room environmental monitoring for restaurants, manufacturing facilities, offices, homes, greenhouses, and storage/archive buildings.
  • Up to 8 transmitters can be wirelessly connected to RH200W base station
  • Transmitter LED flashes to indicate normal operation
  • Transmitters can be mounted up to 98ft (30m) from the base station
  • Operates at 433MHz; FCC approved
  • Complete with 2 AA batteries
Specifications Range Max Resolution Basic Accuracy
Temperature -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C) 0.1°F/°C ±1.8°F (1°C)
Relative Humidity 1 to 99%RH 1%RH ±5%RH
Wireless Sensor Signal 433MHz
RF Transmission Range 98ft (30m)
Dimensions 4.5 x 2.4 x 1.6" (113 x 61 x 39.5mm)
Weight 4.8oz (136g)
[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

4-Channel Datalogging Thermometer

Extech SDL200: 4-Channel Datalogging Thermometer

Records data on an SD card in Excel® format

The SDL200 records data on an SD card in Excel format. 4-Channel datalogging with 6 Thermocouple types (J, K, E, T, R,S) and 2-Channel datalogging with RTD (Pt100Ohm) probes. Displays [T1, T2, T3, T4] or differential [T1-T2] readings. Offset adjustment used for zero function to make relative measurements. Stores 99 readings manually and 20M readings via 2G SD card. Records readings with real date and time stamp. User programmable sampling rate from 1 to 3600 seconds. Min/Max, Data Hold, Auto Power Off. Complete with 6 AA batteries, four general purpose Type K bead wire temperature probes, SD card, and hard carrying case.
  • 4-Channel datalogging with 6 Thermocouple types (J, K, E, T, R,S) and 2-Channel datalogging with RTD (Pt100Ohm) probes
  • Displays [T1, T2, T3, T4] or differential [T1-T2] reading
  • Offset adjustment used for zero function to make relative measurements
  • Stores 99 readings manually and 20M readings via 2G SD card
  • Records readings with real date and time stamp
  • User programmable sampling rate: 1 to 3600 seconds
  • Min/Max, Data Hold, Auto Power Off
  • Complete with 6 AA batteries, four general purpose Type K bead wire temperature probes, SD card, and hard carrying case
Specifications Range
Type J -148 to 2102°F (-100 to 1150°C)
Type K -148 to 2372°F (-100 to 1300°C)
Type T -58 to 752°F (-50 to 400°C)
Type E -58 to 1652°F (-50 to 900°C)
Type R 32 to 3092°F (0 to 1700°C)
Type S 32 to 2732°F (0 to 1500°C)
RTD (Pt100) -327 to 1562°F (-200 to 850°C)
Resolution 0.1°/1°
Basic Accuracy ±0.4% rdg (+1.8°F/+1°C) Types J,K,E,T, Pt100
±0.5% rdg (+2°F/+1°C) Types R,S
Datalogging 20M data records using a 2G SD card
Dimensions 7.2 x 2.9 x 1.9" (182 x 73 x 47.5mm)
Weight 17.6oz (500g)
* model with NIST certificate is available.

12-Channel Datalogging Thermometer

Extech TM500: 12-Channel Datalogging Thermometer

Datalogging Thermometer with 6 Thermocouple Types (J, K, E, T, R, S)

The TM500 is a 12-Channel Datalogging Thermometer. This Datalogging Thermometer features 6 Thermocouple Types (J, K, E, T, R, S). Displays CH1 to CH8 or CH9 to CH12 on screen, data can be recorded from all 12 channels simultaneously onto an SD card in Excel format for further analysis. Complete with 8 AA batteries, 12 general purpose Type K bead wire temperature probes, SD card, and hard carrying case.
  • Simultaneously displays CH1 to CH8 or CH9 to CH12
  • Offset adjustment used for zero function or to make relative measurements
  • Stores 99 readings manually
  • Datalogging feature records readings with date and time stamp on an SD card (included) in Excel® format
  • User programmable sampling rate from 1 to 3600 seconds
  • Min/Max, Data Hold, Auto Power Off
  • Complete with 8 AA batteries, 12 general purpose Type K bead wire temperature probes, SD card, and hard carrying case
Specifications Range
Type J -148 to 2102°F (-100 to 1150°C)
Type K -148 to 2372°F (-100 to 1300°C)
Type T -148 to 752°F (-100 to 400°C)
Type E -148 to 1652°F (-100 to 900°C)
Type R 32 to 3092°F (0 to 1700°C)
Type S 32 to 2732°F (0 to 1500°C)
Resolution 0.1°/1°
Basic Accuracy ±0.4% rdg (+1.8°F/+1°C) Types J, K, E, T; ±0.5% rdg (+5°F/+3°C) Types R, S
Datalogging Datalog readings on SD card (included)
Dimensions/ Weight 8.9 x 4.9 x 2.5" (225 x 125 x 64mm)/ 2.1lbs (944g)

Big Digit Thermometer

Extech 401014: Big Digit Indoor/Outdoor Thermometer

Built-in memory stores Min/ Max Temperature readings

401014 is a Big Digit Thermometer that simultaneously displays indoor and outdoor temperatures. Its waterproof sensor for outdoor measurement extends on a 9.6 ft. thin cable for easy installation. Internal memory stores Min/Max readings over time. Thermometer comes complete with built-in stand, external temperature sensor, AAA battery, and wall mount bracket.
  • Large LCD display with 1" (25mm) digits
  • Simultaneous display of indoor/outdoor temperature
  • Indoor Range: 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C)
  • Outdoor Range: -58 to 158°F (-50 to 70°C)
  • ±1.8°F /1°C accuracy; 0.1°F/°C resolution
  • Dimensions: 4.4 x 4 x 0.9" (112 x 102 x 22mm); Weight: 6.5oz (186g)
  • Complete with internal and weatherproof outdoor temperature sensor with 9.6ft (3m) thin cable, built-in stand, AAA battery and wall mounting bracket

Type K/J Thermometer

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech TM100: Type K/J Single Input Thermometer

Compact-size Thermometer with Side-Button Controls For Convenient One-hand Operation

The Extech TM100 Type J/K Single Input Thermometer has a wide temperature range of -328 to 2501°F/-200 to 1372°C for type k and -346 to 2012°F / -210 to 1100°C for type j measurements. It has a high 0.1°/1° resolution and a large backlit LCD display with readouts in °F, °C, or Kelvin. The data hold function freezes the reading on the display and the screen displays the Max/Min/Avg. Readings capture a relative time stamp. Also, the offset key is used for zero function to make relative measurements. Auto power off with a disable feature. This thermometer comes complete with the Type K bead wire temperature probe and one 9V battery.
  • Wide temperature range: -328 to 2501°F/-200 to 1372°C (Type K); -346 to 2012°F / -210 to 1100°C (Type J)
  • High 0.1°/1° resolution
  • Large backlit LCD display, Readout in °F, °C, or K (Kelvin)
  • Data Hold function freezes reading on display
  • Max/Min/Avg readings with relative time stamp
  • Offset key used for zero function to make relative measurements
  • Auto Power off with disable feature
  • Complete with Type K bead wire temperature probe and 9V battery
Specifications Range
Temperature (Type K) -328 to 2501°F (-200 to 1372°C)
Temperature (Type J) -346 to 2012°F (-210 to 1100°C)
Basic Accuracy ±(0.15% rdg + 1°C)
Resolution 0.1°/1°
Dimensions 8.7 x 2.5 x 1.1" (220 x 63 x 28mm)
Weight 7oz (200g)
* model with NIST certificate is available. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator color="green" style="shadow"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech TM300: Type K/J Dual Input Thermometer

Compact meter for differential temperature measurements

The TM300 is a compact meter for differential temperature measurements. Large backlit LCD displays T1, T2, T1-T2 differential, plus Min, Max, and Avg. Wide temperature range with 0.1°/1° resolution. Readout in °F, °C, or K (Kelvin). Data Hold function freezes reading on display. Max/Min/Avg readings with relative time stamp. Offset key used for zero function to make relative measurements. Auto Power off with disable feature. Complete with two general purpose Type K bead wire temperature probes, three AAA batteries, and pouch case.
  • Large backlit LCD displays T1, T2, T1-T2 differential, plus Min, Max, and Avg
  • Wide temperature range with 0.1°/1° resolution
  • Readout in °F, °C, or K (Kelvin)
  • Data Hold function freezes reading on display
  • Max/Min/Avg readings with relative time stamp
  • Offset key used for zero function to make relative measurements
  • Auto Power off with disable feature
  • Complete with two general purpose Type K bead wire temperature probes, three AAA batteries, and pouch case
Specifications Range
Temperature (Type K) -328 to 2501°F (-200 to 1372°C)
Temperature (Type J) -346 to 2012°F (-210 to 1100°C)
Basic Accuracy ±(0.15% rdg + 1.8°F/1°C)
Resolution 0.1°/1°
Dimensions 8.7 x 2.5 x 1.1" (220 x 63 x 28mm)
Weight 7oz (200g)
* model with NIST certificate is available. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

EasyView Thermometer

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech EA11A: EasyView™ Type K Single Input Thermometer

Thermocouple thermometer with dual LCD display and memory function

EA11A is an easyview Type K Single Input Thermometer. This Hand Held Thermometer has a temperature range (Type K) from -58 to 1999 F (-50 to 1300 C). Features a Dual Display LCD, Manually store/recall up to 150 readings and Mode Min/Max/Average functions. Includes 6 AAA Batteries, Two Bead Probes, and Holster.
  • Compact and rugged design with high contrast large LCD display
  • Manually store/recall up to 150 readings
  • -58 to 1999°F (-50 to 1300°C) temperature range with 0.1°/1° resolution
  • Records Max/Min/Avg readings for later recall
  • Offset key used for zero function to make relative measurements
  • Data Hold, Auto power off
Specifications Range
Temperature (Type K) -58 to 1999°F (-50 to 1300°C)
Basic Accuracy ±(0.3%rdg +2°F); ±(0.3%rdg +1°C)
Resolution 0.1°/1°
Memory Manual store/recall up to 150 readings
Dimensions 5.9 x 2.8 x 1.3" (150 x 72 x 35mm)
Weight 8.3oz (235g)
* model with NIST certificate is available [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_separator color="vista_blue" style="shadow"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Extech EA10: EasyView™ Dual Input Thermometers

Basic Type K Thermometer with wide temperature range

EA10 is an EasyView Dual Input Thermometer. Basic Type K Thermometer with wide temperature range. Temperature range from -200 to 1999°F (-200 to 1360°C) with 0.1°/1° resolution. Features Data Hold, Auto power off, low battery and overrange indication. Complete with built-in stand, protective holster, two Type K bead wire temperature probes and batteries.
  • Temperature range: -200 to 1999°F (-200 to 1360°C) with 0.1°/1° resolution
  • Compact and rugged design features large backlit display
  • Displays [T1 plus T2] or [T1-T2 plus T1] or [T1-T2 plus T2]
  • Timer function displays elapsed time plus the time when MIN and MAX readings are taken
  • Data Hold, Auto power off, low battery and overrange indication
  • Records Max/Min readings for later recall
  • OFFSET key used for zero function to make relative measurements
  • Complete with built-in stand, protective holster, two Type K bead wire temperature probes and batteries
Specifications Range
Thermocouple Type K -200 to 1999°F (-200 to 1360°C)
Resolution 0.1°
Basic Accuracy ±0.3% (+2°F/+1°C)
Dimensions 6 x 2.8 x 1.5" (152 x 72 x 37mm)
Weight 8.3oz (235g)
 * model with NIST certificate is available
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Smeg Basic line GW4190 90cm w/drying system glassware washer

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW4190[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW4190 is a glassware washer designed to work from one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620mm (168l gross). Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter. Integrated compartment for the detergents.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2647" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Specifications and Technical Features

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW4190" tab_id="GW4190"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    GW4190 (art. 860351)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
    • programs: 9 default + 6 custom
    • microprocessor programmable electronic control
    • serial port RS232 for connection to printer or PC
    • forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
    • alkaline powder detergent dispenser
    • peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
    • possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
    • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 4 x 5 liters tanks
    • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 600 x 850 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
    • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
    • cold water and demineralized water connections
    • electronic door lock system for user safety
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
    • single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW4190-1)
    • 60 Hz version available
    • without trolleys

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    GW4190A (art. 860711)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

    • standard equipment
    • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

    GW4190C (art. 860353)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

    • standard equipment
    • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

    GW4190CA (art. 860712)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

    • standard equipment
    • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
    • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

    Machine optionals

      • AF4060 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
      • AS4190 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
      • B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
      • FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
      • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
      • P14060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
      • P14190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
      • P34190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
      • P44190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
      • PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
      • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
      • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
      • PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
      • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
      • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
      • T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
      • TANKBSK - UPPER LEVEL CAN HOLDER BASKET
      • TOP90IB - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
      • TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
      • WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
      • WD-LS4190 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
      • WD-PRINT9 - PANEL PRINTER
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2647" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW4190S" tab_id="GW4190S"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    GW4190S (art. 860352)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
    • programs: 9 default + 6 custom
    • microprocessor programmable electronic control
    • serial port RS232 for connection to printer or PC
    • forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
    • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
    • peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
    • possibility of installing one additional peristaltic pump
    • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 4 x 5 liters tanks
    • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 600 x 850 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
    • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
    • cold water and demineralized water connections
    • electronic door lock system for user safety
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
    • single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW4190S1)
    • 60 Hz version available
    • without trolleys

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    GW4190SA (art. 860713)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

    • standard equipment
    • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

    GW4190SC (art. 860354)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

    • standard equipment
    • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

    GW4190SCA (art. 860714)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER

    • standard equipment
    • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
    • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

    Machine optionals

    • AF4060 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
    • AS4190 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
    • B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
    • FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
    • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
    • P14190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
    • P34190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • P44190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
    • PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
    • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
    • T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
    • TANKBSK - UPPER LEVEL CAN HOLDER BASKET
    • TOP90IB - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
    • TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
    • WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
    • WD-LS4190 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
    • WD-PRINT9 - PANEL PRINTER
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2648" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

    Technical Features

     GW4190 TECHNICAL FEATURES  All versions
     Electronic control  microprocessor
     Standard programs stored  9
     Customisable programs  6
     Display with segments and communication  yes, 4 digits
     Clock and calendar  yes
     Tank internal temperature  from room temperature to 95°C
     Accuracy  0,1°C
     Temperature sensors in tank  n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
     Detergent and agents dosing system  max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 2 other pumps as optional
     Detergent level sensor  optional
     Safety lock  yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
     Safety devices  safety thermostats, door interlock
     Alarm display  30
     Troubleshooting menu  yes, using PC connection
     Programme editing  yes, using 6 customizable programs
     AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
     Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs  yes
     RS232 serial port for PC connection  yes
     RS232 serial port for printer  yes
     Cycle storage  yes
     Cycle file download  yes
     DRYING SYSTEM
     Drying fan  yes
     Drying heating element  0,8 kW
     Prefilter class C 98%  yes
     HEPA filter class S 99,999%  optional
     WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
     Cold water inlet  yes, hardness max 42°f
     Demineralized water inlet  yes, < 30 μS/cm
     Demineralized water booster pump  optional
     Water softener incorporated  yes
     Recirculation pump  400 l/min
     WATER HEATING
     Electrical  6,3 kW on three-phase version, 2,3 kW on single-phase version
     STEAM CONDENSER  optional
     DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
     Outside (with built-in top)  900x605x853 (830)
     Inside (gross)  530x510x620
     Net weight (Kg)  105
     STAINLESS STEEL
     Wash tank  AISI 316L
     Exterior covering  AISI 304
     ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
     Max. voltage/power  1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 2,8 kW 3/N/PE 400V ~ 50Hz 7,0 kW
     NOISE LEVEL  max 50 dB
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Possible Washing Configuration - GW4190 Series

    [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2682" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for different types of glassware. Photo: CS1-1 upper basket: it is fitted with RC1/2 net in the right side for the support of various glass items. On the left side: test tube accessory. CS2 lower basket: SB28 insert on the right and SB30 on the left for washing beakers, flasks, plates and various other materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one mixed injection washing level suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware and pipettes. Photo: LPM2020: this system allows simultaneously washing narrownecked glassware (flasks, beakers, round-bottom flasks) and 20 pipettes.Specific carriers for laboratories which clean many different types of glassware at the same time.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2683" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2684" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one injection washing level suitable for washing narrownecked glassware. Photo: LM40: universal injection carrier as it optimises washing of narrow-necked glassware of different sizes. It has a capacity of 40 items and can wash both large items and small flasks or bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Accessories - GW4190 Series

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LPV40DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR 40 PIPETTES LB32DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR BOTTLES [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM20DS UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARES - 24 POSITIONS PD70I WASHING SOLUTION FOR PETRI DISHES [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Basic Trolleys" tab_id="BasicTrolleys"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2829" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CS1-1

    UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CS2

    LOWER LEVEL BASKET

    Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

    .

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2831" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB9

    9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB15

    15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB28

    28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB30

    30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CSK1

    1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CSK2

    ½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SERIES “CP”

    ¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle insert" tab_id="insert_c"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2839" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    PB50

    BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 56 50 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 46 mm - h 87 mm. PB100 (not in photo) suitable for holding 32 100 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 56 mm - h 100 mm. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    PB500

    BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 21 500 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 86 mm - h 177 mm. PB250 (not in photo) suitable for holding 25 250 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 70 mm - h 138 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2840" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2668" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    PB1000

    BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 16 1000 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 101 mm - h 225 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    PV105

    SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SL6

    PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SL9

    CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SL18

    CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SERIES "PD"

    DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SERIES "PF"

    DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SA3

    DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SERIES “U”

    SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2651" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LM20DS

    UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LM40DS

    UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2640" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2896" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LM40SDS

    UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LM80DS

    UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2897" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2898" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB4BDS

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LBT5DS

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of five 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2900" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB8DS

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 U6260 spigots and 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB16DS

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2901" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2902" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB16SDS

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16IDS (not shown in the photo): same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB32DS

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2650" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2903" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB1-20DS

    WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum with drying system connection. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2667" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LPM2010DS

    MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LPM2020DS

    MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2642" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2669" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LR4DS

    REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LT20DS

    WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing and drying of 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2904" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2649" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LPV40DS

    PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LPT100DS

    PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2641" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2905" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    KP100DS

    TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200DS (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB40DS

    BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2906" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Related Products

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Nitrile Gloves

    {:en}Your Location: Main>Consumable>Gloves

    Nitrile Gloves Powdered & Powder-Free

    Functional Benefits
    • Protection from unwanted or dangerous substances.
    • Beaded cuff ensures easy donning and prevent roll down.
    • Superior strength with better puncture resistance.
    • Full textured enhances wet and dry grip.
    • Thinner gauger improves tactile sensitivity.
    • Custom design enhances comfort and fit.
    • Provide an alternative solution for individuals who are allergic to natural rubber latex.
    Quality Standards
    • Conforms to ASTM D6319 and EN455 Standards.
    • Manufactured under QSR (GMP) and ISO9001: 2008 and ISO13485: 2003 Quality Management System.
    • Biocompatibility tested.
    • Manufactured from 100% nitrile latex (Acrylonitrile-butadiene).
    • Resits permeation by a wide range of chemicals as compared to natural rubber latex of the same thickness.
    • Conforms to MDD 93/42/EEC Class I
    Glove Sizes
    • Extra-small, Small, Medium, Large, Extra-large.
    • Marked in the check box on the shipping carton with black ink.
    Product Specifications Type:  Powdered & Powder-free and non-sterile Material: Synthetic Nitrile Latex Design & Features: Ambidextrous; textures; beaded cuff; natural white or coloured (blue/green/pink/light purple/black/red) Storage:  The gloves shall maintain their properties when stored in a cool and dry condition. Shelf-life:  5 years from the date of manufacturing Physical Dimensions
    Dimensions Standards
    Top Glove ASTM D6319 EN 455
    Length (mm) 240 min 220min (XS, S) 230 min (M, L, XL) 240 min
    Width (mm) XS S M L XL . 76±3 84±3 94±3 105±3 113±3 . 70±10 80±10 95±10 110±10 120±10 . ≤80 80±10 95±10 110±10 ≥110
    Thickness - Single wall (mm) Fingers Palm . 0.05 min 0.05 min . 0.05min 0.05 min N/A
    Physical Properties
    Property ASTM D6319 EN 455
    Elongation at break (%) - Before Aging - After Aging . Min 500 Min 400 N/A
    Tensile Strength (MPa) - Before Aging - After Aging . Min 14 Min 14 N/A
    Force at Break (N) - Before Aging - After Aging N/A . 6.0 6.0
    International Quality System Certificate Awarded: {:}{:zh}您的位置: 主页>耗材>手套

    丁腈手套 有粉和无粉

    功能优点
    • 防止有害和危险物质
    • 袖口卷边容易穿戴,防止滑落
    • 超强的物理性能和极强的耐破力
    • 布满纹理的表面加强了干湿度的抓力
    • 薄的表层提高触觉度
    • 定制设计加强舒适和合适度
    • 为对天然乳胶过敏的用户提供另一个的选择
    质量标准
    • 符合ASTM D6319(00aє3)和EN455标准
    • 依据QSR(GMP)和ISO9001:2000质量管理系统下运行
    • 进行生物相容性测试
    • 100%丁腈(丙烯晴丁二烯)制造
    • 与同样厚度的天然乳胶相比,可预防广泛的化学物质的渗透
    手套型号
    • 加小号,小号,中号,大号,加大号
    • 用黑色油墨标注在要出运外箱上
    产品规格 种类: 有粉或无粉,和非灭菌 材料: 合成丁腈乳胶 结构特点: 双手通用,布满纹理,袖口卷边,天然白色或彩色(蓝色) 存储:  当储存在凉快的温度及干燥的条件下,手套可保持它们的特性. 质保期:  从生产日期起5年 物理尺寸
    尺寸 标准范围
    Top Glove ASTM D6319 EN 455
    长度 (mm) 240 最短 220最短 (XS, S) 230 最短(M, L, XL) 240 最短
    宽度 (mm) XS(特小号) S (小号) M (中号) L (大号) XL (特大号) . 76±3 84±3 94±3 105±3 113±3 . 70±10 80±10 95±10 110±10 120±10 . ≤80 80±10 95±10 110±10 ≥110
    厚度 - 单层 (mm) 手指部分 手掌部分 . 0.05 最薄 0.05 最薄 . 0.05 最薄 0.05 最薄 不适用
    物理特性
    特性 ASTM D6319 EN 455
    扯断伸长率 (%) - 老化前 - 老化后 . 最低 500 最低 400 不适用
    抗拉强度 (MPa) - 老化前 - 老化后 . 最低 14 最低 14 不适用
    断裂力量 (N) - 老化前 - 老化后 不适用 . 6.0 6.0
    国际质量体系认证证书: {:}

    Latex Gloves

    {:en}Your Location: Main>Consumable>Gloves

    Latex Gloves Powdered & Powder-Free

    Functional Benefits
    • Protection from unwanted or dangerous substances.
    • Easy donning and helps prevent roll back.
    • Softness provides superior comfort and natural fit.
    • Beaded cuff makes donning easy.
    • Ambidextrous and straight fingers.
    Quality Standards
    • Conforms to ASTM D3578 and EN455 Standards.
    • Manufactured under QSR (GMP) and ISO9001: 2008 Quality Management System.
    • Using FDA approved absorbable corn starch, USP grade.
    Glove Sizes
    • Extra-small, Small, Medium, Large, Extra-large.
    • Marked in the check box on the shipping carton with black ink.
    Product Specifications Type:  Powdered & Powder-free and non-sterile Material: Natural high quality latex Design & Features: - Powdered : Ambidextrous; smooth or fully textured surface; beaded cuff; natural white, coloured (blue/green) or mint flavoured; Absorbable cornstarch USP Grade - Powder-Free : Ambidextrous; smooth or fully textured; beaded cuff; off-white to yellow, blue Storage:  The gloves shall maintain their properties when stored in a dry condition at temperature not higher than 30°C. Shelf-life:  5 years from the date of manufacturing Physical Dimensions
    Dimensions Standard
    Top Glove ASTM D3578
    Length (mm) 240 min 220min (XS, S) 230 min (M, L, XL)
    Width (mm) XS S M L XL . 76±3 84±3 94±3 105±3 113±3 . 70±10 80±10 95±10 111±10 .
    Thickness - Single wall (mm) Fingers Palm . 0.14+/-0.03 0.11+/-0.03 . 0.08 min 0.08 min
    Physical Properties
    Property ASTM D3578
    Elongation at break (%) - Before Aging - After Aging . Min 650 Min 500
    Tensile Strength (MPa) - Before Aging - After Aging . Min 18 Min 14
    International Quality System Certificate Awarded {:}{:zh}您的位置: 主页>耗材>手套

    乳胶手套 有粉和无粉

    功能优点
    • 防止有害和危险物质
    • 容易穿戴,防止滑落
    • 柔软、非常舒适合适
    • 袖口卷边容易穿戴
    • 双手通用及手指笔
    质量标准
    • 符合ASTM D3578(05)和EN455(00)标准
    • 在QSR(GMP)和IS09001:2000质量管理体系下运行
    • 使用经过FDA审核之USP级别的玉米淀粉(有粉乳胶手套)
    手套型号
    • 加小号,小号,中号,大号,加大号
    • 用黑色油墨标注在要出运外箱上
    产品规格 种类:  有粉或无粉,和非灭菌 材料: 高品质的天然乳胶材料 结构特点:双手通用,平滑或纹理表面,袖口卷边 - 有粉乳胶手套:天然白色,彩色(蓝色/绿色)或薄荷味, 美国批准使用的玉米淀粉 - 无粉乳胶手套:白色至黄色,蓝色 存储:  当储存在凉快的温度及干燥的条件下,手套可保持它们的特性. 质保期:  从生产日期起5年 物理尺寸
    尺寸 标准范围
    Top Glove ASTM D3578
    长度 (mm) 240 最短 220 最短 (XS, S) 230 最短 (M, L, XL)
    宽度 (mm) XS (特小号) S (小号) M (中号) L (大号) XL (特大号) . 76±3 84±3 94±3 105±3 113±3 . 70±10 80±10 95±10 111±10 .
    厚度 – 单层 (mm) 手指部分 手掌部分 . 0.14+/-0.03 0.11+/-0.03 . 0.08 最薄 0.08 最薄
    物理特性
    特性 ASTM D3578
    扯断伸长率 (%) – 老化前 – 老化后 . 最低 650 最低 500
    抗拉强度 (MPa) – 老化前 – 老化后 . 最低 18 最低 14
    国际质量体系认证证书: {:}

    Smeg Professional line GW3060 60cm glassware washer

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Professional Line>GW3060[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW3060 is a glassware washer designed to work with either one or two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620 mm (168l gross). Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Specifications and Technical Features

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW3060BX" tab_id="GW3060BX"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    GW3060BX (art. 860141)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
    • programs: 20 default + 10 custom
    • n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
    • serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
    • 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
    • active thermodynamic drying
    • alkaline powder detergent dispenser
    • peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
    • possibility of installing up to 3 additional peristaltic pumps
    • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 640 x 850 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
    • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
    • cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
    • electronic door lock system for user safety
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
    • 60 Hz version available
    • without trolleys

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    GW3060BXA (art. 860699)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

    • standard equipment
    • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

    GW3060BXC (art. 860241)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

    • standard equipment
    • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

    GW3060BXCA (art. 860700)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

    • standard equipment
    • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
    • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

    Machine optionals

    • ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
    • IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
    • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
    • PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
    • T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
    • TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
    • WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
    • WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
    • WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
    • WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
    • WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2654" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW3060S" tab_id="GW3060S"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    GW3060S (art. 860189)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
    • programs: 20 default + 10 custom
    • n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
    • serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
    • 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
    • active thermodynamic drying
    • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
    • peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
    • possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
    • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 640 x 850 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
    • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
    • cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
    • electronic door lock system for user safety
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
    • 60 Hz version available
    • without trolleys

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    GW3060SA (art. 860702)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

    • standard equipment
    • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

    GW3060SC (art. 860210)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

    • standard equipment
    • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

    GW3060SCA (art. 860703)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

    • standard equipment
    • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
    • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

    Machine optionals

    • ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
    • IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
    • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
    • PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
    • T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
    • TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
    • WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
    • WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
    • WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
    • WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
    • WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2655" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW3060P" tab_id="GW3060P"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    GW3060P (art. 860190)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER - PETROL

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
    • programs: 20 default + 10 custom
    • n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
    • serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
    • 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
    • active thermodynamic drying
    • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
    • peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
    • peristaltic pump for caustic soda solution
    • peristaltic pump for anti-foam additive
    • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 640 x 850 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
    • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
    • cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
    • electronic door lock system for user safety
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
    • 60 Hz version available
    • spare parts kit for petrol
    • without trolleys

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    GW3060PA (art. 860701)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER - PETROL

    • standard equipment
    • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

    Machine optionals

    • ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
    • IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
    • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
    • PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
    • T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
    • TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
    • WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
    • WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
    • WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
    • WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
    • WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2760" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

    Technical Features

     GW3060 TECHNICAL FEATURES  All versions
     Electronic control  3 microprocessors + 1 (optional communication card)
     Standard programs stored  20
     Customisable programs  10 (expandable to 50)
     Backlit graphic LCD display  128 x 64 pixels
     Clock and calendar  yes
     Tank internal temperature  from room temperature to 95°C
     Accuracy  0,1°C
     Temperature sensors in tank  n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
     Detergent and agents dosing system  max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 3 other pumps as optional
     Detergent level sensor  optional
     Safety lock  yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
     Safety devices  safety thermostats, door interlock
     Alarm display  80
     Troubleshooting menu  yes, using PC connection
     Program editing  yes, using customizable programs
     Display languages  Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish, Turkish and Polish
     AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
     External sensor duct  optional
     Waste water separation solenoid valve control  optional
     Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs  yes
     RS232 serial port for PC connection  yes
     RS232 serial port for printer  yes
     Cycle storage  yes
     Cycle file download  yes
     WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
     Cold water inlet  yes, hardness max 42°f
     Demineralized water inlet  yes, < 30 μS/cm
     Demineralized water booster pump  optional
     Water softener incorporated  yes
     Recirculation pump  400 l/min
     WATER HEATING
     Electrical  6,3 kW
     STEAM CONDENSER  optional
     DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
     Outside (with built-in top)  600x640x850 (830)
     Inside (gross)  530x510x620
     Net weight (Kg)  86
     STAINLESS STEEL
     Wash tank  AISI 316L
     Exterior covering  AISI 304
     ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
     Max. voltage/power  3/N/PE 400V ~ 50Hz 7,0 kW
     NOISE LEVEL  max 50 dB
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Possible Washing Configuration - GW3060 Series

    [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2682" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for different types of glassware. Photo: CS1-1 upper basket: it is fitted with RC1/2 net in the right side for the support of various glass items. On the left side: test tube accessory. CS2 lower basket: SB28 insert on the right and SB30 on the left for washing beakers, flasks, plates and various other materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one mixed injection washing level suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware and pipettes. Photo: LPM2020: this system allows simultaneously washing narrownecked glassware (flasks, beakers, round-bottom flasks) and 20 pipettes.Specific carriers for laboratories which clean many different types of glassware at the same time.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2683" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2684" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one injection washing level suitable for washing narrownecked glassware. Photo: LM40: universal injection carrier as it optimises washing of narrow-necked glassware of different sizes. It has a capacity of 40 items and can wash both large items and small flasks or bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Accessories - GW3060 Series

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM40 WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE TILL 49 CM IN HEIGHT CP192 WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES TILL 192MM IN HEIGHT LM80 TWO LEVELS WASHING SOLUTION WITH INJECTION. 68 SPIGOTS FOR GLASSEWARE UP TO 225MM MAX IN HEGHT LPM2020 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES (MAX. 550MM IN HEIGHT), NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARES UPTO MAX. 490MM IN HEIGHT [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LBT5 INJECTION WASHING SOLUTION FOR BOTTLES UP TO 5L. DIAM.MAX. 180X500H MM, NECK DIAM. MAX 80MM. CPB2 WASHING SOLUTION FOR WINE-TASTING GLASSES MAX. 240MM IN HEIGHT. SUITABLE FOR WASHING TILL 14 WINE-GLASSES. LPT100 WASHING SOLUTION FOR 100 PIPETTES UPTO 45CM IN HEIGHT LB16 WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW NECK BOTTLES (MAX 1000ML) AND GRADUATED MEASURING CYLINDERS (MAX 495MM) [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Basic Trolleys" tab_id="BasicTrolleys"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2829" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CS1-1

    UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CS2

    LOWER LEVEL BASKET

    Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

    .

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2831" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB9

    9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB15

    15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB28

    28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB30

    30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CSK1

    1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CSK2

    ½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SERIES “CP”

    ¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle insert" tab_id="insert_c"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2839" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    PB50

    BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 56 50 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 46 mm - h 87 mm. PB100 (not in photo) suitable for holding 32 100 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 56 mm - h 100 mm. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    PB500

    BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 21 500 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 86 mm - h 177 mm. PB250 (not in photo) suitable for holding 25 250 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 70 mm - h 138 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2840" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2668" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    PB1000

    BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 16 1000 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 101 mm - h 225 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    PV105

    SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SL6

    PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SL9

    CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SL18

    CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SERIES "PD"

    DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SERIES "PF"

    DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SA3

    DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SERIES “U”

    SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2751" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LM20

    UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LM40

    UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2656" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2635" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LM40S

    UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LM80

    UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2659" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2789" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB4B

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LBT5

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing. Suitable for washing five 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2849" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB8

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 U6260 spigots and 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB16

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2664" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2633" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB16S

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16I: same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB32

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2850" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2851" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB1-20

    WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2631" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LPM2010

    MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes. Suitable for washing10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LPM2020

    MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes. Suitable for washing 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2660" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2790" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LR4

    REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LT20

    WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier for washing 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2852" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2753" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LPV40

    PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LPT100

    PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2663" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2853" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    KP100

    TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200 (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB40

    BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing. Suitable for washing 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2854" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Related Products

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页>仪器>洗瓶机[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW3060可用作一或两层的洗涤层清洗各种各样的物件.标准洗涤内腔尺寸530x510x620 mm (内腔容量:168L).可用作清洗,消毒和干燥.(温度至95°C)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="268"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    规格

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW3060BX" tab_id="GW3060BX"][vc_column_text]

    GW3060BX (目录号: 860141)

    • 洗涤温度高至95°C抗菌热消毒
    • 程序:20个预设+10个自定义
    • 3个可编程微处理电子控制器
    • RS232接口,连接打印机或者电脑
    • 128×64像素屏幕显示信息
    • 主动热力干燥
    • 碱性洗涤粉剂分配器
    • 酸性中和剂蠕动泵
    • 可安装最多3个附加蠕动泵
    • AISI316不锈钢洗涤内腔
    • AISI304不锈钢外壳
    • 2层独立洗涤层,带伸缩导轨
    • 外部尺寸LxDxH:600x640x850mm
    • 内腔尺寸LxDxH:525x490x570mm
    • 软水器含盐传感器
    • 冷水,热水和软化水连接
    • 电子门锁系统,保障用户安全
    • 电源:3/N/PE400V50Hz7kW最大(可转换为1/N/PE230V)
    • 60Hz版本可选
    • 没有洗涤推车

    其他可能的配置

    GW3060BXA (目录号: 860699)

    • GW3060BX标准规格
    • 增压泵,用于没有压力软化水

    GW3060BXC (目录号: 860241)

    • GW3060BX标准规格
    • 高效蒸汽冷凝器,冷水接入

    GW3060BXCA (目录号: 860700)

    • GW3060BX标准规格
    • 高效蒸汽冷凝器,冷水接入
    • 增压泵,用于没有压力软化水

    可选配件

    • ADU - 通用液体添加剂蠕动泵
    • B6040L - 不锈钢底座带锁,用于60cm宽机器
    • IC5090 - 电导率传感器检查洗涤质量
    • IRCP - 吊顶喷洒臂
    • PAD - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
    • PAD2 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
    • PAD2-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
    • PAD2X - 不锈钢增压泵用于没有压力软水
    • PAD2X-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水,60Hz
    • T6040 - 不锈钢框架用于60cm宽机器
    • TOP45I - 嵌入式安装顶盖, 60cm
    • WD-LAN60 - 数据通信卡
    • WD-LS3060 - 洗涤剂液位传感器
    • WD-PRINTE - 外置打印机
    • WDTRACE - 远程控制与可追溯软件
    • WD-VDS - 双排水阀
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW3060S" tab_id="GW3060S"][vc_column_text]

    GW3060S (目录号: 860189)

    • 洗涤温度高至95°C - 抗菌热消毒
    • 程序: 20个预设 + 10个自定义
    • 3个可编程微处理电子控制器
    • RS232接口,连接打印机或者电脑
    • 128×64像素屏幕显示信息
    • 主动热力干燥
    • 液体洗涤剂蠕动泵
    • 酸性中和剂蠕动泵
    • 可安装最多2个附加蠕动泵
    • AISI 316不锈钢洗涤内腔
    • AISI 304不锈钢外壳
    • 2层独立洗涤层,带伸缩导轨
    • 外部尺寸 LxDxH: 600 x 640 x 850mm
    • 内腔尺寸 LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570mm
    • 软水器含盐传感器
    • 冷水,热水和软化水连接
    • 电子门锁系统,保障用户安全
    • 电源: 3/N/PE 400V - 50Hz - 7kW 最大(可转换为1/N/PE 230V)
    • 60Hz版本可选
    • 没有洗涤推车

    其他可能的配置

    GW3060P (目录号: 860190)

    • GW3060S标准规格
    • 碱性液体蠕动泵
    • 消泡剂蠕动泵
    • 石油类洗涤套件

    GW3060PA (目录号: 860701)

    • GW3060S标准规格
    • 碱性液体蠕动泵
    • 消泡剂蠕动泵
    • 增压泵,用于没有压力软化水
    • 石油类洗涤套件

    GW3060SA (目录号: 860702)

    • GW3060S标准规格
    • 增压泵,用于没有压力软化水

    GW3060SC (目录号: 860210)

    • GW3060S标准规格
    • 高效蒸汽冷凝器,冷水接入

    GW3060SCA (目录号: 860703)

    • GW3060S标准规格
    • 高效蒸汽冷凝器,冷水接入
    • 增压泵,用于没有压力软化水

    可选配件

    • ADU - 通用液体添加剂蠕动泵
    • B6040L - 不锈钢底座带锁,用于60cm宽机器
    • IC5090 - 电导率传感器检查洗涤质量
    • IRCP - 吊顶喷洒臂
    • PAD - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
    • PAD2 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
    • PAD2-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水,60Hz
    • PAD2X - 不锈钢增压泵用于没有压力软水
    • PAD2X-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水,60Hz
    • T6040 - 不锈钢框架用于60cm宽机器
    • TOP60I - 嵌入式安装顶盖, 60cm
    • WD-LANE - 数据通信卡
    • WD-LS3060 - 洗涤剂液位传感器
    • WD-PRINTE - 外置打印机
    • WDTRACE - 远程控制与可追溯软件
    • WD-VDS - 双排水阀
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Common Use Trolleys, Baskests and Racks - GW3060 Series

    [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM40 WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE TILL 49 CM IN HEIGHT CP192 WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES TILL 192MM IN HEIGHT LM80 二层烧瓶洗涤推车,有68个U4140(140mm高)喷嘴,高度225mm LPM2020 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES (MAX. 550MM IN HEIGHT), NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARES UPTO MAX. 490MM IN HEIGHT [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LBT5 INJECTION WASHING SOLUTION FOR BOTTLES UP TO 5L. DIAM.MAX. 180X500H MM, NECK DIAM. MAX 80MM. CPB2 WASHING SOLUTION FOR WINE-TASTING GLASSES MAX. 240MM IN HEIGHT. SUITABLE FOR WASHING TILL 14 WINE-GLASSES. LPT100 WASHING SOLUTION FOR 100 PIPETTES UPTO 45CM IN HEIGHT LB16 WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW NECK BOTTLES (MAX 1000ML) AND GRADUATED MEASURING CYLINDERS (MAX 495MM) [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Other Accessories, please refer to Accessories [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Technical Features

     GW3060 TECHNICAL FEATURES  All versions
     Electronic control  3 microprocessors + 1 (optional communication card)
     Standard programs stored  20
     Customisable programs  10 (expandable to 50)
     Backlit graphic LCD display  128 x 64 pixels
     Clock and calendar  yes
     Tank internal temperature  from room temperature to 95°C
     Accuracy  0,1°C
     Temperature sensors in tank  n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
     Detergent and agents dosing system  max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 3 other pumps as optional
     Detergent level sensor  optional
     Safety lock  yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
     Safety devices  safety thermostats, door interlock
     Alarm display  80
     Troubleshooting menu  yes, using PC connection
     Program editing  yes, using customizable programs
     Display languages  Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish, Turkish and Polish
     AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
     External sensor duct  optional
     Waste water separation solenoid valve control  optional
     Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs  yes
     RS232 serial port for PC connection  yes
     RS232 serial port for printer  yes
     Cycle storage  yes
     Cycle file download  yes
     WATER SUPPLY
     (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
     Cold water inlet  yes, hardness max 42°f
     Demineralized water inlet  yes, < 30 μS/cm
     Demineralized water booster pump  optional
     Water softener incorporated  yes
     Recirculation pump  400 l/min
     WATER HEATING
     Electrical  6,3 kW
     STEAM CONDENSER  optional
     DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
     Outside (with built-in top)  600x640x850 (830)
     Inside (gross)  530x510x620
     Net weight (Kg)  86
     STAINLESS STEEL
     Wash tank  AISI 316L
     Exterior covering  AISI 304
     ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
     Max. voltage/power  3/N/PE 400V ~ 50Hz 7,0 kW
     NOISE LEVEL  max 50 dB
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]回到规格[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

    BB-001 (3 inch Slim)

    HUBY-340 BB-001 is 3 inch baby type cotton swab. Head is spherical, lint-less and high-absorbable so it is excellent to clean the application with soaking solvent. It is used to clean Micro scoop, optical equipment, connecter and so on, also burnable for easy dispose.

    Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

    Smeg Professional line GW4090 90cm w/drying system glassware washer

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Professional Line>GW4090[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW4090 is a glassware washer designed to work from one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620mm (168L gross). Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter. Integrated compartment for the detergents.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2666" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Specifications and Technical Features

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW4090" tab_id="GW4090"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    GW4090 (art. 860139)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
    • programs: 20 default + 10 custom
    • n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
    • serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
    • 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
    • forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% dop
    • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
    • peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
    • possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
    • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 2 x 5 liters tanks or 4 x 2 liters tanks of capacity
    • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 640 x 850 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
    • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
    • cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
    • electronic door lock system for user safety
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
    • 60 Hz version available
    • without trolleys

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    GW4090A (art. 860236)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

    • standard equipment
    • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

    GW4090C (art. 860191)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

    • standard equipment
    • high efficiency steam condenser with cold water injection

    GW4090CA (art. 860709)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

    • standard equipment
    • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
    • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

    Machine optionals

    • ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
    • B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
    • IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
    • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
    • PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
    • T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
    • TOP90I - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
    • WD-LANI - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
    • WD-LS5090 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
    • WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
    • WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
    • WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2666" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW4090BXC" tab_id="GW4090BXC"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    GW4090BXC (art. 860314)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
    • programs: 20 default + 10 custom
    • n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
    • serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
    • 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
    • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
    • forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
    • high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
    • alkaline powder detergent dispenser
    • peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
    • possibility of installing up to 3 additional peristaltic pumps
    • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 2 x 5 liters tanks or 4 x 2 liters tanks of capacity
    • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 640 x 850 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
    • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
    • cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
    • electronic door lock system for user safety
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
    • 60 Hz version available
    • without trolleys

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    GW4090BXCA (art. 860708)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER

    • standard equipment
    • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

    Machine optionals

    • ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
    • B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
    • IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
    • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
    • PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
    • T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
    • TOP90I - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
    • WD-LANI - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
    • WD-LS5090 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
    • WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
    • WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
    • WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2762" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW4090P" tab_id="GW4090P"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    GW4090P (art. 860634)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
    • programs: 20 default + 10 custom
    • n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
    • serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
    • 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
    • forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% dop
    • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
    • peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
    • peristaltic pump for caustic soda solution
    • peristaltic pump for anti-foam additive
    • possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
    • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 2 x 5 liters tanks or 4 x 2 liters tanks of capacity
    • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 640 x 850 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
    • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
    • cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
    • electronic door lock system for user safety
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
    • 60 Hz version available
    • spare parts kit for petrol
    • without trolleys

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    GW4090PA (art. 860710)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

    • standard equipment
    • booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

    Machine optionals

    • ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
    • B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
    • IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
    • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
    • PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
    • T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
    • TOP90I - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
    • WD-LANI - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
    • WD-LS5090 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
    • WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
    • WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
    • WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2763" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW4090BXP" tab_id="GW4090BXP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    GW4090BXP (art. 860637)

    LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
    • programs: 20 default + 10 custom
    • n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
    • serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
    • 128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
    • forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
    • alkaline powder detergent dispenser
    • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
    • peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
    • peristaltic pump for caustic soda solution
    • peristaltic pump for anti-foam additive
    • washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 2 x 5 liters tanks or 4 x 2 liters tanks of capacity
    • n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 640 x 850 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
    • incorporated water softener with salt sensor
    • cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
    • electronic door lock system for user safety
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
    • 60 Hz version available
    • spare parts kit for petrol
    • without trolleys

    Machine optionals

    • ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
    • B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
    • IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
    • IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
    • PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
    • T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
    • TOP90I - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
    • WD-LANI - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
    • WD-LS5090 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
    • WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
    • WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
    • WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2764" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

    Technical Features

     GW4090 TECHNICAL FEATURES  All versions
     Electronic control  3 microprocessors + 1 (optional communication card)
     Standard programs stored  20
     Customisable programs  10 (expandable to 50)
     Backlit graphic LCD display  128 x 64 pixels
     Clock and calendar  yes
     Tank internal temperature  from room temperature to 95°C
     Accuracy  0,1°C
     Temperature sensors in tank  n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
     Detergent and agents dosing system  max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 3 other pumps as optional
     Detergent level sensor  optional
     Safety lock  yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
     Safety devices  safety thermostats, door interlock
     Alarm display  80
     Troubleshooting menu  yes, using PC connection
     Program editing  yes, using customizable programs
     Display languages  Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish, Turkish and Polish
     AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
     External sensor duct  optional
     Waste water separation solenoid  optional
     valve control  yes
     Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs  yes
     RS232 serial port for PC connection  yes
     RS232 serial port for printer  yes
     Cycle storage  yes
     DRYING SYSTEM
     Drying fan  yes
     Drying heating element  2,5 kW
     Prefilter class C 98%  yes
     HEPA filter class S 99,999%  optional
     WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
     Cold water inlet  yes, hardness max 42°f
     Demineralized water inlet  yes, < 30 μS/cm
     Demineralized water booster pump  optional
     Water softener incorporated  yes
     Recirculation pump  400 l/min
     WATER HEATING
     Electrical  6,3 kW
     STEAM CONDENSER  optional
     DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
     Outside (with built-in top)  900x640x850 (830)
     Inside (gross)  530x510x620
     Net weight (Kg)  110
     STAINLESS STEEL
     Wash tank  AISI 316L
     Exterior covering  AISI 304
     ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
     Max. voltage/power  3/N/PE 400V ~ 50Hz 7,0 kW
     NOISE LEVEL  max 50 dB
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Possible Washing Configuration - GW4090 Series

    [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2682" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for different types of glassware. Photo: CS1-1 upper basket: it is fitted with RC1/2 net in the right side for the support of various glass items. On the left side: test tube accessory. CS2 lower basket: SB28 insert on the right and SB30 on the left for washing beakers, flasks, plates and various other materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one mixed injection washing level suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware and pipettes. Photo: LPM2020: this system allows simultaneously washing narrownecked glassware (flasks, beakers, round-bottom flasks) and 20 pipettes.Specific carriers for laboratories which clean many different types of glassware at the same time.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2683" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2684" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one injection washing level suitable for washing narrownecked glassware. Photo: LM40: universal injection carrier as it optimises washing of narrow-necked glassware of different sizes. It has a capacity of 40 items and can wash both large items and small flasks or bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Accessories - GW4090 Series

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LPM2010DS MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES,PIPETTES AND NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE -20 +10 POSITIONS PB1000 WASHING SOLUTION FOR 16 BOTTLES WITH A LARGE SIZE NECK – MAX CAPACITY 1000ML [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LR4DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR REACTORS OF MAX 3 SB30 WASHING SOLUTION FOR MAX 30 BEAKERS, BEUTE UP TO 500ML AND CYLINDERS [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Basic Trolleys" tab_id="BasicTrolleys"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2829" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CS1-1

    UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CS2

    LOWER LEVEL BASKET

    Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

    .

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2831" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB9

    9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB15

    15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB28

    28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB30

    30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CSK1

    1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CSK2

    ½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SERIES “CP”

    ¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle insert" tab_id="insert_c"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2839" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    PB50

    BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 56 50 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 46 mm - h 87 mm. PB100 (not in photo) suitable for holding 32 100 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 56 mm - h 100 mm. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    PB500

    BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 21 500 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 86 mm - h 177 mm. PB250 (not in photo) suitable for holding 25 250 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 70 mm - h 138 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2840" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2668" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    PB1000

    BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 16 1000 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 101 mm - h 225 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    PV105

    SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SL6

    PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SL9

    CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SL18

    CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SERIES "PD"

    DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SERIES "PF"

    DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SA3

    DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SERIES “U”

    SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2651" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LM20DS

    UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LM40DS

    UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2640" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2896" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LM40SDS

    UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LM80DS

    UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2897" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2898" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB4BDS

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LBT5DS

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of five 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2900" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB8DS

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 U6260 spigots and 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB16DS

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2901" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2902" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB16SDS

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16IDS (not shown in the photo): same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB32DS

    BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2650" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2903" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB1-20DS

    WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum with drying system connection. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2667" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LPM2010DS

    MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LPM2020DS

    MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2642" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2669" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LR4DS

    REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LT20DS

    WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing and drying of 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2904" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2649" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LPV40DS

    PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LPT100DS

    PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2641" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2905" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    KP100DS

    TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200DS (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LB40DS

    BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2906" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Related Products

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Smeg Professional line GW6290 large dimension glassware washers

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Large Capacity>GW6290[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW6290 is a glassware washer designed to work from one to three independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 680x670x1020mm (465L gross). Integrated compartment for the detergents. Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2672" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Specifications and Technical Features

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW6290" tab_id="GW6290"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    GW6290 (art. 860682)

    LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (405 LITRES)

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
    • programs: 20 default + 20 custom
    • multi-language TFT colour touch screen
    • functioning protected by different levels password
    • USB port for downloading washing cycles log
    • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
    • peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
    • possibility of installing up to 5 additional peristaltic pumps
    • washing chamber and internal door made of AISI 316L stainless steel
    • all internal piping made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel for 4 x 5 liters cans
    • washing up to 3 levels
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 800 x 1940 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 680 x 670 x 890 mm
    • n. 2 independent washing pumps
    • high efficiency drain pump
    • built-in boiler for fast cycles preheating water
    • cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
    • double electronic door lock system for user safety
    • emergency opening system
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 18 kW max
    • 60 Hz version available
    • without trolley

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    GW6290DS (art. 860683)

    LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (405 LITRES)

    • standard equipment
    • n. 2 motors forced hot air drying system

    Machine optionals

    • IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
    • P36090B - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • P46090B - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
    • WD-FLUX - FLOW METER FOR ADDITIONALS PERISTALTIC PUMPS
    • WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
    • WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
    • WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
    • WD-PRINTP6010 - CLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
    • WD-PRINTS6010 - UNCLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
    • WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2672" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

    Technical Features

     GW6290 TECHNICAL FEATURES  All versions
     Electronic control  microprocessor
     Standard programs stored  20
     Customisable programs  20
     Display  touch screen graphic display TFT color (4.3’’with capacitive sensing)
     Clock and calendar  yes
     Tank internal temperature  from room temperature to 95°C
     Accuracy  0,1°C
     Temperature sensors in tank  n° 2 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
     Detergent and agents dosing system  max. n° 5, 2 installed pumps
     Detergent level sensor  optional, max n° 5
     Safety lock  yes
     Water heating  electrical – 18kW
     Steam connection  no
     Steam condenser  no
     Alarm display  yes, acoustic and visible
     Troubleshooting menu  yes
     Program editing  yes, using customizable programs
     Display languages  Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese
     AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
     External sensor duct  no
     Traceability  storage of data for 100 most recently run programs
     RS232 serial port  yes
     Cycle file download  yes
     Cycle storage  yes
     LAN connection  optional
     Dirty/clean side printer  optional
     Interior lights  optional
     Water quality control(conductivity sensor)  optional
     Sprayers speed control
     (heaven and background)  no
     Automatic recognition cart  no
     Pressure sensor circuit washing  optional
     DRYING SYSTEM
     Drying fan  yes, n° 2 dryers - 220 m3 /h
     Drying heating element  yes
     Prefilter class C 98%  yes
     HEPA filter class S 99,999%  optional
     WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
     Cold water inlet  yes, hardness max 42°f
     Hot water inlet  yes, hardness max 10°f, max t 60°C
     Demineralized water inlet  yes, < 30 μS/cm / 5 -8 ph, t max 60°C
     Cold water booster pump  yes
     Demineralized water booster pump  no
     External water softner  outside, optional
     Recirculation pump  n° 2 pumps of 600 l/min
     DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
     Outside (with built-in top)  900 x 800 x 1940mm - drop down door
     Inside (gross)  670 x 650 x 835mm
     Net weight (Kg)  280
     STAINLESS STEEL
     Wash tank  AISI 316L
     Exterior covering  AISI 304
     ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
     Max. voltage/power  3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 18 kW
     NOISE LEVEL  Max 66 dB
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Possible Washing Configuration – GW6290 Series

    [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2856" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one washing level suitable for washing glassware of large dimensions Photo: C61 with injection insert L685 (76 spigots available) [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO INJECTION LEVELS This configuration has two injection washing level suitable for washing glassware of small and medium dimensions. Photo: Level 1: C61 basic trolley with L680 direct injection system. Maximum useful height 260 mm, 76 spigots. Level 2: C63 telescopic support with L685 direct injection system. Maximum useful height 440 mm, 76 spigots. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2857" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]
    DIRECT INJECTION SYSTEMS   MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF GLASSWARE (mm) ROTATING SPRAYER SYSTEM MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF GLASSWARE(mm)
    3°LEVEL C63_L690 Telescopic base injection system 130 390 130 720 C62 Telescopic base with rotating sprayer 95 360 95 790
    2°LEVEL C63_L680 Telescopic base injection system 180 510 C62 Telescopic base with rotating sprayer 170 640
    1°LEVEL C61_L685 Telescopic base injection system 220 220 C61 Telescopic base with rotating sprayer at the bottom of the wash tank 390 340
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Accessories - GW6290 Series

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="suggestion"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]L680 INJECTION WASHING SOLUTION UP TO 76 MEDIUM AND SMALL GLASSWARE C65-I INJECTION WASHING SOLUTION FOR 9 BOTTLES (LARGE SIZE) [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]L685CIL WASHING SOLUTION FOR MAX 12 GRADUATED MEASURING CYLINDERS FROM 500ML TO 2000ML LP6 SOLUZIONE DI LAVAGGIO PER 100 PIPETTE DI ALTEZZA MASSIMA DI 450MM [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Carriers" tab_id="Carriers"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2858" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    C61

    1ST LEVEL BASIC CARRIER Stainless steel first level basic carrier with grid. It is suitable for positioning various glassware up 790mm in height. The C61 basic carrier is also used to position the injection systems (L685/L680/L690) on level 1. The injector inserts are inserted into the guide rails of the C61: in this case, the maximum height of glass items must be 720mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    C62

    2ND AND 3RD LEVEL BASIC CARRIER Stainless steel second and third level basic carrier with rotating sprayer. It is used on its own and is suitable for positioning glassware up to 360mm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2859" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2860" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    C63

    2ND AND 3RD LEVEL BASIC CARRIER Telescopic carrier for injection systems. The support is used to position the injection systems on levels 2 and 3. Suitable for positioning injection inserts (L680/685/690) directly in turn into the guide rails. Its flexibility allows the injection systems to be completely removed to simplify loading the glassware. Glass items max height 390mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    C64

    DRUM BASIC CARRIER – 1ST LEVEL Stainless steel carrier to be positioned on the 1st level. With direct injection through specific nozzles. Suitable for washing drums with heights up to 530 mm and diameters up to 30 mm. Maximum useful height 835 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2861" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2673" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    L680

    UNIVERSAL GLASSWARE INSERT Injection stainless steel insert for washing a max of 76 small and medium glass items. Spigots at the same height of 140 mm. Preferential use of the insert on the 1st or 2nd level over the specific carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    L685

    UNIVERSAL GLASSWARE INSERT Injection stainless steel insert for washing a max of 76 small and medium glass items. Spigots of differing heights make it possible to optimise loading of different sized glassware. This spigot configuration allows the system to be used on the 1st or 2nd level over the specific carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2863" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2864" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    L690

    UNIVERSAL GLASSWARE INSERT Injection stainless steel insert for washing a max of 86 small glass items. Spigots at the same height of 110 mm. Preferential use of the insert on the 1ST, 2nd, 3rd level over the specific carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LP6

    PIPETTES WASHING INSERT Suitable for washing pipettes with max in height 450mm and 8.5mm as maximum diameter. It easily hooks into the hydraulic grip positioned on L680 and L685.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2676" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2674" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    C65-I

    MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR BIG DIMENSIONS GLASSWARES Injection stainless steel carrier for big dimensions glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 9 bottles with max dimensions: diam. 175mm and in height 285 mm. Positioned on the lower level. C65S (not shown in the photo): same carrier for the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    C636-I

    MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR BOTTLES Injection stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing max 36 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 90 mm, h 285mm).Positioned on the lower level. C636S (not shown in the photo): same carrier for the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2867" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2868" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LM6-10U

    DRUM INJECTION CARRIER Injection stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing 5 drum max. of different dimensions. The customer can customize the carrier thanks to the spigots of variable in height and the repositionable rails.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    L685CIL

    INJECTION CARRIER FOR CYLINDERS Injection stainless steel carrier for washing 12 graduated cylinders max from 500ml to 2000ml. Positioned on the lower level. L690CIL (not shown in the photo): Suitable for washing a max of 36 graduated cylinders from 300ml to 700ml. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2675" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Related Products

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Smeg Professional line GW6010 drop down glass door glassware washers

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Large Capacity>GW6010[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW6010 is a glassware washer designed to work with one to five independent and flexible washing levels. Drop down door in glass. The washing chamber measures 550 x 620 x 685mm. Integrated compartment for the detergents. Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2774" img_size="full"][vc_column_text]Photo: GW6010M [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Specifications and Technical Features

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW6010 Double doors" tab_id="GW6010"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    GW6010 (art. 860512)

    LARGE CAPACITY DOUBLE DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
    • capacity up to 5 adjustable levels
    • programs: 20 default + 20 custom
    • multi-language TFT colour touch screen on both sides
    • functioning protected by different levels password
    • integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
    • USB port for downloading washing cycles log
    • ethernet port for LAN connection (optional)
    • n. 2 drop down full glass door
    • door locked for safety
    • high pressure hot air drying system
    • high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
    • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
    • peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
    • possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
    • detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 3 x 5 liters cans + 1 x 1 liter can
    • washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 650 x 720 x 1950 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 550 x 620 x 685 mm
    • cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
    • floor drain connection
    • drain pump (optional)
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 13 kW max
    • 60 Hz version available
    • without racks

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    GW6010T (art. 860595)

    LARGE CAPACITY DOUBLE DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

    • standard equipment
    • equipped with FAST cycles (max. 33 minutes)

    Machine optionals

    • AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
    • DRAINP6010 - DRAIN PUMP FOR WALL DRAIN
    • IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
    • LED6010 - LED LIGHTING FOR WASHING CHAMBER
    • P36010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • P46010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
    • PAD26010 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X6010 - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • RACKREC60 - WASHING TROLLEY RECOGNITION SYSTEM
    • STEAMCO60 - ECOSLIM STEAM CONDENSER
    • STEAMFEED60 - HYBRID STEAM HEATING
    • WD-FLUX6010 - DETERGENT DOSAGE CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
    • WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
    • WD-LS6010 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
    • WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
    • WD-PRINTP6010 - CLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
    • WD-PRINTS6010 - UNCLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
    • WD-VDS6010 - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2774" img_size="300x300"][vc_column_text]Photo: GW6010M [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW6010M Single door" tab_id="GW6010M"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    GW6010M (art. 860507)

    LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
    • capacity up to 5 adjustable levels
    • programs: 20 default + 20 custom
    • multi-language TFT colour touch screen
    • functioning protected by different levels password
    • integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
    • USB port for downloading washing cycles log
    • ehernet port for LAN connection (optional)
    • drop down full glass door
    • door locked for safety
    • high pressure hot air drying system
    • high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
    • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
    • peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
    • possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
    • detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 3 x 5 liters cans + 1 x 1 liter can
    • washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 650 x 720 x 1950 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 550 x 620 x 685 mm
    • cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
    • floor drain connection
    • drain pump (optional)
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 13 kW max
    • 60 Hz version available
    • without racks

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    GW6010TM (art. 860596)

    LAREG CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

    • standard equipment
    • equipped with FAST cycles (max. 33 minutes)
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2774" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

    Technical Features

     GW6010 TECHNICAL FEATURES  All versions
     Electronic control  microprocessor
     Standard programs stored  20
     Customisable programs  20
     Display  touch screen graphic display TFT color (4.3’’with capacitive sensing)
     Clock and calendar  yes
     Tank internal temperature  from room temperature to 95°C
     Accuracy  0,1°C
     Temperature sensors in tank  n° 2 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
     Detergent and agents dosing system  max. n° 4, 2 installed pumps
     Detergent level sensor  optional, max n° 4
     Safety lock  yes
     Water heating  electrical – 12kW
     Steam connection  optional
     Steam condenser  optional
     Alarm display  yes, acoustic and visible
     Troubleshooting menu  yes
     Program editing  yes, using customizable programs
     Display languages  Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese
     AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
     External sensor duct  optional
     Traceability  storage of data for 100 most recently run programs
     RS232 serial port  yes
     Cycle file download  yes
     Cycle storage  yes
     LAN connection  optional
     Dirty/clean side printer  optional
     Interior lights  optional
     Water quality control(conductivity sensor)  optional
     Sprayers speed control
     (heaven and background)  optional
     Automatic recognition cart  optional
     Pressure sensor circuit washing  optional
     DRYING SYSTEM
     Drying fan  yes, 220 m3 /h
     Drying heating element  yes
     Prefilter class C 98%  yes
     HEPA filter class S 99,999%  optional
     WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
     Cold water inlet  yes, hardness max 42°f
     Hot water inlet  yes, hardness max 10°f, max t 60°C
     Demineralized water inlet  yes, < 30 μS/cm / 5 -8 ph, t max 60°C
     Cold water booster pump  optional
     Demineralized water booster pump  optional
     External water softner  outside, optional
     Recirculation pump  600 l/min
     DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
     Outside (with built-in top)  900 x 800 x 1940mm - drop down door
     Inside (gross)  550x 620x 685mm
     Net weight (Kg)  280
     STAINLESS STEEL
     Wash tank  AISI 316L
     Exterior covering  AISI 304
     ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
     Max. voltage/power  3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 12 kW
     NOISE LEVEL  < 66 dB
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    POSSIBLE WASHING CONFIGURATION GW6010 SERIES

    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
    Some of the possibilities of washing on multiple levels with injection inserts
    Insert code Nozzle height Simultaneous positioning on multiple levels Compatibility systems
    INS56U390 90 mm 3 levels: 1°AB + 2°CD, 3°E-TOP 1° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U4140
    INS56U4140 140 mm 3 levels: 1°AB + 2°BD+ 3°D-TOP 2° 3° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U390
    INS56U4180 180 mm 2 levels: 1°AC +2°C-TOP 2° level interchangeable with the inserts INS56U4140 or INS56U390
    INS28U6260 260 mm 2 levels: 1°A + 2°C 2° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U4180
    [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO MIXED LEVELS: In the configuration of CLB510 there are two washing levels, with and without injection, suitable for positioning medium and small glassware. Level 1: Basic mesh with CP222 supports for test tubes and SB50 supports for flasks and beakers. Level 2: INS56U4180 insert for injection washing of various glassware. Nozzles with maximum height 180mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2873" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2874" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED LEVEL: One-level configuration of LCB610. This may vary depending on the manifolds inserted. In the photo: in the foreground, COBE63 collector suitable for positioning up to 69 flasks of max. In the background, collector COCI42, for washing large cylinders. The user can modify the collector according to the glass items to be washed, ensuring maximum flexibility.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Accessories - GW6010 Series

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestion"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]CLB510 CUSTOMIZABLE WASHING SOLUTION UP TO 5 LEVELS. MODULES TO BE CHOSEN BY THE CUSTOMER INSLP28U4140 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR PIPETTES (MAX 70 POSITIONS) AND DIFFERENT GLASSWARE. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]INS56U4140 56 POSITIONS UNIVERSAL MODULE WITH VARIOUS PLASTIC SUPPORTS TO BE PLACED FOLLOWING THE HEIGHT OF THE GLASSWARE. DIS-WD6010 TROLLEY FOR ERGONOMICALLY LOADING AND UNLOADING GLASSWARE WASHER. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Carriers" tab_id="Carriers"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2801" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CLB210

    MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of two inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CLB310

    MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of three inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2876" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2794" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CLB510

    MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of five inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LCB610

    MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER One level multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of two collectors (one any ½ surface). Suitable for different big dimensions glass items. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2800" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2882" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    INSLP28U4140

    MIXED INJECTION INSERT Injection insert specifically for glassware washing thanks to 28 nozzles measuring 140 mm and pipettes (max. 70), through a special manifold with 70 positions. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    INS12U4180DV

    INJECTION INSERT WITH PARTITIONS Injection insert with 12 adjustable partitions and perimeter frame for better glassware positioning. Suitable for washing 12 bottles of max. 1L or 6L 2L flasks. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS12U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert without partitions and perimeter frame.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2879" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2880" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    INS20U4180DV

    INJECTION INSERT WITH PARTITIONS Injection insert with 20 adjustable partitions and perimeter frame for better glassware positioning. Suitable for washing 20 bottles of max. 1L. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS20U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert without partitions and perimeter frame.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    INS56U4140

    INJECTION INSERT Injection insert with 56 positions for small-medium dimensions glassware. Furnished with 56 spigots of 140mm in height with two dimensions plastic support for a better lodge of the items. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS56U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert with spigots of 180mm in height. INS56U390 (not shown in the photo): same insert with spigots of 90mm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2796" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2887" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    INSPLAV10

    WASHING INSERT Washing level for “CLB” series carriers. Spraying arm included. Suitable to lodge different inserts and glass items.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    COCI42

    COLLECTOR FOR GRADUATED CYLINDERS OF LARGE DIMENSIONS Collector for washing 4 graduated cylinders from 500 ml up to 2000 ml. Suitable for positioning on half the trolley LCB610.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2802" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2885" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    COBE63

    COLLECTOR FOR FLASKS Collector for washing 6 flasks of up to 2 litres (max. diameter: 140 mm) or three 6-litre flasks (max. diameter 188 mm). Fitted with 6 nozzles and plastic supports in two sizes for optimal glassware positioning. Suitable for positioning on half the trolley LCB610.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB50

    INSERT FOR FLASKS AND BEAKERS Insert for flasks and beakers up to 250ml max. Suitable for positioning on half INSPLAV10.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2884" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Related Products

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Smeg Professional line GW7010 sliding down glass door glassware washer

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Large Capacity>GW7010[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW7010 is a glassware washer designed to work with one to five independent and flexible washing levels. External sliding door in glass. The washing chamber measures 550 x 620 x 685mm. Integrated compartment for the detergents. Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2773" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Specifications and Technical Features

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW7010 Double doors" tab_id="GW7010"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

    GW7010 (art. 860599)

    LAREG CAPACITY DOUBLE SLIDING DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
    • capacity up to 5 adjustable levels
    • programs: 20 default + 20 custom
    • multi-language TFT colour touch screen on both sides
    • functioning protected by different levels password
    • integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
    • USB port for downloading washing cycles log
    • ethernet port for LAN connection (optional)
    • n. 2 sliding down full glass door
    • door locked for safety
    • high pressure hot air drying system
    • high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
    • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
    • peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
    • possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
    • detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 3 x 5 liters cans + 1 x 1 liter can
    • washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 780 x 800 x 1950 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 550 x 620 x 685 mm
    • cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
    • floor drain connection
    • drain pump (optional)
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 13 kW max
    • 60 Hz version available
    • without racks

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    GW7010T (art. 860646)

    LARGE CAPACITY DOUBLE SLIDING DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

    • standard equipment
    • equipped with FAST cycles (max. 33 minutes)

    Machine optionals

    • AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
    • DRAINP6010 - DRAIN PUMP FOR WALL DRAIN
    • IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
    • LED6010 - LED LIGHTING FOR WASHING CHAMBER
    • P36010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • P46010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
    • PAD26010 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X6010 - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • RACKREC60 - WASHING TROLLEY RECOGNITION SYSTEM
    • STEAMCO60 - ECOSLIM STEAM CONDENSER
    • STEAMFEED70 - HYBRID STEAM HEATING
    • WD-FLUX6010 - DETERGENT DOSAGE CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
    • WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
    • WD-LS6010 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
    • WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
    • WD-PRINTP6010 - CLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
    • WD-PRINTS6010 - UNCLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
    • WD-VDS6010 - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2773" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW7010M Single door" tab_id="GW7010M"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

    GW7010M (art. 860598)

    LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
    • capacity up to 5 adjustable levels
    • programs: 20 default + 20 custom
    • multi-language TFT colour touch screen
    • functioning protected by different levels password
    • integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
    • USB port for downloading washing cycles log
    • ehernet port for LAN connection (optional)
    • sliding down full glass door
    • door locked for safety
    • high pressure hot air drying system
    • high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
    • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
    • peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
    • possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
    • detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 3 x 5 liters cans + 1 x 1 liter can
    • washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 780 x 800 x 1950 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 550 x 620 x 685 mm
    • cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
    • floor drain connection
    • drain pump (optional)
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 13 kW max
    • 60 Hz version available
    • without racks

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    GW7010TM (art. 860645)

    LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

    • standard equipment
    • equipped with FAST cycles (max. 33 minutes)

    Machine optionals

    • AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
    • DRAINP6010 - DRAIN PUMP FOR WALL DRAIN
    • IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
    • LED6010 - LED LIGHTING FOR WASHING CHAMBER
    • P36010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • P46010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
    • PAD26010 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X6010 - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • RACKREC60 - WASHING TROLLEY RECOGNITION SYSTEM
    • STEAMCO60 - ECOSLIM STEAM CONDENSER
    • STEAMFEED70 - HYBRID STEAM HEATING
    • WD-FLUX6010 - DETERGENT DOSAGE CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
    • WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
    • WD-LS6010 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
    • WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
    • WD-PRINTP6010 - CLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
    • WD-PRINTS6010 - UNCLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
    • WD-VDS6010 - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2773" img_size="300x300"][vc_column_text]Photo: GW7010 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

    Technical Features

     GW7010 TECHNICAL FEATURES  All versions
     Electronic control  microprocessor
     Standard programs stored  20
     Customisable programs  20
     Display  touch screen graphic display TFT color (4.3’’with capacitive sensing)
     Clock and calendar  yes
     Tank internal temperature  from room temperature to 95°C
     Accuracy  0,1°C
     Temperature sensors in tank  n° 2 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
     Detergent and agents dosing system  max. n° 4, 2 installed pumps
     Detergent level sensor  optional, max n° 4
     Safety door block  yes
     Water heating  electrical – 12kW
     Steam connection  optional
     Steam condenser  optional
     Alarm display  yes, acoustic and visible
     Troubleshooting menu  yes
     Program editing  yes, using customizable programs
     Display languages  Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese
     AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
     External sensor duct  optional
     Traceability  storage of data for 100 most recently run programs
     RS232 serial port  yes
     Cycle file download  yes
     Cycle storage  yes
     LAN connection  optional
     Dirty/clean side printer  optional
     Interior lights  optional
     Water quality control(conductivity sensor)  optional
     Sprayers speed control
     (heaven and background)  optional
     Automatic recognition cart  optional
     Pressure sensor circuit washing  optional
     DRYING SYSTEM
     Drying fan  yes, 220 m3 /h
     Drying heating element  yes
     Prefilter class C 98%  yes
     HEPA filter class S 99,999%  optional
     WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
     Cold water inlet  yes, hardness max 42°f
     Hot water inlet  yes, hardness max 10°f, max t 60°C
     Demineralized water inlet  yes, < 30 μS/cm / 5 -8 ph, t max 60°C
     Cold water booster pump  optional
     Demineralized water booster pump  optional
     External water softner  outside, optional
     Recirculation pump  600 l/min
     DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
     Outside (with built-in top)  780x800x1950 mm - slide door
     Inside (gross)  550 x 620 x 685 mm
     Net weight (Kg)  300
     STAINLESS STEEL
     Wash tank  AISI 316L
     Exterior covering  AISI 304
     ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
     Max. voltage/power  3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 12 kW
     NOISE LEVEL  Max 66 dB
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    POSSIBLE WASHING CONFIGURATION GW7010 SERIES

    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
    Some of the possibilities of washing on multiple levels with injection inserts
    Insert code Nozzle height Simultaneous positioning on multiple levels Compatibility systems
    INS56U390 90 mm 3 levels: 1°AB + 2°CD, 3°E-TOP 1° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U4140
    INS56U4140 140 mm 3 levels: 1°AB + 2°BD+ 3°D-TOP 2° 3° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U390
    INS56U4180 180 mm 2 levels: 1°AC +2°C-TOP 2° level interchangeable with the inserts INS56U4140 or INS56U390
    INS28U6260 260 mm 2 levels: 1°A + 2°C 2° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U4180
    [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO MIXED LEVELS: In the configuration of CLB510 there are two washing levels, with and without injection, suitable for positioning medium and small glassware. Level 1: Basic mesh with CP222 supports for test tubes and SB50 supports for flasks and beakers. Level 2: INS56U4180 insert for injection washing of various glassware. Nozzles with maximum height 180mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2873" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2874" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED LEVEL: One-level configuration of LCB610. This may vary depending on the manifolds inserted. In the photo: in the foreground, COBE63 collector suitable for positioning up to 69 flasks of max. In the background, collector COCI42, for washing large cylinders. The user can modify the collector according to the glass items to be washed, ensuring maximum flexibility.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Accessories - GW7010 Series

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestion"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]CLB510 CUSTOMIZABLE WASHING SOLUTION UP TO 5 LEVELS. MODULES TO BE CHOSEN BY THE CUSTOMER INSLP28U4140 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR PIPETTES (MAX 70 POSITIONS) AND DIFFERENT GLASSWARE. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]INS56U4140 56 POSITIONS UNIVERSAL MODULE WITH VARIOUS PLASTIC SUPPORTS TO BE PLACED FOLLOWING THE HEIGHT OF THE GLASSWARE. DIS-WD6010 TROLLEY FOR ERGONOMICALLY LOADING AND UNLOADING GLASSWARE WASHER. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Carriers" tab_id="Carriers"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2801" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CLB210

    MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of two inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CLB310

    MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of three inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2876" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2794" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    CLB510

    MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of five inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    LCB610

    MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER One level multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of two collectors (one any ½ surface). Suitable for different big dimensions glass items. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2800" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2882" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    INSLP28U4140

    MIXED INJECTION INSERT Injection insert specifically for glassware washing thanks to 28 nozzles measuring 140 mm and pipettes (max. 70), through a special manifold with 70 positions. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    INS12U4180DV

    INJECTION INSERT WITH PARTITIONS Injection insert with 12 adjustable partitions and perimeter frame for better glassware positioning. Suitable for washing 12 bottles of max. 1L or 6L 2L flasks. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS12U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert without partitions and perimeter frame.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2879" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2880" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    INS20U4180DV

    INJECTION INSERT WITH PARTITIONS Injection insert with 20 adjustable partitions and perimeter frame for better glassware positioning. Suitable for washing 20 bottles of max. 1L. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS20U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert without partitions and perimeter frame.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    INS56U4140

    INJECTION INSERT Injection insert with 56 positions for small-medium dimensions glassware. Furnished with 56 spigots of 140mm in height with two dimensions plastic support for a better lodge of the items. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS56U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert with spigots of 180mm in height. INS56U390 (not shown in the photo): same insert with spigots of 90mm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2796" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2887" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    INSPLAV10

    WASHING INSERT Washing level for “CLB” series carriers. Spraying arm included. Suitable to lodge different inserts and glass items.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    COCI42

    COLLECTOR FOR GRADUATED CYLINDERS OF LARGE DIMENSIONS Collector for washing 4 graduated cylinders from 500 ml up to 2000 ml. Suitable for positioning on half the trolley LCB610.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2802" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2885" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    COBE63

    COLLECTOR FOR FLASKS Collector for washing 6 flasks of up to 2 litres (max. diameter: 140 mm) or three 6-litre flasks (max. diameter 188 mm). Fitted with 6 nozzles and plastic supports in two sizes for optimal glassware positioning. Suitable for positioning on half the trolley LCB610.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    SB50

    INSERT FOR FLASKS AND BEAKERS Insert for flasks and beakers up to 250ml max. Suitable for positioning on half INSPLAV10.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2884" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Related Products

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Smeg Professional Line GW7015 Extra Large Capacity Glassware Washer

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Large Capacity>GW7015[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW7015 is a glassware washer designed to work from one to various levels for washing glassware of high dimensions. The washing chamber measures 626x812x820mm (417 l gross). Integrated compartment for the detergents. Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2776" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Specifications and Technical Features

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW7015 Double sliding down glass door" tab_id="GW7015"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    GW7015 (art. 860681)

    HIGH CAPACITY DOUBLE SLIDING DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (348 LT)

    • washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
    • capacity up to 6 adjustable levels
    • programs: 20 default + 20 custom
    • multi-language TFT colour touch screen on both sides
    • functioning protected by different levels password
    • integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
    • USB port for downloading washing cycles log
    • ethernet port for LAN connection (optional)
    • n. 2 sliding down full glass door
    • door locked for safety
    • high pressure hot air drying system
    • high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
    • peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
    • peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
    • possibility of installing up to 3 additional peristaltic pumps
    • detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 4 cans of 5 liters and one of 2 liters
    • washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
    • external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 1000 x 1942 mm
    • internal working dimensions LxDxH: 626 x 812 x 685 mm
    • cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
    • floor drain connection
    • drain pump (optional)
    • electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 22 kW max
    • 60 Hz version available
    • without racks

    OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

    Machine optionals

    • AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
    • DRAINP7015 - DRAIN PUMP FOR WALL DRAIN
    • IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
    • LED6010 - LED LIGHTING FOR WASHING CHAMBER
    • P36010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • P46010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
    • P57015 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
    • PAD26010 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • PAD2X6010 - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
    • STEAMCO15 - ECOSLIM STEAM CONDENSER
    • STEAMFEED15 - HYBRID STEAM HEATING FOR CHAMBER
    • WD-FLUX6010 - DETERGENT DOSAGE CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
    • WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
    • WD-LS6010 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
    • WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
    • WD-VDS6010 - DUAL DRAIN VALVE
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2776" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

    Technical Features

     GW7015 TECHNICAL FEATURES  All versions
     Electronic control  microprocessor
     Standard programs stored  20
     Customisable programs  20
     Display  touch screen graphic display TFT color (4.3’’with capacitive sensing)
     Clock and calendar  yes
     Tank internal temperature  from room temperature to 95°C
     Accuracy  0,1°C
     Temperature sensors in tank  n° 2 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
     Detergent and agents dosing system  max. n° 5, 2 installed pumps
     Detergent level sensor  optional, max n° 5
     Safety door block  yes
     Water heating  electrical – 20kW
     Steam connection  optional
     Steam condenser  optional
     Alarm display  yes, acoustic and visible
     Troubleshooting menu  yes
     Program editing  yes, using customizable programs
     Display languages  Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese
     AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
     External sensor duct  optional
     Traceability  storage of data for 100 most recently run programs
     RS232 serial port  yes
     Cycle file download  yes
     Cycle storage  yes
     LAN connection  optional
     Dirty/clean side printer  optional
     Interior lights  optional
     Water quality control(conductivity sensor)  optional
     Sprayers speed control
     (heaven and background)  optional
     Automatic recognition cart  optional
     Pressure sensor circuit washing  optional
     DRYING SYSTEM
     Drying fan  yes, 440 m3 /h
     Drying heating element  yes
     Prefilter class C 98%  yes
     HEPA filter class S 99,999%  optional
     WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
     Cold water inlet  yes, hardness max 42°f
     Hot water inlet  yes, hardness max 10°f, max t 60°C
     Demineralized water inlet  yes, < 30 μS/cm / 5 -8 ph, t max 60°C
     Cold water booster pump  optional
     Demineralized water booster pump  optional
     External water softner  outside, optional
     Recirculation pump  n°2 pumps of 600 l/min
     DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
     Outside (with built-in top)  780x800x1950 mm - slide door
     Inside (gross)  626x812x820mm
     Net weight (Kg)  320
     STAINLESS STEEL
     Wash tank  AISI 316L
     Exterior covering  AISI 304
     ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
     Max. voltage/power  3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 20 kW
     NOISE LEVEL  max 66 dB
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Washing Configuration and Accessories - GW7015 Series

    Please contact us for details information.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Related Products

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Decon Detergents

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>consumables>detergents[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Decon Laboratories Limited

    With over 40 years experience in formulating and manufacturing surface active cleaning agents, Decon sets the standard for cleaning and decontamination around the world. Present their complete range of cleaning and disinfection agents, for laboratory, medical and industrial applications.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="2958" img_size="300x300" alignment="center"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/6"][vc_column_text] The leading cleaning agent and radioactive decontaminant. Biodegradable, bactericidal, phosphate-free, non-flammable and totally rinsable, decon 90 provides the highest level of consistent and reliable cleaning and decontamination.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="2960" img_size="300x300" alignment="center"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/6"][vc_column_text] A neutral pH cleaning agent,  for safe cleaning and decontamination of sensitive materials which may be corroded, etched, degraded, discoloured or weakened by acid or alkali cleaning agents.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="2957" img_size="300x300" alignment="center"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/6"][vc_column_text] A non-foaming liquid cleaning agent for use in all types of glassware washing machine.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="2956" img_size="300x300" alignment="center"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/6"][vc_column_text] Acid rinse (neutraliser) and/or pre-wash (preliminary cleaner), for use in all types of glassware washing machine, in conjunction with main wash detergents.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="2959" img_size="300x300" alignment="center"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/6"][vc_column_text] A non-foaming granular cleaning agent, for use in all types of glassware washing machine.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]

    Details Information

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="decon 90" tab_id="decon90"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    decon 90

    Properties : decon 90 is biodegradable bactericidal, non-flammable, and rinses away completely after use. decon 90 does NOT contain phosphates, enzymes, EDTA/NTA or chlorine bleaches. Formulation : An emulsion of highest quality anionic and non-ionic surface active agents, stabilising agents, alkalis, detergent builders and sequestering agents in an aqueous base. Supplied as a liquid concentrate, for dilution with water. Performance : decon 90 has successfully replaced the use of chromic acid mixtures in cleaning applications. Offering improved performance without the unacceptable hazards associated with the storage, handling, use and disposal of corrosive acids. decon 90 provides the ideal solution to the problems of achieving consistent and reliable cleaning/decontamination to the highest standard. Simple to use, economical and highly versatile, decon 90 is suitable for the most critical applications, combining remarkable cleaning and decontamination power with total rinsability and biodegradability. decon 90 sets the standard for cleaning around the world. It is used routinely in every major industry to achieve the optimum levels of cleaning/decontamination essential to modern sophisticated techniques. An essential aid to radioactive decontamination, decon 90 is widely used in establishments handling radioactive materials. Applications : Safe and effective for cleaning/decontaminating glassware, ceramics, plastics (not polycarbonate), rubbers, stainless steel and ferrous metals. (being alkaline, decon 90 is not suitable for use on non-ferrous metals, notably aluminium and zinc).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2958" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="decon neutracon" tab_id="neutracon"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    decon neutracon

    decon neutracon is a neutral pH cleaning agent, for the safe and total cleaning and/or decontamination of materials which may be corroded, etched, degraded, discoloured or weakened by acidic or alkaline cleaning agents. Properties : Biodegradable, non-corrosive, non-flammable and totally rinsable. decon neutracon does NOT contain phosphates, enzymes, EDTA/NTA or chlorine bleaches. Formulation : A precise blend of highest quality anionic and non-ionic surface active agents in an aqueous polyhydric alcohol base, producing a neutral (pH7+/-) concentrate. Supplied as a viscous liquid for dilution with water. Performance : decon neutracon has been specifically formulated to provide an effective neutral cleaning agent with maximum cleaning/decontamination properties which is totally rinsable and biodegradable. The concentrate dilutes without precipitation and may be used in hard water areas without causing the deposition of calcium or magnesium, or the precipitation of iron. Working solutions remain active, do not lose strength after use and will not redeposit suspended soils. They are thermally stable and do not absorb carbon dioxide from the air. Oils and fats are solubilised without hydrolysis or degradation. Applications : decon neutracon is formulated for cleaning/decontaminating all non-ferrous metals, such as aluminium, zinc, copper, silver, brass etc., ‘soft’ glass, coated lenses, polymer surfaces and other sensitive materials which must not be cleaned by acids or alkalis. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2960" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="decon decomatic" tab_id="decomatic"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    decon decomatic

    decon decomatic is a liquid cleaning agent for use in all makes of automatic glassware washing machine, that dispenses liquid detergent during the wash cycle, as a main alkali wash. May also be used as a pre-soak, prior to machine washing. Properties : Biodegradable, bactericidal non-foaming, non-flammable and totally rinsable. decon decomatic does NOT contain phosphates, enzymes, EDTA/NTA or chlorine bleaches. Formulation : A blend of highest quality amphoteric surface active agents, detergent builders, alkalis and sequestering agents in an aqueous base. Supplied as a liquid concentrate, for use in automatic glassware washing machines. Performance : decon decomatic has been specifically formulated to provide outstanding detergent and free-rinsing action for improved results from every type of automatic glassware washing machine designed to accept a main wash detergent in liquid form, with no adverse effect on the components of the machine itself. Effective against a broad range of contaminants, decon decomatic is very economical, providing exceptionally high performance cleaning, total rinsability and biodegradability. Applications : Safe and highly effective for cleaning/decontaminating glassware, ceramics, plastics (not polycarbonate), rubbers, stainless steel and ferrous metals. (being alkaline, decon decomatic is not suitable for use on non-ferrous metals, notably aluminium and zinc).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2957" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="decon acid rinse" tab_id="acidrinse"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    decon acid rinse

    Acid rinse (neutraliser) and/or pre-wash (preliminary cleaner), for use in all types of automatic glassware washing machine, in conjunction with main wash detergents. Properties : Biodegradable, bactericidal non-foaming, non-flammable and totally rinsable. Formulation : A blend of highest quality aliphatic polycarboxylic acid, aliphatic alcohol and non-ionic surface active agent in an aqueous base. Supplied as a liquid concentrate, for use in automatic glassware washing machines. High grade ingredients selected for their non-foaming and free-rinsing characteristics, producing a product which is highly effective, totally rinsable, bactericidal and biodegradable. Performance : decon acid rinse improves the performance of automatic glassware washing machines by preventing the carry-over of traces of the main wash detergent, which may be alkaline or contain phosphates, and by inhibiting the deposition of lime salts from “hard” water supplies, on both the items being cleaned and the components of the automatic washing machine itself. Where contamination/soiling is acid soluble, a preliminary wash with decon acid rinse, using the pre-wash facility of the automatic washing machine, prior to the main alkali wash, is beneficial. Pre-wash is especially useful when cleaning apparatus contaminated with superficial greases, dried protein, iron hydroxide deposits etc. Applications : Safe and effective for cleaning/decontaminating glassware, ceramics, plastics, rubbers, stainless steel and ferrous metals. (being acidic, decon acid rinse is not suitable for use on non-ferrous metals, notably aluminium and zinc).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2956" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="dri-decon" tab_id="dri"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    dri-decon

    dri-decon is a highly effective surface active cleaning agent, in granular form, for use in all types of automatic glassware washing machines that accept ‘powder’ detergents. For laboratory, medical and industrial applications. Properties : Biodegradable, non-flammable, non-foaming and totally rinsable. dri-decon does NOT contain enzymes, EDTA/NTA or chlorine bleaches. Formulation : A mixture of high grade surface active cleaning agents, alkalis, phosphate builders and sequestering agents in granular form. Supplied as a finely milled powder, for use in automatic glassware washing machines. A combination of powerful ingredients, selected for their non-foaming and free-rinsing characteristics combined with very high cleaning power to tackle the most tenacious contaminants. Performance : dri-decon is a highly effective cleaning / decontamination agent, specially formulated to give maximum performance with all types of automatic glassware washing machine, which use a main wash detergent in powder form. The potent cleaning action of dri-decon together with its solubility and free-rinsing characteristics ensures consistency and reliability of performance. dri-decon is safe and effective to use in all makes of automatic glassware washing machine, and has no adverse effect on the components of the machine itself. Used routinely, dri-decon is exceptionally economical and provides an ideal general purpose cleaning agent. Applications : Safe and effective for cleaning/decontaminating glassware, ceramics, plastics (not polycarbonate), rubbers, stainless steel and ferrous metals. (being alkaline, dri-decon is not suitable for use on non-ferrous metals, notably aluminium and zinc).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2959" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Related Products

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Decon Laboratories Limited

    超过40年期间在配制和制造表面活性洗涤剂的经验,Decon设定了清洁和去污的环球标准. 全线洗涤剂和消毒产品介绍,适合实验室,医疗和工业应用.

    Decon 90

    领先的洗涤剂和放射性除染剂.可被生物分解,杀菌性能,无磷酸盐,不易燃和可完全冲洗,没有残渣,decon 90 提供最高水平的一致性和可靠性的清洁和去污.

    neutracon

    中性酸碱度洗涤剂,可用于敏感材料的安全清洁和去污,不会产生因使用酸性或碱性洗涤剂时可能发生的腐蚀,蚀刻,降解,变色或减弱现象.

    decomatic

    不起泡沫”液体”洗涤剂用于所有类型洗瓶机.

    Dri-decon

    不起泡沫”颗粒状”洗涤剂用于所有类型洗瓶机.

    decon acid rinse

    酸冲洗剂(中和剂)和/或者预先洗涤(初步清洗剂),用于所有类型洗瓶机,与主要洗涤剂关联使用.

    详细产品信息

    [/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Decon 90" tab_id="Decon90"][vc_column_text]

    Decon 90

    特性:decon 90 是可被生物分解,杀菌效能,不易燃和使用后可完全冲洗. decon 90 不含磷酸盐、酵素、EDTA/NTA 或者氯漂白剂. 配制:选用最优质的负离子和非离子表面活化剂,稳定剂,碱,洗涤助剂和隔离剂在水溶液中进行乳化.作为浓缩液体供应,用水稀释使用. 表现:decon 90 成功地替换了应用铬酸混合物清洁的应用.没有了不能接受的危险,如存贮,管理,使用和处置使用后的腐蚀酸性液体的问题. decon 90 为最高标准的一致性或可靠清洁/去污的问题提供了 理想的解答. 使用简单,经济和多用性,decon 90 适用于最关键的应用,结合卓越的清洁和去污能力与完全可清洗性和生物可分解性. decon 90 设定了清洗的环球标准. 在每家大型企业为达到现代化精密技术必要的和最理想的清洁或去污条件的已经定期地使decon 90. 对放射性去污不可缺的助手, decon 90 被广泛用于处理放射性材料的企业. 应用:安全和有效,可用于清洁或净化玻璃器皿、陶瓷、塑料(不包括聚碳酸酯材料)、橡胶、不锈钢和亚铁金属.(由于是碱性, decon 90 不适用在非铁金属,特别是铝和锌).[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="neutracon" tab_id="neutracon"][vc_column_text]

    neutracon

    中性酸碱度洗涤剂,可安全地使用,不会产生因使用酸性或碱性洗涤剂时.可能发生的腐蚀,蚀刻,降解,变色或减弱现象. 特性:可被生物分解的,无腐蚀性,不易燃和完全可冲洗. decon neutracon 不包含磷酸盐、酵素、EDTA/NTA 或者氯漂白剂 配制: 选用最优质的负离子和非离子表面活化剂精确混合在一个含水多羟的酒精基础液,产生中性(pH7+/-)浓缩液. 作为黏性液体供应,用水稀释使用. 表现:decon neutracon 特别为提供有效的中性洗涤提供最大清洁或去污物特性而配制,也可以生物分解和完全冲洗. 浓缩液稀释后,不会有沈淀,并且也可以用于硬水区域不会导致钙或镁的和铁的沈淀.使用后工作溶液能保持活跃,不丢失力量并且不将已经悬浮的固体再次沈淀.他们对热量稳定,并且不吸收空气中的二氧化碳. 油和油脂溶解不会水解或分解. 应用: decon neutracon 为清洁或净化所有有色金属,例如不能被酸或碱清洗的铝、锌、铜、银、黄铜等,‘软’玻璃、涂层透镜、聚合物表面和其它敏感材料.[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="decomatic" tab_id="decomatic"][vc_column_text]

    decomatic

    液体洗涤剂用于所有自动洗瓶机,在清洗过程中加入洗涤剂作为主要碱清洗过程. 在机器洗涤之前也可作为前浸泡. 特性: 可被生物分解的,杀菌,不起泡,不易燃和可完全冲洗. decon decomatic 不包含磷酸盐、酵素、EDTA/NTA或者氯漂白剂 配制: 最优质的两性表面活化剂,洗涤剂助剂,碱和隔离剂在水基礎溶液中混合. 作为浓缩液体供应,适用在全自动洗瓶机. 表现:decon decomatic 特别为每种类型的自动洗瓶机提供出众的洗涤和完全冲洗效果而配制,可用于使用液体清洗剂为最要洗涤过程的洗瓶机,不会对机器组件构成影响. 有效用于各种各样的污染物, decon decomatic 是非常经济的,提供格外的高性能清洁、可完全冲洗性和生物可分解性. 应用:安全和有效,可用于清洁或净化玻璃器皿、陶瓷、塑料(不包括聚碳酸酯材料)、橡胶、不锈钢和亚铁金属.(由于是碱性, decomatic decon不适用在非铁金属,特别是铝和锌).[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="dri-decon" tab_id="dri-decon"][vc_column_text]

    dri-decon

    高效的表面活性洗涤剂,颗粒状形式,用于所有类型使用”颗粒状”洗涤剂的自动洗瓶机.可应用在实验室,医疗和工业应用. 特性: 可被生物分解的,不起泡,不易燃和可完全冲洗. dri-decon 不含酵素, EDTA/NTA 或氯漂白剂. 配制: 混合高级表面活性的洗涤剂,碱,磷酸盐促进剂和隔离剂物制成颗粒状. 以碾碎的微细粉末状太供应,用于自动洗瓶机. 强而有力的成份组合,不起泡和可完全冲洗的特征结合了以非常高的清洁效能.足而应付最顽强的污染物. 表现:dri-decon 是一个高效的清洁/去污剂,特别为主清洗过程使用粉末清洗剂的自动洗瓶机配制,能使清洗达到最高性能. dri-decon 高效能的清洗作用与它的可溶性和可完全冲洗性保证了一贯性和可靠性。 dri-decon 是可以安全地和有效地使用在不同的自动洗瓶机,并且对机器组件不会构成影响 定期使用dri-decon 是格外经济的,并且是一般洗涤时理想的洗涤剂. 应用:安全和有效,可用于清洁或净化玻璃器皿、陶瓷、塑料(不包括聚碳酸酯材料)、橡胶、不锈钢和亚铁金属.(由于是碱性, dri-decon 不适用在非铁金属,特别是铝和锌).[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="acid rinse" tab_id="acidrinse"][vc_column_text]

    acid rinse

    酸冲洗(中和剂)和/或者预先洗涤(初步清洗剂),用于所有类型自动洗瓶机,与主要洗涤剂同时使用. 特性: 可被生物分解的,杀菌,不起泡,不易燃和可完全冲洗 配制: 选用最优质的羧酸酸、醇和非离子表面活化剂在水性基础中混合. 作为浓缩液体供应,适用在全自动洗瓶机 选用高质量不起泡和可完全冲洗特征原料,产生出高效,可完全冲洗,杀菌性能和可被生物分解的洗涤剂. 表现:decon acid rinse 改进自动洗瓶机的表现,防止主洗涤剂的成份(如碱性或包含磷酸盐和防止因使用“硬”水产生的石灰沈淀)转移到被清洗的器皿和自动洗瓶机的组件. 当污秽或脏物是酸可溶性,在洗瓶机碱性主清洗前,可使用decon acid rinse 作为预洗,可改善清洗效果.如果清洗器皿表面沾染了油膏,干蛋白质,铁氢氧类沈淀,预先洗涤特别有用. 应用:安全和有效,可用于清洁或净化玻璃器皿、陶瓷、塑料(不包括聚碳酸酯材料)、橡胶、不锈钢和亚铁金属.(由于是碱性, decon acid rinse 不适用在非铁金属,特别是铝和锌).[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

    PCR Chambers

    [vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    PCR Chambers

    PLAS-LABS is excited to announce the arrival of our new PCR Chamber. The 36" wide 825-PCR/HEPA/36 is latest product to the line of PLAS-LABS' PCR Chambers.  The 825-PCR/HEPA/36 includes many of the same features as our standard PCR Chambers, but includes nine (9) cubic feet of capacity, eight (8) adjustable interior shelves, larger HEPA filter, and extra large U.V. emiting light for increased sterilization. The #825-UVC is designed to help improve the accuracy of P.C.R. and general tissue culture procedures. The chance for air borne contamination during D.N.A. sequencing is greatly reduced. The chamber is a “still air enclosure” which contains both our “Bright Light” illumination system and a U.V. germicidal lamp. The U.V. germicidal system is rated at 254 nm and will decontaminate all exposed surfaces in the interior. The lamp timer should be activated 15 minutes before and 15 minutes after each use. The front viewing panel and main housing are .375” (9.5 mm) thick optically clear material. This thickness helps to prolong the service life (about 2,500 operating hours) of the unit. The front viewing panel Catalog #825-UV(FS) is attached by six (6) screws and is easily and quickly replaced, if needed. Access to the interior of the chamber is gained by pulling swinging doors outward. New self closing hinges have eliminated the need for locks. The doors are removable, therefore do not take up valuable lab counter space. If a corner door is accidently opened, proximity sensors turn off the U.V. system for operator safety.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Standard Features of the PCR Chambers:
    • “Bright Light” illumination system (40,000 hour lamp guarantee).
    • Two bright white plastic (adjustable) shelves. One is tooled to store pipettors.
    • Front panel is .375” thick (9.5 mm) for Beta Ray protection. NOTE: Not Gamma Rays.
    • Removable side access doors with slip apart hinges.
    • Proximity sensors on doors for operator safety.
    • Automatic timer to activate U.V. sterilization procedures.
    • Bottom tray has a formed in place “spill guard” for easy cleaning.
    • The U.V. system is rated at 254 nm.
    • Standard 24 month warranty (Not gloves or consumables).
    • Side and back walls are one piece formed optically clear acrylic .375” thick (9.5 mm).
    • Main housing and top are removable for installation of large pieces of equipment.
    Features of the 825-PCR/HEPA/36, 36" wide PCR Chamber
    • Approximately nine (9) cubic feet of capacity.  Able to accommodate nearly 200 plates.
    • Eight (8) adjustable interior shelves.
    • Extra large U.V. emitting light for increased sterilization.
    • New larger HEPA filter and blower.
    [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

    825-UVC

    Inside Dimensions: 23.5"w x 17"d x 21"h 597mm x 432mm x 530mm Outside Dimensions: 24"w x 18"d x 28" h 610mm x 457mm x 711mm Shipping Weight: 110 Pounds 50 kilos[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

    825-PCR/HEPA/36

    Inside Dimensions: 22.5" deep x 37.5" wide x 23.5" high 572mm x 953mm x 597mm Outside Dimensions: 25" deep x 39.5" wide x 32" high 635mm x 1,003mm x 813mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text] Front View[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

    HEPA Filtered PCR Chamber

    The new HEPA filtered PCR Chamber, Catalog #825-PCR/HEPA, includes all of the same basic features as our standard #825-PCR(UV) Chamber, but includes a factory installed HEPA filter system. The HEPA filter system is rated at 99.9997% efficiency at 0.3 (μ) microns. No tools are required for HEPA filter change over. This is a positive pressure research chamber. The fan (blower) noise level is rated at less than 40 dBA. The 825-PCR/HEPA includes a "Mini HEPA" filter; size 4" x 9.5" x 1" thick. Replacement part 825-Filter[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

    825-PCR/HEPA

    Inside Dimensions: 23.5"w x 17"d x 21"h 597mm x 432mm x 530mm Outside Dimensions: 26"w x 23"d x 28" h 610mm x 457mm x 711mm Shipping Weight: 112 Pounds 51 kilos[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

    Rear View

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    pH Test Strips

    pH-Fix pH-Fix – Unmatched pH test strips

    pH-determination quick, easy, safe With pH-Fix test strips, you can test the pH value quickly and easily directly at the point of interest. The strips are ready to use at any time and don’t need any calibration, set-up or maintenance. Therefore, pH determination with pH-Fix test strips is very easy, regardless of your experience or chemical background. Safe analysis by long plastic handle The long plastic handle safely protects you from coming into contact with the sample. Thus, testing toxic, dangerous or aggressive substances is safely possible. Several test pads for exact results pH-Fix indicator test strips feature up to 4 different indicator pads that cover the whole pH range from 0–14. You can chose from a total of 14 different measuring ranges to find the ideal strip for your application. The brilliant color scale is optimally matched and aligned to the test pads on the strips, resulting in quick, easy and safe pH determination. No bleeding due to color bounded indicator dyes In contrast to common indicator papers, the indicator dyes in pH-Fix test strips are chemically bound to the test pads. This patented technology safely prevents bleeding of dyes into the sample, even in highly alkaline solutions. Your sample is not contaminated by indicator dyes. Consequently, you can use the solution for further analysis. The special non-bleeding technology provides additional benefits for you: • Even in weakly buffered solutions, a safe and reliable pH determination becomes possible, as the strips can be immersed for a long time until the final reaction color has developed • The colors of the individual test pads don’t bleed and mix, which assures exact comparison to the color scale • Your sample is not contaminated by indicator dyes  Long Plastic Handle  Brilliant Color Scale  No Bleeding
    Ordering Information
    Test Gradation Model
    Classic flat box with 100 test strips 6 x 85 mm
    pH-Fix 0 - 14 1 · 2 · 3 · 4 · 5 · 6 · 7 · 8 · 9 · 10 · 11 · 12 · 13 · 14 92110
    pH-Fix 0.0 - 6.0 0 · 0.5 · 1.0 · 1.5 · 2.0 · 2.5 · 3.0 · 3.5 · 4.0 · 4.5 · 5.0 · 5.5 · 6.0 92115
    pH-Fix 2.0 - 9.0    2) 2.0 · 2.5 · 3.0 · 3.5 · 4.0 · 4.5 · 5.0 · 5.5 · 6.0 · 6.5 · 7.0 · 7.5 · 8.0 · 8.5 · 9.0 92118
    pH-Fix 4.5 - 10.0    1) 4.5 · 5.0 · 5.5 · 6.0 · 6.5 · 7.0 · 7.5 · 8.0 · 8.5 · 9.0 · 9.5 · 10.0 92120
    pH-Fix 6.0 - 10.0 6.0 · 6.4 · 6.7 · 7.0 · 7.3 · 7.6 · 7.9 · 8.2 · 8.4 · 8.6 · 8.8 · 9.1 · 9.5 · 10.0 92122
    pH-Fix 7.0 - 14.0 7.0 · 7.5 · 8.0 · 8.5 · 9.0 · 9.5 · 10.0 · 10.5 · 11.0 · 11.5 · 12.0 · 12.5 · 13.0 · 13.5 · 14.0 92125
    pH-Fix 0.3 - 2.3 0.3 · 0.7 · 1.0 · 1.3 · 1.6 · 1.9 · 2.3 92180
    pH-Fix 1.7 - 3.8 1.7 · 2.0 · 2.3 · 2.6 · 2.9 · 3.2 · 3.5 · 3.8 92190
    pH-Fix 3.1 - 8.3    3) 3.1 · 3.5 · 3.9 · 4.3 · 4.7 · 5.1 · 5.5 · 5.9 · 6.3 · 6.7 · 7.1 · 7.5 · 7.9 · 8.3 92135
    pH-Fix 3.6 - 6.1    4) 5) 3.6 · 4.1 · 4.4 · 4.7 · 5.0 · 5.3 · 5.6 · 6.1 92130
    pH-Fix 4.0 - 7.0    4) 4.0 · 4.4 · 4.7 · 5.0 · 5.3 · 5.5 · 5.8 · 6.1 · 6.5 · 7.0 92137
    pH-Fix 5.1 - 7.2 5.1 · 5.4 · 5.7 · 6.0 · 6.3 · 6.6 · 6.9 · 7.2 92140
    pH-Fix 6.0 - 7.7 6.0 · 6.4 · 6.7 · 7.0 · 7.3 · 7.7 92150
    pH-Fix 7.5 - 9.5 7.5 · 7.9 · 8.2 · 8.4 · 8.6 · 8.8 · 9.1 · 9.5 92160
    pH-Fix 7.9 - 9.8 7.9 · 8.3 · 8.6 · 8.9 · 9.1 · 9.4 · 9.8 92170
    PlopTop tube with 100 test strips 6 x 85 mm
    pH-Fix 0 - 14 PT 1 · 2 · 3 · 4 · 5 · 6 · 7 · 8 · 9 · 10 · 11 · 12 · 13 · 14 92111
    pH-Fix 3.6 - 6.1 PT    4) 5) 3.6 · 4.1 · 4.4 · 4.7 · 5.0 · 5.3 · 5.6 · 6.1 92131
    pH-Fix 4.5 - 10.0 PT     2) 4.5 · 5.0 · 5.5 · 6.0 · 6.5 · 7.0 · 7.5 · 8.0 · 8.5 · 9.0 · 9.5 · 10.0 92121
    : Authorised for pH determination of 1) urine   2) gastric juice   3) saliva   4) vaginal secretion   after IVD directive 98/79/EG 5) rinsing solution after disinfection of dialyzers according to the directive for medical products 93/42/EWG
    . CE-mark for medical applications Some pH-Fix test strips are tested and approved for medical applications and carry a CE-mark for in-vitro-diagnostics 98/79/EG or medical products 93/42/EWG. They meet the special demands of health care professionals and ensure safe results for medical pH-testing. ISO 13485 certified As a medical device manufacturer, MACHEREY-NAGEL is certified according to the medical device directive ISO 13485. We are among the few manufacturers that can offer pH-tests with CE-mark for professional use as well as for patient self testing. Easy determination of body acidity The urine pH-value generally reflects the personal diet but can also be influenced by a large variety of medications available from different manufacturers. Checking pH of gastric juice Aspirate obtained after placing a nasogastric tube must be acidic. The pH is checked to ensure the correct placement of the nasogastric tube prior to the administration of feed or medication. pH-control during pregnancy A change in vaginal pH-value is an indicator for bacterial infection. During pregnancy, such infection may untreated lead to premature birth. Quick-check of dialyzer reuse Acid containing reagents are used for the disinfection of dialyzers. pH-Fix 3.6–6.1 is an easy and reliable tool to ensure, that the cleaning agent is completely rinsed out prior to the next use. pH-Fix products according to the IVD directive 98/79/EG: pH-Fix 4.5–10.0  - for pH determination of urine, as well suitable for self-testing pH-Fix 4.5–10.0 PT and pH-Fix 2.0–9.0  - for pH determination of gastric juice pH-Fix 3.1–8.3  - for pH determination of saliva pH-Fix 3.6–6.1, pH-Fix 3.6–6.1 PT and pH-Fix 4.0–7.0  - for pH determination of vaginal secretion pH-Fix products according to the directive for medical products 93/42/EWG: pH-Fix 3.6–6.1 und pH-Fix 3.6–6.1 PT  - for pH determination of rinsing solution after the disinfection of dialyzers

    QUALITATIVE Test Strips

    Test papers for qualitative determinations

    Qualitative determination of ions and chemical compounds With the aid of test papers for qualitative determinations, the presence of Ion and chemical compounds can be asserted with low effort. A color change is effected, if the concentration of the researched substance is situated above the specific detection limit.

    Applications
    Criminal investigations Peroxtesmo KMPhosphatesmo KM
    Milk analysis Peroxtesmo MIPhosphatesmo MI
    Water test WatesmoWator
    Oil determination Oil test paper
    .
    Test Paper / Test Strips for detection of Model
    Aluminium test paper Aluminium ions 90721
    Ammonium test paper Ammonia, ammonium ions 90722
    Antimony test paper Antimony ions 90723
    AQUATEC test strips Oil, thickness of layer in oil separators 90742
    Arsenic test paper Arsenic, arsine 90762
    Bismuth test paper Bismuth ions 90733
    Chlortesmo Halogens, especially free chlorine 90603
    Chromium test paper Chromium, chromate 90724
    Cobalt test paper Cobalt ions 90728
    Copper test paper Copper(II) ions 90729
    Cuprotesmo Copper, copper ions 90601
    Cyantesmo Hydrocyanic acid, cyanides 90604
    Dipyridyl paper Iron(II) ions 90725
    Fluoride test paper Fluorides, hydrogen fluoride 90750
    Indanthrene yellow paper Vat dyes, end-point of conversion 90751
    INDIPRO Protein residues 90765
    Iron test paper Iron ions 90726
    Lead acetate paper Hydrogen sulphide, sulphide ions 90744
    Nickel test paper Nickel(II) ions 90730
    Nitratesmo Nitrate and nitrite 90611
    Oil test paper Oil in water and soil 90760
    Peroxtesmo KM Blood traces (peroxidase) 90605
    Peroxtesmo KO Peroxidase in milk 90606
    Peroxtesmo MI Peroxidase in milk 90627
    Phosphatesmo KM Sperm, acid phosphatase 90607
    Phosphatesmo MI Alkaline phosphatase in milk 90612
    Plumbtesmo Lead, lead ions 90602
    Potassium test paper Potassium ions 90727
    Potassium iodate starch paper Reducing agents, SO2, sulphite ions 90753
    Potassium iodide starch paper Nitrite ions 90754
    Silver test paper Silver ions 90732
    Sulphide test paper Sulphide 90761
    Sulphite test paper Sulphur dioxide, sulphite ions 90763
    Turmeric paper Boric acid, borates 90747
    Udder test paper Mastitis 90748
    Waterfinder test paper qualitative detection of water 90630
    Watesmo Water in org. solvents 90609
    Wator Water distribution in butter 90610
    Zirconium test paper Zirconium ions 90721

    QUANTOFIX Test Strips

    QUANTOFIX® test strips

    Rapid results directly at the point of interest QUANTOFIX® test strips are semi-quantitative in nature. They meet the most important requirements for a modern quick test. Rapid Most of the QUANTOFIX® test strips can be carried out in 10-120 seconds. That makes the application very quick for the end user. Convenient All QUANTOFIX® tests are ready to use kits. They are precalibrated and contain all necessary equipment and reagents. As “labs in a pocket” they are very handy for the end user. Precise The color charts are adjusted and checked using certified standard solutions that are directly traceable to. The user can be sure to receive accurate readings whenever he tests. Applications Aquaculture - QUANTOFIX® Ammonium - QUANTOFIX® Carbonate Hardness - QUANTOFIX® Nitrate/Nitrite - QUANTOFIX® Multistick for aquarium owners Electroplating - QUANTOFIX®  Chromate - QUANTOFIX® Copper - QUANTOFIX® Cyanide - QUANTOFIX® Nickel - QUANTOFIX® Nitrate - QUANTOFIX® Zince Metall workshops - QUANTOFIX® Nitrate - QUANTOFIX® Nitrite - QUANTOFIX®  LubriCheck

    Food processing industry - QUANTOFIX® Ascorbic Acid - QUANTOFIX® Calcium - QUANTOFIX®  Carbonate Hardness - QUANTOFIX® Chloride - QUANTOFIX® Total Acid - QUANTOFIX® Total Sugar - QUANTOFIX® Nitrate/Nitrite - QUANTOFIX® Peroxide - QUANTOFIX® Phosphate - QUANTOFIX® QUAT - QUANTOFIX® Sulphite

    QUANTOFIX® test sticks at a glance
    Test Gradation Model
    QUANTOFIX® Active oxygen 0 · 4 · 8 · 15 · 25 mg/L KMPS 91349
    QUANTOFIX® Aluminium 0 · 5 · 20 · 50 · 200 · 500 mg/L Al3+ 91307
    QUANTOFIX® Ammonium 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 200 · 400 mg/L NH4+ 91315
    QUANTOFIX® Arsenic Sensitive 0 · 0.005 · 0.01 · 0.025 · 0.05 · 0.1 · 0.25 · 0.5 mg/L As3+/5+ 91345
    QUANTOFIX® Arsenic 10 0 · 0.01 · 0.025 · 0.05 · 0.1 · 0.5 mg/L As3+/5+ 91334
    QUANTOFIX® Arsenic 50 0 · 0.05 · 0.1 · 0.5 · 1.0 · 1.7 · 3.0 mg/L As3+/5+ 91332
    QUANTOFIX® Ascorbic acid 0 · 50 · 100 · 200 · 300 · 500 · 1000 · 2000 mg/L ascorbic acid 91314
    QUANTOFIX® Calcium 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 mg/L Ca2+ 91324
    QUANTOFIX® Carbonate hardness 0 · 3 · 6 · 10 · 15 · 20 °d 91323
    QUANTOFIX® Chloride 0 · 500 · 1000 · 1500 · 2000 · ≥3000 mg/L Cl 91321
    QUANTOFIX® Chlorine 0 · 1 · 3 · 10 · 30 · 100 mg/L Cl2 91317
    QUANTOFIX® Chlorine Sensitive *CE 0 · 0.1 · 0.5 · 1 · 3 · 10 mg/L Cl2 91339
    QUANTOFIX® Chromate 0 · 3 · 10 · 30 · 100 mg/L CrO42– 91301
    QUANTOFIX® Cobalt 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 · 1000 mg/L Co2+ 91303
    QUANTOFIX® Copper 0 · 10 · 30 · 100 · 300 mg/L Cu1+/2+ 91304
    QUANTOFIX® Cyanide 0 · 1 · 3 · 10 · 30 mg/L CN 91318
    QUANTOFIX® EDTA 0 · 100 · 200 · 300 · 400 mg/L EDTA 91335
    QUANTOFIX®Formaldehyde 0 · 10 · 20 · 40 · 60 · 100 · 200 mg/L HCHO 91328
    QUANTOFIX® Glucose 0 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 · 1000 · 2000 mg/L Glucose 91348
    QUANTOFIX®Glutaraldehyde CE* 0 · 0.5 · 1 · 1.5 · 2 · 2.5 % Glutaraldehyde 91343
    QUANTOFIX® LubriCheck 0 · 15 · 50 · 75 · 130 · 200 mmol/L KOH 91336
    QUANTOFIX® Molybdenum 0 · 5 · 20 · 50 · 100 · 250 mg/L Mo6+ 91325
    QUANTOFIX® Nickel 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 · 1000 mg/L Ni2+ 91305
    QUANTOFIX® Nitrate 100 0 · 5 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 75 · 100 mg/L NO3 0 · 0.5 · 2 · 5 · 10 · 25 · 50 mg/L NO2 91351
    QUANTOFIX®Nitrate/Nitrite 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 mg/L NO3 / 0 · 1 · 5 · 10 · 20 · 40 · 80 mg/L NO2 91313
    QUANTOFIX® Nitrite 0 · 1 · 5 · 10 · 20 · 40 · 80 mg/L NO2 91311
    QUANTOFIX® Nitrite 3000 0 · 100 · 300 · 600 · 1000 · 2000 · 3000 g/L NO2 91322
    QUANTOFIX® Nitrite/pH 0 · 1 · 5 · 10 · 20 · 40 · 80 mg/L NO2 pH 6.0 · 6.4 · 6.7 · 7.0 · 7.3 · 7.6 · 7.9 · 8.2 · 8.4 · 8.6 · 8.8 · 9.0 · 9.3 · 9.6 91338
    QUANTOFIX® Peracetic acid 50 CE* 0 · 5 · 10 · 20 · 30 · 50 mg/L PAA 91340
    QUANTOFIX® Peracetic acid 500 CE* 0 · 50 · 100 · 200 · 300 · 400 · 500 mg/L PAA 91341
    QUANTOFIX® Peracetic acid 2000 CE* 0 · 500 · 1000 · 1500 · 2000 mg/L PAA 91342
    QUANTOFIX® Peroxide 25 0 · 0,5 · 2 · 5 · 10 · 25 mg/L H2O2 91319
    QUANTOFIX® Peroxide 100 CE* 0 · 1 · 3 · 10 · 30 · 100 mg/L H2O2 91312
    QUANTOFIX® Peroxide 1000 0 · 50 · 150 · 300 · 500 · 800 · 1000 mg/L H2O2 91333
    QUANTOFIX® Phosphate 0 · 3 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 mg/L PO43– 91320
    QUANTOFIX® Potassium 0 · 200 · 400 · 700 · 1000 · 1500 mg/L K+ 91316
    QUANTOFIX® QUAT 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 · 1000 mg/L benzalkoniumchloride 91337
    QUANTOFIX® Silver 1 · 2 · 3 · 5 · 7 · 10 g/L Ag+ 91350
    QUANTOFIX® Total acid 0 · 2.0 · 2.5 · 3.0 · 3.5 · 4.0 · 5.0 g/L citric acid 91353
    QUANTOFIX® Total Iron 1000 0 · 5 · 20 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 · 1000 mg/L Fe2+/3+ 91330
    QUANTOFIX® Total Iron 100 0 · 2 · 5 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 mg/L Fe2+/3+ 91344
    QUANTOFIX® Total sugar 0 · 55 · 100 · 250 · 400 · 600 · 800 mg/L Fructose / Glucose 91352
    QUANTOFIX® Sulfate <200 · >400 · >800 · >1200 · >1600 mg/L SO42– 91329
    QUANTOFIX® Sulfite 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 · 1000 mg/L SO32– 91306
    QUANTOFIX® Tin 0 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 · 250 · 500 mg/L Sn2+ 91309
    QUANTOFIX® Zinc 0 · 2 · 5 · 10 · 25 · 50 · 100 mg/L Zn2+ 91310
    QUANTOFIX® Multisticks for aquarium owners 0 · 5 · 10 · 15 · 20 · 25 °d total hardness 0 · 3 · 6 · 10 · 15 · 20 °d carbonate hardness pH 6.4 · 6.8 · 7.2 · 7.6 · 8.0 · 8.4 91326 91327
    CE-marked according to the directive for medical products 93/42/EWG
     

    Quartz Fiber Filters

    {:en}

    • Highly resistant to chemical attack, biologically inert
    • High Purity: Very low trace metal content, does not adsorb NOx and SOx dioxides; Grade QR-100 is prefired at 1,000°C for 2 hours to reduce organic contamination
    • Easily sterilized: Can be baked or autoclaved
    • Store indefinitely: Unaffected by humidity

    APPLICATIONS

    • Sample acidic gases at high (>500°C) temperatures
    • Air pollution analysis
    • Available in discs in the following diameters (mm): 21, 24, 26, 37, 45, 47, 55, 70, 90, 110, 125, 150.
    For Specification and Ordering Information, please click here.{:}{:zh}
    • 高强度化学抵抗性,俱生物惰性
    • 超低微量金属含量,不会吸收 NOx 和 SOx dioxides(氧化氮和氧化硫); QR-100 级别经2小时 1,000°C高温处理减低有机物污染
    • 容易消毒:可以以烘的方式或高温高压消毒
    • 存储方便:不受湿度影响
     

    用途

    • 处理高温(>500℃)酸性气体
    • 空气污染分析
    {:}{:tw}
    • 高強度化學抵抗性,俱生物惰性
    • 超低微量金屬含量,不會吸收 NOx 和 SOx dioxides(氧化氮和氧化硫); QR-100 級別經2小時 1,000°C高溫處理減低有機物污染
    • 容易消毒:可以以烘的方式或高溫高壓消毒
    • 存儲方便:不受濕度影響

    用途

    • 處理高溫(>500℃)酸性氣體
    • 空氣污染分析
    {:}

    Glass Fiber Filters

    {:en}

    • Highly resistant to chemical attack, biologically inert
    • Autoclavable
    • Thermostable: Can be used up to 500°C for non-binder type.
    • Store indefinitely: Unaffected by humidity

    APPLICATIONS

    • Use as a prefilter to extend membrane life
    • Water/air pollution analysis
    • Liquid clarification
    Available in discs in the following diameters (mm): 21, 24, 25, 26, 37, 45, 47, 55, 70, 90, 110, 125, 150. For Specification and Ordering Information, please click here .{:}{:zh}
    • 高强度化学抵抗性,俱生物惰性
    • 可高温高压消毒
    • 高温稳定性:最高使用温度500°C
    • 存储方便:不受湿度影响

    用途

    • 作为预过滤可延长滤膜使用时间
    • 水质/空气污染分析
    • 液体净化
    {:}{:tw}
    • 高強度化學抵抗性,俱生物惰性
    • 可高溫高壓消毒
    • 高溫穩定性:最高使用溫度500°C
    • 存儲方便:不受濕度影響

    用途

    • 作為預過濾可延長濾膜使用時間
    • 水質/空氣污染分析
    • 液體淨化
    {:}

    Extraction Thimbles

    {:en} High purity, seamless filters with a characteristic thimble shape. Applications include analysis of fats, oils, grease, pesticides, pollutants, other organics and additives in plastics and rubber materials.

    Cellulose Thimbles – No. 84

    • Suitable for Soxhlet extractions of organic components
    • Dust sampling
    • Lipid content <0.1% by weight

    Glass Fiber Thimbles – No. 86R

    • Borosilicate glass
    • High temperature extractions or dust monitoring (≤500°C)
    • Acid resistant (except hydrofluoric)

    Quartz Fiber Thimbles – No. 88R and 88RH

    • Use up to 1,000°C
    • No. 88RH is treated at 900°C to stabilize the weight prior to use

    PTFE Fiber and PTFE/Quartz Fiber Thimbles – No. 89 and 89S

    • Durable, temperature-resistant
    • Non-adsorptive with respect to acid gases
    • PTFE is inherently hydrophobic
    • Little or no trace metal contamination
    For Specification and Ordering Information, please click here.{:}{:zh} 高纯度,无缝滤纸筒.可应用在以下分析范围包括脂肪,油,油脂,杀虫剂,污染物,其它有机物和塑料和橡胶添加剂.

    纤维素滤纸筒 - No.84

    • 适用于对有机成分的索氏提取
    • 灰粉取样
    • 脂质含量 < 0.1% (重量计算)

    玻璃纤维滤纸筒 - No.86R

    • 硼沙玻璃
    • 高温提取或灰分监控( 500°C)
    • 防酸(氢氟酸(HF)除外)

    石英纤维素滤纸筒 - No.88R 和 88RH

    • 最高使用温度 1,000°C
    • No.88RH 经 900°C高温处理,使重量保持稳定

    PTFE纤维和PTFE/石英纤维滤纸筒 - No.89 和 89S

    • 耐用,有温度抵抗能力
    • 不吸收酸性气体
    • PTFE 材料不吸附水分
    • 小量或没有微量金属污染
    {:}{:tw} 高純度,無縫濾紙筒.可應用在以下分析範圍包括脂肪,油,油脂,殺蟲劑,污染物,其它有機物和塑膠和橡膠添加劑.

    纖維素濾紙筒 - No.84

    • 適用于對有機成分的索氏提取
    • 灰粉取樣
    • 脂質含量 < 0.1% (重量計算)

    玻璃纖維濾紙筒 - No.86R

    • 硼沙玻璃
    • 高溫提取或灰分監控( 500°C)
    • 防酸(氫氟酸(HF)除外)

    石英纖維素濾紙筒 - No.88R 和 88RH

    • 最高使用溫度 1,000°C
    • No.88RH 經 900°C高溫處理,使重量保持穩定

    PTFE纖維和PTFE/石英纖維濾紙筒 - No.89 和 89S

    • 耐用,有溫度抵抗能力
    • 不吸收酸性氣體
    • PTFE 材料不吸附水分
    • 小量或沒有微量金屬污染
    {:}

    Qualitative Filter Papers

    {:en}100% alpha cotton cellulose • pH tolerant: 0 to 12 • Thermostable: up to 120°C • Wide selection – seven types • Ash Content: 0.1% APPLICATIONS • Clarify and remove precipitates • Preparation for qualitative analysis CHARACTERISTICS

    Grade Comments
    No. 1 Retains large crystalline particles and gelatinou precipitates. Fast flow rate, smooth surface, normal hardness
    No. 2 Retains medium crystalline precipitates, fast flow rate, smooth surface, normal hardness
    No. 231 Retains crystalline precipitates, moderate flow rate, smooth surface, normal hardness
    No. 232 Retains medium to medium fine particulates, slow flow rate, smooth, normal hardness
    No. 131 High retention efficiency for fine crystalline precipitates like barium sulfate, slow flow rate, smooth surface, normal hardness
    No. 235 Highest retention efficiency, retains very fine particulates, very slow flow rate, smooth
    No. 101 Seed germination, retains large particles
    For Characteristics and Applications, please click here.{:}{:zh}100% 初次使用棉纤维pH使用范围: 0 至 12pH • 温度稳定性: 最高120°C • 大范围可选: 7个种类 • 灰分: 0.1% 用途 • 净化和去掉沉淀物 • 定性分析预处理 特性
    级别 介绍
    No. 1 保留大结晶微粒和凝胶状沉淀物,高流速,平滑表面,一般硬度.
    No. 2 保留中等大少结晶微粒,高流速,平滑表面,一般硬度.
    No. 231 保留结晶微粒,中等流速,平滑表面,一般硬度.
    No. 232 保留中等到中等细小微粒,慢流速,平滑表面,一般硬度.
    No. 131 高保留效能,特别是对细小微粒,如硫酸钡微晶,慢流速,平滑表面,一般硬度.
    No. 235 最高保留效能,保留非常细小微粒,非常慢的流速,平滑表面.
    No. 101 保留大的微粒.
       {:}{:tw}100% 初次使用棉纖維pH使用範圍: 0 至 12pH • 溫度穩定性: 最高120°C • 大範圍可選: 7個種類 • 灰分: 0.1% 用途 • 淨化和去掉沉澱物 • 定性分析預處理 特性
    級別 介紹
    No. 1 保留大結晶微粒和凝膠狀沉澱物,高流速,平滑表面,一般硬度.
    No. 2 保留中等大少結晶微粒,高流速,平滑表面,一般硬度.
    No. 231 保留結晶微粒,中等流速,平滑表面,一般硬度.
    No. 232 保留中等到中等細小微粒,慢流速,平滑表面,一般硬度.
    No. 131 高保留效能,特別是對細小微粒,如硫酸鋇微晶,慢流速,平滑表面,一般硬度.
    No. 235 最高保留效能,保留非常細小微粒,非常慢的流速,平滑表面.
    No. 101 保留大的微粒.
     {:}

    Syringe Filter

    {:en} Disposable Syringe Filter Units – DISMIC/LABODISC • Minimum sample hold-up: Unit housings are specifically designed to maximize sample recovery • High purity: Non-pigmented housing and integral filter sealing assure that filtrates will not be adulterated due to pigment, dye, or adhesives leaching into the filtrate • Convenient: Each unit is clearly marked with an identifying code to denote pore size, membrane material and housing polymer • Sterile: Units can be purchased pre-sterilized and individually packaged, or non-sterile in bulk pack • All polypropylene can be autoclaved Acrylic can not be autoclaved Mixed Cellulose Esters (MCE) • Properties: A hydrophilic membrane • Higher protein binding than cellulose acetate for most proteins • High porosity provides a high flow rate Cellulose Acetate (Acetate) • Standard: A commonly used hydrophilic membrane • Low protein binding, suitable for aqueous protein solutions • Nitrate-free, suitable for groundwater filtration • Housing material: polypropylene (3, 13, 50 mm) or styreneacrylonitrile (25 mm) PTFE, hydrophilic • Versatile: Good chemical resistance • Compatible with many solvent mixtures used in HPLC, e.g. Acetonitrile/Water PTFE, hydrophobic • Application: use as vent  For Specifications and Ordering Information, please click here.{:}{:zh}

    一次性针头过滤器 - DISMIC/LABODISC

    • 最少样品保留量:过滤器的外壳经特别设计增加样品的重获量
    • 高纯度:没有颜料外壳和整体密封过滤器保证过滤液不会被颜料,染料,或黏合剂污染.
    • 方便使用:每个过滤器清楚标记了识别代号,表示孔径大小,滤膜材料和外壳材料
    • 消毒:可选经预先消毒和单独包装过滤器或没有消毒大包装
    • 聚丙烯(PP)可高温高压消毒.丙烯酸(Acrylic)不可以高温高压消毒

    混合纤维素酯(MCE)

    • 特性:亲水性滤膜
    • 对大部分蛋白,相对于醋酸纤维素(cellulose acetate)有比较高的高蛋白捆绑量
    • 多孔性提供快流速

    醋酸纤维素(Acetate)

    • 标准:常用亲水性滤膜
    • 低蛋白捆绑量,适合蛋白溶液
    • 没有硝酸盐类,适合过滤地下水
    • 外壳:聚丙烯材料(PP) 3,13,50mm 或丙烯酸(Acrylic)材料 25mm

    PTFE,亲水性

    • 多方面适用:良好耐化学性
    • 兼容大部分混合溶剂可用于 HPLC,例子: 乙腈/水(Acetonitrile/Water)

    PTFE,疏水性

    • 用途: 用于通气
    {:}{:tw}

    一次性針過濾器 - DISMIC/LABODISC

    • 最少樣品保留量:過濾器的外殼經特別設計增加樣品的重獲量
    • 高純度:沒有顏料外殼和整體密封篩檢程式保證過濾液不會被顏料,染料,或黏合劑污染.
    • 方便使用:每個篩檢程式清楚標記了識別代號,表示孔徑大小,濾膜材料和外殼材料
    • 消毒:可選經預先消毒和單獨包裝篩檢程式或沒有消毒大包裝
    • 聚丙烯(PP)可高溫高壓消毒.丙烯酸(Acrylic)不可以高溫高壓消毒

    混合纖維素酯(MCE)

    • 特性:親水性濾膜
    • 對大部分蛋白,相對於醋酸纖維素(cellulose acetate)有比較高的高蛋白捆綁量
    • 多孔性提供快流速

    醋酸纖維素(Acetate)

    • 標準:常用親水性濾膜
    • 低蛋白捆綁量,適合蛋白溶液
    • 沒有硝酸鹽類,適合過濾地下水
    • 外殼:聚丙烯材料(PP) 3,13,50mm 或丙烯酸(Acrylic)材料 25mm

    PTFE,親水性

    • 多方面適用:良好耐化學性
    • 相容大部分混合溶劑可用於 HPLC,例子: 乙腈/水(Acetonitrile/Water)

    PTFE,疏水性

    • 用途: 用於通氣
    {:}

    Chlorine Test Papers

    • Detecting the concentration of residual chlorine in sodium hypochlorite solution (NaClO) or hypochlorous acid (HClO) • Two types are available

    Type Catalog No. Size (mm) Package (strips/box)
    Chlorine Test Paper (10-50ppm) 8010010 7x40 300
    Chlorine Test Paper (25-200ppm) 8010020 7x40 300
    Note: Cannot be used for the detection of Chlorine Ion.

    Litmus Paper – Booklets

    • Detecting Acid (Blue) and Alkali (Red) • High sensitivity

    Type Catalog No. Size (mm) Package
    Litmus Paper (Red) 7020020 7x70 20 leaves/booklet, 10 booklets / box
    Litmus Paper (Blue) 7020010 7x70 20 leaves/booklet, 10 booklets / box
     

    Special Test Paper

    Most of our special test papers are semi-quantitative. They have a high-quality colour chart that allows the quick and easy determination.

    Type Gradation REF
    Ag-Fix test strip 0 · 0.5 · 1 · 2 · 3 · 5 · 7 · 10 g/l Ag+ pH 4 · 5 · 6 · 7 · 8 90741
    Ammonia Test 0 · 0.5 · 1 · 3 · 6 mg/l NH4+ 90714
    Chlorine Test 10 · 50 · 100 · 200 mg/l Cl2 90709
    Fluoride Test 0 · 2 · 5 · 10 · 20 · 50 · 100 mg/l F 90734
    Ozone Test <90 · 90–150 · 150-210 · >210 µg/m3

    90736

    Saltesmo 0 · 0.25 · 0.5 · 1 · 2 · 3 · 4 · 5 g/l NaCl 90608
    Swimming Pool Tests various, please follow the link
    Humidity indicators various, please follow the link
     

    PTFE Filters

    {:en}Pure PTFE fibers are sintered to improve handling characteristics andto minimize fiber slough-off for minimal downstream contamination • HydrophobicPorosity: High air permeability with minimal pressure drop • Operating temperature range: -120°C~260°C • Autoclavable APPLICATIONS • Filter hot oils and strong solvents • Venting air and gases • Collection of airborne particulates For Specifications and Ordering Information, please click here. • Discs: Available in the following diameters (mm): 55, 70, 90, 110, 125, 150 • Sheets: Available in 300 x 300 mm sheets • Additional sizes available upon request{:}{:zh}纯 PTFE 纤维烧结改善处理特性和最少化纤维脱落减少下游污染 • 疏水性多孔性: 高空气渗透性,最少的压力减少 • 高使用温度: -120℃ - 260℃ • 可高压消毒 用途 • 过滤热的油类和强的溶剂 • 空气和气体的通过 • 收集悬浮微粒{:}{:tw}純 PTFE 纖維燒結改善處理特性和最少化纖維脫落減少下游污染 • 疏水性多孔性: 高空氣滲透性,最少的壓力減少 • 高使用溫度: -120℃ - 260℃ • 可高壓消毒 用途 • 過濾熱的油類和強的溶劑 • 空氣和氣體的通過 • 收集懸浮微粒{:}

    BB-002 (3 inch Slim)

    HUBY-340 BB-002 is more slim than BB-001 head size 3 inch baby type cotton swab. Head is spherical, lint-less and highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and in convenient to use a solvent soaked. It is used by Micro scoop, optical equipment, connecter and so on, also burnable for easy dispose therefore suitable for mass-user.

    Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

    BB-003 (3 inch Slim)

    HUBY-340 BB-003 is sharp head 3 inch baby type cotton swab. Lint-less even sharp head and highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and in convenient to use a solvent soaked. It is used by Micro scoop, optical equipment, connecter and so on, also burnable for easy dispose therefore suitable for mass-user.

    Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

    BB-012 (3 inch Slim)

    HUBY-340 BB-012 is corn born stem aiming to increase the cotton for high absorbent, developed by end-user needs for more absorbency to clean critical areas. BB-012 is 3 inch baby type cotton swab. Head is spherical, lint-less and highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and in convenient to use a solvent soaked. It using by Micro scoop, optical equipment, connecter and so on, also burnable for easy dispose.

    Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

    BB-013 (3 inch Slim)

    HUBY-340 BB-013 is corn born stem aiming to increase the cotton for high absorbent and developed by end-user needs for more absorbency to clean critical areas. BB-013 is 3 inch baby type cotton swab. Head is sharp, lint-less and highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and in convenient to use a solvent soaked. It using by Micro scoop, optical equipment, connecter and so on, also burnable for easy dispose.

    Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

    FS-010 (3 inch ESD)

    HUBY-340 FS-010 is Conductive carbon stem swab. Paper stem is easy to absorb moisture by nature, the values are low for resistance value, friction hitch voltage and decay time values but it is not placed under control. FS-010 uses conductive material to control above mentioned issues.

    Regular carton 12,500 pieces (25 pieces x 50 packs x 10 boxes)

    CA-002 (3 inch Standard)

    HUBY-340 CA-002 is 3 inch cotton applicator. Head is spherical and stem are stick and hard, easy to use for variously. Maintenance, cleaning for precision machinery and et cetera, one of the very popular item.

    Regular carton 25,000 pieces (25 pieces x 50 packs x 20 boxes)

    CA-003 (3 inch Standard)

    HUBY-340 CA-003 is 3 inch cotton applicator. Head is sharp and stem are stick and hard, easy to use for variously. Maintenance, cleaning for precision machinery and etcetera.

    Regular carton 25,000 pieces (25 pieces x 50 packs x 20 boxes)

    CA-005 (6 inch Standard)

    HUBY-340 CA-005 is 6 inch cotton applicator. Stem is paper, cotton is only one sideand head is spherical. Highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and burnable for easy dispose. For long size stem can makes easy to cleaning and maintained for machinery.

    Regular carton 50,000 pieces (100 pieces x 25 packs x 20 boxes)

    CA-006 (6 inch Standard)

    HUBY-340 CA-006 is 6 inch cotton applicator. Stem is wooden, cotton is only one side and head is spherical. Highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and burnable for easy dispose. For wooden stem makes easy to cleaning and maintained for machinery for stubborn.

    Regular carton 20,000 pieces (100 pieces x 10 packs x 20 boxes)

    CA-007 (6 inch Standard)

    HUBY-340 CA-007 is 6 inch cotton applicator. Stem is paper, cotton are both side and head is spherical. Highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and easy to disposal by incineration. For long size stem can makes easy to cleaning and maintained for machinery.

    Regular carton 20,000 pieces (100 pieces x 10 packs x 20 boxes)

    CA-008 (6 inch Standard)

    HUBY-340 CA-008 is 6 inch cotton applicator. Stem is paper, cotton are both side and head is sharp. Highly absorbent with excellent water absorption and burnable for easy dispose. For long size stem can makes easy to cleaning and maintained for machinery.

    Regular carton 20,000 pieces (100 pieces x 10 packs x 20 boxes)

    CA-010 (6 inch Standard)

    HUBY-340 CA-010 is 6 inch cotton applicator for using to clean the hole of a small metal precision machinery such as motors, CA-010 was developed with the request from an end-user.

    Regular carton 10,000 pieces (50 pieces x 20 packs x 10 boxes)

    BB-001FL (3 inch Flat type)

    HUBY-340 With flatten the tip of the BB-001, now available to clean very narrow gap on an electronic component. Cotton tip does not collapse under the usage of solvent such as IPA because of high density in the cotton tip.

    Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

    BB-013FL (3 inch Flat type)

    HUBY-340 BB-013FL is possible to clean very narrow gap more than BB-001FL. Cotton tip does not collapse under the usage of solvent such as IPA because of high density in the cotton tip.

    Regular carton 50,000 pieces (25 pieces x 100 packs x 20 boxes)

    SS-001 (Special Specification)

    HUBY-APEX SS-001 is an ultra slim cotton applicator. Finishing flat head and cylindrical cotton tip with special shaving on the paper stem for stiffness of the paper stem. Lint-less, high-absorbent and burnable for easy dispose. It is suitable for cleaning (such as optical connector LC) and concave areas where they were hard to be cleaned.

    Regular carton 20,000 pieces (25 pieces x 80 packs x 10 boxes)

    SS-002 (Special Specification)

    HUBY-APEX SS-002 is an ultra slim cotton applicator. It is suitable to be used to clean the applications of concave areas with inner diameter of less than 2.5 mm. Lint-less, high-absorbent and burnable for easy dispose. It is suitable for cleaning (such as optical connector SC) and concave areas where they were hard to be cleaned.

    Regular carton 15,000 pieces (25 pieces x 60 packs x 10 boxes)

    SA-001 (Special Specification)

    HUBY-APEX SA-001 has a state-of-the-art technological adhesive (elastomer = elastic polymer) which picks particle up without residue on the surface of application. SA-001 is a special feature adhesive swab developed with major Photo mask maker. It is efficient to be used to remove particles on applications of Photo Mask, Color Filter, Lens Assy, Electrical parts and et cetera where adhesive residue ban with modification of mixing contents of three types of acrylic based resin has been used in adhesive point of the SA-001.

    Regular carton 600 pieces (20 pieces x 30 packs)

    Professional Freezer -40 °C

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Freezer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1217" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" shape="square" size="sm" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.smeg-instruments.com%2Fajax%2Fload_product_pdf_instruments%2F15990%2F|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Model: C40S60C1A

    • temperature range from -42 °C to -10 °C
    • internal volume 600 liters
    • n. 1 blind self-closing door
    • hinges for door opening on right side (possibility to indicate left side when ordering)
    • n. 1 safety door lock with key
    • microprocessor electronic control
    • soft touch user interface with LCD display
    • n. 4 languages available (Italian, English, French, Spanish)
    • memory capacity of 4 MB - 46000 data record, last 20 alarms available on display
    • audible and visual alarms
    • n. 7 different alarms: high temperature (adjustable threshold), low temperature (adjustable threshold), open door, condenser cleaning, probes defective, power failure, backup battery failure
    • 12 V backup battery (optional) for temperature visualization and alarms acquisition up to 48h without power connection
    • USB port for data downloading
    • GSM module (optional)
    • Ethernet port for LAN connection (optional)
    • evaporator static type
    • manual defrosting
    • default configuration: n. 6 drawers made of AISI 304 stainless steel with Plexiglas frontal side
    • alternative configuration: shelves made of AISI 304 stainless steel and height adjustable (optional, up to 6)
    • n. 4 wheels + n. 2 front mounting adjustable feet
    • internal structure made of AISI 304 stainless steel
    • ecological polyurethane insulation 100 mm thick
    • external dimensions LxDxH: 780 x 840 x 1930 mm
    • weight 173 kg
    • electrical connection: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 580 W
    • detachable power cord with Schuko plug
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Genesys 160 Biomate UV-Visible Spectrophotometer

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Spectrophotomete[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1192" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    (#840-301000)

    • Life science enabled
    • Includes Life Science Application Software package, included:
    • Nucleic Acid A260; Protein A280 and A205; Protein Colorimetric assays and OD600
    • Optical design: Dual-beam, Spectral Bandwidth: 2nm
    • Networking capable (WiFi ready)
    • Extend your capabilities with a microcell holder or Peltier thermostatic cell holder or other cell changer options

    Link to Product

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 分光光度计[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1192" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    Thermo Scientific™ BioMate™ 160 紫外可见分光光度计 全功能设备,专为生命科学领域而设计

    (#840-301000)

    • 7”可倾斜式高清触摸屏用户界面
    • 预设生命科学方法,包括核酸 A260(DNA、RNA、低聚糖);样品纯度信息 A260/A280、A260/A230;蛋白质 A280、A205 和比色分析;动力学
    • 增强连接性:通过USB、以太网或WiFi将数据导出至网络或PC;可直接从本机打印报告;可通过PC软件控制Thermo Scientific™ VISIONlite™来控制仪器
    • 选配气冷帕尔贴恒温单池支架,实现精确温度控制
    • 支持使用一次性微量比色皿进行微量测量*
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

    Genesys 180 UV-Vis Spectrophotometer

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Spectrophotomete[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1191" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    (#840-309000)

    • High-throughput ready
    • Optical design: Double-beam, Spectral Bandwidth: 2nm
    • Ideal solution when a reference beam is required, such as for kinetics
    • Standard 8-position cell changer with switchable turret
    • Make measurements outside the sample compartment without cuvettes using fiber optic coupler and probe

    Link to Product

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Genesys 150 UV-Vis Spectrophotometer

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Spectrophotomete[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1193" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    (#840-300000)

    • Elite performance, enhanced capabilities
    • Optical design: Dual beam, Spectral Bandwidth: 2nm
    • Tiltable, high-resolution touchscreen interface compatible with lab gloves
    • Supports accessories: 8-cell changer, Peltier, sipper and fiber-optic dip probes
    • Access favorite methods quickly through Smart Start
    • Wi-Fi ready—save data and methods, print results from on-board control
    • Visible light range only model available (Genesys 140 #840-308000)

    Link to Product

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Genesys 50 UV-Vis Spectrophotometer

    (#840-298000)

    • Advanced usability, modern functionality
    • 7-inch, high-resolution touchscreen interface
    • Optical design: Dual beam, Spectral Bandwidth: 5nm
    • Local control increases speed and reliability for routine analysis
    • Large sample compartment with front access simplifies sample handling
    • Wi-Fi ready—save data and methods, print results from on-board control
    • Visible light range only model available (Genesys 40 #840-297000)

    Link to Product

    Genesys 30 Vis Spectrophotometer

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Spectrophotomete[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="1196,1195" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    (#840-277000)

    • Entirely new industrial design for better usability
    • The gold standard in basic spectrophotometers
    • Optical design: Single beam, Spectral Bandwidth: 5nm
    • High definition 5-inch color screen with -rubberized push-button keypad for easy navigation
    • Single cell measurement with removable, washable sample compartment liner
    • Ideal solution when OD600 is your primary need

    Link to Product Specification for Genesys 30[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Series MKFT | Dynamic climate chambers for rapid temperature changes with humidity control and extended low temperature range

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: -70 °C to 180 °C
    • Humidity range: 10 % to 98 % RH
    • Integrated water-storage tank, 20 liters
    • 4 zero-voltage relay contacts that can be activated via MCS controller
    • Programmable condensation protection for test material
    • Heated viewing window with LED interior lighting

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    MKFT 115 115 980x1725x865 600x480x400
    MKFT 240 228 1115x1940x925 735x700x443
    MKFT 720 734 1580x2005x1140 1200x1020x600
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:-70 °C 至 180 °C
    • 湿度范围:10 % 相对湿度至 98 % 相对湿度
    • 集成式储水箱 20 L
    • 4 个零电压开关触点
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 对样品的可编程冷凝保护
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的直观触摸屏控制器
    • 通过USB可读取内部数据记录器、开放格式的测量值
    • 带 LED 内部照明的可加热式观察窗
    • 利用电容式湿度传感器和蒸汽加湿进行湿度调节
    • BINDER 通讯软件 APT-COM™ 3 Basic(基础)版本
    • 采用光学和声音报警的故障诊断系统
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 带硅胶塞的接入孔(型号 115、240:50 mm,左)
    • 2 个带硅胶塞的接入孔(型号 720:80 mm,左和右)
    • 4 个脚轮,两个带制动器
    • 计算机接口:以太网
    • 右侧面操作元件上的插座 230 V
    • 可调节的斜坡函数功能
    • 集成式连续自动记录仪
    • 实时时钟
    • 门加热
    • 新鲜水罐缺水时的报警信息
    • 由不锈钢制成的 1 个插架
    • 软管保护接头,含不超过 1m 高度的供水管和排水管
    • 由不锈钢制成的内腔室
    • 无氟制冷剂 R-404A 和 R-23
    • 通过级联压缩冷却机进行冷却

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm)
    MKFT 115 115 980x1725x865 600x480x400
    MKFT 240 228 1115x1940x925 735x700x443
    MKFT 720 734 1580x2005x1140 1200x1020x600
    {:}

    Series MKT | Dynamic climate chambers for rapid temperature changes with extended low temperature range

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: -70 °C to 180 °C
    • 4 zero-voltage relay contacts that can be activated via MCS controller
    • Programmable condensation protection for test material
    • Heated viewing window with LED interior lighting

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    MKT 115 115 980x1725x865 600x480x400
    MKT 240 228 1115x1940x925 735x700x443
    MKT 720 734 1580x2005x1140 1200x1020x600
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:-70 °C 至 180 °C
    • 4 个零电压开关触点
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 对样品的可编程冷凝保护
    • 带 LED 内部照明的可加热式观察窗
    • BINDER 通讯软件 APT-COM™ 3 Basic(基础)版本
    • 采用光学和声音报警的故障诊断系统
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的直观触摸屏控制器
    • 通过USB可读取内部数据记录器、开放格式的测量值
    • 带硅胶塞的接入孔(型号 115、240:50 mm,左)
    • 2 个带硅胶塞的接入孔(型号 720:80 mm,左和右)
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 4 个脚轮,两个带制动器
    • 计算机接口:以太网
    • 右侧面操作元件上的插座 230 V
    • 可调节的斜坡函数功能
    • 集成式连续自动记录仪
    • 实时时钟
    • 门加热
    • 由不锈钢制成的 1 个插架
    • 由不锈钢制成的内腔室
    • 无氟制冷剂 R-452A 和 R-23
    • 通过级联压缩冷却机进行冷却

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm)
    MKT 115 115 980x1725x865 600x480x400
    MKT 240 228 1115x1940x925 735x700x443
    MKT 720 734 1580x2005x1140 1200x1020x600
    {:}

    Series MKF | Dynamic climate chambers for rapid temperature changes with humidity control

    {:en} Special features

    • Temperature range: -40 °C to 180 °C
    • Humidity range: 10 % to 98 % RH
    • Integrated water-storage tank, 20 liters (Models 115, 240, 720)
    • 4 zero-voltage relay contacts that can be activated via MCS controller
    • Programmable condensation protection for test material
    • Heated viewing window with LED interior lighting
    Available Sizes
    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    MKF 56 60 732x1445x832 400x420x348
    MKF 115 115 980x1725x865 600x480x400
    MKF 240 228 1115x1715x925 735x700x443
    MKF 720 734 1580x2005x1140 1200x1020x600
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:-40 °C 至 180 °C
    • 湿度范围:10 % 相对湿度至 98 % 相对湿度
    • 集成式储水箱 20 L (型号 115, 240, 720)
    • 4 个零电压开关触点
    • 由不锈钢制成的 1 个插架
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的直观触摸屏控制器
    • 通过USB可读取内部数据记录器、开放格式的测量值
    • 对样品的可编程冷凝保护
    • 带 LED 内部照明的可加热式观察窗
    • 利用电容式湿度传感器和蒸汽加湿进行湿度调节
    • BINDER 通讯软件 APT-COM™ 3 Basic(基础)版本
    • 采用光学和声音报警的故障诊断系统
    • 带硅胶塞的接入孔(型号 56, 115, 240:50 mm,左)
    • 2 个带硅胶塞的接入孔(型号 720:80 mm,左和右)
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 4 个脚轮,两个带制动器
    • 计算机接口:以太网
    • 右侧面操作元件上的插座 230 V (型号 115, 240, 720)
    • 可调节的斜坡函数功能
    • 集成式连续自动记录仪
    • 实时时钟
    • 门加热
    • 新鲜水罐缺水时的报警信息(型号 115, 240, 720)
    • 软管保护接头,含不超过 1 m 高度的供水管和排水管
    • 由不锈钢制成的内腔室
    • 无氟制冷剂 R-404A
    • 通过压缩冷却机进行冷却
    可选容积
    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm)
    MKF 56 60 732x1445x832 400x420x348
    MKF 115 115 980x1725x865 600x480x400
    MKF 240 228 1115x1715x925 735x700x443
    MKF 720 734 1580x2005x1140 1200x1020x600
    {:}

    Series MK | Dynamic climate chambers for rapid temperature changes

    {:en} Special features

    • Temperature range: -40 °C to 180 °C
    • Programmable condensation protection for test material
    • Heated viewing window with LED interior lighting
    Available Sizes
    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    MK 56 60 740x1225x740 402x402x330
    MK 115 115 980x1725x865 600x480x400
    MK 240 228 1115x1715x925 735x700x443
    MK 720 734 1580x2005x1140 1200x1020x600
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:-40 °C 至 180 °C
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 对样品的可编程冷凝保护
    • 带 LED 内部照明的可加热式观察窗
    • BINDER 通讯软件 APT-COM™ 3 Basic(基础)版本
    • 采用光学和声音报警的故障诊断系统
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的直观触摸屏控制器
    • 通过USB可读取内部数据记录器、开放格式的测量值
    • 带硅胶塞的接入孔(型号 56, 115, 240)50 mm,左
    • 2 个带硅胶塞的接入孔(型号 720)80 mm,左和右
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 4 个脚轮,两个带制动器
    • 计算机接口:以太网
    • 右侧面操作元件上的插座 230 V (型号 115, 240, 720)
    • 可调节的斜坡函数功能
    • 集成式连续自动记录仪
    • 实时时钟
    • 门加热
    • 由不锈钢制成的 1 个插架
    • 由不锈钢制成的内腔室
    • 无氟制冷剂 R-452A
    • 通过压缩冷却机进行冷却
    可选容面
     型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm)
    MK 56 60 740x1225x740 402x402x330
    MK 115 115 980x1725x865 600x480x400
    MK 240 228 1115x1715x925 735x700x443
    MK 720 734 1580x2005x1140 1200x1020x600
    {:}

    Series KBWF | Growth chambers with light and humidity

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: 0 °C to 70 °C
    • Humidity range: 10 % to 80 % RH
    • Humidity regulation with capacitative humidity sensor and vapor humidification
    • Positionable illumination cassettes, each with 5 fluorescent tubes
    • Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming
    • Door heating

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    KBWF 240 247 925x1465x800 650x785x485
    KBWF 720 700 1250x1925x890 973x1250x576
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:0 °C 至 70 °C
    • 带光照的温度范围:10 °C 至 60 °C
    • 湿度范围:10 % 相对湿度至 80 % 相对湿度
    • 个位置可变的照明盒,各有 5 个荧光灯管
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 可调节的风扇转速
    • 利用电容式湿度传感器和蒸汽加湿进行湿度调节
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的直观触摸屏控制器
    • 通过USB可读取内部数据记录器、开放格式的测量值
    • 设备自检用于全面的状态分析
    • 密闭型内门由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成
    • 通过特殊的TIMELESS涂层防止对玻璃的腐蚀。
    • 通过 LCD 彩色显示器进行显示
    • 个由不锈钢制成的插架
    • 带硅胶塞的接入孔 30 mm,左
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 3.1 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学和声音温度报警
    • 计算机接口:Ethernet
    • 门加热

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm)
    KBWF 240 247 925x1465x800 650x785x485
    KBWF 720 700 1250x1925x890 973x1250x576
    {:}

    Series KBW | Growth chambers with light

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: 0 °C to 70 °C
    • Positionable illumination cassettes, each with 5 fluorescent tubes
    • Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming
    • Door heating

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    KBW 240 247 925x1465x800 650x785x485
    KBW 400 400 925x1950x805 650x1270x485
    KBW 720 698 1250x1925x890 970x1250x576
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:0 °C 至 70 °C
    • 带光照的温度范围:5 °C 至 60 °C
    • 个位置可变的照明盒,各有 5 个荧光灯管
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 可调节的风扇转速
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的直观触摸屏控制器
    • 通过USB可读取内部数据记录器、开放格式的测量值
    • 设备自检用于全面的状态分析
    • 密闭型内门由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成
    • 通过特殊的TIMELESS涂层防止对玻璃的腐蚀。
    • 个由不锈钢制成的插架
    • 带硅胶塞的接入孔 30 mm,左
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 3.1 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学和声音温度报警
    • 计算机接口:以太网
    • 门加热

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm)
    KBW 240 247 925x1465x800 650x785x485
    KBW 400 400 925x1950x805 650x1270x485
    KBW 720 698 1250x1925x890 970x1250x576
    {:}

    Series KMF | Constant climate chambers with expanded temperature / humidity range

    {:en} Special features

    • Temperature range: -10 °C to 100 °C
    • Humidity range: 10 % to 98 % RH
    • Humidity regulation with capacitive humidity sensor and vapor humidification
    • Inner chamber made of stainless steel
    • Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming
    Available Sizes
    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    KMF 115 102 880x1050x650 600x483x351
    KMF 240 247 930x1465x800 650x785x485
    KMF 720 700 1250x1925x890 973x1250x576
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:-10 °C 至 100 °C
    • 更大的湿度范围:10 % 相对湿度至 98 % 相对湿度
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 利用电容式湿度传感器和蒸汽加湿进行湿度调节
    • 内腔完全由不锈钢制成
    • BINDER 通讯软件 APT-COM™ 3 Basic(基础)版本
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的直观触摸屏控制器
    • 通过USB可读取内部数据记录器、开放格式的测量值
    • 设备自检用于全面的状态分析
    • 密闭型内门采用带特殊 TIMELESS 涂层的安全玻璃 (ESG)
    • 通过特殊的TIMELESS涂层防止对玻璃的腐蚀。
    • 由不锈钢制成的 1 个插架
    • 带硅胶塞的接入孔 30 mm,左
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 3.1 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学和声音温度报警
    • 计算机接口:以太网
    • 门加热
    可选容积
    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm)
    KMF 115 102 880x1050x650 600x483x351
    KMF 240 247 930x1465x800 650x785x485
    KMF 720 700 1250x1925x890 973x1250x576
    {:}

    Series KBF LQC | Constant climate chambers with ICH-compliant light source and light dose control

    {:en} Special features

    • Temperature range: 0 °C to 70 °C
    • Humidity range: 10 % to 80 % RH
    • Humidity regulation with capacitive humidity sensor and vapor humidification
    • Illumination cassettes with ICH-compliant UV/Vis light source
    • Independent light-dose control of UV-A and visible light with spherical sensors
    • Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming
    Available Sizes
    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    KBF LQC 240 247 925x1460x800 650x785x485
    KBF LQC 720 700 1250x1925x890 973x1250x576
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:0 °C 至 70 °C
    • 带光照的温度范围:10 °C 至 60 °C
    • 湿度范围:10 % 相对湿度至 80 % 相对湿度
    • 个位置可变的照明盒,带有符合 ICH 要求的 UV/Vis 光照
    • 借助球形传感器,对 UV-A 和可见光进行独立的光剂量控制
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 利用电容式湿度传感器和蒸汽加湿进行湿度调节
    • 内腔完全由不锈钢制成
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的直观触摸屏控制器
    • 通过USB可读取内部数据记录器、开放格式的测量值
    • 设备自检用于全面的状态分析
    • 密闭型内门由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成
    • 通过特殊的TIMELESS涂层防止对玻璃的腐蚀。
    • 个由不锈钢制成的插架
    • 带硅胶塞的接入孔 30 mm,左
    • 4 个稳固的脚轮,两个带制动器
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 3.1 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学和声音温度报警
    • 计算机接口:以太网
    • 门加热
    可选容积
    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    KBF LQC 240 247 925x1460x800 650x785x485
    KBF LQC 720 700 1250x1925x890 973x1250x576
    {:}

    Series KBF P | Constant climate chambers with ICH-compliant light source

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: 0 °C to 70 °C
    • Humidity range: 10 % to 80 % RH
    • Humidity regulation with capacitive humidity sensor and vapor humidification
    • Illumination cassettes with ICH-compliant UV/Vis light source
    • Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    KBF P 240 247 925x1460x800 650x785x485
    KBF P 720 700 1250x1925x890 973x1250x576
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:0 °C 至 70 °C
    • 带光照的温度范围:10 °C 至 60 °C
    • 湿度范围:10 % 相对湿度至 80 % 相对湿度
    • 个位置可变的照明盒,带有符合 ICH 要求的 UV/Vis 光照
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 利用电容式湿度传感器和蒸汽加湿进行湿度调节
    • 内腔完全由不锈钢制成
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的直观触摸屏控制器
    • 通过USB可读取内部数据记录器、开放格式的测量值
    • 设备自检用于全面的状态分析
    • 密闭型内门由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成
    • 通过特殊的TIMELESS涂层防止对玻璃的腐蚀。
    • 个由不锈钢制成的插架
    • 带硅胶塞的接入孔 30 mm,左
    • 4 个稳固的脚轮,两个带制动器
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 3.1 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学和声音温度报警
    • 计算机接口:以太网
    • 门加热

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    KBF P 240 247 925x1460x800 650x785x485
    KBF P 720 700 1250x1925x890 973x1250x576
    {:}

    Series KBF | Constant climate chambers with large temperature / humidity range

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: 0 °C to 70 °C
    • Humidity range: 10 % to 80 % RH
    • Humidity regulation with capacitive humidity sensor and vapor humidification
    • Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming
    • Inner chamber made of stainless steel

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    KBF 115 102 880x1050x650 600x483x351
    KBF 240 247 925x1460x800 650x785x485
    KBF 720 700 1250x1925x890 973x1250x576
    KBF 1020 1020 1250x1925x1145 976x1250x836
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:0 °C 至 70 °C
    • 湿度范围:10 % 相对湿度至 80 % 相对湿度
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 利用电容式湿度传感器和蒸汽加湿进行湿度调节
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的直观触摸屏控制器
    • 通过USB可读取内部数据记录器、开放格式的测量值
    • 设备自检用于全面的状态分析
    • 密闭型内门由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成
    • 通过特殊的TIMELESS涂层防止对玻璃的腐蚀。
    • 内腔完全由不锈钢制成
    • 个由不锈钢制成的插架
    • 带硅胶塞的接入孔 30 mm,左
    • 4 个稳固的脚轮,两个带制动器,自 240 L 起
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 3.1 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学和声音温度报警
    • 计算机接口:以太网
    • 门加热

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    KBF 115 102 880x1050x650 600x483x351
    KBF 240 247 925x1460x800 650x785x485
    KBF 720 700 1250x1925x890 973x1250x576
    KBF 1020 1020 1250x1925x1145 976x1250x836
    {:}

    Series VDL | Vacuum drying chambers for flammable solvents

    {:en}


    Special features

    • Temperature range: room temperature plus 15 °C to 200 °C
    • Controller with time-segment and real-time programming
    • 2 aluminum expansion racks
    • Inert gas connection
    • Shatterproof, spring-mounted safety glass panel
    • Expanded safety functions

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    VDL 23 23 515x655x500 285x285x295
    VDL 53 53 635x775x545 400x400x340
    VDL 115 115 740x900x670 506x506x460
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 15 °C 至 200 °C
    • 符合 ATEX 标准的设备内腔室:Ex II -/3G c IIB T3-T1 Gc X
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的控制器
    • 2 个铝质扩展支架
    • 惰性气体接口
    • 带有弹簧片的防冲击安全玻璃板
    • 带压缩空气接口的超压密闭工具箱
    • 压力监控器,用于加热释放 < 125 mbar
    • 防火密封圈
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 计算机接口:RS 422

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    VDL 23 23 515x655x500 285x285x295
    VDL 53 53 635x775x545 400x400x340
    VDL 115 115 740x900x670 506x506x460
    {:}

    Series VD | Vacuum drying chambers for non-flammable solvents

    {:en}


    Special features

    • Temperature range: room temperature plus 15 °C to 200 °C
    • Controller with time-segment and real-time programming
    • 2 aluminum expansion racks
    • Inert gas connection
    • Shatterproof, spring-mounted safety glass panel

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    VD 23 23 515x665x500 285x285x295
    VD 53 53 635x775x550 400x400x340
    VD 115 115 740x900x670 506x506x460
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 15 °C 至 200 °C
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的控制器
    • 2 个铝质扩展支架
    • 惰性气体接口
    • 带有弹簧片的防冲击安全玻璃板
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 计算机接口:RS 422
    • 2 个开关输出 24 V DC(最大 0.4 A)

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    VD 23 23 515x665x500 285x285x295
    VD 53 53 635x775x550 400x400x340
    VD 115 115 740x900x670 506x506x460
    {:}

    Series FDL | Safety drying chambers for limited quantities of solvent

    {:en}


    Special features

    • Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 300 °C
    • Controller with time-segment and real-time programming
    • Fresh-air monitoring with audible and visual alarm and automatic deactivation of heating
    • Replaceable filter cartridge, Class M6
    • Class 2 independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
    • Computer interface: RS 422

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    FDL 115 115 830x805x685 600x435x435
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 5 °C 至 300 °C
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的控制器
    • 2 个镀铬插架
    • 采用声音和光学报警的新鲜空气监控以及加热自动断开装置
    • 可更换的新鲜空气过滤器滤芯,M6 级
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 计算机接口:RS 422

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    FDL 115 115 830x805x685 600x435x435
    {:}

    Series M | Drying and heating chambers Classic.Line with forced convection and advanced program functions

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 300 °C
    • Adjustable fan speed
    • Program-controlled ventilation flap
    • Color LCD controller with time-segment programming
    • Class 2 independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
    • Computer interface: RS 422

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    M 53 53 635x780x575 400x400x340
    M 115 115 835x865x645 600x480x410
    M 240 240 1035x985x745 800x600x510
    M 400 400 1235x1190x795 1000x800x510
    M 720 720 1235x1690x865 1000x1200x610
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 5 °C 至 300 °C
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 可调节的风扇转速
    • 程控气阀
    • 采用间隔编程的 LCD 彩色控制器
    • 2 个镀铬插架
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 计算机接口:RS 422

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    M 53 53 635x780x575 400x400x340
    M 115 115 835x865x645 600x480x410
    M 240 240 1035x985x745 800x600x510
    M 400 400 1235x1190x795 1000x800x510
    M 720 720 1235x1690x865 1000x1200x610
    {:}

    Series FP | Drying and heating chambers Classic.Line with forced convection and program functions

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 300 °C
    • Adjustable fan speed
    • Adjustable exhaust air flap
    • Controller with time-segment and real-time programming
    • Class 2 independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
    • Computer interface: RS 422

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    FP 53 53 635x620x575 400x400x340
    FP 115 115 835x705x645 600x480x410
    FP 240 240 1035x825x745 800x600x510
    FP 400 400 1235x1025x765 1000x800x510
    FP 720 720 1235x1530x865 1000x1200x610
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 5 °C 至 300 °C
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 可调节的风扇转速
    • 可调排气阀
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的控制器
    • 2 个镀铬插架
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 计算机接口:RS 422

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    FP 53 53 635x620x575 400x400x340
    FP 115 115 835x705x645 600x480x410
    FP 240 240 1035x825x745 800x600x510
    FP 400 400 1235x1025x765 1000x800x510
    FP 720 720 1235x1530x865 1000x1200x610
    {:}

    Series E | Drying and heating chambers Classic.Line with mechanical adjustment

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: 60 °C to 230 °C
    • Adjustable exhaust air flap
    • Hydro-mechanical thermostat
    • Class 1 temperature limitation device (Model E028-230V-T)
    • Timer 0 – 120 min

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    E 28 28 580x405x425 400x280x250
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:60 °C 至 230 °C
    • 可调排气阀
    • 液压机械温控器
    • 温度安全装置 1 级(型号:E028-230V-T)
    • 定时器 0-120 min
    • 2 个镀铬插架

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    E 28 28 580x405x425 400x280x250
    {:}

    Series FED | Drying and heating chambers Classic.Line with forced convection and enhanced timer functions

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 300 °C
    • Adjustable fan speed
    • Adjustable exhaust air flap
    • Controller with expanded timer functions
    • Class 2 independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
    • Computer interface: RS 422

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    FED 400 400 1235x1025x765 1000x800x510
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 5 °C 至 300 °C
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 可调节的风扇转速
    • 可调排气阀
    • 带高级时间功能的控制器
    • 2 个镀铬插架
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 计算机接口:RS 422

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    FED 400 400 1235x1025x765 1000x800x510
    {:}

    Series FED | Drying and heating chambers Avantgarde.Line with forced convection and enhanced timer functions

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: ambient temperature plus 10 °C to 300 °C
    • Adjustable fan speed
    • Controller with LCD display and enhanced time functions
    • Electromechanical control of the exhaust air flap
    • Class 2 integrated independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
    • Ethernet interface
    • Up to 30% lower energy consumption compared to conventional units on the market

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    FED 56 60 560x625x565 400x440x345
    FED 115 116 710x735x605 550x550x385
    FED 260 259 810x965x760 650x780x515
    FED 720 741 1165x1590x870 1000x1300x570
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 10 °C 至 300 °C
    • 比市场上常见的设备节能最高可达 30%
    • 利用 APT.line™ 技术实现较高的温度精确度
    • 可调节的风扇转速
    • 带 LCD 显示器和高级时间功能的控制器
    • 排气阀机电控制
    • 2 个镀铬插架
    • 最多达 115 L 的可堆叠设备
    • 集成式独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 符合人体工程学的手柄设计
    • 以太网接口
    • 用于记录数据的 USB 接口

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    FED 56 60 560x625x565 400x440x345
    FED 115 116 710x735x605 550x550x385
    FED 260 259 810x965x760 650x780x515
    FED 720 741 1165x1590x870 1000x1300x570
    {:}

    Series FD | Drying and heating chambers Classic.Line with forced convection

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    Important characteristics

    • Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 300 °C
    • APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
    • Forced convection
    • Adjustable exhaust air flap
    • Controller with timer functions
    • 2 chrome-plated racks
    • Class 2 independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    FD 23 20 435x495x520 222x330x300
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="973" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 5 °C 至 300 °C
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 循环空气
    • 可调排气阀
    • 带时间功能的控制器
    • 2 个镀铬插架
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm)
    FD 23 20 435x495x520 222x330x300
    {:}

    Series FD | Drying and heating chambers Avantgarde.Line with forced convection

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: ambient temperature plus 10 °C to 300 °C
    • Forced convection
    • Controller with LCD display
    • Electromechanical control of the exhaust air flap
    • Class 2 integrated independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
    • Excellent temporal and spatial temperature accuracy
    • Up to 30% lower energy consumption compared to conventional units on the market

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    FD 56 60 560x625x565 400x440x345
    FD 115 116 710x735x605 550x550x385
    FD 260 259 810x965x760 650x780x515
    FD 720 741 1165x1590x870 1000x1300x570
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 10 °C 至 300 °C
    • 利用 APT.line™ 技术实现较高的温度精确度
    • 循环空气
    • 带 LCD 显示器的控制器
    • 排气阀机电控制
    • 2 个镀铬插架
    • 最多可堆叠 115 L 的设备
    • 集成式独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 符合人体工程学的手柄设计
    • 用于记录数据的 USB 接口

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm)
    FD 56 60 560x625x565 400x440x345
    FD 115 116 710x735x605 550x550x385
    FD 260 259 810x965x760 650x780x515
    FD 720 741 1165x1590x870 1000x1300x570
    {:}

    Series ED | Drying and heating chambers Classic.Line with natural convection

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 300 °C
    • Natural convection
    • Adjustable exhaust air flap
    • Controller with timer functions
    • Class 2 independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    ED 23 20 435x495x520 222x330x300
    ED 400 400 1235x1025x765 1000x800x520
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 5 °C 至 300 °C
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 自由对流
    • 可调排气阀
    • 带时间功能的控制器
    • 2 个镀铬插架
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    ED 23 20 435x495x520 222x330x300
    ED 400 400 1235x1025x765 1000x800x520
    {:}

    Series ED | Drying and heating chambers Avantgarde.Line with natural convection

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: ambient temperature plus 5 °C to 300 °C
    • Natural convection
    • Controller with LCD display
    • Electromechanical control of the exhaust air flap
    • Class 2 integrated independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
    • Excellent temporal and spatial temperature accuracy
    • Up to 30% lower energy consumption compared to conventional units on the market

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    ED 56 57 560x625x565 360x420x380
    ED 115 114 710x735x605 510x530x425
    ED 260 255 810x965x760 610x760x550
    ED 720 743 1165x1590x870 960x1280x605
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 5 °C 至 300 °C
    • 比市场上常见的设备节能最高可达 30%
    • 利用 APT.line™ 技术实现较高的温度精确度
    • 自然对流
    • 带 LCD 显示器的控制器
    • 排气阀机电控制
    • 2 个镀铬插架
    • 最多达 115 L 的可堆叠设备
    • 集成式独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 符合人体工程学的手柄设计
    • 用于记录数据的 USB 接口

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    ED 56 57 560x625x565 360x420x380
    ED 115 114 710x735x605 510x530x425
    ED 260 255 810x965x760 610x760x550
    ED 720 743 1165x1590x870 960x1280x605
    {:}

    Series KB | Cooling incubators with compressor technology

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range:
      • -5 °C to 100 °C (except KB23)
      • 0°C to 100 °C (KB23 only)
    • Up to 30% lower energy consumption compared to the previous model
    • Cooling with compressor cooling unit
    • Adjustable fan speed
    • Controller with time-segment and real-time programming
    • Inner door made of tempered safety glass

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    KB 23 20 435x620x520 222x330x277
    KB 53 53 635x835x580 400x400x330
    KB 115 115 835x1025x650 600x480x400
    KB 240 247 925x1465x800 650x785x485
    KB 400 400 925x1950x805 650x1270x485
    KB 720 698 1250x1925x885 970x1250x576
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:-5 °C 至 100 °C
    • APT.line™ 内腔预热技术
    • 相比较上一代产品,最高节省 30% 能耗
    • 通过压缩冷却机进行冷却
    • 门加热,自 240 L 起
    • 可调节的风扇转速
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的控制器
    • 由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成的内门
    • 由不锈钢制成的 2 个插架
    • 最多达 115 L 的可堆叠设备
    • 带硅胶塞的接入孔,自 240 L 起
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 3.1 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学和声音报警
    • 计算机接口:以太网

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    KB 23 20 435x620x520 222x330x277
    KB 53 53 635x835x580 400x400x330
    KB 115 115 835x1025x650 600x480x400
    KB 240 247 925x1465x800 650x785x485
    KB 400 400 925x1950x805 650x1270x485
    KB 720 698 1250x1925x885 970x1250x576
    {:}

    Series KT | Cooling incubators with thermoelectric cooling

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: 4 °C to 100 °C
    • Electric cooling with Peltier module
    • Adjustable fan speed
    • Controller with time-segment and real-time programming
    • Inner door made of tempered safety glass
    • Data recording and USB interface

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    KT 53 53 660x635x630 400x400x334
    KT 115 102 860x715x655 600x455x355
    KT 170 163 860x1025x655 600x765x355
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:4 °C 至 100 °C
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 可调节的风扇转速
    • 利用电子制冷模块的电动冷却
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的控制器
    • 通过 LCD 显示器进行显示
    • 通过按钮旋钮进行输入
    • 由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成的内门
    • 由不锈钢制成的 2 个插架
    • 最多可堆叠 115 L 的设备
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 3.1 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学和声音温度报警
    • 计算机接口:以太网
    • 测量值记录和 USB 接口

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    KT 53 53 660x635x630 400x400x334
    KT 115 102 860x715x655 600x455x355
    KT 170 163 860x1025x655 600x765x355
    {:}

    Series B | Incubators Classic.Line with mechanical adjustment

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: 30 °C to 70 °C
    • Hydro-mechanical thermostat
    • Inner door made of tempered safety glass

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    B 28 28 580x405x425 400x280x250
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:30 °C 至 70 °C
    • 液压机械温控器
    • 由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成的内门
    • 2 个镀铬插架

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    B 28 28 580x405x425 400x280x250
    {:}

    Series BF | Incubators Classic.Line with forced convection

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 100 °C
    • Adjustable fan speed
    • Adjustable exhaust air flap
    • Controller with timer functions
    • Inner door made of tempered safety glass
    • Class 3.1 independent temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual temperature alarm

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    BF 400 400 1235x1025x765 1000x800x500
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 5 °C 至 100 °C
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 可调节的风扇转速
    • 可调排气阀
    • 带时间功能的控制器
    • 由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成的内门
    • 2 个镀铬插架
    • 最多可堆叠 115 L 的设备
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 3.1 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学温度报警
    • 计算机接口:RS 422

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    BF 400 400 1235x1025x765 1000x800x500
    {:}

    Series BF | Incubators Avantgarde.Line with force convection

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range (model 56 | 260): ambient temperature plus 7 °C to 100 °C
    • Temperature range (model 115): ambient temperature plus 8 °C to 100 °C
    • Forced convection
    • Controller with LCD display
    • Electromechanical control of the exhaust air flap
    • Class 3.1 integrated independent temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
    • Excellent temporal and spatial temperature accuracy and high energy efficiency
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    BF 56 59 560x625x565 400x440x340
    BF 115 114 710x735x605 510x550x380
    BF 260 257 810x965x760 650x780x510
    BF 720 734 1165x1590x870 1000x1300x565
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围(型号 56 | 260):环境温度加上 7 °C 至 100 °C
    • 温度范围(型号 115):环境温度加上 8 °C 至 100 °C
    • 利用 APT.line™ 技术实现较高的温度精确度
    • 循环空气
    • 带 LCD 显示器的控制器
    • 排气阀机电控制
    • 由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成的内门
    • 2 个镀铬插架
    • 最多可堆叠 115 L 的设备
    • 集成式独立可调的温度安全装置 3.1 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 符合人体工程学的手柄设计
    • 用于记录数据的 USB 接口

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    BF 56 59 560x625x565 400x440x340
    BF 115 114 710x735x605 510x550x380
    BF 260 257 810x965x760 650x780x510
    BF 720 734 1165x1590x870 1000x1300x565
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

    Series BD | Incubators Classic.Line with natural convection

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: room temperature plus 5 °C to 100 °C
    • natural convection
    • Adjustable exhaust air flap
    • Controller with timer functions
    • Inner door made of tempered safety glass
    • Class 3.1 independent temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual temperature alarm

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    BD 23 20 435x495x520 222x330x277
    BD 400 400 1235x1025x765 1000x800x500
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 5 °C 至 100 °C
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 自由对流
    • 可调排气阀
    • 带时间功能的控制器
    • 由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成的内门
    • 2 个镀铬插架
    • 最多可堆叠 115 L 的设备
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 3.1 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学温度报警
    • 计算机接口:RS 422

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    BD 23 20 435x495x520 222x330x277
    BD 400 400 1235x1025x765 1000x800x500
    {:}

    Series BD | Incubators Avantgarde.Line with natural convection

    {:en}

    Special features
    • Temperature range: ambient temperature plus 5 °C to 100 °C
    • Natural convection
    • Controller with LCD display
    • Electromechanical control of the exhaust air flap
    • Class 3.1 integrated independent temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm
    • Excellent temporal and spatial temperature accuracy and high energy efficiency

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    BD 56 57 560x625x565 360x420x380
    BD 115 112 710x735x605 510x530x420
    BD 260 253 810x965x760 610x760x545
    BD 720 737 1165x1590x870 960x1280x600
    {:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 5 °C 至 100 °C
    • 利用 APT.line™ 技术实现较高的温度精确度
    • 自由对流
    • 带 LCD 显示器的控制器
    • 排气阀机电控制
    • 由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成的内门
    • 2 个镀铬插架
    • 最多可堆叠 115 L 的设备
    • 集成式独立可调的温度安全装置 3.1 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学报警
    • 符合人体工程学的手柄设计
    • 用于记录数据的 USB 接口
    可选容积
    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    BD 56 57 560x625x565 360x420x380
    BD 115 112 710x735x605 510x530x420
    BD 260 253 810x965x760 610x760x545
    BD 720 737 1165x1590x870 960x1280x600
    {:}

    Series CB | CO2 incubators

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text] The BINDER CB series CO₂ incubator is the premium class among the CO₂ incubators. It is suitable for all sensitive incubation applications and ensures optimal cell growth. A BINDER CB series CO₂ incubator can perform complex cultivation experiments as well as specific enviromental conditions.

    CO₂ incubators with hot air sterilization and heat sterilizable CO₂ sensor

    The Binder CB series is a world first! Fitted with a sterilizable CO₂ sensor, the incubator meets the highest of standards when it comes to sample safety and cell growth. While C series CO₂ incubators have been designed with standard laboratory applications in mind, the BINDER CB comes highly recommended for the incubation of delicate cells, providing optimum growth conditions for cell cultures. Just like the C series units, the CO₂ incubators in the CB series have the option of automatic sterilization with hot air at 180 °C. Plus, they have a heat sterilizable CO₂ sensor with infrared technology and come with a double-pan humidification system with condensation protection. The units feature tightly sealed inner doors made of tempered safety glass and a lockable door handle, guaranteeing maximum safety conditions for work in the laboratory.

    CO₂ incubators with a patented humidity management system

    CB series CO₂ incubators have a patented humidity management system. The Permadry double-pan humidity system provides active humidity limitation that keeps even the interior walls dry. What's more, evaporation is kept to a minimum thanks to the high humidity. These CO₂ incubators are incredibly user-friendly, with the option to control all of the key parameters at once using the operating panel. Measured values are recorded continually and can be exported as data sets with ease via USB. Navigation is straightforward and intuitive. The CO₂ incubators with hot air sterilization and heat sterilizable CO₂ sensor are ideal for the incubation of delicate cells, guaranteeing optimum conditions for cell cultures along with high levels of safety and usability.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

    Important characteristics

    • Temperature range: from 4 °C via ambient temperature up to 60 °C
    • Humidity range: 90 to 95% RH
    • CO₂ control range: 0 to 20 vol% CO₂
    • O₂ control range: 0.2 to 20 vol% O₂ (O and GO versions)
    • Alternative O₂ control range: 10 to 95 vol% O₂ (option for O and GO versions)
    • Tried-and-tested anti-contamination concept with 180 °C hot air sterilization
    • Optimized double-pan humidification system with condensation protection
    • CO₂ gas-mixing jet with Venturi effect
    • Hot-air sterilizable CO₂ sensor with single-beam infrared technology
    • Intuitive touchscreen controller
    • Internal data recording, can be read out in open format via USB interface
    • Fail-safe CO₂ automatic diagnosis system for protecting the pH of cell cultures
    • DuoDoor™ system: unit door and glass door can be opened with one handle
    • Tightly sealed inner door made of tempered safety glass
    • Lockable door handle
    • 2 perforated stainless steel shelves
    • Troubleshooting system with visual and acoustic alarms
    • Computer interface: Ethernet
    • Zero-voltage alarm contact
    • Units are stackable with stacking adapter
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]
    Model Housing Dimensions (excluding fittings and connections) W x H x D (mm) Internal Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Net weight (kg) Interior volume (L)
    CB 60 580 x 720 x 545 400 x 400 x 330 68 53
    CB 170 (new) 680 x 870 x 715 560 x 600 x 505 95 170
    CB 220 740 x 1070 x 715 560 x 750 x 500 132 210
    >> Stacking options for BINDER CO₂ incubators [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 7 °C 至 60 °C
    • 湿度范围:最高达 95% 相对湿度
    • 可选 O₂ 调节范围:0.2-20 Vol.-% O₂ 或 10-95 Vol.-% O₂ (版本 O、GO)
    • 通过 180 °C 的热风进行自动灭菌
    • 带冷凝保护的培养皿加湿系统
    • 带有文丘里效应的 CO₂ 混合气体喷嘴
    • 可用热风灭菌的采用红外线技术的 CO₂ 传感器
    • 通过 LCD 彩色显示器进行显示
    • 可锁闭的门把手
    • 由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成的密封内门
    • 由不锈钢制成的无缝拉深的内腔
    • 由不锈钢制成的 2/3 个打孔搁板
    • 利用堆叠适配器可堆叠设备
    • 采用光学和声音报警的故障诊断系统
    • 计算机接口:以太网
    • 内部测量值记录和 USB 接口
    • 零电压报警触点

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    CB 60 53 580x720x545 400x400x330
    CB 160 150 680x920x715 500x600x500
    CB 220 210 740x1070x715 560x750x500
    {:}{:tw}

    重要特性

    • 溫度範圍:環境溫度加上 7 °C 至 60 °C
    • 濕度範圍:最高達 95% 相對濕度
    • 可選 O₂ 調節範圍:2-20 Vol.-% O₂ 或 10-95 Vol.-% O₂ (版本 O、GO)
    • 通過 180 °C 的熱風進行自動滅菌
    • 帶冷凝保護的培養皿加濕系統
    • 帶有文丘裡效應的 CO₂ 混合氣體噴嘴
    • 可用熱風滅菌的採用紅外線技術的 CO₂ 感測器
    • 通過 LCD 彩色顯示器進行顯示
    • 可鎖閉的門把手
    • 由安全玻璃 (ESG) 製成的密封內門
    • 由不銹鋼製成的無縫拉深的內腔
    • 由不銹鋼製成的 2/3 個打孔擱板
    • 利用堆疊適配器可堆疊設備
    • 採用光學和聲音報警的故障診斷系統
    • 電腦介面:乙太網
    • 內部測量值記錄和 USB 介面

    Available Sizes

    型號 內部容積 [L] 包括加裝件和連接件的外殼尺寸 寬 x 高 x 深 [mm] 內部尺寸 寬 x 高 x 深 [mm]
    CB 60 53 580x720x545 400x400x330
    CB 160 150 680x920x715 500x600x500
    CB 220 210 740x1070x715 560x750x500
    {:}

    Series C | CO2 incubators with hot air sterilization

    {:en}

    Special features

    • Temperature range: room temperature plus 7 °C to 50 °C
    • Humidity range: up to 95 % RH
    • Auto-sterilization with hot air at 180 °C
    • Humidification system with condensation protection
    • CO₂ gas-mixing jet with Venturi effect
    • CO₂ sensor with infrared technology
    • Display with 3-digit, 7-segment LEDs
    • Door hinged right or left
    • Tightly-sealed inner door made of tempered safety glass
    • Seamless, deep-drawn inner stainless steel chamber
    • 3 perforated stainless steel shelves
    • Units are stackable with stacking adapter
    • Troubleshooting system with visual and audible alarms
    • Zero-voltage alarm contact

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    C 170 168 740x870x715 560x600x500
    {:}{:zh} 

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:环境温度加上 7 °C 至 50 °C
    • 湿度范围:最高达 95% 相对湿度
    • 通过 180 °C 的热风进行自动灭菌
    • 带冷凝保护的加湿系统
    • 带有文丘里效应的 CO₂ 混合气体喷嘴
    • 采用红外线技术的 CO₂ 传感器
    • 通过 3 位 7 段 LED 显示
    • 带右侧或左侧限位器的门
    • 由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成的密封内门
    • 由不锈钢制成的无缝拉深的内腔
    • 由不锈钢制成的 3 个打孔搁板
    • 带堆叠适配器的可堆叠设备
    • 采用光学和声音报警的故障诊断系统
    • 零电压报警触点

    可选容积

    型号 内部容积 [L] 外壳尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm) 内部尺寸 宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
    C 170 168 740x870x715 560x600x500
    {:}{:tw}

    重要特性

    • 溫度範圍:環境溫度加上 7 °C 至 50 °C
    • 濕度範圍:最高達 95% 相對濕度
    • 通過 180 °C 的熱風進行自動滅菌
    • 帶冷凝保護的加濕系統
    • 帶有文丘裡效應的 CO₂ 混合氣體噴嘴
    • 採用紅外線技術的 CO₂ 感測器
    • 通過 3 位元 7 段 LED 顯示
    • 帶右側或左側限位器的門
    • 由安全玻璃 (ESG) 製成的密封內門
    • 由不銹鋼製成的無縫拉深的內腔
    • 由不銹鋼製成的 3 個打孔擱板
    • 帶堆疊適配器的可堆疊設備
    • 採用光學和聲音報警的故障診斷系統

    Available Sizes

    Model Interior Volume [L] Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
    C 170 168 740x870x715 560x600x500
    {:}

    KBF1020-Large Scale Climatic Chamber

    {:en}

    • Internal volume: 1020L
    • Temperature range: 0 °C to 70 °C
    • Humidity range: 10 % to 80 % RH
    • line™ preheating chamber technology
    • Intuitive touchscreen controller with time-segment and real-time programming
    • Tight-sealing inner door made of safety glass (ESG)
    • Inner chamber made of stainless steel
    • Door heating
    Website: https://www.binder-world.com/en/Products/Constant-climate-chambers/Series-KBF/KBF-1020{:}{:zh}

    重要特性

    • 温度范围:0 °C 至 70 °C
    • 湿度范围:10 % 相对湿度至 80 % 相对湿度
    • APT.line™ 预热腔技术
    • 利用电容式湿度传感器和蒸汽加湿进行湿度调节
    • 采用间隔编程和实时编程的直观触摸屏控制器
    • 通过USB可读取内部数据记录器、开放格式的测量值
    • 设备自检用于全面的状态分析
    • 密闭型内门由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成
    • 通过特殊的TIMELESS涂层防止对玻璃的腐蚀。
    • 内腔完全由不锈钢制成
    • 个由不锈钢制成的插架
    • 带硅胶塞的接入孔 30 mm,左
    • 4 个稳固的脚轮,两个带制动器,自 240 L 起
    • 独立可调的温度安全装置 3.1 级 (DIN 12880),采用光学和声音温度报警
    • 计算机接口:以太网
    • 门加热
    关于KBF-1020的更多资料请参阅网页 KBF-1020
    {:}

    myFuge Mini Centrifuge

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Centrifuge

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_gallery type="flexslider_slide" interval="5" images="308,311" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.benchmarkscientific.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2017%2F09%2FC1008-NEW-MyFuge-Mini-Brochure-HR-1.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    The MyFuge™ Mini centrifuge is a personal centrifuge that virtually fits in the palm of your hand. Ideal for quick spin downs of microtubes and PCR tubes, the MyFuge is extremely easy to use. Simply close the lid and the rotor instantly reaches 6,000 rpm. Open the lid, and the rotor quickly decelerates to a stop for removing samples.

    An increased capacity, eight-position microtube rotor is included and comes installed. Also included is a second rotor for 0.2ml PCR tubes and strips which is stored (together with the rotor removal key) in a convenient compartment on the bottom of the centrifuge. When the rotor is not in use, storage in this compartment prevents loss or misplacement of the rotor.

    • Clik-N-Lok™ INSTANT rotor attachment
    • Eight position microtube rotor
    • Storage compartment for PCR rotor & 0.5ml adapters
    • Near silent operation
    • Decelerates in just one second
    • Four position PCR strip rotor

    Specifications

    Speed 6,000rpm / 2,000xg
    Capacity 8 x 1.5/2.0ml
    32 x 0.2ml
    4 x PCR Strips
    Dimensions 5.7 x 6.9 x 4.5 in.
    (14.5 x 17.8 x 11.4 cm)
    Weight 2.2 lbs / 1kg
    Electrical Universal Voltage, 100 to 240V, 50-60HZ, 250W

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    PlateFuge Microcentrifuge

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Centrifuge[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_gallery interval="5" images="319" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.benchmarkscientific.com%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2017%2F08%2FC2000-PlateFuge-Brochure-HR-EM.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Benchmark’s PlateFuge™ is the first “mini” sized centrifuge with a swing out rotor for microplates. Centrifuging plates before PCR ensures all reactants are in the bottom of the wells for proper concentrations and improved yields. In spite of its remarkably small footprint (9×10 in.), the PlateFuge™ includes a uniquely designed, swing out rotor (patent pending) capable of securing 2 microplates. The easily accessible rotor chamber includes two plate carriers that rest at a 75° angle. This allows plates to be inserted confidently without sealing tapes or caps. Upon closing the lid of the centrifuge, the rotor accelerates and the centrifugal force “swings” the plates into a horizontal position. Any droplets on the walls of the plate quickly concentrate into the well bottoms. With a g-force of 600 xg, most samples can be spun down in less than 20 seconds. To end a run, simply open the lid and the automatic, electric brake brings the rotor to a quick, smooth stop in just 4 seconds. Plates can then be easily removed from the rotor.

    • Quickly spins down droplets in PCR plates
    • Unique swing-out rotor design prevents spillage (patent pending)
    • Half the size of traditional centrifuges
    • Accepts all popular types of PCR plates (skirted, semi, and non) and most microtiter plates

    Specifications

    Speed 2,550 rpm/ 600 xg
    Capacity 2 x 2PCR Plates 2 x microtiter plates (up to 25mm) 24 x 0.2ml PCR strips
    Deceleration 4 Seconds
    Dimensions (W x D x H) 9.2 x 10.2 x 7.75 in. (23 x 26 x 19.7 cm)
    Weight 9 lbs/ 4.1 kg
    Electrical 115V or 230V, 50-60 Hz, 250W
    [/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/37r7ChaaZI4" el_width="80" align="center" title="PlateFuge"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Mortexer Vortex Mixer BV1005

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Mixer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="325,326" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] The Mortexer™ is MORE than your standard vortex mixer. The unique design of the Multi-Head™ (included) features a traditional cup head for general purpose mixing, plus holds up to eight microcentrifuge tubes. The drive system is balanced with Q-Drive™ technology, providing a smooth vortexing action, while minimizing noise and excessive vibration. This results in quieter, more efficient and longer lasting operation. Increased speed, up to 3400 rpm produces an instant vortex of even the largest sample sizes, including full 50ml tubes. Other features include: “no-walk” suction feet, cold room/incubator compatibility and spill-proof electronic controls.

    • Unique Multi-Head™ for general purpose vortexing PLUS holds up to eight microtubes (Patent Pending)
    • Powerful motor for INSTANT vortexing
    • Continuous or "touch" operation
    • Q-Drive™ dynamic balancing system
    • Variable speed from 200 to 3400 rpm
    • Wide variety of accessories

    Link to Product

    Specifications:
    Speed: 200 to 3400 rpm
    Operating modes: Touch or continuous
    Orbit: 3mm
    Operating Temp. Range: +4 to +65°C
    Dimensions: (w x d x h) 5 x 6.3 x 6.7 in. / 13 x 16 x 17 cm
    Weight: 8.4 lbs (3.8 kg)
    Electrical: 115V or 230V, 180W
      Ordering information:
    Order no. Description
    BV1005-E Mortexer Vortex Mixer
    BV1000-FLAT Optional 3 in. flat head attachment
    BV1000-COMBO Optional combination head for one microplate & microtubes (38x1.5 & 28x0.5)
    BV1000-H15 Optional attachment for 12 x 1.5ml, horizontal
    BV1000-H150 Optional attachment for 4 x 15ml, horizontal
    BV1000-H500 Optional attachment for 2 x 50ml, horizontal
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 混合器[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="325,326" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
    • 独特的多头桅杆(Multi-Head™ )通用涡旋加上可放置多达八个微管(专利待审)
    • 强力马达可提供瞬间混合
    • 连续或者按压启动
    • Q-Drive™ 动态平衡系统
    • 无极可调速度由 200 至 3400 rpm
    • 多种配件可以选

    规格

     速度 200 至 3400 rpm
    操作模式 按压启动或者连续
    轨道 3mm
    使用温度范围 +4 至 +65°C
    尺寸 (w x d x h) 13 x 16 x 17 cm
    重量 3.8 kg
    电源 230V, 180W
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

    Benchmark Hotplate & Stirrer

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Hotplate & Stirrer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="329" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Benchmark hotplates, stirrers and hotplate-stirrers feature an exceptionally durable, chemical resistant, white ceramic work surface. Their space-efficient design (7 X 10.5 in. footprint), makes them ideal for use on crowded benchtops and inside bio-hoods. Advanced microprocessor controls allow quick, precise adjustment of speed and temperature. The large, backlit LCD display provides constant visualization of the speed and temperature while a safety LED indicates when the top plate is above 50°C. In addition, an optional probe is available for applications that require precise temperature contol. When connected, the probe provides direct feedback to the microprocessor, which continuously adjusts and maintains the selected temperature in the sample within +/- 0.5°C. With a square 6.5 in. work surface, all three models are compatible with a wide variety of popular sizes of borosilicate glass beakers, flasks, bottles and other vessels. An optional support rod (H3760-ROD) is available for mounting thermometers, temperature probes, etc.

    • Large , backlit LCD display
    • Ceramic work surface, 6.5 x 6.5 in.
    • Safety LED indicates hot surface
    • Control actual temperature (with optional probe)
    • Three models: heat-stir, heat only or stir only

    Specifications:

    Temp. Range: Ambient +5 to 380°C
    Speed Range: 200 to 1500 rpm
    Platform Dimensions: 6.5 x 6.5 in./ 16.6 x 16.5 cm
    Operating Temp. Range +4 to +65°C
    Dimensions: (w x d x h) 7 x 10.5 x 4 in./ 18 x 26 x 10.1 cm
    Weight: 6.4 lbs. / 2.9kg
    Electrical: 120 or 230V, 50-60Hz 500W

    Ordering information:

    H3760-HS-E Benchmark Digital Hotplate & Stirrer, EU plug
    H3760-S-E Benchmark Digital Magnetic Stirrer, EU plug
    H3760-H-E Benchmark Digital Hotplate, EU plug
    H3760-TP Optional Temperature Probe
    H3760-ROD Optional Support Rod
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 加热板,搅拌板和加热搅拌板[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="329" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
    • 大尺寸,背光LCD显示屏
    • 陶瓷面板, 16.5 x 16.5 cm
    • 安全LED提示热表面
    • 控制实际温度(需要配温度探头)
    • 三种类型:加热, 搅拌或者加热搅拌

    规格

    温度范围 室温 +5 至 380°C
    速度范围 200 至 1500 rpm
    平台尺寸 16.5 x 16.5 cm
    使用温度范围 +4 to +65°C
    尺寸(w x d x h) 18 x 26 x 10.1 cm
    重量 2.9kg
    电源 230V, 50-60Hz 500W
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

    IncuShaker Mini Shaking Incubator

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Incubating Shaker[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4150,4151,4152" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] The Incu-Shaker™ Mini is the most compact shaking incubator in its class. Despite the remarkably small footprint, a large 11.5 x 9.5 in. work space accepts several platforms and a variety of flasks, tubes and other common vessels. The standard platform (included) features a non-slip, rubber coated surface, ideal for tissue culture flasks, Petri dishes and staining trays. The convenient MAGic Clamp™ (PATENTED) platform is also available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique, magnetic attach- ment method is the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes.

    • Extremely compact, just 11" wide
    • Exceptional temperature uniformity
    • Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
    • Instantly exchange flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories (PATENTED)

    Link to Product

    Specifications:
    Temperature Range: Ambient +5° to 70°C
    Temperature Increments: +0.1°C
    Temperature Uniformity: ±0.25°C
    Temperature Accuracy: ±0.1°C
    Shaking Speed Range: 30 to 300rpm
    Speed Increments: 1rpm
    Shaking Orbit: 19mm (4/4")
    Operating Temp Range: +4 to +65°C
    Platform Dimensions: 9.5 x 11.5 in./28 x 41 x 33 cm
    Exterior Dimensions (W x D x H): 11 x 16.2 x 13 in. / 28 x 41 x 33 cm
    Height with Lid Open: 25 in. / 63 cm
    Timer: 1 min. to 48 hours / continuous
    Weight: 25 lbs (11.5kg)
    Electrical: 115 or 230V, 50-60Hz, 300W
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
    Order no. Description
    H1001-M-E Incu-Shaker Mini with flat mat platform
    Optional Platforms
    H1000-MR MAGic Clamp™ universal platform for flasks and tube racks (9.5 x 11.5)
    H1000-P-MP 4 x microplate platform
    H1000-P-SP Spring platform for unique vessel types
    MAGic Clamp™ Accessories
    H1000-MR-CMB ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 5x500, 8x250 or 12x125ml)
    H1000-MR-25 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 25ml, max.20
    H1000-MR-50 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.20
    H1000-MR-125 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.12
    H1000-MR-250 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max.8
    H1000-MR-500 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max.5
    H1000-MR-1000 Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1000ml max. 2
    H1000-MR-MP Clamp for 1 x microplate for H1000-MR, max. 4
    H1000-MR-1550 Tube Rack, 30x15ml &20x50ml tubes with Magnets on Bottom (max. 1)
    H1000-MR-T15 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 2
    H1000-MR-T50 Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 2
    H1000-MR-T600 Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500/600ml bottle, max. 1
    H1000-MR-T15H Tube Rack, 12x1.5ml horizontal, max. 2
    H1000-MR-TSR Angled tube rack holder, adjustable tilt (max. 1)
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 振荡培养箱[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="333,335,334" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
    • 非常紧凑, 只有28cm宽
    • 杰出的温度均匀性
    • 水平19mm圆形轨道,可用于曝气和搅拌
    • 瞬间更换瓶夹MAGic Clamp™ (专利)

    规格

    温度范围 室温 +5° to 70°C
    温度增量 +0.1°C
    温度均匀性 ±0.25°C
    温度精度 ±0.1°C
    摇动速度范围 30 至 300rpm
    速度递增 1rpm
    摇动轨道 19mm
    使用温度范围 +4 to +65°C
    平台尺寸 28 x 41 x 33 cm
    外壳尺寸 (W x D x H) 28 x 41 x 33 cm
    盖打开时的高度 63 cm
    计时器 1 分钟至 48 小时 / 连续
    重量 11.5kg
    电源 230V, 50-60Hz, 300W
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

    AP Series – Advanced Performance UniBloc Balance / Semi – Micro Analytical Balance

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1375" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fanalytical%2Fap-semimicro%2Fap_series.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Highly-sophisticated simulation technology produced advanced UniBloc AP ™ Increased weighing capacity from 135mg to 220g (0.01mg model) Micro amount weighing over 135mg (read 0.01mg step) is possible.

    Faster Response and Higher Stability

    High Speed - Fast weighing response The response time for trace measurements (from 1 mg) is reduced to about 2 seconds. This significantly improves weighing efficiency.

    Stress Free - A variety of accessories and options suitable for semi-micro measurements The STABLO-AP ionizer can be mounted. This eliminates the influence of static electricity, achieving reliable measurements in a simpler procedure.

    For Regulation-for the Pharmaceutical Industry Interlocking with LabSolutions Balance enables compliance with a variety of regulations for measurement data integrity, including ISO 17025 for testing laboratories, ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 for the manufacturing industry, and GLP/GMP and the United States Pharmacopeia (USP) for the pharmaceutical industry.

    For HPLC Functions are included for the preparation of buffer solutions used in HPLC. As a result, the operation can be performed accurately and easily, even by non-specialists.

    Save Your Operation Equipped with USB as standard. Includes many diverse functions to support users.

    Features:
    • Minimum display: 0.01mg / 0.1mg
    • Maximum capacity: 52g to 320g (Depends on model)
    • Included built in calibration
    • Response time for trace mesaurement reduced to about 2s
    • Optional ionizer eliminates static electricity in 1s
    • Engineered to resist temperature changes and disturbance.
    • High visability EL display
    • Waring signal of minimum sample quantity
    • Registered sample name or ID can be associated with measurement values
    • Specific gravity can be measured with specific gravity measurement kit
    [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

    Easy-to-Read Organic EL Display (All models)

    Because the pixel elements in the organic electroluminescence display emit light, the screen can be seen clearly even in dark locations. Multi-language display capability*2 provides a more intuitive operating interface. A wider viewing angle has also improved the visibility of measurement values, which helps increase the efciency of measuring operations.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text] Clear visible from the side[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text] English example[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

    Built-in High-Performance Ionizer (Optional)

    The ionizer eliminates influence of static electricity in 1/10 the time of previous models. Note: Example of typical static electricity removal time (±1000 V --> ±100 V) 1 sec. for STABLO-AP and 10 sec. for STABLO-EX[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/WC369euxu1o" align="center" title="AP series"][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:
    Model Capacity Minimum Display Repeatability (standard deviation) Linearity Response Time Pan size
    AP225W NEW! 220g 0.01mg 0.015mg (to 20g) 0.03mg (to 100g) 0.05mg (to weighing capacity) 0.1mg 8s 91mm
    AP135W 135g 0.01mg 0.05mg 0.1mg 8s 91mm
    AP125WD 120g/52g 0.1mg/0.01mg 0.1mg/0.02mg 0.2mg/0.05mg 2s/8s 91mm
    AP225WD 220g/102g 0.1mg/0.01mg 0.1mg/0.05mg 0.2mg/0.1mg 2s/8s 91mm
    AP124W 120g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP224W 220g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP324W 320g 0.1mg 0.15mg 0.3mg 2s 91mm
    AP124X 120g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP224X 220g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP324X 320g 0.1mg 0.15mg 0.3mg 2s 91mm
    AP124Y 120g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP224Y 220g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP324Y 320g 0.1mg 0.15mg 0.3mg 2s 91mm
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1375" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    快速

    • 采用新型质量传感器 UniBloc AP,反应速度和稳定性均得以大幅提升。可实现快速稳定的测量。
    • 采用新处理方法软件(AP-I系统),提升测量操作感,让您更舒适和自由地使用天平。

    可靠

    • 消除静电对测量的影响,确保可靠的测量结果。(需要选配件STABLO-AP)

    操作简便

    • 标准配备USB和RS232C连接器。可同时向打印机和PC输出数据。通过USB主设备(W系列配备),可连接USB存储器、键盘、条形码识别器。
    • 采用在黑暗处也可清晰看清屏幕的“有机EL显示器”。
    • 支持用户检查天平的功能。选择检查功能,操作界面即显示检查操作步骤。
    •  标准配备缓冲溶液的制备模式,样品制备模式,调配配方模式等。
    •  安全可靠的用户管理功能
    •  符合ISO/GMP/GLP的打印功能
    •  Labsolutions balance可实现天平称量数据在数据库中的一元化管理
    • Labsolutions balance可实现天平称量数据在数据库中的一元化管理
    型号 量程 精度 重复性 线性 平均响应时间 称盘尺寸
    AP135W 135g 0.01mg 0.05mg 0.1mg 8s 91mm
    AP125WD 120g/52g 0.1mg/0.01mg 0.1mg/0.02mg 0.2mg/0.05mg 2s/8s 91mm
    AP225WD 220g/102g 0.1mg/0.01mg 0.1mg/0.05mg 0.2mg/0.1mg 2s/8s 91mm
    AP124W 120g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP224W 220g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP324W 320g 0.1mg 0.15mg 0.3mg 2s 91mm
    AP124X 120g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP224X 220g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP324X 320g 0.1mg 0.15mg 0.3mg 2s 91mm
    AP124Y 120g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP224Y 220g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP324Y 320g 0.1mg 0.15mg 0.3mg 2s 91mm
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
    {:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁 > 儀器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1375" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    快速

    • 采用新型质量传感器 UniBloc AP,反应速度和稳定性均得以大幅提升。可实现快速稳定的测量。
    • 采用新处理方法软件(AP-I系统),提升测量操作感,让您更舒适和自由地使用天平。

    可靠

    • 消除静电对测量的影响,确保可靠的测量结果。(需要选配件STABLO-AP)

    操作简便

    • 标准配备USB和RS232C连接器。可同时向打印机和PC输出数据。通过USB主设备(W系列配备),可连接USB存储器、键盘、条形码识别器。
    • 采用在黑暗处也可清晰看清屏幕的“有机EL显示器”。
    • 支持用户检查天平的功能。选择检查功能,操作界面即显示检查操作步骤。
    •  标准配备缓冲溶液的制备模式,样品制备模式,调配配方模式等。
    •  安全可靠的用户管理功能
    •  符合ISO/GMP/GLP的打印功能
    •  Labsolutions balance可实现天平称量数据在数据库中的一元化管理
    • Labsolutions balance可实现天平称量数据在数据库中的一元化管理
    型号 量程 精度 重复性 线性 平均响应时间 称盘尺寸
    AP135W 135g 0.01mg 0.05mg 0.1mg 8s 91mm
    AP125WD 120g/52g 0.1mg/0.01mg 0.1mg/0.02mg 0.2mg/0.05mg 2s/8s 91mm
    AP225WD 220g/102g 0.1mg/0.01mg 0.1mg/0.05mg 0.2mg/0.1mg 2s/8s 91mm
    AP124W 120g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP224W 220g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP324W 320g 0.1mg 0.15mg 0.3mg 2s 91mm
    AP124X 120g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP224X 220g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP324X 320g 0.1mg 0.15mg 0.3mg 2s 91mm
    AP124Y 120g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP224Y 220g 0.1mg 0.1mg 0.2mg 2s 91mm
    AP324Y 320g 0.1mg 0.15mg 0.3mg 2s 91mm
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]
    {:}

    Orion™ Dual Star™ pH, ISE, mV, ORP and Temperature Dual Channel Benchtop Meter

    [vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text] Double your measurement capabilities with the Thermo Scientific™ Orion™ Dual Star™ pH and ISE Benchtop Meter and record accurate and reliable pH, ion concentration, mV, ORP and temperature measurements on two available meter channels, ideal for high throughput pH and ion analysis in the lab. Perform up to 6 point pH and ISE calibrations, log up to 1000 data point sets with time / date stamp and easily transfer to a printer or computer. Use the two channels to measure a pH sample and ISE sample, two pH samples or two ISE samples simultaneously or view each channel separately.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    ATX/ATY Series – Analytical Balance

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1378" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fqn504200000065ni-att%2Fc054-e066c.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    • Minimum display: 0.1mg
    • Maximum sample capacity: 62g to 320g (Depends on model)
    • Superior performance and budgeted balance
    • Designed to set large container on the pan up to 91mm diameter.
    • Allow internal calibration by pressing keys (ATX Series only)
    • External calibration can perform by span calibration
    • Easy setting to adjust the desire ratio of stability and response
    • Convenient for making multiple measurement of sample and also the total mass
    • Compare sample to target values or pass/fail criteria
    Model ATX84 ATX124 ATX224 ATX324 ATY64 ATY124 ATY224 ATY324
    Capacity 82 g 120 g 220 g 320 g 62 g 120 g 220 g 320 g
    Minimum Display 0.1 mg
    Repeatability (Standard Deviation) ≤0.1 mg
    Linearity  ±0.2 mg
    Stabilisation Time*1  Approx. 3.0 seconds
    Operating Temperature and Humidity Limits  5-40°C 20-85%*2
    Temperature Coefficient for Sensitivity (10-30°C)  ±2ppm/°C
    Pan Size (mm) approx.  Φ91
    Main Body Dimensions (mm) approx.  213(W) x 356(D) x 338(H)
    Main Body Weight (kg) approx.  6.2  6.0
    Power requirement  12V, 1A
    Internal Calibration
    *1 The Stabilisation time is a representative value *2 No condensation[/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/9zVWxjx-J_g" align="center"][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 天平[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1378" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
    电动校准   马达驱动内砝码校准,只需一按键,可随时进行校准(ATX系列) 或者可以使用外部砝码校准(ATX/ATY系列) 简易设定 在测量过程中,只需一按键,可快速调节天平的响应性及稳定性。 个数测定功能 校准记录可以有时间、日期,符合GLP/GMP/ISO要求。 合格判别功能 预先设定上下限值,按试样重量显示合格、过量、不足。 公式化测定 Windows直通视窗 测定数据可直接输到Windows应用程序上,无需安装其它软件。(但需要选配件IFB-102A数据转换) 大称量盘 称量盘达到91mm
    型号 量程(g) 精度(mg) 重复性(mg) 线性(mg) 平均响应时间(S) 称盘尺寸(mm)
    ATX224 220 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.5 91
    ATX124 120 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.5 91
    ATX84 82 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.5 91
    ATY224 220 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.5 91
    ATY124 120 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.5 91
    ATY64 62 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.5 91
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁 > 儀器 > 天平[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1378" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
    电动校准   马达驱动内砝码校准,只需一按键,可随时进行校准(ATX系列) 或者可以使用外部砝码校准(ATX/ATY系列) 简易设定 在测量过程中,只需一按键,可快速调节天平的响应性及稳定性。 个数测定功能 校准记录可以有时间、日期,符合GLP/GMP/ISO要求。 合格判别功能 预先设定上下限值,按试样重量显示合格、过量、不足。 公式化测定 Windows直通视窗 测定数据可直接输到Windows应用程序上,无需安装其它软件。(但需要选配件IFB-102A数据转换) 大称量盘 称量盘达到91mm
    型号 量程(g) 精度(mg) 重复性(mg) 线性(mg) 平均响应时间(S) 称盘尺寸(mm)
    ATX224 220 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.5 91
    ATX124 120 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.5 91
    ATX84 82 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.5 91
    ATY224 220 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.5 91
    ATY124 120 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.5 91
    ATY64 62 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.5 91
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

    Star A110 series

    [vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text] Take simple, routine pH, mV and temperature measurements with the Thermo Scientific™ Orion™ Star A111 pH Benchtop Meter, an easy-to-use and budget-friendly instrument for basic pH analysis in the lab. Perform up to a three point pH calibration with easy recall of calibration points and slope. Quickly navigate setup menus and ensure consistent calibrations using the simple keypad layout and on-screen text prompts. Use the included electrode stand to easily place sensors in samples and simplify storage to minimize breakage. Website: https://www.thermofisher.com/order/catalog/product/STARA1110[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    TX Series – Top-loading Balance

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="539,529" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Ftoploading%2Fqn504200000065zu-att%2Fqn50420000007k36.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    • Mininum display: 0.1g / 0.01g / 0.001g (Depends on model)
    • Maximum sample capacity: 320g to 6200g (Depends on model)
    • Extremely capable balance with easy to operate key layout
    • Expanded Piece Counting function of enter, store and recall up to 5 different samples
    • Can be used anywhere with battery power (TXB series only)
    • Power will automatically turn off after a fixed or pre-set time
    • Sliding glass door windbreak system to assure fine measurement (TX series with 0.001g minimum display)
    • Display provides prompts for calibration procedure
    • Able to convert into various of units
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

    TX series

    Model TX223L TX323L TX423L TX2202L TX3202L TX4202L
    Capacity 220g 320g 420g 2200g 3200g 4200g
    Minimum Display 0.001g 0.001g 0.001g 0.01g 0.01g 0.01g
    Repeatability 0.001g 0.01g
    Linearity ±0.002g ±0.02g
    Operating Ambient Temperature 5-40°C
    Temperature Coefficient Sensitivity (ppm/C) ±3
    Pan Size (mm) approx. ø110 167(W)×181(D)
    Main Body Dimensions (mm) approx. 206(W)×291(D)×241(H) 200(W)×291(D)×80(H)
    Weight (kg) approx. 3.8kg 2.8kg
    Power requirement AC adaptor ( DC12V, 1A )
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

    TXC series

    Model TXC323L TXC623L
    Capacity 320ct 620ct
    Minimum Display 0.001ct
    Repeatability 0.001ct
    Linearity ±0.002ct
    Operating Ambient Temperature 5-40°C
    Temperature Coefficient Sensitivity (ppm/C) ±3
    Pan Size (mm) approx. ø80
    Main Body Dimensions (mm) approx. 206(W)×291(D)×241(H)
    Weight (kg) approx. 3.8kg
    Power requirement AC adaptor ( DC12V, 1A )
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

    TXB series

    Model TXB222L TXB422L TXB622L TXB2201L TXB4201L TXB6201L TXB621L TXB6200L
    Capacity 220g 420g 620g 2200g 4200g 6200g 620g 6200g
    Minimum Display 0.01g 0.1g 1g
    Repeatability 0.01g 0.1g 1g
    Linearity ±0.01g ±0.02g ±0.1g ±0.2g ±0.1g ±1g
    Operating Ambient Temperature 10-30°C
    Temperature Coefficient Sensitivity (ppm/C) ±15 ±10 ±5 ±15 ±10 ±5 ±20
    Pan Size (mm) approx. ø110 ø160 ø110 ø160
    Main Body Dimensions (mm) approx. 199(W)×260(D)×77(H)
    Weight (kg) approx. 1.5kg
    Power requirement AC adaptor ( DC12V, 1A ) or 6AA batteries
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="539,529" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
    电动校准 马达驱动内砝码校准,只需一按键,可随时进行校准(TW系列) 简易设定 在测量过程中,只需一按键,可快速调节天平的响应性及稳定性。 菜单操作键 菜单操作键容易操作的按键设计 Windows直通视窗 测定数据可直接输到Windows应用程序上,无需安装其它软件。 可使用干电池操作(TXB系列) 省电功能 如果你在一定时间内不使用天平,天平电源(TXB系列)或显示屏(TX系列)会自动关闭。
    型号 量程(g) 精度(g) 重复性(g) 线性(g) 平均响应时间(S) 称盘尺寸(mm)
    TW223L 220 0.001 0.001 0.002 1-2.5 110
    TW323L 320 0.001 0.001 0.002 1-2.5 110
    TW423L 420 0.001 0.001 0.002 1-2.5 110
    TX223L 220 0.001 0.001 0.002 1-2.5 110
    TX323L 320 0.001 0.001 0.002 1-2.5 110
    TX423L 420 0.001 0.001 0.002 1-2.5 110
    TX2202L 2200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1-2.5 167×181
    TX3202L 3200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1-2.5 167×181
    TX4202L 4200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1-2.5 167×181
    TWC323L 320ct/64g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.002ct/0.0004g 1-2.5 80
    TWC623L 620ct/124g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.002ct/0.0004g 1-2.5 80
    TXC323L 320ct/64g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.002ct/0.0004g 1-2.5 80
    TXC623L 620ct/124g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.002ct/0.0004g 1-2.5 80
    TXB222L 220 0.01 0.01 0.01 1-2 110
    TXB422L 420 0.01 0.01 0.02 1-2 110
    TXB622L 620 0.01 0.01 0.02 1-2 110
    TXB621L 620 0.1 0. 1 0.1 1-2 110
    TXB2201L 2200 0.1 0. 1 0.1 1-2 160
    TXB4201L 4200 0.1 0. 1 0.2 1-2 160
    TXB6201L 6200 0.1 0. 1 0.2 1-2 160
    TXB6299L 6200 1 1 1 1-2 160
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁 > 儀器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="539,529" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
    电动校准 马达驱动内砝码校准,只需一按键,可随时进行校准(TW系列) 简易设定 在测量过程中,只需一按键,可快速调节天平的响应性及稳定性。 菜单操作键 菜单操作键容易操作的按键设计 Windows直通视窗 测定数据可直接输到Windows应用程序上,无需安装其它软件。 可使用干电池操作(TXB系列) 省电功能 如果你在一定时间内不使用天平,天平电源(TXB系列)或显示屏(TX系列)会自动关闭。
    型号 量程(g) 精度(g) 重复性(g) 线性(g) 平均响应时间(S) 称盘尺寸(mm)
    TW223L 220 0.001 0.001 0.002 1-2.5 110
    TW323L 320 0.001 0.001 0.002 1-2.5 110
    TW423L 420 0.001 0.001 0.002 1-2.5 110
    TX223L 220 0.001 0.001 0.002 1-2.5 110
    TX323L 320 0.001 0.001 0.002 1-2.5 110
    TX423L 420 0.001 0.001 0.002 1-2.5 110
    TX2202L 2200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1-2.5 167×181
    TX3202L 3200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1-2.5 167×181
    TX4202L 4200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1-2.5 167×181
    TWC323L 320ct/64g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.002ct/0.0004g 1-2.5 80
    TWC623L 620ct/124g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.002ct/0.0004g 1-2.5 80
    TXC323L 320ct/64g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.002ct/0.0004g 1-2.5 80
    TXC623L 620ct/124g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.001ct/0.0002g 0.002ct/0.0004g 1-2.5 80
    TXB222L 220 0.01 0.01 0.01 1-2 110
    TXB422L 420 0.01 0.01 0.02 1-2 110
    TXB622L 620 0.01 0.01 0.02 1-2 110
    TXB621L 620 0.1 0. 1 0.1 1-2 110
    TXB2201L 2200 0.1 0. 1 0.1 1-2 160
    TXB4201L 4200 0.1 0. 1 0.2 1-2 160
    TXB6201L 6200 0.1 0. 1 0.2 1-2 160
    TXB6299L 6200 1 1 1 1-2 160
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

    Conductivity Measurement

    [vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text] Our benchtop and portable conductivity meters, conductivity probes, conductivity cells, and conductivity standards are designed to offer maximum repeatability and accuracy in your conductivity readings.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    UW/UX Series – Top- loading Balance

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1382" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Ftoploading%2Fqn504200000065rm-att%2Fc054-e038e.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    • Minimum display: 0.1g, 0.01g, 0.001g (Depends on model)
    • Maximum sample capacity: 220g to 8200g (Depends on model)
    • Automatic calibration can perform once ambient temperature variatons detected or at a selected time
    • Calibration report can be print with optional electronic printer
    • Customized combination of units can be done by user
    • Upper and lower limit can be set, display can continually indicate whether the sample is within the range, over range or under range
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    UW series (with built-in calibration weights)

    Model UW220H UW420H UW620H UW820H UW1020H UW2200H UW4200H UW6200H UW420S UW820S UW4200S UW8200S
    Capacity 220g 420g 620g 820g 1020g 2200g 4200g 6200g 420g 820g 4200g 8200g
    Minimum Display 0.001g 0.01g 0.1g
    Repeatability ≤0.001g ≤0.01g ≤0.008g ≤0.08g
    Linearity ±0.002g ±0.003g ±0.02g ±0.01g ±0.1g
    Response time 1.5 - 2.5s 0.7 - 1.2s
    Pan Size (mm) approx. 108 x 105 170 x 180 108 x 105 170 x 180
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

    UX series (standard model)

    Model UX220H UX420H UX620H UX820H UX1020H UX2200H UX4200H UX6200H UX420S UX820S UX4200S UX8200S
    Capacity 220g 420g 620g 820g 1020g 2200g 4200g 6200g 420g 820g 4200g 8200g
    Minimum Display 0.001g 0.01g 0.1g
    Repeatability ≤0.001g ≤0.01g ≤0.008g ≤0.08g
    Linearity ±0.002g ±0.003g ±0.02g ±0.01g ±0.1g
    Response time 1.5 - 2.5s 0.7 - 1.2s
    Pan Size (mm) approx. 108 x 105 170 x 180 108 x 105 170 x 180
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1382" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
    GLP/GMP/ISO校准记录校准记录可以有时间、日期,符合GLP/GMP/ISO要求。
    合格判别功能  预先设定上下限值,按试样重量显示合格、过量、不足。

    PSC 全自动内校(UW系列)

    当温度发生变化,天平会自动校准 Clock-CAL全自动内校(UW系列) 在预定的时间,天平会自动校准
    Windows直通视窗
    测定数据可直接输到Windows应用程序上,无需安装其它软件。 自动打印  测定数据可自动打印输出
    如果您要把“Windows直通视窗“用在”Windows  7“、”Windows VISA “或者USB输出中,可联系我们当地代理商。
    背光灯 单位转换及个数测定功能 测量单位多达22种,包括g、mg、kg、ib、oz等。个数测定可操作。
    型号 量程(g) 精度(g) 重复性(g) 线性(g) 平均响应时间(S) 称盘尺寸(mm)
    UW220H 220 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UW420H 420 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UW620H 620 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UW820H 820 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UW1020H 1020 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UW2200H 2200 0.01 0.01 0.002 1.5-2.5 170×180
    UW4200H 4200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1.5-2.5 170×180
    UW6200H 6200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1.5-2.5 170×180
    UW420S 420 0.01 0.008 0.01 0.7-1.2 108×105
    UW820S 820 0.01 0.008 0.01 0.7-1.2 108×105
    UW4200S 4200 0.1 0.08 0.1 0.7-1.2 170×180
    UW8200S 8200 0.1 0.08 0.1 0.7-1.2 170×180
    UX220H 220 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UX420H 420 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UX620H 620 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UX820H 820 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UX1020H 1020 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UX2200H 2200 0.01 0.01 0.002 1.5-2.5 170×180
    UX4200H 4200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1.5-2.5 170×180
    UX6200H 6200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1.5-2.5 170×180
    UX420S 420 0.01 0.008 0.01 0.7-1.2 108×105
    UX820S 820 0.01 0.008 0.01 0.7-1.2 108×105
    UX4200S 4200 0.1 0.08 0.1 0.7-1.2 170×180
    UX8200S 8200 0.1 0.08 0.1 0.7-1.2 170×180
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁 > 儀器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1382" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
    GLP/GMP/ISO校准记录校准记录可以有时间、日期,符合GLP/GMP/ISO要求。
    合格判别功能  预先设定上下限值,按试样重量显示合格、过量、不足。

    PSC 全自动内校(UW系列)

    当温度发生变化,天平会自动校准 Clock-CAL全自动内校(UW系列) 在预定的时间,天平会自动校准
    Windows直通视窗
    测定数据可直接输到Windows应用程序上,无需安装其它软件。 自动打印  测定数据可自动打印输出
    如果您要把“Windows直通视窗“用在”Windows  7“、”Windows VISA “或者USB输出中,可联系我们当地代理商。
    背光灯 单位转换及个数测定功能 测量单位多达22种,包括g、mg、kg、ib、oz等。个数测定可操作。
    型号 量程(g) 精度(g) 重复性(g) 线性(g) 平均响应时间(S) 称盘尺寸(mm)
    UW220H 220 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UW420H 420 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UW620H 620 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UW820H 820 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UW1020H 1020 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UW2200H 2200 0.01 0.01 0.002 1.5-2.5 170×180
    UW4200H 4200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1.5-2.5 170×180
    UW6200H 6200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1.5-2.5 170×180
    UW420S 420 0.01 0.008 0.01 0.7-1.2 108×105
    UW820S 820 0.01 0.008 0.01 0.7-1.2 108×105
    UW4200S 4200 0.1 0.08 0.1 0.7-1.2 170×180
    UW8200S 8200 0.1 0.08 0.1 0.7-1.2 170×180
    UX220H 220 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UX420H 420 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UX620H 620 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UX820H 820 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UX1020H 1020 0.001 0.001 0.002 1.5-2.5 108×105
    UX2200H 2200 0.01 0.01 0.002 1.5-2.5 170×180
    UX4200H 4200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1.5-2.5 170×180
    UX6200H 6200 0.01 0.01 0.02 1.5-2.5 170×180
    UX420S 420 0.01 0.008 0.01 0.7-1.2 108×105
    UX820S 820 0.01 0.008 0.01 0.7-1.2 108×105
    UX4200S 4200 0.1 0.08 0.1 0.7-1.2 170×180
    UX8200S 8200 0.1 0.08 0.1 0.7-1.2 170×180
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

    Multiparameter Meters

    [vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text] Measure pH, ion concentration, conductivity, dissolved oxygen, and temperature with a single, powerful meter. Our benchtop and portable multiparameter meters are designed to increase your productivity in the lab and in the field. Website: https://www.thermofisher.com/hk/en/home/life-science/lab-equipment/ph-electrochemistry/multiparameter-meters.html[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    BL Series – Top- loading Balance

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Balance [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="1384,527" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Ftoploading%2Fqn5042000000663y-att%2Fqn50420000007kb4.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    • Minimum display: 0.01g, 0.001g (Depends on model)
    • Maximum sample capacity: 220g to 3200g (Depends on model)
    • High resolution balance with quick response
    • High stability even the environment is not ideal for precision weighing
    • Analog bar graph display able to show remaining weighing capacity
    • Protective in-use cover can be added for measurement
    • Able to convert into various of units
    • Bright LCD display
    Model Capacity Minimum display Pan size (mm)
    BL220H 220g 0.001g 100 x 100
    BL320H 320g 0.001g 100 x 100
    BL2200H 2200g 0.01g 160 x 124
    BL3200H 3200g 0.01g 160 x 124
    BL3200HL 3200g 0.01g 160 x 124
    BL320S 320g 0.01g 100 x 100
    BL620S 620g 0.01g 160 x 124
    BL3200S 3200g 0.1g 160 x 124
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Dissolved Oxygen Measurement

    [vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text] Whether in the lab or in the field, our dissolved oxygen meters, rugged dissolved oxygen probes, and solutions are designed to meet your standards for performance and price for your dissolved oxygen readings.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Ion Concentration Measurement (ISE)

    [vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text] We offer meters, electrodes, and solutions designed to measure a range of ions, including fluoride, chloride, ammonia, sodium, silver sulfide, bromide, cadmium, calcium, carbon dioxide, cyanide, and more[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    pH & ORP measurement

    [vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    • pH and ORP measurements are necessary for sample analysis in a wide range of applications.
    • Meet your pH and ORP needs with an extensive line of pH meters, pH electrodes, buffers, and kits designed to make your complex lab and field measurements routine and reliable
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    BW-K/BX-K Series- High precision platform Balance

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Balance [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1386" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fqn50420000006682-att%2Fqn50420000007khw.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] The patented UniBloc (OPF) sensor achieves high-performance, compact size, and durability at the same time. Shimadzu introduced this wire-cut block sensor to high-precision platform balances in 1989. Combination of low-profiled body and large pan is for operator comfort during bulk weighing.

    • Minimum display: 1g, 0.1g (Depends on model)
    • Maximum sample capacity: 12kg to 52kg (Depends on model)
    • Simple structure and overload protection mechanism results in maximum durability.
    • Sensitivity guaranteed
    • Equipped with built-in calibration weight (BW-K Series only)
    • Upper and lower limit can be set, display can continually indicate whether the sample is within the range, over range or under range
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

    BW-K (with built-in calibration weights)

    Model Capacity Minimum display Pan size (mm)
    BW12KH 12kg 0.1g 345 x 250
    BW22KH 22kg 0.1g 345 x 250
    BW32KH 32kg 0.1g 345 x 250
    BW32KS 32kg 1g 345 x 250
    BW52KS 52kg 1g 345 x 250
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

    BX-K (Standard)

    Model Capacity Minimum display Pan size (mm)
    BX12KH 12kg 0.1g 345 x 250
    BX22KH 22kg 0.1g 345 x 250
    BX32KH 32kg 0.1g 345 x 250
    BX32KS 32kg 1g 345 x 250
    BX52KS 52kg 1g 345 x 250
      [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    MOC-120H Moisture Analyzer

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1388" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fmoisture%2Fqn504200000066a4-att%2Fqn50420000007kq8.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    Accurate moisture measurement with new weight sensor: UniBloc

    The moisture content of a variety of samples can be measured using an array of drying modes. The drying status can be seen at-a-glance with the fluctuation range display. Active in a variety of fields (cereals, starch, flour, noodles, brewed products, sea foods and marine products, meat products, spices, sweets, dairy products, dried foods, vegetable oils and other food articles; pharmaceuticals; ores; cokes; glass materials; cement; chemical fertilizers; pulp and paper; cotton; various fabrics and other industrial goods); enabling measurement of samples (cereals, foods, and chemical products) under various conditions (powder, particles, paste, and liquid).

    Large Pan

    A large sample pan (130mm diameter) enables a large amount of sample to be placed evenly in a thin layer. This results in accurate and fast measurements with minimal drying non-uniformities.

    Long-life heater

    A mid-wave infrared quartz heater provides effective drying without interference for a wide range of samples. In addition to the excellent drying performance, it offers a long operational life of 20,000 to 30,000 hours.

    UniBloc sensor

    The internal precision weighing balance is engineered with a Shimadzu UniBloc cell. The mechanism provides excellent stability and a long operational life against repeated temperature changes, enabling easy measurements down to 0.001g.

    Moisture vaporization monitoring

    The moisture vaporization rate is monitored and can be visually seen on a bar graph display. This is useful to know as the measurement nears completion. It updates every 30 seconds.

    Three drying modes besides standard drying mode

    Rapid drying mode

    First dries with the highest temperature for the specified period, then shifts to the specified temperature, thus shortening measurement time.

    Slow drying mode

    Mildly heats samples that may solidify in the surface or samples that reduce under high temperature.

    Step drying mode

    Allows changing drying conditions step by step. This feature is useful when measuring samples that contain a large amount of water (up to 5 steps).

    Predictive measuring mode

    With preparatory measurements of the sample, the final result is predicted from the drying process. As a result, it saves a fair amount of time during repeated measurements.
    Features:
    • Minimum display: 0.001g
    • Maximum sample capacity: 120g
    • Moisture content measurement range: 0.01% to 100%
    • Temperature range: 30°C to 180°C
    • Designed to set large amount of sample on the pan (1300mm diameter)
    • Equipped with mid-wave infrared quartz heater and able to operate up to 30,000 hours
    • Moisture vaporization rate is monitored and can be seen on the display
    • Sample drying process can be done in 4 ways (Rapid, Slow, Step drying and Standard drying)
    Specifications:
    Model MOC-120H (#321-63300-10)
    Measuring method Heat drying and weight loss
    Sample pan size 130mm dia
    Minimum display in weighing 0.001g
    Measurement range of moisture content 0.01% to 100.00%
    Moisture content minimum display 0.01%
    Sample capacity 120g
    Measurement modes Automatic or Timed ending modes, Standard, Rapid, Slow and Step drying modes, Predictive Measuring mode
    Drying heater Mid-wave infrared quartz heater
    Setting temperature range 30 to 200°C by 1°C increments (Sample position temperature)
    Dimensions 220W × 415D × 190H (mm)
    Weight 4.5 kg
    Operational temperature and humidity range 5 to 40°C, 85% RH or lower
    Power requirements AC 100 to 120 / 220 to 240 V, 640 W maximum
    Standard accessories Sample pan 2 pcs, Sample pan handler 2 pcs, Aluminum sheet 20 pcs, Spoon, Spatula
    Stored procedures 10
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1388" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] 采用新型质量传感器“Uni Bloc” 准确的水分率自动测定 · 采用宽称量盘(130mm) 可薄而均匀地装载多量试样,快速进行精密的干燥偏差小的测定。 · 采用对广范围的试样都具有出色干燥率的中波红外线石英加热器 可达到理想的干燥状态,而且使用寿命长(20.000~30.000小时)。 · 在测定心脏部的天平部分采用“Uni Bloc” 不易受到因温度变化而造成的影响,可轻松地测量至0.001g单位。 · 测定方式可通过自动停止、时间停止2个停止方式与标准、快速、慢速、分段等干燥方式的组合选择9种方式。 而且每个试样通过测定方式与测量温度监测范围等测定条件相组合,总计有10种测定模式可预先登录,可立即设定适合试样的测定模式。 · 配备可在测定中随时监测质量变化量的模拟条形图的变动范围显示。 可目视确认干燥状况,便于推测结束时间。 · 内装岛津独自的“直通视窗”功能 可简单地将测定中的值调入Excel等。数值调入Excel等后,可使用数值计算、绘图等功能,自由自在地进行数据处理。连接只需1根RS232C电缆,无需接口的连接,软件的安装等。 · 装载独特的自动去皮功能 边进行天平的自动调零边测定的独特方式。即使长时期测定,也可通过零点漂移校正进行极为准确的测定。 · 配备对测定值的偏差校正功能。 可将测定结果与使用其他装置或方式测定数据统一。 · 采用带背灯的大型液晶显示器,便于在暗处操作。
    型号(P/N)

    MOC-120H

    (321-63300)

    测定方式 红外线加热干燥质量测定方式
    称量盘尺寸

    30mm

    称量部最小显示值

    0.001g

    水分率测定范围

    0.01%~100.00%

    水分率最小显示位

    0.01%

    最大试样量

    120g

    测定方式 自动停止、时间停止、快速干燥、慢速干燥、分段干燥、预测(比较)测定
    干燥热源 中波长红外线石英加热器
    温度设定范围

    30~180℃(步距1℃)

    主机尺寸·重量

    220W×415D×190H(mm),4.5kg

    工作温湿度范围

    5~40℃,85%RH以下

    所需电源

    AC100~120/220~240V,最大640W

    附件 试样盘×2个,盘托、防风具、试样盘夹、铝片×20张
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁 > 儀器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1388" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] 采用新型质量传感器“Uni Bloc” 准确的水分率自动测定 · 采用宽称量盘(130mm) 可薄而均匀地装载多量试样,快速进行精密的干燥偏差小的测定。 · 采用对广范围的试样都具有出色干燥率的中波红外线石英加热器 可达到理想的干燥状态,而且使用寿命长(20.000~30.000小时)。 · 在测定心脏部的天平部分采用“Uni Bloc” 不易受到因温度变化而造成的影响,可轻松地测量至0.001g单位。 · 测定方式可通过自动停止、时间停止2个停止方式与标准、快速、慢速、分段等干燥方式的组合选择9种方式。 而且每个试样通过测定方式与测量温度监测范围等测定条件相组合,总计有10种测定模式可预先登录,可立即设定适合试样的测定模式。 · 配备可在测定中随时监测质量变化量的模拟条形图的变动范围显示。 可目视确认干燥状况,便于推测结束时间。 · 内装岛津独自的“直通视窗”功能 可简单地将测定中的值调入Excel等。数值调入Excel等后,可使用数值计算、绘图等功能,自由自在地进行数据处理。连接只需1根RS232C电缆,无需接口的连接,软件的安装等。 · 装载独特的自动去皮功能 边进行天平的自动调零边测定的独特方式。即使长时期测定,也可通过零点漂移校正进行极为准确的测定。 · 配备对测定值的偏差校正功能。 可将测定结果与使用其他装置或方式测定数据统一。 · 采用带背灯的大型液晶显示器,便于在暗处操作。
    型号(P/N)

    MOC-120H

    (321-63300)

    测定方式 红外线加热干燥质量测定方式
    称量盘尺寸

    30mm

    称量部最小显示值

    0.001g

    水分率测定范围

    0.01%~100.00%

    水分率最小显示位

    0.01%

    最大试样量

    120g

    测定方式 自动停止、时间停止、快速干燥、慢速干燥、分段干燥、预测(比较)测定
    干燥热源 中波长红外线石英加热器
    温度设定范围

    30~180℃(步距1℃)

    主机尺寸·重量

    220W×415D×190H(mm),4.5kg

    工作温湿度范围

    5~40℃,85%RH以下

    所需电源

    AC100~120/220~240V,最大640W

    附件 试样盘×2个,盘托、防风具、试样盘夹、铝片×20张
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

    8102BNUWP ROSS Ultra combination pH electrode with extended life

    [vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    • Top performance for quality control and research
    • Superior measurement stability
    • Fast response
    • High accuracy and precision in samples with varying temperature
    • No long-Term drift
    • Unique Coil Reference Design
    Website: https://www.thermofisher.com/hk/en/home/life-science/lab-equipment/ph-electrochemistry/ph-measurement-testing/ph-orp-electrodes.html[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    9107APMD AquaPro pH/ATC with low maintenance polymer, epoxy body

    [vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    • Rugged design with clog free open junction
    • suitable or use in samples with TRIS, protein, and sulfides
    • low maintenance gel filled
    Website: https://www.thermofisher.com/hk/en/home/life-science/lab-equipment/ph-electrochemistry/ph-measurement-testing/ph-orp-electrodes.html[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    MOC63u Moisture Analyzer

    [vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4182,4181" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fmoisture%2Fqn5042000000hxro-att%2Fqn5042000001b2dg.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance

    Trust the MOC63u for Both Speedy and Accurate Measurements

    Moisture ratio measurements are indispensable for quality control and as checks of raw materials in a variety of industries including food products, chemistry, and pharmaceuticals. The MOC63u electronic moisture analyzer is capable of accurate, quick and easy moisture ratio measurements. Just place the sample in the sample pan and close the cover to start the measurement. This instrument can accommodate virtually any sample, and will contribute to enhanced user productivity.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]Customers in the Food Product Industry •Research and development of food products, drinks, and food additives •Inspections of food products manufacturing processes and products •Measurements of raw materials (such as rice, malt, tea leaves, and corn starch) [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Customers in the Pharmaceuticals and Cosmetics Industries •Pharmaceuticals research and development (pills, granules, capsules, and ointments) •Cosmetics research and development (such as hair products, face lotions, and soap) •Inspections of pharmaceutical and cosmetic manufacturing processes and products [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Customers in Water Supply and Environmental Fields •Moisture ratio measurements and inspections of sludge •Moisture ratio measurements and inspections of soil •Moisture ratio measurements and inspections of waste matter [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]Customers in the Chemical Industry •Research and development of samples, and inspection of products (solids, powders, pellets, lms, and liquid samples) •Moisture ratio measurements for plastics, rubbers, paints, pesticides, and functional materials [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Customers in Metals and Raw Materials Industries •Moisture ratio measurements of raw materials (such as iron ore) •Moisture ratio measurements of metals (such as metal powders) •Moisture ratio measurements of lumber, paper, ber, and lime [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Customers in the Automotive and Electrical Machinery Industries •Moisture ratio measurements of plastic pellets and plastic parts •Moisture ratio measurements of toner •Moisture ratio measurements of foundry sand [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text] I am text block. Click edit button to change this text. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Ut elit tellus, luctus nec ullamcorper mattis, pulvinar dapibus leo. [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Main Features:  Simple Operation Select the automatic starting mode, place the sample, and close the heater cover to start the measurements. The preparation for measurement is so simple that you do not even have to press the start key. The Sample Pan Size Is a Spacious 95 mm Dia. Generally, the wider, thinner, and more uniformly the sample is spread, the more precise the measurement. Uniform heating is provided by adopting a cleverly shaped reector (patent pending). A Wealth of PC Connection Functions A USB connector is built in as standard for connecting to a PC. It can also be used in conjunction with the WindowsDirect function (patented). Note) For Windows Vista, Windows 7, and USB port connections, check the Shimadzu website, or contact your Shimadzu representative.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]• Equipped with the UniBloc aluminum block, to provide accurate moisture measurements. • Equipped with a high output halogen heater capable of rapid heating. • Wide observation window to allow checks of sample status during heating. • 60 g capacity/0.001 g minimum display • The temperature on the pan can be set between 50 ˚C and 200 ˚C. • Can store 10 sets of measurement conditions and 100 data items. • Cleaning and maintenance are easy. • Liquid and paste samples can also be measured using fiberglass sheets. • Energy saving design (32 % reduction in comparison to previous Shimadzu models) [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:
    Model MOC63u (#321-71500-12)
    Capacity Max 60g
    Min 0.02g
    Minimum readability 0.001g
    0.01/0.1% (Selectable)
    Repeatability 0.15% (2g) 0.05% (5g) 0.02% (10g)
    Drying Heater Straight type halogen heater
    Power 400W
    Temperature range setting 50-200°C (1°C increments) (There is a time restriction when exceeding 180°C.)
    Display LCD with backlight
    Pan size Ø95mm
    Dimensions (WxDxH) mm 202 × 336 × 157
    Weight Approx 4.2kg
    Operational temperature and humidity range 5 to 40°C, 85%RH or lower
    Measurement modes Standard (Easy start/Automatic end/Timed end)
    Rapid drying (Easy start/Automatic end/Timed end)
    Slow drying (Easy start/Automatic end/Timed end)
    Step drying (Easy start/Automatic end/Timed end)
    Timer setting 1-240 minutes or continuous (max 12 hours)
    Interface RS-232C (9-pin connector) I/O port
    USB port
    Measurement conditions data memory 10
    Data memory 100
    Temperature calibration kit Option
    Standard accessories Sample pans (3 aluminum pans), pan supporter, windbreak, Heater insulation plate, aluminum pans (50 disposable pans), Sample pan handler, power cable, spare fuses (2), protective display cover, hexagonal wrench
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Printers (EP-110/EP-100)

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="1392,1393" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fprinter%2Fn9j25k00000m0utp-att%2Fn9j25k00000m0v72.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    Built-In Clock

    Enables printing time and date information even with a balance that doesn't have a clock function.

    Enhanced Support for ISO/GLP

    EP-100 can output time/signature information. In addition to this information, EP-110 can output other information based on your demands together with measured values. See samples below for details.

    OLED Dot Matrix Display (EP-110 only)

    Offers easy-to-read, brightly illuminated OLED display.

    Automatically Set

    Automatically sets the appropriate communication with a balance. An operator doesn't have to worry about its setting.

    EP-110 Provides further applications

    • Pipette calibration Calibrate capacity of pipette and flask
    • User-defined calculation Operator can set coefficients (handy for converting result to local unit)
    • Tare/Net/Gross weight printing Print out Tare/Net/Gross weight separately
    • SUM mode Print out the total values of samples
    • Averaging mode Print out the average of samples
    • Formulation mode Print out each sample's weight independently when blending samples
    • Comparator mode Print out result whether weight of sample is within target range
    • Interval printing mode Print out current weight at a regular interval
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
    Model EP-100 EP-110
    Display - OLED 128 x 64 Dot Matrix Display
    Protected Date Setting - Prevents unintended changes of time and date setting.
    Printing

    Method: 8-pin reciprocating impact dot matrix

    Speed: Approx. 1.7 lines/sec. Printer head life; 1 million linesCharacter size; Approx. W1.7 mm × H2.6 mm.
    Interface RS-232 DB9
    Power Supply

    AC adapter: Input 100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz; Output 12 V DC /1500 mA

    Power consumption: 8 W (while printing)Standby power 0.5 W (when not printing)
    Installation Environment Temperature 5 to 45 °C, humidity 10 to 80 % No condensation
    Compatible balance models AU, AT, UW/A95:C102UX, TW/TX, TXB, BW-K/BX-K, ELB, AW/AX/AY series, MOC63u
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="1392,1393" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
    • ♦ 内置时钟功能
    • ♦ 符合ISO/GMP/GLP法规要求
    • ♦ 液晶显示屏(EP-110)
    • ♦ 自动设定功能
    可用于以下型号: 电子天平AP,AU,AT,UW/UX,TW/TX,TXB系列;电子水分仪MOC63u。
    型号 EP-100 EP-110
    显示屏 - 液晶显示屏(128mmx64mm)
    数据保护功能 - 防止意外更改时间或其他参数
    打印 方法:针式打印;速度:约1.7行/秒;打印头寿命:100万行;字体大小:约1.7mm(W)x2.6mm(H)
    接口 RS232 D89
    电源 交流电:AC 100-20/220-240,50/60Hz,DC12,1.5A 功率:8W(打印时);待机功率:1.5W(不打印时)
    安装环境 温度5~45℃ 湿度10~80%
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁 > 儀器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="1392,1393" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]
    • ♦ 内置时钟功能
    • ♦ 符合ISO/GMP/GLP法规要求
    • ♦ 液晶显示屏(EP-110)
    • ♦ 自动设定功能
    可用于以下型号: 电子天平AP,AU,AT,UW/UX,TW/TX,TXB系列;电子水分仪MOC63u。
    型号 EP-100 EP-110
    显示屏 - 液晶显示屏(128mmx64mm)
    数据保护功能 - 防止意外更改时间或其他参数
    打印 方法:针式打印;速度:约1.7行/秒;打印头寿命:100万行;字体大小:约1.7mm(W)x2.6mm(H)
    接口 RS232 D89
    电源 交流电:AC 100-20/220-240,50/60Hz,DC12,1.5A 功率:8W(打印时);待机功率:1.5W(不打印时)
    安装环境 温度5~45℃ 湿度10~80%
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

    9157BNMD pH/ATC triode with epoxy body

    [vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    • Refillable and durble
    • long lasting
    • Epoxy body for ruggedness
    Website: https://www.thermofisher.com/hk/en/home/life-science/lab-equipment/ph-electrochemistry/ph-measurement-testing/ph-orp-electrodes.html[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Bucket set for Animal Balance

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Balance [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top" equal_height="yes"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="1395,1396,1397" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes" css_animation="none"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    Dedicated software brings quick and reliable results of live animal weighing.

    Upon removing the weighed animal, the weight of remaining feces and output are automatically tared off, and the balance presents zero for the next animal. Order a standard balance plus one of the applicable animal bucket sets.
    Model Catalog No. Balance Series Reduced Capacity (approx.)
    Small Animal Bucket set 321-62150 UW/UX (Capacity 2200g or more) Bottom 110dia, Top 200dia, Height 130
    Medium-size Animal Bucket set*1 321-62545-03 BX-K Bottom 305 x 215, Top 377 x 245, Height 215
    321-62545-04 BW-K Bottom 305 x 215, Top 377 x 245, Height 215
    Large Animal Bucket set*2 321-62545-01 BX-K (Capacity 22kg or more) Bottom 335 x 245, Top 445 x 395, Height 345
    321-62545-02 BW-K (Capacity 22kg or more) Bottom 335 x 245, Top 445 x 395, Height 345
    *1 Capacity is reduced about 2kg *2 Capacity is reduced about 6kg[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    Orion pH Buffer Bottles

    [vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Catalog number Quantity Description
    910104 475ml pH 4.01 (Pink) Buffer
    910107 475mL pH 7.00 (Yellow) Buffer
    910110 475mL pH 10.01 (Blue) Buffer
    916099 60ml All-in-One Buffer Kit (pH 4.01, 7.00, 10.01)
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    STABLO-AP Static Electricity Remover

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1390" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fn9j25k00000on4su-img%2Fstablo-ap.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    STABLO-AP provides reliable measurement by removing static electricity.

    • AC corona discharge method enables excellent ion polarity balance
    • Wide angle static removal
    • High performance maintained over a long period of use
    • No inverse charging
    • Shimadzu's unique 2-WAY Ionizer: hand-held / on stand

    Static Electricity Removal by Ion Irradiation

    With the high-frequency AC corona discharge method, Shimadzu’s STABLO-AP ionizer provides a stable ion balance and excellent static removal performance on samples and containers. Precision weighing work becomes remarkably efficient. Electrodes are safely housed inside the unit.

    AC Method Produces Excellent Ion Balance

    AC method: AC voltage is applied on the discharge needle and a well-balanced mixture of positive/negative ions is emitted in rapid alternation from one electrode. DC method: DC voltage is applied to a couple of electrodes. One is positive and the other is negative. Each electrode emits ions of one polarity only. An effective static removal angle is limited if the two electrodes are distanced. As electrodes deteriorate, initial ion balance is lost.

    Applications: 

    On Stand While being neutralized, charge-prone samples can be injected into a container without being scattered. You can also easily neutralize spatulas and sample bottles in the midst of the work flow. Samples can be neutralized before weighing measurements.   Hand Held You can neutralize sample static electricity during weighing measurements. Move the unit freely to any position where static electricity is a concern and then neutralize it.     [/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://www.youtube.com/embed/fzbOh6KRKDY" align="center"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]Specifications:
    Ion Generation Method AC corona discharge method
    Ion Balance ±10V
    Effective Static Removal Range 50 - 400 mm from the outlet
    Static Elimination Time (approx.) 1 second (Typical value) (from ±1000 V to ±100 V)
    Ozone Concentration 0.06 ppm
    Electrode Probes Tungsten (durability: 30,000 hours)
    Weight Approx. 710 g (Main unit: 395 g, Stand: 315 g)
    Operating Temperature and Humidity 0 ºC to + 40 ºC, 25 % RH to 85 % RH (non-condensing)
    Rated Electric Power Supply DC 24 V, 1.0 A
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 天平[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1390" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    可大幅提升消除静电效率的静电消除器上市了!

    消除称量过程中产生的静电,获得可靠的测量结果。 可有效消除粉末样品、药品包装用纸、容器等产生的静电。
    • 卓越的静电消除能力!(采用可确实消除静电的AC方式)
    • 宽大的离子出口可实现无风快速除电(除电时间仅为原来的1/10)
    • 可长期稳定使用,不产生逆带电。
    •  设计小巧,可灵活放置。
    •  附带岛津特有的2WAY支架,可手持使用。
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁 > 儀器 > 天平[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1390" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    可大幅提升消除静电效率的静电消除器上市了!

    消除称量过程中产生的静电,获得可靠的测量结果。 可有效消除粉末样品、药品包装用纸、容器等产生的静电。
    • 卓越的静电消除能力!(采用可确实消除静电的AC方式)
    • 宽大的离子出口可实现无风快速除电(除电时间仅为原来的1/10)
    • 可长期稳定使用,不产生逆带电。
    •  设计小巧,可灵活放置。
    •  附带岛津特有的2WAY支架,可手持使用。
    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

    Thermal Bath Fluids

    • Wide temperature range
    • Low viscosity
    • High stability
    • Good heat conductivity
    • Minimum odor
    • Low corrosion tendency
    • Low toxicity
    • Long shelf life
    Website: https://www.julabo.com/en/products/accessories/bath-fluids

    PRESTO™ – Best Performance in Highly Dynamic Temperature Control Systems

    {:en}

    • Highly precise external temperature
    • Wide working temperature ranges using one bath fluid
    • Extremely fast heating and cooling
    • Highest performance with small footprint
    • Powerful circulation pumps, select a stage or a specific pressure
    • No condensation or ice build-up
    Website: https://www.julabo.com/en/products/highly-dynamic-temperature-control-systems{:}{:zh} PRESTO代表了全球最顶级的液体温度控制技术,主要应用于反应釜高精度温度控制,以及材料测试中的温度条件模拟,拥有宽广的温度范围和强劲的升降温速率。该系列可提供 -92⋯+250℃的温度控制范围,配套反应釜,特别适用于快速放热和吸热的化学反应试验。特别适用于新能源汽车电池包的性能测试,流速大,保证 PRESTO 和外部系统快速换热;自润滑磁耦合循环泵,适用于各类试验要求,并可延长使用寿命。配套 5.7 英寸彩色触摸屏,指尖轻松完成操作,可直接显示各种参数,包括设备自身性能参数和外部控制参数。PRESTO 超静音设计,适用于更加苛刻的外部环境。设计多重通讯数据接口,使 PRESTO 轻松接入各类通讯网络。PRESTO 所有日常操作均在正前方,管路连接均在仪器后方,科学的通风设计允许将 PRESTO 放置在试验台下,并且可以多台并行摆放,大大节省试验空间。A 型为风冷型,安装操作简单;W 为水冷型,散热不受环境温度影响。   产品特点 * 5.7英寸工业彩色触摸屏; * 外部温度的精确控制应用程序的理想选择; * 更宽的工作温度范围使用一种浴液;针对夹套反应容器或其他温度控制苛刻的应用要求设计; * 快速地加热或冷却;用来快速补偿放热和吸热反应; * EHC高效分段冲击换热技术,大幅度提高了设备的加热制冷速率以及设备的长期耐用性; * ACC动态制冷控制技术,高温下同样拥有很低的功率积极制冷,保障温度稳定性,同时可以保证系统在高温下的快速制冷降温; * WLT无线温度控制技术,利用无线的超远程通讯解决复杂或高危的温度控制应用; * 升级FOM模块后,流量,泵压,温度等参数可以同时监控设定和控制,适用于汽车,新能源电池等行业应用; * ICC智能动态温度控制 ,稳定性为 ±0.01℃; * 强大的智能循环泵 ,可以选择一个阶段或一个特定的泵压; * 可以延长浴液的保质期; * 液压密封 ,以防止刺鼻的浴油蒸汽和气味; * 永不结霜或结冰{:}

    PURA Water Baths

    {:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Water Bath [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4620,4621,4622" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_prev_next_buttons="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    The all-new PURA water baths High quality. Practical. Durable.

    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Users place high demands on modern water baths in terms of functionality and reliability. Above all, a water bath must be trouble-free and low-maintenance in everyday operations. For this reason, JULABO does not only count on proven functions in the new PURA series of water baths, but particularly also on simple, intuitive operation and high material and component quality. The result is functional and high-quality water baths that facilitate regular temperature applications in the laboratory and, thanks to their durable design, can with stand permanent loads without any problems. In addition to their high quality, ease of use and easy-to-read display, PURA water baths offer a number of functions and features that enable efficient use in the laboratory. These include, among other things, an integrated timer and specially designed edge surfaces, which automatically drain condensed fluid back into the bath. Another unique feature is the included, removable platform. Sample containers, which are placed on the platform, are fully immersed and thus optimally tempered. Operating the water bath is straightforward, and the bright, easy to read white LED display can easily be read – also from a distance.

    Important Advantages

    • Working temperature range from 1) +18 °C to +99.9 °C
    • Models with bath volumes from 0.8 to 36 liters
    • Temperature stability 2) of ± 0.15 °C
    • Heating capacity up to 2 kW
    • Bright display
    • Splash-proof protected mains switch
    • Built-in dry running protection
    • Specially designed edge surfaces, which drain condensed fluid back into the bath
    • Removable platform for full immersion of the sample containers (included in the delivery)
    1) with counter-cooling/bath cover (accessories) 2) with bath cover (accessories)
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
    Order No. Model Working temperature range (℃) Temperature stability (℃) Heating capacity (kW) Volume (Lit) Bath opening (in.)
    9550504 PURA 4 +18 … +99.9 +/- 0.15 0.8 0.8 … 4.5 12 x 27 /14
    9550510 PURA 10 1.2 1.4 … 9.5 22 x 27 / 14
    9550514 PURA 14 1.8 2 … 14 33 x 27 / 14
    9550522 PURA 22 2 3.4 … 25.5 55 x 27 / 18
    9550530 PURA 30 2 4.8 … 36 77 x 27 / 18
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
    Less is more.
    Less is more. Thanks to their design, PURA water baths require a minimum amount of water so that even small sample containers stand safely.
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
    Lightweight.
    Lightweight. PURA water baths impress with their low weight and can be flexibly used.
      [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
    Start. Stop. Timer.
    Start. Stop. Timer. PURA water baths offer an internal timer function. After expiration of the set time, a signal sounds and the device either continues operation or switches off.
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
    Tilting – no, thank you.
    Tilting – no, thank you. The PURA water bath design is tiltproof. Non-slip rubber feet prevent slipping and carrying handles simplify the transport.
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
    Ease of use.
    Ease of use. The controls on the front side are easy to reach and use.
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
    Easy handling.
    Easy handling. A frontally integrated drain screw allows clean, safe, and effortless emptying of the baths.
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
    Brilliant.
    Brilliant. Very bright display makes it easy to read even from a distance.
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]
    Easy cleaning.
    Easy cleaning. PURA does not incorporate any interfering functional elements. The smooth surfaces can be cleaned quickly and without residue.
    [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]>> Brochure[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh} JULABO PURA 系列新款通用水浴槽,杰出,创新,惊艳的功能设计,给客户提供最完美的使用体验,终身免维护,100% 安全性,是全球通用水浴槽的标杆产品. 广泛应用于政府检验机构,企业品控及科研部门,高校院所实验室,医疗机构实验室等,进行生物培养,食药检测,材料测试血液化验,样品前处理等各种常规.

    使用最新的全平面加热系统及内槽超硬珐琅镀层技术

    • 温度范围:室温 +5 ~ +99.9℃
    • 温度稳定性:±0.2℃
    • 防水防尘操作面板,高亮白光LED显示,可以显示实际温度值和设定值

    内槽超硬珐琅瓷镀层

    • 玻璃般坚硬,防刮伤,只有暴力破坏才能损伤镀层
    • 卫生级洁净,细菌无法在镀层表面附着生长,不产生菌膜
    • 超级耐腐蚀,所有与液体接触部分均耐腐蚀(去离子水,3%盐水适用)
    • 清洁超简单,浴槽无死角,无须清洁剂,直接擦拭即可清洁

    全平面加热系统

    • 加热速度快,最高的加热速率/体积比
    • 温场极均匀,专门设计的自然循环模式,不使用循环泵即可保证极高均匀性
    • 极限省空间,浴槽容积与外部尺寸比最大
    • 水深跨度宽,最低1-2cm水深即可开始实验,适合一些低矮器皿的恒温

    全面的安全保障

    • 设备具备防干烧功能
    • 低液位声光报警功能和自动断电功能

    使用及操作简便

    • 标配集成式的放水阀,接口及软管,放水操作简单省力
    • 试管架自沥水功能,一提,一插,即可轻松实现试管沥水,保证实验台及操作者的洁净
    • 透明浴槽盖采用无工具安装设计,并可耐受100℃高温
    • 可使用沙浴,金属粒浴(加热功率需要提前调整)
    • 标配计时功能,倒计时结束后报警通知,可选继续运行或自动关机
    • USB通讯,和电脑连接,实现远程开关机,设定温度,读取温度,加热功率等
    {:}{:tw} JULABO PURA 系列新款通用水浴槽,傑出,創新,驚豔的功能設計,給客戶提供最完美的使用體驗,終身免維護,100% 安全性,是全球通用水浴槽的標杆產品. 廣泛應用於政府檢驗機構,企業品控及科研部門,高校院所實驗室,醫療機構實驗室等,進行生物培養,食藥檢測,材

    使用最新的全平面加熱系統及內槽超硬琺瑯鍍層技術

    • 溫度範圍:室溫 +5 ~ +99.9℃
    • 溫度穩定性:±0.2℃
    • 防水防塵操作面板,高亮白光LED顯示,可以顯示實際溫度值和設定值

    內槽超硬琺瑯瓷鍍層

    • 玻璃般堅硬,防刮傷,只有暴力破壞才能損傷鍍層
    • 衛生級潔淨,細菌無法在鍍層表面附著生長,不產生菌膜
    • 超級耐腐蝕,所有與液體接觸部分均耐腐蝕(去離子水,3%鹽水適用)
    • 清潔超簡單,浴槽無死角,無須清潔劑,直接擦拭即可清潔

    全平面加熱系統

    • 加熱速度快,最高的加熱速率/體積比
    • 溫場極均勻,專門設計的自然迴圈模式,不使用迴圈泵即可保證極高均勻性
    • 極限省空間,浴槽容積與外部尺寸比最大
    • 水深跨度寬,最低1-2cm水深即可開始實驗,適合一些低矮器皿的恒溫

    全面的安全保障

    • 設備具備防幹燒功能
    • 低液位聲光報警功能和自動斷電功能

    使用及操作簡便

    • 標配集成式的放水閥,介面及軟管,放水操作簡單省力
    • 試管架自瀝水功能,一提,一插,即可輕鬆實現試管瀝水,保證實驗台及操作者的潔淨
    • 透明浴槽蓋採用無工具安裝設計,並可耐受100℃高溫
    • 可使用沙浴,金屬粒浴(加熱功率需要提前調整)
    • 標配計時功能,倒計時結束後報警通知,可選繼續運行或自動關機
    • USB通訊,和電腦連接,實現遠端開關機,設定溫度,讀取溫度,加熱功率等
    {:}

    Membranes for Dispensers

    Sterile MCE Membranes for Dispensers

    • Available in 0.45μm and 0.80μm pore sizes
    • White or Black membranes with gridded surface
    • Pre-sterilized and ready to use
    • 100 individually sealed filters in a continuous pleated band
    • Compatible with various dispensers(Microsart e.motion, EZPak, Membrane-Butler)
    • Membrane specifications and lot number are printed on clear cover of each filter.
    Applications: Mixed Cellulose Esters (MCE) membrane is a general purpose filter used in many applications for the microbiological examination of water, wastewater, pharmaceuticals, food, and beverages. The membrane not only has high recovery rates, its high porosity provides superior flow rates as well. White MCE White MCE membranes are widely used for the purpose of enumeration of microorganisms and to view color reactions. This is the filter of choice for the examination of water and wastewater and applications in the pharmaceutical, medical, food and beverage industries. Black MCE The use of a black membrane helps minimize eye fatigue and can assist with counting colonies by providing a color contrast between the filter and microorganism, yeast, and mold without the need for a counter-stain. This is the filter of choice for the examination of bottled water, carbonated beverages, beer, and wine.  For Specification and Ordering Information, please click here.

    Membrane Filters

    {:en}

    [vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

    Introduction

    Membrane filters or “membranes” are microporous plastic films with specific pore size ratings. Also known as screen, sieve or microporous filters, membranes retain particles or microorganisms larger than their pore size primarily by surface capture. Some particles smaller than the stated pore size may be retained by other mechanisms.

    Advantec membranes are produced by three different processes. Mixed Cellulose Esters and Cellulose Acetate, are reverse phase solvent cast membranes, where controlled evaporation or removal of the complex solvent system forms the porous structure. Both hydrophilic and hydrophobic PTFE are made by a patented process where the membranes are stretched biaxially to form the porous structure. Polycarbonate membranes are track etched.

    Performance Characteristics of Advantec Membranes

    [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

    • Strong: Advantec membranes are monitored for both burst (longitudinal) and tensile (lateral) strength.
    • Chemically and biologically clean: As part of a comprehensive quality program, only high purity reagents and raw materials are used to produce Advantec membranes. Once cast, the membranes are handled in a class 1000 clean room to minimize ambient contamination. While some membranes require a small amount (0.1–3 weight %) of an aqueous wetting agent, Cellulose acetate has the lowest aqueous extractables (0.1 weight %). All Advantec membranes are Triton-free.

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]

    • Thin membranes with high porosity: Uniformly thin membranes (typically 150 μm) with high porosity (about 80%) provide high gas and liquid flow per unit area. High porosity also provides high surface area for adsorption or binding
    • Thermostable: All Advantec membranes can be sterilized by autoclaving. Operating temperatures of up to 180°C can be achieved depending upon the membrane polymer (see individual membrane specifications for details). Advantec membranes exhibit minimal shrinkage at elevated temperatures

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]

    Quick Guide to Selecting Membrane Filters

    • Determine what liquid or gas will be filtered
    • Check which membranes are chemically compatible (following and appendix)
    • Determine the maximum pore size required to achieve the results you want
    • Check the membrane specifications for any unusual process conditions that might otherwise limit your choice of membrane (e.g. temperature)

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs active_section="1"][vc_tta_section title="Properties of Membrane Filters" tab_id="propertiesofmembranefilters"][vc_column_text]MEMBRANE COMPARISON

    Membrane
    polymer
    Sample
    applications
    General
    compatibility
    Hydrophilic Hydrophobic  Pore size range available (μm)
     0.1  0.2  0.45  0.8  1.0  3.0  5.0  8.0  10
    Mixed Cellulose  Esters
    (MCE)
    - General purpose Microbiology
    - Particle Analysis
    Aqueous solutions
    Cellulose Acetate - General filtration
    - Cytology
    -Binding studies
    Aqueous solutions
    Coated Cellulose Acetate - Clarify solutions Prefilter Aqueous solutions
     Hydrophilic PTFE - HPLC solutions Clarify or sterilize aqueous
    - organic mixtures
    Aqueous and organic solutions
    Hydrophobic PTFE - Gas venting
    - Clarify or sterilize strong acids or solvents
    Non-aqueous solvents
    Hydrophobic PTFE
    with supported PP net
    Polycarbonate - Microscopy Beverage testing Aqueous solutions

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed Cellulose Esters" tab_id="mixedcelluloseesters"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    Mixed Cellulose Esters (MCE)

    • Composition: Mixed cellulose esters including cellulose nitrate and cellulose acetate, also known as nitrocellulose
    • High porosity provides superior flow rates
    • High protein binding can be blocked by pretreatment or utilized in applications
    • High purity: Triton-free
    • Autoclavable: Withstands autoclaving temperatures up to 130°C without adversely affecting bubble point, flow rate or microbiological recovery
    • Rapid wetting time: <3 seconds to wet a 47 mm diameter disc with aqueous 1% methylene blue

    APPLICATIONS

    • Standard membranes for many laboratory applications including filter sterilizing biological fluids, microbiology, contamination analysis and air monitoring
    • Can be transparentized to view collected particles
    •  – using compatible liquid (immersion oil, toluene),
      OR
      – select Opticlear membranes for the “hot block”acetone vapor method
    • Gridded filters available for quantifying microbial growth
    • Available non-sterile or sterilized by ethylene oxide (EtO)

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Cellulose Acetate" tab_id="celluloseacetate"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    Cellulose Acetate

    • Composition: Mixture of cellulose triacetate and diacetate
    • Characteristics: Low static charge and high strength
    • Autoclavable: Withstands autoclaving temperatures up to 130°C without adversely affecting bubble point, flow rate or microbiological recovery
    • Clean: Lowest aqueous extractables (0.1 wt%) of all Advantec membranes
    • Relative to MCE (Mixed Cellulose Esters, Nitrocellulose): – improved solvent resistance to low molecular weight alcohols
      – better heat resistance
      – lower protein binding

    APPLICATIONS

    • Enhanced recovery of fastidious gram positive organisms
    • Filtration of enzyme solutions
    • Diagnostic cytology
    • Receptor binding studies

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Hydrophobic PTFE" tab_id="hydrophobicptfe"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    Hydrophobic PTFE

    • Properties: Thin, highly porous, behaves as an absolute retentive membrane
    • Inert to most chemically aggressive solvents, strong acids and bases
    • Operating Temperature Range: -120 ~ 260ºC
    • Autoclavable

    APPLICATIONS

    • Sterilize gases: traps aqueous aerosols
    • Air and gas venting: allows gases to pass freely while blocking aqueous liquids, protect vacuum pumps and critical samples
    • Sterilize and clarify strong acids and many other solvents incompatible with other membranes

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Hydrophobic PTFE with Supported PP Net" tab_id="hydrophobicptfewithsupportedppnet"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    Hydrophobic PTFE with Supported PP Net

    • Properties: Thin, highly porous, behaves as an absolute retentive membrane
    • Supported: polypropylene laminated to one side to improve handling
    • Inert to most chemically aggressive solvents, strong acids and bases
    • Thermostable: can be used up to 100ºC
    • Operating Temperature Range: -35 ~ 130ºC
    • Autoclavable

    APPLICATIONS

    • Sterilize gases: traps aqueous aerosols
    • Air and gas venting: allows gases to pass freely while blocking aqueous liquids, protect vacuum pumps and critical samples
    • Sterilize and clarify strong acids and many other solvents incompatible with other membrane

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Hydrophilic PTFE" tab_id="hydrophilicptfe02"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    Hydrophilic PTFE

    • Characteristics: Maximum chemical and pH resistance
    • High flow rates with minimal aqueous extractables (<0.3 wt%)
    • Optically clear when wet with water
    • Non-supported
    • Thermostable: can be used up to 100ºC

    APPLICATION

    • Ideal for HPLC and other mixtures of aqueous and organic solvents

    Note: Hydrophilic PTFE membrane filters are not autoclavable.

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Coated Cellulose Acetate" tab_id="coatedcelluloseacetate"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    Coated Cellulose Acetate

    • Composition: Cellulose acetate cast onto a non-woven polyester support
    • Characteristics: Non-fiber releasing
    • Low protein binding relative to nitrocellulose
    • Low static charge matrix with enhanced chemical compatibility to low molecular weight alcohols
    • Autoclavable

    APPLICATION

    • Use as a clarifying filter or prefilter

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Polycarbonate" tab_id="polycarbonate01"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

    Polycarbonate

    • Characteristics: Low non-specific binding and optically translucent, extremely uniform, cylindrical pores
    • Thin screen-type membranes minimize entrapment within the filter structure; resulting in surface capture of particles on the membrane
    • Stable: excellent chemical resistance, good thermal stability, non-hygroscopic and extremely weight stable
    • Autoclavable: at 121º C, 30 min.

    APPLICATIONS

    • Epifluorescence microscopy: available in black for this method
    • Electron microscopy: smooth surface is ideal for observing captured particles
    • Light microscopy: easily transparentized for optical illumination
    • Beverage and sterility testing

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][vc_column_text]

    [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

    {:}{:zh}

    混合纤维素酯 Mixed Cellulose Esters (MCE)

    • 成分:混合纤维素酯(Mixed Cellulose Esters)包括硝酸纤维素(cellulose nitrate)和醋酸纤维素(cellulose acetate),也称为硝化纤维(nitrocellulose).
    • 高度多孔结构提供较大流速.
    • 高蛋白质捆绑性,可使用预处理作为预防.
    • 高纯度:没有表面活性剂(Triton-Free).
    • 可高温高压消毒:可承受高温高压温度最高130°C不会影响起泡点,流速或微生物的过滤性能.
    • 快速湿润时间:使用1%亚甲基蓝(methylene blue)湿润47mm直径滤膜,时间小于<3秒.

    用途

    • 标准滤膜可使用在不同实验室应用,包括生物液体过滤消毒,微生物分析,污染分析和空气监控.
    • 可以透明化观看收集的颗粒 – 使用兼容液体(浸油(immersion oil),甲苯(toluene)), 或 – 选择透光滤膜用于”热障碍”丙酮蒸汽法(“hot block”acetone vapor method).
    • 有方格滤膜可量化微生物生长.
    • 可选没有消毒或经环氧乙烷(ethylene oxide)消毒两种滤膜.

    醋酸纤维素 Cellulose Acetate (CA)

    • 成分:三醋酯纤维和二醋酸纤维混合物
    • 特性:低静电电荷和高强度
    • 可高温高压消毒:可承受高温高压温度最高130°C不影响起泡点,流速或或微生物的过滤性能
    • 高纯度:在所有Advantec的滤膜中,是最低水容提取量(0.1重量%)的一种滤膜
    • 相对于混合纤维素酯(MCE): –增加对低分子量醇类的抵抗性 –比较好的热抵抗性 –比较底的蛋白质捆绑性

    用途

    • 增强过滤难处理的革兰氏阳性(gram positive)微生物的重获能力
    • 酵素溶液的过滤
    • 细胞学诊断
    • 受体捆绑研究

    疏水性 PTFE

    • 特性:薄,多孔性,可用作绝对性保留滤膜
    • 惰性:对强溶剂,强酸和碱没有化学反应
    • 使用温度范围: -120–260°C
    • 可高温高压消毒

    用途

    • 气体消毒:捕捉液体气雾
    • 空气和气体通气:容许气体自由通过,同时阻止液体通过,可保护真空泵和重要样品.
    • 消毒和过滤强酸和其它滤膜不能处理的溶剂

    亲水性 PTFE

    • 特性:最高的化学和pH值抵抗性.
    • 高流速,同时有最小的水溶提取量(<0.3重量%)
    • 透光当用水润湿时
    • 没有支撑
    • 温度稳定性:最高使用温度100°C

    用途

    • 理想用于HPLC和其它水溶液和有机溶剂的混合. 注意: 亲水性 PTFE 滤膜不可以高温高压消毒.

    涂层醋酸纤维素

    • 成分:涂层醋酸纤维素编排在无纺聚酯支撑
    • 特性:没有纤维散出
    • 低蛋白捆绑量,相对于硝酸纤维素(nitrocellulose)
    • 低静电电量矩阵,增强对低分子量的醇的兼容性
    • 可高温高压消毒

    用途

    • 净化过滤滤膜或预过滤滤膜

    聚碳酸酯(PC)

    • 特性:低非特殊捆绑性和透明,高一致性,圆柱形细孔
    • 薄的幕式滤膜:减少滤膜本身结构对过滤物的吸收,颗粒只留在滤膜表面.
    • 稳定:良好耐化学性,好温度稳定性
    • 可高温高压消毒 121°C,30分钟

    用途

    • 荧光EPI显微镜:提供适合使用的黑色滤膜
    • 电子显微镜:平滑表面,理想用于观察滤膜上保留的颗粒
    • 光学显微镜:容易透明化,可配合光学照明
    • 饮料和消毒性测试
    {:}{:tw} 

    混合纖維素酯 Mixed Cellulose Esters (MCE)

    • 成分:混合纖維素酯(Mixed Cellulose Esters)包括硝酸纖維素(cellulose nitrate)和醋酸纖維素(cellulose acetate),也稱為硝化纖維(nitrocellulose).
    • 高度多孔結構提供較大流速.
    • 高蛋白質捆綁性,可使用預處理作為預防.
    • 高純度:沒有表面活性劑(Triton-Free).
    • 可高溫高壓消毒:可承受高溫高壓溫度最高130°C不會影響起泡點,流速或微生物的過濾性能.
    • 快速濕潤時間:使用1%亞甲基藍(methylene blue)濕潤47mm直徑濾膜,時間小於<3秒.

    用途

    • 標準濾膜可使用在不同實驗室應用,包括生物液體過濾消毒,微生物分析,污染分析和空氣監控.
    • 可以透明化觀看收集的顆粒 – 使用相容液體(浸油(immersion oil),甲苯(toluene)), 或 – 選擇透光濾膜用於”熱障礙”丙酮蒸汽法(“hot block”acetone vapor method).
    • 有方格濾膜可量化微生物生長.
    • 可選沒有消毒或經環氧乙烷(ethylene oxide)消毒兩種濾膜.

    醋酸纖維素 Cellulose Acetate (CA)

    • 成分:三醋酯纖維和二醋酸纖維混合物
    • 特性:低靜電電荷和高強度
    • 可高溫高壓消毒:可承受高溫高壓溫度最高130°C不影響起泡點,流速或或微生物的過濾性能
    • 高純度:在所有Advantec的濾膜中,是最低水容提取量(0.1重量%)的一種濾膜
    • 相對於混合纖維素酯(MCE): –增加對低分子量醇類的抵抗性 –比較好的熱抵抗性 –比較底的蛋白質捆綁性

    用途

    • 增強過濾難處理的革蘭氏陽性(gram positive)微生物的重獲能力
    • 酵素溶液的過濾
    • 細胞學診斷
    • 受體捆綁研究

    疏水性 PTFE

    • 特性:薄,多孔性,可用作絕對性保留濾膜
    • 惰性:對強溶劑,強酸和堿沒有化學反應
    • 使用溫度範圍: -120–260°C
    • 可高溫高壓消毒

    用途

    • 氣體消毒:捕捉液體氣霧
    • 空氣和氣體通氣:容許氣體自由通過,同時阻止液體通過,可保護真空泵和重要樣品.
    • 消毒和過濾強酸和其它濾膜不能處理的溶劑

    親水性 PTFE

    • 特性:最高的化學和pH值抵抗性.
    • 高流速,同時有最小的水溶提取量(<0.3重量%)
    • 透光當用水潤濕時
    • 沒有支撐
    • 溫度穩定性:最高使用溫度100°C

    用途

    • 理想用於HPLC和其它水溶液和有機溶劑的混合. 注意: 親水性 PTFE 濾膜不可以高溫高壓消毒.

    塗層醋酸纖維素

    • 成分:塗層醋酸纖維素編排在無紡聚酯支撐
    • 特性:沒有纖維散出
    • 低蛋白捆綁量,相對於硝酸纖維素(nitrocellulose)
    • 低靜電電量矩陣,增強對低分子量的醇的相容性
    • 可高溫高壓消毒

    用途

    • 淨化過濾濾膜或預過濾濾膜

    聚碳酸酯(PC)

    • 特性:低非特殊捆綁性和透明,高一致性,圓柱形細孔
    • 薄的幕式濾膜:減少濾膜本身結構對過濾物的吸收,顆粒只留在濾膜表面.
    • 穩定:良好耐化學性,好溫度穩定性
    • 可高溫高壓消毒 121°C,30分鐘

    用途

    • 螢光EPI顯微鏡:提供適合使用的黑色濾膜
    • 電子顯微鏡:平滑表面,理想用於觀察濾膜上保留的顆粒
    • 光學顯微鏡:容易透明化,可配合光學照明
    • 飲料和消毒性測試
    {:}

    Quantitative/Hardened Filter Papers

    {:en}Highest quality alpha cotton cellulose • Ash Content: 0.01%(Except No.4A 0.025%) • Acid washed: Double acid washed in hydrochloric then hydrofluoric acid (No. 3, 5A, 5B, 5C, 6), then rinsed with ultrapure water to neutralize. No. 4A is further treated with nitric acid before washing APPLICATIONS • Gravimetric analysis • Environmental monitoring

    Grade Comments
    No. 3 Ashless Medium retention (5-10 μm), fast flow rate Analysis of soils, fertilizers, cement, and minerals
    No. 5A Ashless Fast flow rate, retains coarse particulates and gelatinous precipitates (>10 μm). Filter hydroxides and metallic aerosols, environmental monitoring, determine silica content in steel
    No. 5B Ashless Retains medium particles (5-10 μm) such as CaCO3, PbSO4, CaCO4, MnCO3, ZnCO3, ZnS, AgCl
    No. 5C Ashless Collect fine precipitates (<5 μm) such as SrSO4, BaSO4, HgCrO4, and colloidal dispersions; gravimetric analysis
    No. 6 Ashless Retains medium-fine particulates (2-10 μm), trace and precious metals
    No. 7 Ashless Highest purity for retaining medium particles (5-10 μm), precise gravimetric analysis
    No. 4A Hardened High wet strength, suitable for Hardened use under high pressure, high chemical and pH resistance, retains fine crystalline precipitates (<5 μm), slow flow
     For Characteristics and Applications, please click here.{:}{:zh}最高质量初次使用棉纤维 • 灰分: 0.01% (No.4A除外 - 0.025%) • 酸洗处理: No.3,5A,5B,5C,6 经盐酸和氢氟酸清洗,再用超纯水清洗至中性. No.4A 在用纯水清洗前,再经硝酸清洗. 用途 • 重量分析 • 环境监控
    级别 介绍
    No.3 无灰 中等保留能力(5-10μm),高流速,用于泥土,肥料,水泥和矿物分析.
    No.5A 无灰 高流速,保留粗糙微粒和凝胶状物和沉淀(>10μm).过量氧化物和金属浮质,环境监控,测定钢铁的二氧化硅含量.
    No.5B 无灰 保留中等大少微粒(5-10μm)如CaCO3,PbSO4,CaCO4,MnCO3,ZnCO3,ZnS,AgCl.
    No.5C 无灰 收集细微微粒(<5μm)如SrSO4,BaSO4,HgCrO4,和胶体分散液;重量分析.
    No.6 无灰 保留中至细微微粒(2-10μm),微量和贵重金属分析.
    No.7 无灰 最佳用于保留中等大少微粒(5-10μm),精确重量分析.
    No.4A 坚固 高湿润强度,使用于高压,高化学和pH抵抗力,保留细微结晶沉淀(<5μm),低流速.
     {:}{:tw}最高品質初次使用棉纖維 • 灰分: 0.01% (No.4A除外 - 0.025%) • 酸洗處理: No.3,5A,5B,5C,6 經鹽酸和氫氟酸清洗,再用超純水清洗至中性. No.4A 在用純水清洗前,再經硝酸清洗. 用途 • 重量分析 • 環境監控  
    級別 介紹
    No.3 無灰 中等保留能力(5-10μm),高流速,用於泥土,肥料,水泥和礦物分析.
    No.5A 無灰 高流速,保留粗糙微粒和凝膠狀物和沉澱(>10μm).過量氧化物和金屬浮質,環境監控,測定鋼鐵的二氧化矽含量.
    No.5B 無灰 保留中等大少微粒(5-10μm)如CaCO3,PbSO4,CaCO4,MnCO3,ZnCO3,ZnS,AgCl.
    No.5C 無灰 收集細微微粒(<5μm)如SrSO4,BaSO4,HgCrO4,和膠體分散液;重量分析.
    No.6 無灰 保留中至細微微粒(2-10μm),微量和貴重金屬分析.
    No.7 無灰 最佳用於保留中等大少微粒(5-10μm),精確重量分析.
    No.4A 堅固 高濕潤強度,使用于高壓,高化學和pH抵抗力,保留細微結晶沉澱(<5μm),低流速.
     {:}